



% * H * <0 






1 v 



G v 



"oo N 






\0 J 










* *^ w - 






y o - l * A o 









.0 






■-,^h * 



£ 



X? 










,0 . 



*.+ • 












V\ s***'* 



0> % '■ * o , ', 



c N 







'00 



^ 



^ ,0 



-%■ 



* ,<*' 



-.V 






,>. 



A V t or - e , ^ • • *^ ,i • , ^ 



* ,A A 









*T - 



V^ 












-y > 






^ ^ 



^ 












pj%. 









vV "V 



<^ 



THE 



GERMAN INSTRUCTOR; 



NEW AND NATURAL METHOD 
or 

LEARNING TO READ AND SPEAK 

THE 

(Unman language, 

BY EDWARD |ULBOEN. 

PHILADELPHIA: 
LIPPINCOTT, GRAMBO & CO. 

1852. 






m N 



y 

««** 



Entered, according to the Act of Congress, in the year 1 852, by 

LIPPINCOTT, QRAMBO & CO. 

in the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the United States in and 

for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. 



STEREOTYPED BY J. FAGAN. 



Printed by T. K & P. G. Collins. 



PEEF ACE. 



To facilitate the study of the German language, by making it 
accessible to all, young as well as old, and by removing the 
many difficulties which present themselves to those who possess 
but an imperfect knowledge of grammatical rules, is the chief 
aim of this work, which the author now presents to the public. 

The experience of many years, spent in France and this 
country in giving instructions in German, his mother-tongue, 
has, he thinks, pointed out to him the practical method, in 
which alone a perfect knowledge of that language can in a short 
time be acquired. — Jacotot and Manesca were the first, who 
discarded the old system of instruction, and proved that a theo- 
retical knowledge of every science can be most easily acquired 
by gradual and practical exercises therein. Since their time, 
the study of modern languages has taken an entirely new 
direction. This new plan was adopted by Professor Ahn, in 
Germany, in his new method for teaching the French language, 
and also by Ollendorff, who published in Paris his method of 
giving instructions in German; and the method of the latter 
is now made use of by almost all teachers of every modern 
language. 

Ollendorff, in his French-German Method (which the author 
became acquainted with in France), has, with great ability, over- 
come all the difficulties which the study of the German language 
presents to the French student, and his work has contributed very 

(iii) 



IV PREFACE. 

much to the diffusion of the German language in France. But 
Ollendorff has written no English- German Method, and the 
work with that title which is in use both in Europe and this 
country, is nothing more than a literal translation of his French- 
German Method, without the slightest change either of arrange- 
ment or rules. It is evident that a grammar, however skilfully 
it may be arranged for the French student, cannot possess the 
same merits for the English learner, on account of the great 
differences between the two languages ; and it is equally plain 
that, in the English translation of such a work as Ollendorff's, 
the arrangement, order, and exercises should have been changed 
for those better adapted to the English language. It is from 
this cause that Ollendorff's English Method contains so many 
perplexing difficulties for the student, and hence also arises the 
fact that it is unsuitable for a school-book. 

Five years ago, the author began the attempt of remodelling 
Ollendorff's work; and, in the autumn of 1847, he wrote and 
had printed a pamphlet, which contained in twenty-one lessons 
a simple explanation of the declensions of German nouns, which 
in Ollendorff are entirely unintelligible. This little work gave 
so much satisfaction to his pupils and himself, that for a short 
time he continued his labors ) but he met with so many diffi- 
culties and obstacles, that he abandoned the idea of remodelling 
Ollendorff, and began to write an entirely new method, which, 
being now completed, he presents to the public. 

This new and natural method it has been the author's endea- 
vour to adapt perfectly to the English language, beginning with 
the simplest and proceeding gradually to the most difficult con- 
structions. He has given himself much trouble to point out the 
similarities of the two languages, but of course he has dwelt 
much longer on their differences. The pupil will seldom find a 
compounded German word, the primitives of which have not 
already occurred, and their meanings been given, in some pre- 
ceding lesson. All the rules contained in the method are sim- 
plified as much as possible, and are illustrated by carefully- 
selected examples, so that they may of themselves be intelligible 



PREFACE. V 

to those pupils, who have made but little advancement in their 
studies. The Exercises are not borrowed from other books, but 
are taken from ordinary life, and contain such words and expres- 
sions as occur in daily conversations, and therefore the author 
has called his method a natural one. 

With the exception of the First Section, the use of continuous 
and fatiguing questions and answers has been avoided as much 
as possible, while all the sentences contained in the Exercises 
can be understood by children as well as by those of riper years; 
and the author therefore thinks that his work may be successfully 
introduced into schools. 

Each lesson contains both English and German exercises, 
which treat of the same subject-matter, though in a different 
connection. This arrangement not only insures to the learner 
an agreeable change, but will also facilitate the understanding 
of the rules, and, by an easy and gradual process, will make the 
pupil familiar with the German construction. For the same 
reason this book can be used also by Germans, who wish to acquire 
a knowledge of the English language ; and therefore the author 
has called his method a new one. 

The Appendix, which is added to the Method, is intended to 
give a complete view of all the rules which it contains, so that 
the pupil will need no other grammar, in order to acquire a per- 
fect knowledge of the German etymology and syntax. It con- 
tains, moreover, several highly important matters, which the 
author has never found amply treated of in any other grammar, 
viz. : A complete List — of all the nouns which form their 
plural by way of exception to the rules of the two declensions ; 
— of all the verbs which take the auxiliary verb, to be (fetn), 
for the formation of their compound tenses ; — of the verbs 
which are reflective in German and not in English ; — of those 
compound verbs which are separable in one signification and 
inseparable in another; and — of those conjunctions and adver- 
bial conjunctions which cause an inversion of the copula and the 
subject. 
1* 



VI PREFACE. 

The author has not thought it necessary to give any rules of 
pronunciation, for there are many sounds in the German language 
which cannot be expressed by signs. Besides, the German pro- 
nunciation is so easy to learn, that a few lessons by a competent 
teacher are sufficient for its thorough acquisition. In the begin- 
ning, the pupil will find a selection of words, by reading which 
aloud and with attention, he will be placed in the situation to 
pronounce every German word with fluency. 

In the Index, at the end of the book, will be found all the 
words and rules which are contained in each lesson. 

E. F. 

Philadelphia, March, 1852. 



THE GERMAN ALPHABET. yil 



THE GEKMAN ALPHABET. 

a, b, c, b, c, f, g, |, i, j, f, I, m, it, o, p, q, r, 
a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i, j, k, 1, m, n, o, p, q, r, 

f/ «/ ti «, »/ .», X> 9, a- 
s, t, u, v, ir, x, y, z. 

THE CAPITAL LETTERS. 

«, 95, 6, 2), (5/ & ®, $, % St, 2, 9R, % £» $» A, 

A, B, C, D, B, F, G, H,I,J,K, L, M, N, 0, P, Q, 

% @, X, U, 23, SBB, X, V' 3- 

E, S, T, U, V, W, X, Y, Z. 

THE SIMPLE VOWELS. 



a, e, t, o, u. 



THE COMPOUND OR SOFTENED VOWELS. 



a, o, u. 



THE DIPHTHONGS. 

au, du, et, at, eu. 

OJs. — ic is pronounced like in English: ee; et like i. 



Vlll READING EXERCISES. 



READING EXERCISES. 

#a«, £ag, xoai, SBaffer, Rafc, 33al)tt, £f)a{, 9taty, Wtyem f 
fal>l f 3^, Clual; @al$, £alg, nad), @an$, ganj, 35$ad)§, 2>ater, 
macfyen, fagen, ta^en^ laffen, ratfyen, $acfel,2Baffen, &aat r $el£>, 
£erj, ^Jferbf 2Beg, 35erg, je^n, gender, SOJeer, <gecle> tetyren, 
ge&en, gegel, fprecfyen, lenfen, roerfertr 3roerg, 23erfc>ad)t, £inte, 
trinfen, $tfd), ?td)t, jtd), ftcfyer, finfen, £inb, Winter; 9iing, 
ringen, SBittc, roir, jittew, 23rtef, Sieg, 23ier, ?ie&e, 95tene/ t>iel, 
tfnic, Sierbe, ©ott, 9iocf, <W, Don, 25otf,.S?nod)en,21tMe, 3orn, 
©ofyn, Sob, gofyn, grog, 9?ott> 9vofe, rotfy, 23oot, 23ud), $ug, 
£ud), jpufyn, SDiuty, nun, Sfyurm, mug, mugt, D^ug, ^ffag, 
%l\u$)r Siifi, 2Bunfcl), fucfyen, mutfyig, ju, Surfer, fcfytagt, <2d)lacfyt, 
9){agt>, SWacfyt, fagte, facfyte, ©acfye, nagt, 9iad)t, natft. 



Q3dter, X^dter, ©tdfer, rodfylen, 3df)ne, @d$e, fcfyon, fprofce, 
23ogel, Stolen, mogen, SOBorter, tobten, fug, t>ier, fur, ii6er, ©es 
fuf;t, Sttdjfe, Slicker, muffen, fctirfkn, SBurbe, jtirnen, SOer^ 
gmigen, §rau, jjaufen, ©e&raucfy, Xraunr, 6raun, fcraucfyen, 
taugen, taucfyen, au$, auger, faufen, 93dume, 9Dfdufe, Jpdule, fein, 
frei, Stcfye, fWgig, fd)rei6en, jeigen, jeicfynen, reicfyen, roeifen, SSeiU 
cfyen, 2Bein, SBeiefyeit, ^aifer, 33tap, <2aite, ©eite, Seute, ftreube, 
win, neun, jeugen, treu, Xreue, jjaBtticfyer, £5ad)flube, ge&rau* 
cfyen, CUtdfer, ?anbprebiger, gege6en, ©ottesfurcfyt, t>erfd)enern, 
uberlaben, 33etrugerei, unterfcfyeiben, $euerleiter, 9iufefoftgfeit, 
Duittenapfel, 23ergeffenl;eit, 3u6ereitung, rotberfafyren, roieber* 
fyolen, SBiberrodrtigfeit, 23erfur$ung$$eicfyen, ?efeutmngen. 



THE 



GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



First Section. — drftet 2Cbfd)nttt. 
FIRST LESSON. — @rfte Section* 



T am, 


id) tun, 


he is, 


crtft, 


she is, 


ftetft 


you are, 


<Ste ftnb 



Good, gut; bad, fd)(ed)t; great, big, large, or tall, grof;; small, 
little, Heinj young, jung; old, att; not, nid)t; and, unb. 

Am I? bin id) ? is he? fcft er ? is she ? ijt fie ? are you ? ftnb 
<2ie? 

3d) bin iung. 3ft cr fd)tcd)t? St ift md>t fcr,kd)t. 3ft ftc jung? 
@t« ift jung. (Stub ©tc att ? 3d) lun nid)t alt. 23m id) grcg ? ©te 
ftnb grop unb gut. 3ft ftc jung unb Hem? (Sic ift jung unb ftctn. 3ft 
cr jung? (St ift att. Bu ftnb nid)t fd)(cd)t. 



I am old. He is bad. She is young. You are good. Am I 
tali? You are tall. Is he little? He is not little. Are you young? 
I am young and tall. He is good and she is bad. You are old and 
I am not young. Is she little? She is little and good. Am I good? 
You are good. Is she tall? She is tall. Are you old? I am 
not old. 

(9) 



10 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



SECOND LESSON. — $tveite Section* 

THE NOMINATIVE CASE OF NOUNS. 

Masculine : the father, ber SSater* 
Feminine : the mother, tie 2)Jutter« 
Neuter : the child, baS .ffinb. 

The definite article the, has, in German, distinct terminations 
for the three genders : masculine, b e r ; feminine, tie; and 
neuter, t> a $ ; and consequently, from the article, it is easily per- 
ceived whether the substantive is of the masculine, feminine, or 
neuter gender. 

Mas. : the garden, betr ©arteru 

Fern. : the town, the city, tie <2tabt. 
Neu. :" the house, i>a£ £mu$* 

In English, animate beings are, according to their natural sex, 
either masculine or feminine; inanimate objects and abstract 
ideas, with a few exceptions, neuter. This is not the case in 
German; some names of animate beings are of the neuter 
gender, and inanimate objects and abstract ideas either of the 
masculine, feminine, or neuter gender. A knowledge of the 
gender is to be acquired only by practice; therefore pupils learn- 
ing the nouns should give great attention to the genders, and 
never learn a substantive without the article. (See Appendix.) 

Beautiful, handsome, or fine, fcfyon} poor, arm; rich, rdd); 
very, fefyr; or, ober* 

Is the garden small % 3ft bcr (Stotten tttin ? 

The garden is large. £)ct ©artcn iff grof5. 

Is the mother good ? 3ft bic Gutter gut? 

She is good and rich. (Sic iff gut unb rctd). 

Is the child beautiful ? 3ft bat JUnb ftf)Cn ? 

, The child is handsome. £a$ £inb iff fefyr fcfyen. 

I Is the father poor or rich? 3lf bcr 53atcr arm ebcr rctd) ? 

He is rich and good. ($t iff rctd) unb gut. 

All adjectives, like good, gut; bad, fcfylecfyt; &c, when standing 
absolutely, and not before a noun, or not preceded by an article 
or pronoun, are invariable, i. e. are without declension. 

£)cr SSater iff fcfjr alt. ©ie gutter ijf jung. £)a$ jltnb iff fefjr gut. 
3ft bcr ©artcrt flctn ? 2)ct ©artcn iff mci)t Etctn. 3ff tie ©tabt grog ? 
£>tc ©tat>t iff md)t fcfjr grop* 3ft bas ^aud fdften ? £>as £au$ iff fetyecfyt. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 11 

3ft bcr QSater alt obet iung ? (Sr tft alt. 3ft bte Gutter ku£ cber arm ? 
©tc tft nid)t rcicf). 3ft t>a$ Jttnb gut unb fcfyon? £)a$ Jlint) tft gut unb 
fcfyon. £)a$ £au$ tft grep unb bcr ©artcn tft Han. Die <Stabt ijl fcfyon 
unb ntd)t grcp. (Sinb @ie alt ? 3* bin nid)t \tt)x alt. 3ft er arm ? <5t 
ift fcfyr arm. 



The father is good. The mother is very good. The child is 
young and good. Is the garden large? The garden is large and 
beautiful. Is the town small ? The town is not very small. Is 
the house fine ? The house is very fine. Are you old ? I am not 
old. I am very young. Is the father rich 1 He is not very rich. 
Is the mother handsome 2 She is handsome and good. Is the child 
fine ? The child is beautiful. Is the city poor? The city is small 
and poor. Is the house bad ? The house is not very bad. Is the 
garden small? The garden is small and fine. You are young 5 and 
I am very old. She is handsome and he is tall. 



THIRD LESSON. — Otitic Section* 

It is, eStft; is it? tfte»? 

we are, toix ftnb ; are we ? ftnb mix ? 

Mas. this son, biefer Sofyn. 

Fern, this daughter, biefe $ocf)ter* 
Neu. this horse, biefes ^ferb. 

The demonstrative pronoun this, has in German the termi- 
nations of the definite article. Mas. biefer; Fern, biefe; Neu. 
biefes. 

The table, ber 5ifcf); the man, the husband, ber 9){ann; the 
woman, the wife, hk ^rau; the room, ba$ Simmer; sick, franf; 
tired, nnibe; sleepy, fcfytdfrig; warm, warm; cold, fait. 

This table is large. jDiefer Stfdf) tft creep. 

Is this woman sick ? 3ft btcfc grau franf ? 

She is not sick, she is tired and @te tft ntd)t franf, ftc.tft mttbc unb 

sleepy. fd)lafrig. 

Is this horse good ? 3ft biefeg spferb gut ? 

It is not very good. (§* tft nid)t fchr gut. 

Is this room fine ? 3ft btefeS Simmer febon ? 

It is small and fine. @g ift flein unb fefyen. 

Is it warm or cold ? 3ft e$ roarm cber fait ? 

It is very cold. <&$ tft fcf)r fait. 



12 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

Are we sleepy ? ©tnfe rott fdbtafctg ? 

We are not sleepy, we are tired. SBtr ftnfe md)t fcfyafrtg, flttr finfe 

mtifee. 

Is this garden small ? 3ft fetefer. ©atten fletn ? 

It is not very small. (St tft md)t fef)t fletn. 

Is the table bad ? 3ft feer Stfd) fd)(cd)t ? 

It is very bad. <§r tft fefjt fd)led)t. 

Is the city large 1 3ft fete ©tafet grog ? 

It is not very large. @tc tft ntd)t fcr^r grop. 

The garden, feet ®artetv and the table, feer Xifcfy/ are in Ger- 
man of the masculine gender; for this reason, the personal pro- 
noun it, in the sentences: It is not very small, and, It is very 
bad, must be translated by he: £r ijr nicfyt fef;r flein, and, Sr ijt 
fefyr fct)ledt>t. — The town, the city, is in German a feminine, and 
therefore: It is not very large, must be translated as if it were: 
She is not very large, fie ifr nid)t fefyr gro£. 

©tnfe ©te fran! ? 3d) bin md)t franf. 2Btr ftnfe mufee. Sff fetefer 
SKonngut? @c tft fefct gut. 3ft fetefer £tfd) fd)on? (Sr tft ntd)t fefjt 
fd)6n. 3ft fetefe gtau mufee ofeer fd)(afrig ? ©te tft mufee. 3ft fetefes 
9)ferfe grepl ©5 tft ntd)t fefjr grop. 3ft fetefer (Garten grop ofeer fletn ? (5r 
ift nid)t fe|r grop. 0tefe ©tafet tft fd>6n, fetefe* £au6 tft fdtfecfyt, unfe fetefer 
©crten tft fUxtu 3ft feer ©or)n rctd) ? @r tft retd). 3ft fete ©d&n?cftcr 
arm ? <&u ift arm, 3ft fetefe (Stafet fletn ? ©ie tft ttetn. 3ft feaS ^ferfe 
alt? (S$ tft ntcr>t fc&r aft. 3ft feas &tnfe iung? (5$ ift fef)r jung. 3ft 
fetefer $ftann arm? (5r tft retd) unfe roir ftnfe arm* £>tefe $rau tft jung 
unfe retcl). <Ste tft franr\ ©tnfe <§it franf? 3d) bin ntd)t franf, id) bin 
fdjtafrtg. 3ft e£ warm] (5$ tft ntd)t warm, e$ tft fait. 3ft fetefer (Sofyn 
grop? <Sr tft ntd)t fefjr grop. 3ft fetefe* Simmer rtetn ? (5$ tft fletn unfe 
fd)ted)t. 



Are you tired? I am not tired. Is he sleepy or sick? He is 
sleepy. Is she sick? She is sleepy and we are sick. Are we 
rich ? You are not rich. We are tall. Is the horse old ? It is not 
old, it is very young. Is it cold ? It is not cold, it is warm. Is this 
man good ? He is not very good. Is this table large ? It (he) is 
very large. Is this garden beautiful? It (he) is not very fine. Is 
this woman young? She is old and poor. Is this city fine? It 
(she) is not beautiful. Is this house bad? It is not bad, it is fine. 
Is this child good? It is good and not very young. This father is 
rich and this mother is poor. The son is good and this daughter is 
handsome. Is this room large? It is not very large. Is it warm 1 
It is cold. We are tired and sleepy. 



a, an, 


etxtf 


his, 


mem f 
fein, 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 13 



FOUETH LESSON. — ^iette £ectimu 

Mas. Fem. Nect. 

eine, cm. 

meine, mein, 

feine, fein. 

The indefinite article a, an, ein; and the conjunctive possessive 
pronouns my, meirt> and his, fein; have the nominative in the 
masculine and neuter genders alike; the feminines take an addi- 
tional if as: cine, meine, feme* 

The brother, ber 23ruber; the sister, tie ©cfyroefrer; the book, 
ta§ Q3ud); the weather, ta§ 2Better^ happy, gtucfltd); unhappy, 
ungtudlid); polite, fyeftid); impolite, unfyoftid); hungry, fyungrig; 
thirsty, burjttg j but, auer. 

A brother, ein 33ruber; my sister, meine ©d)mefrer; his book, 

fein 33ud). 

Is this woman his sister] 3ft biefe grau feme ©d&roefter 7 

She is not his sister, but she is <Bk tji ntcr>t fetne ©cfynxfter, akr fie 

my daughter. ift meine &ecl)ter. 

He is a man. (Sr ift ein SOfantu 

My brother is a child. sjftetn ©ruber if! em Jftnb. 

Is this horse thirsty ? Sft Mefe$" spfert) burfttg ? 

It is hungry but not thirsty. (£*s ift fyungrtg akr nid)t burftig. 

Stfein (Sofyn ift ein &int>. <Sie ift cine grau. 3ft fetne Gutter fvanf? 
<Sie ift nid)t franf, akr metn SSruber ift franf. <Sint> Sie fyungtig ? 3d) 
bin md)t fyungtig, akr meine (Scfyroeftcr unb metn Stater ftnb (are) fefyt 
burj% SBcjtcn ift eine (gtafct. Sft Wefer 3j$tm gtMid) ? <Sr tjt un* 
gtud(id). S0?etn 23ruber ift unfyofUd), akr meine (Scfyroeftet ift r)efttd). 3ft 
fctcfcS Sud) gut? <S$ ift nid)t fer>r gut, akr e£ ift neu. 3ft btefeS .5linb 
unglucf(td) ? (5$ ift ntcfyt ungtucf(td), eg ift metn SSruber* 3ft ba^ ^Better 
fd)6n ? £)a$ better ift fd)en, akr es ift fatt* 3ft ^ ntdbt warm ? (5$ 
ift ntd)t roarm. $ftetne Socftter, fein (Sofyn, unb biefeS £inb ftnb Jung, 
&im metn S3ruber unb fetne $rau ftnb alt. 



My brother and my sister are (ftnb) young. His father, his 
mother, and his child, are unhappy. His son and this man are very 
happy. His horse is old, but it is not tired. This horse is sick, 
but it is not old. This table is large, but my room is small. Is his 
house fine? It is not fine, but his garden is fine and large. Are 
2 



14 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

we tired 1 We are not tired, but sleepy. Is his book new ? His 
book is old, but my book is new. Are we unhappy 1 You are 
happy ) you are young and rich. His daughter is a child and his 
wife is my sister. He is a man. She is a woman. It is my room. 
Are you thirsty? I am hungry, but not thirsty. Cincinnati is a city. 
His mother is very polite, but this man is very impolite. Is the 
weather fine ? The weather is bad, it is cold. Is it not w T arm ? 
The weather is not w r arm. 



fifth LESSON. — $anfte Section. 



Mas. 


Fem. 


N.EU. 


our, imfei> 
her, | tyr, 
your, j 3r,t> 


unfere, 
ifyre, 


unfer* 

if>r. 

3ftt. 



The conjunctive possessive pronouns our, unfer, her, tyx? your 7 
%tyj have the same declensions, as : my, mi\x\ f his, feiru 

Mas. Fem. Neu. 

that, jener, jene, jtmL 

The demonstrative pronoun, that, jener^ has the same declen- 
sion as this, fciefer> or as the definite article. 

The friend, ber ftreunb; the dog, t>er §tmb; the pen, tie %z* 
ber; the ribbon, ba$ 33anb; Charles, ^arl; Louisa, ?ouife; 
industrious, assiduous, fteifcigj who? roer? still, nocfy* 

Our friend, unfer $reunb; her dog, ifyr jptmb; her pen, ifyre 

$eber; your ribbon, %l)v 33anb; that man, jener 9)lann; that 

woman, jene ftrau; that child, jene§ i?mb, 

Charles and Louisa are assiduous. Marl unb Coutfe ftnb ftetftC}. 

Who is that man ? £Bcr ift jenct SJicmn ? 

He is my friend. (£t tft mein Jteunb. 

Is Charles still hungry ? 3jt jtcirl nod) fyungttcj ? 
Is this woman or that one -\ 

your sister 1 / 3ft btefe cbcr [cm #rau Sljte (Sdjwe* 

Is this or that woman your r fter ? 

sister ?• J 

That woman is my sister. gene $rcm tft mctne (Scfywefter. 

"One" is not translated in German after the demonstrative 
pronouns f At* and that. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 15 

Itnfcr 23tubcv, unferc ©d&»eficr, unb Sfct £tnb ftnb ffcfpt$ £)te Gutter 
tft foofttd), after tfyre £od)ter tft fc^r unf)6fttcf). Jtatl tft metn grcunb. 
Ccutfc ift feme ©d&wc jtcr* <Ste tft nod) ein Jttnb. 2Ber tft Jene grau ? 
etc tft mctne ©dbrocftcr, unb btefe tft mettte £ed)ter, 28ct tft btefcr SKonn ? 
(St tft mctn SBtuber. Unfer ©arten tft fletn, aber unfer £au$ tft cjrop. 
Sljre geber tft fefyr gut, abet btefe* 23urf) tft fd)tccl>t* itnfere (Scfyroefter tft 
Cranf, unb tfyre Softer tft fefyr nmbe, Sfa greunb unb Sfae Sautter ftnb 
glficfltd). 2Btr ftnb nod) iung, after er tft alt. &arl tft nod) cm &mb* 
fiouife tft fteiptg. 3ft feme geber f*lc*t ? ©ie tft ntd&t fcf)led)t. 3(1 3&t 
£unb burfttg ? 5DZcin £unb tft fyungrtg, after ntd)t turftig. 9#cm <8anb 
ift fd)6n. 2Bcr tft i&r greunb ? £art tft ifjt greunb. 



Is Charles your brother ? Charles is my brother and Louisa is 
my sister. Our father and our mother are sick. Your sister and 
her daughter are very polite. This man is old, but that one is 
young. This child and his mother are very unhappy. Is your 
pen good? This (one) is good, but that (one) is bad. Is that child 
your brother? He (it) is not my brother. My brother and my 
sister are still very young. Who is that man ? This man is my 
friend and that one is his son. Who is that woman? That wo- 
man is our sister. Is Charles an assiduous child ? He is very 
assiduous. Is Louisa still hungry? She is not hungry, but very 
tired. Is our dog thirsty? It (he) is hungry and thirsty. Is this 
ribbon fine ? This ribbon is bad, but that one is very fine. Is it 
cold ? The weather is not cold, it is warm. The city is large, the 
house is small, and the garden is beautiful. We are happy, but 
that man is unhappy. Your mother and her sister are still sick. 
This dog and that horse are old. Who is assiduous? My son and 
your sister are very assiduous. 



SIXTH LESSON. — (&cti>fie Section. 

as — as, fo — rote. 

not so — as, nicfyt fo — roie. 

The wine, ber 28ein; the sugar, ber Surfer; the watch, tie 
Ufyr; the bread, baft 25rob; the salt, ba$ @a(j; pretty, fyu&fcfy; 
ugly, fydfcticfy; here, l;ier; not yet, nod) nicfyt* 



16 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



Is your sugar as good as my salt % 
My sugar is not so good as your 

salt. 
Is your daughter as assiduous as 

her son? 
Her son is not so assiduous as 

my daughter. 
Is his watch good ? 
It is good. 
Is that horse tired ? 
It is not yet tired. 
Is this dog hungry ? 
It is not yet hungry. 
Is his friend here % 



3ft S&r 3ucf cr fc gut rote mein (£c^ ? 
SERetn 3ucfer tft ntd)t fo gut rote 3fyt< 

Sft 3&re Softer fc ftetpg rote tf>r 

ecl)n ? 
3F)t (Sofm ift nicfy: fo fleipg rote 

meine &od)ter. 
3ft feme u&t gut ? 
©te ift gut. 

3ft jenes spfctb mube ? 
(S$ ift tied) ntd)t mfibe. 
3(1 t)iefer £unb Fmngrtg ? 
(5r ift nod) ntcfyt fyungttg. 
3ft fein greunb tier ? 
(St ift nod) ntd>t f)ter. 



He is not yet here. 

Adjectives before nouns are variable, i. e. they have a declen- 
sion. 

An adjective before a noun and preceded by the definite article, 
or by a pronoun which has the declension of the definite article, 
as this, biefer, that, jener> takes, in the nominative case for all 
three genders, an additional t f as : 

The old man, ber atte 93?ann; the young woman, bie junge 
$tau; the good child, i>a$ gure ^inb; this fine dog, btefer frf>6ne 
jjunb; this bad pen, biefe fct>lerf>te fteber; this pretty horse, bie* 
fe$ fyufcfdje ^ferb; that assiduous son, jener flei^ige ©of)n; that 
ugly city, jene fydpdje ^tabi, that large house, jenee> gro£e jjauS* 

<Stnb @te fo burftig rote mem 23tubet ? 3d) &m nid)t fo burftig rote er. 
3ft ber 2Betn fo gut rote %a$ 23rob ? btefer SBetn ift md)t fo gut rote 
jeneS 33tob. Sft &axl fo fletptg rote feme (Scfyroefter? (5t ift md)t fo 
fteifitg rote feme ©cfyroeftet Souife. liefer Sucfer ift nid)t fo gut rote ieneS 
©aft, 3ft 3fjr spfetb fo &fi&fd> rote 3&t £unb ? (5$ ift mcf)t fo r,u6fd) roie 
mein £unb. 3)tefe$ ilinb ift fo FjafHtd) rote feme (Scfyroeftet. 3ft bie gtcm 
fcfyafrig ? <5te ift nod) ntcfyt fcfytafrig, after tfyte &od)ter ift fefjr mflbe. 3ft 
ber atte 9)Zann fyier? (5r ift nod) mcf)t fyier, akr bie junge grau unb ba$ 
gute Sinb finb frier. 3ft biefeS ftetptge £inb 30t etogit ? (SS ift md>t 
mem ©ofjn. 3ft tenet grofie £unb gut? (5r ift nid)t gut. 3ft jencS 
grope £au$ r,ubfd) ? (S* ift ntcfct fo f)u(>fd) rote 3&r £au£. 3ft biefe fd)6ne 
ltr,r alt? @ie ift ntcbt fer)r alt. 2Ber ift burfttg? SBetn 33ruber unb 
feme Peine Socket finb burfttg. 

Is the wine as good as the bread ? Your wine is not so good as 
your bread. Is the dog as thirsty as the horse? This dog is not 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



17 



po thirsty as that horse. Is your father here ? He is not yet here, 
but his son and his daughter are here. Is your brother as assiduous 
as my sister ? Your sister is not so assiduous as my brother. Are 
we as old as you ? You are not so old as we. Is Louisa as pretty 
as she ? She is not so pretty as you. Is the tall man your father? 
He is not my father, but that old man is my father. The good 
mother and the little child are here. This pretty dog is as large as 
that small horse. This young woman is very sick. That large 
house is not beautiful. This old book and this old pen are very 
ugly. This large garden is not very fine. That large table is pretty. 
The unhappy friend is not yet here. Is her salt as bad as his 
sugar % Her salt is good, but his sugar is not good. This sick man 
is not so unhappy as that sick woman. Who is sleepy ? Our sister 
and our brother are tired and sleepy. She is still hungry. This 
room is as large as that one. Who is sick 1 We are still sick. 



SEVENTH LESSON. — &iehente &ectivn+ 

Mas. Fem. Neu. 

mine, ber metnige, tie metnfge; . ba6 meinicje* 

his, his own, bet feintge, bit feintge, ba§> feinige* 

hers, ber ifyrige, tie \\)v\$t, ba$ ifyrige, 

yours, ber Sfyrige, bie -3t>rtgCf bas Styrige* 

ours, ber unferige, bit unferige, ba$> unferige* 

Absolute possessive pronouns, as mine, ber meinigef his, ber 
feinige, &c, have the declension of adjectives preceded by the 
definite article. 

The neighbor, ber 9iad)6ar; the cat, bie i?a|e; the water, 
h<i$ SBaffer; white, roei£; black, fcfyroarj; to-day, t^eute ; but 
fonbern* 

The conjunction but, after, is translated by fonbern when it 
follows a negation and there is no verb in the secondary phrase. 

This old neighbor is not hungry SDtcfer a(te 9?nd)bar ift ntd)t fyungrtg 

fonbern butfrtg. 

£)ie junge it age ift md)t franr: fetts 
bern mubc. 

©as ^Better ift rjeute fel)t fdjon. 

3r)t <Sof)n ift fo gut rote ber metmge. 

gfftetne ©cfynxfter ift fo a(t rote bie 
feintge. 



but thirsty, 
The young cat is not sick but 

tired. 
The weather is very fine to-day. 
Your son is as good as mine. 
My sister is as old as his. 



18 . THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

She is not so young as yours. (Sic tft nid)t fo jung rote btc Sfyrtgc. 

Your mother is as rich as hers. Sftre gutter tft jo relet) n>ic t>te M)rige. 

His book is not so pretty as ©cm 23ud) tft nicfyt fo fyubfcf) rote bag 
ours. unferigc 

3ft biefer f)a(5(tcl)C £unb bcr Sfcrige ? (Sr tft bcr meinige. 3ft t)a$ Staffer 
warm ? (5$ tft ntcfyt warm fonbern fer)r fatt. 9tteme gcber tft fo gut rate 
btc feinige unb bic Sfjvtgc. 3ft biefcS £inb bat Sfyttge ? (S3 tft nid)t bag 
unferigc fonbern bag feinige, 3ft biefe txanh $rau feme (Scfyroeftcr ? <Ste 
tft ntd)t feme (Scfyroefter, ftc tft feme Gutter. 3ft fte ifyre Gutter ? (Sic 
tft nid)t bic ityrigc 3cne$ fcfyone 23ud) tft nicfyt 1)a$ unferige, e$ ift t>a$ 
3f)tigc. £)er grope fcfyroar^e &tfd) ift ber unferigc -unb mcfyt bcr fcintge. 
itnfcr 9?ad)bar ift nicfyt fo reid) rr/te bet Sfjrtge. 3f)r Simmer ift ntcfyt fo 
grop «>te bag meinige. OTetne itage ift rcctp after bic tfyrige ift fd)«?ar^ 
£)te tDcipe jtage ift bic mcinige unb bic fcfyrcar^c ^a|e ift bic ifyrigc. 3ft 
.Start r)eute mube? (Sr ift nid)t mube fonbern franf. £Bir ftnb fo rjofitd) 
rote feinc (Scfyroefter, £)te unferigc ift nid)t fo ftetptg rote bic S^rtgc* 
SiefeS fatte Gaffer ift fer)r fcr,lecr,t. 



My hat is not so black as yours. Her pen is as good as mine. 
Your room is not so fine as his. His book is as pretty as hers. 
This black cat is as ugly as yours. Our sugar is not so white as 
his, but hers is as good as ours and yours. Charles is still tired, 
but not sleepy. Louisa is not thirsty, but hungry. Is your garden 
as large as this one? It (he) is not so large as this one. Is this salt 
as white as that ? This salt is not so white as that, but it is very 
good. Is your father as happy as mine ? He is not so happy as 
yours, but my mother is not so unhappy as yours. Is the young 
man as rich as his pretty sister? She is as rich as he, but she is 
not so impolite as he and his brother are. Is our old neighbor as 
poor as yours? Ours is not so poor as yours, but your neighbor is 
very happy. Who is assiduous? His son and his daughter are 
very assiduous. The young dog is as pretty as that old horse. Is 
the water not yet warm ? It is not yet warm, but the wine, is 
warm. Who is that tall man ? He is my brother. Is that fine pen 
yours? It (she) is not mine. Is this ugly ribbon his or hers ? It 
is not his, but hers. My father, his mother, and your child are 
here. The large dog, the white cat, and the black horse are hungry 
and thirsty. Is the weather fine to-day? It is very bad weather 
to-day. Is this white sugar good ? It (he) is not very good. Are 
you still tired ? We are not tired, but sleepy. Who is sleepy ? 
My son and this old woman are sleepy. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



19 



EiaHTH lesson. — 3l$te Section* 



THE COMPARATIVE OF ADJECTIVES. 

The German comparative of adjectives is formed as in English 
by adding et> as : small, f leitt/ smaller, Hemer* 



handsome, 


fcfyon, 


old, 


ait? 


great, large, 


flrof, 


young, 


Jung, 


assiduous, 


fWflflf 


polite, 


f)bHid)f 


good, 


fluO 



handsomer, 


fcfyoner. 


older, 


alter. 


larger, 


grower. 


younger, 


jiinger. 


more assiduous < 


, flcifiger* 


more polite, 


fyofltcfyer* 


better, 


fceffer* 



The hard vowels a, and U, are generally softened into d, o 
and u in the comparative, when the adjective is only of one 
syllable. 

The hat, fcer Jput; the beer, t>a$ 93tcr j than, ati. 

sfiltin SSatet ift alter at$ t)ct Sfyrtge. 
(Seine (Scfyroefter tft grofkr al$ tie 

unfetige. 
Sfyr £int> iff f)ut»fc^cr ate fcal tfyrige. 
liefer Heine ©arten tft fcfyoner ate 

iener grope. 
DiefeS fcfyrcar^e g)fcrt) tft bcffer ate 

jcneS nxifk. 

"One" is not translated in German after an adjective. 

When an adjective before a masculine or neuter noun is pre- 
ceded by the indefinite article a, an, etn; or a conjunctive pos- 
sessive pronoun, as my, mem; his, fein; her, ifyr; owr, unfer; 
your, 3>t)r; which has not the termination of the definite article, 
then the adjective takes the termination of the definite article, as: 



My father is older than yours. 
His sister is taller than ours. 

Your child is prettier than hers. 
This small garden is finer than 

that large one. 
This black horse is better than 

that white one. 



A good father, 
my good father, 
his little brother, 
her black dog, 
our large table, 
your old friend, 
a good child, 
my young horse, 
his fine house, 
her white bread, 
our pretty ribbon, 
your small room, 



ein guter 93ater, 
niein guter SSater, 
fein Keiner SSrufcer, 
ir)r fcfyrcar^er Jpunt), 
unfer proper £ifd), 
Sfyr alter gteunfc, 
ein guteS Jtint), 
mem junge* spfert), 
fein fd)6nes $auS, 
ir)r rocipce; SSrob, 
unfer f)ubfd>c^ 23anb, 
Sfyr Hetties Simmer. 



20 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

An adjective before a feminine noun has the same termination 
it whether it is preceded by the definite or indefinite article or 
any conjunctive possessive pronoun, as: 

The good mother, tie gutc Gutter, 

a good mother, cine gutc gutter, 

my old watch, mctne alte Ufyr, 

his pretty sister, [cine r)Ubfd)e (Sdbrccftet, 

her assiduous daughter, tfjre fletgige &od)tct, 

our large city, unfcre grcpc ©tatt, 

your ugly pen, 3f)re fya^licfye geter. 

His young son is still a little ©etn junker (Sofyn iff nod) cin flcineS 

child. Jfctnfc. 

Your good father is a rich man. 3fyr guter 93atct tft cin rcicl)cr £ftann. 

Her sick mother is my unhappy 3^re Crcmfe Gutter ift meine unglucts 

sister. • lick <Sd)tt>cfter. 

A small horse is better than a (gin rletnes spfcrfc ift fceffet al$ cin 

large dog. gropcr £unt. 

90Zctn 23rutet ift ftetfiget aU tet S^rigc* £)tcfe$ rjubfcfye jttnt ift iflnger 
ote ta$ if)rtge. SBer ijt fjeflicfcet aU Sljrc @d)»effcct1 £)te 3*)rige ijt &6f* 
ticket ale tie metntgc, 3ft ticfer fd&warse £unt filter ate jener recipe] £>et 
fd)rear$e £unt ift ntcr>t fo alt reic tcr recipe. 3ft unfcre (Scfyreeftet Fletnct. 
ats tie fetntge 7 £)te fctnige ijt gropet als tie unferige* £>iefeS falte Gaffer 
ift beffet als jencg rearme S3icr. £Bcr tft'fjicr] (Sine alte #rau unt cin 
armct Wlann ftnt fytcr. £)cr arme 9Jfcmn unt tie altc grau ftnt nod) nid)t 
fyter, fentern ifyr Hemes &tnt. 3ft ta6 Heine Jttnt unt fein junger <Brutet 
fo ftetpig reie 3r)re r)ubfd)C Securer] OTcine fleine £ed)tct ift ffeipiget, abet 
ntcf)t fo f)6flid) at$ tf>r Kernel ilint unt fein junget <8ruter. 3ft unfcre altc 
.ftage fo relief) rote Sfyr reetper £unt 1 <Sie ift rjaj5lid)ct alS mcin rectpet 
£unt. 3ft fein grower ©artcn fo fd)6n reie tcr unferige ] (St ift fd)6ner als 
tcr unferige, after er ift ntcfyt fo grog* 3)et fcfyrear^e £unt ift beffet al$ tcr 
reeipc, (Sin jct)rear$er £ut ift fceffet al* ein reetper £ut. 3ft tag £Bcttet 
Ijcute falf? (£S ift nttf)t fait fontcrn warm. 



| The rich man. This poor woman. That little child. A rich 
man. A poor woman. A little child. This black hat is better 
than his white hat. That small house is finer than my large house. 
My young brother is more assiduous than her pretty sister. This 
young horse and my old horse are smaller than yours. Our large 
garden, her fine watch, and your bad room. Our old neighbor is 
richer than yours. This impolite man is a bad man. The unhappy 
father is poorer than his happy brother. That white sugar is better 
than my white salt. The old mother is more polite than her young 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 21 

daughter. We are happier than you and he. Her rich son is prettier 
than she and I. The old bread is better than the young wine. My 
old bread is better than your young wine. Is your black table finer 
than mine? Yours is handsomer than mine. Is his old watch 
smaller than hers ? Hers is larger than his. Is your sick friend 
stil%here ?- He is not yet here. Is Charles more assiduous to-day 
than your sister Louisa? She is not more assiduous than Charles, 
but more polite than lie. Is her old cat hungry? It (she) is not 
very hungry but thirsty. My ugly dog is sleepy but not hungry. 
Who is thirsty ] The young dog, the ugly cat, and the black horse, 
are thirsty. My young dog, his ugly cat, and your black horse, are 
hungry and thirsty. I am not so pretty as you and your little sister 
(are), but I am happier than you and she are. Is the weather cold 
to-day 1 It is not very warm. 



ninth lesson. — $ietmte £ectwn. 



I have, 


id) rjafte, 


he has, 


er t)at, 


she has, 


fte fyar, 


we have, 


rotr. fyobm, 


you have, 


<&ic fyafcen. 



Havel? fya&e tct>? has he? \)at er? has she? fyat fie? have 
we? tyabtn rotr ? have you? fya&ert ©ie? 

The butter, tie 95utter; the glass, baS ®la§; new, neuj dear, 
tfyeuerj dearer, tfyeurer. 

The verb to be, feitt, (as: lam, id) 6in; he is, er ifr; she is, 
fte ijl; we are, rcir ftn&j you are, gie ftnb,) is always followed 
by the nominative of the noun; but the verb to have, \)aUn, go- 
verns the accusative or objective case, as: He is a child, kx t fi 
v ein j?inbf here child is in the nominative; but He has a child, Sr 
\)at ein ifinb, child is then in the accusative or objective case. 

In the feminine and neuter genders the nominative and the 
accusative are always alike. 

Have I the good butter? $aU \$ bte gute SSutterl 

You have the good butter and the ©ie rjakn bte gute Gutter unb bat 

white bread. tvcipe 23rcb, 

Has he the fine glass? £at er bat feme ©tag] 



22 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



He has the fine glass and she has 

the ugly pen. 
Have we the ugly ribbon ? 
We have the ugly ribbon and the 

bad butter. 
Has this young woman the pretty 

book? 
She has this pretty book and that 

small pen. 
Who has the new watch? 
My dear sister has this small fine 

watch. 
Has my good mother her beauti- 
ful glass \ 
She has her beautiful glass and 

her pretty watch. 
Has his little child a young cat % 

He has not a young cat but a 

small horse. 
We have our pen and not yours. 

Has he her book or ours? 
He has our book and not hers. 



6t hat tag fcfyone ®(a$ unt fie fyat 

tie fydglicfye $etet. 
£a6ert ivxv tag fyajjttcfic 23ant? 
SBtt fyabcn tag f)a(JUd)e 33ant unt 

tie fcWeftte Sutter. 
#at tiefe iunge grau tag bubfcfye 

SSutf)] 
<&'u f>at ttcfeg fyubfcfye 23ud) unt jene 

Heine getet. 
££et ()at tie neue Ufjt? 
9J?eine tfyeute <Sd)weftet 3^at tiefe 

Heine fd)6ne Ufyr. 
£at meine gute Gutter ifjt [drones 

®(ag? 
<Sie f>at it}r fcfyoneg ©lag unt ir)re 

F)ubfd)e Ufir. 
£at fetn Heineg $int etne junge 

£a£e? 
(Sg r>at nid)t etne iunge $age, fontetn 

ein Heineg spfett). 
SBtt fyaben unfete Jeter unt ntdjt tie 

3()ttge. 
$at er ifyt 33ud) ctet tag unfetige ? 
@t fyat unfet 33ud) unt nid)t tag 

ifyttge. 

£>ak id> tie gute 23uttet? @te fyaben tie gute Gutter unt tag fcf>tccX)te 
©0(3. £atettag fcfyone ®(ag otet tag f)d|Kid)e? (St F)at tag Fwptidje 
©lag. £at fie tie neue Uljr unt tag r;fl6fc^e 33ud)? • ©te f)at tag f>ubfdr>e 
SSud), abet nid>t tie neift Uf)t. $abm bit tag roeife £3tot? £Bit -fyaben 
tag meife 23tot. #abcn @tc tie gute otet tie fd)(ed)te getet? 3d) fjabe 
tie gute $etet unt mein S3tutct fjat tie fd)led)te. £at S&r SSatet tiefeg 
grope $fett otet jeneg Heine? (St fjat tiefeg grope afav nid)t ieneg Heine. 
£at feine ©cfyweftet tiefeg gute 23tot unt {ene alte SSuttet? ©te fyat tiefeg 
gute SStot unt iene alte SButtet. 3ft Coutfa ein guteg ^int? ©tc tft ein 
fefyt guteg Jttnt. £at 3r)re tr)cure SMuttet ein guteg Jlint? ©ie fyat ein 
fefyt guteg &mt. £at unfet Sflacfybat 3fae iunge itage ? (St fjat nid)t 
unfete iunge fontetn unfere aire &a§e. £at tiefe ^>u6fdt)c $tau tl)r fd)6neg 
SBant? ©te fyat tfjt fd)6neg SBant unt eine Heine neue Hf)t. 9#etne tfyeure 
©cfyroeftct fjat ein fjafiftdjeg 23ud), abet fie fcat eine fd)6ne getet. 3ft tiefeg 
neue ($la$ tfjeuer? £)iefeg neue (&ta$ ift md)t tfyeuet, abet wit fyaben ein 
alteg tfyeuteg ®(ag. £aben ©te unfet guteg 25tot unt tfjre alte 23 uttet? 
3d) Ijabc ibre altc ©uttet, abet nid)t 3f)t guteg 23tot. SKet ift jene altc 
grau ? (Ste ift unfete atme !ranfe (Sd)tt)cftet. 3ft feine F)itbfci)e ftciptge 
Softer fact? ©te ift nod) ntd&t f)iet. 3ft mein neueg ^aug fo fyubfd) wte 
tag3(;ngc? 3f;t neueg £aug ift fc^onet aU tag meinige. @r ^at ein 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 23 

neueS ftcine* $)fetb unb cine Qtofe alte £a6c. ^>at mem SSrubct Sfyre Ur)t 
ctcr bte fcinigc 1 (Sr fyat nicbt tie fetmgc fonbetn bte metntge. ^at feine 
fyubfcbe Secfytet cine alte obet cine tteue gebet? <Ste fyat erne neue, after fie 
(it) iji fcf>r fd)ted)t. 

Have I the large glass ? You have not the large glass. Has he 
the good butter ? He has not the good butter, he has the bad. Has 
she this new book? She has the new book and the bad pen. Have 
•we the white salt? We have the white salt. Have you this old 
horse or that young one ? I have that young one. Has the little 
sister a pretty cat? She has a pretty cat and a fine book. Has 
your dear mother his beautiful glass or his ugly one ? She has not 
an ugly glass, but my fine one. Has your assiduous daughter a 
new watch and our fine ribbon ? She has a new watch, but not 
your fine ribbon, she has an ugly one. Has his ugly sister her old 
butter ? She has not her old butter, but yours. Has his polite child 
our pretty book ? He (it) has not a pretty book, but his new pen. 
The man has not my book but hers. He has your good salt and 
not ours. Is not this poor tall woman sick % She is not sick, but 
tired and hungry. Is his white bread as good as your old butter? 
His white bread is better than my old butter. My bread is not so 
good as his. Your old bread is smaller than hers. Our old white 
cat is prettier than his young black one. 1 have a small ugly house, 
but he has a fine large room and a new pretty watch. My good 
pen is better than her old book. Her pen is better than his and 
ours. Has Louisa a fine ribbon or an ugly one ? She has a pretty 
one. He has my bad salt and your new pen. Has your brother a 
large room or a small one ? He has a small one, but it is pretty. 
Has her dear mother a fine or an ugly watch ? She has an ugly 
watch, but it is good. Is your sick sister here ? She is not yet 
here. Have you still your old white horse and our big black cat ? 
I have my old white horse, but not your big black cat. My cat is 
black and my horse is white. 



tenth LESSON. — Sefcnte Section. 

The definite article of the masculine gender, b e r> takes ; in the 
accusative or objective case, ben; as 

Have you the table ? £cikn 6te t> e n Stfci) ? 

I have the table and the dog. 3d) fjabc b e n Sifci) unb b e n £unb. 



24 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



Also, the indefinite article and the demonstrative and posses- 
sive pronouns follow the same rule, and take in the accusative 
of the masculine gender the termination e n. 

MASCULINE GENDER. 

this, biefcr; that, jcncr; 

this, biefett; that, jenen. 

his, (em; her, ifjr; 

his, fcincn ; her, ibrcn* 

your, 3br; 
your, Sfjtm 

his, ber fctnige ; hers, bcr tbrtge ; 
his, ben feinigen ; hers, ten i^rtgetu 
yours, bcr S^rige ; 
yours, ben Sfyttgcn* 

The coat, bcr 9iocf; the carriage, ber 2Bagen; the looking- 
glass, ber Spiegel* 



Nom. 


a, an, 


ein; 


Ace. 


a, an. 


etnen ; 


Nom. 


my, 


metn ; 


Ace. 


my, 


metnen ; 


Nom. 


our, 


unfer ; 


Ace. 


our, 


unfercn ; 


Nom. 


mine, 


ber mcinigc ; 


Ace. 


mine, 


ben metnigen ; 


Nom. 


ours, 


ber unfertge ; 


Ace. 


ours, 


ben unfertgen ; 



£at er biefen cber jenen 2&etn ? 
(It bat biefen SBein, abcr ntd)t jencn. 
£aben Sic etnen SBruber? 
3d) babe einen SBrubct unb eine 

(Scbnxfter* 
<5r bat ben 3?orf. 

<5t bat metnen $orf unb fcincn &ifd). 
(Sic bat tbrcn (Spiegel* 
2£tt baben ben ££>agcn* ' 
2Bir baben unfercn SBagen. 
@te baben ben Surfer* 
<&k baben Sbten Surfer* 
ScJ) tjabe 3()ren SQBcin unb ben met? 

nigen* 
(5r bat fcincn £ut unb ben Sfyrtgcn* 
£Bit baben unfercn SBogcn unb ben 

feinigen* 
@tc r)at ifyren Stfd) unb ben unfertgen* 
(Ste baben metnen £unb unb ben 

ifyrtgen. 

$abt id) benSBagcn? <Sie baben ben SBagcn* ^>at cr ben (Spiegel? 
(Sr f>at nidjt ben (Spiegel. £at bcr junge SEann ben SKcrf ? £)er jungc 
9J*ann fiat ben 9?crf. #afcen"tmr ben Surfer? Sic baben ben Surfer unb 
t>a$ (Sa(3* £at fie ben SBctn unb bic Gutter? Sic bat ben SGBctn, after 
nicbt bic Gutter* £at ber a(tc 9?arf)bar cinen £unb ? (St l)at cincn £unb 
unb cin ^ferb. SBet bat cinen Spiegel? jtarl bat cincn (Spiegel, £at 
Sbr guter Jrcunb fcincn $Kerf ? (Sr bat fcincn ffiecf unb feme llbr* £at 
bic rcid)e Jrau cincn ©artcn ? (Sic bat unfercn ©arten unb unfer £au$. 



Has he this or that wine ? 

He has this wine, but not that. 

Have you a brother ? 

I have a brother and a sister. 

He has the coat. 

He has my coat and his table. 

She has her looking-glass. 

We have the carriage. 

We have our carriage. 

You have the sugar. 

You have your sugar. 

I have your wine and mine. 

He has his hat and yours. 
We have our carriage and his. 

She has her table and ours. 
You have my dog and hers. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 25 

£akn <Sic tftten £unb ? 3d) §afce mdjt tfjrcn £unb, fcnbern tf)t ^ferb 
unb ifyre jtagc. $at Sfyr gutefc SSrubet cincn ££agcn, cine llfjr, unb cin 
Sffcrb? .pat [cine fieipige (Sd)ti>efter tfjren Spiegel, ifyre geber, ttnb if)t 
S3ud) ? (Sic Fjat unferen Spiegel, feinc geber, unb mein 23ud). 3d) 6abe 
cincn Sifcf), cincn £ut, unb cincn SRccf, unb fie fyat cincn £unb, ifyrc ilfyr, 
unb fcin 23reb. £at bas Heine Jttnb feincn £unb obcr ben SSttgen ? (?*> 
fyat nicfyt ben meinigen, fenbem ben feintgen* .pat Sfyr SSatcr feincn SBagcn 
cber ben unfetigen ? (St F>at ben femigen unb nicfyt ben unfettgen. $at 
unjere franfe Gutter tl)rcn Sucfer cber ben Sfytigen ? (Sic fyat nid)t ben 
ifyrtgen, fenbern ben meinigen. £)et rcicfte 9J2ann fyat cincn SSrubcr, cine 
armc (Scbnxftet, unb cin FleittcS jlinb. %fltin iungcr greunb F>at Sfjten 
£unb. ©ctn fleipgcr (Scfin- fyat feincn £ut. 3()t SBrubcr fjat tfjren 
(Spiegel. £)er 9J2ann fjat ben ©atten, bat gre£c £au$, unb bie fefyene itfyr. 
(Sr (jat cincn ©artcn, cin groped £>au$, unb cine fd)cnc llfyr. 



Have I the coat ? You have the coat. Has he the carriage ? He 
has the carriage and the horse. Has she the looking-glass? She 
has the looking-glass and the pen. Have we the sugar and the salt? 
You have the sugar and he has the salt. Has that man a garden ? 
That man has my garden. Has your brother your dog? My brother 
has not my dog; he has his own. Has your sister your hat? Our 
sister has not my hat; she has her own. Has the child his coat or 
yours? He has not your coat, but his own. Has your good mother 
a table, a pretty watch, and a fine glass?' My mother has a table, 
but she has not a pretty watch and a fine glass. Has the man our 
looking-glass ? The man has our looking-glass, the bread, the pen, 
and the table. My old father has a garden and a large house. His 
young friend has his dog, his bad watch, and his beautiful ribbon. 
Our young neighbor has a carriage, a good horse, and an ugly cat. 
Her happy sister has my sugar, her white salt, his good butter, our 
looking-glass, and your new book. Who has my coat? The ugly 
child has your coat. Has he not yours? He has not mine. Has 
your dear father his wine or ours? He has not ours; he has his 
own. Is your table larger than mine? I have a table, but it is not 
so large as yours. He has my table, but not yours. His coat is 
finer than mine. He has his coat and I have mine. Has your old 
brother still a horse and a dog? My old brother has a horse and a 
carriage, but he has not a dog. Is your polite sister here? She is 
not yet here ; she is sick to-day. 



26 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



ELEVENTH LESSON. — @lfte SkcttPtt* 

An adjective before a masculine noun and preceded by the 
definite or indefinite article, or a pronoun, takes in the objective 
case (accusative) the termination n ; as : 



Nom. the good father, 

Ace. the good father, 

Nom. a good father, 

Ace. a good father, 

Nom. my good father, 

Ace. my good father, 

Nom. his good father, 

Ace. his good father, 

I have the old wine. 
My dear brother has 

coat. 
He has his black hat and her 

large looking-glass. 
Your sick son has our young dog 

and your new carriage. 
Has he his sugar or mine ? 



ber gute 23nter. 
ben guten 2Sater. 
fin guter 93ater. 
einen guten 2kter* 
train guter SBater* 
metnen guten QSater* 
fein guter QSater. 
feinen guten 23ater, jc* 

3d) fyobe ten often SSein. 
a pretty sjJietn tfjeurer SBvubcr t)ot einen rjufc* 

f&cn SRodf. 
(St fyot feinen fd)root$en £ut unb ir>= 

ren grefcen (Spteget. 
3&t franker (Serm I) at unfercn jttngen 

&unb unb tfyren neuen SBagen. 
£at er feinen 3ue!et cber ten met* 



He has not his own, but yours. 



ntgen ? 
@r f)ot ntc()t ben fetntgen, fenbern ten 
Sftrtgeh. 

The chair, ber <2tufy(; the stone, ber Stein; the shoe, ber 
Scfyufy; the money, bo$ @elb; yes, sir, \a f mein ijerr; what? 
was? neither — nor, uxber — noc^ 
Have you my table or my chair? 

your table nor 



I have neither 

your chair. 
What have you ? 
I have her small shoe. 
Has the old man my white 

sugar ? 
Yes, sir, he has your white 

sugar. 
Has he this good stone or that 

bad one % 
He has neither the good nor the 

bad one. 
Have I her chair or ours % 

You have neither hers nor ours, 
you have your own. 



#okn <Ste meinen Stfd) ober metnen 

©tuW ? 
3d) fyofce rccbet Sfacn &*!#) nc * 

Sfjren gtuW. 
SBos rjofcen ©ic ? 
3d) r)ak if)ten Hetnen (£dnn% 
$ot ber otte SDRonn metnen nxuflen 

Sucfer? 
So, metn £crr, cr fjot Sfyren roctpen 

Sucfer. 
#ot er btefen guten cber jenen fdjlccfc 

ten (Stem ? 
(St I)ot tveber ben guten ned) ten 

fcJ>Ced>tcn« 
£obc id) tfyten @tur)t cber ben un* 

fertgen ? 
<Ste fjokn nxber ben tfyrtgen nccb t>cn 

unfertgen ; ©ic rjoben ben 3()rigen. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 27 

£>cr gutc SSatcr bat cincn jungen (Sobn. 93?ctn alter 9?acbbar fjat e'mctt 
gtopcn ©artcn. SBtr fjaOcn ben bubfeben £unb* (Sic baben unfeven merger* 
3ucfcr. SEeme tbcure gutter F;at i-brcn ncucn (Scbub. Siaxi bat fetnen 
febonert SRccf, unb Soutfa bat tbten Hemcn (Spiegel. £abcn (Sic ctncn #unb 
unb cm spfcrb ? 3'cb fjafee meter ctncn £unb nccb cm $)ferb. SBaS FjaOcn 
<Sic? 3d) fyafcc ctncn febonen (Stem, cine fyttbfcfye £eber, unt) ctn neueS 
S3ucr). £at 3brc franfe Gutter tbrcn Clemen Jpunb unt) tfyr ncucs SSanb ? 
3a, mem #crr, fie bat ctncn Clemen £unt> unt) cm neucS £3anb. £at 3^ 
tetcber grcunb ctncn febonen ©artcn unt) cm gropcS #au$? (5r bat nxbet 
ctn grope* £au3 nccb ctncn febonen ©artcn. S£a$ fjat cr? (£r Fjat fctn 
gutcS ©c(b unb la$ unferige. $at baS'flctptge £tnb fetnen fletncn ^cfeur) 
ober ben Sfyrigcn ? ©5 bat rocber ben feinigen nod) ben mcinigen. $at 
3b* junger greunb unfercn flctncn ££agcn cber*bcn ibrtgen ? (5r bat rocber 
ben unfertgen nod) ben ibrtgen ; cr bat ben fetntgen. £)cr unf)cfltcr>c £art 
bat fetnen £unb unb ben Sfyrtgan £Bcr bat ctncn febonen fcftroargen £ut? 
(Sein baplicber (Sobn bat ctncn febonen fcbn>ar$cn £>ut unb ctn ncuee f)fibfd)e6 
*8ud). £Ba$ bat tfjr armcr S3rubcr ? (Er bat ben gropen Sifcb, bie ncuc 
Ufyr, unb bat fd)6ne (5j(a& 2Wem armcr franfer SSrubcr bat ctncn gropen 
Sifd)/ meine neue Ufyr, unb fctn fcboncS ©la£. £af fcine ungtucfttebe 
(Scbroefter btcfen gropen (Spiegel cber jenen flctncn ? (Sic bat rccber biefen 
nccb icnen ; ftc bat ben fetntgen* £at bic ftctpigc Soutfc btcfen jungen 
£unb cber jene f>ut>fdr>c &a§e ? (Sic bat irxbcr cincn jungen Jpunb nccb 
cine bubfebe .Stage; ftc bat cin ftemeS $)fcrb. 3^ bcfltcbcr SSruber if! 
mein gutcr Jreunb. 3cb fyabc eincn gutcn greunb. Sft icner grope 9)Zann 
3bt gutcr SSatcr ? 3«/ wtein |)crr, Jcncr grope 9}iann tft mcin gutcr s 23atcr» 
3cb 0<tbc cincn fcfyr gutcn SSatcr. 



The young man has the small dog. My old brother has a large 
dog. His dear father has our fine garden and our good money. We 
have our large table, your beautiful watch, and his good ribbon. You 
have the large table, the beautiful watch, and the good ribbon. 
What has our old friend ? He has his new carriage and mine. Who 
has our old carriage? My impolite neighbor has our old carriage. 
Has he your large looking-glass or mine ? He has neither yours nor 
mine ; he has his own. Has your little sister her new shoe or ours ? 
She has neither hers nor ours. What has she? She has a little 
chair, a pretty book, and a good pen. Have you a fine house and a 
large garden? Yes, sir, I have a fine house, a large garden, and 
an old watch. Has your sick friend this hat or that one ? He has 
neither this nor that one. but he has his new white hat. Have you 



28 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

the good or the bad sugar? I have neither the good nor the bad; 
I have my white sugar and her good salt. Have you his small fine 
stone ? Yes, sir, I have his small fine stone and his ugly ribbon. 
Is your wine warm or cold ? I have the cold wine, but Charles has 
the warm wine and the cold water. Is our old neighbor your good 
friend ? We have a good friend, but he is not our neighbor. Is 
his old money better than yours % Our old money is as good as his. 
•Is this new coat dearer than that one 1 This coat. is not so dear as 
that one, but you have a very dear coat. Is your rich sister still 
sick] My sister is neither rich nor sick. Is his assiduous son not 
yet here ? He is not yet here. Who is here % My dear brother 
is here. Is it cold to-day % The weather is neither cold nor warm. 
Is this large or that small table yours? I have neither this large 
table nor that small one. Is your polite son his good friend ? My 
son is not very polite, but he has a good friend. Have we the old 
wine, the good butter, and the white bread ? You have your old 
wine, our good butter, and his white bread. You have my old 
wine and not yours ; her good butter and not ours; our white 
bread and not his. 



TW T ELFTH LESSON. — 3tt»plfte Section* 

Which? nwlcfyer? 
has the same declension as the definite article : 

Mas. Fem. Netj. 

Nom. which, roekf)et> welche, n>elc!)e$* 
Ace. which, tt)dd)en> wclcfye, * wekfyeeL 

Which coat have you 1 SSMcfan SKocf fakn (Sic? 

Which pen has she ? -JBekfa geber fat fie ? 

Which bread has he ] SBeMje* 23refc> fat cr ? 

Accusative of the personal pronoun he, er; she, jie; and it, t$t 

Mas. Fem. Neu, 

him, ifyn; her, fte; it, e$. 

Have you my coat? 4ba&cn <Ste memen 9?ecf ? 

I have it (him). 3d) fabc tfa. 

Has he your watch] £at cr 3r)ve Ufa? 

He has it (her). (Sr fat fie. 

Have we his horse? £abcn rutr fem g)fer&? 

You have it. <Bn fakn c& 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 29 

//, relating to coat, is not to be translated by e£, but by it)tt 
(Mm)', because the coat, ter Siocf, is a masculine noun. The 
watch, tie Ufyr, is in German a feminine; therefore it, relating to 
watch, must be translated by fie (her). 

The gold, bas @olb; the silver, tae <2il6er; the leather, ba$> 
Setter; the cloth, H* Xud); the wood, fcaS Jpolj* 

Adjectives of materials : 

Golden, gotben; silver, ftl&ern; leathern, lebern; cloth, tmfyen; 

wooden, fyeljern; stone, fteinern; only, nur; No, sir, 9?ein, mem 

»£err. 

Have you my cloth coat % $o&m 6ie metnen tucfyenen SKecf ] 

No, sir. I have it not. 9?etn, mein £ert, id) Oabe iOn ntcf)t. 

Has he my gold pen 1 £ctt cr meine gctbene geber 1 

He has it not. 4t f)at fie md)t. 

Have you my stone table and my Jpaben @te metnen fteinernen Stfcf) 

silver ribbon ? unb mein fitberneg 23anb ? 

We have only your stone table £Btr (jaOen nut 3f)rcn jleinetnen 

but not your silver ribbon. &tfd), abet md)t 30r fxtbcrnc^ 

23anb. 

SBctc^er Stfann Oat metnen £unb 1 Senet grcfic sjtfann F)at iOn. 9S5cl- 
cl)en £unb Oat er ? (St fiat ben fd)tx>ar$en. SQBctd&cn £ut Oat 30* leinet 
SBtubet? (St bat feinen neuen &ut. SGBetcfyc geber Ijat meine franfc 
(Scfytreftet ? 6ie f>at bte gute. SQBctcfyeS ®(a$ Oaben wit ? <&'u Oaben ba$ 
Oubfdje ©tag. SBeldjer $ecf tjt bet Sftctge ? liefer fd)tt>at$c SRocf ift bet 
metnige. 2Md)en (Spiegel Oaben <Stc ? 3d) 0«k ben metnigen, 2Be(d)e$ 
$)fetb ift grower, $>a$ unferige obet tia* S^rtge ? £)a$ 30nge ift nid)t fo 
grcp rote ba$ meinige, abet 30* $pfetb ift beffet aU t>a§ meintge. £at feine 
gute Gutter iOten &ifd)l ©te Oat tfytu £at et feinen 0%nten @tuM? 
©tfjattbn. £at mein ffetptget <S$0n feine gctbene $ebet] @r Oat ft'e. 
£>at Soutfa tfjt ftlbetnes 23anb i @te Oat e$. £at unfer {unget £tcunb 
feinen tucfyenen SRcdl (St Oat iOn nid)t. 4Sat er ben (Mnernen Sfifd) ? (St 
OatiOn. 2Bet Oat 6a£ f$te$te. @dfe-1 Sfa unbofttdjcr $ad>bat Oat c$. 
£Bet Oat 30te gclbcne UOr? ^avl Oat fie. £at feine ftetfnge Sed)ter ben 
(eberncn <Sd)uO ? <Ste Ijai ijOn. £at et meinen £unb unb mem spfetb? 
@t O^t nut 30f- $ferb abet nid)t SO^en ^>unt). $at 3$t ©oOn mein fcOc- 
ne^ 23uc^ 1 S^ein, mein ^pett, et Oat e^ nic^ 



Which man has my new book % That tall man has your book. 
Which woman is his sister] This pretty woman is his sister. 
Which child is assiduous] This little child is assiduous and very 
3* 



30 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

polite. Which coat have you] I have the cloth coat. Which 
watch has he? He has the golden watch. Which ribbon has your 
dear sister? She has the silver ribbon. Has your sick friend a 
stone table and a wooden chair ? He has a stone table, a wooden 
chair, and a gold pen. My poor sister has a leather shoe. Has 
your brother his fine (fctn) cloth ? He has it.. Has his father your 
good gold ? He has it not. Have you my new carriage ? 1 have 
it. Have we your wooden table ? We have it not. Has she your 
silver watch? She has it. Has your mother our good butter? No, 
sir ; she has it not. Has our ugly neighbor his white sugar? No, 
sir, he has it not. Has she her pretty looking-glass? She has it. 
Have I her golden ribbon ? Yes, sir, you have it. Have you my 
gold and his silver ? I have only your gold, but not his silver. 
Which cloth has your brother ? He has the black cloth. Has your 
poor friend the good or the bad leather? He has only the good 
leather, but his brother has the bad. Has his tall son this stOne 
table or that wooden one ? He has neither the stone table nor the 
wooden one. Have you my leather shoe? No, sir, I have it not. 
Has he his black cloth or yours? He has only his, but not mine. 
Is this golden watch yours? It is not mine. Is that pretty wooden 
chair ours? It is not ours. Who has my leathern shoe? Louisa 
has it. And who has my silver pen ? Charles has it. Have you 
still your large carriage ? I have it still. What has our unhappy 
friend? He has your money and mine. She has her good sugar 
and his; We have our pretty cat and hers. 



thirteenth lesson. — &tci$ehnte Secttom 

The possessive case or genitive of the masculine and neuter 
genders: — 

of the, fceS; of a, or of an, eineS; 
of my, metne§; of his, feineS; 

of her, ifyres; of our, unfereS; 

of your, SfyreS; 
of this, btefeSj of that, jeneS* 
Masculine and neuter nouns are divided into two declensions, 
which nre distinguished by the termination of the genitive (pos- 
?e) case. — Ln the first declension this case is formed by 
adding e 6 to the nominative when it is a monosyllable, or S 
when it is a polysyllable; e. g. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 81 

of the dog, be§ £unbe3; of the horse, be£ ^ferbes; 

of the father, be$ 2Jatcr$j of the paper, be6 *j)apier$. 

To this declension belong a part of the masculine, and all 
neuter substantives. — All the masculine nouns that have been 
heretofore given, belong to this declension. 

In German, the genitive or possessive case is generally placed 
after the noun which governs it : 

the neighbor's bread 1 ^ ^ ^ ^^ . 

or, the bread of the neighbor, j ' ; 

his son's dog, | ( ^ m @ ^ eg 

or, the dog of his son ; j 

The genitive or possessive case may also be put before the 
nominative or accusative as in English; as:ZAe neighbor's bread, 
be$ 9^ad)bar6 33rob; his son's dog, feine£ Sconce ibunb; but this 
construction is used only in poetry and in rhetorical phrases. 

The physician, ter 2(r$t; the merchant, ber i?aufmann; the 
carpenter, ber Simmermann; the tailor, ber ©cfyneiber; the baker, 
ber 55acfer; the uncle, ber £)l;eim* 

Have you the tailor's coat ? Jptibcn ©te ten $ccf bc5 ©cfynetbergl 

I have it not. • 3d) rjabc ifjn nicr>t. 

Has he your son's good book? $at cr ba$ gute SBucf) Sljreg ©ofyneg? 

No, sir, he has the good book of Sftein, metn £err, cr fyat ba^ gute 

my son. SBud) metneg ©cfyneg. 

Has she her brother's golden £at ftc btc go(t>cnc ilfyr ir)rc6 25ru= 

watch 1 berg ? 

She has not her brother's golden (Sic r)ot ntd)t tic gclbene Uf)r ifjreg 

watch, but our friend's looking- SBruberg, fenbern ben ©pteget uns 

glass. fereg greunbeg. 

Has he this man's wine 1 £>at cr ben SBetn btefeg sDfanncg'? 

No, sir, he has that man's wine, ffttin, metn Jpcrr, cr fyat ben SBeitt 

jencg 9J?anncg. 

3ft cr ber S*$t t>eg ®Mix#l @r tjr nidjt ber ©efen beg 23ac!crg. Scr> 
bin ber 25rubcr t>c$ .ftaufmanng. (Sic tft bte gcd)ter beg 2Cr$te& ©$ tft 
bag $ferb unfercg 95otet& SRetn Jreunt) tft ber £)f)Ctm Sfjres ©cfyietbcrg, 
£abcn ©tc ben ££ctn beg Stmmermanng 1 9?etn, metn £crr, id) babe t>m 
guten 2£ctn beg Jtaufmanng. £at cr bag atte g>fcrb beg 23acferg ? (Sr bat 
la$ atte $)ferb beg JBacfetS unb ben jungen Jpunb beg 9?ad)barg. £at Sfyr 
grcunb ben ncuen $Kecf metneg ©cfyneibcrg ? (5r (jat ir)n. £at unfer retcfyet 
Stabbat bte ftiberrie Ufjt fetneg 2Cr$te$1 (Sr I;at ftc. $at fetne junge 
©dwefter bag f)ubfcf)e S3 it eft U)rcg Dfyetmg 1 <Ste f;at eg md)t. £at tf)t 
f)cfltd)ec JBrubcr ben «?eipcn 3uc!er unfereg Jtaufmanng'? (Sr fyat tf)n. £at 
ber iungc 9){ann btc golbene geber Sfjreg SSruberg'? @r fyat ftc. 2£a$ 



32 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

fyabcn wixl <Stc fja&en tas recipe 33tot unt tic gute SButtcr mctneg $a* 
tcr$. SQScr r)at ten ftcinetnen £tfd) unt ten r)e($crncn <StuF>t unferes £)f)etm$ ? 
S&r flcincr 93tubcr ^at fetnen ftcincrncn &tfd), unt mcine flctjngc ©cfyrecftct 
&at fetnen fy6($ctncn @tuf)(. £at Sfjr 8er)n fca$ spfcrfc tiefeS Cannes? 
9Mn, man £ctr, cr fjat fcaS g>fcct> ieneS tfrjtcS. 

My young friend is the physician's son. This old man is the 
baker's father. That rich woman is the tailor's sister. Has he the 
carpenter's money ? He has it not. Have you the neighbor's good 
butter? I have it not, but my brother has it. Have I the tailor's 
silver ribbon ? Fes, sir, you have it. Have we the merchant's 
wooden table I You have it not. Has the man a carriage 1 He 
has a new carriage and my friend's young horse. Which looking- 
glass has he? He has his friend's fine looking-glass. Has your son 
the beer and the wine of our uncle? He has neither his beer nor 
his wine. What has he] He has the wood and the stone of your 
carpenter. Have you my father's golden watch] No ? sir, I have 
it not, but I have his brother's gold and silver. Has her uncle her 
book or yours] He has neither hers nor mine, he has his brother's 
book. Which cloth have you ? I have our tailor's black cloth. 
Has his sister the leathern shoe and the golden ribbonof your baker? 
She has neither his leathern shoe nor his golden ribbon. Who has 
her brother's young dog and pretty cat? This child has her young 
dog, and your daughter has her pretty cat. Is he the son of a phy- 
sician ] No, sir, he is not a physician's son, he is the son of our 
carpenter. What has your dear mother ? She has her uncle's good 
sugar and bad salt. Has his pretty sister her silver pen or your 
golden one ? She has neither her silver nor my gold pen. Who has 
your gold pen? The child's ugly brother has it. Has that poor 
tailor your cloth coat or mine ? He has neither yours nor mine, he 
has his own. Has her sick mother her bread or ours? She has 
neither hers nor ours, she has the baker's good white bread. Is the 
physician's old brother here ? He is not yet here. Have you still 
a large dog? No, sir, I have only a small one. Has he the cold 
water, the old wine and the good butter of his neighbor ? He has 
only his neighbor's old wine, but he has neither his cold water nor 
his good butter. Is your assiduous sister older than my little 
brother? She is not so old as he. Your son is more polite than 
my daughter, but she is as assiduous as he. Has our friend's mer- 
chant as good leather as cloth? He has good cloth and leather. 
We have this man's coat and you have that man's bread. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 33 



FOURTEENTH LESSON. — $$iet$ehnte Section* 

In the second declension, the genitive or possessive case is 
formed by adding n or en to the nominative, and this termina- 
tion remains invariable in all other cases. 

The boy, ber ^na6e; the nephew, ber *Reffe; the German, 
ber SDeutfcfye; the Frenchman, ber ftranjofe; the ox, ber Dcfyfe; 
the servant, ber 23ebiente* 

All masculine substantives ending in e belong to the second 
declension, and take n in the possessive and all other cases. 

Nom. the boy, ber i?na6e ; the German, ber £>eutfd)e* 
Gen. of the boy, beg .Sna&en ; of the German, be$ <Deutfcf;en. 
Ace. the boy, ben ^naben; the German, ben £)eutfd)en* 

There are some masculine nouns which originally terminated 
in the letter e, but are now written without it; nevertheless, they 
follow the second declension, and take en in the genitive and all 
other cases ; as : 

The prince, ber $ur{5> ber ^rinj; the count, ber @raf; the 
master, the gentleman, ber £)err* (See Appendix.) 

Nom. the prince, ber Surjr ; the gentleman, ber iperr* 
Gen. of the prince, be3 $iirfren; of the gentleman, be$ jJKrren* 
Ace. the prince, ben $urjren; the gentleman, ben J£)erren* 

To the second declension belong almost all masculine substan- 
tives of foreign origin, e. g. (see Appendix) : 

The soldier, ber Sotbat; the student, ber <&t\\btnt$ the phi- 
losopher, ber P;itofopf)f &c. 

Nom. the soldier, ber golbat; the student, ber Stubent 
Gen. of the soldier, be§ Solbaten; of the student, be$ Stubenten. 
^ Ace. the soldier, benSo(baten; the student, benStubenten. 

All other masculine substantives belong to the first declension. 

Have you the boy's book ? £akn @tc t>a$ *8udj bc£> ^nakn? 

I have the book of the German. 3cf) fjafcc bag 23ucfy bog £)eutfd)em 

Has he the Frenchman's ox ? £at er ben Dcl)fen bes gfrcm$efen ? 

He has his servant and his ox. (St fiat fetnen S3cbicntcn unb fetnen 



34 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

Have we the soldier's bread and $aUn w ' xv ^ S3 rc ^ & c $ ^rtbatcn 

the student's coat % unb ben $ocf t)c^ <Stubenten ? 

You have the soldier's bread, but (Sic fyakn bag 23rob t>c£ (Setbaten, 

not the student's coat. abet ntcbt ten SKocI bes ©tubentcn* 



Mas. 


Fem. 


Neu. 


terf 


tie^ 


ta^ 


ben. 


b«/ 


bat. 



., , f Nom. 
*H {Ace. 

is a demonstrative pronoun, and is used to avoid the repetition 
of a substantive ; as : 

Is this dog yours or that of our 3ft t)icfcr £unb ber Sftrtgc ober 
friend ? b e t unfeteg gtetmbeg ? 

It is ^a£ of our friend. (Sr ift t>er unfeteg Jteunbeg. 

Have you my hat or that of my Sjabcn (&k metnen £ut obct t) c n 
brother] mctneg SBtubetg? 

I have that of your brother. 3d) babe ben 3I)re^ 23tubetg. 

Has he your bread or the $at er 3bt 33rob obet t>a6 beg 
baker's? <8acfetg? 

He has the baker's. (St bat b a 6 te^ 33ac!etg* 

It will be observed that in these last sentences that is not 
translated by jener> jenen> or jeneg; but by ber, ben, and ba$r 
according to the gender of the preceding noun to which it relates. 

In English, the demonstrative pronoun that may be omitted 
in such sentences as — Has he your bread or the baker's ? He 
has the baker's; instead of — Has he your bread or that of the 
baker ? He has that of the baker. But in German, we cannot 
omit this demonstrative pronoun ; and we could not say, as in 
English — jr>at er 3l;r SSrob ober beg 23dcferg? but we must say 
— S^dt er Sfyr Q3rob ober l>a$ be$ 23dcfer$ ? 

(St Fjat ben ncuen £ut beg jlnaben, SBtr Fjabcn $>a$ fc^roar^c $pfetb btefeg 
£etten, 9#etn S3tubet r)at bag aire SSucb beg 2Ct$teg unb ben febonen £Ba? 
gen beg ©tafen. 3cb (jaOe ben guten Sucfet beg 3)eutfcben unb l>a§ roe-ipe 
(2a(,$ beg $tan$ofen. $abcn ©tc bte ftuxtne Ubr mctneg SRcffen ? 3d) babe 
ntcbt bte frtbetne Ubt 3bteg 9?effen, abet id) babe feme gotbene. £aben 
<Ste ben $Kccf beg (Solbaten ober ben beg ©tubentcn ? 3d) babe ben beg 
©tubenten* £at er l>at fd)6ne $)fetb beg $6rjten ober $>a$ i>e$ ©tafen ? 
(St bat bag beg ©tafen, $at ber £aufmann feincn SBagcn ober ben fetneg 
33utbetg? (St bat ben fetneg SBtuberg* £at ber (Scbnetber 3br febroat^eg 
Sucb ober t)a^> Sbteg 9?effen ? (St bat k a $ fetntge* SMcbcn ©ptegct bat 
jenct £ctr I (St bat ben beg ©tafen. 2Bcld)e$ ©lag bat bet Heine .ftnabe ? 
(St bat bag fetneg SSatcr*. £aben @ic bag ©otb btefeg SXanneg ? Scb babe 
ntcbt bag ©ctb btefeg ^anneg, fonbetn t>a^> jeneg £erretu £abcn <Sie ben 
gutcn ££em unfeteg gteunbeg obct ben unfeteg $atetg? 3cb fyabt webct 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 35 

ben StjrcS grcunbeg nod) ten 3fjtc$ SSatcrS, fonbern ben metntgen* SBer 
tft jener grope £err? (St tft bet 33tuber etneS ©rafen. £at Sfyt 9lafa 
fcat etnen Dd)fcn ? <5r f)at etnen gropen £)cf)fen unb ein F(etne6 spfctb. £at 
feme Franfe Gutter etnen gutcn SBebtenten ? 8ie |af etnen fc^r guten. 3ft 
Sfjt OTcffe ein (Selbat ? (St tft md)t etn @elbat, fonbern etn (Stubent. 



Have you the boy's glass ? I have it not, but my brother has it. 
Has he the Frenchman's dog? He has it not. Have we the Ger- 
man's butter? You have it. Has Charles my nephew's book ? He 
has it not. What has he ? He has the silver ribbon of his brother. 
Has your young sister this German's gold pen ? She has it. Has 
your uncle that Frenchman's ugly horse? He has not the ugly 
horse of that Frenchman, but his fine dog. Has your father a ser- 
vant ? He has a good servant. Has our old neighbor an ox, a dog, 
and a horse % He has a big ox, a little dog, and a pretty horse. Has 
the count the fine carriage of his prince % He has the prince's fine 
carriage and his fine black horse. Have you this student's new 
book ? I have it not. What have you ? I have the stone table 
and the wooden chair of our servant. Has your uncle his baker's 
small ox? He has it not ; he has his own. Who has the soldier's 
good money? His poor brother has it. Has he the hat of that 
gentleman ? He has not that gentleman's hat, but his coat. What 
have you ? I have my father's old wine and our nephew's good 
beer. Is your brother a merchant? No, sir, he is not a merchant; 
he is a carpenter. Is this gentleman a student ? He is not a stu- 
dent ; he is a soldier. Has your uncle a good boy? His son is a 
very good boy. Has the prince a good physician and a pretty ser- 
vant ? He has a good physician, but he has not a very good servant. 
Has your son our nephew's leathern shoe and his brother's golden 
ribbon ? He has only his brother's golden ribbon. 

Have you my brother's paper or that of the boy ? I have that 
of the boy. Has he the tailor's coat or the neighbor's? He has 
the tailor's. Has my friend the soldier's bread or the baker's? He 
has the soldier's. Which caniage have you ? I have your friend's. 
Has he the good money of the German? No, sir; he has that of 
the Frenchman. Have you the servant's bad butter or his old 
bread? I have neither his butter nor his bread. Has your uncle 
my neighbor's ox or that of his brother? He has neither your 
neighbor's ox nor his brother's. Have you the boy's dog or the 
baker's? I have neither the boy's nor the baker's; I have mine. 



36 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

Which cloth has that gentleman 1 He has that of my son. Which 
coat have you 1 I have the tailor's cloth coat. Which coat has 
the count ] He has his tailor's. Has your nephew the soldier's 
book or that of the student? He has neither the soldier's nor the 
student's; he has ours. Is the boy of the Frenchman more assidu- 
ous than your friend's son? The Frenchman's boy is not so 
assiduous, but he is more polite than my friend's son. 



fifteenth lesson. — gfiittf $ehnte 2ectwiu 

THE POSSESSIVE CASE OR GENITIVE OF THE FEMININE GENDER. 

of the, t e r* 

of a, or an, einer ; of me, meiner* 

of his, feiner; of her, ifyrer. 

of our, unferer; of your, Sfyrer* 

of this, tiefer ; of that, jener. 

Feminine nouns have in the singular no declension, as — 

Nom. the woman, tie $rau; my sister, meine Sd)wefrer. 
Gen. of the woman, ber ftrau ; of my sister, meiner Scfyroejrer* 
Ace. the woman, tie $rau; my sister, meine ©dwejrer, 
Nom. his daughter, feine 5od)ter; her pen, tt>rc fteber* 
Gen. of his daughter, feiner $od)ter ; of her pen, ifyrer fteter. 
Ace. his daughter, feine 5od)ter; her pen, il>re ^ebcr^ 
Nom. our city, unfere Statt; this watch/ tiefe llfyr* 
Gen. of our city, unferer <2tat>t; of this watch, tiefer Ul)V> 
Ace. our city, unfere Statt; this watch, tiefe tli;r. 

The aunt, tie 5ante; the niece, tie 9iid)te; the maid-servant, 

tie iDtagb* 

somebody, anybody, * some one, Semanb^ 
nobody, not anybody, no one, -iftiemanb* 

She is the daughter. of my sister. <Ste ift tie Socfitct mctner£'d)n;cjrer. 

He has the aunt's money. (St f)Qt ta^ (Mb tor gante. 

Have you our mother's book % Jpabm <Ste ka$ 23ud) unferer gutter? 

No, I have the book of your sister. Sftctn, id) fya&e ta$ S3ucJ) SOrcr 

©dftrocjter* 

Has anybody her daughter's look- £at Serncmt ten ^ptcget tr)rcr &eclj* 

i fig-glass? ter ? 

Nobody has it. Sftienumt r)at tr)n. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



37 



Has somebody the leathern shoe 
of his niece ? 

My sister has her shoe. 

Is that young man the maid-ser- 
vant's son ? 

He is not the son of my maid- 
servant. 

Have you this woman's ribbon % 

No, sir, I have the ribbon of that 
woman. 

Has he my watch, or that of my 
mother? 

He has your mother's. 

Adjectives before a noun, and preceded by the definite or in- 
definite article, or a pronoun, follow the second declension of sub- 
stantives, and take in the genitive case, for all genders, n ; as : 



v&at Scmanb ben (ebetnen ©cfyufj fefc 

net 9Ud)te? 
SEcine Sdpoeftec fyat tfjrcn Sd)ur> 
3)1 icner iunge SBicmn t>cr Scfyn t>ct 

SDJagb'1 
<5t ift md)f ber Sfofyti meinet £ftagb* 

#akn (Ste ba$ S3cmb btefct $rau 1 
Sfleut, rnetn £ert, id) fyabe bag 23anb 

jener #rau. 
£at cr mcttie itljt cber b t e metnet 

Gutter? 
(St fat bie 3F)rcr gutter. 



of the good father, 
of a good boy, 
of my good mother, 
of his good child, 

Have you my old brother's black 

hat? 
No, sir, I have not his hat, but 

that of your young friend. 

Has he our rich aunt's gold pen ? 

He has not hers, but mine. 

Who has the little child's new 

book ? 
His sister has it. 



be$ guten SaterS* 
eineS guten ^naben. 
meiner guten Gutter. 
feine§ guten .SvtnbeS. 

£akn @te $>cn fcfctuaqcn #ut mehte$ 

att'eri SStuberS? 
Stfctn, rnetn #err, id) Ijafte ntdfjt fets 

nen .gmt, fenbern ben Sfyte* iungen 

grcunbe& 
£at er bie gelbene geber unferet reU 

d)cn Sante ? 
(Sr fjat ntd)t bie t^rlge, fenbern bie 

metnlge* 
£Bet f)at baS neue SSudj bc<> ffetnen 

&mbe£? 
(Seine ©deeper fjat e£* 

The absolute possessive pronouns also follow the second de- 
clension, and take in the genitive or possessive case, in all genders, 
nf as: 

of mine, be§ or ber meintgen; of his, be§ or ber feinigen; 

of hers, be$ or ber ifyrigen; of ours, be$ or ber unferigen; 

of yours, be§ or ber JJfyrigen, 

Has he the cloth of your mer- 
chant, or that of mine ? 

He has that of yours. 

Have you your mother's looking- 
glass, or that of ours] 



I have that of yours. 
4 



£at er ba$ £ttd) 3foxc§ .ftaufmannS, 

cber ta$ be$ meintgen ] 
(Sr [)at ba$ be$ Sftttgen. 
£aben <Ste ben (Spiegel Sfyret $R\iU 

ter, cber ^>cn ber unferigen 1 
3d) \)aU Un ber Sfytujen. 



38 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

#akn (Ste ten fleittcn £unb ber Sante? 3d) fyabe ben £unb meiner 
Sante. 3ft biefeg bag 25ud) fewer 9ftcl)te ? Sftetn, eg ift nid>t bag fewer 
JUttcfyte, fonbern bag ber unfertgen. 3ft fie bie Softer etner Sffiagb? kcin, 
fie ift bie Softer iener gratu vjpat Sfyr 0tad)6ar ^ IjvUfcfye 23anb unferer 
Sautter! (Sr fyat e& 3ft biefer junge £ftann bet (Sofyn 3ftrcr <Sd)n)cjtcr 1 
<5r ift nid)t bee @of)n meiner (Scfyroefter, fonbern tfyr SReffe. £at fein 23ru~ 
ber bie funge £af$e 3§ret flctncn (Scfyrocfter? (St F>at fie nid)t. 33*ag fyat 
er? <Sr f>at ben gropen Jpunb femes franfen SSruberg. £afrcn <Sie bie gute 
Gutter unferer atten 9#agb 1 3d) &abe nid)t tfyre gute SButter, fonbern bie 
meineg armen 2tfad)batg, -iSetd)er £na£>e ift ber ©ofyn unfereg rcict>cn 
©dmcibcrs? 3?ner grope $nafte ift fein (Sefjn* 3ft er ber 23ruber biefeg 
franfen 9#anneg? 9ltin, mem £err, cr ift ber SSruber meiner rctcfyen 
Sante. ££er fyat bie fitberne Jcbcr 3r)rcs fletpigen Jiinbeg? £)te unfyofc 
licfye Softer meiner ungtucf(td)cn 9Ud)te f)at fie, £>at ber ©djneiber ben 
£Hocl Sfyveg SBruberg ober ben beg meinigen I (Sr fjat ben beg Sfjrtgen. (5r 
f)at roeber bie Itfyr feineg 23ruberg nod) bie ^ unferigen. 2Md)e Ur)r I)at 
er? (Sr (jat bie gotbene Ufyr feiner f)6fttd>cn 9?id)te, £at biefe $rau bag 
(Mb Sfyrcr Gutter ober ta^> ber meinigen ? <Sie fyat bag ber Sfyrtgen. £at 
ber Deutfd)e ben ftetnernen Stfd) biefeg gropen #flanneg unb bag fcfyone SScmb 
iener fyuftfefyen gtau ? (Sr fyat roeber ben fteinernen Stfd) biefeg gropen 
£ftanncg, nod) bag fd)6ne SBanb iener f)u6fd)en #rcuu ^>at 3emanb unferen 
£Bein? Sttemanb fyat tfjn. 3ft S^manb fyungrtg? Sfaemanb iff fyungrtg. 



Is he the aunt's son ? No, he is a maid-servant's son. Is she 
your niece's daughter ? Yes, she is the daughter of my niece. Has 
he his mother's good money % He has it. Has she her sister's 
silver watch] She has it. Has the boy our daughter's leathern 
shoe? He has it. Has the soldier our old maid-servant's good 
butter? The soldier has her good butter and her old bread. The 
fine garden of the old prince is very large. Has the physician your 
good mother's fine looking-glass ? He has the fine looking-glass of 
my dear mother, and my pretty niece's beautiful stone. Has any- 
body your rich aunt's stone table and wooden chair? Nobody has 
her stone table, but the poor Frenchman has her wooden chair. 
Has any one my sick uncle's black horse? The rich count has it. 
What is the tall merchant's ugly son ? He is a soldier. Who has 
my dear father's glass and my good mother's watch ? I have your 
dear father's fine glass, and my sister has your good mother's silver 
watch. Has any one the polite count's large dog and fine horse ? 
No one has his fine horse, but his servant has his large dog. Is this 
man's sick brother unhappy? He is very unhappy. Is that woman's 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 39 

silver ribbon very pretty? It is not very pretty. Has he your cloth 
coat, or his poor tailor's? He has the poor tailor's. Has the child 
his little cat, or your good sister's"? He has my good sister's. Has 
the young tailor your black cloth, or your old brother's] He has my 
old brother's. Has our sick neighbor his good butter, or that of the 
tall baker] He has the tall baker's. Has your nephew his father's 
carriage, or that of yours ? He has that of mine. Which gold is 
better, yours or mine ? Yours is not so good as my father's. Is my 
gold pen as pretty as his sister's] Yours is prettier than hers. Has 
the boy the poor student's new book and white hat ? He has neither 
his new book nor his white hat. What has he 1 He has the rich 
German's dog. Which one? The black one. Is your pretty child 
assiduous] He is not very assiduous to-day, he is tired and sleep3\ 
Is the old soldier's new horse thirsty or hungry? It is thirsty and 
hungry. Has any body this young gentleman's wine ? Nobody 
has it. 



SIXTEENTH LESSON. — &ed)$$eimte 8?ctw\u 

The American, ber SCmerifaner; the Englishman, ber (Jnglans 
ber; the Irishman, ber Srtdnber; the cook, ber .S?od); the um- 
brella, ber Diegenfcfyirm; the broom, ber 33efen; the chicken, ba$ 
jpufyn; the paper, ba§ papier; the bottle, bie $(afdf)e; the 
peasant, ber Q3auer (genitive be£ ©auenv 2d declension); no, 
none, not any, fein. 

The indefinite pronoun wo, fetrif has the same declension as the 
indefinite article a, an, etttf when it is followed by a noun. 

Nom. no good man, fan guter 9ftann> 
G-en. of no good man, feineS guten 93£anne$, 
Ace. no good man, feinen guten SDianru 

Nom. no good woman, Wxm gute $xau, 
Gen. of no good woman, feiner guten $tau, 
Ace. no good woman, feine gute $rau. 

Nom. no good child, fein guteS ivinb, 
Gen. of no good child, feines guten jfinbe^ 
Ace. no good child, Win guteS j?inb. 

And when the indefinite article ein, or indefinite pronoun 



40 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



{tin f stands alone, referring to some preceding noun, it follows 
the declension of the definite article in all cases; thus: 

Mas. Fem. Neu. 

Nom. one, none, einct, Fcincr ; cine, feme; etneS, fetncS; 

Gen. of one, of none, ctneS, feme* ; etnet, femet ; etneS, feineS ; 

Ace. one, none, etnen, fetnen ; etnc, f cine ; cmcS, fctncS. 

He is no American. 



He is none. 

Is she a maid-servant % 

She is no maid- servant, she is 

our niece. 
Have you a garden % 
I have none. 
Has he no bread ? 
He has not any. 
Has your brother a watch? 
He has none. 

Is that man an Englishman ? 
He is not an Englishman, he is 

an Irishman. 
Have I a looking-glass? 
You have one. 
Have you a pen % 
I have one. 
Have we a glass ? 
You have one* 
Am I right ? 

You are right. 



St ift fetn 2Cmcrtfcmcr. 

(St ift fetnet. 

3ft fie eine %fla$ ? 

<Ste ift feme SEHogb, fte ift unfete 

atkttfc 

$aUn <Ste einen (Garten ? 

3d) ()abe fetnen. 

£at er fetn S3rct> ? 

St fiat feincS. 

£at 3I)r 25tut>ct cine itljt'? 

St fyat feme. 

3ft iencr 9}?ann em Snglanbet? 

(St ift fetn Snglanfcct, et ift etn 3** 

lanfcet. 
£abe id) etnen (Spiegel ? 
<Stc fyakn etnen. 
£abcn @ic eine gefcet ? 
3d) F)abc cine. 
£aben ruir etn ®fo$] 
©ie fyaben ctneS. 
$afett$$ecftl 

(not bin id) 9?cd)t ?) 
(Ste fyaben *Kecfjt. 

(not <§te ftob 9ftd)t.) 
jg>at et Unted)t] 
St fjat tinted)!. 



Have you the right hat % 

No, sir, I have the wrong one. 



Is he wrong ? 
He is wrong. 

The right, ba$ 9ted)t; the wrong, £>a§ Unrest; (Adjective) 
right, recfyt ; wrong, unrest. 

Jg>ai6cn @te ten ted)ten #ut ? 
Sftcin, metn #ctr, id) ^abe t>en un* 
tecfyten. 

3ft 3^ gfteunfc etn 2Crjt? St ift femet. (St ift fetn 2Ci#; cr ift cm 
Jtaufmann. 3ft fcinc ©dfrweftet eine Qttagb? Sttein, metn £ett, fte ift 
feme 9#agb. £at et etn $)fctb ? St r)at fetn ^pfetb, abet et fjat etnen 
2Bagen. SSet fjat etnen 95cfcn ? 3)et SBebtente fyat etnen. $at et gute 
SSuttct ? (St fjat feme 23uttct. £at S&t Jtcunb einen 9?egenfd)irm ? (St 
fyat fetnen. £at unfet &od) Staffer ? St fyat fetnet. £at et fetn ©(as ? 
St fjat etne». £aben nut etnen (StuW? ©ie fyaben etnen. $at ^ ^i n & 
feme gfofd&e? Si> F)at cine. SBtt fyaben fetnen 3utfcr, feme 93uttcr, unb 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 41 

fan ©a(^ after nrir f)at>cn cincn gtfcfe, cine lifer, unb ctn Simmer. $at fcer 
JUxfe an £ufen ? <5r feat etncS. #at t>er SBauer einen Dcfefen ? (Sr feat 
fetnen. £aftcn*(£te Cctn papier? 3d) l>abc feineS. £at t>er SBebtente 
tie red)te -J'tafcfec ? (St feat t>ic recite |ffof<fje, after er feat t>a$ tmred)te G5(a<% 
£afte id) $ecfet ? @te feaften Itnrecfet. #at er Unrecfet ? 9? an, man £crr, 
cr feat Reefer. Qabm rmt SHecfet ot»er Unrecfet? <£ie feaften SKecfet, after 
Sfer S3rut>ct feat Unrecfet. ^ 

Is your brother a merchant? He is no merchant; he is a car- 
penter. Have you a carriage? I have one. Has our cook a chicken? 
He has one. Has his sister a pen ? She has one. Has our old 
neighbor's son a dog? He has none. Has your rich niece's daughter 
a golden watch ? She has none. Has the baker no bread? He 
has none. What has he ? He has a small stone table, a silver 
watch, and a new book. We have no wine, no water, and no butter. 
Has anybody your student's paper and pen ? No one has his pen ; 
but I have his paper. Have you the servant's broom or that of the 
maid-servant ? I have the maid-servant's. Have you the old Eng- 
lishman's new umbrella and fine glass 1 I have only his new um- 
brella, but I have not his fine glass. Who has it ? Nobody has it. 
Has the peasant a big ox and a fine chicken ? He has a big ox, but 
no fine chicken. Has that sick peasant's brother a large bottle ? 
He has none, but his son has one. Is this gentleman an English- 
man? He is no Englishman ) he is an American. Is your friend 
right ? He is wrong. Are we right or wrong ? You are w T rong 3 
but your good friend is right. Has your rich aunt's nephew your 
new umbrella or your old one? He has neither my old umbrella 
nor my new one. Who has your new umbrella ? The soldier's 
tall boy has it. What has the young count's servant ? He has the 
cook's old chicken, the maid-servant's good broom, and the boy's 
little cat. Has your little nephew the right book? He has the 
wrong book ; Charles has the right one. Has the cook the wrong 
broom ? He has the right broom, but the wrong bottle. Is the 
ugly peasant's white horse hungry or thirsty? It is hungry, but 
not thirsty. Has he your dear father's money or that of mine 1 He 
has that of yours. Has the old prince a son ? He has no son, but 
a beautiful daughter. Is she handsomer than my aunt's young 
sister] Your aunt's young sister is not so handsome as she. Has 
that gentleman a horse? He has none. Is the Irishman right or 
wrong? The Irishman is right, but the Frenchman is wrong. 

4 * 



42 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



seventeenth LESSON. — &ieben$ehnte Section. 

THE DATIVE SINGULAR OF THE MASCULINE AND NEUTER 
GENDERS. 

The dative singular of the definite article in the masculine and 
neuter genders is, to the, b t m. 

The indefinite article and all pronouns (except the absolute 
possessive pronouns) take the same termination; em ] as : 

To a, to an, etnem; to this, biefem; to that, jenem; to which, 
roekfyem; to my, meinem; to his, fetnem; to her, ifyrem} to our ; 
unferem ; to your, 3(;rem\ 

All adjectives and absolute possessive pronouns, following the 
second declension, have in the dative the same termination as in 
the genitive, e n ; as : 

To the good, bem guten; to the bad, bem fcfylecfyten; to mine, 
tern meinigen; to his, tern feinigen; to hers, bemifyrigen; to ours, 
tern unferigen ; to yours, tern Sfyrigen, 

The substantives of one syllable of the first declension, which 
take e § in the genitive, retain the e in the dative ) as : 
Nom. the son, ber<2of)tt; the horse, ba§ ^Pferb. 
Gen. of the son, beS (gofynes; of the horse, be£ *Pferbe$. 
Dat. to the son, bem gofyne; to the horse, bem ^)ferbe« 
Ace. the son, ben €ofyn ; the horse, t>a§ ^)ferb* 
But when the genitive takes only § the dative remains unal- 
tered, like the nominative and accusative ; as : 

Nom. the good father, ber gute 2?ater. 
Gen. of the good father, be§ guten 23ater§* 
Dat. to the good father, bem guten 2kter* 
Ace. the good father, ben guten QSater* 
Nom. the good paper, la$ gute papier* 
Gen. of the good paper, be$ guten spapierS* 
Dat. to the good paper, bem guten papier* 
Ace. the good paper, t>a$> gute papier* 
The dative of substantives of the second declension has the 
same termination, n> as the genitive and accusative : 
N. the boy, ber i?na6e ; the tall soldier, ber grofce ©otbat. 
G. of the boy, be£ ^naben; of the tall soldier, be$gro£ett<2ofbateru 
D. to the boy, bem ^na6en ; to the tall soldier, beirfgro§en<2olbaten. 
A. the boy, ben .SfnaOenj the tall soldier, bengro£en€olbaten* 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 43 

The butcher, ber $leifd)er; the meat, ba£ $(eifcfy; the letter^ 
ber 33rief; the note, ba$> billet; the bird, ber SSogel; the ship, 
fcaS @d)iff ; belongs, or does belong, gefyort* 

The house belongs to the man. £)aS $au$ gc^ort bem 3]?annc« 

The garden belongs to this mer- *Dct ©arten ger)6rt btefem $aufs 

chant. mcmn. 

Does that coat belong to my ©efyort jettcr 3?ocf meinem 23rubet? 

brother ] 

It does not belong to your brother, (£r gcf)6rt md)t Sfjrem SStuber, forts 

but to mine. tern bem meinigem 

To which boy belongs the pretty SMcfyem Jtnaben gefyort b&$ f)u6fc^e 

book] 23ud)? 

It belongs to the tall boy of our (Ss geftect bem gropett Jtnaften unfes 

old neighbor. reS attcn 9?aci)bar$» 

Does this carriage belong to our ©cfyott btefct ££cigen unferem iuttgen 

young physician % . 2fr^tc ? 

It does not belong to our young (Sr gefyort mcfyt unferem jungen 

physician, but to your rich 2Cr$te, fonbetn Serein return 

nephew. Stfeffem 

g)a$ papier gcr)crt bem attcn .ftaufmemn. (S5el)crt btefeS gletfer; bem 
fyofttdjen gtcifdjer? (S$ gefyert nid)t bem fyofticben <5tctfd>cr, fonbern unfes 
rem jungen SBebtenten, £Mcf)em £ttannc gefyort jener fd)6ne £>oge(? (St 
gefyort bem Hetnen $nakn bes rctctjeii ©rafen, ©efyort btefet 23ricf unb 
[eneS S3tflet Sfyrem guten 23ruber? Der SBrtcf ger)6rt meinem guten 58ru= 
ber, unb ba$ ^Billet bem gropen 6orme teg £)eutfd)en. d5cl)6rt biefe grope 
(Stabt bem aften gurften ? @te gefyort nid)t bem often, fonberm bem iungen 
gurftem 3)er £)d)fe gefyort ctnem armen gletfcfyer, ba$ #uf)tt unferem fyaps 
ftcfyen $od)e, unb ber 93oget fetnem Clemen ©efyne. 3)er neue SRegcnfcfyirm 
gefyort jenem gropen SBauern, unb bag grope (Scfytff bicfem retcfyen $mcn. 
£)a3 £auS gefyort bem fyofiicfycn 2Cr$te, unb btefeS f)ubfd)e Simmer meinem 
tfyeurcn Dfyetm. ©el)6rt bet.SSefcn bem £nakn Sfyrer ©cfynxfier? Stfein, 
cr gefyort tfyrem tranfen 23ebicnten. (SJerjott btefes gfcijS) Sftrem $ocf)e 
obcr bem tmfertgen ? (5$ gcF)6rt rccbet bem meinigen nod) bem Sftrtgcn ; 
e$ gefyort bem Jtodje unferel greunbe^ 



I 



The coat belongs to the old tailor, and this bread to that poor 
baker. Does the money belong to your good son 1 It does not 
belong to my good son, but to my young nephew\ To which gen- 
tleman does this pretty house belong 1 It belongs to the rich father 
of our friend. Does that trig ox belong to our sick butcher? It 
does not belong to our sick butcher, but to his happy son. Does 
this new broom belong to your poor niece ? It belongs to my ugly 
cook, but not to my poor niece. This letter belongs to our old mer- 
3 



44 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

chant's friend, and that note to the young student. Does the gold 
watch belong to your mother's brother? It does not belong to my 
mother's brother, but to her uncle. The chicken belongs to the 
American, the bird to the little child, and the horse to the poor 
German. Does this book belong to my son or to yours % It belongs 
neither to yours nor to mine, but to his son. Who has her little 
daughter's pretty bottle? The old Frenchman's tall boy has it. 
What has the Englishman ? He has the rich Irishman's new ship. 
Has the pretty soldier this letter or that note ? He has neither the 
letter nor the note. Has the peasant this old chicken or that young 
one ? He has only the old chicken, but our pretty maid-servant has 
the young one. Is your good horse tired ? It is not yet tired, but 
it is hungry. Has the butcher his good meat or ours? He has 
neither your good meat nor his own ; he has that of the old peasant. 
Have you my unhappy nephew's fine (fcin) paper or his young 
brother's? I have his young brother's. Is the weather cold to-day? 
It is neither cold nor warm. Has she her poor aunt's looking-glass 
or her sister's ? She has only her sister's. Does this stone table 
belong to your dear friend or to ours? It belongs to yours and not 
to mine. This fine (fcin) cloth belongs to the tall tailor, this good 
money to your assiduous boy, and that bad meat to his black cook. 
Is the Englishman right ? No, sir, he is wrong, but we are right. 



eighteenth LESSON. — mdyi^cimtc Section. 

The dative singular of the definite article in the feminine 
gender is like the genitive, t) e r. The indefinite article and all 
pronouns (except the absolute possessive pronouns) take the 
same termination, e V ; as : 

To the daughter, fccr £odf)ter; to this maid-servant, tiefec 
9D?agb; to a woman, eincr $rau; to my mother, meiner Gutter; 
to her sister, ifyrer (gcfywejrer; to his aunt, feiner Xante; to our 
niece, imferer 9iicfyte* 

All adjectives and absolute possessive pronouns, following the 
second declension, have, in the dative of all three genders, the 
same termination, n, as in the genitive : 

To the good daughter, ter guten Xocfyter; to an old woman ? 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



45 



etner alten $rau; to my rich aunt, meiner reicfyen Xante* To 
mine, tec meinigen; to his, ter feinigen; to hers, ter ifyrigen; to 
ours, ter unferigen; to yours, ter Sfyrigeru 

Nom. the good mother, tie $ute Gutter* 
Gen. of the good mother, ter a,uten Gutter* 
Dat. to the good mother, ter guten Gutter* 
Ace. the good mother, tie §uU Gutter* 

N. his good aunt, feme quit Xante* 
G-. of his good aunt, fctner §\ittn Xante* 
D. to his good aunt, feiner guten Xante* 
A. his good aunt, feine gute Xante* 

The nut, tie Slug; the bureau, tie Commote; the linen, tie 
?einwant; the spoon, ter Soffel; the knife, ta£ 59^effer ; the 
fork, tie @a&el; the hammer, ter jpammer; the nail, ter 9?agel; 
the iron, ta$ Sifen; adject, iron, eifern* Whose? weffen? the 
game for all three genders. 

The ribbon belongs to the niece. £)a$ 23ant gcr)ert ter 9?id)te. 

This bottle belongs to a woman. £)iefe gtaf$e ge^ort etner grau* 

Does that pretty bureau belong ©efycrt jene t)u6fd)C Commote Sfyret 

to your little sister? Hetnen <2d)nx'fter? 

It belongs not to my little sister, Ste gefycrt ntcl)t meiner fteinen 



but to her old aunt. 

Whose house is this ? 
It belongs to my dear mother. 
Whose pen have you ? 
I have that of my young niece. 
This pen belongs to my young 
niece. 



(ScWjter, fcntern tfyrer alien 

Sante* 
S&cflcn £au» ift btcfc^ ? 
©S gcr)6rt meiner tfjcurcn SDZutter* 
SBcffen Jeter fcfai ©le3 
3c!) tjahc tie meiner iungen 9tftdf)te. 
£>tefe Jeter gefjert meiner iuncjen 

9ttdf>tc. 



Whose looking-glass has his ugly SBeffen (Spiegel r)at fein fyapttcfyer. 



servant ? 
He has that of our rich aunt. 
Does this garden belong to our 

rich aunt or yours? 
It belongs to ours. 
The silver knife belongs to the 

polite daughter of his sister. 



Setienter? 
<5r l)Qt ten unferer retcfyen gemte* 
©ehcrt ttefer (fatten unferer reidjen 

Saute cter ter Sfyttgeii ? 
(St cjebcrt ter unfertgen. 
£>a6 fttberne SCRcffcr cjebcrt ter befits 

cfyen Scoter feiner (Scfynxfter* 



©iefeg 23anb gefycrt meiner fletnen (Scfymcfter. ©cf)ert t>a£ 93 ud) 3l)rct 
iuncjen Scdfcter cter Sfyrcr l)cfitd)en €^tct)tc ? Q& gefycrt meter ttefer neel) 
iener* ($5er)ort tie fdjene sflup fetnem guten 'Scfyne cter tiefem ftetnen £nas 
ben? 8te cjebcrt teeter tiefem nctf) ienem. (25cr)crt tie ^a|e ttefer alten 
$rau ? <gte gefycrt ntd>t ttefer alten £rau, fcntern iener iuncjen. Befjen 



46 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

Commote ift tiefe ? (Sic tft tic metncr rcid)cn Sante. 28cffen (Stfen Ija&cn 
(Sic? 3d) fcafcc tag teg franfen ^aufmanng. gBcficn 23efen fjat tie SJtogb? 
(Sic Ijat ten unfercg gref'en SSettcnten. ©eljort tcr cifcrnc jammer tcm 
.Stecfyc ctcr tcr 9D£agb? (Sr g'efyort roetcr tcm Jlocftc nod) tcr g^agt, fen- 
tern unferem altcn Stmmcrmann. d5cf)crt ticfc fcine Ccinrocmt fcincr altcn 
Gutter ctcr U)rcr 9Hd)tc? (Sie ejefjert tcr 9ttd)te fcincr altcn Gutter. 
<25et)crt tcr fttbeme Coffcl, tag cifcrnc Sfficfier, unt tie ftftcrnc ©abet Sfyrem 
reid)en £)r)ctm. £)cr fttbeme £6ffc( gcF>ort mcincm rcid)cn JDFjctm; aOcr 
tag cifcrnc £fteffer gc^ort fcincm j&cffen, unt tic ftftcrnc ©a&el fcincr 
9ttd)te. ©efjott ticfer Sifd) fcincr &ed)ter ctcr tcr Sfjrigcn ? (Sr gc^crt 
tcr mcinigen. 



Does this pretty bureau belong to your little sister? It belongs 
not to my little sister, but to her young brother. Does the umbrella 
belong to his poor aunt or to yours ? It belongs to yours. Does the 
bread belong to the poor baker or to the young soldier 1 It belongs 
neither to this one nor that one, but to our old maid-servant. Whose 
nut is this? It is that of our little niece. Whose chicken have 
you ? I have the cook's. Whose broom has her little boy ? He 
has our servant's. Does that large beautiful house belong to the 
count ? No, sir, it belongs to this tall gentleman and to his rich 
aunt. Has the carpenter a wooden hammer and an iron nail? He 
has a wooden hammer and no iron nail. Who has an iron nail? 
The Frenchman's child has one. Has the peasant a good chicken? 
He has none. What has he? He has his sick sister's big ox*. 
Whose ox has our ugly butcher ? He has our polite neighbor's. 
Does this fine linen belong to our dear mother ? It belongs not to 
our dear mother, but to his. Has his uncle the merchant's good 
iron ? He has it not. Whose iron has he? He has that of the rich 
American. Does this small town belong to our old prince? It 
belongs not to our old prince, but to his rich aunt and her beautiful 
sister. Have you a knife, a fork, and a spoon ? I have a silver 
spoon, my sister has a silver knife, and my brother a silver fork. 
Has your cook a silver fork? He has no silver fork; he has an 
iron one. Has that tall woman's daughter a bird ? She has none. 
This bird belongs to my good niece, and the chicken to her old 
maid-servant. This hat (bonnet) does not belong to his daughter, 
but to mine. 



which 
and 
who. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 47 

nineteenth LESSON. — $ic\m$ciyntc 2eciwn+ 

The trunk, ber Coffer; the rice, ber9ieif 3 ; the thimble, ber 
Smgerfyut; the corn, ba$ ©etreibe; the dress, bdf> ivletb; the 
soup, tie euppe. 

THE RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 

Mas. Fem. Neu. 

Nom. roelcfyer, ruetdje, roelcfyeS* 

No genitive. ■ 

Dat. roelcfyemv welder; roelcfyem. 

Ago. rcetcfyert, vt>elc^ef roefcfyeS* 

The relative pronoun UK t cf) e r is declined like the definite ar- 
ticle. Instead of rt) e I d) e r , tt> e I d) c f tt) e ( d) e § / the demonstrative 
pronoun b e r f tie; ba& is frequently employed, which has the 
declension of the definite article, except in the genitive in which 
be $> ber> bee is changed into beffen, beren, beffen. 

T1 , ., • . • i ) (Sv hat ben SBaqen wcldbcn ©te fia? 

He has the carnage which you f t.L. or 

have ' > @r fartten 9Sagtn ben ®U fjafcen. 

She has the pen which her sister <Ste bat bte gebet, rveld)C (btc) tr)re 

has. <Sd)nxftcr fjat. 

I have the horse which our father 3d) (jafcc baS $fcrb, rocldjeS (ba<?) 

has. unfer SSatcr f)at« 

THE DETERMINATIVE PRONOUNS. 

Mas. Fem. Neu. 

that, or the one, berjenigff biejenige, basjenige. 
the same, berfelbe, biefelbe, baffe(6e. 

The determinative pronouns berjenige and berfel&e are com- 
pounds. Each component is declined; the first like the definite 
article, the last like an adjective, preceded by the definite article. 
The definite article, as we have seen, is often used as a demon- 
strative and relative pronoun with the genitive b e f f e n > b e re ttj 
beffen. It is also generally substituted for the determinative 
pronoun berjenigef and sometimes for berfetbe* 

The latter may be always translated into English by u the same." 
After a determinative pronoun a relative must always follow. 

Have you this looking-glass or Jpakn^tc btefen oberjenen (Sirieget! 
that one % 

( 3d) fiafcc beniemgen, nx'(d)cn <SU 

I have the one which you have. \ <>i )C i,lT,V?J **j&»~ ®?u w ,« . ~ 

• 3d) f)aoe ben, roeidjen (©to Ijabm ; or 

3d) l)aU ben, ben (Sic Fjakn. 



48 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

Phrases like the latter are to be avoided for the sake of 
euphony. 

Which soup has he 1 2£c(d)e (Suppe hat er? 

He has that which his brother & (jat ttejenige (tie), tt>e(d)e fcin 

has. SBruter t)at. 

Which cloth have we ? £Beld)eS Sud) baben nnr ? 

You have that which your father (Sic fyaben t>a6}cmgc (bets)/ wcfd)C$ 

has. Sftr aSatcr f)at. 

Have you the same thimble $aben ®^ c tenfelbcn gtngerf)ut, mU 

which your tailor has % d>cn (ten) 3()t <Sd)netter fyat ? 

I have the same. 3d) r)ot>c tenfetben. 

Has the maid-servant the same £at tie OTagt) ttefcffce SSuttct, roe(d)C 

butter which the cook has'? (tie) tcr Sod) f)at? 

She has not the same. ©te f)at ntd)t t>icfctOe. 

Has this gentleman the same §o\ tiefer £ert t>aflfet6e §)fett, rock 

horse which the peasant has ? d)eS (ta$) tcr 23auer f)at 1 

He has not the same horse. @r fjat nid)t t)affct6c $)fert, 

©iefet gmgerfyut tft beffer a(6 tetjentge, rocldjcn metne ©c^wcflcr fyafc 
SDtcfc Ur)t tft Heincr ate ttejentge, nxlcfye mem alter $reunt bat Die* 
fW ©d)tff tft fcfyonet ate tag unfereS retcfyen 9?ad)barS, aber e$ tft 
nid)t fo grof-L £>er ftetnerne &tfd), roelcfyen ©te Fjaben, tft fd)6net ate tet 
ienige, tuelcfyen ^ cr iunge ® ra f M» SBctd^cn it offer fyaben ©ie ? 3d) fyafce 
tenientgen (ben), roetdyen mem SSruter f)at. £at 3&* 23ruber btefe geber 
eter jene? & fyat bie (btejentge), n>e(d)e id) fjafce. #at ber SSauer etn gu* 
te£ g>ferb 1 (Sr f>at etneg. £at er taffelbe nxld)e$ fetn Dfjctm f?at ? 9?em, 
mem £crr, er Fjat tag fetntge. £at unfer jtod) ttefen cber jenen S3efen ? 
(£r fjat tenfetben (ben), rrx(d)en unfere SRagt rjat. $at ber (Sngtanter nod) 
ttcfetbe gotbene Jeter? @t Fjat nod) ttcfefte. £at S&r £nabe taffelbe 
papier, roc(d)e£ @te fyaben 3 (Sr fjat taffelbe papier unb ttefetbe Jeter. 
SMcbe (Suppe I;at unfere (Scfynxfter ? @te fyat ttefetbe, nxlcfye toil fyaben. 
4pat ber DeutfdK etn fyubfdjes ©(as ? @rr fyat eine& #at er tag, n>eld)e$ 
fein $nabe r)at ? (5r fjat tag fetmge. £at er btefen etfernen jammer ober 
ienen 1 <5r r>at tueber btefen nod) ienen, fontern ben, nx(d)en ber Simmer^ 
ntann Ijat* $a\ 3f)re ©d>ix>cftcr baffetbe ^(etb, we(d)e<? tfjre Gutter ^at ? 
©te r)at nicfjt baffetbe JUeit, aber tenfelben ^>ut, roetdjen unfere Gutter ^at 



Which corn have you? I have that which our neighbor has. 
Which butter has our maid-servant? She has that which our 
mother has. Has the tailor this thimble or that one ? He has the 
one which his boy has. Our iron hammer is better than the one 
which the carpenter has. This watch is prettier than the one which 
your sister has. That dress is not so fine as your mother's. This 
soup is better than your cook's. Has my servant this broom or that 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 49 

one ? He has the same which my cook has. Has the Irishman an 
iron nail ? He has one. Has he the one which his boy has ! No, 
sir, he has not the same. Has your father the same coat which 
your brother has ? He has not the same coat but the same book. 
Has his cook this chicken or that one ? He has the one which the 
peasant has. Has the student this pen or that one ? He has that 
which his friend has. Which rice has the soldier'? He has your 
merchant's. Is that your garden? No, sir, it is my good friend's. 
Has the boy your bird and that of your son? He has only my son's. 
Is that the same ship which the merchant has? It is the same. 
Has he this carriage or that one? He has neither this nor that, but 
the one which my aunt has. Have you the glass which I have, or 
the one which the physician has? I have neither the one which 
you have, nor the one which the physician has, I have mine. Has 
his mother her watch, or the one which her old brother has? His 
mother has not her old brother's watch, she has her own. Has the 
cook the same knife which the maid-servant has ? He has not the 
same knife, but the same fork and the same spoon. Whose nut have 
you? I have my little sister's. Whose dress is that? It is my 
dear niece's. Whose thimble has this ugly child? He has our 
tailor's. Has your brother the same bureau which you have ? He 
has not the one which I have, but our sister's. ' Have you the same 
room which your brother has ? Yes, sir, w r e have the same room, 
the same table, and the same pern Have you a letter ? I have 
none, but my brother has one. Has the student a book? He has 
one. Have you a carriage and a horse ? I have a carriage but no 
horse. Has the merchant a ship ? He has none. Has your aunt 
an old cat ? She has none. Does this fine dress belong to that 
woman's daughter ? It belongs not to that woman's daughter, but 
to my sister. Has any one a fine looking-glass ? Nobody has one. 



twentieth LESSON. — $ivan$i$fte Section. 

The ram, ter jjammet; the glove, ter jjanbfcfyuf); the honey, 
ber §oni$; the bag, ber 33eute(; the purse, tie 35orfe; the 
milk, DtcSDWcfy. 

An adjective before a noun, and not preceded by an article 
or pronoun, takes the termination of the definite article in all 

cases. 

5 



50 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



Masculine. 
Nom. good sugar, some good sugar, guter Surfer. 
Gen. of good sugar, of some good sugar, guteS SurferS. 
Dat. to good sugar, to some good sugar, gutem Surfer. 
Ace. good sugar, some good sugar, guten Surfer. 

Feminine. 

gute Sutter. 

guter Sutter. 

guter Sutter. 

<jute Sutter. 

Neuter. 

gute§ ©aljeS. 
Quttm Salje. 
guteS <Sa($. 



N. good butter, some good butter, 
G-. of good butter, of some good butter, 
D. to good butter, to some good butter, 
A. good butter, some good butter, 



N. good salt, some good salt, 
G. of good salt, of some good salt, 
D. to good salt, to some good salt, 
A. good salt, some good salt, 

The English word some or any, when before a noun or an 
adjective, is not translated in German; but when some or any 
is used without a noun or adjective, and relates to a preceding 
noun, it must be translated by the relative pronoun : roelcfyeify 
roelcfye, welcfyeS. 



Have you some sugar ? 

I have some. 

Have you some butter? 

I have some. 

I have not any. 

Have you any salt ? 

I have some. 

I have none (not any). 

Has he any good wine ! 

He has some. 

Has she some good milk? 

She has some. 

Has he good or bad paper % 

He has some good. 



£ctkn @te Surfer? 
3d) F)abe rc>e(d)eru 
£akn ©ie SButtet ? 
3d) fyafce roelcfye. 
3d) fyabe feme* 
£aben (Sic ©afe ? 
3d) fyabe n>eld)e$. 
3d) fyabe reined 
£at er guten ££ein ? 
(5r r)at weldjeru 



£at fte Qute 9)tf(d) ? 

<5te t)at roefefye. 

4?at er guteS obcr fd)(ed)te3 papier ? 

(St t)at guteS. 

Something, anything, etrt)a§. 

Nothing, not anything, nicfytS. 

£aben <Ste ctrcaS ? 
3d) r)at>e nidjtt. 
4bat er etroa* ©ute$ ? 
<$r r)at md)t$ @d>led)tc& 

If an adjective does not relate to any particular thing, and is 
used in a general sense, it takes the termination of the neuter 
gender. 



Have you anything ? 
I have nothing. 
Has he something good ? 
He has nothing bad. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 51 

£akn ©te ®etb ? 3# r)a&e wetd&e*. £at ber SScbientc ftetp ? (Sr 
fyat wc(d)cn» #aben rotr SSEUd) ? £Bir fyakn roetcfyc* . £at ber 35aucr 
eincn £ammel ? (5r f)at einen. £at ber .Steel) ein £uf)n ? (Sr fyat femes. 
£at Sfae £.ante guten £cntg? <Ste rjat tt>c(d)en» £at unfere Sftagb gute 
eber fd)(ed)te SSutter? 8te fyat gute, £at unfer 23ebtcnter atU4 25rot> ? 
@r fyat nxfcfyes. £at Sfyre tfjeure Gutter roarme ot)cr faltc (Suppc? ©« 
|tt roarme. ££er fjat guteS 60(3? £)er @c(t)at fyat tt>clcl)e& #at ber 
(Stubent gute* 23ier unb gutcn SDSein ? 2)er ©tubent fjat guteS SSier unt> 
guten 2Bein, unt) fein Seiner SBruber r)at gute 9)Wcf)* #al ber 3r(anber 
guten #onig? (St fyat mtifym* && bet (Sngtanber etroaS? (St Ijat 
nid)t& £Bet r)at ben gtofien SBeutel beS (Sctbaten ? Sfttemanb rjat tfyn. 
4?at Sfjr gveunb etroaS ©uteS ? (5t f)at ntd)ts ®ute$. £at fein g&cffe 
etwas #ubftf)e$ cber etrcaS #afjlid)c$ ? (S*t fjat webet ctroa^ £ut>fcr>e$ nod) 
etroaS .g>ap(tdf>e^ 3 er fjat mcfytS. ©cf)6rt biefe neue 25orfe ber ftciptgen 
Scoter 3f)tet alten Sante? <£te gefyott nidjt ber Socfyter mciner alten 
&ante, fonbern tfyrer 9Gidf)te. SOBeffcn £ammcl f)at ber jtcd) ? (5r f)at ben 
t>e£ armen 33auern. £at meine Softer tfyren £anbfd)ulj ? ©ie fyA tfjn. 



Have we some rice ? We have some. Have you some butter ? 
I have some. Has the cook any salt ? He has some. Has the 
merchant good or bad sugar? He has some good. Has the peasant 
good or bad milk ? He has some bad. Has our tailor black or white 
cloth ? He has some black. Who has some old wine 1 The French- 
man has some old wine, and the German some good beer. What 
has the cook? He has some white sugar, some good milk, and 
some old corn. Has he some paper ? He has not any. But has 
he some money ! Yes, sir, he has some. Has the American some- 
thing? He has very fine gold. Who has something pretty? My 
sister has something pretty ; she has a beautiful white dress. Has 
that boy something? He has nothing. Has the soldier any money? 
He has no money, but he has some good soup and some good rice. 
Has your son anything? He has nothing. Who has good honey? 
The peasant has some. Has your nephew something good or some- 
thing bad? He has neither anything good nor anything bad ) he 
has nothing. Have I something fine? You have a very fine watch. 

Has your sister a fine purse ? She has one. Has the butcher a 
big ram? He has none. Has he some good meat? He has not 
any. Has your young daughter her own black glove or her aunt's ? 
She has neither her own black glove nor her aunt's; she has mine. 
Has the Englishman his iron or ours? He has his own and ours. 



52 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

Has your servant the tailor's black cloth coat ? He has it. Has the 
maid-servant your mother's good butter? She has it. Has this 
gentleman our old prince's tall white horse ? He has it not. Is 
your rich brother's fine house larger than ours ? It is not so large 
as yours, but it is prettier. Does this bag belong to this cook or to 
that maid-servant? It belongs neither to the cook nor to the maid- 
servant, but to that tall peasant. Is your horse still hungry? It is 
not hungry, but thirsty. Is his friend here ? He is not vet here. 
Is the weather fine to-day? It is very fine weather; it is neither 
warm nor cold. Has our polite merchant some white leather ? He 
has none, but his brother has some. Whose dog has your poor 
nephew ? He has his sick friend's small dog. Whose cat has my 
sister? She has her little niece's big cat. What has the baker? 
He has nothing. But he has some bread? He has some, but it 
is very old. Who has my sister's new bureau'? Her sick nephew 
has it. Has the soldier the silver spoon which his boy has'? He has not 
the one which his boy has ; he has ours. Have you the same knife 
which your cook has ? I have not the same ; I have no knife. Has 
anybody my little child's fine nut? Nobody has it. Has your dear 
father this large book or that small one ? He has that small one. 
Is the German wrong or right ? He is right. Who is wrong? The 
count's tall servant is wrong. Which linen have you 7 I have that 
old woman's fine linen. Has the carpenter something good ? He 
has nothing bad. Has he this iron hammer or that one? He has 
the one which his old brother has. Has he some wood ? He has 
some. 



TWENTY-FIRST LESSON. — ®in Utlb pM%t$i#fte 

Section* 

THE PLURAL. 

The declension of the definite article is, in the plural ; for all 
the three genders, alike : — 

Nom. the, tic* 

Gen. of the, fcer; 

Dat. to the, ten* 

Ace. the, tie* 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 53 



All pronouns are declined in the 


plural like the definite article^ 


except the absolute possessive pronouns. 




For all genders : — 










N. 


G. 


D. 


A. 


my, 


meine. 


meiner. 


meinen, 


meme* 


his, 


feine, 


fetnerf 


feinen> 


feme* 


her. 


\\jfu ' 


ifyrer, 


tfyren, 


ifyre* 


our, 


unfere. 


unfererj 


unferen, 


unfere* 


yo«r, 


2ftre, 


Sfyrcr, 


31)ren, 


3t?te. 


which, 


mifytt 


roetdber, 


mUtyn, 


roelcfye. 


these, 


tiefe, 


btefetf 


tiefen, 


biefc. 


those, 


jene, 


jener, 


jenen. 


jene. 


no, none 


, feine. 


feinetv 


feinerif 


feine. 



THE PLURAL OF NOUNS OF THE FIRST DECLENSION, 

Masculine nouns of one or more syllables, and neuter nouns 
of several syllables, of the first declension, take, in the nomina- 
tive plural, an additional t f and generally soften the radical hard 
vowels rtf Of Uf into d> Of and li ; as : — 

The sons, tie Sofyne; the tables, tie iifcfye; the friends, tie 
$reunte; the hats, tie Jpiite; the coats, tie Siocfe; the chairs, 
tie ©tiifyle; the stones, tie ©teine j the physicians, tie?(erjte; 
the cooks, tie i?ocfye; the umbrellas, tie Stegenfcfyirme; the let- 
ters, tie 33riefe; the notes, tie 23illete. 

The dogs, tie jpunte, and the shoes, tie Scfyufyef do not soften 
the hard vowel u. 

There are two exceptions to this rule : — 

I. All masculine and neuter substantives ending in the nomi- 
native singular in elf en> and er, have the same termination in 
the nominative plural, and take no additional e; but most all of 
them soften the hard radical vowels a f c f u into dj Of and ii; as: 

The looking-glasses, tie Spiegel; the rams, tie ^dmmet; the 
bags, tie Q3eutel; the birds, tie SSogel; the spoons, tie 2offel; 
the nails, tie OZdgel; the carriages, tieSBagen; the brooms, tie 
95efen; the gardens, tie ©drten; the fathers, tie 23dter; the 
brothers, tie 33riiter; the rooms, tie Simmer; the tailors, tie 
©cfyneiter; the bakers, tie 33d<fer; the Americans, tie 2(merifas 
ner; the English, tie (Jn^tdnter; the Irish, tie Srldnter; the 
butchers, tie ftleifcfyer; the knives, tie 9)?efiev; the hammers, tie 
jammer; the trunks, tie Coffer. 

5* 



54 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



II. Neuter monosyllables, with only a few exceptions, take in 
the nominative plural the termination e r t and soften the hard 
vowels, as: 

The children, tie ^tnber; the houses, tie jjdufer; the books, 
tie $8ud)er; the ribbons, tie 23dnter; the chickens, tie Jpufyner; 
the dresses, tie -Svleiter; the glasses, tie @ldfer; — and the mas- 
culine: the men, tie Scanner* (See Appendix.) 

The following three neuter monosyllables follow the principal 
rule and take e in the plural : 

The horses, tie ^ferte; the ships, tie ©cfyiffe; the breads, 
loaves, tie Q3rote. 

All substantives, without exception, have the nominative, geni- 
tive and accusative plurals alike, and take in the dative plural n> 
when the nominative plural has not this termination; e. g. 



N. the hats, tie jptite, 

G-. of the hats, ter ipute, 

D. to the hats, ten jputen, 
A. the hats, tie §ute. 

N. the brothers, tie SSruterf 

G. of the brothers, ter S3ruter, 

D. to the brothers, ten 23rtitenv 
A. the brothers, tie 33ruter. 

Has the cook the chickens and 

the rams ! 
The cook has the chickens and 

the birds, and the butcher has 

the rams. 
My friend has our tables and his 

chairs. 
Your sister has her dresses and 
. my looking-glasses. 
We have your horses and his 



the gardens, tie ©drten^ 
of the gardens, ter @drten, 
to the gardens, ten ©drten/ 

the gardens, tie @drten. 

the houses, tie Jpdufer, 

of the houses, ter QauftYr 

to the houses, ten *£)dufern> 

the houses, tie Jpdufer. 

£crt ter £od) tie £fi&net un't tie 

#am-me( I 
Screed) f)at tie £uf)ner unb tie 

S36gel, unt ter gleifcfyer (jai tie 

fecmmU 
9J?etn greunb r)at unfere SHfd&e unb 

fcine (Stfifjfe. 
Sf)re ©dbrocftet ^at ifyre better unb 

mcine (Spiegel. 
£Btr fyabm 3()re $)ferte unb fcine 

^punte. 

They, fie. 

They are, fie fint; they have, fie l)a6en; are they? ftnt fie? 
have they? r;a6en fie? 

In German, the third person plural is used in polite conversa- 
tion or address to a person, and for this reason the English you 
and they, are in German the same. The only difference is that 
in writing you, (gie> takes a capital letter, and they, fie/ a small 
one. 



dogs. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 55 

The real meaning of the second person singular thou, and the 
second person plural ; which signifies in German ye, will be ex- 
plained hereafter. 

Have the men our coats and your #a&cn tie banner unferc Steele unt 

books'? 3&re 93fid>ct ? 

They have our coats, but they Ste fyaUn unferc S^ecfe, obcr fie f;as 

have not my books. ben nid)t metric 23ud)er. 

Have they these glasses or those? £>aben fie ttefe ©lafer ctcr jcrtc ? 

They bave neither these nor (Ste fyafcen roetet ttefe nod) ienc 

those. 

Are his children good? <Sint feinc Winter gut? 

They are very good. (Ste fint> fct)r gut. 

Are you sick ? <Sint (Sic txocsxl ? 

1 am not sick. 3d) bin md)t frant 

£at tie $rau tic £ute unt tie jttettct? (Sie r)at md)t tic #fite unt tic 
£(eiter, akr fie l)at tie 3?ea,enfd)irme, tie SBeutet unt tie SBantcr. $at tet 
SSauer feme £dmmel unt tic £ul)ner SfyreS JlccfyeS'? (St fjat md)t feme 
£ammel, abet cr r)at tie jpufyncr meincS ,fted)C$. £aben Sfyre $tcunfcc un= 
fere Stfcfje unt (Sturjle ? (Sic fyaOen unferc (StuWe, abcr nicfyt unferc Stfcfye. 
£at mcine Gutter it)rc ©(dfer unt Sfjrc Scffet? <Sie f)at nxtct if)te ©lafet 
nod) metne Scffcl, after fie F>at meine £ftej]cr. #akn tie Winter tie $la§d 
tes 3immcrmann$ 1 <Sie fjafcen f cine S^ageU #at fein SSatct feinc #unte 1 
($r t)at feme. 2Be(d)e spfetfce bakn Sfjre 23ruter? (Ste fyakn tic $)ferte 
unfetc* g(eifd)erS. SBeffen SHccfe fjaben tic 2(er$te? (Sic fyaben tie 3?6cfe 
metnes (Sd)neiter<>. <Smt tiefe #fite tfjeutet al$ ienc 1 j)tefc £ute ftnt 
md)t tr)cutct ate jene, abet fie fint beffet. Stnt it)re <Sd)ttljc neu ? (Sic ftnt 
neu. £8ct fjat tic £aufet unfcteS gurflen ? S^icmant fyat feinc $aufer. 
(Stnt tic SSacfet fyungrtg ] (Sic ftnt md)t fyungrig. Sint fie fd)ldfug ? 
(Sic ftnt fcfylafrig unt mute. 



Have you the hats and the books'? I have the hats, the books 
and the bags. Has the woman the ribbons and the letters'? She 
has the ribbons, but not the letters. Has the maid-servant her shoes 
and brooms ? She has her shoes but the servant has her brooms. 
Who has my tables, my spoons and my glasses'? My brother has 
your tables, and the cooks have your spoons and glasses. Have 
these men our chairs and your carriages 1 They have neither your 
chairs nor my carriages, they have the horses and the dogs of the 
tall count. Who has the carpenter's nails and hammers'? His sons 
have his nails and hammers. Have her children these books or 
those? They have those. Which dresses has your sister? She 
has her mother's dresses, and shoes. Has the peasant his birds and 



56 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

your chickens? He has his birds, but not my chickens. Have the 
tailors the loaves of the old baker ? They have his loaves. Are 
these men the physicians of the rich prince 1 Yes, sir, they are his 
physicians. Are your brothers still sick ? They are not sick, but 
very tired. Has he the letters and the notes of the poor German 1 
He has his letters and our friend has his notes. Are these ships 
better than those ? These are better, but not so large as those. 
Which carriages have the Americans? They have no carriages. 
Has the merchant no trunks? He has not any. Are our fathers 
tired ? They are very tired. Whose stones have the Irish? They 
have the Frenchman's stones and wood. Are your rooms pretty ? 
They are large and pretty. 



TWENTY-SECOND LESSON. — $tvei Utlb JttWttjf (jfte 

Section* 

THE PLURAL OF NOUNS OF THE SECOND DECLENSION, 
AND OF FEMININE NOUNS. 

The second declension, as we have seen in Lesson 14, takes n or 
e rt in the genitive, dative and accusative, singular ; and this ter- 
mination remains also for all cases in the plural. In the second 
declension the radical vowels a? o and u are never softened in 
the plural ; as : 

Nom. the boys, bie Rnabtn, the soldiers, tie @olbaten> 

Gen. of the boys, ber ivna6en, of the soldiers, ber ©olbitten/ 
Dat. to the boys, ben jfnaben; to the soldiers, ben Solbaten, 
Ace. the boys, bie i?nabetu the soldiers, bie ©otbaten. 

Feminine nouns, which have no declension in the singular (see 
Lesson 15), follow in the plural the second declension; i. e. they 
take n or e n for all cases in the plural, and never soften the 
radical vowels a f o and u> as : 

The women, bie ftniuen; the sisters, bie ©djroefftrn; the pens, 
bie ftebern; the watches, bie Ul;ren; the cats, bie j?a|en; the 
aunts, bie Scmten ; the nieces, bie Uiicfyten; the bottles, bie 
§tafcfyen; the bureaus, bie .Sfommoben; the forks, bie @a6e(n; 
the purses, bie 93orfetu 

Except. I. The mother, bie 9Wutter> and the daughter, bie %Q$)* 
ttXf form their plurals after the first declension : 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 57 

N. the mothers, tie Wt&tttt, the daughters, tie Sodjter, 

G. of the mothers, ter 9)hirtet> of the daughters, ter 5cd)ter> 

D. to the mothers, ten 9Jiuttem/ to the daughters, ten Socfytertv 

A. the mothers, tie Splitter* the daughters, tie 5od)ter. 

Except. II. — Only thirty feminine monosyllables with the 
radical vowels a and u follow in the plural the first declension ; 
i. e. they take in the nominative plural an additional e and soften 
the vowels a and u into d and li. -Three of these feminines have 
been mentioned in the foregoing lessons, they are : 

The cities, tie Stdtte ; the maid-servants, tie SJidgte ; the nuts, 
tie Sftuffe* (See Appendix.) 

Nom. the cities, tie ©tdtte. 

Gen. of the cities, ter <Stdtte f 

Dat. to the cities, ten ®tdtten> 

Ace. the cities, tie <gtdtte* 

All adjectives, preceded by the article or a pronoun, have in 
the plural the termination of the second declension, and take in 
all cases and genders n. The absolute possessive pronouns have 
the same termination. 

N. tie guten, meine gutenr tie meinigen> tie feinigen, 

G-. ter guten, meiner guten, termeinigen, terfeinigen, 

D. ten guten, meinen guten, ten meinigenj ten feinigen, 

A. tie guten* meine guten* tie meinigen, tie feinigen. 

Have the boys my pretty glasses? £aben tie jtnaben meine rjubfefyen 

©l&fer? 

They have not your pretty glasses, (Sic rjaben ntd>t Sfyte F)ut>fd>en ®{afer, 

but they have the fine purses. abet fie fyaben tie fefyenen 236r|"cm 

Have your servants our good Jpctben Sfyte SSctienten unfere guten 

brooms and her large bottles ? 23efen unt tr)rc grofkn gtafefyen ? 

They have neither your good (Ste fyaben wetcr Sbre guten 23efen 

brooms nor her large bottles. nod) ifyre gropen gfofdjen. 

Have the peasants your big oxen £aben tie JBauern Sfyte grepen £)d)s 

or mine 1 fen cter tie metntgen ? 

They have ours, but not yours. (Ste ftaben tie unferigen, abet ntcfyt 

. tie Sljrigen. 

] These old women have his £)iefe alten grcmen fyaben feine t)oU 

wooden bureaus. gernen ^ommoten* 

These little children are more £)tefe ftcinen Winter ftat ftcipiger 

assiduous than those tall ones. ak jene gtefm 

Them, f i t, for all three genders. 

The four English pronouns, she, you, they, and them, are, in 
German, all expressed by the pronoun fie* 



58 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

Have the young soldiers our new £akn bte jungen ©otbaten unfere 
knives and our silver forks ? neuen Sffieffet unb unfere filfoewcn 

©a&cfa ? 

They have them not. ©ie rjafcen fte ntd)t* 

Have you them ? $aUn ®^ e f* e - 

I have them. 3d) t)abe fte. 

Has your sister her leathern £at Sfyre ©cfjroeftet: tfyte (ebernen 
shoes ? ©dntfye ? 

She has them. ©ie fyat fte* 

£akn bie £)cutfcf)en btcfe gropcn £)cfyfen unb Jene fteinen £<mrmc( ? @te 
fyakn biefe gtogen Deafen, abet ntd>t jene fletnen £dmmcl. £)ie olten 23es 
bientcn fyabm unfere grc$cn ©picget, fcine f)%rnen ©tttfyte, unb 3f)re fll* 
fcevnen ttfytcm Diefe attcn gutter ftnb ntd>t fo mfibc roie iljre Jungen 
Scd)tcr. £)iefe gtopen ©table ftnb ntd)t fo rctd) trie jene ftetnetu £Ber. Ijat 
tie fd)6nen SRufie, unfere gotbenen SSdnber, unb Sfyre fyo^ernen ^ommoben? 
Sfyre aiten SDfcagbe fyaben bte fcfyonen Sflupe ; unfere teicfyen Santcn fyaUn 
Ssfyve gotbenen S3anbet, unb bte franfen ©tubenten fyaben meine J)6($etnen 
Jtommoben. Qafom fcine ©cfyueftern metne atten ^ufynet ober bte Sfytigen? 
@ie fjakn nxbe? bte Sfytigen nod) bte mcinigen ; fie faben feine ^tifyncr. 
£abcn bie TCmerifaner bie gotbenen $ebetn ober bte ftlbernen ? ©te fyaben 
bie gotbenen gebem unb nidr>t bie firemen. . £aben Sfjte ^6ftid)en 9fjidr)ten 
unfere fyubfefyen JUeibet? ©ie fyaben fie nicfyt. SGSer t)at fte? £>ie guten 
&6d)tet feiner armen gutter fyaben fte* #aben bie ©tafen bie jMnemen 
Sifcfye, bie gropen ©pieget, unfere fcfyonen Sagen unb ^fetbe, unb biefe 
pbfefyen £dufet ? ©te fyaben fte. 



Have the boys my large dogs and my pretty cats ? They have 
only your pretty cats, and our brothers have your large dogs. 
Have these old servants the new brooms and our large bottles? 
They have the new brooms and your large bottles. Have these 
tall peasants your big oxen and my young rams ? These tall pea- 
sants have your young rams, but the rich butchers have my big 
oxen. Have his pretty daughters our fine purses and your aunt's 
wooden bureaus % They have them. Have our ugly maid-servants 
the iron knives and the silver forks'? They have our iron knives 
and the silver forks. Are these old mothers sick ? These old 
mothers are not sick, but tired. Are these young Germans more 
polite than those young Frenchmen ? These are as polite as those. 
Has the merchant his golden watches or his silver ones ? He has 
his silver ones, and his brothers have the golden ones. Have these 
gentlemen our horses or yours? They have neither yours nor mine; 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 59 

they have the rich count's black horses. Which nuts have your 
little sisters? They have ours. Whose tables are finer; his or 
mine? Yours are very fine, but his are finer. Have our maid- 
servants my silver pens 1 They have not your silver pens ) your 
little nieces have them. Are your aunts very rich? They are 
neither poor nor rich. Which thimbles have the old tailors ? They 
have the iron ones. Have these young women our neighbor's 
pretty hats? They have them. What have our dear friends? 
They have the young soldier's wooden trunks. Have your rich 
nephews the tall merchant's new ships? They have them not. 
Have we your old umbrellas? You have them not; you have 
yours. We have these good letters, those small notes, your silver 
watches, his fine purses, our large looking-glasses, the student's 
new books, and the old peasant's big oxen. 



TWENTY-THIRD LESSON. — ©m ttnb 3ttHttt){gfte 

The sailor, ter 9)?atrofe; the Dutchman, ter jjolldnter; the 
shoemaker, ter ©cfyufymacfyer ; the candlestick, ter £eud)ter; the 
sheep, ta$ ©cfyaf (plur. tie ©cfyafe); the flour, the meal, ta$ 

Singular: — Mas. Fem. Neut. 

Nom, their, ifyr, tyre, ityv. 

Gen. of their, tyreS, ifyrer, tyrc§. 

Dat. to their, ifyrem> tf)rer> ifyrerru 

Ace. their, if)ren> i!;re, ifyr* 

Plural, for all genders : — 

N. i\)u, G. ifyretv D. ifyren, A. tyre* 

Mas. Fem. Neut. i 

Theirs, ter ifyrige, tie ifyrige, bad ifyrige* 

You and they are, in German, the same pronoun, (gie and 
fte (see Lesson 21st) ; therefore your, 3fy*> and their, tfyr; must 
be alike; and also yours, ter Sfyritje, and theirs, ter ifyrige* 

Have the butchers their ox 1 Jpo&m tie gletfcfyet tr)rcn £)d)fcn ? 

They have it. %u fjaben ifjn. 

The bakers have their good flour. £)te SBdcfer v)ahm ifjr quteS SBlttjl. 

Our children have their milk. Unfcre Winter fyaUn \t)xc WlUd). 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



Have the peasants their sheep 
or ours \ 

They have theirs. 

Have the shoemakers their can- 
dlestick or yours ? 

They have theirs and not mine. 

Have the Dutch their horse or 

mine? 
They have their own and yours. 
The sailors have their coats and 

your boots. 
My sister has her gloves, her 

purse, and her silver knife. 



£a6en bte SSaucrn tfytc (Scfyafe cbet 

bte unferigcn ? 
(Sic fyabcn bte tfyttgen. 
$abm t>te <Sd)uf)mad)cr tfyten £eud)' 

ter ober ben Sfyttgen ? 
©k fyaben ben tfyttgert unb ntcfyt ben 

mctmcjen. 
$abm bte £otlanbet ir)r $)fetb obcr 

ba$ mctmgc ? 
®ie fyakn ba£ tfyrige unb ba£ Sfyrtgc. 
£)tc 9J?atrofen .fyaben il>re SKocfe unb 

S^rc (Sttefel. 
9!Keinc <Sc(>n>cftor ftat ifjre £anbfd)ur)e, 

it)re 256tfe, unb if>r ftlbcwcs defter. 

When an adjective before a substantive is not preceded by the 
article or a pronoun, it takes in the plural, as in the singular, 
the termination of the definite article (see Lesson 20th) ; as : — 



N. good boys, gute Mnabm] 
G. of good boys, guter i?na6en; 
D. to good boys, guten j?naben; 
A. good boys, gute j?na6en; 



good women, gute $rauen. 
of good women, guter ftraueru 
to good women, guten ftraueru 
good women, gute ftraueru 



N. good horses, gute spferbe. 

G-. of good horses, guter spferbe. 

D. to good horses, guten ^ferberu 

A. good horses, gute ^ferbe* 



Has the sailor leathern shoes'? 

He has some. 

Have the cooks silver forks ? 

They have none. 

Has your servant some % 

He has not any. 

Has the peasant good sheep or 

bad ones ? 
He has good ones. 



$at ber sfttatrofe tebernc <Sd)uI)e? 

£>abcn bte ^ccfte [Metric Wcln? 

jfgU fyaben feme. 

Sbat 3f)r 23ebt enter roelcfyc ? 

dr Fjot feme. 

£at ber Sauer gute ober fcltfecfjte 

(Scfyafe. 
(St: fjat gute. 



GENERAL RULE FOR THE DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES. 

An adjective before a noun and preceded by the definite 
article, or by a pronoun which has the termination of the definite 
article, follows the second declension ; i. e. it te.kes, in the nomi- 
native singular, the termination i f and in all other cases of the 
singular, and in the plural, e n $ except in the accusative singular 
of the feminine and neuter genders, which terminate in t f like 
their nominatives. 

An adjective before a noun takes the termination of the defi- 
nite article in all cases, in which a preceding word has not this 
termination ; — and in all cases when not preceded by any word. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 61 

#at trafere 93?agb ifytcn SScfcn % <Sie Ijat tr)n« $aUn bxe 50?atrefcn tljre 
goffer? (Sic fyaben fie* aDic #6tlanbct fjafem tfjre grofkn ©arten, tfyte 
gelbcnen Ur)ren, unb biefe flcinen (Sd)iffe. £aben tic altcn Scfyufjmacfyet 
unfere lebcrnen Scfyurjc cbet tic ifyrigen ? (Sic r)akn nid)t tic unferigen, 
fentern tic ifyrigen. #a&cn tic SBacfet ir)r guteS 9D?cr;{ unt ifyrcn nxifkn 
3ucf er ? ©c fyafccn tvetct guteS $fte!)t ncd) roctpen Sucfer, after fie fja&cti 
gute^ ©ctrelte unt gute Sutter. £akn bie glei^rt tic {ungen Scfyafe tc$ 
altcn SSaucrn ? (Sic r)akn fie mcfyt. 3Ba^ fjaben fie ? (Sie r)afcen tie 
tucfyenen 5Kccfe be£ franfen SQMrefcn unt tfyre gute gctnnxtnb. £at Scmcmb 
cincn fttbernen 2eud)ter ? sQltini Jreuntc fyaften ftlbcrnc £eud)ter* £abett 
tic Scltatcn guteS SSreb? (Sic r)aben £ctne& £aben tie grauen gute 
S)it(cl)? Sic r)afccn roe(d)C £a6cn tic SBebtcnten ciferne jammer? (Sie 
fyafcen fctne. ££a£ Ijafcen bic iungen 2Ccr^tc ? (Sic fcafcen fefyene ££agcn, 
grejSe spfctbe, unb gcltenc Ufyren. £akn 31) re 9iid)ten fyubfcfyc Spiegel? 
(Ste fjaben nxtcf)c. £afccn ftc ftl&ctne -gebcrn ? (Sic r)akn fitberne unb 
gcltenc getern. #at ber gleifefyer grepe cber Heine Scfyafe ? (5r l^at nut 
Heine. $aUn bic gran^cfen ifjren letcrnen Coffer obcr ben S^igen ? 
(Sic fjafcen ben tr)rtgetu 

Have the men their wooden trunk? They have it. Have our 
children their pretty purse] They have it. Have the sailors their 
small ship 1 They have not a small ship but a large one. Has the 
Dutchman his brother's letters? He has not his brother's letters, he 
has his own. Have your little sisters their new bureaus? They 
have them. Have they their leathern shoes ? They have not their 
leathern shoes, but their pretty dresses. Have the Irish their flour, 
or that of their merchant ? They have not their merchant's, but 
their own. Have the shoemakers their good leather? They have 
no leather. What have they? They have iron nails and ugly 
ribbons. Have the rich peasants their small sheep and their big 
rams ? They have no small sheep, but they have big rams. Have 
yon some good flour? I have some. Has he some white sugar? 
He has none. Has your friend iron knives? He has iron knives. 
Has his brother some ? He has not any, but he has silver forks. 
We have good glasses, gold pens and white hats. Who has a silver 
candlestick? Our uncle's young brother has one. Has he your 
iron nails? He has them not. What has he? He has nothing. 
Has that child anything? Yes, sir, it has pretty books and some 
good honey. Have the Germans your dog or theirs? They have 
their own. Have the students my candlesticks or theirs ? They 
have not yours but their own. Have your sisters no good pens ? 
6 



62 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

They have very good pens. Have the boys some nuts? They have 
not any. Which chickens has the cook ? He has our neighbor's 
old chickens. Have the French old wine, good butter, white salt, 
iron knives, silver spoons and their new cloth coats'? They have 
some old wine and some white salt, but they have neither good 
butter, iron knives, nor silver spoons. Who has their new cloth 
coats'? Their brothers have them. Has the maid-servant good 
brooms or bad ones? She has good ones. Has he young rams or 
old ones? He has neither young nor old ones. Has the American 
these umbrellas or those ? He has those. i 



twenty-fourth lesson.— SSiet trnb $imnp$fte 

Section* 

The tea, ter Sfyee; the coffee, ter i?affee; the pencil, ter QMei* 
ftift; the candle, the light, ta$ gicfyt; the people, baS SBolf (plu- 
ral, tie %mtt). 

Compound substantives with the termination ma nn/ change 
it in the plural into leute,not manner; as: 
the merchant, ter ^aufmann f the merchants, tie i?auf(eute, 
the carpenter, fcer Simmcrm&Mir the carpenters, tie Simmerleute, 

THE PLURAL OE THE DETERMINATIVE PRONOUNS FOR ALL 
THREE GENDERS. 

Nom. Gen. Dat. Acc. 

those, tiejenigen/ terjenigen/ tenjenjgen/ tiejenigem 
the same, tiefelben/ terfetben/ tenfetfcen/ tiefelbem 

When the definite article is used as a demonstrative, relative, 
or determinative pronoun, the genitive and dative plural make 
an exception in their declension, as : 

Nom. tie; Gen. teren; Dat. tenen; Acc. tie; 
for all three genders. (See Lesson 19.) 

Those has been translated till now by jene/ when it is a de- 
monstrative pronoun, and in connection with these, ttefe/ as : 

Have you these books or those J fatten @te ttefe 23ud)er otcr jcne % 
I have those. 3$ fafcejcnc. 

But when those is used as a determinative pronoun, it must be 
translated by tie; as : 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 63 

Has he your books or those of $at ct Sfytc 33ud)Ct ot)cr tic 3r)re$ 
your brother? 23rut>et$? 

^ tl 7oseT m e yUo°L, \ * *<* * *«• *** 

VVhch oxen has the peasant? Sfeefdfc £)d)fen !)at t>ct SBauer? 

He has those which his brother £«g Meioiiflcn, »cl*c fctn ®rubet 

has " ( @t Wt'bie, nwlcfjc fern ffirubcr fjat. 

Has your uncle the same horses $at 3r)r £)f)Ctm fctefelben $pfcrt>e, 

which your nephew has? roctcfye (tne) 3$* 9?effe f>at? 

He has the same. (Sr ()at fctcfelbcn. 

Which tables have our neigh- SBctdje &tfd)C fjctbcn unfcre 9lafy 

bors ? barn ? 

They have those which their sons (Sic fyaben tic, rt>c(d)C ir)rc <S6fjne 

have. fyabcn. 

TAe neighbor, fcer 5Jlad)6arf follows in the plural the second 
declension the neighbors', Me 9£ad)&anu 

JEfow? roie? 

How old is his brother? *S5tc aft if! fcin SBrubet? 

He is as old as you. (Sr ift fo a(t nne (Sic. 

How tall is he ? 2£te grog ift cr? 

He is as tall as his father. (St ift fo Qtop rote fcin SSotcr. 

Much, met; very much, a great deal, fel;t Diet; too much, ju 
ttielj (plural) many, t)iele* 

Little, roenig; a little, em roenig; too little, ju roenig; (plu- 
ral) few, roenige. 

Little is to be translated by f le i n f when it relates to shape or 
size, but by ro e n i <J t when it expresses quantity ; i.e. a little 
dog, ein fleiner jjtmb; a little sugar, ein roenig Surfer. 

When much, m\ f and little, roenic|f are not preceded by the 
definite article or a pronoun, they have no declension in the 
singular; but many, mk r and few, roenigef in the plural have 
the declension of an adjective. 

Have you much w T ine ? £abcn <Stc met £Betn ? 

I have not very much. 3d) fjafce md)t ferjt t>te(. 

Has he much money ? Spat cr Mel ©clt> ? 

He has but little. (gt fyat nur rocmg. 

.BzjZ in such cases being used in the sense of only, is translated 
by nur. 

Have you a little milk ? $obm (Sic ein wctug Sftttd) ? 

I have too much. 3d) fyafee $u 8te(. 

We have much good wine. S35ir fyuben Met quten ££citu 

Have you many cats? &aben (Stc sricle jlagcn? 

We have few cats, but many SQSir rjaOcn nxntge $agcn, abet t)tcCe 
dogs. £unfoc# 



64 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

Have the Americans many good £aben tie 2Cmcrttanct t)ietc gute 

ships'? ©duffel 

They have a great many. Sic fyaben fcljr t)ic(c. 

£aben Sie tie £i$te unfcrer Jtauftcute oter tie Sfyrcr 9taf)barn] Set) 
f?abc t>ic metncr £ftad)bam, @int ttcfe #rauen t>ie Softer Sfyrer &antcn ? 
Sftein, mctn £crr, fie fint tie &cd)ter meiner Stfeffcn. $at er tie spfcrfce tcr 
reid)en ©rafen, oter tie te$ gurften 1 (Sr r)at tie tcr ©rafetu £at tie 
$Jla$ tie SBcfcn meiner 23etienten ? <Sie r)at nicfyt tie 23efen kr Sfyrtgcn, 
fontcm tic ter unferigem £aben tie Simmcrteute ifjre 23teijltfte, ctcr tie 
tcr .ftaufteute? @te fyaben nicfyt tie tcr £aufteute, fentem tie ifyrigen, 
3ft tcr (Scfyneiter Sfyrer SBrutcr ein retcfyer 9#ann ? <Sr ift arm, abcr ter 
@d)ur)macrjet meiner 23ruter ift reitf). Sint tie £Bagen feincr jungen 
grcunte fd)6ncr ate tic (ttcienigen), rc>efd)e Sfyr DFjetm r)at? £)ic SOBagcn 
mcinc^ £)f)eim$ fint fo feften nrie tie fciucr jungen greunte. $aben tie 
©tutcntcn ticfe oter jene 23ud)cr ? (Ste fyaben nxtcr ticfe nod) jene, fens 
tern tie ifjrer reicfyen Dfyeime. £aben tie SBacfcr ticfetben £id)te, roctd)e 
tfyre Jtnaben fyaben 1 <§h fyaben nicr>t ticfetben £td)te, after fie fyaben fciefefs 
ben £cud)ter. 2£tc alt ift Sfyrc (Scfymeftcr ? <Stc ift nid)t ferjt alt 2Bie 
ift fcin neucS <5d)iff? (SS ift nid)t fer)r fd)6n. SSie fint tie £Bagcn tcr 
$ran$efcn'! @te fint fyubfefyer at$ tie unferigen. $at ter 9)?atrofe r-icl 
faffed (5r r)at nicf)t met Jtaffee, abcr fefyr met Sfjce. ipaben @ie $u tjtef 
»g)Cnig ? 3cr) rjabe nur rocnig. £at tcr itcd) fo met guteS tr>ie fd)tcd)te$ 
©ata? (gr r)at nid)t fo met guteS rote fd>tcdt>te^. £at Sfyr SSater t>xcl atten 
SBctn ? (Sr r)at nur rocnig. £aben roir ein rocnig 3ucf cr ? <Sie fjaben 
ein rocnig. $at cr mete grcunte 1 ($r fyat nur roenige. Jpat tcr 23auet 
mete grope ^ammeH (S*r f)at nur roentge grope £ammet, abcr mete flctne. 
4paben unfere 9lad)bam mete Heine Winter? Bu ^aben fet)r t)te(e* 



* Have you the books of my sister? I have not the books of your 
sister; I have the new books of my friend. Has he your father's 
gold and the silver of his brothers % He has his brothers' si]ver 3 
but not the gold of my father. Have the carpenters their pencils 
or those of the Irish 3 They have those of the Irish. Have our 
neighbors your candles or the merchants' % They have those of the 
merchants. Has he the coats of his tailors or of mine ? He has 
neither the coats of my tailors nor of his ; he has no coats. Are 
your houses better than those of the Dutch? Mine are better 
than those of the Dutch, but theirs are larger. Are the carpenter's 
iron hammers as good as those which the Frenchman has ? The 
Frenchman's hammers are better than those which the carpenter 
has. Has his cook these chickens or those ? He has neither thesa 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 65 

nor those $ he has those of the old peasant. Has your brother the 
same room which you have ] He has the same. Have the Eng- 
lish the same ships which the Scotch have ] They have the same 
ships and the same sailors. Which candles have our servants] 
They have those which our maid-servants have. Have we the 
pens of your nephew or those of your brothers] You have neither 
my nephew's pens nor those of my brothers; you have my father's. 
Has the German the dogs of your friends or those of mine ] He 
has neither the dogs of my friends nor those of yours ) he has his 
own. 

Have you much bread ] I have not very much. Has the butcher 
much meat ] He has a great deal. Have the cooks much rice and 
much sugar] They have not much sugar, but too much rice. 
Have we much good wine] My father has much good wine, but 
I have not much. Has the maid-servant much white salt ] She 
has but little. Has your brother too much money] He has not 
too much; he has too little. Has the peasant a little milk] He 
has a little milk and much good bread. Have you many coats] 
I have not many. Have the Americans many large ships and 
many good sailors] They have many large ships and many good 
sailors. Have you many pencils] We have but few. Have the 
merchants much coffee] They have not much coffee, but too 
much tea. Who has good tea ] My sister has a little. Has that 
man many friends] He has but few. Has this peasant many big 
sheep ] He has but few big sheep, but many big rams. How old 
is your little sister] She is still very young. How old are you] 
I am as old as your brother. 



TWENTY-FIFTH LESSON. — gftttlf tinh ^Wan^fic 

Section. 

The cheese, fcer ifdfe (follows the first declension; plural, tie 
3?&fe); the ring, fcer 9vtrtg; the tree, fcer Q3aum {plural, tie 
23aume); the Italian, fcer Staliener; the Spaniard^ ber ©panier. 
How much, how many? roiemel? 

2Bkt)iel is an adverb in German, and has no declension. 

CARDINAL NUMBERS. 

One, em (einS); two, jroei; three, fcrei; four, fcier; five, 

6 * 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



funf; six, feci)$; seven, fiefcen; eight, acl)t; nine, netm; ten, 
jtfyrt; eleven, elf; twelve, jroolf; thirteen, fcretjefyn ; &e. 

Cardinal numbers have no declension, except one, eirif which 
has the declension of the indefinite article a, an, eiru (See Les- 
son 16th.) 

A complete list of the cardinal and ordinal numbers is to be 
found in the Appendix. 

More, mefyr; comparative degree of: much, mel; less, fewer, 
Weather; comparative degree of: little, few, rcenig; enough, 
genug (an adverb); quite as much, or just as much, e&en fo 
t>iel. A few, einige, has the declension of an adjective in the 
plural. 

Nom. a few knives, eintge Sfteffer. 

Gen. of a few knives, etntger 9)£effer. 

Dat. to a few knives, einigen SDteffcrn. 

Ace. a few knives, etnige SDfeffer. 



How much bread have you ? 

I have not much. 

How many rings has your mother ? 

She has four. 

How many horses has his father ? 

He has three • one black and two 

white ones. 
Have you wine enough ? 
I have not much, but enough. 
Has your brother enough knives ? 
He has enough knives, but he 

has only a few forks. 
Has the Italian a few trees? 
He has a few. 
Has your brother a few good 

books ? 
He has more good than bad ones. 
Has the Spaniard more sugar 

than honey i 
He has more honey than sugar. 
Has this peasant less corn than 

his neighbor? 
He has less corn, but more oxen 

than his neighbor. 
Have the Italians fewer ships 

than the Spaniards? 
They have fewer. 
Has your aunt as many silver 

spoons as I (have) ? 
She has quite as many. 



SOBtemel SBrcb fyaben ©ie ? 

3d) r)abe mcfyt me(. 

mmd Sttnge f)at Sfyre Gutter? 

©re r;at titer. 

mmd spfcrfce fjat fein 9Sotcr? 

(5r f>at bvei, eirt fd)«>ar3C6 unt> jroci 

rt>etpc. 
£aben <Sie £Betn genug? 
3d) babe nid)t met, abcr genug. 
£>at 35r 93rut>cr genug defter ? 
(Sr t)at genug ^tteffer, abet et r;at nut 

einige ©abeut. 
£at t)er Stattcncr eintge SSaume ? 
(St r)at etntge. 
£at 3fa 23tut>et etntge gute S3ud)er ? 

(Sr r)at mefyr gute ate fd)fed)te. 

£at t>er (Spaniet mebr 3udet al3 

£>onig? 
(Sr fyat mer)r $omg a(S Bucfer. 
#at biefer 23auer roemget ©etretfce 

ol? fein 9?ad)bar ? 
(St r)at rcentget ©ctreifce, abet mefjt 

£)d)fen ate fetn SflacfyDar. 
£aben tie 3ta(ienet wemget ©d)iffe 

ate tie ©panier ? 
@te fyaben roemger. 
£at gftw Sante fo wU tfftcrne Soffcl 

roie id) ? 
(Sic Fjat eben fo we(e. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 67 

Has the servant as much coffee $at ter Setiente fo ml -£affee rote 

as the maid-servant 1 tie 9Jtagt ? 

He has quite as much. (St tyat eben fo t)tek 

Every word which has a declension takes, in the dative plural, 
the termination it. 

Does this house belong to the (SSefiort ticfeS $axx$ ten teid)en 

rich counts ? (SJtafen ? 

It does not belong to the rich @g ge^ort nid)i ten rctcftcn ©rafen, 

counts, but to my old uncles. fontern metnen alten Dfyeurten. 

Does that ship belong to his bro- ®el)6rt {mU <Scf)ijf fetnen 33rutcrn 

thers or to yours 1 cter ten Sfyrigen. 

It belongs to mine. (g$ gc^ort ten metmcjetu 

SBietuet <Ktngen r)at 3r)re ttetne ©d)wefiet? ©ie M funf* SBteriet 
SMetfttfte r)aben tie (Sofync ter Stmmerleute ? @ie fyaben fed)£. SBUtftrt 
$)ferte &at ter 23ruter te$ reidjen ®rafen ? (Sr f)at ad)t unt fein feffe 
j&at met. £at ter olte gfirft mefyr $ferte a!$ er ? £)er atte $urft fjat 
mefyr ; er fjat sefyn. #at ^ er Stattener mcr)t guten ats fd)(ed)ten Sfyec ? 
>(gr f)at mer)r guten al$ fd)led)ten. £at tec ©panier roentger &r)ee ate 
Coffee ? (§r fyat rueniger £affee aU Sfyee. £at ter SSettente nxntger £td)te 
alS Bit ? (5r rjat niefjr aU B'u unt id* £ciben tie £)eutfd)en tr-eniget 
©d)tffe ate tie Jran^ofen? £)ie £)eutfd)en fyaben eben fo mete rcie tie grans 
scfen. £at ter ©eltat 23rot genug ? (Sr fyat nicfyt ml, aber genug. £az 
Sen roir genug Sucfer? SBtr (jaben mdr)t genug. fatter <8auer etntge 
iunge SSaume ? (Sr fyat etntge. £aben tie Winter unferer £%ime mete 
S^fiflfc? (Sic rjaben nur etnige. SQSiemet r;aben fie? ©ie fyaben fieben* 
£aben 6ie etnige gute greunte ? 3d) Ijabe etnige. £at ter £oftanter fo 
met $dfe rote ter £)eutfd)e? (Sr r)at eben fo met. ©eFjett tiefer £Bagen 
ten (Sofynen unferer 9?ad)bam? jftcin, er gel)6rt ten reidjen 25rutern 
unfcreS g(eifd)cr£. ($5ef)6rt bicfe* r;ubfdr>e £au$ Sljren alten Santen? (SS 
gel)6rt nicljt unferen alien Santcn, fontern unferen rjubfefyen 9?id)ten. 



How many dogs have you ? We have three, but my uncle has 
more than we (have) ; he has five. Has the old American more 
glasses than you (have) ? He has more than I (have) ) he has ten, 
and I have only six. How many golden rings have the sisters of 
your neighbors'? They have many rings; they have eight golden 
and seven silver ones. How many cats has your aunt's little 
daughter? She has two big ones. How many horses has the 
peasant 1 He has only one small one. Have the servants of the 
young students many books? They have only a few; they have 
four. Have the maid-servants of the bakers flour enough ! They 



68 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

have not enough. Has the Italian enough silver spoons ? He has 
silver spoons enough, but he has not enough silver forks. How 
many silver forks has he ? He has nine. Has he quite as 
many knives ? He has quite as many. Has this boy more pens 
than his little sister ? He has fewer than she, but he has more 
paper than his sister. Have the sons of our merchants more letters 
than I (have)] They have more letters than you and I. Has the 
sick peasant more meat than our butcher? He has less than our 
butcher. Have your carpenters as many hammers as their rich 
brothers'? They have fewer than their rich brothers. Have the 
Spaniards a few fine trees? They have a few. Have the friends 
of our physicians many dogs? They have only a few. Who has 
a few nuts ? His children have some. 

Does this beautiful garden belong to the rich Italians ? It does 
not belong to the rich Italians, but to my good friends. Does that 
large house belong to yojur sick aunts ? It does not belong to my 
sick aunts, but to our rich nephews. Does the money belong to , 
these pretty women or to those ugly ones? It belongs to the hand- 
some nieces of our merchants. Does this large black dog belong 
to your friends or to mine? It belongs neither to my friends nor 
to yours; it belongs to the sons of the Frenchman. Whose horses 
have you ? I have the black horse of my brother and the two 
white ones of my nephews. Has the cook a few big chickens ? 
He has a few, but our servant has more than the cook \ he has six. 
Has the maid-servant a few good brooms ? She has only one good 
one. Has the German much cheese ? He has not much, but 
enough. Has he more than we (have)? No, sir, he has less than 
we (have). 



TWENTY-SIXTH LESSON. — &€$>§ ttttb JttWU^fte 
Qectivxt. 

Thou, bit* 

thou art, bu ftifi; thou hast, bu fyaff; 

art thou? Gift bu? hast thou? fyaft bu? 

Thou, b it t the second person singular, is in German much 
more used than in English. It implies familiarity founded upon 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 69 

affection and fondness, and is in German employed by parents 
and children, brothers and sisters, husbands and wives, in address- 
ing one another. With friends it is a mark of intimacy or ac- 
quaintanceship from early years, since children never use any 
other person than the second singular thou, £>u> in addressing one 
another. ' 

Art thou tired, my dear child ? S3tft bu mubc mem liebeS jttnb? 

I am not tired. 3$ bin ntd)t mubc. 

Hast thou my book ] j£>aft t>u mem £3ud) ? 

I have it not. 3d) fjabc e$ nid)t. 

Thou art a good boy. 3)u t>ift cin outer jtnabc. 

Thou hast a dear sister. Du haft cine ttebe ©deeper* 

The possessive pronouns 

£/jz/, t) e i n f and //>iwe, t e r b e i n i 9 e r 
have the same declension as my, metric and mine, ber meinige. 

I have thy coat. 3d) fjafcc bcinen $ccf. 

He has thy pen. (5t r)at betne geber. 

We have thy good book. £Btr baben bctn guteS 25udv 

They have thy little birds. @te fjaben betne fleincn SScgel. 

He has not his pencil, bu{ thine, (5r F>at md)t feinen SStetftift, fenbem 

ben beimam. 

The year, ba£ Satyr, plur. tie Safyrej the joiner, ber Xifdjlerj 
dear, lieb (ttyeuer), G-erman, beutfd); French, franjoftfcfy ; are 
adjectives. 

I have a German servant. 3d) fabc cinen beutfd)en SBcbtcntcn. 

He has a French book. @t fjat cin fratt3Cftfd)cS 25ud)* 

What kind of book have you? or ) ^ , -* . tYV - „ • _,. ' 
What book have you ? J ^ a * f ut em ^ u * ^ cn ® te ? 

I have a German book. 3d) fcabe cin fceutfdje* 23ud), 

J^Atftf is generally translated by XV a$; but when it stands as a 
question before a noun, asking after the quality or kind of a 
person or thing, it is translated by : QB a^ f u r e i n* 

What table has he ? ) vJ A „ r . ■};„ r 

What kind of a table has he ? | ^^ f ur cmcn $# ^ at cr • 

Literally: What for a table has he | 
He has a wooden table. <5t ijat cinen fjot$erncn Stfd). 

What kind of a pen has your 2Ba$ fur cine gebct fjatSfJrc ©dbwc* 

sister? ft cr ? 

She has a gold pen. ©ie fyat cine getbctre ftcber. 

What kind of a man is he 1 2£cu1 fur cin s»icmn i)t er 1 

He is a bad man. <g r $ eta fcfetafttet sffionn. 

VV hat kind of paper have you % 2£a$ fur papier baben (Sic ? 
I have fine paper. 3^ ^ c fc m $ yayxcx. 

Sin is omitted before names of materials or collective nouns, 



70 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



as: the paper, ba$> papier; the cloth, t>a£ Xui)^ the money, ba$ 

@e(b ; &c, also before the plural number. 

What pens has your brother % } 

What kind of pens has your bro- > SOSag fur gcbem F)at 3fyr S3ruber] 

therl ) 

He has gold pens. (5r r)ot golbcne Jebcrn. 

What cloth has the tailor ? £Bag fur &ud) f)at bcr (gcfynctbet ? 

He has French cloth. (Sr r)at fran$6fifd)e$ £ud). 



O/Aer, anbetf has the declension of an adjective. 



I have the other table. 
He has the other bureau. 
She has the other ribbon. 
We have the other chairs. 
He has some other wine. 
They have some other beer. 
We have some other horses. 



3d) r)at>e ben anberen SStfd). 
(It foot bte anbcre .ftcmmobe. 
@te r)at bag anbcre 25anb. 
2£tr FjaOen trie anberen (Stttfyle. 
(5r f)at anberen 3Betn. 
@te ()aben anberen S3ter. 
SBtr fjaOen anbere spfcrbe. 



In English "another" is a contracted word from «w and other. 
In German they must always be separated : e i n ant it. 

Have you another carriage % 

I have another. 

Has he another bottle % 



He has another. 

Have you another glass? 

I have another. 



£akn ©te etnen anberen gBacjcn! 

3d) fjafce etnen anberen. 

$at ex cine anbere $lafd)e 1 

dr r)at cine anbere. 

£aben dste ein anbereg ®ta§ ? 

3d) r)a&e ein anberes. 



No other, fein anber. 



Has he no other wine ? 

He has no other. 

We have no other pen. 

She has no other dress. 

Have they no other dogs? 

They have no others. 

Hast thou my horse or my fa- 
ther's ? 

I have neither the one nor the 
other. 

Has the joiner his chairs, or those 
of his brother ? 

He has neither the one nor the 
other. 



£>at er Fetnen anberen SBeitt ? 

(Sr (jot fetnen anberen. 

SBtr fyafcen f'etne anbere $eber. 

@te r)at fein anbereg .ftletb. 

$aHn fte feine anberen £unbe? 

Sie r)a&en feine anberen. 

£aft bu metn $)fcrb, cber bat meineg 

SSarerg ? 
3d) r)abe roeber bag cine nod) bag 

anbere. 
£at ber £tfd)lcr fetnc ©tuljlc, cber 

bte fetneg 23rubcrg7 
(Sr r)at rccber bie einen tied) bte an= 

beren. 



Sift bu burfttg ? 3d) bin md)t burftta,, fonbern Fjungrtg, imb bu 6tft 
fcfyafrta,. 2Bte alt fcift bu 1 3d) bin ffinfee&n Sabre alt. 3Bie alt if! bctn 
SBrubct? (Sr tft sroan^ta, 3abre alt 3ft beine ©djrocfter alter a(g bte mm 
rttge ? 9Mn, metne <Sd)nxfter tft jfinger al^ bte bemigc. £aft bu nietnen 
£ut? 3d) f)at>c ben metmejen unb md)t ben bctntgen. 2Ctn'r bu feaft metne 
£anbfcr;ur;c ? 3d) r;at>c ntd)t bte betntgen, fenbern bte betneg 23rubcrg. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 71 

£&a3 fur cincn Spiegel feat Sfet $reunb? (St ^at cincn fcfeenen fran$ofifcfecn 
CpiegeL 23a$ fur em spferb feat feitt SSrubcr? (Sr feat cm F>u6fcf>c^ 
fcfen>ar.$c$ g)fcrb* 2$a$ fiir cine jtemmobe feat betne itcbe ©cferocftcr ? ©le 
feat cine neue feetjcrnc Jiemmobc. 3Ba$ fur £anbfcfeufec feat btejer £auf? 
maim 1 (Sr feat tebcrne. SBag fur £ud) feat bet (Scfencibcr ? (£t feat 
beutfcfecS £u*. SBas fur Stufete feat bcr Sifcfeter? gc feat fcfetccfete fete 
gerne ©tiifete* 2£a$ fur 3ucfer feaften tie ZCmcrifrmct ? (Sic feaben guten 
roeipen 3ucfcr. SSer if! biefer £crr? <Sr if! mcin Dfeeun. Unb nxr ij! 
bcr anberc £err? <§r ij! fcin (Scfen. #akn @ie ein anbcreS Cicfef? 3d) 
feabe fein anberes, £aj! bu cincn anberen Seucfeter ? 3d) feabe cincn ans 
beren. £at bcr ©raf Eetne anberen ^ferbe ? (Sr feat leine anberen. £aj! 
bu cine anberc Jebcr ? 3d) feabe eine anberc cjolbenc $cber. £abcn &it 
ben tucfecnen $ccf be$ Jtaufinann*, obcr ben bes ©cfenciberS ? 3d) feafce 
nxber ben cincn nod) ben anberen. £at bcr Jlnabe ba$ fran$6fifcfee SSud) 
memcS €>ofencs, cber $>a* feineS (teben gtcunbcS ? (5r feat l>a$ cine unb t)a$ 
anberc. £at bcr 3immermann feme anberen eifernen SMcjet ? (Sr feat 
feme anberen. 



Art thou sleepy? I am not sleepy, but tired. Am T assiduous? 
Thou art very assiduous. Hast thou a little cat ? I have a little 
cat and a little dog. Have I thy hat ? Thou hast not my hat, but 
thy own. Has thy dear sister her fine ribbon or thine ? She has 
hers, but not mine. Has the child thy French book ? He (it) has 
not my French, but my German book. Who has thy leathern shoes 
and thy iron knife? My niece has my leathern shoes and thy iron 
knife. What kind of a ring has your brother 1 He has a fine golden 
ring. What watch has the German I He has a small silver watch. 
What book has the little boy? He has a German book. What 
kind of pencils has the joiner? He has bad pencils. W T hat kind 
of rice have the merchants? They have good rice. What kind 
of linen has your dear mother? She has fine white linen. What 
kind of spoons has your aunt? She has silver ones. What beer 
has the student ? He has German beer. How old art thou ? I 
am eighteen years old. Is your sister older than you? She is 
younger than I ; she is only fifteen years old. I have the other 
carriage. He has the other bottle. We have the other glass. They 
have the other chairs. Has the physician another servant? He 
has another. Has your father still the same horses ? No, sir, he 
has others. Have you no other bread ? I have no other. Has the 
maid-servant another candle ? She has another, but it is not so 
good as mine. Has your brother another pen ? He has another. 



72 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

Has the merchant no other gloves ? He has no others. Has that- 
gentleman your carriage or your uncle's ? He has neither the one 
nor the other; he has his own. Has the American the French or 
the German book ? He has the one and the other. 

Am I right ? Thou art right, but thy brother is wrong. Has 
your uncle much French wine ? He has not much ; but enough. 
Have these poor boys some nuts ? They have some. What nuts 
have they % They have German nuts. Does this house belong to 
my uncle's friend'? It does not belong to the friend of thy uncle, 
but to thy nephew. Does that garden belong to your father? That 
garden does not belong to my father, but to thine. Whose dress is 
this? It belongs to thy pretty niece. Has your mother some Ger- 
man books % She has a few. How many has she ? She has four. 
Has the joiner many bureaus'? He has but a few; he has only 
three. Has the Dutchman more cheese than bread % He has less 
cheese than bread. Have the sailors much sugar ? They have but 
little sugar, but they have much salt. Have the English more ships 
than the Spaniards'? The Spaniards have fewer than the English. 
Has anybody the iron nails of the carpenters ? Nobody has them. 
Has the shoemaker anything? He has nothing. What has the 
joiner ? He has some tables. What kind of tables has he ? He 
has stone tables. Has your uncle the horse which your father has? 
He has another. How is the weather to-day? It is very fine 
weather; it is neither too warm nor too cold. Who has my coat? 
Your servant has it. Has he still my bottle ? He has it. Who has 
my glass ? Your brother has it. 



Second Section. — 3n>etter Itbffynitt. 

TWENTY-SEVENTH LESSON. — ©tefcett Uttb }tttttt* 
jtgfie Section* 

THE INFINITIVE OF VERBS. 

In German, the infinitive of verbs terminates in en. That 
part which precedes the termination, x n t is the root of the verb ; 
as may be seen by the following examples : — 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 73 

• To work, ar&etten ; to buy, faufen; to drink, trinfen; to write, 
fcfyrei&en; to make, macfyeiu (Here arfcett, fauf, fcfyretb, maty, 
are the roots.) The mind, the desire, tie Sufi"; the time, tie 
3eit; the intention, tie 2t&ftci)t; to, }U< 

Have you a mind to work ? $4bm <Sie Sufi £U atbctten ? 

I have no mind to work. 3d) fyafce feine Sufi $u atbetten. 

*# wwrad, a desire, is to be translated by the simple noun, ?ufl> 
and not by eine ?uf}; but wo mzW, by fetne ?ufi> or nicfyt ?ujh 

Has he time to write % £at cr 3eit $u fd)tcit>cn ? 

He has no time to write i ®* ^ tdm 3dt * U f* rcikn i or 

He nas no time to write. J ^ ^ t ^ ^ ^ ^ xdhm ^ 

Has he the intention to drink £at ct tic 2£bfid)t S3icr $u trinfen ? 

some beer % 

He has not the intention to drink (St fjat mdjt tie 2C6ftd)t SSiet, fens 

some beer, but some wine. tern SMtt $u trinfen. 

In German, the infinitive is always placed at the end of the 
sentence. 

Has the tailor a mind to make #at ber (Scfynetbet Sufi ttefen JKetf 

this coat or that one ? etet jenen $u mad)en ? 

He has a mind to make this (St M Sufi ttefen fd) warden $ec! $u 

black coat. madjen. 

Has the butcher the intention to $at ter Jtetfcfyet tie 2Cfcftd)t ben Ddj* 

buy this peasant's ox ? fen ttefeS S3auetn $u faufen ? 

He has a mind to buy it, but he (St fjat Sufi ifyn $u faufen, abet et 

has no time. fyat nid)t 3ett. 

Has the boy time to work ? $at ter £naOe Beit $u arbeiten ? 

He has time, but no mind to (St r)at Sett, abet feine Suft $u at* 

work. ktten. 

Of, tJOn ; a preposition, which always governs the dative. 

Has he as much of my tea as of $at et fo Diet tten metnem Sfjce rote 
yours } t)cn tern Sfyrtaen ? 

He has as much of the one as of (St t)at fo met oon tern einen rote pen 
the other. tern anbeten. 

Care must be taken to distinguish the preposition of, tton, 
from that of which sometimes, in English, indicates the posses- 
sive case. 

Has he a mind to buy something $at ct Sufi ctwag tton tern #(etfd)et 

of the butcher? • ^u faufen? 

He has no mind to buy anything (St l)at feine Sufi ctroag sen tfym £U 

of him. faufen. 

Have you a mind to drink* the #aben <Ste Sufi ten SBcin metneS 

wine of my father ? SSatctS $u trinfen ? 

7 



74 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

Have you a mind to drink some £aben Ste Suft son bem SQScinc mcU 

of my father's wine \ ne6 Raters gu trtnfcn ? 

Have you as many forks as £aben Ste fo Otcte ©abetn tvte 

knives % Sfficffer ? 

I have as many of these as of 3d) fabe fo mele t)Cn bicfen rote oon 

those. jencn. 

I have as many of the one as of 3d) fabe (o mete oon ben etncn rote 

the other. oon ten anbercn. 

Has the servant as much of your £at ber SBebtente fo Diet t>on Sfaem 

coffee as of mine % $affee rote Don bem metntgen ? 

He has quite as much of yours (Sr ^at eben fo met oon bem 31)rtgen 

as of mine. rote Don bem metntgen. 

$o\ bcr &nabe Sup $u arbetten ? (Sr fat t cine guff $u arbettcn* $aUn 
bte Stmmcrteutc Sett $u arbetten ? Ste faben ntd)t Sett $u arbetten. $abm 
3fae &tnbcr bte 2(bftd)t $u arbetten ? Ste faben bie 2(bftd)t $u arbetten, 
aber fie faben feme Sett £Ba6 fat ber £tfd)ter $u macfan ? (Sr fat $roet 
F)6($crnc Stufyte $u macfan. £aben Ste Sufi etroag gu Faufcn? 3d) Fjabe 
bte ?fbftd)t tebcrnc Scfatfa unb etncn tud)cncn 9?ocf $u faufcn. ££a$ bat 
fetn £)fatm Suft 3U faufcn ? (Sr fat 2ujt etncn SBagen unb $roci spfcrbe $u 
faufcn. $at 3fa 93atct bte ?Cbftd)t bas ncue £auS mctncS 33rubcr$ $u 
faufcn ? (Sr fat Cuft c$ $u faufcn. £aben bte g'tcifefar £uft ben £>d)fen 
beg atten 23auern gu faufcn ? (Sic faben £uj? ir)n gu faufcn. ^>at er 2uj! 
btcfe gotbene Ufa $u faufcn ? (Sr fat 2ujt fte $u faufcn. £at bcr Sofyn 
metner &antc£ujt bte flctnen £unbc $u faufcn ? (Sr bat Suft fte $u faufcn. 
£at bcr £)eutfd)e Suft SBtcr $u trinfen ? (Sr fat Cupt roetcfa* $u trinfen. 
£at er bte 2Cbftd)t met $u trtnfcn? (Sr fat Cuft nur rocnig $u trtnfcn. 
£aft bu faute Sett etncn S3rief $u fcfaeiben ? 3d) fabe faute fctne Sett 
etncn $u fefaeiben. |>'at 3fae (Scfyrocftcr Suit cin SStttet $u fefaetben ? Ste 
f)at guft ctnc6 ^u fd)retben, abcr fte Fjat petite f etnc Sett. £at ber ^aufntann 
fo t)tc(c Srtefc tutc S5tllete $u fer^rctben ? (Sr Ijat meljr S3riefc att SStllete 
^u fd)retbcn. .pat bcr (Sd)nctbcr bte 2Cbftd)t cjutcg Sud) gu faufcn ? (St 
fjat bte 2(bfid)t roe(d)e$ ^u faufcn. ^>at er Sett ctnen JKocf ^u mad)en ? (St 
ftat Suft etncn $u mad)cn. ffi$a<> r)at ber @d)ur)mad)Ct Cujt 3U mad)en ? (St 
fjat bte 2£bftd)t (ebcrne (gd)ttf)C ^u macben. 2Ba5 f)Qt bcr £od) F)cute ^u 
faufcn ? (Sr l)at fjeute etncn ncucn 93cfen, etncn $ammd, unb greet ^ufjnct 
gu faufcn. ^paben Sic t)ie( gu arbetten ? 3d) f)abe ntd)t fo Diet ttue &g 
^u arbetten. SBag r)at bcr ^npjldnbcr gu trinfen ? (Sr r)at gutcn frangofts 
fd)cn 8Kctn unb bcutfct)Cg 23tcr gu trtnfcn. ^at 3r)t (Sof)n Seit fetnen 
S3ricf 3U feftrctben ? Sr fat fautc nid)t Sett tfa gu fd)retbcn. .&at unfet 
^aufmann fo met ^affee rote Sucfcr? (Sr fat fo met ron bem einen rote 
*>on bem anbercn. ^at bcr 9$atrofe fo r-tc] guteg rote fd)(ed)teS 6a(g ? St 
fat mcfa cjuteg atc> fd)tcd)tcg. $o\ bte 9J?aab mefa ^onig a(g Sucfcr ? Sic 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 75 

f)ctt fc met t>en ttefem rote fcon ienem* $at bcr 93ac!cr mefyt t>on fctncm 
SEefyt a($ i>on tern S^rigcn ? @r fyat mefrr »cn £>em feintgert afg son tern , 
nictntcjcn. #at bet gtetfd&et: tneftt £ammet ati <Sd)afe ^u faufen ? (Sr r)at 
fo met »on ten etnen rote »on ten anfceren $u faufen. #at ber Srtanbet 
bte 2Cfcftd)t Did con btefem SBcine $u tttnfen ? (£r fyat letne Cuft 2Bctn $u 
tttnfen. 2Scn roeld)em SBtet fyaben <Ste 2uft $u tttnfen ? 3d) fya&e Sufi: 
t)on tern t>c^ grcm$ofeti 3U feihfttu 



Have the servants a mind to work ? They have no mind to work. 
Has your brother time to work ? He has time, but no desire to 
work. Has the little boy to work? Yes, he has a letter to write. 
Has the butcher still the intention to buy an ox? He has the inten- 
tion to buy our neighbor's ox. What hast thou a mind to buy ? I 
have the intention to buy some sugar and some nuts. Whose horse 
has your brother the intention to buy ? He has a mind to buy the 
count's black horse. What has his cook to buy? He has a mind 
to buy some good honey, four young chickens, and a big sheep. 
What has your sister to buy to-day ? She has the intention to buy 
to-day a wooden bureau, a silver ribbon, and two little birds. Have 
you time to buy something ? I have no time to buy anything to- 
day. Has the soldier a mind to drink some water? He has no 
mind to drink any water, but a great desire to drink some good 
beer ; have you some ? I have some, but it is not very good. Has 
the Frenchman much wine to drink ? He has a desire to drink 
much, but he has only a little. What have you to write ? I have 
some letters to write. How many letters hast thou to write? I 
have to write only a few, but my brother has to write six. What 
has your pretty niece a mind to write? She has the intention to 
write a few notes. Has she time to write ? She has time to write 
to-day. Has your sister a mind to make something? Yes, she has 
the intention to make some tea. Has the cook a mind to make our 
coffee? He has no time to make it. Has our maid-servant to make 
the soup? She has to make it. Has the peasant still a mind to 
i buy that big ram? He has still a mind to buy it. What has the 
i shoemaker to make? He has your leathern shoes to make. Has 
i the tailor a new coat to make? He has to make one. Has he 
some cloth? He has none. Has any one a mind to buy thy 
books ? Nobody has a desire to buy them. 

Has the Italian as much flour as milk ? He has as much of this 
as of that. Has our old neighbor as much sugar as salt ? He has 



76 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

not so much of the one as of the other. Have the count's servants 
as many spoons as knives? They have not so many of these as 
of those. Have you still a mind to drink some of this wine ? I 
have a desire to drink some. Has the American the intention to 
buy some of that meat ? He has a mind to buy no meat, but some 
leather. Of which wine have you a mind to drink ? I have a mind 
to drink of that of the Frenchman. Whose coat has the tailor to 
make? He has my brother's coat and mine to make. Hast thou 
a mind to drink of my beer or of that of the German ? I have the 
intention to drink neither of thine nor of the German's; I have no 
desire to drink any beer. Of which peasant have you the inten- 
tion to buy your sheep? I have no intention to buy any sheep. 
Has the student something to make? He has nothing to make. 
Am I right in buying (to buy) these new books ? Thou art wrong 
in buying (to buy) them : they are too dear. Has he time to write 
the letter ? He has time to write it. Have we more letters than 
notes to write ? We have to write fewer of these than of those. 



TWENTY-EIGHTH LESSON. — $l<#t Uttb gttHWjtgfte 

Section* 

To love, lie&en; to see, fefyen; to hold, fatten; to seek, to 
look for, fucfyen; to break, 6red)en or $er6recfyen; to do ; tfyun; 
the courage, ber %)lutt); to-morrow, morgetu 

To be willing (will), molten. 

I will, I am willing, id) mitt. 

Thou wilt, thou art willing, tu roittjr. 

He will, he is willing, tx roitt. 

We will, we are willing, roir rootten. 

You will, you are willing, ©ie modern 

They will, they are willing, fte modem 

Willi, am I willing? SBitt ict)? 

Will you, are you willing? SBotten <2ie? 
J will and J am willing have, in German, only one expres- 
sion, id) mitt; the same is true in regard to thou wilt, thou art 
willing, bit roittjr; &c. 

W?ir7n W hK°y K^ 7 b °° k ' } Mn ® k m ™ ®»* mm ? 
! a w Thidft. t0h ° ldit - } 3* nxtl extern 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



77 



After the verb rDOtlen follows an infinitive, without to, ju; as 
after will in English. 

ACCUSATIVE OF PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 

Me, mid); thee, bid); us, un§. 



Will you love me % 

I will love you. 

Are they willing to see us ? 

They will see you. 

Is he willing to see thee % 

He will see me. 

Will he love my son] 

He will love him. 

Will the physician see your 

daughter ? 
He is willing to see her. 
Will you love these gentlemen 1 
I am willing to love them. 



£Mfen (Sic mid) tte&en ? 

3d) nntl <Stc (tcben. 

Swollen (ic un$ fcfan ? 

Sic recta (Sic fefan. 

aOBttt cr tid) fefan ? 

@t rottl mid) fefan. 

aBitt cr metnen Sofyn (tcben ? 

(Sr mill ifyn tteben. 

SGBiU tet tfr^t 3&rc Scd&tet fefan ? 

(Sr will fie fefan. 

Swollen (Sic tiefc £etten Itebcn ? 

3d) will fie tieben. 



Transitive verbs, as: to buy, faufen; to drink, trinfen; to 
make, madden; to write, fcfyrei&en; to love, tteben ; to see, 
fefan; to seek, fucfyett/ &c., always govern the accusative or 
objective case. 

Whom, ? wen ? the accusative of who, wer. 

Whom will you seek ? 

I am willing to look for his uncle. 

Whom will he seek 1 

He has a mind to seek my son. 

Whom will he see? 

He has a desire to see our brother. 

Will your sister hold my book ? 

She is willing to hold it. 

Has he the courage to break this 
glass % 

He has not the courage to do it. 

What are you willing to do to- 
morrow 1 

I have the intention to buy some 
^ good flour to-morrow. 

Whom will she love ? 

She will love our good children. 

Who is willing to seek you 1 

Our friends will seek us. 

My servant has a mind to look 
for your hat. 
7* 



2Ben rootlen (Sic fucfan ? 

3d) miS fetnen £)faim fucfan. 

£Ben nntl cr fucfan ? 

<5t fat Suft metnen <Sof)n $u fucfan. 

£Bcn will cr fefan ? 

(5t fat 2uft unferen SSrubcr $u fefan. 

SBia 3fac Sd)n?cftct mem 23ud) 

fatten ? 
(Ste will c£ fatten. 
£at cr ten gffiutf) tiefeS ®faS $u acts 

bred) en ? 
(St fat ntcr?t ben 50?utF) eS $u tfam. 
2BaS roollen <Stc morcjen tfan ? 

3d) fak tic 2(t)ftd)t morgen gutcS 

U32cr;( $u Faufen* 
2£cn null fie (ieben ? 
(Ste null unfere quten Winter ttefcen. 
SQ&cr ruttf Ste fiicben ? 
Unfere $reunte ryetfen itnS fucfan. 
SKctn 95etienter fat Sujt Sfacn £ut 

SU fucfan. 



78 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

Gotten ©e mcinen (Sorjn licben? 3d) will tfjn licben. SDBitt feine 
gutter mcine 6d)wcftcr liefceri? @te will fie tieben? SBiE cr biefcS 
$inb lieben ? (5r will cS ttefcetu SBitl SF)r $reunb mid) lieben ? (gr will 
bid) unb betnen 23ruber lieben* SBer will unS lieben 1 Sfyre greunbe 
wotlen <Sie lieben. SDBcn will unfere junge 9Hd)te lieben ? (Sic will S^e 
<Sd)weftern lieben. 2Bcr will mid) fefyen ? 9?iemcmb will tidfe fefjen* S3MU 
t>er Solbat mein Simmer fc^en ? (Sr will c£ fcfyen. QKen wollen tie 23au? 
em fefjen ? <Sie fyaben Sufi Sfyren SSater gu fcfyen* 2Ber will un£ fefyen ? 
£)er <Sd)ur;mad)er will ©te fcfjen* 2£en will ber (Sdwc'tbcr fcF>en ? (St 
will fcinen jtaufmemn fc^cn ; er fjat Suft fcfywargcg &ud) 3U faufen. $at 
cr bte 2C6ftcf>t ifjn fyeute $u fefjen? Sttcin, er will tlm morgen fefyen. SBill 
Semanb fcinen $mrit> fatten ? Sftiemanb will irm Saltern £Bct will mcine 
g)ferbe fatten ? Die <8ebienten baben Suft fie $u fatten* 2£a$ will bet 
$letfd)ct fyalten ? (St will biefen often Dd)fen fatten, £aben ©ic Suft 
mcine 23ud)ct gu fatten? 3d) will fie fyalten. 3Ben will 3*)t Stteffe 
fud)cn? (St will fcine flcinc <Sd)wcftet fudjen. SSet Fjat Cuft mid) $u 
fucfyen? £)ct fleine $nabc will bid) fudjen. Jg>at fcine Scfyweftct bie 
2C6ficf>t unS ^u fucfecn ? (Sie fyat nid)t 3cit un$ $u fucljcn ; fie will etnen 
SSricf fcfyrctben. SBill bcr (Solbat fcine SKccfe fud)cn ? (St F>at nid)t bie 
2(bftd)t fcine ERocfe, fonbern fcine @d)uf)e $u fucfyen. £Sen fyaben (Ste Suft 
gu fud)en ?' 3d) l)a6e Suft Sfyten SBtubcr ^u fud>cn ; icfy will ifyn fefyen. 
SBitt bie 9J2agb tfyrc Sfftcffcr cber bie unferigen fud)cn ? (Sic will bicfe unb 
jene fucfyen. ££a$ fur ©afceln will bcr £ecfy fud)cn? (£r will bie filbcrnen 
(SJakln fucfyen. vjoat bcr (Stubent Suft mid) $u fud)cn ? (St fyat Suft bid) 
$u fucfyen ; er will btcfy fefyen. SBill bcr 5QZatrcfe l>a$ fcfyone ©la£ ^etbrccfyen ? 
(Sr will eS nid)t ^erbrccfyen ; er fjat nur Suft e$ 3U Fjaftetu ^aben ©ie 
ben S^utf) bicfen Spiegel ^u gcrkcctcn ? 3d) fyabe nid)t ben 9^ut^ es gu 
tl)um SSa^ will bcr ^nabe gcrbrcc^en? @r will md)ts gcrbrcd)cm 3Ba^ 
Fjaben @ie ^cute gu tljun ? 3d) fyafce !}cute nid)t^ gu tfyun, abcr xfy will 
mergen eincn S3rief feferciben. s 2Sill bcr Sdwciber Ijcute mcinen 9?cc! ma? 
d)cn? (5r F)at ^cute nicbt 3cit tf)n ^u mad)cn, 2Ba^ fyat cr ^u tf)un ? (St 
tyat bie 2lbfid)t fcinen Sucl) t)on fcincm ^aufmann gu fcmfen. Snellen ^ie 
morgen mcinen fetter fc^en ? 3d) will ifyn fjeute unb morgen fc^en. 



Will you love my brother \ I will love him. Will he love his 
aunt? He will love her. Will this woman love her child? She 
will love it. Will your friends love me 1 They will love thee. 
Wilt thou love me? I will love thee and thy brother. Who will 
love us? Your friends will love you. Have you a mind to see my 
uncle ? I have a desire to see him. Will you see my niece ? I 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 79 

will see her. Have the gentlemen the intention to see my horse ? 
They will see it. Has the physician time to see our fine dogs'? 
He has no time to see them. Will the peasant see me ? He has 
a desire to see you and your dear father. Who will see me ? Our 
nephew has a mind to see thee. Has the Frenchman a mind to 
see us? He has a desire to see you. Whom will you see] I 
have a mind to see your nieces. Whom will you love? I will 
love his good children and yours. Will the peasant hold my 
horse? He will hold it. What has the little boy to hold] He 
has to hold his books and my brother's. Has he a mind to hold 
my glasses ? He has a mind to hold them. Are you willing to 
hold my dog? I will hold it. Will the servant seek my hat ? He 
is willing to seek it. Is your brother willing to seek your watch? 
He has a mind to look for it. Who will seek you ? Nobody has a 
mind to seek me. Who will look for us ? Your neighbor's son has 
a mind to look for you. What will the soldier break ? He will 
break his bottle. Has he the courage to break this fine glass? He 
has no mind to break it; he will only hold it. Have the boys the 
intention to break their pencils ? They are not willing to break them. 
What will the maid-servant break ? She has the intention to break 
her old looking-glass. Who has the courage to break his watch? 
Nobody has the courage to do it. What have we to do ? You have 
to write. What will the joiner do ? He will make a wooden table. 
Have you a mind to do something? Yes, sir, I have the intention 
to look for my paper and my pen ; I will write a letter. What kind 
of a watch will your niece buy ? She has the intention to buy a 
fine gold watch. 

Whose chair has the soldier a mind to break ? He will break 
his brother's old chair. Have you to drink as much beer as the 
student? I have more to drink than he. Who has to write more 
letters than your father? Yours has to write more than mine. 
Has the butcher the intention to buy an ox to-morrow? He is will- 
ing to buy one, but not to-morrow. Of which merchant will you 
buy your coffee ? I will buy it of our neighbor's brother. Has the 
Spaniard still to work? He has still to work. Has the tailor some- 
thing to do to-day? Yes, sir, he has some cloth coats to make. 
How many rams will the peasant buy ? He will buy two rams and 
five sheep. How many notes has your sister to write ? She will 
write only two. Will you write a few letters? I am willing to 
write quite as many as my brother. Has the Dutchman time to 



80 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

write a letter? He has not yet time to write one. Have you beer 
enough to drink? I have a little, but not enough. Has he some 
money to buy a purse ? He has some to buy one. Have the Irish 
a ship? They have none. Have they the intention to buy one? 
They have not money enough to buy one. Is the cook right in 
breaking (to break) this bottle? He is wrong in doing (to do) it. 
Whose house is this? It belongs to our neighbor's old friend. 
Has the tailor his candles or your nephew's? He has my nephew's. 
Are you willing to drink some of this wine or of that ? I will drink 
neither of this nor of that. Which table will the Italian break ? 
He is willing to break this one and the one which you have. Will 
your cook buy the old peasant's chickens or those which the Ger- 
man has? He will buy neither these which the old peasant has 
nor those which the German has ; he is willing to buy those which 
you have. Whom have you a mind to seek ? I wall look for nobody. 



TW T ENTY-NINTH LESSON. — 0lctttt tinb Jtoattjt^fte 

Section* 

The fire, ba$ $euer; the boot, ter ©tiefel; the stick, the 

cane, fcer @to<f . 

To be able, can, fort tun. 

I can, I am able, id) farm. 

Thou canst, thou art able, fcu fannft. 

He (she) can, he (she) is able, er (fie) fann. 

We can, we are able, tt)ir fonncn. 

You can, you are able, (gte fonneru 

They can, they are able, fte f onnert. 

After the verb fonnen^ follows, as after the verb wotlen> an 
infinitive without to, jtij as after can, in English. 
Can he work % Mann cr arfcetten ? 

He is able to work. (St fcmn ar&citen. 

Are the servants able to make a ^onnen tie 23etuenten etn $euei: 

fire ? mad)en ? 

They can make one. (Ste fonnen etneS macfyen. 

In order, u m ♦ 

In order, um> is used before the infinitive with to, $Uf to ex- 
press purpose or design. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 81 

Have you wood enough in order £akn @i$ £0(3 genu*) urn cm Seuct 

to make a fire ? $u mad)en ? 

I have some in order to make 3d) fabe nnlcfyeS um CtncS $u ma? 

one. d)cn? 

Has the soldier a glass in order £at Dcr (Setbat em ©tag um femcn 

to drink his wine ] £Bcin 311 trtnfcn 1 

He has one in order to drink it. (St fat etncS um ifyn $u trmfttn 

He will see vour horse in order (5r rottl 3fc ^Pfert) fefan, um e£ $u 

to buy it. faufen. 

To whom? went? 

DECLENSION OF THE INDEFINITE INTERROGATIVE PRONOUN 

who j roer* 
2Ber applies to persons without distinction of sex. 
N.who? roer? G. whose? roeffen? D. to whom? roem? 
A. whom? wen? 



DATIVE AND ACCUSATIVE 


OF PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 


DAT. 


Acc. 


to me, mix, 


me, midv 


to thee, tirf 


thee, bid), 


. to him, tynir 


him, ifyn, 


to her, il)r> 


her, fie, 


to us, un§, 


us, un0f 


to you, Sfynettr 


you, <2ie. 


to them, ifynen. 


them, fie. 



To give, $e6en; to lend, letfyen; to bring, fcringen; to show, 
jeigert; to send, fcfyitfen, fenfcen. 

I. These transitive verbs have in German as in English two 
objects; a thing which stands in the objective or accusative case, 
and a person in the dative case The dative generally precedes 
the accusative. 

Will you give the book to this SSotfen ©te ttefem ^rtafcen t>a$ 23ucf> 

boy ] gcben ? 

I will give him the book. ) ~* wy ., . , m < , 

I will give the book to him. J S * wia l & m ta * ® u * 3 c0cm 

Can you lend money to my sis- Mermen <Ste memer ©djrocfter ©elb 

ter? leif)en ? 

I can lend her some. ) ~ t t . r , , . , ., 

I can lend some to her. \ 3* Ecmn ^ r « eI * e * to ** 

Has the shoemaker time to bring £at fcer (Sd)uf)mad)et 3ctt mir btc 

me the boots ! ©ttcfel $u fcringen ? 

He has time to bring you the & fat Sett Sfaert tie Sttefcl 311 

boots. fringcru 

II. But when the accusative is a personal pronoun, it always 
precedes the dative. 



82 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

Has he a mind to show me the £at cr Suft mir bag S3itlct $u ^ctgcn ? 

note? 

He has a mind to show it to thee. (Sr fjat Suft eg bit $u gctgcn^ 

Will he send the looking-glass to SB til cr Sfyven 23rubern ben Spiegel 

your brothers'? fcf)tcfcn? 

He will send it to them. (Sr will tf)n ifjncn fd)icfen. 

Has he the intention to give us £at er bie 2Cbfid)t ung feme tlfjr $u 

his watch? geben? 

He has a mind to give it to you. (Sr fjat Suft fie S^nen $u gebcm 

To whom will you lend your 2£cm wollen @ie Sftrcn 3U'genfd)irm 

umbrella] teirjen? 

I will lend it to my nephew. 3d) will ir)n mcinem Sfteffen letfyen. 

Who will give me the book ! £Ber will mir bag S3ud) geben ? 

Whose book will you give me ? SOBeffen 23ud) wollen (Stc mtr geben ? 

To whom will you give the book % £8em wollen ©ie bas 23ud> geben ? 

Whom will you love ? £Ben wollen 0ie Itcbcn ? 

jlann td) fycute S^ren SSater fefyen ? ©te f onncn tFjn Fjcute unb morgen 
fefyeru &annft bu bat $>ferb r)altcn ? 3d) farm eg nid>t fatten, id) bin 
ned) $u ftctn. &ann er met ££etn trmfert ? (Sr fann ntcfyt met trinfen, er 
if! ntd)t burfttg. ^atm feme (Sd)wefter em &teib macfyen ? (Sic farm eineg 
madden, abcr fie will nid)t arbettcn* Gormen rotr biefeg $)fcrb faufen? <Sie 
f onncn eg ntd)t faufen, eg tft $u tfyeuer unb <Sie fyaben ntcftt ®clb genug. 
£ onncn (Ste einen 93rtef fcfyreiben ? 3d) fann !einen fdjretbcn, td) rjabe Fein 
papier. £ onncn bie Sd)uf)mad)cr ©ttefct madjen? <Sie f onnen wcld)e 
mad)cn, abcr fie fyaben Fein £eber. JCannft bu mid) fud)en 1 3d) Fjabe feme 
fiuft bid) $u fudjen. £aben (Sie bie 2£bfid)t ben gropen £)d)fen beg 23aue.rn 
$u faufen ? 3d) fyabe bie 2C6ficf>t ifyn $u faufen. SBttt 3r)re gutter meine 
(Scfywefter tieben 1 (Sic will fie Itcbcn. £Ber roiU unfere dtfafer aerbredjen ? 
Sttemanb will fie $erbrcd)en. #at ber ©olbat ©c(b genug urn 23ier ^u fau? 
fen 1 (Sr f)at nid)t genug urn welc^eg $u faufen. £at ber Sdjneibcr fcfywar* 
gcg £ud) urn einen 9?ocf $u macfyen ? (Sr fyat feineg, abcr er will weld)eg 
faufen. £at ber jtocfy £o($ urn ein $cucr ^u macfyen'? (Sr ^at wcld)cg urn 
etneg ^u mad)em ^onncn @ie meinem SBruber papier geben? 3d) tann 
il)m welcfecg gcben. #at ber ®raf Suft feinem Sofyne einen golbenen S^ing 
5U geben 1 (Sr F>at bie 2(bftd)t i^m einen golbenen 9?ing unb cine fd)6ne 
U^r ^u geben. Swollen ^ie mir einen £Kegcnfd)irm (ci^en ? 3d) fann 35' 
nen fetnen tci^cn, id) fyabt feincn. -2Botlcn @te mcincr (Scfywefter bag ncue 
S3ud) lctf)en 1 3d) witt ir)r bag 23ud) unb einen S3(et(Hft lei^cn. SBeffcn 
SBtcifttft wotlcn (Sic ir)r (eif)en ! 3cfe will il)r ben ftlbernen 23lcifttft unfercg 
Srubcrg letrjen. *SSem wotlcn @ic 35te gtber ( c ^ cn 7 3^ ^^l fie 9?ics 
ntanb leiljen, ic^ fyabt ^u fd)rciben. S^en will ber ^tubent fudjcnl ©r 
will feme gteunbe fudjen. ^ onnen ©te ung ben (Spiegel bringen? 3c^ 
fann ir)n S^ncn nicl)t bringen, er ift ^u grofv SBill cr metnen ^inbern feine 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 83 

f)ubfcf)cn OS 63d aetgcn ? (St will fie ir)nen getgen. 2Ba$ will ber £aufmann 
Sfjnen fd)icfen? (St will mir gute* papier unb guten £affee fcfytcfen. 2Bem 
will bet Stationer feint 9Jleffet gefcen 1 (St will (ie fciner (Scfyweftet geben. 
SBellen (Sic metnem SStufcer bas 2td)t 6ttngen ? 3d) will e$ tfym fctingen. 
gBcm wctlcn <5ie tiefei SBillet geirgen ? 3d) will el Sfytet &ante getgen. 
£ann 3(}r &satet bem gutften etnen S3ttef fatten] (St fann tr)m etnen 
fenben. SQBcm will fcinc gutter biefeS (Mb geben ? ©ie will es> tfytet 
9#agb geben. 2BiU fie e» tf>r ge&en urn ben fitfcetnen Ccud)tcr $u faufen? 
6ie will t$ tljr gckn urn tr)n $u faufen. 



Can I see your brother? You cannot see him to-day. Art thou 
able to write a German letter? I am not yet able to write one. Is 
he able to work ? He can work ; he is not sick. Is your little sister 
able to write a note ? She can write a note. Can we buy some 
meat I You cannot buy any, you have no. money. Are the soldiers 
able to hold their horses'! They can hold them, they are not tired. 
Whom will you love? I will love my friend's good children and 
yours. Has the boy money enough in order to buy a French book? 
He has money enough to buy four. Can the servant make a fire? 
He is willing to make one. Has the shoemaker good leather in 
order to make good boots? He has no leather. Have your nephews 
a good pen in order to write a letter? They have a good goMen 
one. Has your servant a mind to seek my umbrella ? ' He has a 
mind to seek it. Are the students able to drink as much wine as 
the Italians ? They are not able to drink as much as the Italians, 
but they can drink more than the French. Are you willing to seek 
my boots ? I cannot seek them, I have not time. How many oxen 
will the butcher buy? He is willing to buy six big ones. Who 
has the courage to break the count's looking-glass? Nobody has 
the courage to break it. Whose hats will the sailor seek? He will 
seek his own and yours. Whom will you seek? I will seek my 
little sister. To whom will you give the forks and silver spoons? 
I will give them to our old cook. 

To whom does this flour belong? It belongs to the baker. Can 
you give a pencil to the carpenter? I can give him one. How 
many glasses can you give to my sister ? I am able to give her 
twelve. Will the merchant give some leather to the shoemakers? 
He will give them some in order to make pretty boots and shoes. 
Can anybody give me a good knife? I will give thee one. Who 
is willing to lend us a carriage ? My neighbor will lend you one. 



84 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

To whom will you lend your horse ? I will lend it to my uncle. 
Can you lend me your umbrella ? I will lend it to you, but you 
can give me your cane. Have you a mind to lend the ribbon to my 
sister? I will lend it to her. Has the boy time to bring thee the 
meat? He has time to bring it to me. To whom will the maid- 
servant bring the coffee ? She is willing to bring it to us. Will 
your nephew bring you some paper in order to write a letter? He 
will bring me some. Will the peasant's son cut me a big stick ? 
He is willing to do it, but he cannot ; he has no knife. Is the gentle- 
man willing to show his horse to our friends ? He has the intention 
to show it to them. To whom will he show his new house ? He 
will show it to our neighbor. Have you time to show your birds to 
the little boys ? I am willing to show them to them. Can you send 
me some German books? I will send you a few. To whom will 
the Americans send their corn ? They will send it to the English. 
Is your uncle willing to send me his fine French dog in order to 
show it to my children? He will send his dog to you in order to 
show it to them. What table will the joiner send to your father? 
He will send him a fine stone table. What can you give me ? I 
can give you nothing. To whom will the count send these letters ? 
He will send them to the prince. Can the peasant give some milk 
ancf some bread to my tired sister? He can give her neither milk 
nor bread, *but only some water. 



THIRTIETH LESSON. — ©teifHafie Section* 

The church, tie .^ircfye; the school, tie Scfyule; the wood, the 
forest, ter SCaltj the theatre, ta$ Sweater; to remain, to stay, 
fclei&en; to cut, fcfyneiten; where? roo? there, ta; in, into, in; 
on, upon, auf. 

The prepositions in, into, in> and on, upon, auf> when denoting 
repose, or rest at a place, govern the dative; as : — 
In the house, in tern ipaufe* 

in the garden, in tern ©arten* 

in the room, in tern Simmer, 

in the wood, in tern 2Balte. 

in the theatre, in tern Sweater, 

in town, in the city, in ter <2ratt 

at church, in ter .S?ircr)e, 

at school, in ter <£cr;ule. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. . 85 

The preposition i tt is used when the person or thing is in a 
closed place, or which seems to be so. For this reason we say, 
in German : in the city, in the churchy in the school. — The pre- 
position a u f is used when the place is open. 

He is in the garden. (St if! in bem (fatten. 

In which garden is he % 3n rocldbem ©arten if! er ? 

He is in ours. (St if! in bem unfeticjen. 

Is my sister in her room ? 3ft meine Scfyweftct to tfpmStmmct? 

She is not in her room ; she is at (Sic if! nid)t in tfytem Simmer \ fie if! 

church. in bcr £ttd)C. 

Where is my coat 1 ££o if! metn <Recf ? 

It is in this trunk. (St if! in biefem Coffer. 

Will your brother remain in his £Bitl 3% SSrubet in feinem Simmer 

room? fotct&en? 

He is willing to stay there ; he (St u)ill ta btcikn ; er if! franf. 

is sick. 

Has the carpenter a mind to cut #at bet Simmetmann Suft 23aume 

some trees in the forest ? in tern 3£albe $u fd>nctben ? 

He has a mind to cut some. (Sr Ijat £uj! roekfyc $u fefynetben. 

3ft bet (Sngtanbet in bem (Garten ? (St if! ntd)t in bem ©attcn ; ct if! 
in biefem £aufe. £$o if! bet Seljn unfetcS 9?ad)6at$? (St if! in bem 
Sfjeater. 3n nMcfycm Sweater if! et? (St if! in bem Sweater be$ Jurften. 
(Stnb 35te ittnbct in ticx Sd)u(e ? (Sic ftnb Ijeutc nid)t in bet Sd)u(e ; fie 
finb in intern cjtcpen Simmer. £Bo if! fetne Gutter? (Sic if! in bet jtitcfyc. 
3n tt)e(d)et £ttd)e if! fie ? Sic if! in bet beutjeben Jtttdjc. SGSaS nntl bet 
0eutfd)e in bet Stabt tfyun? (St wilt .Eaffee unb Sucfet in bet Stabt 
. faufen. £$a£ roeflen bte &ifd)(ct in bem 2£albe tfyun ? Sie rcellen gtcf'c 
SBaume in bem SBalbe fefynetben. £Bet mil bas gffefjSj fefyneiben ? £)et 
gteifeftet raid c* fcfynctben. ^ennen Sic ba$ 23tcb fcfyneiben ? 3d) fcmn 
c* febneiben. £abcn Sie cin Stteffct urn c£ $u fdjneiben ? 3d) fyafre etneS. 
SQStll bet Jlnafcc in bem ©atten bteiOen ? (St toxU t)a titibm urn Staffer $u 
ttinfen unb etnen iungen 23aum $u fdr)nctbcn# 3ft ifyr Reiner SBtubct in 
t)cv Sd)u(e cbet in bet jlitd)C ? (St if! in bet Sd)ute urn $u fdjtc&en. Sft 
3emanb in 3fytcm cjteflcn Simmer ? SKctn 9?effe if! ba urn einen 23ttef $u 
fefyreiben. £Bo if! mein neuct SRecf ? (St if! in bem (ebetnen goffer 3%c$ 
SBtubct*. 3n n>e(d)er £emmobe if! $>a$ JUeib mcinet Sd)rt>ef!et? (SS if! 
in bet fyo^ctnen. £$o roellcn Sic ben gransefen fucfyen? 3d) n/ttt t!)n 
in bem franjofifcryen Sweater fud)cn. 



Is your brother in the garden ? He is not in the garden ; he is 

in his room. Where is the Frenchman? He is at church. Are 

your nieces at school % They are there. Are the carpenters in the 

forest in order to cut trees ? They are there in order to cut some. 

8 



86 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

Are they in the same wood in which the joiners are ? The joiners 
are not in the same forest; they are in another. Are your friends 
in the French theatre ? They are not in the French, but in the 
German theatre. Who is in the city? The peasants are in town 
in order to buy some sugar and good bread. Can the boy work in 
your room? He can work in mine and in my brother's. Where 
will he show me his beautiful looking-glasses'? He will show them 
to you in his new house. Have your sisters the intention of remain- 
ing (to remain) in the garden? They have no mind to remain 
there ; they will work to-day. Has this gentleman a mind to re- 
main in the theatre? He has not time to remain in the theatre; 
he will look for his brother. Is his brother in your garden or in 
mine? He is neither in yours nor in mine. Where are the sailors 7 
iron nails and hammers ? They are in these bags. Is your new coat 
in your mother's bureau? It is not in my mother's bureau, but in 
my father's. Where can you work ? I can work at school. In 
which house is the physician? He is in that large house. Will 
the servant remain in the garden ? He will remain there in order 
to cut some old trees. Where have you your money? I have it 
in my pretty purse. Is anybody in my father's rooms ? Nobody 
is there. Where will you show him your new gold watch? I will 
show it to him in the theatre. Are your children at church or at 
school ? They are neither at church nor at school ; they are sick. 



The square, ber^tafe; the market, ber 93Jarft; the country, 
t>a$ Sanb ; the field, fcaS $elb ; there, bort* 

There is translated by brtf when it relates to a near place; 
but by tort (yonder), when the place is more remote. 

At the square, auf bem ^)(a§e. 

at the market, auf tern Sftarfte* 

in the field, auf bem %tlU. 

in the ship, auf bem @d)t{fe. 

on the table, auf bem Xtfcfye* 

Where is the sailor ? &£o tft bcr SRatrefc ? 

i(5r tft auf bem<Sd)tffe (meaning on 
rr a C * ^ frtr r 
(5r tft tn bem (Scfttffe (meaning in 
the inside of the ship). 
Is your cook at the market ? 3ft 3f)t £ecl) auf bem SKatfte ? 

He is there. (gr. tft ta. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 87 

Will his brother remain in the SBtfl fcin 33rubet tyeute auf tern 

country to-day? £anbebteu3en? 

He will remain there (St will bctt fcleifcem 

Is the peasant in the field ? 3ft bet SSaucr auf bem #etbe? 

He is not in the field, but he is (St ift ntd)t auf bem gclbc, akt Ct 

in the wood. tft in t>em SBatbe. 

Will he cut some trees ] SQSitt cr SSaumc febneiben ? 

He has the intention to cut some (St fyat bte 2C0fid)t bctt melcfye $u 

there. fdmetben* 

3ft Sfot £od) auf bem 93?atite ? (St tft auf bent sfltorFtc urn gfeif$ unb 
|?fif}ner $u faujm SBag mill bet gleifcfyct auf bem Sanbe tfyxn ? (St mill 
bctt grope Ddbfcn faufen. ££cr tft auf bem atofkn page ? SRetn Jreunb ift 
ba urn Sfyre JUnber $u fud)en. (Sinb bic 9J?atrefen auf bem ©d)iffc SfyreJ 
SSatcrS, cbet auf bem be$ jlaufmanne;? <£te ftnb mcber auf bem metneg 
83ater$, nccl) auf bem be$ ^aufmannS ; fie finb in bem S^ipjcn. 3ft bet 
*3auer auf bem gelbe ? (Sr ift bcrt, urn ©etretbe $u fcfyneiben. (Sinb bic 
Simmetleute auf bem getbc, cbet in bem 28atbe ? (Sie ftnb in bem SBatbe, 
urn 23aume $u fefynetben. 2£aS mollcn bic (Sclbaten in ben Sftalbcrn tfyun ? 
(Bic motlen bctt S3aumc fdjnctbcn. SBttt 3^e Sante auf bem Sanbe bkU 
Un ? (&k mill bott fcletbcn, urn ml 9Jtt(d) unb faltcS Staffer su trtnfem 
£Bo tft 3$* SKccf? (Sr ift in mcinem fleincn Simmer auf bem fyo^ernen 
&ifd)e. 3ft unfet 23cbienter auf bem $&avtU, cbet auf bem page ? (St 
ift auf bem page, urn meine Heine (Scfymeftet $u fucf>cn. 3ft 3f)t £>ut auf 
bem (Stufyle, cbet in bet Jtommobe ? (St if* auf bem Sifcfye. (E'mb bie 
93aucrn auf ben Jetbern be$ ©rafen ? <&k ftnb mcfyt auf ben gelbcrn be$ 
©tafen, fenbetn auf ben ifyricjen. 



Is the German at the square? He is not at the square, but at 
the market. What is he willing to do there? He will buy some 
birds there. Are the tailor's sons in the field ? They are not in 
the field, but in the forest. What will they do there ? They will 
cut some wood, in order to make a fire. Is the little boy able to 
work in his room ? He cannot work there : it is too cold in his 
room. Is it warmer in your room than in mine? Yours is not so 
warm as mine. Who is at the market? The cook is there, in 
order to buy some meat. Will your uncle remain in the country 
to-day ? He will remain there, in order to see the new church. 
Are your friends at the square ? They are not at the square • they 
are in the theatre, in order to see the prince. Can these men re- 
main in the merchant's new ships ? They cannot remain there. 
Where will the Frenchman show you his fine horse ? He will show 
it to me in the field of the old peasant. Where can the joiners not 



88 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

their wood ? They can cut it in the forests of the count. Where 
is your brother's new book? It is in his room on the stone table. 
Is your coat on the chair? No, sir, it is in my bureau. Have the 
peasants the intention to cut some corn? They will cut some. 
Where will they cut it ? They will cut it in their fields. Are the 
sailors in this or in that ship ? They are neither in the one nor in 
the other • they are in that of the rich merchant. Have you a mind 
to see our new school ? I have no time to see it to-day. Are your 
brothers at school ? They are not at school, but at the square, in 
order to look for their little sister. Has your father a fine garden 
in the country? He has a large house and a fine garden there. Is 
anybody in your room % Nobody is there. W T here is the English- 
man ? He is in the garden. In whose garden is he ? He is in 
our mother's garden. Have you many churches and schools in 
your city ? We have ten schools and four churches in our town. 
Wilt thou give this book to the boy] I cannot give it to him, but 
I will lend him another. Is it not thy book? It is not mine; it 
belongs to my brother. How many trees are in your garden ? In 
our garden are more than forty-five trees. Can you hold my horse? 
I cannot hold it ) I have to work. Whom will you seek ? I will 
look for my little nephew. Where will you seek him ? I will look 
for him in our garden and at the large square. 



THIRTY-FIRST LESSON. — ©W Uttfc toeifiigfte 

Section* 

To be obliged (must), m ti f f e n ♦ 
I must, I am obliged, id) mu^ 
thou must, thou art obliged, bu rrm£tf 
he (she) must, he (she,) is obliged, er (fie) tnu$r 
we must, we are obliged, rt>tr mtiffenf 
you must, you are obliged, Sie muffe^ 
they must, they are obliged, fie miiffetu 
After the verb must, to be obliged, rmiffen/ follows an infini- 
tive without to, JU; as after the verbs roollen and f onnen. 
Must I write ? g)lu0 i c f) fd>rciben ? 

You must write. (Sic mujjen fd)retkru 

Is he obliged to work ? 932uj} cr arkttcn ? 

He is obliged to work. (gr mup arbettcn. 

The noise, fcer ?drm; to hear, l;6ren; to read, lefen; to take; 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



89 



nefymen; to keep (to retain), fcefyaften; to sell, tJerfaufen; to 
burn, 6rennen; to burn, t>erbrennen, 

23rennen expresses the real state of a thing that burns, e. g.: 
I will burn two candles. 3d) mill $n>et Std)tc brenncru 

But tterbrennen means to consume or to destroy by fire, as: 

He will burn his letters. (Sr null feme S3rtefc ttetbrenneru 

Verbs like jerbred)en> 6ef)alten f t>erf aufen> t>erbrennen f are called 
compound inseparable verbs.* They are formed by putting a 
prefix before a simple verb. These prefixes have generally no 
meaning in themselves, but sometimes they entirely change the 
meaning of the simple verbs, as: to buy, faufeitf to sell, fcetf aus 
fen; to hold, fatten; to keep, befyalten. In English there are 
also such verbs, as: dislike, forgive, undo, &c. 

The principal of these German prefixes are : 6e^ entf cr^ gef t>et 
and jer* (See Appendix.) 



Are you able to hear me ? 

I can hear you, but you must not 

make too much noise. 
Will he read this note ? 
He has a mind to read it. 
Will she take our book ? 
She has the intention to take it. 
How many candles will you burn 

in your large room 1 
I am obliged to burn three, in 

order to read anything. 
Has your sister the intention to 

burn their notes'? 
She has no mind to burn them. 
Will you keep this book? 
I will keep it in order to give it to 

my children. 
Has the peasant a desire to sell 

his horse % 



Bennett ©te mid) fyeven? 

3d) farm (Sic (joren, aber <Sic mufjen 

md)t ya met Sarm nrodben. 
SG&ill er biefes 95iUet Cefen ? 
@t bat Suft e* $u fefen. 
£Bill fie unfet Bud) nefymen ? 
<Sie $at t>tc 2Cbftd)t c$ gu nebmen. 
£Bie met £td)te roellcn Sw in Sfyrem 

grepen Simmer brennen ? 
3d) muji fcret brennen, urn etroaS ^u 

lefen. 
£at 3bre <Sd)nxftet tie 2Cbfid)t ir)re 

SBtllete $u ttotbtennen ? 
(Ste bat Ceine 2uft fie ^u t>etbrenneru 
Pollen <3te ttcfe* *8ud) bebatten ? 
3d) rottl eS beba(ten urn e$ mcinen 

.£ intern ya geben. 
£at t)cr 23auer Cuft fein g>fcrb $u 

»crfaufen ? 

He is obliged to sell it, he has no (Sr mug c$ wtf aufen, ct Ijat fein 
money. ©elt). 

•#£, 6 e i f a preposition, which always governs the dative. 

He is at my house, or he is with (5t tft bet mir. 

me. 
I am at his house, or I am with 3d) bin bet tfjm. 

him. 



* Why these kind of verbs are called compound inseparable verbs, will be explained 
in Lesson 33. 



8* 



90 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

She is at our house, or she is with @>te tft bet tm& 

us. 
We are at your brothers house, £$it ftnb t)ci 3f)tcm *8tubet« 

or with your brother. 
He will remain at my friend's (£t will bei mcinem gxcunbe bleibem 

house, or with my friend. 

Jit whose house , or wrc/A whom ? bet ro e m ? 

. At whose house (with whom) are 23et wem ftnt> 3f)te £tnbet ? 

your children ] 
. They are at our neighbor's, or Ste finb bet unfetem 9?acl)bar, 

with our neighbor. 
At whose house (with whom) are S3et wem ftnt) Sfjre .fttnbet? 

your children 1 
They are at my aunt's, or with Ste ftnt) feet metnet &cmte. 

my aunt. 
At whose house (with whom) S3ci wem will bcr ©eutfdje bletben ? 

will the German remain? 
He is willing to remain at your (5t will bet Sfyncn bletben. 

house (with you). 
Is the soldier at any one's house, 3ft bet Sdbat bei Semanfc ? 

or with anybody ? 
He is at no one's house (with no- (St tft bet 9?temanb. 

body). 

In the preceding lesson it is shown that the prepositions i n 
and a u f f with the dative, denote repose or rest at a certain place ; 
here the preposition 6 e t expresses repose or rest with a person or 
at a person's house. In such sentences the word house is never 
translated in German, with the only exception of: 

At home, ju jpaufe (not bei §aufe). 
Is your father at home ? 3ft 3f)t SScitet $u £cmfc 1 

He is not at home, he is at his (St tft nicbt $u Ixwfe, er ift bei fct* 

uncle's. nem £)f)cim. 

We remain at home to-day. £Btt blcibcn f>cutc $u #cmfe. 

$6nncn Sie mtd) fjorcn ? 3d) fann Ste (joren. 93<ug id) Fjtcr bleiben ? 
Sie mfiffen fyiet bleiben urn Sfyren SSricf $u fcfyretben. £oten Ste ben 
£atm? 3* bw tf)n. OTupt bu btefeS frangofifefye 25ud) lefen ? 3d) mug 
C6 lefen, SJEufi bet SScbtcnte cin 2id)t in fctnem Bimmcr btennen ? (St mup 
emes btennen. Stiffen wit unfete Ufjr wrfaufen ? Sic mfiffen fte t>crs 
fcmfen, Sic fyaben fcin ®clb urn 23tob unb #(eifd) $u fcmfen. fiiu$ feme 
Scfywcftct fjcute atbetten 1 Sic mug bcutc atbettcn. -9QBag mfiffen 3!)te 
^inbet tbun ? Sie mfiffen lefen unb fefytciben. £ann id) bicfc geber unb 
3f)t $>aptet ncfymenT Sie mfiffen bic fiticx unb bag papier ncljmcn, urn 
cin 93tllet $u ftf)tetben. mfiffen wit icne attc #tau lieben? Sic mfiffen fte 
(icben, fte ift bic Sante tnetneS gteunbeS. SOSttt bet £nabe S&rcn fttbetnen 
Ccucfytct nefymen? (St map ifyn nefymen urn ifn mcinem S3tuber$n actgen. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 91 

9BU1 bcr 6tubent fctnen S3ncf tterbrenncn ? (St win ifjn mdjt wbrennen, 
cr roill t&n lefen. SBitt bcr ©raf S&t fd)6nc$ g)fcrt> bcfyalten ? <£r will c* 
beljctlten. SOBcllcn @te mir S^rcn 3?ccjen|d)trm leibcn ? 3d) mill xfyn 3f)* 
nen (cifjcn, abet (Sic muffen ir)n nicfyt bcfyalten. SBag mill bet <Sd>neibet 
ttcrbrenncn ? (5r mug fetnen alten &tfd) wrbrennen, cr fyat fetn ®elb urn 
£el£ $u faufcn. ^ann cr md>t ben ncuen 9?ocf serfaufen ? (Sr £cmn tr)n 
nidbt scrfaufen, cr cjefyort mcincm SBruber. 2Ba$ r)at bcr £otianber $u wr* 
faufcn 1 (St r)at cmten Jtafe ^u wrfaufctn 3ft 3cmanb bet Sfynen ? 9?ies 
manb iff bet mir. 3ft bcr (Spanicr bet Severn SSatcr? (St ift nid)t Oct 
tfym, cr ift Oct mcincm 23ruber, £Bct ift hex un$ ? Unfcrc cjuten grcunbe 
finb bti un$. 3ft bcr 2Cr# bet fetner Gutter ? (Sr ift bet tf)r. 2Bitl 3(>f 
Stteffe bci ben (Sngtanbcm btciben 1 (St null bet Sfynen b(eibcn. Jtann mcin 
SStubct Fjcutc bei bir bleiben ? (St fann nid)t bet mir bleiben, id) l}abc $u 
met £U arbcitcn. SBci roern ift bcr 2Cmcrifkmer ? (Sr ift bci un*. S5ct roem 
finb bic Cjuten grcunbe 3r)re6 23rubers ? @ie finb bci ^tememb, fie finb 
in bem Sweater. 23ei rccm will bcr 3taliener fyeutc btciben ? (St will bci 
feinem 9?ad)bat bleiben. 3ft Sfyte Scmte su £aufe? <Sie ift nicr>t ^u 
£aufe, fie ift bet tfjrer <Sd)tt>eftcr. ££a£ fyabe-n (Sic $u £aufe $u tfyun ? 3d) 
ntup ein bcutfdjeg S3ud) lefen. <Stnb bic JUufteute $u £aufe? @te finb 
nid)t ^u £aufc, ftc finb ouf bem &mbe. 

Must you write a letter? I am obliged to write one. Must he 
work 1 He must work. Is your maid-servant obliged to bring you 
the candle? She must bring it to me. Must we read this German 
book? You must read it. Must thou drink much cold water? I 
am obliged to drink much. I am sick. Must your children work 
to-day ? They are obliged to work to-day and to-morrow. Can you 
hear the noise ? I can hear no noise. Can he hear me? He can- 
not hear you. What will you read ? I will read my friend's letter. 
Will you read it in the room or in the garden? I will read it at 
school. What has the Englishman the intention to read ? He has 
a desire to read a French book. Where will he read it ? He will 
read it at his friend's. Will you take this bread ? I will take the 
bread and the cheese. Who will take the old boots? The shoe- 
maker will take them. How many candles will you burn? I must 
burn two candles in order to see well (gut). Has your servant good 
wood to burn? He has some very good to burn. Has the sailor a 
mind to burn his old wooden trunk ? He will burn his old trunk 
and his bad table. Your cook may (can) make a fire, but he must 
not burn his coat. Will that gentleman keep our dog? Yes ? sir, 
he will buy it. Will the peasant hold your brother's horse ? He 



92 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

will not hold it, but he has a desire to keep it. Are you willing to 
hold my umbrella ? but you must not keep it. Has the German 
something to sell? He has good beer to sell. Who will sell an ox 
to the butcher? That peasant will sell him one. Will the student 
buy a watch? He is not able to buy a watch ; but he will sell his 
own i he has no money. 

Is my son at your house? He is not at my house, he is at my 
brother's. Is the Frenchman at your uncle's house ? He is at his 
house. Are the children at her aunt's house 1 They are with her. 
Is the Englishman at our house? No, sir, he is not at our house. 
Are your brothers at their friend's ? They are not at their house. 
Who is with your brother? The physician is with him. At whose 
house is your nephew ? He is at thy house. At whose house are 
your nieces ? They will stay at their uncle's to-day. With whom 
is your brother? He is at his good neighbor's. Is his cook at your 
house ? No, sir, he is not at our house, he is at the market. With 
whom will his boy remain to-day? He will remain with my chil- 
dren. At whose house is my sister? She is not at my house, 
she is at home. Is your mother at home ? She is not at home, she 
is at her brother's. What have you to do at home ? I have nothing 
to do at home. Are the butchers at home? They are not at home. 
Are they at your house ? They are not at my house, but in the 
country in order to buy some big rams. Is your niece w T ith her 
aunt? She is not with her aunt, she is at my mother's. Are the 
Spaniards with the Italians ? They are not at their house, they are 
in the French theatre. At whose house is the count ? He is at no 
one's house; he is at home in order to write some letters. Must 
your little. sister remain at home? She must remain with her mo- 
ther. Can you hear the noise at our neighbor's house ? I cannot 
hear it. Where will this gentleman buy his coat? He willjbuy it 
at his tailor's. Has the cook a mind to buy the sheep at the mar- 
ket? He will not buy it at the market, but at his butcher's. Has 
the peasant as many sheep as rams to sell ? He has as many of the 
one as of the other to sell. Is the American at your father's ? He 
is there. 



THIKTY-SECOND LESSON. — $toei tmb btciH i#fte 

Section* 

To go, gefyert; to come, fommen; to carry, trngen; to say, to 
tell, fagen; long, tang or lange; short, furj; the morning, fcer 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



93 



SDfergen; the evening, fcer 2lbenb; when? warm? soon, 6atb; 

at present, je|t; now, nun; the hour, tie (gttmbe* 
How long? rote langc? a short time, furje 3eit* 
One hour, eine ^tunbe; two hours, jroet Stunben* 
Ace. this morning, biefen SDtorgen; this evening, biefen 2lbenb* 
In the morning, bel 93Jorgen$; in the evening, beS 2tbenb$« 

After the verb to say, to tell, fagen> follows the person in 
the dative and the thing in the accusative. 
Will you tell your father to give SBelicn <Ste Sfyrcm SScitet fagen mit 



me the book ? 
I will tell it to him now. 
Have you anything to say to my 

mother? 
I have nothing to say to her. 
How long will he remain at your 

brother's? 
He will remain three hours with 

him. 
Have you the intention to stay 

long at our uncle's'? 



I will remain 
with him. 



only a short time 



t>a£ SBucl) $u geben 1 
3d) mill m ifyrn nun fagen. 
£aben <Ste metner Gutter ctwa$ $u 

fagen 1 
3d) ^abc if>r md)t$ su fagen. 
£Btc tange will cr bet tfjrem Srubet 

bleiben ! 
(Sr twill tret (Stunben t?ei tr)m Ucu 

ben. 
£aben (Sic tie H&jtd&t tange bet tins 

fercm Dr)cim $u bleiben? 
3d) will nur Cur$e Sett bet tr)m blets 

ben. 



To, J ll 5 a preposition, which always governs the dative. 
The preposition to, J u> expresses motion towards a person or 
to a person's house. In such sentences, the word house is not 
to be translated, in German; as after at, be if which expresses 
rest at a person's house. 



Will you go to our house % 

I will not go to your house, but 

to your aunt's. 
Will the Englishman come to 

my house? 
No; he will go to your father's. 
Can the boy go to my brothers' ? 
He has time to go to them (to 

their house). 
When w r ill you go to my aunt's I 



Swollen @ie $u un$ gefyen ? 

3d) will md)t gu Sfynen, fenbern 3U 

3>r)rcr Sante gefyen. 
SBiE ber (Sngtanber ^u mir f emme'n 1 



9?etn ; ec will $u Sftrem SSater geljen. 
$ann ber Jtnabe $u meinen Sttu 

bern gel) en ? 
(§r F>at Sett ^u tfynen 3U geben. 
SBann wctlen Sie $u metner Sante 

gefyen ? 
3d) will biefen ?Cbcnb ^u ir)r gefyen. 
SBann wctlen Ste p mir femmen ? 
3d) will nun $u Srjnen Femmen. 

To whom ? to whose x Aowse ? "j u tt) e m ? 
To whom will you go this even- 3u wem wcllen Bit biefen 2lbenb 

ing? gef)en? 

I will go to nobody. 3d) will 511 9Ucmcmb gefjen. 



I will go to her this evening. 
When will you come to me? 
I w T ill come to you now. 



94 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

Can he go to him this morning % £cmn cr btcfen SHcrgen $u ifym gefyen \ 

He can go to his house neither (Sr fann wcber bicfen Stforgcn nod) 

this morning nor this evening. bicfen 2lbcnb $u if)m gefyen. 

Will the Italian come to me in SBtll ber Staltenet beg 9}?orgcng $u 

the morning? mir Common] 

He can come only in the evening. (Sr fann nur tc^ 2(benb5 fommen. 

To whose house will the joiner 3u wem will t>er &ifd)lcr tic (Stufyle 

bring the chairs? bringcn? 

He will bring them to thy house (5*r will fie $u bir bringen. 

(to thee). 

Can you soon carry this letter to itonncn (Sic bicfen 23ricf batb $u bem 

the merchant I Jtaufmann tragen ? 

I will carry it to him now. 3d) will ifyn jegt flu ifym tragen. 

Will he carry his coat home? ^itlerfctnen9?ectnacb£aufe tragen? 

He will carry it home. (St will ifyn nad) £aufe tragen. 

Direction towards home is, in German, nacfy jjaufe. 

0/ wAom ? t) o n xv e m ? 

Of whom will you buy the new 93 on wem wotlcn (Sic ben ncucn $Kcd 

coat ? faufen ? 

I will buy it of my tailor. 3d) will tr)n t>on mcincm <Sd)neibct 

faufen* 

The prepositions of or from, t)On; at,bi\ f and to, jllf always 
govern the dative ; also, the prepositions in, i n> and on, w/zow, 
a u fr when they express rest at a place. 

8Sa$ wollen (Sic bem (Solbatcn fagen ? 3d) will tfjm fagen $u mir $u 
fommen. SBann mup cr $u 3bnen fommen ? (£r mup bicfen 2(benb $u mir 
fommen. £Betlcn Sie bem 23cbtcnten fagen mir $>a$ $fcrb $u bringcn ? 3d) 
will eg tfym fagen ; wann fell er eg Sbtten bringcn ? 3c|t. SQSte tange will 
3f)t Dfjeim bei meincm QSatcr blciben ? (Sr will nid)t tange bei tfym bteiben ; 
cr will nur cine cber gwet Stunben blctbcn* SBic tange fann Sftrc 9Hd)tc bet 
feinet Gutter bleiben ? @tc fann nur fuv^'c Beit t>a bteiben ; fie mup in bte 
(Scrmle gefyen. 3ft ber (Scbnciber nod) bci meincm SBrubcr? ($r ijr nod) 
bei ibm. 2Ba^ fyat unfer £od) bie tfbftcbt $u tragen ? (?r will biefe £tibncr 
nad) £aufe tragen. 3u wem will ber SBaucr t)a$ ©ctretbc tragen ? (Sr will 
e$ gu feincm ^aufmann tragen, £Bann will er eg $u tfom tragen ? £)tefen 
2C6enb. Jtotrncn (Sie bicfen 2lbenb $u mir fommen ? 3d) fann nid)t bicfen 
tfbcnb fommen, abcr id) will morgen beg 2#orgcng fommen. ©cfyt 3b* 
grcunb beg 9J?orgcng obcr beg 2(bcnbg $u feincm 2Cr^te ? (Sr gebt beg SDJor* 
geng gu if)m. SBann will 3^ OTcffc $u 3bncn fommen ? ©r mufi batb 
fommen. 2Bollen (Sic baty in bag Sweater gcr)cn ? 3d) will nun ejeben. 
a&ollcn ©ie miv ctwag 9f?cueg foqcn ? 3d) babe 3bncn nicfetg gu fagen. 
Swollen 6ie balb cin anbercg g)fcrb faufen ? 3d) will bicfen SJtorcjcn cin 
anbereg faufen. SSon wem wollen ©ie eg faufen ? 3cb wttt eg t?on bem 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 95 

•grcunbe bc$ iungcn ©rafcn faufetn 3ft fcinc Gutter $u £cmfe ? <£k ift 
md)t 3U ^aufe. S3ci rocm ift ftc ? <B'u ift bet if)rcr (£d)rt>cfter. ££ann 
will fie nad) £aufc fommen ? (Sic will t>tcfcn 2C6cnt> nad) .paufc frmmcru 



Will you tell our maid-servant to bring me the soup? I will tell 
(it to) her. What will he tell you ? He will tell me nothing, but 
he will go to you, in order to bring you your boots and your cane. 
Has he anything new to say to me ? He has nothing new to tell 
you. Has the American the intention to go to our house? He has 
no mind to go to your house; he will go to his tailor's. Will he go 
to him soon ? Yes ; he will go to him this evening. How long will 
you remain at your brother's? I am willing to remain only a short 
time there. Has the Englishman the intention to stay long at my 
uncle's? He will remain only tw T o hours with him. How long will 
your sister work ? She will work one hour. How long has the little 
boy to write ? He has four hours to write. Will you come to me 
this morning? I cannot come to you this morning, but [ will come 
this evening. Has the Italian time to go to his friends? He can- 
not go to their house ; he must remain at home ; he is sick. Will 
your sisters go to their aunt's ? They will go to her this evening. 
Is your neighbor at home ? He is at home. Is anybody willing to 
go to his house ? His tailor will go to him, in order to bring him 
his new coat. Must the shoemaker bring the shoes to your daugh- 
ter? He must bring them to her. Where is the German? He is 
at the square. Will he not come to my house ? He has not the 
intention to go to yours, but to his friend's. Is the Spaniard wrong 
in going (to go) to the French? He is not wrong in going to them. 
Who must come to you ? My servant and his boy must come to 
me this evening. Where is the butcher willing to buy an ox? He 
will buy one at the market this morning. Has the merchant a, long 
letter to write? He has only a short one to write. Is your coat 
very long? My coat is short, but my brother has a long coat. Is 
your father in his room ? No, sir, he is not there ; he is at the the- 
atre. Wifl he remain a long time there ? He will remain only one 
hour there ; he must go to the prince this evening. 

When will you show me your new watch? I will show it to you 
this evening. Who will carry these letters to the Englishman 1 
My little boy will carry them. When will you carry the boots to 
the shoemaker? I will carry them to him to-morrow. Who can 
carry my uncle's chairs to the joiner ? Our servant can carry youra 



96 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

and your uncle's. Is he willing to carry them soon ? He will carry 
them now. When are yon obliged to go to the physician I I must 
go to him in the morning and in the evening. Can you come soon 
to our house ? I cannot come soon ; I have to work three hours. 
Where is your brother at present ? He is at school. Will the stu- 
dent come to your house in the morning'? No, sir, he will come in 
the evening* he has no time to come in the morning. To whose 
house will the peasant carry these chickens? He will carry them 
to nobody's house ; he will carry them home. To w T hom must your 
son go this evening? He is obliged to go to his uncle's. Will you 
soon go home ? I will go home very soon. Are these men willing 
to carry your tables or mine % They will carry neither yours nor 
mine, but those of the German. Will the butcher bring the meat 
to your house or to my aunt's? He will bring it neither to my hpuse 
nor to your aunt's; he will bring it to my butcher's. Whom must 
we love ? You must love your good father and your dear mother. 
To whom must you give the money ? I must give it to the count. 
With whom must you remain to-day? I must remain at my ne- 
phew's. To whom must you carry these notes? I must carry them 
to his niece. Of whom have you a mind to buy a new coat ? I will 
buy one of my tailor. Of whom will you buy the watch ? I will buy 
it of my neighbor's son. Is your father at home? He is not at 
home ) he is at his merchant's. When will he come home ? He 
must come home very soon. Can he come to me this evening? He 
cannot come to you this evening; he will go to church. When will 
you go home 1 I will go home in the evening. Can your brother 
go home now? He cannot go home yet; he has still some letters 
to write. How many letters has he still to write ? He has more 
than six to write. 



THIRTY-THIRD LESSON. — ©td lUlfc bteifli jjfte 
. Section* 

! COMPOUND VERBS. 

There are, in German, two kinds of compound verbs. They 
are either inseparable or separable. Inseparable compound 
verbs (already mentioned in Lesson 31st) are so called, because 
their prefixes are never separated from their primitive verbs. 

Separable compound verbs are formed by placing before a 
primitive verb a preposition, an adjective, or an adverb ; words 
which serve to give the primitive verb a more distinct significa- 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 97 

tion. These particles have always the principal accent, and are 
separable from their primitive verbs. (See Appendix.) 

In English there are also such compound verbs, but they differ 
from this kind of German compound verbs in this particular: 
that in English the preposition or adverb follows after the verb, 
but in German they are placed before it and are united together 
in one word; as: 

to bring back, jurucf6tingen; 

to take away, weanefymen; 

to go out, ausgefyen; 

to come again, nnebetfommeru 

Back, juriicf ; away, meg; out, auS^ again, wieber. 

Will he bring back the chair] SOSttt er ben <Stuf)( gurficf&rtngcn ? 

He will take it away. (St will ifyn nx'Cjncrjmcn. 

Can I go out to-day? ^ann id) fyeute auSgefyen? 

You can go out, but you must (Sic fonncn auSgcbcn, abet @ie muf= 
come again soon. fen bait) nnebetEommen. 

When the infinitive of a compound separable verb is preceded 
by to, j u t the particle is separated from the primitive verb, and 
ju is put between the particle and the verb, as: jurticf jubtingetv 
wegjunetymen, &c. 
He has no time to bring back the ©r fjett feme Sett ba$ S3ud) gutiiefs 

book. aubtingen. 

Has the servant the intention to jg>at bet SSebtentc tie 2Cbftd)t tetl 

take away the table? £i[d) rcegjunefymen ? 

He has a mind to take it away. (St fyctt £uft ifyn n>eg$uner)mcn* 
Have you a mind to go out 1 SpaUn <Sie Suft am$a$tt)m ? 

I have no time to go out, I must 3d) fyabe leine 3cit cme^ugefyen, id) 

work. niup atbeiten. 

Will you tell him to come again? g&etten ©e tfym fagen ttncbcrjufom* 

men ? 
He has no time to come again. (gr f)at nid)t Sett tiuebcrjufemmen. 

The store, the shop, bet ?aben; the warehouse, ba$> SGaarens 
lager; the concert, t>a§ Sonjett; the music, tie 9)Jufif; the river, 
ber$luf$; the window, ba$ ftenfkr; the wall, bie 5Banb; the 
door, bk 5r)ur; to stand, fte!;en ; to put, to place, jMeru 

The prepositions in, into, in, and on, upon, aufj when ex- 
pressing repose or rest at a place, govern the dative (see Lesson 
30); but when they denote motion to a place, they govern the 
accusative. 

My father is in the garden! mtin SSatet ijt in bem fatten. 

My father goes into the garden. 9Tiein &>atct gcf)t in ben ©atten. 

My brother is in the country. sjflcm 23tubet ift auf bem Sanbe. 
9 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



My brother must go to the coun- 
try. 

His mother is at church. 

His mother has a desire to go to 
church. 

Our friend is at the concert. 

Our friend will go to the concert. 

He is at his store. 

Will you tell him to go to his 
store ? 

The merchant is at his ware- 
house. 

He is willing to go to his ware- 
house. 



SEflem SBtutet mufj ouf tag £ant 

gefyen. 
©cine gutter tft in ter jtircfye. 
(Seine gutter fyat Suft in t>te ^ird>e 

Unfer $rcunt ifl in tern (Sengett. 
Unfer greunt will in t«6 (£on$ert 

gef/en* 
(St ift in feinem £aten. 
SBotlen <§ie tr>m fagen tn fetnen 2as 

ben $u gefyen ? 
£)et Jtaufmann ift tn fetnem 2Baas 

tentager* 
(St tulIX in fein &&aarentaget gefyen. 



Whitherl whereto? roofyin? thither, tafyin; tortfyitt; 
Adverbs, indicating motion or direction to a place. 



Whither will you carry my book % 
I will carry it home. 
Where has the peasant the in- 
tention to go to? 
He will go into the city. 
When will he go into the city? 
He will go thither this evening. 



5Bcr)tn wetlen @?fc mcin 23ud) ttagen? 
3d) will c$ nad) £aufe ttagen. 
SBefyin bat tct 23auet tie 2(&fid)t $tt 

gefyen 1 
(St wilt in tie (Statt geften. 
SSann tvttl er in tie ©tafct gefyen ? 
(St will tiefen 2(ftent tafytn gefyen. 



In German the adverb of time always precedes the adverb of 
•place. 



Can your son go to the theatre 
to-day ? 

He cannot go to the theatre to- 
day. 

Will the carpenter go into the 
forest to-morrow ? 

He will go thither to-day. 



Jtann Sfyt <Scr)n fyeutc in tag Sfyeas 

ter jjefjml 
(St fcmn fjeute nid)t in tag Sweater 

gefyen. 
SBttt ter Stmmermann motgen in ten 

2Mb gc&en ? 
(St will fyeute fcafyin gerjem 



.#£ (near), a n ; a preposition which governs the dative and 
accusative. 

The preposition an has in German the meaning of at the side 
of a person or thing, and governs, like the prepositions in and 
nuf> the dative, when it expresses rest at a place, and the accusa- 
tive when it denotes motion to a place. 

He has time to stand at the win- (St r)at Sett an tern genftergu fiefjctn 
dow. 



He will go to the window. 

The table must not stand against 

the wall. 
He will put the table against the 

wall. 



(St will an tag Jenifer gcljeru 

£)et St|~d) nmp ntefyt an tet ££anb 

ftefyen. 
(St will ten Sifcf) an tie 2£ant fttU 
' len. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 99 

You must not place the chair at @tc muffen ben ©tufjt nid)t an bie 

the door. Sfjur ftellcn. 

My son has a mind to stand by 9Q?etn (Sofyn l)at Suft an tern gluffc 

the river. £U ftcf)cn. ■ 

My son will go to the river. SWein <Sct)n will an ben Jfap gefyen. 

SSann will cr mcincn £mt suruefbrtngen ? (Sr will tf)tt biefen 2lbenb $u* 
ruefbringen, SBet mug tie ©tufytc wegncfymen? Unfet SBcbientct mug fie 
wegncfymen. £Mlen (Sic fyeutc ausgefyen 1 3d) fann rjeute nid)t au^ 
gefyen, id) bin franf. £Bann mup id) wicbetfommen ? ^ie muffen balb 
wicbetfommen. £aben ©ic 3ett mcine 23ud)cr pt&fpbringen ? 3d) fann 
ftc S^nen btcfen 2Cbenb gxiMixmyitu $at S^ntanb Suft biefc ©tafet wegs 
gunefymen 1 9ttcmanb fyat 2uft fie weg^unefymen. £at fein SStubct bie lib- 
ftd)t fyeutc au*$ugef)cn ? (5t fyat nid)t Cuft l)eutc au^ugefyen, et will ^u 
£aufe bleibcn. #at ber $ran$efc bie 2Cbfid)t £U 3ftnen wiebcr^ufommen ? 
(St Ijat feme 3eit wtebequfommen, cr mug $u 3fytcm SSater gcf)en. 3ft un^ 
fer ^cd) auf bem spiajsc? (?r ift nid)t auf bem $(agc, aber er milt auf hen 
SJZarft gefyen urn Gutter unb Jletfd) $u faufen. Siann 3f* Heiner £nabc 
gu un* fommen ? (St fann nid)t ^u Sfyncn fommen, er mup in bie <Sd)ule 
gefyen. SSifl ber <Bd)netbet biefen SEergen in feinen Caben gefjen ? (St 
fann nid)t biefen Bergen bafyin gefjen, aber fein 25vuber ift in bem £aben. 
SBotten bie £)cut[d)en in bag ££aarenlager Sbre^ JrcunbeS gefien urn $Rtf)l 
$u faufen 1 ©tc wollen nid)t bafytn gefyen. SOBofjtn wollen fie gefyen 1 @te 
wollen auf $>a$ 2anb gefyen. £Bag wollen fie auf bem Sanbe tfjun 1 (Sie 
wollen bcrtbin gefyen urn Scfyafc $u faufen* Jtonnen <Sie bicfen 2Cbenb in 
$>a$ (5on$crt gefyen ? 3d) will bafyin gefyen urn bie SD&rfti $u fyotcn. 2Bo 
tft 3f)r Dljetm'J (5r ift in bem Sweater. Swollen <Ste nid)t bafyin gefjenl 
3d) fann nid)t in bag Sweater gefyen, id) mufi an ben gfofi gefjetu 2Ba5 
^aben <Sie an bem $tuffe ^u tf)un 1 3d) will ba$ ncue @d)iff mcines greun^ 
bes fc^cn. ^>at 3f)t: SScbienter 3eit an bem Jcnfter ^u fte^en 1 ©r fann 
nid)t an bem ^enfter ftefyen, cr mug in ben ©artcn gcr)cn urn mcincn ^unb 
#1 fudben. SScUen (Sie an bag Jenftcr ge^en urn bie (Sclbaten ^u fel)en 1 
3d) I)a&e nid)t &uft an ba» Jenficr ^u geljcn, id) will in meincm Simmer 
bleibcn urn SBriefe gu febrciben. 2Bcf)in will bie 9J{agb mcine ^emmebe 
(teilen ? @ie will fie an bie SSanb ftellcn. 2Bc ftc^t ber £ifd) 1 (Sr fte^t 
an ber SQBanb. 2Scl)in wilt 3bf e fleine ©dbweftcc gcl)cn ? @ie will an bie 
SEbflr geben. 9©er ift an ber Zfyutl ^iemanb if! ba. S55cf)in will 3f)re 
Gutter bie ©tafcr ftellcn ? <Sie will fie auf ben Sifd) jtcllcn. SBeUcn <Sie 
ben Stfd) an bie SBanb ftellcn ? * 3d) will i^n nid)t an bie SBanb, fenbern 
an bag genfter ftellcn. 



Who will bring back your trunk ? The sailor will bring it back. 



100 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

When must the tailor bring back your coat ? He must bring it back 
this evening. Has the shoemaker's boy time to bring back my 
boots? He has no time to bring them back to-day. Who will take 
away the candles'? Our servant will take them away. When will 
he bring them back ? He has the intention to bring them back 
soon. Have you a mind to take away this looking-glass? I have 
not the courage to take it away, but I will send you my joiner, he 
is able to take it away. Will you come to me this evening? I am 
not able to go out to-day, I am very sick. Will your father go out 
this morning? He is obliged to go out, he wishes to see his phy- 
sician. Has his uncle time to go out? He has the intention to go 
out in order to buy some meat. Has he a mind to go out soon ? He 
will go out no w. Will you come again soon] I will come back 
again to-morrow, in order to show 7 you my new watch. When can 
your brother come again ? He can come again this evening. Has 
the Frenchman time to come again 1 He has no time to come 
again, he must go to the count. When has your nephew the inten- 
tion to come again? He will come again to-morrow, in order to 
bring back my books. Can you come again to-morrow ? I have no 
time to come again to-morrow, I must remain at home. Has any- 
body a mind to take away the bottle? Nobody will take it aw r ay. 

Will you go into the garden to look for the children ? I cannot 
go into the garden, I must remain in my room. Can our cook go to 
the market] He cannot go to the market to-day, he must remain 
at home. Has the carpenter the intention to go into the wood in 
order to cut some trees'? He will not go to the wood, but to the 
fields of the old peasant. Is your son willing to go to his store? He 
will not go to his store, but to our warehouse. Can you go to the 
theatre this evening? No, sir, I have the intention to go to the 
concert, in order to hear the new music. Will your aunt go to 
church this morning? She will go to church in the morning and in 
the evening. Whither will you carry the letters? I will carry them 
to my uncle's. Where is your uncle ? He is in his shop ; will you 
see him? I have a great desire to see him, but I cannot go thither. 
Where will your brother go to 1 He must go to school. Will you 
tell your nephew to come to my warehouse? I will tell him to go 
thither. Will the butcher go to the country in order to buy some 
rams? He will go thither. Are the sailors obliged to go to their 
ship? They must go thither. Will you stand long at the window? 
No, sir, I will stand there only a short time, I must go to the river. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 101 

What have you to do by the river ? I will go tiiither to look for the 
Frenchman's brother. Will you come to the window to hear the 
music? I cannot come to the w T indow, I must put the chairs against 
the wall. Who is at the door] Your servant is there; he is willing 
to go to the market. He cannot go to the market to-day, he must 
remain at home. Who will place the table at the door ? Your little 
boy will do it. Whither will your uncle go ? He will go to the 
river. Will he remain long by the river? He will remain there 
only one hour in order to go on the new ship ) will you go thither? 
I cannot go out. Will you place the bureau against the wall 1 I 
will not put it against the wall, but at the window. Has the phy- 
sician the intention to go to the country? He has the intention to 
go thither, but he will come back again soon. Will the peasant 
carry the corn to your warehouse or to ours ? He will carry it 
neither to my warehouse nor to yours, he will carry it home. Will 
you take this book in order to bring it to our house ? I have no time 
to go to your house; I must go to my neighbor's store in order to buy 
a fine ribbon. Where will you put these fine glasses? I will place 
them on the bureau. You must not put them on the bureau, but on 
the table. 



THIRTY-FOURTH LESSON. — SStet Utffc hteifA^ftc 

Section* 

The shirt, ba$ jpemb (plur. tie £>emben) ; early, friil) ; late, 
fpdt ; to wash, roafcfyen ; to fetch, to go for, to get, fyolen ; to 
kill, tobten ; to slaughter, fcfyfocfyten. 

To kill, tobten, means, in German as in English, to deprive 
of life. 

He will kill this man. (?t ttntf btcfen SOtenn tobten. 

He has the intention to kill his (St fyat bie 2(0fid)t fein $)ferb £U tobten. 
i horse. 

1 But slaughter, f d) ( a cr) t e tt, means, in German, to kill animals, 
the meat of which is used for eating. 

The cook will kill the chickens. £)et $ecf) nnfl bie |>ufynet fcWacfitcn. 
The butcher has the intention to £)et g(etfd)Ct fat Me 2Cfcftd)t btefen 
kill this ox. £)d)fcn $u fd)(ad)ten. 

To mend, aue6effern> separable v. (to better out) ; to return, 
jurutffomrmn} or jurueffefyren, sep. v. (to come back). 
9* 



102 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



There are niany*compound separable German verbs, which are 
not compound verbs in English. 



He has a mind to mend my coat. 
He has the intention to return late 

to-day. • 

Will you go for some water? 
I will fetch some. 
What must you fetch ? 
I must go for a candle. 



(gr fiat £uft meinen 9?ecf au^ubeffern. 
(Sr bat t>te 2lbftd)t ()cute fpat gtnrficfs 

gufenunen. 
SMlen @tc Staffer l)olen? 
3d) will rc>eld)e£ Ijolcn* 
2£a$ mfiffen <Ste I)dcn ? 
3d) mup cin £id)t fjeten. 



Different, (several,) uerfcfyieben ; several, mefyrere* 
23erfcf;iefc>en and m e f) r e r e have the declension of an adjec- 
tive. 



He has several books (meaning 

books of different kinds). 
That is quite different. 
He has several children. 
Have you a few friends ? 
I have several. 



(St t)at t>erfd)iebene S3ucl)cr. 

3)a$ tft cjan$ t>erfd)tet>en. 
(Sr fyat mefyrere linker* 
£aben @"te ctntge greunfce ? 
3d) fyaOe mcfyrcre. 



(Meaning more than one child or friend, and even more than a few.) 
To let, (to leave, to get done,) laffen. 

I let, I leave, id) laffe. 

Thou lettest, thou leavest, fcu Idffejh 
He lets, he leaves, er lafct. 

We let, we leave, roir laffen* 

You let, you leave, (gte laffen. 

They let, they leave, fie laffen. 

An infinitive, without to, $u> always follows after laffen; as 

after molten, fonnen, and miiffen* These verbs are called 

auxiliary verbs of mood. 

The verb laffen signifies, in German, either to let, to leave, 

to permit, or to cause, to order, to get, and is sometimes trans- 
lated by have or had. 

I let him go. 

Do you get your stockings washed 1 

I get them washed. 

Does your father get a table made ? 

He gets one made. 

Is your mother getting a chicken 
killed? 

She gets two killed. 

Will you get (have) a coat made? 

I will get one made. 

Must we have our shirts washed ? 



We must get them washed. 



3d) laffe tf)n gefyen. 

Saffcn @ie 3t)te (Strumpfe tt>afcr)en ? 

3cl) laffe fie mafcfyen. 

Sapt 3fyr SSoter etnen Stfcl) macron ? 

<£r lafit etnen madjen. 

Sapt 3^re Gutter ein £ul)n f$(a$? 

ten? 
(£te fafct $roet fcfitachtcn* 
QMlen (Sic etnen SRcd macfien laffen ? 
3d) null etnen mad)en laffen. 
Stiffen wit unfere £emt>en roafdjen 

laffen ? 
2Bir muffcn fie wafcfyen laffen. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 103 

When there are two infinitives in a German sentence, both 
must be placed together, at the end of the sentence, and the first 
English verb is always the last in German. 

I am willing to let him go. 3d) will t$n geben taflen. 

He has a mind to get his shoes (Sr fiat £uft feme <2d)ube ausbcffcm 
mended. $u taftcn. 

The clock, the watch, tie U\)V (all instruments indicating time 

are called tlfyr in German); half, fyalb; the quarter, lal 2>tertel ; 

a quarter, ein 25iertel; three quarters, tret SSterteL 

What o'clock is it % ) 2Btcmet Ubr ift eg ? 

What time is it? J 28a$ ift bie \\\)X ? 

How late is it ? SOBie fp&t ift e$ ? 

It is twelve o'clock. & ift gwolf Ufyr ; or, cS ift gtt)$[f. 

It is one o'clock. (§6 ift cm Uf)r ; or, eg ift ein*. 

It is two o'clock. (55 ift $wet \\\)X ; or, e$ ift ^wci. 

It is a quarter past twelve. ©£ ift cm 23tettel auf eiuS* 

It is half past twelve. (§S ift balb cins. 

It is a quarter to one. ©6 ift tret SSicrtel auf etn& 

It is half past four. (5s ift balb fttnf* 

It wants a quarter to five. (5S ift tret SStcrtcl auf funf. 

It is a quarter past six. (5$ ift cin 93tertcl auf fteben. 

It must be later. ' (5s mup fpctter fctn. 

No, sir, it is not later. S^ctn, mem $crr, cs ift nid)t fpatcr* 

In German, time is not counted after the hour which is past ; 
but on the following hour which has begun. 

£)iefer 9Jtann will fcincn £unb tobten ; cr ift alt. £)cr ©olbat will ntcbt 
feincn greunb tcbtcn. 2£cr will tic .Stage tcbten ? £)er 33cbtente will fie 
tcbtcn ; fie ift £ranr\ 2£ann will ber £cd) bie £ubner fd)lad)ten ? (5r will 
fie btefen Bergen fd)tad)ten. £>at ber *8auer bie 2C6ficf>t fein (Scbaf $u 
[cb(ad)tcn, cber will cr e£ serfaufen ? (Sr bat nicbt bie 2C6ftcl)t el $u t>cr- 
faufen ; cr will eg fcl)(ad)ten. 2£a* fur £>cbfen will ber gletfeber fefyacbten ? 
©r will grefie Dd)fen fd)lad)ten. 2Bc mup cr fie fcblacbten ? (5r will fie auf 
bent Sanbe fd)lacr>tcn» SQBcllen @ie meinen *Rocf bclcn ? 3d) frmn tr)n nicbt 
bolen ; id) mup $u meinem D()eim geben. £Bcr will ben 2lqt fjclcn ? 9}?ein 
8obn will i(jn lieten. 2£ann fann cr it)n belen ? (Sr fjat Sett tfjn jegt $u 
bclcn. jtann id) meinen SSrubet ^olen ? (Sic f ennen ibn bclcn, abet <Ste 
miiffen bait) $urucffcmmcn. £at ber (Scbneiber 3eit meinen SRecf ou^ubefs 
fern ? @r l)at beute nicbt Beit ibn au^ubefjern ; cr mufi in ben 2aben feU 
nc$ jSaufmannS gel)en, urn Sucb m faufen, abcr cr will Sbren SKccf mergen 
'ausbeffern. £ann ber ^d)ubmad)er metne (Stiefet ausbeffern? (Sr !ann 
fie nicbt ausbeffern ; er bat fein £eber. £at ber ©tubent bie 2Cbftcbt balb 
auruc^ufemmen ? 6r will balb junkf fe&ren. £Bcllen (Sic fyeutc frul) ^u 



104 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

Srjtcr Satttc gcl)cn ? 3d) ruilt frufj $u ifjr gcr)cn, abcr id) !ann nur fpat bc$ 
ZCbcnbs jutficffommmcn. 9#u£i tie 9J2agt) unfere Strumpfe wafcbcn ? ©te 
mup t>te unfertgen unb tie tfyrigcn roofd)cn. £>abcn (Sic t)crfd)iebcne 33tid)cr 
5U faufcn ? 3a, id) fyafte fvan^oftfc^e unb bcutfdje 23ud)er ^u faufen. £aben 
bic jtaufkute 9J?efier ^u serfaufen ? Sie fyabcn t)crfd)icbcne $u sertaufcn. 
£aben (Sic mefjrere SKocfc? 3d) fyabe mefyrere. SStetrict fjabcn (Sie? 3d) 
fyaU funf. Saffen (Sic eincn neuen $Kocf mad)en ? 3d) faffe cincn macben. 
fcaffejt bu bcinc ©trfimpfc roafefyen ? 3d) fa fie fie roafefyen. £affen Sic cincn 
$ammd fd)(ad)tcn ? 2Btt faffen cincn fd)lad)ten. Safit 3f)r SSatcr cincn 
Stfd) mad)cn? (Sr (apt ^roci niacfycn. Unfcrc Scfyroeftcr lapt ifyrc (Sd)ul)e 
ausbeffern. 93?u£ 1$ metnc Strumpfe auSbcffern faffen ? (Sic muffen fie 
ausbeffern faffen. SDBttt 3fyr SSrubcr cincn SKocf macfyen faffen ? (§r will 
cincn macfyen faffen. SGSotten bie £ftatrofen tfjre £cmben roafefyen faffen ? (Stc 
muffen fie roafdjen faffen. SjaiKn (Sic bie 2Cbfid)t 3bfc Sifcfye ausbeffern ?ja 
faffen ? 3d) J)abe 2uft fie ausbeffern $u faffen. 3d) roup rjeutc frur) aufc 
gefyen ; rotemcl Ufjr ift e$ 7 (55 if! nod) nid)t fpat ; e$ tft ad)t Uf)r. 3ft e£ 
nid)t fyalb ncun ? 0Mn, es 1 ift nur cin $icrte( auf neun. ££ie fpat ift cs ? 
(SS ift brci SBwrtd auf cin*. 6* ift cm asicrtel auf ad)t. (S$ ift fyalb elf. 
SBas 1 ift bic Ur)t? (S3 ift brci SSiertel auf %wtu (5s ift fefyr fpat; id) mug 
nad) £aufe gefyen. 

This peasant will kill his old horse. Has the boy the intention 
to kill the cat? He will kill it. Will the soldier kill anyone? 
He will kill nobody. Has the cook a sheep to kill ? He will kill 
one. Where has the butcher the intention to kill the ox? He will 
go to the country, in order to kill two oxen. Who will fetch some 
water ? The maid-servant will go for some, in order to wash a dress. 
Will she wash your sisters dress? She must wash my sister's 
dress and several others. Will you fetch my shirt? I will go for 
it; where is it? It is in my room ? on the bureau. Can your ser- 
vant go for some bread and cheese ? Whither must he go to fetch 
it ? He has only to go to our neighbor's, in order to fetch (to get) it. 
Can the joiner mend our tables? The joiner is able to mend them; 
have you several tables to be mended ? Yes ; I have two wooden 
tables and a stone one to be mended. Has the shoemaker time to 
mend my boots and my brother's? He has no time to mend them; 
he must go to the country. Will he soon return? He will return 
to-morrow. Will you go to the theatre early ? I will go very early 
to day. Will you tell your brother not to come to me too late? I 
will tell him to come early. Has he time to go out in the morning 
or in the evening ? He can go out in the morning and in the even- 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 105 

ing. Has his father several watches to sell? Yes, sir, he has gold 
and silver watches to sell. He has several to sell. Have you many 
books to read ? I have several to read. What books have you to 
read now ? I have German and French books to read. Has your 
uncle good friends'? Yes, sir, he has several. Will the butcher 
kill more than one ram 1 He has the intention to kill several. 

Are you getting a trunk made ? I am getting a leathern one 
made. Does your mother get a dress made 1 She is getting one 
made. Does your sister get her stockings washed ? She gets them 
washed. Who must wash their stockings? Our maid-servant must 
wash them. Will our nephew get a coat made ? He will get one 
made. Who will make it? His tailor must make it. Must the 
soldier get his shoes mended? He must get them mended; he will 
go out in the morning. W T hither will he go? He will go to the 
city, but he must return in the evening. Has your servant the in- 
tention to get his shirts mended 1 He has a mind to have them 
mended. Who can mend them? This old woman is able to mend 
them. Has your father a desire to get his ram killed ? He will 
have it killed. Who will get his shirt washed ? The student has 
a mind to get it washed. Who will sell the Dutchman's garden ? 
Our neighbor, the merchant, has it to sell. When will the French- 
man get his wine sold ? He will get it sold to-morrow in the even- 
ing. Where has he the intention to get it sold? At the warehouse 
on the river. What o'clock is it? It is three o'clock. It must be 
later. Yes, sir, you are right ; it is half past three. What time is 
it ? It is very early ; it is a quarter past seven. Is it not a quarter 
to eight? No, sir, it is only half past seven. Who will take away 
my bureau ? The joiner will take it away ; I will tell him to place 
it against the wall of my room. Whom will you send to the square ? 
I will send the servant thither to look for my children. Where is 
the little boy ? He is at the door, in order to seek his nuts. Can 
you hear any noise in your room? I can hear nothing; you must 
not make so much noise. Has the carpenter the courage to cut 
this big tree? He has not the courage to cut it; but he will go to 
the count's forest, in order to cut some small ones. What knives 
have you a mind to keep? I will keep the iron knives of the Eng- 
lishman. Who will buy his forks and spoons? My father is will- 
ing to buy them; they are not very dear. How old is your dog? 
It is only three years old. How long will you keep the student's 
book? I must give it back soon ; I can keep it only a few hours. 



106 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

When will your father return ? He will return soon. What o'clock 
is it ? It is a quarter past ibur. It is half past four. It wants a 
quarter to five. 



THIKTY-FIFTH LESSON. — $tinf unb bteif$i$fie 
£ectivn+ 

To wait, marten; to answer, antworteru To wait for, marten 
auff with the accusative. 

Can you wait for my brother ? <ftcnnen@tc auf metnen 23tufcet wars 

I can wait for him. 3d) !ann auf ifyn watten. [ten? 

Will he wait for his book ? £Btll cr auf fetn 23ucl) warten ? 

He has no time to wait. @r r)at nid)t Belt $u warten. 

For whom must I wait ? 2Cuf wen mujj id) warten ? [ten. 

You must wait for your sister. ©ie muffen auf 3fyre <£d)weftet wars 

To answer, antworten> governs the dative of the person 
answered ; and the accusative, with the preposition a u j> of the 
thing which is answered. 

Will you answer this man ? Sweden <Ste btefem 9#anne antworten ? 

I will answer him. 3d) will tf)m antworten. 

Will he answer my letter ? SBitt er auf mctnen 23rtef antworten ? 

He will not answer yours, but @r will ntd)t auf fc>en Sfyrtcjen, fen- 

mine. tern auf t)en metntgen antworten. 

Instead of answer, antrDOrtettf with the preposition auff 
fceantroorten is commonly used, without a preposition. 

Will you answer his letter? 3Mlen @te fetnen SBrtef beantwots 

I will answer it. 3d) will tfyn beantwotten. [ten? 

Whom will he answer? £Bem witter antworten ? 

He will answer your note. ( ^ r gj «# ^\ Ilet «*«"♦ 

J j (St wttt 3f)r SBtttct beantwotten. 

To w?ri7c fo somebody, an Sertia'nb ferret 6e n. 

The preposition a n> with the accusative. 

Will you write to my father? SSolten @te an metnen SSater fd)tet- 

I will write to him. 3d) will an tfm fd)teiben. [ben? 

To whom must he write ? 2Cn wen muff er jefyretben ? 

He must write to his mother. (St muff an feme Gutter fd)tetben. 

The prepositions auf and an govern the accusative, when 
they express motion from one place or object to another, either 
bodily or mentally. 

The day, ter %a$t plural, tie Sage; whole, ganj; the whole 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 107 

day, or all day, ber ganje Sag; the day after to-morrow, u6er* 
morgen; till, until, bi$. 

He must work the whole day. (Sr mup ben gan^en Sag arktten. 

He has to write the whole evening. (St f)at ten gan$en 2CbenD $u fcfyreibctt. 

How long has the tailor to work? SBte lange r>at bet (Scrmetbet $u at= 

betten ? 

He has to work till the day after (St fjat tn$ ukrmotgen $u atbetten. 

to-morrow. 

How long will you wait ? SBte (cmge wellen <Ste warten ? 

I must wait for him until this 3d) mug auf if>ti Mi btefen 2C£>enb 

evening. partem 

At what o'clock ? Km wtemcl Uf)t ? 

At what time ? Urn wetcfye 3ett? 

At eight o'clock. Um ad)t itfyr. 

At a quarter past seven. Um etn SSiertct auf ac^t. 

At half past nine. Um fyatb ge(jn. 

At a quarter to ten. Um bret S3tcrtct auf gefyru 

When will he come again ? SBann will cr wieberremmen ? 

He will return at a quarter past (St will um cm SStertel auf $welf 

eleven. autueffemmen. 

How long can you stay here ? SfBic lange fennen ©te fyier bletkn? 

1 can remain here until half past 3d) farm bt$ fyalO £wet (Ufyr) fjtct 

one (o'clock). Mctfcen. 

All adjectives of nations have the termination ifd) or fefy : as 
French, ftanjofifefy; German, beu tfefy. 

American, amerifanifd); English, englifrf); Irish, itldnbifcfy; 
Dutch, fyolldnbifcfy; Italian, italtenifct); Spanish, fpantfrf). 

I have an English book and an 3d) fya&e etn cnglifcrjcg 23ud^ unt) 

Italian hat. etnen ttattentfd)en £mt. 

This Irish woman has good Ame- £)tefe irlanbifdje grau r)at gute ames 

rican linen. rtfantfcfye £etnwanb. 

QBottcn <&it auf metnen *Brubet warten? 3d) will auf tr)n wartert. 
$ann bet jtnafte auf mid) warten? (St farm auf @te wartert/ £at bet 
©tubent 3eit auf ba$ ftan$.efifd)e 23ud) $u warten ? (St r)at ntd)t Sett $u 
warten ; et muff $u bem r)ollanbtfd)cn 2Ct$te gefyen. 2Cuf wen muffen <Ste 
warten ? 3d) rnuf) auf metnen greunb warten ; er tft in bem Sweater. 
2Cuf \vc\$ mup bev Seb'tente warten ? (St mup auf metnen SHetf warten ; bet 
(Sdjnctbct r)at tfyn au^ufceffetn. 2£ellen <£'ic r)icr lange warten ? 3d) mup 
l)tet $wet (Stunbcn warten. Pollen Ste metnem QSater antwerten ? 3d) 
will ir/m antworten. 3£er fann mtr antwerten ? 9?temanb fann 3rmen 
antwerten. Bennett Q&e bem ©pantet antwerten ? 3d) fann ifym md)t 
antwerten ; id) fann ntd)t fpantfd). Snellen <Ste auf metnen SSrtef ants 
werten ? 3d) will auf Sfyren SSrtef antwerten. £at S"l)rc (£d)wefter Sufi 
auf btcfei 23tllet au antwerten ? ©te will ntd)t auf Wefei Stllet antwerten. 



108 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

2Cuf mtd)t$ 23ttlct will fte antworten ? Sic wilt nur auf ba$ SSidct tfyrcr 
£ante . antworten. 3d) fyabc Suji an 3!)tcn SSrubcr $u fd>rcibcn ; fann cr 
nur meincn S3rtcf beantworten ? (Sr fann if>n nid)t beantworten ; cr fann 
ntd)t bcutfd). SMcfyeS 23itlct will fcin SSatcr beantworten ? (S*r will t>a$ 
Sfyrige unb ba$ feines DfycimS beantworten. 2(n wen mup btcfer Heine 
.ftnabe fcfyreiben ? (5r tnup an feinc gutter cinen fran$6ftfd)en SBrtcf fcftrets 
ben* 3Mlen (Sic an ben gurften fcfyreiben ? 3d) r)abe nicl)t ben 9Jtotr) an 
i(jn $u fcfyreiben. £Bill biefcr Sftann fcfyrctben ? (5r fann nid)t fefyretben, aber 
er will cinen 23rief fefyretben (affen. 2ln wen will er cinen SSrtcf fcfyrciben 
laffen ? 2Tn ben itaticnifd)cn ©rafen. SQSie langc mfiffen Sic fyicr wartcn ? 
3d) mup fyier bi6 ubermorgen wartcn* £>er SBcbiente mufi wartcn, bis mcin 
SBrubcr 3cit foot ben 25ricf $u beantworten. Swollen (Sic langc auf Sftte 
Sante wartcn ? Scr> will ben gan^en Sag auf fte wartcn. £Bte langc wcltcn 
(Sic fyier bleiben ? 3d) wilt $wet Sage in ber (Stabt bleiben. Urn wiemel 
Ufyr wilt 3~l)re Gutter in ba$ (5on$crt gefjen ? (Sic wilt urn ftcben lifer bas 
l)in gefyen. ££ann will fte ^urueffommen ? (Sic will urn fyalb ctf $urtfcfs 
fommen. £Bann nmffen (Sic in Sfyren Cabcn gefjen ? 3d) muff urn cin 
SSiertet auf ad)t bafyin gefyen. Stiffen (Sic fange ba bleiben ? 3d) mu£ bi$ 
brei 83tertel auf ftcben bes 2lbcnbs bcrt bleiben* Itm wcld)C 3cit wilt feme 
(Scftwcftcr ^uruclfcmmen ? Sic mup um cin tlr)r ^urueffommen, unb id) 
mup um fyalb ctn£ auSgcfyen. 



Must I wait for your son ? You must wait for him. Will the 
carpenter wait for the money ? He cannot wait for the money ; you 
must send it to him. Have you a mind to wait for me? I have 
not time to wait for you, but I will come again this evening. For 
whom must the servant wait? He must wait for my sister. Where 
must he wait? He must wait at the door. How long can he wait ? 
He can wait only one hour; he must soon go to our house, in order 
to fetch an umbrella. Will you answer his uncle ? I have no time 
to answer him \ I must go to my store. Who will answer me ? My 
children will answer you. Can the Italian answer you ? He is not 
able to answer me. Whom will the boy answer? He has a mind 
to answer this gentleman. Has the student the intention to answer 
my letter? He has the intention to answer it. When will he an- 
swer it? He is willing to answer it the day after to-morrow. Can 
your brother answer the German letter? He will not answer the 
German letter. Who can answer your sister's French note? My 
niece will answer it. Which note will the physician answer? He 
has the intention to answer that of our uncle. Will you write to 
my friend? I will write to him but he must answer my letter. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 109 

Must the tailor write to his merchant ? He has no time to write to 
him, but he will go to his store to-morrow. Have you a mind to write 
to the Spaniard? I have a mind to write to him. To whom must 
your nephew write? He must write to his aunt. When will he 
write to her? He will write to her to-morrow in the morning. Has 
the peasant the courage to write to the count ? He has not the 
courage to write to him. Can the Dutchman write an English let- 
ter to the prince ? He is not able to write an English letter, but he 
will get one written. Have you much to write ? I have to write 
the whole day. 

How long will you remain in the city ? I will remain here until 
the day after to-morrow. At whose house will you stay ? At my 
brother's house. How long must you work? I have to work till 
this evening. Our children must read the whole evening. What 
must they read? They must read in their German book. Will 
you buy an Italian hat ? No, sir, I will not buy an Italian hat, but 
an English watch. Of whom will you buy the Spanish book ? I 
will buy it at the store of the old Spanish merchant. How long 
must you wait here ? I can wait here only a short time ] I must go 
to the river, in order to see my brother. At what o'clock must you 
go to school? I must go thither at nine o'clock. When will you 
return ? I will come back at half past three. At what o'clock will 
your brother go to the theatre ? At a quarter past seven. Will he 
remain there long ? He will remain only one or two hours at the 
theatre ) he has the intention to come back at a quarter to nine. 
How long must the maid-servant wait for your daughter ? She must 
wait till half past twelve. Have you the intention to remain long 
in the garden ? P will remain there the whole morning. When 
will you go out ? I will go to my aunt's at a quarter past two. Is it 
not too early to go to church ? It is not too early ; it is a quarter to 
ten. At what time will you come back ? I w T ill return at a quarter 
before one. Have you Irish linen? I have no Irish linen, but the 
English merchant has some. How long has the joiner the intention 
to work? He will work until six o'clock in the evening. At what 
time can the tailor bring me the coat ? He will bring it to you this 
morning at half past eight. Has the shoemaker time to mend my 
son's shoes ? He has no time to mend them to-day, but he will 
bring them back to-morrow in the evening. Is the gentleman at 
home ? He is not at home ) will you wait a little ? I cannot wait, 
but I will come again at four o'clock. 
10 



110 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

THIRTY-SIXTH LESSON. — ®*$* ttttfc toeifHgftt 

Section* 

COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 

It has been already observed in Lesson 8, that the com- 
parative of a German adjective is formed as in English, by adding 
er to the positive, as: small, fleiri/ smaller, fleiner. The super- 
lative is also formed as in English, by adding to the positive ft 
and sometimes e ft; when euphony requires it, as : smallest, fleinjr; 
oldest, dltejh 

In adjectives of one syllable the hard vowels dp and u are in 
the comparative and superlative generally softened into d/ 6 and li; 

Small, Hetn ; smaller, flemer ; smallest, Hetnft. 

old, oft; older, alter; oldest, alteft. 

large, grop ; larger, proper ; largest, profit. 

young, iuncj ; younger, juncjer ; youngest, ifingft. 

assiduous, fXctpig ; more assiduous, fXcipt^cr ; most assiduous, fKctptcjfk 

polite, fyoflid); more polite, fyofltcfyet; most polite, f)cfttcf)(i 

The following adjectives form their degrees of comparison ir- 
regularly : 

good, gut; better, 6effer ; best, 6efh 
high, fyoct); higher, rjofyer; highest, fyccfyfh 
near, nafye; nearer, nd^er; nearest, ndcfyjh 
much, Diel; more, mefyr; most, meifr. 

Little, weni^f and bad, fd)led)t> are formed regularly in 
German. 

Little, roenig; less, fewer, roeniger; least, roenigfh 

bad, fcfyfecfyt; worse, fcfylecfyter; worst, fcfylecfytefr. 

The comparative and superlative of an adjective have the same 
declension as the positive form, when they qualify a noun. 

SINGULAR. 

N. the old man, t>et ofte Wlatm ; the older man, ber aftere 93?onn ; 
G. of the old man, t>e$ often Sfflon- of the older man, fc>e$ afteren 9Ean* 
ne$; [ne; ne£; [ne; 

D. to the old man, tern often 9#ons to the older man, tern afteren Sftan^ 
A. the old man, ten often sjftann. the older man, ben afteren 9J?ann* 
N. the oldest man, t>er oftefte SOtann ; 
• G. of the oldest man, t>e$ oftejten 9J2anneS ; 
D. to the oldest man, frern dfteften 9#onne; 
A. the oldest man, ten ofteften 9J?onn. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. Ill 

The old woman, bie citte #rau ; the older woman, tie dttere Jrau ; 
the oldest woman, tie dltcfte grau ; &c. 

The old child, $>a* atte ^int) ; the older child, t>a$ dttere ilmb ; the 
oldest child, t>a$ dtteftc Jitnb. 

N. an old friend, etn alter greunb ; an older friend, ein dtterer grreunb; 

G. of an old friend, etneS atten of an older friend, etneS dtteren 

greunbe* ; grcunbcS ; 

D. to an old friend, etnem atten to an older friend, einem dtteren 

greunbe ; -greunbe ; 

A. an old friend, etnen atten an older friend, emen dtteren 

greunb* greunb. 

N. his oldest friend, fetn dttcfter greunb ; 
G. of his olflest friend, femes dtteften greunbcS ; 
D. to his oldest friend, fetnem dtteften greunbe; 
A. his oldest friend, fetnen dtteften grcunb. 

My old sister, metne atte (Scfyrocftcr ; my older sister, metne dttere 
@d)tt>cfter; my oldest sister, metne dltcfte (Scfyrocfter ; &c. 

His old child, fein atteS $inb ; his older child, fetn dttercS £tnb ; 
his oldest child, fetn dttcftcS itinb, 

PLURAL. ' 

The old men, bte atten banner ; the older men, bte dtteren banner ; 
the oldest men, bte dtteften Scanner. 

The old women, bte atten graucn ; the older women., bte dtteren 
grauen ■; the oldest women, bte dtteften grauem 

His old children, feme atten £tnber ; his older children, feme dtteren 
^tnber ; his oldest children, feme dtteften Jttnber* 

Old men, atte Scanner ; older men, dttere banner ; oldest men, dttefte 
banner. 

This carriage is fine, that is finer, SDtcfer ££agen tft fd)6n, jener tft fcfios 

and yours is the finest. ner unb bcr 3r>rige tft bcr fd)6nfte. 

His house is higher than mine. (EJetn £>au6 tft rjofyer aU $>a$ metntge. 

My uncle has much wine, but £ftetn Dfyetm fyat Diet 2Bctn, abet 

my father has more, and the mem 23ater fyat mebr unb bcr 

merchant has the most. ^aufmann r)at ben metftem 

When the adjective high, fyocfyf qualifies a noun, t^odt) changes 
into t;ot)f as : 

The house is high. 2)a$ JpauS tft f)0cr;. 

The high house. &a$ fyofye S?au$. 

My garden is large, yours is sjftetn ©arten tft grcp, ber Sfyrtge tft 

larger, and that of my brother grower, unb ber metncS S3ruber$ 

is the largest. tft ber grefltc. 

I have an older dog than he has. 3d) \)aU einen dtteren £unb ati er. 



112 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

We have a larger bureau than £Btr fafccn cine Cjrojkre $ommcbe 

our sister has. aU unfere (Scbroefter, 

He has afiner house than we have. Qx fat etn fd)6ncrc£ $a\x$ aU ttrir. 

We have more assiduous children 2Btt faOcn flcijngerc .SUnbet al$ <Sie. 

than you. 

He has the finest hat, and his (£t fat ben fetnften £mt unb feme 

niece has the finest dress. £^td)te fat ba$ fcrjonfte £leib # 

You have the best room in the ^ie faben lxx$ befte 3tmmer in bem 

house. £aufc. 

This peasant has the worst £)iefct SSauet fat bie fcl>tcd)tcftcn 

chickens. #ufjner. 

All, a U ; is declined like the definite article. 
Mas. alter ; Fern, atte ; Neu. allee.; Plur. alte* 
All the wine, alter 2Bein; all the milk, atte SDJilcfy; all the 
money, alles> @elb; all the boys, alte ^naben. 

All is not followed in German by the definite article, as in Eng- 
lish, but it may be followed by a pronoun, as : 

All this sugar, alter biefer Sucfer; all that bread, alle§ jeneS 
33rob; all these pens, alte biefe $eberu» 

"When all is followed by a possessive pronoun, the termination 
of inflection in the singular is generally dropped. 

You have all my wine. (Sic fakn all meincn SBettu 

He has all your money. <5r fat all Sfyu (3el$>. 

But in the plural, all is regularly declined. 
All his brothers. 2Hle feine *8ttiber, 

I have all my books. 3d) fabc alte nietne 23udjen 

Of all i> n alien (dative plural). 

He has the best coat of all. (Sr &at ben fceftcn $Kcdf t>on alien. 

We have the finest horse of all. SBtr fafcen ta$ fd)6nfte g^fcrb son at* 

ten or ba$ fd)6nfte t?on alien ^pferben. 

Jtfbre, mefyr* (See Lesson 8.) 

"When more, in English, is used with a definite or indefinite 
numeral, it must be translated in German by .nocfy, (still, yet), 
as: 

One more book (still one book). 9?cdf) ein 23ucl). 
A few more horses (still a few $lti§ cinige spfcrbe* 

horses). 
Several more good books ; or still £)?ecr) fccrfcbiebcne (mefytere) cuttc 23iu 

several good books. cfar. 

Have you still a dog, or £afccn (Sic nccf) cincn £>unb, ebet 
Have you one more dog ? £a&cn (Ste nccl) e t n c n £tmb ? 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 118 

is in German the same, only that in the latter sentence a stress 
must be laid upon the number e t n t n ♦ 

No more, not any more, f e t n — - m t I) x . 

Have you no more wine ? $aben <2>te feincn SBcin mefyt ? 

I have no more. 3d) fyabe fetnen mefjr. 

Has he one more (another) watch? #at er nod) cine tlfyr ? 

He has one more. (§r fyat nod) cine. 

He has no other watch. (gr fjat feme anbere Ufyr ober : (Sr fyat 

fetne Uf)t mcfyr. 

Have you a few more silver $abtn (Ste nod) ctnige filberne $ftefs 

knives ? fer ? 

I have a few more. get) fjafce nod) etntge* 

I have not any more. 3d) fyabe'fctne mefyr. 

The way, the road, be r 2Beg; the street, tie <2traf$e; to speak, 

fpreifyn. 

I will speak to your father. \ jg g Sbren »oter fprccficn, or 

^ J J 3d) rottt nut Severn SSatct fprcd)cn. 

After the verb fprecfyen may follow the person spoken 
to in the accusative without a preposition, when it is taken 
in a general meaning; but the person must be preceded by the 
preposition with, mitf in speaking to a person of a thing . 

With, mit; a preposition which always governs the dative. 

C SBollen @te meincn SBrubet fprecfyen? 
Will you speak to my brother? 7 or SMlen @ie mit metnem 33ruber 

( fptecfyen? 
I will speak to him of his horse. 3d) roxll mit tfym t>on feinem $)fetbe 

fpred)en. 
Can you come with me ? - £6nnen @tc mit mir fommen ? 

I cannot go (along) with you. 3d) ton nid)t mit 3fynen Qcfyen. 

For, benn; a conjunction. 

I cannot go with you, for I must 3d) ton ntd)t mit 3fjnen gefjen, 
remain at home. benn id) mufi $u £>aufe bleiben. 

SRetn £unb ift flcin, ber £unb meines SBruberS tft nod) Reiner unb meine 
Sante f>at ben fleinften £unb. SBerttn ijt eine grope ©tabt, aber g)ari^ tft 
groScr unb Sonbon ift bie gro£te ©tabt in (Suropa. ££effen £ut ift fcincr, 
ber mctnige ober ber bcinigc ? 2)er mcintge ift nid)t fo fein rote ber beinige, 
okr metn SBruber fyat ben feinften £ut t>on un£ alien. tOfceiti 23ater bat 
einen fd)6neven SDBagcn unb ein fd)6ncrc$ $)ferb al$ unfer 9?ad)bar. £)ie 
$ran$ofcn fyakn kffcre lebcrne £anbfd)ur)e al$ bie £)eutfd)cn. SOKeta* WlwU 
tet fjat eine grojkre $ommobc unb einen fd)6neren Spiegel ati 3f)re ©djroc* 
Per. Unfer £)r)ctm fyat ba$ bocfyfte £au$ in ber @tabt. #at Sfyr 23vuber 
10* 



114 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

kffcreg papier ats bet £aufmann 1 93Mn 23rubet r)at fceffeteS papier, aUt 
fd)(ed)tcrcn Jtaffee ats t>cr Jlaufmann. £>er 23auet will alle* 23rob unb 
alien JUfe ncfjmen. Swollen @ie alien bicfen 2Bem trinfenl 3d) will nid)t 
alien trtnfcn. $$X ber ©d)ur)mad)er bie 2(bfid)t all meine <Sd)uf)e $u fcrtngen ? 
($r will fte alle fcungen. £>et $leifd)et will all feine Deafen fd)lad)ten. 2(lle 
feine guten ^rcunlDe finb fyter. 2Bir alle wcllen in t)a^ Sweater gefyen. Un* 
fer OTcffc ift t)er ftetpigftc Don uns alien. <5r will fetneS son alien btefen 
spferben faufen. liefer 2Beg ift fuqet aU iener. £)iefe (Strafe ift tie 
angfie in ber ©tabt. fyaUn @ie 3ucfet genug, wollen <Ste nicl)t mefyt fau* 
fen? 3d) will f einen mefyr faufen. £)er 23ebtente will f einen 9£ctp mefyr 
faufen, er Fjat genug. £at>en <Sie nod) einige SOieflet? 3d) Fjabc feine ment- 
als biefe. #at ber £od) nod) mefyr (Suppe? (Sr r)at feine (Suppe meljr, 
akt er fyat no* $(eifd). £aben <Sie nod) einige £id)te? 3d) fya&e nod) 
einige. £at 3f)t SSater nod) tag fd)war$e g)fcrb 1 (Sr fjat e$ nod). £Bill 
er nod) ein $pferb faufen ? (Sr will nod) eineS faufen. £at t>er £(eifd)et 
nod) einen Dd)fen ? (Sr fyat nod) einen unb er will nod) $wei faufen. £at ber 
$nat>e nod) ein anberes 25ud) ? (St f)at nod) ein anbercS, abet er f>at fein 
papier mer>t $u fd)tett>en. SBollen <Sie meinen SSater fpred)en ? 3d) mup 
tfjn fyeute fprecfyen. 2£o wollen <Sie mit ifym fpred)en ? 3d) will mit tftm 
biefen 2tt>enb in tern (5on$ert fpred)en. Jtann biefer Sflann mit tern #urften 
fpredjen? (Sr fann ifjn nicl)t fprecfyen, er muf an ifyn fd)reiben. $at bet 
3ta(iener £uft mit bem ©panier $u fpred)en ? (St F>at mcr>t Sufi nut ifyw au 
fpred)en. Swollen <Ste Fjcute mit mir in bag Sweater gefjen ? 3d) fann 
nid)t mit Sfynen gefyen, benn td) mup $u £aufe bteiben. SQBill 3fjt 23rubct 
$u mir fommen ? (St fann nid)t ^u 3f)nen f ommen, benn er mug SSrtcfe 
fdjretben. Jlonnen (Sie mit biefer $eber fdjreiben ? 3* fann nic^t mit bies 
fer J^ber fc^rctben, benn fie ift ^u fcl)(ec^t. 

Your wine is good, but mine is better, and the Frenchman's is 
the best. Our sister's pen is bad, but yours is worse, and mine is 
the worst of all. This paper is fine, that is finer; but the merchant 
has the finest paper. His coat is longer than yours. Which is the 
nearest way to go to the city? This way is nearer than that. Is 
your room warmer than mine? Mine is warmer than yours, but 
my sister has the warmest room in the whole house. This street 
is very long, but the other is still longer. That beautiful tree is 
high, but we have higher trees in our garden. My uncle has a very 
little dog, but you have a still smaller one. My niece has a better 
pen than I have. We have a large garden, the count has a larger one, 
and the prince has the largest garden in the city. I have a fine 
book, my sister has a finer one, and you have the finest of all. Our 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 115 

aunt has the finest carriage and the largest horses in this city. My 
cook has worse chickens than yours. In this short street are higher 
houses than in the large street. The English have better cheese 
than the French. The most assiduous boy is not always the best. 
The merchant has no younger children than my uncle. Who has 
the prettiest dress ? My aunt has a prettier dress than my sister, 
but your mother has the prettiest of them. Will the peasant drink 
all the milk? He cannot drink it all. Will he take all the bread 
and all the cheese 1 He will not take all the cheese, but all the 
bread. Can the carpenter buy all the pencils] He cannot buy 
them all ; he has not money enough. All the boys of this school 
are polite. Will you buy all this sugar? I cannot buy it all. Is 
the joiner able to carry all those chairs ? He cannot carry them all. 
Will he give you all his money? He will give me all. Must I 
lend him all my books ? You must not lend him all ; you must 
keep some. Will you see all your good friends to-day ? I will see 
them all. Must the merchant sell all his sugar ? He must sell 
it all. , 

Has your father still his black horse ? He has it still. Will he 
buy one more horse ? He will buy one more. Has your brother 
still a dog ? He has still a dog, and he has the intention to buy 
one more. Has the cook some more flour ? He has no more. Has 
the peasant a few more sheep ? He has a few more, and he will 
buy no more. Have the Germans any more friends? They have 
several more. Has the butcher one more ox? He has one more, 
but he has no more rams. Has the maid-servant a little more milk ? 
She has not much more. Has the merchant some more sugar ? He 
has some more, but he has no more salt. Will the boy buy some 
more birds ? He has a mind to buy some more, but he has no more 
money. Have you still your gold watch ? I have it still. Is your 
friend still at your uncle's? My friend is not yet here. Has your 
sister still a bureau ? Yes, sir, she has still one. Has your sister 
one more bureau ? Yes, sir, my sister has two bureaus. Will you 
speak to the physician? I must speak to him. Where will you 
speak to him? I have the intention to speak to him at the theatre 
this evening. Must you speak a long time to him ? I will speak 
only a short time to him. Can this gentleman speak to the count? 
He can speak to him, for he is his best friend. Will you speak of my 
French book to the Frenchman ? I cannot speak to him to-day, for 
I have too much to write; but I will go to him to-morrow. Where 



116 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

have you the intention to speak to my niece ? I will speak to her 
at the new square this morning. To whom will this servant speak? 
He will speak with your little brother, in order to give him some 
nuts. Will your sister speak to her aunt? She cannot speak to her, 
for she cannot go out to-day. I must speak with the Spaniard, for 
I cannot write to him. When will you speak to him ? This even- 
ing. To whose cook will the servant speak ? He will speak to yours. 



THIRTY-SEVENTH LESSON. — ©iefcett U. btci$ i$fte 

Section* 

The past participle of the verb to have, I) a b e fy is : — 
Had, gefyaBt. 

I have had, id) fya&e gefyabt; thou hast had, tu fyafr Qtyabt; 
he has had, er \)at gefyabt; we have had, mi fyaim gefyabt; you 
have had, (gte l)abm gel^abt; they have had, (ie fyaben Qttyabt* 

The past participle of a German verb, like the infinitive, is 
always placed at the end of the sentence. 

Have you had my book ? £aben 68* niein S3ud) gcfyabt ? 

I have had it. 3d) fyabe e$ gebabt. [Qcfyabt ? 

Has he had your hat or his own? $at er 3b*en £ut eber ben feintgen 

He has had his own. (5r t)at ben fetnigeft geftabt. 

Has our uncle had your urn- $at unfer Drjrim 3brcn JKegenfd)trm 

brella? gebabt? 

He has not had it. (Sr bat tfyn ntcbt eje^abt. 

Has his sister had her mother's £cit feme <5d)tt>eftcr tie gotbene Ufyx 

gold watch ? ibrer Gutter gebabt ? 

She has had it. ©ie bat fie gebabt* 

Have we had some honey ? £aben voix £omg gebabt ? 

You have had some. <£te baben tt>c(d)en gebabt. 

Have the soldiers had much meat ? £aben bte ©olbatcn oict #(etfd) gebabt? 

They have had but little. g$e baben nur roenig gebabt. 

The foot, ber $u§ (plural, the feet, tie $iiffe); the pound, ba$> 
$funb; the sheet, ber SSogen; the piece, t>a$ @tucf ; the cup, bte 
$affe; the drawer, bie ©d)ublabe; yesterday, gefftrn; the day 
before yesterday, ttorgefrerrt. 

To open, aufmadjen (to make up); to shut, jumacfyen (to make 
to); are separable verbs. 

A glass of water, em @(a3 5Baffer. 
a piece of bread ; ein gtiicf 23rob. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



117 



a pound of sugar, 
a sheet of paper, 
a cup of tea, 
a bottle of wine, 
After nouns of measure, wei^ 

of, Don, is omitted, in German, 

they relate are used partitively; 

IVill drink a glass of wine. 

I will drink a glass of this wine. 

He must give me a piece of bread. 
He must give me a piece of his 

bread. 
When have you had my pen? 
I (have) had it yesterday. 
Has the servant had your boots ? 
He (has) had them the day be- 
fore yesterday. 
Will you give meabottleof wine? 
I will give you one; will you 

have a bottle of this wine or 

of that ? 
Must I give him a piece of bread 

and a piece of cheese ? 
You may give him a piece of bread 

and a piece of this cheese. 
Will you have a glass of water ? 
I cannot drink now, I am not 

thirsty. 
Will the cook buy a pound of 

butter? 
He will go to the market, in or- 
der to bay some butter. 
Will you drink one more cup of 

coffee ? 
I will drink no more coffee. 
Can you give me three sheets of 

good paper ? 
I will give you four sheets of fine 

paper and one pound of good 

sugar. 
Will you shut the window ? 
I have a mind to shut the door, 

but not the window. 
Can you open the drawer of my 

bureau ? 
I have not the intention to open 

it. 
This man has only one foot. 



ein spfunt) Surfer* 
em 35ogen papier, 
eine Saffe Sfyee. 
cine ft-lafcfyc 2Beiru 
fht, or number, the preposition 
unless the substantives to which 
as : — 

3d) ttntt cm ©(a$ ££ctn trmferu 
3d) null cm ©la* son btcfcm SBcme 

tttnfen. 
(St mug mtr ctn (Stucf 23reb gcbcrf, 
(5t mug mtr ein (Stud r>en fetnem 

23tebe geben. 
2£arm rjaben (Sic mctne Jcbcr gefja^t ? 
3d) babe fie Qcftern getjabt. [fjabt ? 
£at bcr SBebtente Sforc (Sttefcl gc* 
(St- r)at fie wrgeftern gefjabt. 

[geben ? 
££etlcn Ste mtr eine $(afd)c £Bein 
3d) will Sfaen tine geben ; rootten 

<Ste cine gtafcfye sen fctefcmSBcine 

ober t>en jenem r)aben ? 
SWuf* id) tr)tti ctn ©tad 23tob unb 

ctn Stud £afe geben? 
<Ste fonnen ifem ctn (Stud 25rcb unb 

ctn <Sttid t>en btefem £afc geben, 
SSotlen @te ctn ©las Staffer Ijabcn ? 
3d) fann je|t md)t trtnfcn ; id) bin 

ntd)t burfttg. 
£Bttt bcr £od) cm $funb Sutter 

faufen ? 
(St will auf ben 9Jfatft gefyen, urn 

SButtcr $u faufen. 
Snellen ©tc ncd) cine Saffe Coffee 

trtnf en ? 
3d) win femes Coffee merjt trtnfen. 
fonnen Ste mtr bret SSegen gutcS 

spapter geben ? 
3d) roill Sfynen met 23egcn fctncS 

papier unb ctn $3funb guten 3u- 

cfet geben. 
Snellen <Stc baS Jenfter jumadben ? 
3d) f)abe Suit bte Sbitr, ciber md)t 

%&$ Jcnjtcr $u$umacben. 
pennon Ste bte Sdntblabc mctner 

j^emmobe aufmacften ? 
3d) Mk ntcr)t bte 2(bfid)t ftc aufaU* 

madben. 
liefer OTann F;at nur ctnen gup. 



118 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

A dog has four feet, but a bird (Sin #unb fjctt trier gfipe, abet ein 
has only two. SSogcl t)at nut $wu 

Both j 6 e i t> Cf 
is declined like an adjective, and expresses the co-existence of 
two objects or two things of the same kind ; as : — 

both feet, fceibe $u§e. 

both the brothers, tie beiben Q3ttibet, 

I have a desire to see both of 3d) fyabe Sujt 3fyte betben (Sdjmeftern 

your sisters. $u fcr)en» 

Have you the intention to read my £abcn <Sie trie tffcftdjt metnen S3tief 

letter or that of my brother ? cbet t>en mehteS SrubetS ^u tefen ? 

I will read both. 3d) mitt bett>c tefcru 

Sometimes both is used, in German, in the singular, when it 
relates to two things of a different kind ; and then it takes the 
neuter termination, b 1 i b e $ ; as : — 

Can the servant bring me my hat $cmn ber SBebiente nut metnen £ut 

and my coat ? unb metnen 9?od btinqen ? 

He will bring you both. (St mitt Sfynen betbe$ fcrtngen. 

^abe id) beine gebet gefyabt ? £)u fjaft fte ntdjt gelja&t. SBet fjat fte 
^cr)abt ? £)et fleinc £nabe fjat fte gefyofct. #at bet (Sotbat fein S5tcb cbet 
ba£ be$ SBacfetS gefyabt ? (St fjat mebet t>a$ feinige nod) ba£ be$ S3acfet$ 
gefyabt. £Ba6 fyaben mit gefjabt ? (Ste fjaben nid)t$ ©tttes gefyabt, £aben 
<Ste gefietn metnen SRcgcnfcfytrm gefjabt ? 3d) fyabc tfjn nid)t geftetn, fonbern 
ttetgeftetn gefjabt. Sjabt id) Unrest gefjabt einen neuen SGBagcn $u faufen ? 
€rie fjaben $Ked)t gefjabt c$ $u tr)un. £Bas fjaben bie Statienet gefjabt? @te 
fjaben eine Jtafcfye SBein unb ein fjubfefyes ©ta£ gefyabr. £at feine <Sd)mcftet 
tfjren (Spiegel cbet ben tr)rcr 9ttd)te gefjabt? @te fjat mebet ben einen nod) 
ben anberen gefjabt, £at Sfjt 23tubet feinen £ut cbet ben meinigen gefjabt? 
(St fjat meber ben feinigen nod) ben Sbttgen, fonbern ben meinigen gefjabt 
Snellen <Sie ba$ genftet aufmadjen? 3d) will cs aufmacfyen* £at bet 
£nabe £uft bie Sfjur auftumadjen ? (St tjal nid)t 2uft jte auftumadjen. 
SBttt 3fete &od)tet bie Sd)ub(abe tfjtet Jlommobe $umad)cn ? @tc fann fte 
nid)t jumadben, abet id) mitt e£ tfjum £aben <Sie bie 2Cbftd)t bas Jcnftet 
gu$umad)cn 1 3d) Fjabe bie 2Cbftd)t bie £Jf)fa $u$umad)en. £Bet mup bie 
Sfjut 3f)tcS 3immer$ ^umadjen ? S^temanb F>at fte au$umad)en ; id) fann 
es t()um SBotlen ^ie mit ein ©lag £Baffet bringen ? 3d) mill Sbnen ein 
@(a6 Staffer unb ein @(a^ 2Bcin bringem ^onnen ©te mit einen SSogen 
papier *geben ? 3d) milt 3^nen einen S3ogen feine^ gtopiet, unb eine gute 
-gebet geben. ^'iil bet ^nabe nod) cine Saffe Coffee trinfen? (St fann 
feine me()t trtnfen, abet ct mill ein (Stud $rob fyaben, SBollen Sic i^m 
ein ©tifcf S3rob fc^neiben ? 3c^ mill i^m ein <&tM ^Btob, unb ein ©tftcf 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 119 

t>en btefem .5tafc fcfyneibcn. $M$ t>cr Sebtente cm spfunb Sfjce r>Icn ? <Sr 
muf* cin spfunb fcfyrcar^en £f)ee unb cm $pfunb son km beftcn Sucfer fyelcn. 
Setter Sfflann f)at ctnen f)%tnen gaif. 3d) bin mube ; meine gfijtf ftnb 
fcfjr roatm. SBellen (Sic mit mem 23ud) jurfiefgeben ? 3d) fann e* Sfaten 
ntd)t ^uruefgeben, bettn id) fyabe e* nid)t gefyabt, £Ber fjat memen £ut unb 
ben meineS SBrubetS gcf<abt? 3ftr« SOtagb fjat beibc gefyabt. SBctlcn <Ste 
btefe bciben. S3riefc lefen ? 3d) wttt fie beibc tefen. SBetdbct »cn S^cn 
beiben (Scfynxjtcvn roctlen <5te bic 23orfe geben? 3d) will fie bet iungften 
geben. 3£et mug Sfyncn ben 9?oc! unb bie (Sticfet bringen ? £)er SBebientc 
ntup mir bctbc6 btmgcn. 

Have I had your knife ! You have not had it, but your brother 
has had it. When has he had it. He had (has had) it yesterday. 
Hast thou had something pretty? I have had nothing pretty. Has 
anybody had the student's pencil? Nobody has had it. Whose 
hammer have we had? We have had the carpenter's iron ham- 
mer. Have the French had the courage to burn their ship ? They 
have not had the courage to do it. Have the children had the tai- 
lor's thimble? They had (have had) it the day before yesterday. 
Has the shoemaker had my boots or my brother's? He has had 
neither yours nor your brother's, but those of your father. Who 
had (has had) my umbrella yesterday? I had (have had) it the 
day before yesterday, but not yesterday. Have you had my pen ? 
I have not had it, for I cannot write ; I am sick. Will you go for a 
bottle of wine ? I w 7 ill not go for a bottle of wine, for you must not 
drink. But you will give me a glass of water, for I am thirsty. I 
will give you a glass of beer. Can your little brother bring me a 
sheet of paper ? He can bring you a sheet of paper and a good pen. 
Will you give a piece of bread to this poor Irish w T oman? I will 
give her a piece of bread and a piece of meat. This poor man has 
only one foot * the other is of wood. Are not both his feet of wood ? 
No, sir, only one is of wood. I have a mind to drink a glass of this 
w r ine. Can you go out, in order to fetch me a pound of coffee and 
a pound of sugar? I cannot go out to-day, for I must waif for my 
brother. Will you drink one more cup of tea? I cannot drink any 
more ) but I have a mind to drink one more glass of water. Will 
you cut me a piece of that meat? I cannot cut you a piece of that 
meat, for it is not mine ; but I will cut you a piece of bread. 

Can you open the drawer of your sister's bureau? I must not 
open it; but I will open the drawer of my table, in order to give 



120 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

you a piece of paper. Has the boy a mind to open the door'? He 
has the intention to open the door and the window. Will you shut 
the window ? it is too cold ; I cannot write. The maid-servant must 
shut the drawers of my bureau, for I cannot go to the window. Will 
you read my German book or my brother's] I am willing to read 
both. Can the cook bring me the bread and the milk? He will 
bring you both. Has your father had your watch and your mother's ? 
He has had both. How many horses have you 1 I have two ; a 
black and a white one; which one will you see? I wish to see 
both. Will you love both my brothers ? I will love them both. 
Will the count sell both of his fine dogs? He will sell only the 
largest. Must he go to the theatre with both of his sisters? He 
must only go with the younger. To which of my two children will 
you give these fine nuts? I will give them to the older. To whom 
have you a mind to speak ? I will speak to your niece, in order to 
show 7 her a pretty ring. Will you give her the ring? No, sir, I 
cannot give her the ring, for it belongs to my sister. Has your aunt 
had a cat ? She had (has had) one until the day before yesterday, 
but now she has a fine little dog. Is the American willing to keep 
all your money? No, sir, he will give it back to me the day after 
to-morrow. Has he had it a long time ? He has had it only a few 
days. Will the shoemaker soon go into the country ? He must go 
to-morrow ; but he will remain there only till the day after to-mor- 
row ; for he must come back, in order to mend our boots and shoes. 
Which is the nearest way to go to the city? This way is the near- 
est, but it is a very bad one. The shortest way is not always 
(immer) the best. 



THIRTY-EIGHTH LESSON. — 3Id)t itnft btci^i^Hc 

Section* 

THE PERFECT TENSE. 

/ The German perfect tense is composed, as in English, of the 
present tense of the auxiliary to have or to he, and the past par- 
ticiple of a verb. 

The past participle of regular simple verbs is formed by pre- 
fixing §it and by affixing t f to the root of such verbs. 

to make, macfyenf past part, made, gemad)t. 
to love, Ue6en> " loved, geiie6t. 

to seek ; fiufyn, " sought, gefudjt* 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



121 



to show, jeigen, 

to send, fcfyicfetv 

to hear, fyoren> 

to say, to tell, fa$en> 

to put, to place, frellertf 

to fetch, \)$Un, 

to buy, faufen> 



past part, shown, flejeigt, 

u sent, gefct)icft. 

" heard, Qefyort* 

" said, told, gefa^t. 

" put, placed, Qejreflt, 

u fetched, gefyolt. 

" bought, tjefauft. 



When the root of a regular verb ends in b or t f not only t> but 
t tf must be added to it ; as : 

to work, ar&eiten> past part, worked, gear6eitet. 

to kill, tobten, " killed, getot>t€t. 

to slaughter, fct)tacr}tett/ " slaughtered, gefd)fad)tet. 

to wait, rcarten, " waited, gewartet. 

to answer, antwortetv " answered, geantroortet. 

The past participle is always placed, like the infinitive of a 
verb, at the end of the sentence. 



The servant has made a fire. 
He has loved my children. 
He has shown me his new coat. 
I have worked the whole day. 
We sent (have sent) you the book 

yesterday. 
Have you told the tailor to make 

my coat? 
I have told it to him, but he has 

not made it. 
Has he fetched (gone for) a glass 

of water 1 
He has fetched one and has put 

it on the table. 
Have you answered his letter, or 

will you speak to him ? 
Have you heard the noise ? 
I have heard nothing, for I have 

worked. 
Have you w T aited long for me ? 
I have sought you, but I have not 

waited for you. 



£)er SBcbtcnte fyat cm Jeuct cjcmad)t. 
@r fyat meine JUnber getiebt. 
(St fyat nur fetncn neuen SRccf cjc^etqr. 
3d) f)abc ben cjan^en Sao, cjeatbettet* 
£Btt f)aben Sfyncn geftern bas 23ud) 

a,c[d)trft. 
£at>en S'te bem Scfynetbet ejefacjt meU 

ncn 9?ecf gu macfyen ? 
3d) fydbc c$ ifym gefagt, abev cr fjat 

ifyn nid)t gemacfyt. 
£at cr cm (3la$ Staffer gcr)etf? 

(5t l)at cincs cjcfyolt unb r)at c$ auf 

ten Sifd) cjcftcUr. 
^aben <Ste fetnen QBricf beanttvottet, 

cber rt>ellen Sic nut tfjm fpted)en? 
£abcn (Sic ben 2atm cjcbctt? 
3d) fjabc md)ts cjcrjOrt, benn id) r)at>c 

cjearbeitcr. 
£aben Sic (ana,c auf mid) cjcrcatrct? 
3ch ^abe (Sic gefucbt, eifcet id) fyabe 

ntd)t auf Sic cjeruartct. 

The perfect tense in German is used to express an action or 
event as absolutely passed, or perfectly ended, without any refer- 
ence to any other event or circumstance, when in English the 
imperfect tense is often used: (£r t>at mir ba$ 33 ud) C|ejiern #t* 
fd)icft; he sent me the book yesterday. For this reason, in the 
following exercises, the English perfect tense will often be used 
11 



122 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



instead of the imperfect, in order to show more clearly the man- 
ner in which the German perfect tense is employed. 



ORDINAL NUMBERS. 



The first, ber, tie/ ba$ erjre; the tenth, beo bie, ba$ jefynte; 



the second, 


cc 


jroeite; 


the eleventh, 


cc 


elfte ; 


the third, 


cc 


britte; 


the twelfth, 


cc 


jrootfte; 


the fourth, 


cc 


t>ierte; 


the thirteenth, 


cc 


brei^efynte; 


the fifth, 


CC 


fiinfte; 


the twentieth, 


cc 


jroanjigfre; 


the sixth, 


a 


fecr^te; 


the thirtieth, 


cc 


breifcigjre; 


the seventh, 


cc 


ftefcente; 


the thirty-first, 


CC 


em u. breU 


the eighth, 


cc 


ad)te; 






f*df*e ; 


the ninth, 


u 


neunte; 


the hundredth, 


cc 


fyunbettfre; 



the thousandth, ber, ^t ba$ taufenbfre. 

Ordinal numbers have the declension of adjectives. (See Ap- 
pendix.) 

The work, ba$ 2Betf ; the volume, ter 35anb (plural tie Q3cins 
be) ; the month, ber SKonat; the lesson, bie Section; the exercise, 
bie ilebtmg; already, fcfyon; to learn, lernen (past participle ge* 
lernt). 

The first volume, ber erfre 33cmb; 

the second lesson, tk jroeite Section; 

the fourth book, ba$ Dierte 33ucfy* 



I have the first volume. 
I will learn the second lesson. 
I have had the fourth book. 
First volume, fourth book. 



3d) fyafce ben crften 23cmb* 
3d) mil tie ^recite Section fernen. 
3d) rjabc bag merte 33ud) gefjabt. 
(Sifter 23anb, wctteS 23uci). 



A cardinal number answers to the question how much ? how 
many? tt)iet>iel? (see Lesson 25) from which an indefinite in- 
terrogative ordinal is formed in German, by adding fre; ber, bit? 
lci$ miet)ie(jre? (Latin: quotus.) In English there is no such 
word ; but it is expressed by which ? and its real meaning is : 
which of the number? 



Which volume of my work have 

you ? 
I have the third. 
Which lesson has he learnt] 

He has already learnt the tenth. 



£>en ttHcmefften (rcefdrjen) 93cmb met* 
tics SBerieS fyabcn £ie ? 

3d) (jate ben brttten. 

SJie wtcmclftc.(mc(cl)c) Section r)at cr 
gclernt ? 

<5r ()at fd>on bie gcr)ntc gclernt. 

©er tt)iei>ielfre? is employed also, in German, to inquire after 
the day of the month. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 123 

f 3)cr wicmetftc Sag bc$ SWonatS ift 
What day of the month is to- j . feeute ? or 

day 1 1 £>en wtctuelftcn Sag bc$ SJlonats fea? 

[ ben wit fecute ? 

But generally the " day of the month" is omitted in such sen- 
tences, and the following contracted questions are used in G-er- 
man: 

£)et roiemetfre ijl t;eute? or ten roiemetjren fya&etx roit tyuttl 

It is the eighth. (£* ift bet acfete, or £Bit feaben ben 

acfetcn. 

vg)Qt bet (Scfenetbet fcfeon meincn -iKocf gemacfef? (St F?at tfen nod) nidfet 
gemacfet. £aben (Sic 3feren £)feeim gc(ic6t ? 3d) ^ak it)n fefet gettcbt. 
SGBo feat ber &nabe mctnen 9?cgenfd)ttm gefucfet % (St feat ir)n in 3fe^m 3tms 
met gefucfet. &Bet feat Sfencn meincn SSttef ge^ctgt? 3r)r 23tubet feat tr)n mtr 
ge^etgt, benn ct fann ifen ntcfet (cfen. ££a$ feat mir bcr ,5taufmann gefefeidt ? 
(St feat 3fenen fcine Setnwanb unb cm <Stud Sue!) gefefeidt. £aben Ste ct* 
tt)a^ StteucS gefeott? 3d) feabc nicfets DZeues gefeott, benn id) feabc fcine 
3ctt gefeabt au^ugefeen. $>aji bu fcfeon bem Stubenten gefagt, fecute ntcfet $u 
nut $u f emmen ? 3d) feabc e$ tfem nod) ntcfet gefagt. j^>at bie 93?agb bie 
$(afd)e SSein ouf ben Stfd) geftellt? 3d) feabc c$ tfet gefagt, abet ft'c hat fie 
ntcfet auf ben Stfd) fonbetn auf bte Jlommobc geftellt. £abcn bte £ollcmbct 
ba^ (Stfen unb bie Scucfetet gefeott ? <Sie feaben ba§ (Sifen, abet ntcfet bte 
£eud)tet gefeott. £aben (Sic etnen ncucn $od gefauft ? 3d) feabc etnen 
neucn SSocf unb einen tcbetnen Coffer gefauft. £abcn wtt fecute Diet gcats 
bcttct? (Ste feaben nid)t genug gcatbeitet, (Sie muffen nod) cine Uebung 
fcfeteiben. £at bet 9J?atrofe 3emanb getobtct ? (St feat 9?icmanb getobtct, 
benn et ift cin fefet gutet 9)?ann. SBann feat bet 23auet fcincn Dcfefen ge= 
fcfetacfetet? (St feat ifen ttotgcftctn gcfcfelacfetet, benn ct roiXI ifen fecute auf 
bem #ftatfte t)ctfaufen. 2(uf men feaben Wit fo tange gewattet? 3d) feabc 
auf metne 9Jmttct gewattet. ££a£ feaben (Sie bem |)ettcn auf fetn 23tltet 
geanttx>ottet] 3d) feabc ifem nod) nicfet geant^crtet, benn id) fann fecute nicfet 
fcfetctben, id) mup auf $>a$ Sanb gefecn. 3)cn nnetuelften SBanb 3fetc^ iSct= 
fe^ feaben (Sic mit gefefeidt? 3d) feabc 3fencn ben fatitm, unb 3fetct 
(Sdjweftct ben bttttcn SSanb gcfd)idt. 2Bciien (Sic fecute bie ^cfentc Section 
(etnen ] 3d) l)abc fie fcfeon getetnt. ©ie tvtcmclfte molten (Sic (etnen ? 3d) 
wilt bie aroolfte Section (etnen unb bie acfete Uebung fcfeteiben. Sa^ micDtelfte 
23ud) »on (Scfetllct^ SSctfcn moUcn (Sic tefen ? 3d) will ba6 fed)fte (cfen. 
£>en wtcutelften feaben bit feeutel ®$ ift fecute t)a breqefente. 3ft t$ ntcfet 
bet Mct^cfente ? C^cin, metn ^ctt, wit feaben fecute ben ctften. £>et wics 
tjiclfte ift motgen ] 9}?otgen ift ^x ftinftc. 



124 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

Has the maid-servant made a fire ? She has made one. Has the 
shoemaker already made my sister's shoes'? He has not made 
them yet. Hast thou loved thy nephew? I have loved him much 
(fefyr). Who has loved this poor student? The physician has loved 
him. What did you seek (have you sought)? I have looked for 
my umbrella. Whom has your sister looked for? She has sought 
her mother in order to go to the concert. Have you shown your 
pretty ring to my brother ? I have not yet shown it to him, for he 
is not at home. What will the German show us? He has shown 
me a beautiful German book, and he will show it to you now. Has 
his father sent the corn to the market ? He has sent it thither in 
order to sell it. Whither has the peasant sent his rams? He has 
sent them to the city, for he must sell them. Have you heard any- 
thing of the prince ? I have heard nothing of him. Did you hear 
(have you heard) the beautiful music yesterday evening? I have 
not heard it. Has the servant put the candlesticks on the table ? 
He has not put them on the table, but at the window. Where have 
you placed the chairs'? I have placed them against the wall in 
your father's room. Has the boy already fetched some coffee and 
some tea ? Yes. he has fetched a pound of coffee and a pound of 
tea. Has your nephew gone for the physician ? He has gone for 
him, but our physician cannot come to-day, he is sick. Did you 
work (have you worked) much yesterday? I did not work (have 
not worked) very much yesterday, but I did work (have worked) 
very hard (fefyr triel) the day before yesterday. At what have you 
w r orked ? I have learnt two German lessons. Has your brother 
worked as much as you ? He has worked less than L Have you 
already bought a bottle of wine ? I have already bought a bottle 
of wine and a piece of bread and cheese. Where have you bought 
it ? At the shop of our old neighbor. Has the soldier killed your 
young friend ] He did kill (has killed) him with a knife. When 
has the butcher killed the ox? He killed (has killed) it at his bro- 
ther's, and he will kill two more in the country to-morrow. Whose 
chickens have the cooks killed ? They have killed theirs and those 
of our neighbor. Have you waited long for me ? I have waited 
for you three hours. How long has your brother waited for your 
mother? ' He has waited for her till a quarter to eleven. Has he 
not waited till a quarter past eleven ? He has only waited for her 
at the theatre till half past ten. Have you already answered your 
friend's letter? I have not yet answered it, but I will answer it to- 
morrow. Has your little niece answered your aunt ? She has not 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 125 

yet answered her French note, for she has neither a piece of paper 
nor a pen. 

Which volume of my work have you ? I have the second and 
my brother has the first. Which exercise w r ill you write to-day ? 
I have to write the tenth to-day, but to-morrow I must write the 
eleventh and twelfth. Which lesson have you learnt yesterday] I 
have learnt the fourth, and I will learn the fifth and sixth to-day. 
Which volume of Schiller's works have you sent to your niece ? I 
have sent her the third. Can you give me the seventh volume ? I can- 
not give you the seventh volume, for my uncle wishes to (will) read 
it, but I will send you the eighth. How many books has the merchant 
sent you ? He has sent me two English books and three Spanish. 
What kind of tables has your mother bought ? She has bought fine 
stone tables. Can the Frenchman come soon] He has not yet 
had time, but he will come at a quarter past one. Where is he 
now ? He is at home, he must wait for the Italian. What day of 
the month is it! It is the ninth. Is it not the thirteenth? No, sir, 
to-morrow is the thirteenth. What day of the month will the day 
after to-morrow be ? The day after to-morrow will be the four- 
teenth. I have waited long enough for your brother, I will go home 
now, for I have to write some letters to the Italian count. My father 
has bought a very fine gold watch and six silver spoons and forks, 
but he has no more money to buy these English knives. I have 
sent you all the glasses which I have, but you must put them on 
your bureau, or you will break them. My sister will give you a 
sheet of paper and a better pen than you have, but you must w ? rite 
your exercises better. Our uncle is still in the country, but he will 
come back this month and will bring us a pretty little sheep. What 
day of the month will he come back? He will be here the twenty- 
ninth. This month is very long, it has thirty-one days. Have you 
learnt the first or second lesson ? I have learnt both. Have you 
show T n your new dress to both of my sisters? I have shown it to 
them both. Has the peasant bought a candle and a candlestick ? 
He has bought both. This gentleman has bought a handsomer gar- 
den than we have, but oars is larger than his. The French prince 
has the finest and highest house, for he is the richest man in the 
whole city. 



11 s 



126 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR'. 

THIRTY-NINTH LESSON. — Sfamtt Utt& hteifutfte 

Section* 

THE PAST PARTICIPLE OF REGULAR COMPOUND VERBS. 

The past participle of regular inseparable compound verbs is 
formed like that of simple verbs, by adding t or et to the root of 
the verb, but having already a prefix, the particle ge is here for 
the sake of euphony omitted, as : 

To burn, uerbrennen; past participle : burnt perbrenntf and not 

ge^erbrennt; 
to sell, wrfaufen; " sold, Derfauft; 

to belong, gefyoren; u belonged, gefyort ; 

to answer, beantroortert; " answered, beantroortet* 

Have you burnt his letter? &aben (Sic fetnert SBrtef tterbrermt? 

I have not burnt it, I have an- 3d) fabc tfyn md)t tierbtermt, id) fyabt 

swered it. tf)rt beantreottet* 

The tailor has sold this coat. £)et <Sd)netfc>et Fjat ticfcn SKocf tters 

fauft. 

That garden has belonged to my Setter ©arten fjat meittem &ater ge* 

father. f)6rt- 

The past participle of regular separable compound verbs is 
formed like that of their simple verbs, except that the prefix ge 
is placed between the separable particle and the root, as: 
To mend, ausbeffew; past part, mended, auSgebeffert; 

to open (to make up), nufmacfyen; " opened, aufgemacfyt; 
to shut (to make to), jumacfyen; u shut, jugemacfyt. 

Has the shoemaker mended my $at & cr ^cbufjmacfyer metne <Sd)ube 

shoes? auggcbeffertl 

He has not yet mended them. & bat ftc ncd) ntcbt auSgcbcffert, 

Has he shut the window ? £at er ^ 5? cn ft cr $ugemad)t? 

He has shut the window and has (gr bat t)<\$ ^enpcr augemacfyt uttfc bat 

opened the door. jDie &f)ut aufgemad)t. 

The inch, ter 3ott; the dozen, t>aS$)u&enb; the pair, ba§ 
*))aar; the yard, tie Site; the shutter, ter iabtn (plural tie ?a* 
ten); the egg, t>a$ @i (plural tie Sier); broad, wide, breit* 

Masculine and neuter nouns which express the idea of weight, 
measure, or number, do not take the inflection of the plural when 
used in such signification. 

My room is eighteen feet six 9Jtettt Simmer tjt acbtycbn gfufi fecbS 
inches long, and twelve feet Soil fang, unt> $wclf #u£j -Her Sell 
four inches wide. Ore It* 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 127 

Two dozen eggs, jroei SHtfjenb Sier; 
three dozen gloves, brei £>u§enb ipanbfcfyufye ♦, 
two pair of boots, jmei ^aar Stiefel; 
five pounds of tea, funf ^funb 5t;ee; 
six pieces of broad linen, fecfy$ StucE brette ?einrt>anb. 
But when such nouns are feminine, they take the inflection of 
the plural, as : 

Four yards of cloth, t>ier Stten $ud); 
two bottles of wine, jroet $(afd)en SBein; 
three cups of coffee, btei 5affen .Kaffee* 

Half, t)alif 

has the declension of an adjective, and stands in German always 
before the noun which it qualifies. 

Half an hour, etne \)albt Stunbe; 

two hours and a half, jmei unb eine fyal&e Stunbe; 

four dozen and a half, t>ier unb tin f;al6e$ £>u|enb; 

three yards and a half, tret unb tint fyalbe Gtfte. 

I have five sheets and a half of Set) r)abc funf unb etnen f>atOcn 33os 

paper. gen papier. 

He has bought ten pounds and a ©r fyat $ef)n unb etn f)att>e$ $)funb 

half of white sugar. tfleifen Sucfet gefauft. 

Four inches and a quarter, t)ier unb em -Biettet 3ott> 

two pounds and three quarters, jwei unb brei 23iettel ^funb. 

This child is three years and a 3)tcfcg ittnb tft brei unb etn fyafi&eg 

half old. Srtr.fltt 

My little boy is four years and 9J?em Hetncr itnak iff trier unb brei 

nine months old. SStertet 3af)t aft. 

Three months are a quarter of a ©ret Senate ftnb etn £>terte( SaFjr. 

year. 

Nine months are three quarters 9? eun donate ftnb brei JBtcrtel Sa^r. 

of a year. 

To dwell, to reside, to live, tt)ofmen> past participle: gemofynt; 
either-or, entruebet — ober. 

Will you live long in this house? SBotlen @te (ange in btefem #aufc 

tverjnen ? 

I will live here only a short time. 3d) tflttt F)ter nut ftirjc 3ett roofynen. 

With whom did your friend live S3ct tvem fjat 3fyt greunfc getwefjnt? 

(has your friend lived) ? 

He has lived at my uncle's. (St fiat Oct metnem Dfyetm gcroeftnt. 

Which garden will the French- S3Md)en ©atten nritl ber Jran^cfc 

man buy? faufen ? 

Pie will buy neither yours nor (St null nxbet ben S&rigett ncd) t>cn 

mine, metntgen faufen. 



128 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



There is in German a kind of compound adverbs which are 
composed of the demonstrative adverb there, ta^ and a preposition; 
as: Sarin, bar>cn r barauf, which correspond to the English there- 
in, thereof, thereon. 

These German compound adverbs are generally used when, in 
English, a preposition stands before the personal pronoun it or 
them ; as : in it, in them^ of it, of them, on it, on them ; when they 
represent inanimate objects or abstract ideas, as: 



Have you lived in this house ? 
I have lived in it. 
Are our coats in the drawers? 
They are in them (there). 
Will yon drink of this beer? 
I will drink some of.it. 

Has he the intention to speak of 

his books? 
He has a mind to speak of them. 
Is my book on the table ? 
It is on it. 

Will he answ T er my letter ? 
He will answer it. 
Have you waited for my boots ? 

I have waited for them. 



£akn (Sic in btefem £>aufe geroofynt ? 
3d) {jabe barm gewofynt, [ben? 

(Sinb unfere 3t&fe in ben <Sd)ub(a; 
(Sic ftnb barin. 

SMIen @te r>on btefem S3ter trinfen? 
3d) will it>e(d)C6 bason trtnfen, or 3d) 

rcutt bat-on trtnfen. 
£at er tic 2(bftd)t son fetnen 23ud)em 

$u fprecfeen 1 
(Sr fjat £uft bar-on $u fprecfyen. 
Sjt metn 23ud) auf bem &tfd)e ? 
(Ss tft batauf. 

2BUI er auf metnen SBricf antrcorten 1 
(Er rottt barauf antworten. 
£aben @te auf metne ©ttcfel ge* 

roartet ? 
3d) fyabc barauf gercartet. 

But when a preposition stands before a personal pronoun which 
represents a person or persons, these compound adverbs cannot 
be applied, as: 



Will you speak of my brother ! 

I will speak of him. 

Have you waited for my sisters? 

I have waited for them. 



2Mlen <Ste Don metnem S5rubet 

fprecfyen ? 
3d) will »on tfym fpredjen. 
#at>en @te auf metne (Sdjroeftern ges 

rcartet ? 
3d) fjabe auf fte geroartet. 



I Qabtn tic (Snglanber em fyottanbtfdjeS @d)tff tterbtennt? @te jjofcen 
fcine^ Derbrennt. 3)er 9J?atrofe fyat fetnen alien 9?ocf perbrennt, benn cr 
rotll ctnen neuen mad)en taffen, £at ber gran^ofe fetnen SGSetn t>crfauft ? 
(Sr fyat thn ttcrfauft. £aben <£5te fdbon ben SSrtcf 3§re$ ^reunbe^ beants 
roertet ? 3cf) f)abe tfjn nod) ntd)t beantrcortet, abcr id) wilt eg morgen tfjun. 
JDiefei $au£ fyat metnem Dfyctm gefyort, aber e£ gefyort nun bem beutfd)en 
©rafen. £>aben @te 3^e (Sttefct $u bem @d)uf)mad)er gefefytdt urn fie au$s 
beffcrn $u laffen ? 3cb fyafo fie $u tfjm gefc^teft, aber er f>at ntd)t £ufT fte 
au^ubeffern, fie ftnb $u fd)(ed)t. £at ber (Scfynetber metnen $otf ausge* 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 129 

fccffcrt ? (Sr r)at nid)t 3eit geljabt ifyn fycute au^ubeffcrn, Denn cr r)at ^u mcl 
$u tbun, abet: er roill Sfynen Den S^ocf mcrgen brtngen. £)er S£ifd>tet fyat 
allc unfere £ifd)e unD ®tuf)lc ausgebeffert. £aben Sic fcfyen Die ^f)ur aufs 
gcmad)t ? 3d) r)abe jtc nod) nid)t aufgemad)t. 4>at Der S3cDtcntc Die £aDen 
gigemaejjtl (5r fyat fie geftern 2CbenD $ugemad)t. ££as fjaben @te ^eute 
ciuf Dem 9J2arf te gefauft ? 3d) ^abe Dm $funD SButter, sroci DufecnD (Siet 
unD cin groped Stuc! JTetfd) gefauft. Unfer ©artcn ift nut ftein, er ift groans 
$ig $u(5 !~ e ** 3ott tang, unD funfeeljn gufi met Sell breit. Der Jtaufmann 
fyat Drei Stucf brettcS Sud) gefauft. 1 2Bte breit ift e$? & ift em unD cine 
fyalbc ©lie breit. £fteinc Gutter vM met $)aar (Scfyufye, fccJ>6 $)aar £anD= 
fd)uf)e unD 3ef)n (Stlen SeinroanD faufen. Dtefe $rau rottl t)icr Saffcn Jtaffee 
unD ifjr 9J*ann $roct g(afd)en £Bein trinfen. 3d) fyabe fd)cn Drei unD eine 
JjalOe (StunDe auf Sie gcroartet. 2Jlein SSatcr ljat $roei unD eine fjatbc ©lie 
Sud) gefauft, er roill einen <Kocf Dawn mad)en laffen. 93*cin Simmer iji 
neun unD cin SSiertct gup fyed). (5r r)at fecr)6$ef)n unD ein IjaibcS $)funD 
£r)ee ^u setfaufen. sjftetn SSruber ift $cr)n unD ein r)at6e$ 3afyr, unD 
mein'e (Scfyrocfter nur Drei unD Drei SStertcl 3af)r alt. 3d) fyatK in Diefem 
£aufe nur ein 3Siertc( Safjt geroofynt. 9^ctn Dfycim fjat tange in Der huu 
ten (Strapc gcrocfynr. £aben <Sie ned) (ange in Diefem #aufe $u roofyncn ? 
3d) ^be ncd) cin 3af)t Darin $u roefynen. 2Mlen Ste auf fein 23illct ante 
rocrten ? 3d) roill Darauf antrocrtcn. SBctlcn Sic auf Sfjren SReffcn war? 
Un ? 3d) roill auf ifjn marten. SMlcn Sie auf Sfjren 3*cgcnfd)trm roar* 
ten? 3d) roill Darauf roarten. £at Der &ifd)lcr Die ©tdfer auf Den fleinen 
Sifcb gcftcllt? ©r &at fie Darauf geftettt. Pollen Sie Don Diefem jtaffee 
faufen ? 3d) roill groei unD ein r)albc^ 5)funD Dason faufen. 3ft mein med 
in S^ter JlemmoDe ? (Sr ift Darin. HWn 23ruDer mu£ mir cntroeDcr mein 
teutfd&eg 93ud), cDer Dag fcinige bringen. 

Have you already burnt all your wood 1 I have burnt it all and 
I must buy some more. What has the peasant burnt % He has 
burnt his old chairs. Has that gentleman sold his fine horses? He 
has not yet sold them, he will keep them. When has our neighbor 
sold his new carriage? He sold (has sold) it yesterday at the mar- 
ket. Has his son already answered the letter of the French count? 
He has not yet answered it ; but he will do so to-morrow. Has your 
niece answered your note? She has answered it. When did she 
answer it? The day before yesterday. Whose letter has he 
answered? He has answered the Dutchman's letter. Did this 
garden belong (has this garden belonged) to your aunt 1 It did be- 
long (has belonged) to her, but it belongs now to her neighbor. Did 
you hear (have you heard) the noise yesterday evening ? I have 



130 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

not heard any noise, but I have heard very fine music. Can you 
mend your old table ? I cannot mend it, the joiner must do it. Has 
the maid-servant time to mend my shirts ? She has no time to mend 
them now, she must go out to-day in order to buy some linen. Has 
the shoemaker mended your sister's shoes? He has mended them 
and he will bring them back this morning. Whose coats has the 
tailor mended? He has mended mine and my brother's. Will you 
get your boots mended ? I have already got them mended yester- 
day. Have you shut the shutters of your room ? I have not yet 
shut them, but I will do it soon. Has your sister shut the win- 
dow ? She will not shut it, she has a mind to stand at the window. 
Have you opened the door] I have not opened it, for I will not go 
out. Who has opened the drawer of my table ? Your little sister 
has opened it, in order to look for a pen, and she has not shut it. 

What will your cook buy at the market ? He has to buy two 
pair of chickens, three dozen eggs, and four pounds of butter. What 
have you the intention to buy at his shop 1 I will buy five yards 
of broadcloth and six yards and a half of fine linen. Can the Spa- 
niard drink much wine ? He can drink two bottles of wine, but I 
can drink only half a bottle. How large is your room ? My room 
is eighteen feet six inches long, twelve feet eight inches wide, and 
ten feet nine inches high. How high is that tree ? It is twenty-six 
feet high. Can the cook give me an eggl He can give you more 
than one. How long have you waited here ? I have waited already 
one hour and a half, but I must now go home, for I must see my 
mother at half past ten. How old is your older nephew ? He is 
seventeen years and a half old, but his younger brother is only eight 
years and nine months old. Will you drink one more cup of tea? 
I have enough ) I can drink only two cups of tea. I have sent you 
two pounds and three quarters of sugar, and three pounds and a 
half of coffee. Can you not send me one pound and a quarter more 
of. sugar. I will send it to you. How long will your friend live 
here ? He can live here only a short time. How long has his 
nephew lived at your father's ? He has lived with us only three 
months. How long have you still to live in this house ? I have to 
live in it seven months longer. Has the count lived in that large 
house? He did live (has lived) in it. Have you heard of the 
rich baker? I have heard nothing of him. Will you buy one 
pound of this cheese ? I will buy two pounds of it. Has the man 
the intention to speak of his bad books? He will not speak of 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 131 

them. Have you placed my sister's dress on the large chair? I 
have not put her dress on it, but your coat. Have you put the can- 
dlesticks on the tables? I have put all your candlesticks on them. 
Can you wait for the German ? I will wait for him. Must the stu- 
dent wait for his watch? He must wait for it. Has my niece 
waited long for her ribbons? She has waited one hour for them. 
Has the merchant answered your letters? He has answered them 
(barauf). Will anybody answer my note ? Nobody will answer it. 
Has the Italian lived long in Broad street ? He has lived there only 
a short time. Will the English bay this new ship? They will 
either buy this or they will buy none. You must bring the bag 
either to me or to my uncle's. I will bring it neither to you nor to 
your uncle's 3 I will carry it home. 



FORTIETH LESSON. — 2ltet$t$fie Section* 

The stocking, ber Strumpf, plural, tie Stnimpfe; the stick, 
the cane, ter Stodf, pi. tie Stocfe; the' price, ter ^)reij$; the 
corner, tie Scfe; the fault, the mistake, the blunder, tec %ttytt\ 
the dollar, ter 5l;a(er> pi. tie Skater; almost, nearly, 6einaf)e* 

To end, entic^n, past participle, geentigt; to finish, 6eenti<jen> 

past part, ueentigt* 

Will you end the letter? Swollen <Ste ten 33rtef entujen? 

I have already finished it. 3d) fyafte tfyn fcfyon beenbtgt. 

Has he finished the book? £at er baS 58ud) beenttgt? 

He has almost finished it. (St fyat es beinafye fceenbigt. 

To find, ftnbert; to lay (to put, to place), legen; laid, gelegt 

There is, in German, a difference between ff ellen and legen> 

to put, to place ; — jr e U e n means to put a thing in an upright, 

and I e g e n in a lying position. 

I will put your umbrella in the 3d) witt Sftren 3?e$enfdf)trm tn tie 

corner. ' (£cfe ftetferu 

I will put (lay) your coat on the 3d) will 3f)ren SKecf ouf ten (Stufyl 

chair. (egen. 

Will you put my book on the ( ^«<f* meifiSfcld) <mf fell Sift 

table ?-may be translated by: \ J^l ° r ' ; „ T * h [*$& 

J J I SMlen <Stc metn 23ucb ctuf ten &t|d> 

(The former demands an upright position of the book ; the latter, 
a lying position.) 

To pick up, auffye&erv separable verb ; to visit (to go to see, 



132 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



to come to see, to pay a visit), 6efuel)en> past part, fcefucfyt; to 
pay, 6e$al;(en> past part. 6ejaf)lt. 



Will you pick up your stockings? 
I have no mind to pick them up. 
Will he pay a visit to his aunt 

to-day? 
He has no time to go to see her 

to-day ) he did visit (has already 

visited) her yesterday. 
When will you come to see me? 
I will come very soon to see you. 
Can you find your cane (stick)? 
I have looked for it, but I cannot 

find it. 
Can you pay the shoemaker for 

the boots? 
I cannot yet pay him for them. 
I have paid the merchant for the 

book. 



SBeflcn (Ste 3f)re ©trfimpfc auf r,efren ? 
3d) fyabe feme &uft fie aufeufyeben. 
2BUI er fyeute feme Sante fcefucfyen ? 

(?r (jot ntd)t3ett fie fyeute $u kfucfyen ; 
er fyat fie fcfyon gejrern kfucfyt. 

£Bann roetfen <Ste mid) befucften ? 
3d) rotll @ie fefyr bolt 6efud)en. 
Jlonnen (Ste Sfyren IStccf ftrtben? 
3c!) fyabc ifyn gefucfyt, after id) fann 

ifyn ntdbt ftnben. 
^ennen ©te bem (Scfyufymacfycr tie 

esftefrf beaten ? 
3d) fann fie tfym tied) ntcfyt fcejafjtetu 
3d) fyafce tern Jlaufmann bas 23ud) 



In German, the verb to pay, 6 e J a I; ( e H; like the verbs to gw, 
geben> to lend, leif)en> &c, governs the dative of the person 
and the accusative of the thing; but when the price for a thing 
is spoken of, the preposition for, fut> is used, as in English. 

For } fut> a preposition, which governs the accusative. 



Have you paid the tailor for your 

coat ? 
How much have you paid the 

tailor for your coat? 
I have paid him four dollars for it. 
How much ha3 your uncle paid 

for these horses? 
He has paid one hundred and 

eighty dollars for them. 
My friend has paid nearly one 

hundred dollars for his watch, 

for it is a gold English watch. 



$aUn (Ste bem ©cfynetber Sfyren 

died bqcibtt? 
SOStemeK fyaben (Ste bem <Sd)ncibet 

ffir Sbrcn Wed UtfffaS l>f)(t. 
3d) fyabc tfym mi Sfyater bafur k* 
SBtetuel Fjat 3f)t Dfyetm fur biefe 

5>fcrbc bcjaljft ? 
(St fjat fyunbert tmb adjtjtg Scaler 

bafur kga f)(r. 
93?etn greunb M kinase f)unbert 

Scaler fur fetne Urjr t»cgaf)It, benn 

fte ift cine getbene eng(tfd)e tlfyr. 



The conjunction /or, benrv must not be confounded with the 
preposition for, fur. 

How much will you take (have) ££teiue( roellen &i fur jenen £unb 

for that dog? fyakn ? 

I will sell it for no less than ten 3d) will tfm ntd)t fur roemger o($ 

dollars, for it is a Spanish dog. $er)n Skater oerfaufen, benn er tffc 

etn fpantfeber &unb. 

For whom have you bought this #ur wen fyakn <Ste btefe Setnnxmb 

linen? * gefruift? 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 133 

I have bought it for my father; 3d) Ijabe fie fur meincn £>atet ge* 

he will get six shirts made. fauft ; er will fcd)S £emben mas 

cbcn taffcn. 

How much have you to pay my SOBicmel fyaben Sie mcmcm SSrubct 

brother ] gu bega J)len ? 

I must pay him fifty dollars. 3d) mup i^mfunfttg Scaler bqa()(crt. 

What is the price of this house?- £Ba$ tft t)cr $)mff t>tefc^ Jpaufe*? 

The price of this house is two £>et ^prctp btcfeS £aufe$ ift ^et taUs 

thousand dollars. fenb Skater. 

That is a very high pricS. ©as ift cin fefyr fyefyet g)rcip* 

Have I made a mistake in my $abc id) eincn gefjtet tn metner 

exercise ? ilebung gemaebt ? 

You have made two blunders in it. (Sic baben gn>ci Jcrjicr bartn gcmad)t 

All children have their faults. 2ttle .kinber fyaben tfyre gefyter. 

SBetlcn (Sic nid)t 3f)r SSUlet enbigen? 3d) fjabc es fd)cn beenbigt. 
£>aben Sic btefeS SSttd) halt) beenbtgt ? 3d) i\>UX cs mergen enbigen, t)cnn 
id) fyabc ()cutc feme Sett barin gu tefen. 3d) fann nid)t metnen (Stecf fin?, 
ben ; ruorjin fyaben Sic tf)n gcftetlt ? 3d) fyabe i|n in cine (Scfe 3fyt-c* 3ims 
mer$ gejtctlt* Sic fennen nid)t Sfoeti SKecf finben, benn ber 23cbtcnte l)at 
tbn in mcinc ^enmtebe getegt ; id) will if)n Sfyncn Fjclcn. 93^ctn -Brubet 
fyat fjeute tangc feme Strmnpfe gefuebt, abcr cr fann ftc nicbt ftnben ; rocrjin 
bat ftc bic gjjagt) gclegt ? Sic rjat ftc attf ben Stufy getegt, abcr Sfet 23uts 
bcr fann ftc nid)t finben, benn bcr SBcbicntc fjat 3()rcn 9?ecf barauf gelcgt. 
Swollen Sic bem jtaufmann bas £ud) bc$ab(en ? 3d) will cs tfcm bc$af)(en. 
abcr es ift feljr. tf)cucr. £at bcr jpotldnbct feben fcinc g>fcrt>c fcejafytt ? (§r 
rjat ftc ncd) nicbt be$al)(t, benn fcin SSatcr fyat ir)m fcin (ictb gefebidt. SBcm 
rjaben Sic ba$ £et$ gu bc^a^cn 1 3d) fjabe e£ bem Simmermann ^u bc$af)(cn» 
SSicMcl f>at 3I?rc Scbnxftcr fur ba$ neuc £(cib bqablt? Sic foot fed)$ 
nnb eincn fjalben Scaler bafur fccjafjlt* 3Bte»tct rcollen Sic mir fur mcincn 
febenen £unb geben? 3cb will Sfyncn brci Scaler bafttr geben. SBas" ift 
bcr spreu9 bicfer Seinroanb ? £)iefe Scinmanb ift tfyeucr ; id) fja&e gmei Sr)a(er 
fur brci ©lien bqafylt, Sie fyaben eincn rjofyen g>rcip bafur be$arjlr. Snellen 
(Sie ba$ 23anb aufOebcn ? 3d) rmlt e$ auffyeben, aber id) fann c$ nicbt 
fefen. £at bcr 23cbicntc bic 2lbftd)t mcinc Strumpfc aufytfyeben ? (5r fyat 
nicbt Beit gebabt ftc auf^u^eben, abcr id) will cs tbun. ^at bcr Heine Sinabc 
Wk $d)Ux in fcinen ttebungen gcmad)t ? ©r fyat nur brci Jc^cr barm 
gemacbu 3n biefem 23ucbc ftnb bcinaf)c fcinc ^eblen SBietnet F>at 3f)t 
£)^cim fur biefen ©arten bc^ablt? 3)cr ©artcn t|! tf)euer ; cr (jat beinaf)e 
neun fjunbert Scaler bafur kp|lt, aber Co ftnb fcr)r febene S3aumc barin* 
SBcKen Sic micb mergen befucben? Scb f^nn Sic ntcrgen nicbt befttcben, 
benn id) mup $tt metner Santc gef)en ; aber id) mill ttbermcrgen gu 3l)nen 
fommen* ^at bcr Deutfcbc Cuft unferen jungen Jreunb git befucben ? (St 
l)at grope 8u(l il)n gu befucben, aber cr ift franf ; er fann nid)t au^gcljen. 
12 



134 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

SSantt r)akn @tc Sfyren £)r)ctm kfucfyt? 3$ f>aT6e tf)n wrgejlern (>efucf)t, 
unt> ct fyat mir alle feme Ijubfcfyen 23 cqc( gcjctgt. £>er alte SSaucr f>at nicfyt 
met fur tuefe* 3>fett> be^ar^r, term er ijl ein armer SRantn 



Will you end your letter to your uncle to-day ? I have no time 
to finish it to-day, but I will end it to-morrow. Have you finished 
the German book ? I have almost finished it. That noise must 
either end, or I cannot work. Has youranephew the intention to 
buy the wine of the Frenchman ? No, sir, for he has not yet finished 
his own. Has the neighbor sought his little child ? He has sought 
it, but he cannot find it. You must go into the garden, and you will 
find it. You cannot find a good watch at that gentleman's store. 
The servant must lay my stockings in the drawer. Have you put 
my coat on the chair? No, sir, I have placed it on the bureau. 
Whither have you laid the paper? I have laid it on the table. 
Where are my gloves and my cane ? Your sister has laid the gloves 
in the drawer of the table, and placed your cane in a corner of her 
room. Who has put a dozen cups on this small table ? The maid- 
servant has put them on it. She must take them away, for the 
children will break them. Will you pick up that knife ? you must 
cut some meat with it. For whom must I cut some meat ? You 
must cut some for these three children. How old are they? The 
first is four years old \ the second is ^sq years and a half, and the 
third is six years and nine months old. Can I pick up this dollar? 
You may pick it up, for it is mine. Has the boy no mind to pick 
up his pen ? He has no mind to pick it up, for he will write no 
more (nid)t mefyt). Will you pay the shoemaker for your boots to- 
day ? I cannot pay him for them to-day, for my father has not yet 
sent me the money. Whom has the student to pay for his coat? 
He has to pay the old tailor for it. Has my brother already paid 
you for the dog? He has not yet paid me for the dog, for he will 
not keep it. What has my nephew to pay? He has to pay the 
Italian for the new carriage. Whom has the baker paid for the 
flour? He has paid the English merchant for it. 

Has the butcher killed all his rams ? He has killed them almost 
all, but he has not paid for them. How much have you paid for 
your hat ? I have paid three dollars and a half for it. That is very 
dear; I have paid only two dollars and a half for mine, and it is 
finer than yours. Has your sister got a new dress made ? She has 
got one made, but it is very dear ; she has paid eighteen dollars for 



THE (JERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 135 

it. How much has the sailor paid for his boots'? He has paid four 
dollars for them. That is a very high price. It is not too dear ; for the 
price of leather is very high. What is the price of this beautiful 
book ? It has no price, for it is a very old book, and it belongs to 
the rich count. Have I made many mistakes in my German exer- 
cises ? You have made many blunders in this short exercise. It is 
not my fault, for my little sisters have made too much noise in the 
room. Will you come to see me this evening? I have no time to 
come this evening, for I must go with my mother to the French 
theatre ; but I will come to see you to-morrow morning. Have you 
paid a visit to our rich aunt? I have not yet visited her, for I am 
still a little sick ) but I will go to see her in a few days. Where 
has your young friend lived till now ? He was living (has lived) at 
his uncle's, in Sixth street; but he is in the country at present. 
How much has the German paid for his coat? He has paid only 
nine dollars for his coat, for the cloth is not very fine. This French 
gentleman has paid ten thousand dollars for that house, for he is a 
very rich man. The boy must either finish learning his lesson, or 
he must write an exercise, for he has nothing to do to-day. Will 
you get your stockings washed ? I have got them washed already. 



FOKTY-FIRST LESSON. — ®itt MXtb fyiet^fte 
Section* 

To be, fein; past participle, been, gewefert. 

This boy has no mind to be in- Diefcr ^nafce fyat feme Sufi: ffciptg 

dustrious. ^u fan. 

He will not remain here, in order (St wilt md)t fyter bUibm, urn frfif) 

to be at home early. ^u $cmfc $u fcin. 

When will your father come SBcmn null 3f)t $atet nad) #aufe 

home % femmen ? 

He must soon be here. (5r mup fcalfc r)tct fcin. 

PERFECT TENSE OF THE VERB TO BE. 

I have been, id) bin geroefen. we have been, roir ftnb geroefen. 
thou hast been, bu fcifr geruefen, you have been, Sie ftnb geroefen. 
he (she) has been, er (fie) ifi they have been, fte ftnb opyot* 

gercefen. fen. 

In German, the verb to be, f e i X\ f does not take the present 
tense of the verb to have, \) a b e ru for its auxiliary, to form the 
perfect ; but it forms this tense with its own present. Thus, we 
eay, in German, i (t) b in fl e \v e f e n ; which is, literally, J am been. 



136 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



Hast thou been at school ? 

I have been there. 

Has he been industrious. 

He has been good and industrious. 

Has his daughter been at the 

concert ? 
She has been there. 
Have you been in the country? 
We were (have been) only a short 

time there. 
Have your uncle's children been 

at your house to-day? 
They have not been at ray house, 

but at my brother's. 



Sift bu in ber (Scrmfe gcrpcfcn ? 

3d) bin ba genxfen. 

3ft cr fleijng geroefen ? 

(£r tft gut unt) ftctfHg gemefen, 

3ft feme Septet: in tern (Sen$ert ge* 

tuefen ? 
@tc tft fc>a gcrcefem 
<Stnb ©ie ouf bem Sanbe gercefen ? 
££tr jinb nur fttr^e 3cit bort gewefen* 



<Sinb bie JUnber 3f)re$ £)r)etm$ fjeute 
bei Sfyncn gctDcfen ? 

©ie ftnb ntd)t bei mir, fenbern bet 
metnem 23ruber gemefen* 

The saloon, the hall, ber @aal; the kitchen, bie .ffucfye; the 

room, bie Stu6e; often, oft; the ball, ber 93att; — at the ball, 

ouf bem Q3alte* 

TAe room, ba$> 3 f ttl til ??* means, in German, the largest and 

best furnished room in a house | as, a drawing-room or parlor. 

©ie ©tube is the name for smaller rooms; thus, we say, 

@ cl) 1 a f ji u 6 if sleeping-room ; StrbeitSftubej working-room ; 

^inberfr ubef ckildrens' room, nursery. 
The ball-room, ber 95attfaal. 
the front room, ba$> QSorberjimmer, bie 23orberfru6e* 
the back room, ba$ jpinterjimmer, bie £interjru6e. 

Were you (have you been) at the (Btnb ©ie geftern auf bem S3atte ge* 



ball yesterday? 

I was not (have not been) at the 
balJ, but at the concert. 

Will you go to the count's ball 
this evening? 

I cannot go to the ball; but my 
mother and my sister will go 
thither. 

Is the cook in the kitchen ? 

He is not in the kitchen ; he is 
at the market. 

Has the maid-servant the inten- 
tion to go into (to) the kitchen? 

She cannot go into the kitchen ; 
she must mend her dress. 

Is your mother in the front par- 
lor? 

No, sir, she is in the back parlor. 

Have you a front room ? 

I have a back room, but my sis- 
ter has a front room. 



nxfen ? 
3d) bin md)t auf bem SSafle, fenbern 

in bem (Sen^ert genxfen. 
SBollen ©ie btefeti 2Cbenb auf t>cn 

S3aS bes ©rafen ge&en ? 
3c!) fann ntd)t auf ben 95att gefjen, 

aber metne Gutter unb metne 

©cfynxfter rcetlen bafyin geljen. 
3ft ber Jted) in ber£ucr>e? 
(§r ift ntd)t in ber jtucfye ; cr ift auf 

bem 9J?arfte» 
£at bie gftagb bie 2C6ftd)t in bie 

Siu&c $u gefyen? 
©ie fann ntcbt in bie Jlucbe geljen ; 

fte mup tfyr &U\t> ausbeffettn 
3ft Sbre Gutter in bem SSerbera'tms 

mer ? [terjtmmcr. 

9?etn, mctn £err, fte tft in bem $tns 
£aben ©ie etne &>erberftube? 
3cb babe etne .ftinterftube, aber metne 

©djivefter (?at etne SSerbcrftube* 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



137 



The brother-in-law, ter (gcfywager; the sister-in-law, tie 
<£d)rcdgerinn. 

Feminine substantives can be formed of masculine appellative 
nouns by the addition of the syllable inn. The ^radical hard 
vowels a, Or and u are then generally softened in d, Of and u ; as : 



the prince, ber $iirjr; 
the count, ber ©raf ; 
the neighbor, ber 5ftad)6ar$ 
the friend, ber $reunb; 
the cook, ber i?od) ; 
the peasant, ber 35auer ; 
the tailor, ter @d;neiter; 



the princess, tie ^urftinn, 
the countess, tie ©rdfinn. 
the neighbor, tie 9iad)0arinn. 
the friend, tie $reuntinn* 
the cook, tie .S?od)inn. 
the peasant's wife, tie SSduerinru 
the tailoress, or the dressmaker, 
tie Scfyneiterinm [terinn* 
the Englishman, ter (Sngldnter; the Englishwoman, tie ©ngldrt* 
the Frenchman, ter ftranjofe; the Frenchwoman, tie ftranjos 
the English lady, tie englifcfye Same. [firm. 

The plural of these feminine nouns is formed by adding e rt 
(see Lesson 22d) ; as : — 

the friend (female), tie ftreuntinn; the friends, tie ftreuntinnen. 

My brother-in-law is in the coun- $Rtin ©d)tt>aget_tft auf tern £ante, 



try, but my sister-in-law is at 

home. 
Is your neighbor a Frenchwoman? 
No, sir, she is an American lady. 

Will your sister go to her dress- 
maker to-day? 

She has not the intention to go 
to her dressmaker, but to her 
friend. 

Have you a male or a female 
cook ? 

I have a very good female cook. 

The young countess has the in- 
tention to go to the princess 
this morning. 

<5tnb ©tc Ijeute auf bem 93?atfte genxfen ? 3d) bin ntd)t auf tern SWarfte, 
fenbern in" unferem gropen (fatten gcroefen* 3ft ber <Se(bat in bet £trd)C 
gcroefen ? (5r ijt nid)t bott, er ift auf bent £anbe gerocfetu 23tft bu bet 
bem ©cfynctber geroefen ? 3d) bin fd)cn ba geroefen ; er |at S^tett JHccf 
beinabe beenbtgt, 3ft 3r)rc (Sd)tx>cfter in ber ^ud)e geroefen? ©U ift ta 
geroefen urn ben Sfyee p mad&en. 3Btr ftnb ntd)t burftig, fenbern fcfjr mute 
geroefen* (Stub Sfjre #reunbe geftem auf bem 25atte geroefen ? ®te put 
12* 



abet meine ^cfyroageunn ift ^u 

£aufe, 
3ft Sfyre 9?ad)bartnn etne $ran$6ftnn ? 
9?etn,metn ^>crr, fie ift etne ?Imeritas 

ncrmn/OretneamerifrmtfdbCiDamc* 
SOStll Sfjre 6d)roefter rjeute $u tfyret 

@d)netbcrinn gcben ? 
@te bat nid>t tte 2C6fid>t £U tr)rct 

©ebneibettnn, fonbern $u tfyrer 

greunbinn $a gefjen, 
£aben <Sie einen £od) obcr etne 

£cd)tnn? 
3d) babe etne febr gute jtodnnn. 
£)ie junge ©raftnn bat bte 2Cbftc^t 

bicfen gjiergen ^u ber gwfttnn $u 

ge&ctu 



138 THE GERMAN INSTRUCT 0B,« 

nid)t auf bem 23alle, fonbern in bem Sweater gcrcefen. #at unfere $lafa 
bartnn 9?ed)t gefjabt etnc tfyeure gotbene Ufyr $u faufen ? @ie fyat 9^cd)t gc* 
fyabt etne ttfyr fur fyunbert Scaler $u faufen, t)cnn fie ift eine retdje £rau. 
(Stnb <Ste eft in tern fran$6ftfd)en Sweater geroefen 1 3d) bin ntd)t eft ha 
geroefen. Set) bin nid)t fo oft tr>ie @ie tort gewefen. 3ft 3fyt SBruber in 
ber 23orbcrftube ? 9?ein, cr tft in ber £interftube. Swollen <Ste fjeute $u 
Sfyrer <Sd)n>agertnn gefyen ? 3d) bin geftern bci if)r geroefen, unb id) will 
fyeute meine greunbtnn, bie (Sngtdnbertnn, befucfyem #at bie 33auerinn 
fdjon atle tljre (Sier unb Gutter serfauft? (Sie f)at nod) brci £)u£enb (Sier 
unb $tr>6tf unb cin fjalbc^ $3funb Gutter $u serfaufen. £Botlen <Ste ben 
gropen Saal in bem £aufe be$ $urften fefyen ? cr ift fefyr fd)6n ; @ie f onncn 
tancn fd)6neren fefyen. 3d) bin fd)on t>orgeftern ha getucfen. ©inb <Ste 
fd)on auf bem neuen amert£antfd)en Sd)iffe geroefen ? 3d) bin nod) nid)t 
barauf getuefen ; molten 6ie nut mir an ben g(uj5 gefyen, um eS $u fefyen ? 
3d) will nut Sfyncn gefyen, unb e6 Sfyncn $etgen ; e$ ift beinafye ba$ grcj^te 
Don alien amerifantfdjen ©cfyiffen, 93?eine Gutter ift fjeute beinafye ben 
gan$en Slag in ber ^inberftube gercefen, £)te $reunbinnen metner (Scfyrues 
fter ftnb geftern bei iljren (Scfyneiberinnen gcroefen, um neue itletber macfyen 
^u tafjen. SBann ift 3f)r 33ruber $u £aufe ? sfiltin 23ruber mup um bret 
Vfyx $u |>aufe fettu ©ute jlinber muffen fletfng. fcin. £Btet>iel VL\)t ift t$ ? 
c* fann nod) nid)t fpdt fetn. <§:$ ift brei SSiertel auf eins. 



Were you (have you been) at school to-day? I was not (I have 
not been) there, for my sister is sick. Hast thou been at the shoe- 
maker's? I have been at your shoemaker's- he has already made 
your boots. Has the sailor already been at our new church ? 
He was (has been) there yesterday. Where have you been this 
morning? We have been at our sister-in-law's this morning, 
and now we intend to go to our friend, Louisa. What has your 
sister-in-law told you I She has told us to come to see her again 
very soon. I was (have been) at the count's house yesterday; the 
countess is a very polite lady, and her daughters are very handsome, 
but they spoke too much. Has the peasant's wife been often in the 
city? Not so often as her neighbor's wife. Where was (has) the 
butcher (been) the day before yesterday ? He was (has been) in 
the country, and he has bought two oxen and four rams" there, in 
order to kill them to-day. How long have you been in London ? 
I have been there only six months, but I have been in Paris nine 
months. Who has been here ?• Your uncle ha§ been here, but he 
will come back to see you this evening. That German gentleman 
has been in New York three years, but he cannot yet speak Eng- 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 139 

lish. Has your brother been sick] He was (has been) very sick, 
but now he is better. Has the physician been at your house ] He 
has come to see (visited) my brother very often. Has the student 
been right in going to the English ship? He was (has been) wrong 
in going thither. Have we been wrong in baying these pretty 
glasses 1 You*have not been wrong in buying a dozen wine-glasses, 
but you have paid too dearly for them. I have«paid only three 
dollars and a half for mine, and you have paid five dollars and three 
quarters for yours. 

When will your father be at home % He has said he will be 
here at a quarter past* one \ will you wait for him ? I will wait half 
an hour for him, for I must be at home at a quarter to two. Must 
children be polite? Good children must be polite and industrious. 
Is your brother in the warehouse ? He cannot be there, for our father 
has sent him to the river. Have you already been in our fine par 
lor? I have only been in your back parlor; will you now show 
me your front parlor? Yes, sir, I will show you our front parlor j 
it is almost as large as the* saloon of the French count. Is the 
Frenchwoman still in the kitchen ? She has been there almost all 
day. I was (have been) yesterday in the large house of the rich 
English merchant; in his house are two fine parlors, a large saloon, 
and twelve other rooms ; they are all very pretty, but they have 
one fault : all the back rooms are too small. This little boy is 
hungry, but he cannot yet be thirsty. Where were (have) your 
sisters and their friends (been) yesterday evening? They were 
(have been) at the great ball. At whose house was (has) your 
brother-in-law (been) the day before yesterday? He was (has 
been) at nobody's house ; he was (has been) at home with his wife. 



FOKTY-SECOND LESSON. — $ti)ti tfttfc toiet$i#fie 
&ettwn+ 

IRREGULAR VERBS. 

German verbs are called irregular when they deviate from the 
before-mentioned formation of the past participle. Irregular 
verbs are prefixed by ge/ in the past participle, if such verbs 
have not already another prefix \ but the greatest part of irregular 
verbs change their radical vowel, and are not terminated by t or 
e t / but by the termination of the infinitive en/ as : 



140 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



To write* fcfyreiben; past participle, written, gefcfyrie&en J 



to lend,* leifyen; 
to cut,* fcfyneiben; 
to take,* nefymen; 
to speak,* fprecfyen; 
to break,* $erbred)en; 
to drink,* trinfen; 
to do,* tl)un ; 



u 



lent, geliefyen; 
cut, gefcfynitten; 
taken, genommen; 
spoken, gefprod)en; 
broken, jwbroctyen; 
drunk, getrunfen; 
done, getfyan. 



(All infinitives of irregular verbs will be marked henceforth 
with an asterisk.) 

2(n men fyaben <&ti etnen SSrtcf ge^ 

fdbrieben ? 
3d) ^abe etnen an ten ©cfyetttanfcet 

gefefyrteben. 
£aben (Ste t>cm $ran$ofen 3f)ren $Ke* 

genfd)trm gclic^cn 1 
3d) f)abe trm ifym ntd)t gettefyen. 
jg>ot t)er.ftnabe etnen (Stctf gefd)nttten? 
C£r fjat etnen fur mid) gefd)tutten. 



To whom have you written a 
letter ? 

I have written one to the Scotch- 
man. 

Have you lent your umbrella to 
the Frenchman? 

I have not lent it to him. 

Has the boy cut a stick ? 

He has cut one for me. 

Who has taken the pen from you? 

My sister-in-law has taken it. 

Has the servant taken away my 
table I 

He has taken it away. 

Have you already spoken to the 
Dutchman ? 

I spoke (have spoken) with him 
yesterday at the square. 

How many glasses has your cook 
{fern.) broken f 

She has already broken six. 

Has he drunk much of this wine ? 

He has drunk very little of it. 

What has the little boy done to- 
day? 

He has done nothing. 



2Bet fyat Sbncn tie gefcer genommen? 
9JZeme <Sd)«>aqertn f)at fie genommen. 
£at fcer 23et>tente metnen &tfd) roegs 

cjencmmen ? 
(St r)at if)tf nxggenommen. 
£aben 8ie fd)on mtt t>em #oftcmt>et 

gefprecfyen ? 
3d) i)abe mtt tfym geftern auf tern 

q)(age gefpted)en. 
£Btet)iel ©tafet fjat 3r)re £od)tnn $er= 

brod)en ? 
<Ste f)at fd)cn fed)S aerbrecfyen. 
£at er met sen btefem -2Betn getrunf en? 
(St tat fefyt rcentg bason gettunfen. 
£Ba$ fjat fc>cr Heine Jlnabe r;cute ge? 

tr)an ? 
(St f)at ntd)t$ getr)an* 



The cotton, tie 33aumtx)ofle; the wool, tie 2Botle; the silk, tie 
<2eifc>e; the merchandise, the wares, the goods, tie 2BaarC/^>/wraZ 
tie 2£aaren; cheap, roofylfeil. « 

Adjectives: cotton, baumwollen; woollen, pollen; silk or silken, 
feibert. 

Oftener, ofter (comparative of eft)) why, roarum? 

The Americans have sold much £)te tfmcrifanct fyaben btefeS 3afyt 

cotton this year. mi SSaumrcotte ttetrauft. 

Our sheep have not much wool, Itnfcrc <Sd)afe baben ntd)t MclSMte, 

but it is fine. aber fte tft fein. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



141 



The Italian merchant has sold a 

great deal of silk. 
All merchandise is now very 

cheap. 
Silk goods are dearer than cotton 

or woollen goods. 
Have you written often to your 

uncle ? 
I have written oftener to my 

uncle than you to yours. 
Have you often bought silk 

gloves? 
I bought (have bought) yesterday 

two pair of silk gloves, six pair 

of cotton stockings, and three 

woollen shirts. 
Has the Spaniard been often at 

the theatre ? 
He has been there oftener than 

the Italian. 
Why have you taken away my 

coat? 
I have taken it away in order to 

bring it to the tailor. 



SDer italicmfcfye ^aufmarm fyat fcr)r 

met @cibe serfauft. 
tftte -©aarcn finb jcff fer)r roofyfeU. 

(Setbcne SBaarcn ftnb tbeurer ate 

baummollene unt> woltene SBaarem 
$abcn (Ste eft an Sfyven Dljeim ges 

fcfyrteben ] 
3d) I)aOe an metnen Dfjetm cfter ges 

fcfyrteben, aU Bk an ten SWgen. 
.paben <Sie oft fetbene £anbfd)ur;e 

gcEauftl 
3d) fjabe geftern groci $)aat fetbene 

Ixmbfd&ur/e, fed)* $aar baumrDol- 

lene (Strfimpfe unb brci roollene 

£cmben gefauft. 
3ft ber ©pamet oft in bem Sweater 

gerocfen ? 
(5r ift ofter att ber Staftenet ba ge= 

roefen. 
SKarum fyaben <Sic metnen Dtocf roegs 

genommen T 



3d) t)ahc ifm meggenommen, um ifyn 
$u bem (Scfynetber $u bringen. 

£aben <3te fd)on ben SSrtef an 3r}ten SSatcr gefd)rieben? 3d) fyaU ir)n 
nod) ntd)t gefd)rieben, id) r)afce $u met $u t&un. Jpat ber £)cutfd)e t>on biefem 
23ier getrunfen ? (§r r)at ntcfyt Dtcl bason gctrunfen. 2Ba$ ()at ber SSauec 
.getrunfen ? (St bat Staffer unb Wltttf) getrunfen. -£Ba$ rjaben (Sie fyeute 
getfjan ? 3d) fjabe md)t met gctfyan, benn e$ ift fcfor warm* SSer r)at biefe 
gaffe $crbrod)en ? £>er Heine .ftnabe Fjat e$ gctfjan. £at er etroaS <Sd)(ed)- 
tc$ getfyan ? (Sr fjat md)t$ 6d)(ed)te$ getfyan. SSem fyaben Sie Sfyre get* 
bene geber ge(tef}en ? 3d) babe fie meiner ©dbrocfler getiefyen, aber fte fann 
ntd)t bamtt fcfyretben* SOSarum fann fte nid)t bamtt fd)reiben ? ^ie r)at fte 
$erbrod)en, aber fte mitt fte ausbeffcrn (affem 2Bas fur ein 23ud) l)at bet 
2Cmerifanet Sfyrem 23ruber gclief/en ? (Sr t)at ir)m ein beutfcfyeS 33ucr) g&s 
ttefjen. SScffen papier fjaben @tc genommen] 3d) r)ai3c cinen 23ogen Don 
Sfjrcm papier genommen, benn id) fjabc einen S3rief $u fd)reibem SBet r)at 
ben fd)6ncn (Stecf meines SSruberS roeggenommen ? Setn 33ebienter r)at if)n 
tveggenommen unb r)at ir)n in cine (Sde 35r^ 3immer<> geftettt. SKann ()at 
ber 3r(dnbcr mit 3bnen gcfprod)en? ©r r)at geftcrn mit mir in meinem Sa? 
ben gefprod)en. SOB ill er ctroaS Don 3^nen faufen ? 3^/ er mtft Derfd^icbene 
baummotlene unb mollene SGBaaren »on mir faufen* 932it tocm bat mem 
(Scfyruaget gefiern in bem Sweater gefprocften 1 (Sr F;at mit r>erfd)tebenen Scu? 
ten gefprodjem gur «)en f>aft bu biefe^ S3rob unb biefen Sia\c gefd)nttten? 
Scr> fjabe betbe^ fur me'me jtinber gefdjnitten, fie ftnb bungrtg* £at 3l)r 



142 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

C^cffc ctwag gcrbrod^cn? 3a, er fjat cine 5?fafdr)c SKctn gcrOrcd^cn, unt> fie 
gerjett ntd)t ir)ro. SDte 2Cmcrtfanct fjaben t>te metfte 23aumn?ette $u ttctfau* 
fen. gctne SBotlc ift jcgt fefjt tfjeuer. £)tc Staftenet rjaben tie fctnfte 
©cite $u Derfaufcn. £)iefct ilaufmann fjat metnet Sante fcfjr fd^cne fetbene 
SBaatcn scrfauft, after fie fint) ntd)t worjlfetf. SSaumtvcttcne £&aarcn finb 
n>or)(fcUer a(g roettcne. Sttctne Sautter fyat fjcute $roet 9)aar fcaumrooflcne 
©ttftmpfe unb brct spaar fcibene ^>ant>fc^uf)c cjefauft. SOBtemel fyat t>cr 9Jias 
trcfe fur t>a$ roottcne #emb Oc^a^tt? (Sr r)at e$ roofjlfctt gefauft, er fjat nut 
em unt) cinen fyalben Scaler bafur bc^a^t. 

Who has written this letter? Oar niece has written it. To whom 
has the gentleman written? He has written to his friend. Why 
has he written to him ? He cannot go out in order to speak to him, 
for he is sick. Has the soldier drunk much wine? He has drunk 
two bottles of wine. Is that not too much for him % It is not too 
much for him, for he can drink more than you. What has the pea- 
sant's wife drunk? She has drunk all her good milk. What beer 
hast thou drunk] I have drunk German beer and my brother has 
drunk a glass of water. What have you done to-day ? I have not 
done much, I have only written a German exercise. Has that man 
done something bad? He has neither done anything bad nor any- 
thing good. Who has lent you that silk umbrella? My aunt's 
sister has lent it to me, and I will send it back very soon. What has 
your neighbor's wife lent your mother? She has lent her a dozen 
eggs and two pounds of butter, but my mother will give it back to 
her to-morrow. To whom has his father lent money ? He has lent 
some to the poor count. Has anybody taken your boots? The ser- 
vant has taken them in order lo bring them to the shoemaker: he 
will get them mended. Who has taken my brother's cane? The 
little boy has taken it into the garden in order to show it to his sister. 
When have you spoken to the French gentleman? I spoke (have 
spoken) to him in the concert yesterday. To whom has the countess 
spoken ? She has spoken with my pretty nieces. Have the Eng- 
lish spoken of my horses? They have not spoken of them, but they 
have spoken of you. What have they said ? They have said nothing 
bad of you. Hast thou spoken to that man I No, my dear father, 
I have spoken to another. What have the peasants cut } They 
have cut some trees. Where have they cut them ? They have cut 
thern.in their woods. Have you cut some meat? I have cut some 
bread and some meat in order to carry it into the kitchen. Who has 
broken the glass ? The maid-servant has broken it, but she will 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 143 

buy another. Whose stick has the child broken? It has broken 
mine and my brother's. 

Why have you not put the wine-glasses on the table? Your little 
brother has broken them. Has yonr father often spoken to the 
Scotchman ? He has not spoken to him so often as you. Hast thou 
been at the theatre as often as thy nephew? He has been oftener 
than I. Have you written oftener to your mother than your sister? 
I .have written oftener than she. Why has not the cook fetched 
some water? He has not been at home to go for some. What 
goods has the merchant to sell? He has cotton and woollen goods 
to sell. Has he sold you cheap goods? He cannot sell cheap, for 
all merchandise is too dear this year. But cotton and wool is not 
dear here. American cotton is cheap, but cotton goods are dear. 
Why have you bought a cotton umbrella? I have broken my silk 
umbrella, and now I have bought a cheap one. Have the Italians 
much silk ? They have not much silk to sell. Has your aunt bought 
a silk dress? She has bought a beautiful black silk dress and a 
dozen pair of fine cotton stockings. What gloves has the Dutch 
sailor bought ? He has bought three pair of woollen gloves. You 
have been speaking to the soldier the whole morning; what has he 
told you? He has told me something new. but I cannot tell.it to 
you. At what o'clock will the tailor bring me the coat? He will 
bring it to you this evening at a quarter to eight. How often does 
your father get his shirts washed? He gets them washed oftener 
than you. Has our neighbor already got a coat made ? He has not 
yet got one made, for his tailor is sick. The rich merchant has 
bought a great deal of cloth and many other English goods. Cheap 
goods are not always the best. 



FORTY-THIRD LESSON. — ®vei Uttb tnetJUjfte 
Section* 

PERFECT TENSE OF IRREGULAR VERBS, CONTINUED. 

To see,* fefyen; past participle : seen, gefefyen; 
to hold,* fatten; " held, getyalten; 

to give,* tjeben; a given, c^e^ebcn ; 

to carry,* tra^en; i( carried, ^etra^en; 

to wash,* roa|d)en; " washed, gett>afd)?n; 

to stand,* jiefyen; " stood, gejhmfceiu 



144 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



to read, lefen;* 
to find, finben ;* 
to keep, befyalten;* 

Have you seen my brother? 

I saw (have seen) him at the con- 
cert yesterday. 

Who has held your horse? 

That little boy has held it. 

Has he given a book to his neigh- 
bor's wife ? 

He has given her several. 

Has the man carried the iron into 
our warehouse ? 

He has carried it thither. 

Has the maid-servant washed 
your father's shirts? 

She has washed his shirts and 
my stockings. 

I stood (have stood) there a long 
time. 

He stood (has stood) by the river 
all day. 

Has your sister's friend read your 
note 1 

She has not yet read it. 

Have you found this knife in the 
kitchen ? 

I have found it there. 

How t long has the student kept 
your umbrella? 

He has kept it nearly one month. 



past part, read, gefeferu 

" found, gefunberu 

" kept, befyolteru 
£obcn <Ste metncn SStuber gefeben ? 
3d) babe tfyn geftctn in bcm (£en$crt 

gefeben. 
2Bet M Sfct $fetb gebolten ? 
3ener Heine £nobc bat H gebolten. 
£ot cr feirter DZocbborinn cin S3iid) 

gegeben ? 
(5r bat ibr wrfefytebene gegeben. 
$oX bcr 9J2onn bos (Sifen in unfet 

££ooren(oger getrogen ? 
Qt bat c6 bo bin getrogen. 
£ot bte £)?ogb bte |>emben Sforc* 

Voters geruofeben ? 
@te bat fetne Jpcmben unb mcine 

©trfimpfe gereofeben. 
3d) babe longe bcrt geftonben. 



(£r bat ben gon^cn Sag on bem gfuffe 

p geftonben. 

£ot bte Jreunbtnn 3brer (Scbrocfter 

3bt SBtttct getefen ? 
@te bat e* necb nicbt getefen ? 
£oben <Ste btcfeS SOJcffcr in ber itticbe 

gefunben ? 
3d) babe t§ bo gefunben. 
SBte (onge bat bet <Stubent 3bten 

SKegenfcbtrm bebaften ? [batten. 
(5r bat tbn betnobe einen 9)Zenot be? 



The stranger, ber $rembe; the foreigner, ber 2(ueldnber; the 
week, Ik 2Bod)e; strange, fremb/ fonberbar (singular); foreign, 
ausldnbifd). 

Once, einmal; twice, jweimal; three times, breimal; four times, 
wvmal, &c. 

Sometimes, mancfymal; formerly (in former times), efyemalS 

(ttormale). 

To borrow, 6orgen, letfyen. 

To borrow, 6 r g e tt> means, in German, to borrow money or 
any thing for the use of which I have to pay ; 1 1 i \) t n means to 
borrow a thing which I intend to give back without paying for 
its use. 

Of whom will you borrow the SScn rocm roetlen ©ie bos ©elb bcr? 
money to pay your tailor? gen, urn Sfyxtm <Sd)netber $u be? 

Soblen ? 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



145 



I have already borrowed some of 
our neighbor, and now I will 
borrow ten dollars of my cousin. 

Of whom has your brother bor- 
rowed this French book ? 
He has borrowed it of a French 

gentleman ; in order to show it 

to our sister. 
Have you often seen the stranger? 
I have seen him only once. 
Is that man a foreigner ? 
Yes, sir* he is a Spaniard. 
Did you see (have you seen) the 

strange soldiers in the theatre 

yesterday? 
I have not seen them. 
That is strange, for I have spoken 

to them. 
This merchant has only foreign 

cloth to sell. 
Have you paid a visit to your 

aunt this week! 
I have gone to see her twice. 
Has your sister written sometimes 

to the German countess? 
She has formerly written to her. 
That is strange, for the countess 

has loved your sister very 

much. 
How often have you read this 

German book ? 
I have already read it four times. 



3d) fycik fdjon roefdjeS son unferem 

9?ad)t>ar geborgt, unt> id) nriti nun 

$ef)n Scaler t>on meinem better 

borgctu 
53on nxm fyat 3r)t SSrubet bicfeS 

fcan$6ftfd)c S3ud) geuefyen ? p 
(Sr r)at eg wn etnem frangcftfcljcn 

£erren ge(ier)cn, urn es unferec 

(Scfyruefter $u getgetu 
Joaben <Sie oft Den gremben gefefjen? 
3d) r)abc if)n nur etnmal gefefyen. 
3ft jener 9j?ann cut 2Custanber? 
3a, metn £evt ; er ift etn ©pantcr* 
£abcn ©ie geftern t)ie fremben &eU 

baten in bem Sweater gefefyen ? 

3cb fya&c fte nid)t geferjen. 

3)a$ tft fenberbar, fcenn td) r)abe mit 

ibnen gefprocfteiu 
jDiffet .ftaufmann r)at nur ausldns 

btfdjcS Sucl) $u wrfaufen. 
£aben S'te Sfyre Sante t)iefc SSocfye 

&efud)t. 
3d) i)abe fte $n)cimat befud)t. 
|>at 3b« Sd)me(lcr mand)ma( an bte 

beutfebe ©rdftnn gefd)tteben ? 
©ie hat cremate an fte gefd)riebcn. 
£)a$ ift fonberbar, benn bte ©rdfinn 

f)at Sfrte (Sdjnxftcr fct)r (met) ge* 

liebt. 
£Bic oft r)aben ©te btcfeS beutfd)e 

SSucb getefen ? 
3d) fyaU es fd)cn mermat gciefen. 



£aben ©te fd)cn metnen neuen SBagen gefeben ? 3d) h^U tfyn geftern 
bet bem %tf$Ux gefeben. 805o r)at 3f)rc ©differ bte bubfefye Sran^cftnn ges 
fef)en ? ©te r)at fie geftern auf bem SSalle gefef)cn. £at btefcr 23 a iter meiti 
5-pferb gefjaften ? $td)t btefcr, fenbern Jener SBaucr f)at e* gebalren. ££em 
baben ©te bie S^uffe gegeben? 3d) r)abe fte Sfjren JUnbcrn gegeben. SBaS 
fur ©elb fyat ber (Sngtdnber S^nen fur ba$ spferb gegeben ? (Sr &at mit 
cimertfantfd)c$ ©e(b gegeben. £3er r)at ben Surfer in bag ££aaren(ager go* 
tragen ? £)tefer grope 93fcmn r)at tr)n bafytn gctragen ; ruetten ©te tf)m ta? 
fur be^a()(en? 3d) fyok ran (SJctl) bei (with) nur; ©ie mfifjen ir)n $u 
metnem ffiatet fd)tcfen. 2£er fiat Sbve ©triimpfc geruakben? Unfere 
^ocbtnn bat fte geroafefyetu |>at ber ^odfe fetn |>entb gercafdKn? (Sr bat 
c$ nid)t geruafdjert/ aber er Ijat eii n)afd)en (affen. s I>on tocm \)at er e^ wafd)en 
laffen ? SSoti feiner 9?ad)barinn. 3d) ^abc (ange an bem Jenfter geftanben, 
13 



146 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

ober tdf) fjabc md)t Sfyre 9?td>tc gcfefjcn. (Sic fyaben mctncn 3?egcnfd)frm 
geftmben; wo rjat er geftanben ? (Sr fyat an meincr ^cmmcbc geftanben. 
£aben <Sie fd>on bag fron^cfifcftc 23 ud) getefen? 3d) fyabc eg jwetmril gelc^ 
fen* ££cr foot 3fyr 23ittct gctefen ? Sfficinc ©djwefter M eg gebfftu £at 
tie .5ted)inn ben S3cfen gefunben? (Sic feat ifyn tange gefud)t, abet fie bat 
tfjn nid)t gefunben. SDBcflfcn $)ferb !>aben (Sie beaten? 3d) F?abc bag 
fd)war$e $)ferb beg ©rafen bc^altert ; eg tft em fd)6neg $)ferb ; fjafcen <Sie 
eg fd>on gcfefjcn ? .g>at ber (Stubent Sfyre Urjt kbatten ? 3d) tyabe fie tfym 
gcttefyen, aber er f)at fie nid)t befjaitcn ; er fyat fie mir $urticfgegebcn. £at ber 
!tan!e (£d)ur;mad)cr sen Sftrem SSatcr (SJctb geborgt ? (5r fjat son tr)m md)t 
dklb, fenbern £cber gcbergt. sjftetn better will r-en Sfyncn (S5elt> bergen ; 
(Sic mujfen ifym aber f eineg kifjen, benn cr !ann eg 3f)nen nid)t wiebergeben. 
93on wem r)aben (Sic biefen f)«bfd>cn HBagen gettcben ? 3d) fjabe ifyn t>cn 
metnem Dfyeim geUcfycn. £aben (Sic mancfymal mctncn Jreunb, ben jungen 
(Sngtanber, gefefyen ? 3d) fyabc ibn nur breimal gefefyen. £Biet>ie( 50?at fint> 
(Sic biefe £Bed)e in bem Sweater gewefen ? 3d) bin nur $wcimal barin ges 
wefen. $at 3fyr ^atcr fcincm armen 9?ad)bar ®clb gegeben ? (5r fyat ifjm 
cfyematg wc(d)cg gegeben. .£aben pu ben fremben gftann gefefyen ? 3d) 
I)a6e irm gcfefjcn ; cr ift cm 2(usfanber. 3ft eg nid)t fonberbar, id) fann 
3r)ren SSrief nid)t fefen ? Unfer 9?ad)bar fjat t>icfe augfanbifefye SSaaren $u 
wrfrmfen. 

Have you seen your uncle to-day ? I have not seen him to-day, 
but I paid (have paid) him a visit the day before yesterday. Whom 
have you seen in the country? I have seen many peasants and 
their wives. Has the boy held my dog? He has held it. What 
has the servant held ? He has held my hat and my cane. To 
whom hast thou given some money? I have given some to the 
poor man. Who has given you that beautiful ring? My aunt has 
given it to me. To whose children has your good mother given 
some soup! She has given some to the children of the poor soldier. 
Has the cook carried three pair of chickens home ? He has carried 
them home, in order to kill them. Who has carried the bread and 
the meat to the ship ? The sailors have carried both. Has anybody 
washed my gloves? The cook has washed them. Has your sister 
washed her dress? She has not washed it, but she has got it 
washed. Who has washed it for her ? Her seamstress has washed 
it. Did the servant stand (has the servant stood) long at the 
door? He has not stood very long, for my brother has spoken 
with him. Why did you stand (have you stood) at the win- 
dow ? I stood (have stood) there in order to see the soldiers. Has 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 147 

the tailor paid for the cloth? No, sir; he has borrowed it. Of 
whom has he borrowed it 1 Of the English merchant. Of whom 
will you borrow a pen ? I will borrow one of you, for I have broken 
mine. Who has read in this beautiful book? My aunt has read 
in it, but it is not hers; she has borrowed it of her sister. Have 
you read the gentleman's letter? I have not yet had time to read 
it, but I will do it to-morrow. Has anybody found my umbrella? 
Nobody has found it. Has the maid-servant looked for your shoes? 
She has looked for them, but she has not found them. Has that 
man kept your money? He has not kept it; he has given it back 
to me. Hast thou kept thy nephew's big dog? I have not kept 
it ; I have given it away. 

How many times have you been at your aunt's this week ? I 
have been there only once. Has this stranger sometimes written 
to you ? He has written to me only twice, but I have spoken to 
him more than six times. Has your tailor bought foreign cloth ? 
Yes, sir; he has bought French and English cloth. Will you go into 
the country this week, in order to pay a visit to your uncle ? I have 
a great desire to do so, but I have no time to go this week, for I 
have to buy new foreign goods. What goods have you the inten- 
tion to buy ? I have to buy some German cotton goods and French 
silk goods. It is strange, your sister has always written her exer- 
cises, and you have not done one this whole w r eek. Dear sir, my 
sister has not so much to do as I ; she has time to w 7 rite all day, but 
I must go to the store in the morning, and have to work till evening; 
sometimes I am very tired ; but I have always learnt as much as I 
can, for I have a desire to speak German as well as my sister. I 
have formerly very often seen your brother; is he no longer in the 
city ? He is still here, but he is very sick, and cannot go out. 
Your nephew must either buy this horse, or he must give it back; 
he has kept it almost two months, and has not yet paid for it. I 
was (have been) at your house yesterday, and I did not find you at 
home, but I will come again to-morrow ; at what o'clock are you 
at home ? I have not to go out very early to-morrow; I will remain 
at home until half past twelve. Did you see (have you seen) the 
stranger at my brother-in-law's yesterday? I have seen him; is 
he a foreigner? Yes, sir; he (has) formerly lived in Paris. 



148 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



FORTY-FOURTH LESSON. — $Siet tltlh t>ict$i$fte 
Section. 

PERFECT TENSE OF IRREGULAR VERBS. (CONTINUED.) 

To bring, bringen;* past part, brought, gebracfyt 

to send, fen ben;* 

to go, geljen;* 

to come, fommen;* 

to remain, to stay, bleiben;* 

Separable compound verbs : 
To pick up, auffyeben ;* past part 
to bring back, jurucfbrinQen;* " 



u 
it 



sent, gefanbt* 
gone, gegangen. 
come, gefommen* 
remained, geblteben. 



to take away, roegnefymen;* 

to go out, au^efyen;* 

to come again, roieberfommen;* 

Has the joiner brought the new- 
chairs ? 
He has not yet brought them. 
Whither have you sent your son 1 

I have sent him to his uncle's, for 

he has a mind to see my sister's 

small horse. 
Has the stranger picked up my 

purse % 
He has picked it up, but he has 

given it back to your brother. 
Who has brought back our pretty 

little dog] 
A French lady (has) brought it 

back to our house. 



picked up, aufgefyoben, 
brought back, juriitfge* 
bracfyt. [men. 

" taken away, roeggenonu 
" gone out, auSgegangen* 
u come again, roiebergefoms 
men* 

$at ber Stfdjfct t>tc neuen <Stub('e 

gcbraefyt ? 
<5r bat fte nod) md)t gebtacbt 
SOBobtn baben <Sie S()rcn (Sofyn ges 

fdbicf t ? 
3cb babe tbn gu feinem £>betm gcs 

fanbt, benn er bat Cuff ba$ Heine 

$)ferb metner ©cbrocffcr $u feben. 
#at ber grembe mcine SBorfc aufges 

bcben ? 
(St bat fte aufgcboben, abet er bat fte 

Sbrem SBtuber gurficfgegebcn. 
SQSer bat unfercn bflbfdjen Hetnen 

£unb ^urucfgebrctcbt 1 
(Sine grange jtnti (eine fran^eftfcbe 

Dame) bat tbn un* $u.rficfgcbrad)t. 



There are in German some intransitive verbs which take for 
their auxiliary not to have, I) a b e n f but to be, f e i n. The verbs 
to go, gel) en; to come, font men; to remain, b lei ben; and 
their compounds, are the principal of them. (See Appendix.) 

I have gone, (I am gone), id) bin gegangen; 

thou hast gone, tu biff gegangen ; 

he has come (he is come), er iff gefommen; 

she has remained, fie iff geblieben; 

we have stayed, roir finb geblteben; 

you have gone out, <2ie finb nuegegangen; 

they have come back, fie finb juriitfgefommen. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



149 



Have you gone sometimes to the 
theatre ] 

I went (have gone) thither for- 
merly. 

When has his brother come to 
your house? 

He came (has come) to me yes- 
terday. 

Did your niece remain (has your 
niece remained) long with her 
aunt? 

She (has) stayed at her aunt's 
oue week. 

Have your children gone out to- 
day % 

They have not yet gone out. 



(Stub (Sic mcmcfymal in tag Sbcatct 

gegangen ? 
3ct) bin efjcmalS bafyin gegangen. 

SGBcmn tft fetn SBtuber $u 3fynen ges 

tauten ? 
(§t tft geftem $u'imr gefommen* 

3ft 3f)te 3ttd)tc lange bet tfytetSante 
geblieben ? 

(Sic ift cine 8Sod)C bet ifjtcr Scmtc 

gcblteben. 
(Stnb 3t)re timber fyeutc auSgc* 

gangen ? 
©te fint) nod) ntcJ>t au*gegangcn. 



OwZ o/* ; a it 6 ; a preposition which always governs the dative* 

The preposition <\u$r out of, denotes a motion from within a 
closed place, or which seems to be so, as : 

Out of the house, au$ bem £aufe. 
out of the city, au6 fc>er ©tabt, 
out of the purse, au£ ber 35orfe* 
out of the garden, aue> bem ©arten. 
out of the church, au$ ber itircfye. 
out of the drawer, auz ber ©cfyublabe* 
out of the store, au$ bem Saben. 

But, as in English, the preposition D o n f of, from, is used to 
denote motion from an open or distant place, as : 

From the market, Don bem SDlarfte* 
from the field, Don bem g-el&e. 
from the country, Don bem ?anbe* 
from London, Don bonbon* 

SJicinc (Bcfyroefter tft au$ ber <5d)ittc 

gefemmen. 
£)te SBauern ftnb au$ ber <Stabt $us 



My sister came (has come) out 

of the school. 
The peasants have come back 

out of the city. 
My uncle came (has come) back 

from the country this morning. 
She has returned from New York. 



tuefgetemmen. 
SQffctn D&cim tft btefen SJiergcn sen 

bem £cmbe sutuefget'emmen. [men, 
(Sic tft t)on 9Rcu 2)evf surftefgefem* 



Whence, where from ? tD 1) e r ? 

Whence has the stranger come 1 SBeher tft ber $rembe gef'ommen ] 

He came (has come) from Paris. (£t tft »on 5>Qtt8 gcfommciu 

Where has the boy come from % SSebcr tft ber Jtncibc gefonunen'? 

He came (has come) out of school. (St tft attS ber <Sct)u(c gefemmen. 
13* 



150 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

Ever, jemaU or je; never, niemaU or nic ♦ 

Have you ever seen the theatre £aben <Sie jcmalg ta^ Sweater tc» 
of the prince 1 gwften gefefjen ? 

I have never seen it 3d) ()a6c c$ memats gefefyen. 

Has the Italian ever been at your 3ft bcr 3taltenet [c bet SljiU'tt ges 
house? • tvefen ? 

He has never been at my house. (St tft nie bet mir genxfen. 'i 

£at l)cr Sifcfyer unferc ncucn @tSf)(e gebrad)t? (5r fyat fie fcfyen geftern 
gebrad)t. SScr fjat mcincn Coffer gcbradjt? ©in alter SRatrefe f?at ifyn ges 
btad)t, ct fyat tfyn in 3ftr Simmer geftellt. £aben <Sie fdjon t>cr ©rafvnn bie 
fetbenen (Strumpfe gefanbt ? 3d) fyabe fie tf)t nid)t gefanbt, benn fie f) at fie 
riCd) nid)t be$af)(t. (Sinb (Sic mancfymal $u t>em 3ta(iener gegangen? 3d) 
bin niematg $u tfym gegangen. Sift bu geftetn duf bag Cant) gegangen ? 
3d) bin nid)t bafyin gegangen. ©inb Sfyre 23rubcr in ba$ (£en$ett ges 
gangen ? <§w finb nid)t in t>a$ (Scnjert, fenbern auf ben -Bait gegangen. 
£Bof)in tft Sfyrc (Scfynxfter gegangen ? ©ie ift gu Sforcr Santc gegangen. 
3ft meine Gutter fd)cn aug ber .SUrcfye gefommen? @u* ift nod) nid)t t)cn 
ba $urucfgefcmmen. 6inb bie Jlinbet fefyen aus bem ©arten gefommen ? 
(Sic finb nod) in bem ©artcn, abev fie muff en balb nad) £aufe fommen. 2£os 
f)cr ift ber £cd) gefemmen? (5t ift sen ban. QJtarftc gefemmen. £Bef)Ct 
^at er $>a$ (Mb genemmen ? (?r foot eg aus feiner 23erfc genommen. 2£te 
fangc bift bu bet beinem Dfyctm gebfteben? 3d) bin big cm SSiertclaufbrct 
bet tr)m geblieben. (Sinb bie gremben (ange auf bem Canbe gebtteben ? (Sie 
finb nid)t (ange bert geblieben. £at 3f)tc Heine <Sd)meftet bas fyubfebe .SSanfc 
aufgefyeben? &k fyat eg nod) nid)t aufgefyeben. fyat ber (Sd)uf)mad)et 
fd)on bie (Sd)uf)c gurucfgebr*ad)t 1 (St fjat fie biefen Bergen $utucfgebrad)t. 
2Ber hat bie gebern unb ba* papier rceggenemmen ? ttnfct SScbtcntct r)at 
beibeg nxggenemmcn. ££ann ift Sfyr SSatcr ausgegangen ] (St tft urn $cfyn 
ltr)r auggegangen. 3d) t)abc bie &ed)inn auf ben pag gcfd)tcft, ift fie nod) 
nid)t txuebergefemmen 3 <Ste ift fefyen t)cn ba ^uruefgefommen, unb fie tft in 
bie jtud)e gegangen. 3ft 8fa ^cfynxigct jemals in Cenben geroefen ? (St ift 
nie bcrt geruefen. £aben <Stc je ein itafkmfd)cs @d)tff gefefyen ? 3d) ftabe 
niema(6 eineg gefefjen. 2Bc()cr ift ber Deutfcfee gefemmen ? ©r ift t>en bem 
Canbe guruefgefemmen. S35cf)cr l)abcn ©ie biefe ©trumpfe genemmen ? 3d) 
fyabc fie aug 3^rev ^ommebe genemmen. 2Bef)er fyat ber S5auer t>a^ (3c : 
treibe gebrad)t ? (Sr r)at eg Den bem Sfiarf te gebrad)t. 



Have you brought the iron nails to the carpenter ? I have brought, 
them to him. Who has brought us this beautiful bird ? Our neigh- 
bor's wife has brought it to us. Hast thou sent the letters to the 
Spaniard? I have sent them to him. To whom has your mother 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 151 

sent her silk stockings ? She has sent them to the tailoress in order 
to get them washed. Whither is your brother gone? He has gone 
to his store. I have often gone to the theatre, but my father has 
never gone thither. We have never gone to the ball. When did 
the soldier come (has the soldier come) to your house? He came 
(has come) yesterday, but he (has) remained with us only a short 
time. Why have you not picked up the book, you have remained 
long enough in the room in order to see it? I have written a note 
and I have not seen it. Has the Italian remained long at your 
house ? He (has) stayed at my father's only two hours, but he will 
come back to-morrow. We have not remained lorfg in the garden, 
for the weather is very bad. Has the servant looked for my golden 
ring? He has looked for it, and he has picked it up in your room. 
Has the tailor brought back my coat ? He has not yet brought it 
back, for he has not yet mended it. When have you brought back 
my sister's watch? I (have) brought it back yesterday, but it is 
not yet mended. Whose hat has the maid-servant taken away? 
She has taken away my niece's. Who has taken away my woolen 
stockings? The cook (fem.) has taken them away, she will wash 
them. Have you gone out to-day? I have not gone out to-day, I 
have too much to do. Didst thou go (hast thou gone)- out yester- 
day? Yes, sir, I was (have been) at the river in order to buy some 
wood. Has the stranger gone out? He has not gone out. He 
went (has gone) to his friend this morning at a quarter to nine. 
Have your children gone out ? They have gone to school. Have 
they come back already ? Not yet, but they must come back at a 
quarter past two. 

Have you ever been at the Frenchman's warehouse ? I have 
never been there. Hast thou ever seen German soldiers? I have 
never seen any. Whence did the peasants come (have the peasants 
come) ? They have come back out of the city. Where have you 
taken these gloves from ? I have taken them out of the drawer of 
your bureau, in order to get them washed. Did (has) the student 
come out of that house ? He has not come out of that house, but 
out of this garden. , Where have you taken the money from? I 
have taken it out of my father's purse. Whence did (has) our 
friend come this morning? He has come from the country. Where 
has the foreigner come from ? He came (has come) from London. 
Has the cook brought the meat out of the kitchen, or from the 
market? He has brought it neither. out of the kitchen nor from the 



152 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

market, but he has bought it of our butcher. Our uncle came (has 
come) back from New York, and has brought me from there a fine 
black coat and a small gold watch for my sister. He is a very good 
man, and has always loved us very much. He has told me to-day 
to come to him very often, in order to speak German with him. 
When did (has) your mother come out of church to-day] She 
came (has come) back at a quarter to five, and she is now in the 
garden, for it is beautiful weather, and we will drink our tea there. 
I went (have) often (gone) to your aunt, but I (have) never found 
her at home. You must wait for my sister until she has come back 
from the theatre, for she wished to (will) speak to you. Will you 
wait for me at the corner of Sixth street ? You must come back 
soon ) I cannot wait very long, for I must go home, in order to learn 
my lesson. 



FORTY-FIFTH LESSON. — %iU\f Ullb t>iet$i$fte 
Section* 

England, Snglanb; Germany, £)eutfd)fanb ; Holland, jpottanb; 
Scotland, Scfyottlanb ; Ireland, Srfanb; France, ftranfreict); 
Spain, Spanien; Italy, 3ta(ien; the village, ba$> 3>orf; the 
name, ber 9iame; next, ndd)]T (superlative of near, nafye> — see 
Lesson 36/A); to inquire, fragenj to arrive, anfommerv* past 
participle, angefommen. 

After, notify a preposition, which always governs the dative. 
He (has) arrived after you. (St ift nad) Sfynen artgefommcru 

Has anybody inquired after me] &at Scmanb nad) mtt geftagt? 
Nobody has inquired after you. Sfttemcmb fjat nad) Sfynen geftagt. 
She will go to church after me. <StermilnacrHivittnbte^ttd)e gerjen. 
You must inquire after the next (Ste mujfen nad) bet nacfyften ©trapc 

street. fragen. [gen? 

Will you inquire after his name? Snellen <Ste nad) fetnem Seamen fras 
I will inquire after it. 3d) rctft barnad) fragen. 

After whom have you inquired ? $lafy mm fyaOen @ie geftagt? 
I have inquired after the foreign 3d) f)abe nad) bem ausianbtfefyen 

gentleman. (ftemben) Sbcmn geftagt. 

In German, the preposition nad) also signifies a direction to a 
distant place ; as : — 

He has gone to the next village. (St tjr nad) bem nacfyjlen £)etfe ge? 

gangen. [gcf)en. 

We will go to England this year. 83Mr tDCtlen btcfeS %abv nad) (Snglanb 
He must go to Baltimore to-morrow. (5t mupmorgen nad) ^Baltimore gefyen. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



153 



We have hitherto seen that, in German, the preposition JU is 
used for a direction towards a person or person's house ; and the 
prepositions in, auff and an, for a direction to either closed or 
open places ; but if such a place is at some distance, the preposi- 
tion nad) is to be preferred. So we could say — 

' (Sr tft in fein ££aaren(agcr gegangcn 
He is gone to his warehouse. 



Will he go to church ? 

Will he go to the new church ? 

He is gone to the great square. 



He has a mind to go to the river. 



(standing or being near it) ; or, 
(Sr tft nad) fetnem 23aarentagergegans 
&Btll cr in Die JUrcfye gef)en ? [gen. 
SBtll er nad) t>cr neucn £trd)C gefjen ? 
(Sr tft ouf Den gropen *pia§ gegangen ; 

or, [gen. 

(Sr tjt nad) tem grofkn 3)(a§e gcgans 
(Sr f)at 2uft an ten gfap au getyen .; 

or, 
(Sr (jat Suft nad) tern gfafic $u gefjen. 

To travel, reifen. 
To travel, reifen, is, in German, always used instead of to 
go, g e \) e n, when the place could not be easily reached on foot. 
Sveifeit takes to be, fein, for its auxiliary, when it expresses 
direction to a place. 



Will your father travel to Eng- 
land] 

He has already gone thither. 

My friend has traveled to Ger- 
many. 

His brothers. have gone to France. 



SSitt S&r $$ata nad) (Snglanb ret* 

fen? 
(Sr if! feften bafytn geretf't. 
SBctn Sreunb ift nad) £)eutfd)(anb 

geretf't. [gcreif% 

(Seine 23ruber ftnb nad) Jranfretd) 



But reifen takes the auxiliary to have, Ijabett/ when it 
expresses travelling in a country, or when it is used in a general 
sense, without reference to any place (see Appendix) ; as : — 

He has traveled in Germany two (Sr fyat $nxt Saljre in £)cutfd)(anb 



years. 
I have traveled a long time in 

Italy. 
Have you traveled much? 
I have formerly travelled very 

much. 



geretf't. 
3d) fyait (ange in Staltcn gcrctf't. 

£abcn ©te t>ief geretf't ? 
3d) fyak cremate met geretf't. 



£at Scmanb nad) mtr gefragt ? (Sin £crr fyat nad) Sftnen gefragt. 
£aft bu tf)m gefagt tmcbcr$ur ! emmcn ? 3d) fyabc trmt gefagt mcrgen t>c$ 
9J?ergens urn ad)t Ufir nuebcr^ufommen. 9? ad) roem bat ber *Deutfd)C ges 
fragt ? (Sr r>at nad) ber (Straffe gefragt in roc(d)cr S^r £)f)Ctm roe font, .pat 
ber $ran$efe nad) fetnem 23ud)c gefragt? (Sr fjat nid)t barnad) gefragt. 
SScllcn ©te ben grcmben nad) fetnem Seamen fragen ? 3d) Ijabc ifyn fcfeen 
barnad) gefragt ; fein Aflame tft ©djmtbt. SBann tft feine Sante angefem* 



154 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

men ? Sic tft ttcfen 2Cbcnb urn fyatb ncun angefemmen. 3ft ftc frufjec 
angefemmen at$ if)rc Scfyweftcr? Stc tft nad) t()r angefommen. 25m td) 
fpatcr gefommeu aU> mcin 23tut>ct? 3a, mcin #err; (Sic ftnt) nad) tfym 
gcfoumicn. Sino t>tc Solbatcn fd)on angefemmen? Sic fint> nod) nid)t 
angefommen. £abcn Stc nad) fccm nad)ften £)crfc gefragt ? 3d) fyabc tar? 
nad) gefragt; Mcfcs tft t>cr rcd)tc 2£cg urn bafyin ^u gefyen. 2Ber)tn wellen 
Sic gefyen? Set) mill nad) fcern nadjftcn £)orfe gefyen, Sinb Sic ftmafe 
bcrt gewefen? 3d) bin nut etnmal t>crt gewefen. 835or)tn tft Shx SSatcr 
gcrcipt ? (Sr tft nad) (Sngtant) gereif't. £at cr tic 2(bftd)t tort lange $u 
bleiben ! 9?ctn ; cr will fd)cn nad)ftcn 9J*onat sutucfCommen. ££ann wcllcn 
Sic nad) £)cutfd)(ant> reifen'? 3d) will nad)ftc &Bed)C fcafyin reifen ; abet 
mcin greuno tft fcfyon sorgeftcm bafytn gcrctf't. £abcn Sic fd)cn in SDcutfd)* 
lant> gereif't? 3d) l)abc cr)emal$ t)icl in £)eutfd)lant> gereif't* Sinfc t)te 
Spanter nad) granfrctd) gereif't? 9Mn ; ftc ftnt) nad) Reliant) gcretf't* 
£aben Sic Suft nad) 3talicn $u reifen 1 3d) f)abc £uft bafytn $u reifen, 
abcr id) fyabc Ccin ©ctt>. £Sann f cmntt 3fa 9?cffc t>on Spanicn $urucf ? 
(St will bis nad)ftc* Safyt tort blcibcn. &Btt fyaben met in Jtanfrcid) gcrcif't* 
(5r will nad) t>et brcitcn Strapc gerjen, urn meine 3^id)tc ju befucfyen. 

Has my uncle inquired after me ? He has been here, but he has 
not inquired after you. After whom has the soldier inquired ? He 
has inquired after our old servant ) he was seeking (has sought) 
him the whole day, and he cannot find him. Have youjnquired 
after the name of that street? I have inquired after it (barnad)) J it 
is Seventh street. Will you inquire after my umbrella? I will 
inquire after it. When did you arrive? I (have) arrived here the 
day before yesterday ; but I will not stay here long, for I must go 
into the country. Has your brother already come back from New 
York? He has arrived this evening. Has he arrived earlier than 
your nephew ? No, sir, he has arrived after him ; for my nephew 
came (has come) back in the morning. Where did (has) this ship 
come from ? She has arrived from London, and has brought many 
French and English goods. Which ship has arrived earlier; the 
Dutch or the German ship? The Dutch ship has arrived after 
the German. Whither will you go ? I will go to the next village, 
in order to see my aunt. Has your aunt lived long in that village? 
No. sir, she went only this week to the country. When will your 
father travel to England? He will travel thither next month. Has 
he the intention to stay there a long while? He has the intention 
to remain three months in England ; he has to buy many cotton and 
woolen goods. Whither have your brothers gone? My older 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 155 

brother has gone to the warehouse, and my younger to the river, in 
order to speak to the French sailors. Can he speak French? He 
can speak a little, and he will go to France, in order to learn it 
better. Have you ever been in France ? I have never been there, 
but I intend to go thither next year, in order to learn French. 

Has your brother-in-law traveled a long time in Germany'? He 
has traveled there nine months, and he will now go to Italy. Has 
he ever traveled in Italy? No, sir; he has traveled in Fiance and 
in Spain, but never in Italy. Has our old neighbor already come 
out of the garden ? He came (has come) out of the garden, and he 
w^ent (has gone) to his store. When will he come back thence? 
He must come back from his store at half past seven in the evening. 
Has the rich count gone to Holland'? No, sir; he has traveled a 
long time in Holland, but he is now gone to Scotland. ■ What have 
you heard of your aunt? I have heard nothing of her. Has she 
spoken of my book ? She has spoken of it. Has the boy gone to 
the tailor this morning? He has gone to him, in order to get his 
coat. Have you a mind to bring this bottle of wine to the soldier? 
I have no mind to do it. In whose garden have the children been % 
They have been in ours. Are my books in your trunk ? They are 
in it. Has the gentleman been in our fine parlors? He has been 
in them (there). Has your sister gone to school ? She has not gone 
to school, but to the concert. Has your niece been at the ball ? She 
has been there. Have you put my stockings on the chair 1 I have 
put them on it. At whose house has your servant been this morn- 
ing? He has been at our aunt's. Did my umbrella stand (has my 
umbrella stood) against the wall? It (has) stood against it. Has 
that man written to your father ? He has written to him. Has the 
foreigner spoken to the merchant ? He has spoken to him. Canst 
thou write with this pen ? I can write with it. Has the cook waited 
long for me ? He has not waited very long for you. Have you time 
to wait for the money ? I have time to wait for it. Has the stu- 
dent come out of this house ? He has come out of it. When will 
you go to Boston ? I will go thither to-morrow. Have the soldiers 
inquired after me ? They have not inquired after you, but after 
your father. Hast thou inquired after thy book? I have inquired 
after it, but nobody can tell me where it is. 



156 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



Third Section. — fritter %b\d)nitt. 

FORTY-SIXTH LESSON. — ©ed)S ttnb frfetjfgffe 
Section. 

THE PRESENT TENSE. 

I write, I do write, I am writing, id) fcfyreibe. 

thou writest, thou dost write, thou art writing, tu fd)reibfr. 
he writes, he does write, he is writing, er fd)reibt. 

we write, we do write, we are writing, volt fd)reiben. 

you write, you do write, you are writing, Sie fd)reiben. 

they write, they do write, they are writing, fie fcfyreiben* 

The first person singular of the present tense is formed from 
the infinitive, by dropping the n : to write, f d) r e t b e n> / write, 
id) fcb re ibe* The second and third persons singular are formed 
by adding fr to the root for the former, and t for the latter; as 
from f d) r e i b : thou writest, b u f d) r e i b fr ) he writes, e r f cb r e i b t* 
The three persons plural are like the infinitive : we write, w i V 
fcfyreiben; you write, ©ie fcfyreiben; they write, fit fcfyrei* 
ben. 

I buy not, do not buy, am not buying, id) faufe nid)t* 

thou buyest not, dost not buy, art not buying, In fauffr nid)t. 
he buys not, does not buy, is not buying, er fauft nid)t. 

we buy not, do not buy, are not buying, uoit faufen nid)t* 

you buy not, do not buy, are not buying, <Ek faufen nid)t. 

they buy not, do not buy, are not buying, fie faufen ni d)t* 

Love I? do I love? am I loving? ^ Hebe id)? 

lovest thou? dost thou love? art thou loving? liebfr tu? 

loves he? does he love? is he loving? liebt er? 

love we? do we love? are we loving? lie ben roir ? 

love you? do you love? are you loving? lie ben 'Sie? 

love they? do they love? are they loving? (ieben fie ? 

There are in English three forms of the present tense, as: / 
buy, I do buy. I am buying; but in German there is only one : 
k\) faufe/ which expresses either of the three English forms. 

Write you to your friend ? \ 

do you write to your friend? V fd)reiben Sie an Sfyren ftretmb? 

are you writing to your friend? j 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 157 

I write not to him, ") 

I do not write to him, > id) fcfyrei&e nicfyt an ifyn. 

I am not writing to him, ) 

In the present tense the German verb takes the same place as 
in English; it stands immediately after the subject, or in ques- 
tions before it. 

I work, I do work, I am working, id) ar6eite; 

thou workest, thou dost work, thou art working, tu arbeitejr; 
he works, he does work, he is working, er arbettet* 

I cut, I do cut, I am cutting, icfy fd)neibe; 

thou cuttest, thou dost cut, thou art cutting, tu fcfyneibefr; 
he cuts, he does cut, he is cutting, er fd)neibet* 

When the root of a verb terminates in t or b, efr and et must 
be added to it to form the second and third person singular. 

Does he wait for his book ? SBortet cr ouf fctn SBud) ? 

He does not wait for his book, (£t roartet ntdjt ouf fctn 25ud), fons 

but for his money. tern ouf fetn ©etfc. 

Dost thou kill a chicken? (£d)tad)tcft bu etn £uf)n? 

No, the cook kills it. £ftetn, ber £od> fd)(ad)tet e& 

Dost thou cut some bread? (Sd)nctbeft bu SBrob? 

He cuts some. (£r febneibet foetdjeS. 

Do you love your brother? £tcbcn <Ste Sfyren £3rubcr? 

I love him. 3d) (tebe ilp. 

Does the tailor bring you the SSringt ber (Scfyneibcr Sfyncn Un 

coat? $ec£? 

He brings it to me. ($r brtngt ir)n nur. 

We hear some noise. 2Bir fyoren Cdrnt. 
Do the sailors burn their hats? £>crf>renncn bte Sflatrofen tfjre £mte? 

They burn them not. ^ 

They do not burn them. V Sie scrkennen fie ntd)t. 

They are not burning them. ) 

To wish, to desire, umnfdjen; to want, braucfyen; to thank, 
banfen (governs the dative); the cousin, ber Setter; the bill, bit 
9ied)nuncj ; always, immer. 

He wishes to sell his horse. (?r munfeftt fctn $)ferb *u Derfmifen. 

Dost thou wish to see him ? -2Bunfcf)ejr bu if)n $u fcf)cn ? 

I wish to see him. 3cb nmnfebe tfyn $u fcf)cn. 

Do you wish to buy a ring ? SSfmfcbcn @te cincn 9?tnq ju fcuifcn ? 

We wish to buy one. 2£tr rmmfeben cincn $u faufen. [qcn. 

I wish you a good morning. 3d) rounfd)c Sfoncn cincn cjutcn SOier* 

The verb to wish is in English sometimes used in the sense of 
to be ivilling (will), and it should then be translated into Ger- 
man by motten and not by vt)unfd;en. 

14 



158 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



Does your brother wish to buy 

this horse ? 
He does not wish (is not willing) 

to buy it ; he only wishes to 

see it. 
Dost thou want a hat? 
I want one. 
I am in want of one. 
We want some money. 
We are wanting some money. 
Does the soldier want a coat ? 
He wants one. 
He is wanting one. 
I thank you. 

He thanks you for the book. 
You have not thanked me. 
Why dost thou not thank this 

man ? 
He has always thanked me. 
Have you sent me this bill? 

No, sir, I have made this bill for 
your cousin. 



mil 3t)t SBrubet btefe* $ferb fau* 

fen? 
(St will c$ ntcbt faufen, cr tt>£mfci)t 

e$ nut $u fefyctu 

35raud)ft bu etnen £ut ? 
3d) fcraudje etnen. 

SOStr braudjen ©e(fc>. 

S3raud)t hex (Sotbat etnen $Kocf ? 

(5r braud)t etnen. 

3d) banfe Sfynen. 
(5t banft SOnen fur tag <8ud). 
<Ste fyaben mtr ntcl)t gebanft. 
SBarum banrtt bu ntd)t btcfem 

5D?anne ? 
Q£i fjat mtr tmmer cjebanFr. 
$abm @ie mtr btefe SKedwuncj aes 

fdncft? 
9?etn, mctn &err, id) fyabe btefe 9?ecr> 

nuna. fur Sfyrcn better a,emad)t. 



Each, every, Mas. jeber, Fem. jebe; Neu. jebeS; has the de- 
clension of the definite article. 

Every father, jeber SBater ; every mother, jebe SDtutter ; every 
child, jebe£ 3?inb; every day, jeber $a$ ; every week, jebe 2Bocfye; 
every year, jebe£ Satyr; everybody, every one, 3ebermanrt. 

Sunday, (gonntag; Monday, 90f ontao, ; Tuesday, £)ienfla$; 
Wednesday, 9Df tttrooct) ; Thursday, ©ormerfraa,; Friday, $rettag; 
Saturday, <2onna6enb or SamfJag; are masculines. 



Every child has its faults. 

Every mother loves her daughter. 

This man has three brothers, and 
each of them is rich. 

Everybody is able to do that. 

This gentleman is every one's 
friend. 

He comes to me every Monday 
and every Thursday. 

She goes to her aunt every morn- 
ing and every evening. 



SebeS JUnb (jot fetne -JeWcr. 
Sebe Gutter Uebt ibre £od)ter. 
liefer 93frmn fjat bret ©ruber, unb 

jcber »cn tfyncn tjr retcf). 
Sebennann fann ba$ tfyun. 
SDiefer £err tft Sebermann^ greunb. 

(5r !cmmt ieben ^ttontag unb £)ons 

ncrjtag. $u mtr, 
<Ste cjebt jeben Bergen unb \ct>cn 

2tt>enb $u ifyrer Sante. 



In some instances, every, jebet> maybe translated by a II J 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 159 

as, every morning, alle 9E)t c r 3 e n ; every evening, alle 2(benb; 
every day, alle 5 age. 

He comes to me every morning (St Fommt atle 9JZotgcn unb atle 
and every evening. 2C0cnt> $u mir. [Sage, 

I go to see him every day. 3d) befudie if)n jeben gag, or atle 

He writes to his friend every (St fd)tetbt jebe £Bed)e an fctnen 
week. gteunb. 

(We could say here : (Sr fc^rctbt alle 2Bed)e an fetnen gteunb ; but 

the former sentence is to be preferred.) 

(£d)tetben @ie etnen SSricf ? 3# fd>rci6c einen. 3Ead)ft bu. cut geuet? 
3d) mad)e etneS. £iebt er feme Gutter? (St liebt fie. Cettjft bu beinem 
SBtubet bie #ebct? 3d) tetfye fte tfym nid)t. S5tingt bet (Sd)uf)mad)et 
metne ^d)urje ? (St btingt fte tudrjt. Seigcn Ste mtt atle* nxiS ©te fyaben ? 
3d) $ctge Sfencn atteS was id) rjabe. S3tcibcn 3f)fe (Sd)tt>eftctn ^u £aufe 1 
<Sie bteiben gu £aufe. SBofjui gefyen ©ie? 3d) gefye in ben ©artcn. 
^emmt bcr grembe m* $m\ ©atten? Cftein ; cr fcnimt aus bem #aufe # 
2Ba$ faflft bu jefct ? 3d) fage nid)t$. SSetfauft 31)* SRacfy&qt gteifd) ? (St 
sjctfauft Eockfiietf. £o(ft bu SBaffet? 3d) fate fctne*. ©te&t bte -gfofdfje 
auf bem Sifcfte ? <Sic ftefyt batauf, unb bte ©tafet ftcr;cn auf bet jtommobe. 
23eenbtgcn (Ste Sfetcn Brief? 3d) beenbige ir)n. gtnbet bet SBebiente 
fetnen 23efen ? St ftnbct ir)n md)t. gtnbeft bu roaS bu fud)ft ? 3d) fmbe 
roa* id) fud)C. 2Ba» t!)ut bet itnabe in bem ©atten ? (St fcfynetbet etnen 
©tocf. SBtciben Sljtc ©d)tt>ejtctn tmmet $u £aufe ? Stfetn ; fte gefyen jeben 
SCRctgen $u ifytet &ante. 9J?ein Jteunb befucfyt mid) atle gp&orgeru SOBfins 
fd)en (Sie ben gtemben $u fefjen ? 3d) ti>unfd)e itjn $u fptecfyen. £Ba$ 
rc>tmfd)t 3f)nen bet ^nabc ? (St nmnfd)t nut etnen guten 2Cbenb. 23taud)ft 
bu biefeg $aptet ? 3d) btaudje e<? ntd)t, abet meine @d)rt>eftet btaucnt c£ 
urn if)te Ucbungcn $u feferciben. 3d) btaucfte ntd)t btefeS 23ud) ; rocllcn pie 
c* Ijabcn ? 3d) banCe Srjtten ; id) f)abc es fd)cn getefen. £Bit banCen S^em 
SSatet fttt bte 9?uffe. SBcjatyt metn SSettet 3()nen feine 9?ed)nung ? (St 
t>e$af)tt fte nut tt>enn id) fte tr)m fd)tc!e, SBcHen @ie mit meine $Ked)nung 
fd)iden ? SBann n?unfd)en (Ste Sfjrc 9?ed)nung $a f)aben ? 3d) bin alte 
Sftetgen unb atle 2Cbenb ^u |)aufe. SSit ge^cn jeben ©enntag in biejlitd)e. 
S^eine (Scbrceftet get)t jeben ^ienjlag, S^ettag, unb (Scnnabenb in bte (Sd)ute. 
Sftein ^Setter tctf't jebe^ 3at)t nad) ^)eutfd)tanb* SKit get)en jebe 2£ed)e 
cinmat ^u unfetem £)t)eim. £>et gtan^ofe ge^t jeben 2(benb in ba* Sweater* 
3ebetmann ticbt 3*)ten SSatet. 3't)r S^'ttnb fdjteibt an 3ebetmann. 2Bit 
tnuffen nid)t Sebetmann ©etb tei^cn. 



Do you buy this horse? I buy it. Are you working? I am 
working. At what dost thou work ? I am writing to my father. 



160 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

Do you drink ? I drink some water. To whom does he write 1 
He writes to his uncle. Whom do you love ? We love our mother. 
Do the children love their aunt ? They do not love her very much, 
for she does not love them. What are you looking for? I am look- 
ing for my cane * I cannot find it. Art thou seeking anybody ? I 
am seeking nobody. What does that man do ? He is doing nothing 
good ; he is cutting a stick in our garden. To whom dost thou lend 
money 1 I lend some to my friends. Does thy father lend money 
to the count % He lends him some. What do you bring us ? We 
bring you some good honey. To whom do the peasants bring their 
rams? They bring them to the butchers. Does anybody show 
you the right way? Nobody shows it to me. What dost thou 
show the boy ? I show him a fine bird. To whom does your cousin 
send this note? He sends it to his sisters. Do you send something 
to the student ? I send him a new hat. Does the Frenchman re- 
main long with you? He remains with us until evening. Dost 
thou stay long at school ? I remain there till half past one. What 
do the soldiers cut ? They cut some trees, in order to make a fire. 
Do you hear the noise ? I hear nothing. Is the sailor burning his 
stockings? He does not burn them, but the boys burn their shoes. 
Does the merchant sell foreign cloth ? He sells some. What are 
you selling ? I sell butter and eggs. Whither are you going ? I 
am going to the river. Does your brother sometimes go to the 
French count? He never goes to him, but he sometimes comes 
to see my brother. Does he come often? He comes once every 
week. Do my glasses stand on the table ? They do not stand on 
it. I am standing at the window. Whither do you place my coat? 
I am putting it in your bureau. 

Do you go for some water ? I go for some bread and water. Dost 
thou wait for anybody? I am waiting for my niece. Is the servant 
waiting for the watch ? He waits for it. Do you soon answer the 
letters of your friends ? I always answer them the same day. To 
whom does this little boy answer? He answers neither you nor 
me, but his father. Do you learn German ? I learn it. Who 
learns French ? My cousin learns it. Where dost thou live ? I 
am living in Broad street, number twenty-five; you will find my 
name on the door. I always find you at home ; why will you nol 
come to the theatre? Do you go to the theatre every evening? 
Not every evening, but sometimes. Do these gentlemen live at oui 
neighbor's ? They do not live with him ) they are living in Seventh 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 161 

street. Dost thou finish the note ? I am not writing a note, but 
the bill for the Italian. Has he already paid you? I send him my 
bill, and he always pays me. When does your sister visit her aunt? 
She goes to see her every Sunday in the evening. When do you 
take your German lessons % I take them every Monday. Wednes- 
day, and Friday, from ten to eleven o'clock in the morning. Does 
your maid-servant find what she is looking for ? She does not find 
what she seeks, but I always find what I seek. Whither does he 
lay your coat? He lays it in the drawer. Does this gentleman 
pay all his bills ? He pays them all. When do you go to see your 
niece? I pay her a visit every morning. -Does anybody inquire 
after the Spanish count] Everybody inquires after him. After 
what do you inquire? I inquire after the name of the next village. 
Is your friend traveling in England ? No ; he travels in France. 
Do you sometimes travel ? I travel no (nid)t) more ; I am too old. 
I wish yuu a good morning, sir; is your father at home ? No, sir; he 
has gone out, but you will find him at home every evening. I thank 
you, sir. What do you wish to tell me ? I wish to tell you some- 
thing of your uncle. What do you wish to buy, sir ? I want a pair 
of gloves ; have you any to sell ? Yes, sir ; what kind of gloves 
do you wish to buy? I wish to buy a pair of French silk gloves; 
what is the price of them? The price of this pair of gloves is one 
dollar, but you can have some cheaper. I thank you, sir; I will 
keep this pair; here is the money. Does your cousin want my 
pen ? He wants it, for he is willing to write. What dost thou want ? 
I do not want much ; I wish to have only a piece of paper. Is your 
nephew sick ? Everybody says so, but I have not seen him this 
week. When must the sailor be at the ship? He must be there 
every evening at half past eight o'clock. 



FOKTY-SEVENTH LESSON. — <Stefcen UXib trfetjigfte 

Section* 

THE PRESENT TENSE OF SEPARABLE VERBS. 

In the present tense of separable verbs, the separable particle 
is entirely separated from the verb and placed at the end of the 
sentence. 

I bring back, id) 6ringe junicf. 

thou arrives t ; fcu fommjr an. 

14* 



162 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



he goes out, 
she comes again, 
we mend, 
you open, 
they pick up, 

Do you bring back my umbrella? 

I bring it back. 

My friend arrives from Boston 

to-day. 
Does your father go out to-day ? 
He goes out neither Jo-day nor 

to-morrow. 
The shoemaker is mending our 

boots and our shoes. [ters ? 
Does the servant shut the shut- 
No, he opens them. 
We pick up every thing (all) we 

find. 



er gcljt au§. 
fie fommt roieber. 
rotr beffern au$. 
©ie mad)en auf. 
fie l;eben auf. 

33rtngen @ie meinen $egenfd)itm 

surticf ? 
3d) brtnge tfjn gurucf. 
$tttin 23ruber fommt fyeute Don S3o$« 

ton an. 
©cf)t Sbr SSater fjcute au$? 
(Sr gefyt tveocr fyeute nod) morgen 

au& 
£)er (Sd)uf)mad)cr beffcrt unfere <Stie* 

fel unb unfere <©d)u^e au$. 
9J?ad)t ber 23ct)tcnte bte Caben gu ? 
sftein, cr mad)t fie auf. 
£8tr fyeben atleS auf, wag wit fttt* 

ben. 



Every thing, atteS. 

The following verbs are also separable : ■ — 

To depart, abreifen (I have departed, id) bin abgereipt); to 
rise, to get up, aufjrefyen* (I have got up, icfy bin aufgefranben); 
to copy, abfefyreiben ;* to bring with, mitbringen;* 
t t I jururffommertf* in the sense of to come back; 
1 juriicf geben>* in the sense of to give hack. 

The labor, the task, the work, bie Arbeit; the moment, ber 
SCugenbltcf ; the language, bie Spracfye; the clothing, the clothes, 
bie i?(eibet> a plural; the kindness, bie ©lite; kind, gii%; dif- 
ficult, heavy, fcfyroer; easy, light, leicfyt; also, aud). 
When does your cousin depart? £Bann retf't Sftr better ab? 



He has already departed. 
When has he the intention to 

return % 
He will return next month. 
Has the student returned you the 

book? 
He will return it to me to-day. 
When did you get up (have you 

got up) this morning? 
I get up (I rise) every morning 

at half past six. 
Do you copy the letter? 
1 have already copied it. 



(£v tjt fd)on attempt. 

SBann bat er bie 2Cbftd)t $uruc%us 

f ommen ? 
©rrDtllnacbften^onat^urudffommen. 
£at ber ©tubent 3ftnm tia$ SSucI) 

gurudgegeben ? 
(5r will ef'riur beute $urudgeben. 
££ann finb ©ie btefen Bergen auf? 

geftanben. 
3d) ftefye jeben 3#orgen um fyatb pes 

ben auf. 
©cfyretben <3ie ben SBrtef ah ? 
3d) fyabc ifyn fcr>cn abgefcfyuebcm 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



163 



He brings his sister with him. 
I have brought your watch with 

me. 
Has the servant brought your 

clothes? 
He has not brought my clothes, 

but those of my brother. 
Have the children done their 

task ? 
They have finished their work 

to-day. 
This lesson is not very difficult. 
An iron hammer is heavier than 

a wooden one. 
He has done a difficult work. 
I find it easy to learn German. 
No, sir, it is no easy work. 

Will you have the kindness ? 

Will you be so kind ? 

Will you have the kindness to 
return me my book ? 

I will return it to you to-morrow. 

Will you be so kind as to wait a 
moment ? 

I bring you the second volume of 
Schiller's works ) will you read 
it? 

You are very kind, but I have 
already read it. 

I buy all my clothing at Mr. Mil- 
ler's. 



<5r bttngt feme (Scfyreefter nut. 
3d) fyabe 3fyt:e 1% mttgebracfyt. 

#at tcr 23ettente Sfjre JUettet gc* 

brad)t ? 
(5r l)at ntd)t metne ^letter, fontetn 

tie metneS 23ruter$ gebrad)t. 
£aben tie Winter iftre 2(rbett ge* 

mad)t (getban)? 
(Ste fyaben tfyre 2Crbeit fyeute been* 

£)tefe Section ift ntd)t febt febroer. 
(Sin etferner jammer ift fd)tx>eret a(6 

etn reenter. 
(5t fyat etne febwere Arbeit gctr)an. 
3d) ftnte e$ letd)t teutfd) gu (ernen. 
9?etn, mein ^ett, ec> ift letne letcfyte- 

?ttbett. 
SDBettcn <Stc tie ®ute Fjaben? 
QSollen ®te fc gtittg fetn ? 
SBotlcn (Sic tic ©ttte fyaben mtr man 

S5ucb $urucf$ubrtngen ? [gem 

3d) mill eg 3r)ncn mcrgen ^utucfbttn? 
SBotlen (Sie fc gtittg fetn etn en 2£ugens 

bttcf $u marten 1 
3d) bttngc Sfynen ten groetteh 33ant 

»on ©ctutlet'S 83krf en ; rcollen <Sie 

tfyn tefen ? 
<Ste ftnt fer)r gttttg, aber id) §aU tfjn 

fd)cn getefem 
3d) faufe aire metne JUcttet bet 

Jperren fitter* 



For the nouns sir, gentleman, Mr. (mister), and lord, there is, 
in German, only one noun — j^err (second declension). 

Sir, can you tell me the name of 50?etn $crr, f onnen @te mtr ten 9?cu 



thajt gentleman ? 
That gentleman is Mr. White. 
Has your uncle already arrived ? 
No, sir; he arrives to-day. 
Does your cousin also arrive ? 
He arrives after my uncle. 
We have arrived earlier than you. 



men [enes Jperren fagen ? 
Sencr £crr ift £crt ££etf'. 
3ft Sfer Drjeim feben angefommen? 
9?etn, mein £err ; er f ommt beute an* 
^entmt 3f)r fetter aud) an? 
(Sr fommt nad) metnem Dbetm an. 
££tr ftnt fritter ale ©te anget'ommem 



3d) brtncje Sfaten 3fyre Uebttng gurttd; fte ift fcr)r fd)(ed)t gefd)tteben ; id) 
fann fte ntd)t tefen ; Bu mttffen fte abfebtetben. 3$ fate fie fd)on abges 
fd)tteben ; f>ter ift fie. SBorum fd)reibt Sfyr Waiter ntd)t fetnen SBrtef ahl 
(5t braud)t ifyn nid)t ab^ufefyretben ; er ift fefyr gut gefd)rieben. SBarum fat 
ter SSettcntc ntdjt tutfeten $egcnfd)trm $uriicfgebrad)t ? (E'r ift fyeute nod) 



164 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

md)t cmsgegangen, aber et ty& bic 2lbftd)t tfyn 3^ncn biefen 2(bcnb $axM$iis 
bringen. ££ann gcF)cn <Sie be£ SftorgenS auS ? 3d) gcfye urn Ijatb fteben 
au$, benn id) ftefye fefyr friif) auf* Urn wtemel ttr)t ftcl;cn ®u auf ? 3d) 
jlf|e jcben Bergen urn fttnf Uf)t auf. SDBarum ift 3^c (Sd)wefter fo fpat 
aufgeftanben ? (Sic if! nid)t fpdt aufgeftanben, benn fie r)at fcfyon ifjrc 2Crbctt 
gcmad)U Snellen <Sic tic ©ute fyaben mir meinc JUeiber $u bringen ? id) 
will aufftefjen. Sic Fonncn nod) md)t auffterjen, benn ber SBcbtcntc ift ncd) 
nid)t t>on bent (ScrjufymadKr gurflefgefommen. SBarum fyat bcr (Sd)uf)mad)cr- 
nid)t mcinc (Scfyufye geftern auSgcbcfjcrt ? ($r Fjat nid)t 3cit gefyabt, abet et: 
beffert ftc je$t au6 ; (Sic muffen cin wenig watten. SQBarum mad)cn @ie 
t>a$ genfter auf? (£6 ift su warm in 3brcm 3immcr ; id) will c$ ^umacfyen, 
abcr (Sic muffen bic Sfyur aufmadjen* 3d) madje bac> Jenftet $u, abet id) 
wadbe bie Sfyur auf. SMlen (Sic fo gutig fcin mir mcrgen mcin 25ud) ^u? 
rucf^ubringen ? 3d) babe c.$ bicfen 2Cugcnb(tcJ $utudgebrad)t, unb id) fyabc 
e$ in bic <Scl)ub(abe 3fy#3 SifcbeS gelegt. SBann Commt 3f)t SSatet Don 
spang gurficf ? (5r ift fd)on guruefgef ommen ; cr ift nur $ ur^c 3cit bort ges 
btteben. 2£arum bringen (Sic nid)t 3I)rcn S3 tuber mit ? SCRctn 23rubcr ift 
nod) nid)t t?om Sanbe gutucfgtfommen, abcr id) fyabc mcinc Heine (Scfeweftet 
tnitgebrad)t. (St will nad)ften Sonnabenb feinc Gutter nutbrtngen. SMlcn 
(Sic bic ©utc fyaben cinen tfugcnbttcf $u wartcn? id) §abc nod) nid)t mcine 
2Ctbeit beenbigt. £Bas arbeiten (Sic ? 3d) fd)reibc einc bcutfebe Section ah. 
3ft bic Section fd)wer ? 9?etn, ftc ift teid)t ; id) ftnbe eS nid)t febwer beutfd) 
$u ternen. SBarum l)cben (Sic nid)t 3btc $ebct auf? 3d) fyebe ftc nid)t 
auf, benn ftc ift $u fd)ted)t. Set wem faufen <Sic Sfotc JUeibet? 3d) fcmfe 
nid)t meinc Jlleiber, benn mcin 83ater Fauft alleS wa$ id) braud)C. 



He brings you back the book ) he cannot read it. Why do you 
not bring back the cane ? My brother has given it to the joiner to 
mend. When does your aunt arrive? She arrives to-day from 
New York. Does your uncle also arrive? IJe does not arrive to* 
day • he will return next week. Do you go out to-day ? I do not go 
out to-day, for the weather is very bad. Why does not your father 
go out? He goes out, but not so early. Does the tailor mend my 
coat ? He mends it. What dost thou mend ? I mend nothing. 
W T hy do you open the drawer? I open it in order to show you my 
new shirts, which I have bought at the new store; but I will give 
them back, for they are not fine enough. I open the door, but you 
must shut the window. No. sir, I will shut the door and open the 
window. Why dost thou not pick up the ribbon ? I do not pick it 
up. for it is not mine. What does that boy pick up? He picks up 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 165 

some money. Do you wish to depart from here soon ? I have not 
yet the intention to depart, for I have to buy some more goods ; but 
my brother has already departed. Has he taken all his clothing 
with him ? He has taken his clothing and all his books with him, 
for he will not soon return. When does the foreigner depart? He 
departs this Friday, but he will soon return. Has your sister-in-law 
already arrived ? She arrives to-day. Does your brother also ar- 
rive ? No, sir, he arrives later. Whither is the Englishman going? 
He goes only to the next town. When will you get up to-morrow 
morning ? I have the intention to rise early, for I will depart for 
Boston. Does your brother rise early ? He gets up every morning 
at half past six. I rise earlier, for I do all my work in the morning. 
When did your sister get up (has your sister got up) ? She rose 
(has got up) very late to-day, for she was (has been) at the ball 
yesterday. 

Will you copy this exercise? I have already copied my task; I 
have not found it very difficult. Does your cousin copy every exer- 
cise 1 He copies them all ; he says he learns German easier in this 
way. Is it more difficult to learn French than German ? Every 
foreign language is difficult to learn* but in six or eight months 
you may (can) learn either German or French. You have a very 
heavy cane ; where did you buy it? I bought it from the Spanish 
merchant; he has very fine and heavy canes to sell. Will you 
have the kindness to bring your niece with you? I wish to show 
her these pretty little birds. You are very kind ; I will bring her 
with me to-morrow. Why has your brother not brought his large 
black dog w T ith him ? Do you wish to see the dog? my brother can go 
for it this moment. Your brother is very kind. My aunt has departed 
for Boston; she has taken every thing with her, for she will remain 
there six months. Will you have the kindness to wait a moment? 
my father must be here very soon. You have bought a very light 
coat; but you are right, for heavy clothing is not good in warm 
weather. My uncle (has) departed yesterday; but he will return 
next Saturday. You have lent a book to my sister; she will return 
it to you next week. I do not want it; she may keep it longer. 
You are very kind, sir. When will the boy finish his work 1 He 
finishes his work every evening, for he does not get up early in the 
morning. Our servant wishes to go out ; when must he be at home ? 
He must be back at half past seven, for he has not yet finished his 
work. Will you have the kindness to tell your brother to come 



166 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

with you to-morrow evening % I thank you ; I will tell him to come 
with me to-morrow. Sir, do you see that gentleman 1 I see him ) 
it is Mr. Brown. 



FOKTY-EIGrHTH LESSON. — $Id)t Uttfc t>ietjt^fte 

Section* 

There are, in German, a number of irregular verbs, which 
deviate from the regular formation in the second and third per- 
sons singular of the present tense. Of the irregular verbs before 
mentioned the following belong to this kind of verbs : — 

I break, id) jer&recbe, tu jer6rid)fr f er jer&rid)t ; 

plural, wit jerbrecf)ett> gie jer&recfyerv fie jerfcrecfyeru 
I take, id) nefyme, bu nimmfr f er ntmmr, wit net)men> it. 
I speak, id) fprecbe, bu fprid)fr, er fprid)t> roir fpred)en> :c. 
I see, id) fefye, bu fiet)jl> er fiefyt, voit fefyen, it. 
I give, id) gebe, bu gie6|l> er Qte&r, voit gebertf it. 
I read, id) lefe, bu liefefh/ er ttef't, rotr lefen, u. 
I hold, ict) fyalte, bu t)dlt)Tf er I)d(t, voit fyalren, K. 
I keep, id) fcefyalte, bu 6ef)dltfl> er &el)d[t> vt)ir 6er;attertf it. 
I carry, I wear, ict> trage, t>u trdgjr, er trdc^tf n>ir tragen, u. 
I wash, id) rxmfcfye, bu VDafcfyefr, er rt)dfct>tf roir roafd)en> k. 

Those irregular verbs which have the radical vowels e and a in 
their roots, are also irregular in the second and third persons 
singular of the present tense ; the former change e into t, and 
the latter change a into d. 

I do not break the cup, but thou 3d) ^evfcrecfye md)t bte Saffe, abet t)\x 

breakest it. gcrbrid)ft fie. 

He takes the bottles, and we take (5t ntmmt bte Sfofcfye, unb wxx ne!)s 

, the glasses. men tie ©tafer. 

We are speakingthree languages: -28tr fpred)en bret ©pradfjen ; id) fpre? 

I I speak English, thou speakest d)C engttfet), bu fprtd)ft bcutfd), 

J German, and our friend speaks unb unfet gteunb fpricfyt frcm* 

French. 5Cftfd)» 

He does not see the soldiers, but (gr |tef)t ntd)t bte ©elfcatcn, abet wit 

we see them. fefyen fie. 

Thou dost not give the money, £)u Qtefcft nid)t ba$ ©e(b, after unfere 

but our neighbors give it. 9?ad)barn o/ben e& 

We are reading: I read a Ger- ££tr (efen : id) (efc etn beutfcfceS 

man book, thou readest an 33ud), bu Uefeft etn enqftfcbeS, 

English, and he reads a Span- unb er (left etn fpantfct)C6 23ud), 

ish one. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



167 



You hold the dog, and he is hold- 
ing the horse. 
I do not keep your paper, but my 

sister keeps it. 
Thou carriest the money, and we 

carry the books. 
I wash my stockings, thou wash- 

est thy gloves, and he washes 

his shirt. 
Dost thou take away the boots ? 
I do not take them away, but the 

shoemaker takes them away. 
He wears a black hat, and I wear 

a white one. 
Thou art wearing fine clothing. 



@ic fatten ten ipunb, unb cr fyatt 

t>a» $)fcrb. 
3d) befyaite ntd)t 3fa papier, after 

metne ^cbnx'fter befyatt c£. 
•Dn tragft ba$ ©elb, unt> nnr tragen 

tie 23udKr* 
3d) nxifebe metne @trumpfe,bu roafdj* 

eft betne ^embfefyufye, unb er «>dfd)t 

fein #emt>« 
9?tmmft.bu bte <Sttefc( meg? 
3d) neljmc fie ntd)t n>eg^ aber bet 

©cl)ur)mad)cr ntmmt fie nxg. 
(Sr tragt einen fcfymaqen $ut, tint) id) 

trage etnen nmjkm 
£)u tragft feine JUetber. 



The verb trage tt> in German, expresses the meaning of both 
the English verbs to carry and to wear. 

The season, tie 3al;re§jeit; the spring, ber $riit;Iingj the 
summer, tier <2ommer$ the autumn, the fall, t)er Jperbjr; the 
winter, ber ®inter* 

To take off, abnefymen; separable verb, taken off, abgenommen. 

The first time, ta§ erfre 9)iat (9}?a( is a neuter noun); the 
second time, ba$ frweite 9)?a(; the third time, ba$ britte 9Dlal,&c; 
this time, biefeS 9)lal; several times, t>erfd)iebene 3)?ale ; the last 
time, t>a§ U|te 9)ta(; last, le£t (an adjective). 

Not only — but also, nicfyt nur — fonbern aucfy. 

©er Jrfi()(tng ift bte fd) on ftcSafjrc^ctt* 



The spring is the finest season. 
He went (has gone) last summer 

to France. 
The autumn is a beautiful sea- 
son ; it is not so warm as in 

the summer. 
I have the intention to go into 

the country this fall, and I will 

return in the winter. 
Have you sometimes seen Mr. 

Smith'? 
J have seen him several times. 
When have you spoken to the 

gentleman the last time? 
I spoke (have spoken) to him the 

last time at the concert. 



<5r ift tegten (B'ommer nad) grantretd) 

geretf't* 
£)er &etbft tft cine fd)6ne 3a$te$gett ; 

es tft rucrjt fo warm tvte in bem 

(Sommer. 
3d) babe bte 2Cbft*t btefen £erbft auf 

bat Canb $u geben, unb id) wilt in 

bem 2£tnter ^urueffommen. 
$aben @ie mand)maLperren (Sdjmibt 

gefeben 1 
3d) babe ibn t>crfcbtcbcnc sjMc gefeften. 
23ann baben ©te t>a$ fcfete $M nut 

bem £erren gefprecben ? 
3d) f)abe nut tbm bas (egte 9M in 

bem (Senjcrt gefprccben. 



We saw (have seen) him last 2£tr baben ifjn (e£ren SKenat, lefcte 
month, last week, last year, SBSodje, U%m Sat)r gefc^etu 



168 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

Instead of last, Ie| i> the adjective D r i Qr prece ding, is, in 
German, often used. So we could also say — 

I saw (have seen) him last month, 3d) fycibe trm r-ertgcn 93lenat, ttertge 
last week, last year. SSScdje, oertgeg Satyr gcfefjen. 

3erbrtd)ft bu mcine gtafche? 3d) $erbred)C fte nid)t Sffitr $erbred)en 
md)t6, aber bu 3crbrtd>ft ben fd)6nen (StccL 3d) ncrjme nicfytS txm btefem 
©e(be, benn bu ntmmft avid) nidbts basen. (Sr ntmmt fetnen SRocf, unb roir- 
nermicn unfere Sttefet weg. ©prccfeen Sic eft mit bicfem £crren ? Set) 
fprecfye ntd)t mit ifym, benn er fprtd)t nid)t mit mm JDu fprtcfcft engUfd) 
unb betn 25 ruber fprid)t bcutfd)* sJEc'm £3ruber fpricfyt nicftt nur beutfd), 
fenbern aud) fran$eftfd), £>crr 2Braun fyat met geretf't ; er fprid)t fcrfcr)tebcnc 
©pracfyen. 3d) fefye tfyn fycutc t>a$ crfte 3M, aber bu ftcfyft ifjn oft, (Serpen 
@ie ben g'remben? er ftefyt un$ nid)t ££a$ giebft bu beiner (Scfyrocfter ? 
3d) gebe ifyt einen,- SBegcn papier, unb fie giebt mir ctne $eber. @ebcn 
(Sic btefem armen 93?anne (Mb? 3d) tyabe tfjm fd)cn t)erfd)iebene 9Mc 
nxlcfyeg gegcbcm 3d) tefe cm fransofid)e^ 23ud), unb metne Gutter ftcf't etn 
beutfd&ei S)u licfeft ben gan^en Sag in bem 93ricfc. 3d) tefe irm nur ba$ 
gwette 9M, £cfcn Sie eft ? 3d) tefe ieben Sag, (St fyalt ben £>unb unb 
ttiri fjaltft bu ? 3d) fjatte ba$ $>ferb, SSefjalten (Sic btefen $ecf ? 3d) 
be()a(te ifw, benn icJ> trage nur leid)te iUetbcr in bem grufyftng. SBarum 
tragft bit immcr einen fcfyroaqcn $ecf ? 3d) F)a6c fetnen anberen ; rootlcn 
<&& nur etnen (Semmetrecf Faufen? S^r DIjcim tragt immcr etnen greficn 
£ur* SOStr tragen in bem Winter rcarmere .SUeibct ate in bem $rufyting* £)et 
£etbft ift cine fd)6ne Satytc^cit, benn e$ ift nid)t nur fefjt fcfycneS SBettct, 
fenbern eg ift aud) nid)t mcfyr fe worm rote in bem ©emmet; SBofyin tragft 
bu ben 93egel ? 3d) trage ir)n £U mciner Saute, £>tefer 93?ann tragt bic 
SQBcttc in unfer SBaarentagcr. ££a$ roafeften @tc? 3d) roafefye mcine 
(Strumpfe* ££afd)eft bu beinc £anbfd)ur;e ? SJlein; unfere jted)tnn wafefyt 
fte. SSetlcn @ie nid)t 3$ren £mt abnefymen ? 3d) nefyme ifw nid)t ab, 
benn eg ift fyter $u Fait. SBe ftnb (Sic tegten 2Cbenb gewefen ? 3d) bin bci 
mciner (Scfywagermn gemefen. 3d) Fjabc vg)errn (Sd)tr>ar^ r-erigen (Scmmcr 
auf bem Sanbc gefefjen* 3d) tjakc (Sic (c|ten Senntag nid)t in ber ^ird)C 
gefefyen. 3d) bin ntdr>t auggegangen, benn id) bin bic gan^c t)erige Sed&e 
franE getocfen. 

Dost thou break our cup 1 I do not break it ; I only take it to go 
for some milk. Does the cook (female) break the eggs? She does 
not break them. What do you break % I hear some noise. We 
break nothing; we mend our old table. I take a little of this 
honey; what dost thou take? I take nothing, for I am not hungry. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 169 

Whose coat does the servant take away? He takes away yours, in 
order to carry it to the tailor. Which way do the soldiers take % 
They take the way to the next city. Dost thou speak French? I 
speak German, but my father speaks French. Do you sometimes 
speak to Mr. Black? We do not speak very often to him. Why 
does not your mother speak to her neighbor (female)? She does 
not speak to her, for her neighbor is sick, and cannot go out. 
What dost thou see ? I see three pretty little boys coming. Do 
you see those people* what do they want? I see them, and will 
ask (fragcn) them what they want. Does your uncle see your father 
often? He sees him every day. What dost thou give to the poor 
woman ? I give her some bread and a piece of meat. Do you give 
away your old clothing? We do not give it away; we sell our old 
clothing, for we are poor people. Does your mother sometimes 
give you money? She gives me some every week. What book 
art thou reading? I read a volume of Schiller's works. Which 
volume art thou reading? I have already read four volumes, and 
now I am reading the fifth. Does your brother read as much as 
you ? He does not read quite as much asl, for he has much to do. 
Are you reading a French book? We now read only German and 
French books; for, in order to learn a foreign language, we must 
read much. What dost thou hold ? I am holding my sister's gold 
watch until she comes back. Does your uncle keep the count's 
horse? He keeps it, for it is a very fine horse. Do you keep all 
these cotton stockings and silk gloves ? No, sir, w-e do not keep 
them; we have the intention to sell them. 

My uncle speaks several languages, and he has told me that the 
German is a very rich and beautiful language. The four seasons 
are spring, summer, autumn, and winter. The spring is a very fine 
season ; but the best of all is the autumn. We wear heavier cloth- 
ing in the winter than in the summer. My aunt is very rich ; she 
wears nothing but silk dresses. She is not only very rich, but also 
very good and polite to everybody. Why dost thou wear this white 
hat in the summer? I wear it in the summer and in the winter, 
for I have no black one. What is the peasant's wife carrying'* 
She carries some milk and eggs to the city, in order to sell them ; 
she goes for the first time to the city. What art thou carrying ? I 
carry these letters to our store. What have you to tell me this 
time? You are not very kind ; it is the last time that I will speak 
to you. I was (have been) at the theatre last Thursday, but I did 
15 



170 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

not see you. I was (have been) there last Tuesday, but not last 
Thursday. I was (have been) last week in the country, and I saw 
(have seen) your pretty niece there several times. Will you take 
off your hat ? I have already taken it off. Why dost thou take off 
thy hat ? I take it off, for it is too warm here. Whose shirts is the 
maid-servant washing'? She washes mine and my brother's. Dost 
thou wash thy silk gloves ? I do not wash them, for my sister 
washes them for me. Do your servants wash their stockings'? 
They do not wash them ; they get them washed. You take off your 
hat; whom do you see coming? I see my dear aunt coming, and 
I wish to speak to her. I not only read German, but I also write it. 



forty-ninth lesson. — $ienn unb tnerjtjjffe 
Sectunu 

To understand, t>erjrel)en;* past part, understood, ttcrfranben* 

To expect, erroarten. 

To eat, effen;* present, id) effe, bu iffejr, er i£t; past part, eaten, 

gcgeffem 

To think, benfen;* past part, thought, gebacfyt* 

Quick, fast, fcfynettj slow, langfam; willingly, gern. 

When do you expect a letter? $?arm errcarten (Sic ctncn SBrtcf? 

T expect one to-day. 3d) crroartc fyeutc ctncn* 

Did he expect (has he expected) Jpat cr (Sic gcftcrn ctrcartct* 

you yesterday 1 

He was not expecting (has not (£r fjat mid) md)t erroartet, bcnn cr 

expected) me, for he did not feat nid)t auf mid) geroartct 

wait (has not waited) for me. 

Do you understand the German? aScrftcfjen Sic ben SDeutfcftcn? 

I do not understand him, for he 3d) serjtchc tfyn ntd>t, bcnn cr fprtd)t 

speaks too fast. $u fcfynctl. 

I can understand yon, for you Scb fann Sic tterftcfyen, bcnn (Sic 

speak slowly. [me? fprcd)cn tanqfam. 

Has this gentleman understood £at btefet £err mtd) mftanben ? 

I think he has understood you. 3d) benfe cr bat (Stc fccrftanbem 

Do you expect to find him at home'? jDenfen Sic tr)n $u £attfc $u ftnben \ 

I expect to find him at my bro- 3d) tcnU if)n bet metnem SBrubcr $u 

therms. ftnbctn 

Tothmlcof, benfen a n> with the accusative. 

Do you think of your work ? SDcnfcn Bit an 3fyrc 2Crbctt? 

I think of it. 3d) benfe baran. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 171 

Has your nephew thought of me ? £at Sfyr S^cffe an mtd) gct>acT)t ? 

He has thought of you every day. C£r fyat jebcn Sag an @te gebad)t. 

Has she thought ofmy books? £at (&k an meine 33ud)cr get)ad)t ? 

She has thought of them. ©tc feat baran gcbacfet* 

Dost thou eat" of this meat? Sffejl bu ton btefem Jletfd) ? 

I eat of it. 3d) ejfe bason. 

Does he eat at his father's? Spt et bet jVtncm QSater? 

He and his brother eat at their (St unb fein £3rubct eficn bet if)tem 

father's. • SSater. 

What have you eaten to-day ? 5Ba$ fjaben @tc r)cutc gegefien ? 

I have eaten a piece of bread and 3d) babe ein ©tficf SSrob unb cm 

a piece of meat. (Stttcf Jletfd) gegefjen. 

Do you wish to eat a piece of SBfinfcfjett @te cm ©tucf fyoH&nbtfcfyen 

Dutch cheese ? ^dfe $u effen ? 

Most willingly. ©efjr getn. 

I do it willingly. 3d) tfyue e* gern. 

In German, almost all adjectives, in their invariable form, may 
be employed as adverbs, without undergoing any alteration \ as : 

Badly, fcfyfecfyt; beautifully, fd) on; politely, I^ofttct) 5 happily, 
glucflicfy; slowly, fangfam; well, gut? roofyl. 

Well is sometimes translated by rt) \) U and sometimes by gut. 
SB \) I refers to what pleases our feelings or senses ; g U tr to what 
is good in itself; as : — 

He writes well. (Sr febretbt gut. 

You have worked very well. (£te fyaben fcfjt gut geatbettet. 

I have drunk, and it has done me 3d) fyakt getrunfen, unb e6 fjat nut 

good. roe 1)1 getfyan. 

My friend is good. spjetn greunb ift gut. 

My friend is well. sjj?etn §veunb xft xvoty. 

I have been sick, but now I am 3d) bin frattf genxfen, abet id) bin 

well. jegt roof)(. 

Adverbs are often formed, in German ; by coalescing a prepo- 
sition with the definite article. 

I. The prepositions a rt> i rt/ t) n f j u? coalesce with b e m f the 
dative singular of the masculine and neuter genders. 
an bem contracted in am. 
in bem " irru 

tton bem " t>om. 

ju bem " jum. 

The contraction a m is chiefly used for adverbs of the super- 
lative degree 5 as — 

She sings the best. <Sie ftngt am beften (meaning she 

sings better than others). 
He writes most beautifully. (§t febretbt am fdjenftcn. 



172 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



He speaks most kindly to me. 
She stands at the window. 
He is still alive. 
He is in the house. 
In the summer; in the winter. 
We come back from the field. 
He goes out for the first time to- 
day. 

Here am ftenfter, im Jpaufe, Dom $effcse; im (gommer, are ad- 
verbs of place or time ; but such contractions or adverbials can 
not be used when the place or time is qualified ; as ■ — 

He stands at the first window of (5r jlefjt an bem erjten gtnfter beg 



(Sr fpvtd)t $u mtr am gfittgjten. 

@te ftcf)t am genftcr. 

(5t tji nccr> am 2ektn 

(5r ift im £cmfe. 

3m (Sommcr ; im SBintcr. 

2Bir femmen t>em Jclbc ^urudf* 

(Sr gef)t fjeute $um erjten 9M auS. 



the parlor. 
She is in the new house, and not 

in the old one. 
In the summer, in which I saw 

(have seen) you. 
We come back from our uncle's 

field. 



Simmers. 

<Sie ift in bem neucn $au\c, unb 

nid)t in bem alten. 
3n bem <5emmcr,in welcfyem td)@ie 

gcfeljcn fyafre* 
2£tr femmen ben bem $clbc unfercs 

£>F)eim$ 3uruc!. 



II. The preposition j u coalesces with b e r ; the dative of the 
feminine gender. 

ju ber contracted in jur. 



She goes to school every day. 



f (Sic gefyt jeben Sag gur ©dbufe ; or, 
| (&k gefy$ aEe Sage in bic @d)ule» 



III. The prepositions att; auf; fur; in; burd); coalesce with 
b a $ > the accusative singular of the neuter gender. 

an ba# contracted in anS, 



auf bae> 
ftir ba$ 
in ba$> 
burcfy ba$> 

He goes to the window. 

She has gone to the field. 

I take it for the best to remain at 

home. 
We have put it in the fire. 
The boy always goes through the 

water. 



" cwfa, 

" furl 

" ine. 

u burd)^ 

(Sr gefit cms $cnflcr. 

<&u tft aufg $clb gegemgen* 

3d) bafte eg fur* befte $u £aufe gu 

btiibm. 
£Bir fjaben eg in$ $cuer gefegt. 
£>er ilnabe gefyt immcr burd)6 £Bafs 



fen 

Through (by means of), buret;; a preposition governing the 
accusative. 



He has gone through the city. 
I have learned it only by your 
letter (by means of your letter). 



(St if! burd) bic (Stabt gcgangen. 
3d) f)ak eg nur burd) 3fyvcn S3rief 
gclernt. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 173 

The life, ba§ ?c6ert; to be alive, to live, lebert. 
I am sorry, Ss t\)\it mir leib. 

Will you come with me ] Snellen Sic rait mir fcmmcn ? 

I am sorry I cannot go out to-day. (5s tfyut mir (cut), icr) farm fyeute nid)t 

au^geben. 

Is my old friend still alive ? I S» »f« °' to S«unb no* am erten ? 

J ( or, Sebt mctn alter greunfc ncd) ? 

I am very sorry to tell you, he (5* tf)ut mir febr text) 3bncn $u fagen, 

lives no more. . cr lebt nicbt mcfyr. [(cbt ? 

Have you lived long in Germany? &abcn Sie (angc in SDeutfcWanl) ges 
I have lived there only a short 3d) fyabc t»crt nur fur^c 3eit gckbt. 

time. [ter's? " [fter? 

Is your aunt living at your sis- S&ebnt Sfjre Santo bei 3brer Scbrtx- 
My aunt is no more alive, but she sjjfttnc Sante UU nicbt mebr, aber fie 

(has) formerly lived with my fyat ebemals bet mcincr Sd)ir>efkr 

sister. geroebnt. 

(Srwarten (Sic ^cutc Sfyren Slater? Stfetn, mcin £err, id) crmartc ir)rt 
morgen. Unfcr greunb ift ncd) nid)t von granfreid) juruefgefebrt ; roir fjaben 
trjn feben lange erroartet. ^annft bu mid) Derftc&cn? 3d) tterftebe (Sic 
nid)t ; btc Winter macben $u Diet Sarin. SSerftebt fetn 23rubcr fcr)cn bcutfer) ? 
(Sr rerftcbt e*, aber (Sic muffen (angfam fpred)en. ^>abcn Sic ben 93?ann 
t-crftanben ? Scl) babe ibn gef^ert, aber id) fyak tbn nid)t r-erftanben ; er. 
fpttcfjt $u febnetf. &Bcn ttcrfteben (Sic am beften ? 3d> r-crftebe 3^cn SSatcr 
am beftcn, benn cr fpricbt immcr (angfam. 8Mnfd)cn Sic cin (Stucf <8rcb 
unb cin rocnig gfctfd) su effen ? <Sebr gem, benn id) bin febr bungrig. 
SGBarum effen (Sic nid)t ? 3d) effe nicmatS etroaS beS 2tbenb£. 2)u iffeft 
£afe ; roarum rottfjt bu nid)t aud) 23reb effen ? 932em SSatcr tpt Dermal 
beb SageS, aber id) effe nur $roeima(. £aben Sic fdjen gegeffcnl 3d) babe 
ncd) nid)t gegeffen ; id) roarte auf mcinc Scbroefter. $£a$ bat bcr Jtnabe 
gegeffen ? (5r bat nid)t met gegeffen, benn cr ipt gu febnett. £)enfen Sie 
manebmat an mid)? 3d) t>enfc eft an Sic. £)entTt bu an bcinc 2Crbcit? 
3d) benf c baran. 2Cn roaS benft er ? @r benft an fcincn franfen Dbcim. 
©ie benfen id) fann bicfc tftbeit tbun, abcr fie ijt 3U fefyroer fur mid), ^abcti 
(Sic Icfstcn 2(bcnb an un^ gebaebt ? 2Bir b^ben an (Sic gebaebt, unb roir 
baben am mcijtcn ocn 3bncn gcfprccbcn. ^>at er an fcine SBucbcr gcbad)t ? 
(Sr b«t baran unb aud) an Sic gebaebt* benfen (Sic bcr grangefe b«t Sic 
r-crftanben ? 3cb benfe fo, benn cr fpricbt gut cnglifcb. SOietne Scbtvcjlcr 
t-crjtcbt ncd) nid)t gut bcutfd), abcr mcinc S^icbtc fpricbt c^ fd)cn gut. Unferc 
Santc r-crftcbt unb fpricbt bcutfeb am bejren rcn un^ OTcn. 5cbt 3bt Dbcim 
ncd) ? (Sr ift ncd) am Gcbcn, unb cr lebt febr gtucflicb/ benn cr ift immer 
roc()( ; cr fyat t>ic( ©elb unb mcle Jrcunbc ; cr roebnt im Scmmer in ber 
Stabt, unb im ©inter auf bem Canbc ; unb er rcift iebe^ 3«()V cinmat 
15* 



174 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

nacf) g)ari& SBarum tcOcn bicfe Scute fc fd)(ed)t. @te ftnt> franf, unb 
fyafcen ntd)t ©elb gcnug kffer $u le&en unb in ctncm grcpcrcn £aufe $u 
rccfyncn. 93?cin 25rubcr fjat burd) gang (Jngfonb gcretft, unb cr tefct nun 
in £cnbon, $abm Sic fyeute ^crrcn <Sd)tx>ar$ gefefjen ? 3d) fyabe ifjn gcs 
fefyen ; cr ift burd) btefc (Strape gcgangen. 3ft 3fyre ©cfyroagertnn nod) am 
£ekn ? ©ie (efct nod), abet fie ift fcf)r frcmf. ©5 tfyut mir feljjr (ctb, bcnn 
fie ift cine fefjr gute grau. Swollen <&'u fo gutig fein fyeutc $u mir $u ferns 
men? 6$ tfyut mir leib, id) fann fyeute nicfyt ^u Sfynen femmen ; id) crroarte 
mcinen better t)on 9?cu 2)orf. 



Do you wait for anybody ? Yes, sir ; I expect my brother to-day j 
he comes back from the country. Does your brother-in-law expect 
us this evening? He expects to see you and your cousin. Have 
you expected to find your niece here? I have not expected it. Do 
you understand that gentleman % I do not understand him well, for 
he speaks very fast. Dost thou understand me, my dear child ? I 
do not understand you very well. Our nephew has not understood 
you, for you speak too fast, and his little sisters have made too 
much noise. When do you wish to eat to-day? I wish to eat 
something at "twelve o'clock. How many times a day does your 
brother eat ] He eats three times a day. I eat in the summer only 
twice a day, but in the winter I eat four times. What have you 
eaten to-day ? I have eaten a little soup, a piece of meat, and some 
bread. Did your aunt eat with your mother yesterday ? She ate 
with us, for she was (has been) the whole day at our house. What 
does the little boy eat? He eats some cheese, and I eat an egg. 
Why dost thou not eat ? I do not eat, for I am not hungry. My 
niece is hungry, for she always eats too fast. Do you expect to 
find your sister in the garden? I think so. Of what dost thou 
think? I think of my pretty dog; it is very sick. Do you some- 
times think of your friend White ? We very often think of him ) 
he is now in Germany. You were (have been) yesterday at your 
aunt's • did you think of me ? We did think (have thought) of you, 
for we spoke (have spoken) much of you. Has your sister thought 
of my book ? She has thought of it, and she will send it back to 
you to-morrow. What do you think of this music? I do not find 
it very pretty. 

Your son reads well, but he writes very badly. Which of my 
children writes the best? Charles writes the best of all. Is his 
brother-in-law still alive 1 He is still alive ) he is a very rich and 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 175 

happy man; he lives in the country in the summer; he travels in 
the autumn ; he has fine children, and all he wishes. Is your bro- 
ther still living in Italy ? He has lived there two years, for he is 
sick; but he will return next spring. I have not seen Mr. Black for 
a long time; is he still alive.? Yes, sir, he is still alive ; he is now 
living in Broad street. Where is your sister ? Do you not see her ? 
she looks through the window. Where are you living this summer ? 
I am living with Mr. Green, at his country-house; all is very good 
there, but the price of living is dearer than in the city. Which is 
the nearest way to Garden-square? You must go through this 
street; it is the nearest way to the square. Will you have the 
kindness to come to see me this evening? but you must bring your 
little niece with you. I am very sorry, my niece cannot go out, for 
she is not w 7 ell. Is Mr. Brown at home ? I wish to speak with him. 
I am sorry, sir, he has gone out this moment. Will you have the 
kindness to pay me the bill? I w T ant money. I am sorry, I cannot 
pay you to-day, for my brother has not sent me any money. 



FIFTIETH LESSON. — $nnf$igfie 2ectwn+ 

To intend, beabficfytigert/ getenfen;* p.p. intended, getad)t (like 
tenfen)* To receive (to get), befommen;* p. p. received, befom* 
men (like formnen)* To receive (to obtain), erfyatten;* p.p. re- 
ceived, erfyatten (like fyalten)* The payment, tie S^ung, or tie 
33ejal;lung. 

The verbs befommen and erf) a (ten are synonymes. 55-es 
fommen is more used, and is generally employed in the sense 
of the English verb to get. Srtyaltenj to receive, implies the 
receipt of things of some importance, or from a distant place. 

He has got (received) his money. (Sr r)at fetn ©ett befommeih 

Dost thou receive anything? SSefemmft tu ctrua* ? 

I receive a book. 3d) befemme ctn Stocl). 

They have got (received) the pens <&\t fjaben tic getcrrt wn tfytcm 

from their uncle. [to-day ? £%tm befemmcn (errjfllten). 

Have you received some letters £abcn @te fjcute S3rtefc crfjalten ? 

I have received some. [London? 3d) f)cibe nxlcbe erfjaltciu 

Dost thou receive this wine from (Srfjafft tu fctefen 2£ein son Ccutcn ? 

I receive it from thence. 3d) erfjctitc Hjtl t)0n tort. 

Does the merchant often receive (Svrjctt tcr jtaufmann oft tieue 

new goods? SBaarcn? 

He receives some every month. <Sr credit nxkl)C jcteti SEcnat. 



176 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



£)te3af)(uncj (t>tc*8c$a(jfong) crfjaltcn* 
©ebenfen (2>te tyutt au$$ua,er)cn ? 
3d) beafcfidjttge in fca* Concert 91 gef)cn 
(5r Fjat ntd)t beabftd)tic]t cs $u tijun. 
SBit r)aben ntemalS gebacbt (Mb son 
tf)tn $u tcifjen ($u bcrcjen). 



Received payment. 
Do you intend to go out to-day? 
I intend to go to the concert. 
He has not intended to do it. 
We have never intended to bor- 
row money of him. 

The pleasure, ba$ 93crgnugen; the night, tie 5Wad)t; the use, 
ber ©ebraudf). To try, wrfucfyen; to use, ge6raucfyen ; to make 
use, ©euraud) maefyen; to lose, mlimn,* p. p. Dertoren; to give 
a pleasure, ein SBergnugcn madjen. 

Will you give me the pleasure to Swollen (Sic mir t>a$ SScrgnflgcn mas 
come to see me to-night ? d)en,mid) btefen 2Cbcnt> 311 bcjud)en? 

I am sorry, I cannot go out to- @$ tfjut mir fef>r teib, id) fann biefcn 
night. * 2(benb nid)t auggcfjcn. 

In such sentences, the night, b i e 9i a <t) t r meaning a part of it, 

must be translated by % b e n b ; for b i e 9? a d) tf in German, means 

the whole night. 

I was not home last night. 3d) bin legte 9?ad)t nid)t 311 £aufe 

gcmefetu 
(Meaning, I did not sleep at home last night.) 

Will you try to write a German SOScIlcn ^ic DCtfudjen cinen beutfcfyen ; 



letter? 

I have already tried it. 

Why do you not try to speak to 
the prince? 

I have not the courage to do it. 

The boy tries to wash his stock- 
ings. 

Can you use this knife ?■ 

I cannot make use of it. 

Do you still use your old horse 1 
I use it still, but I wish to sell it. 

Has his brother used your books 

in order to learn German? 
He has made use of them. 

That man makes a good use of 

his money. 
You must not lose your gloves. 

I never lose my gloves, but my 
little sister loses a pair every 
day. 

Have you lost your money ? 

I have not lost it. 



SSrtcf gu fd)reiben ? 
3d) fyabe c$ fcfjen t>crfud)t. 
8£cirum Dcrfucben <&ic md)t mit bem 

gfirften $u fprccben ? 
3d) fyabe nid)t ben SKutr) cS $u tfitm. 
£)er SinaU t>crfud)t feinc (Sttttmpfe 

p nxtfdjen. 
R ennen (Ste biefcS 93?effer cjcbraud)cn? 
3d) fann t$ nid)t gcbvaud)cn ; or, 3d) 

fann f cincn ©cbraucb batwn macfyen. 
(Mumicfyen (Sic ncd) 3fcr attcs spferb? 
3d) cjebtaucfyc c£ nod), abet id) tuun? 

fd)c e$ $u t>etfaufen. 
£at fcin S3ruber Sfyre 3Bud)cr gc= 

braud)t, urn bcutfd) $u fcrncn ? 
(£r r)at fie gebraud)t ; or, (gr f)at ©c« 

btaud) batmen gemacfyt. 
liefer 3J?ann mad)t cincn gutcn G>5cs 

braudr) wn fetnem ©etbe. 
©ic mujfen nid)t Sftre *g>anbfdr>uf)e 

Dertiercn. 
3d) wtttere nicmats mcinc £anb^ 

fd)uf)c, abet mcinc Heine (Sd)tt>c|U't 

tterUert jeben Sag cin $paat* 
&aben <Sie 3&r @etb wrfercn ? 
3d) fyabc es nid)t t>cr(orcn. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



177 



Who has lost his pen 1 &Ber fyot feme Jeter oerteren ? 

My nephew has lost it. SEctn Sfteffe (jot fie t>er(oreru 

The bank, tie 23anf, plural, tie 33anfen; the bank-note, tie 
SSanfnote; cash, banr; to pay in cash*, baar bejafylen; ready 
money, baareS ®elt; to buy for cash, fur baare§ @elt faufen; 
the credit, ter (§retit; on credit, a uf £ re tit; usually, gemot; niter;* 
Where is your father 1 SOBo ifl Sfa SSatcr ? 

He is at the bank to receive some (Sr ifl ouf ter 23cmf urn ©elt $u er* 



money. 

Is this bank-note good ? 

I think it is good, for all English 
bank-notes are good. 

Do you buy for cash % 

I never buy on credit ) I always 
pay in cash. 

Are bank-notes as good as ready 
money? 

Not always, sir. 

My neighbor usually buys on cre- 
dit, and he sells dearer than I, 
for I buy every thing for cash. 



fjottcn. 
3ft tiefe 23anf note gut ? 
3d) bettfe fie tft gut, tenn alle cnglis 

fcfye SScmfrteten ftnt gut. 
jtoufen (Sic fur boares (Sett? 
3d) fcmfe memats ciuf (Sretit; icr) 

be$ol)le immer boor. 
(Stnt SBonfrtoten fo gut rate booreS 

©ett? 
£TZtcbt immer, mem £>err. p 
£Ketn 9?od)bor fauft geroeljnUdf) ouf 

(Sretit, unt cr t»erfouft tbeurer ote 

id), tenn id) fcmfe ollce fur boores 

©elt. 
(Sein SBruter gerjt gercobnltd) urn tret 

$tertel ouf 3«>et ouf tie 23an!. 



\ 



His brother usually goes to the 
bank at a quarter to two. 

To be obliged (shall), fotlCHf 
an auxiliary verb of mood, like mollen; f onnen> miifferw lafTen, 
after which follows an infinitive, without to, $u> as after shall in 
English. 

@0 lien signifies to be obliged by moral necessity, or enforced 
by the command or will of another, pollen can only be trans- 
lated by shall, when the latter does not express future tense. 
(See Lesson 62.) 

PRESENT TENSE. 

I am to read, 

thou shalt read, or thou art to read, 

he shall read, or he is to read, 

we are to read, 

you shall read, or you are to read, 

they shall read, or they are to read, 

shall I go? am I to go? 

art thou to do it ? 

shall he have it, or is he to have it ? 

shall we bring it, or are we to bring it? follen wit e§ brtngen? 

are you to work? follen <gte arbeiten? 

shall they pay it, or are they to pay it? follen fie e6 be$af)len? 



id) foil (efen. 
tu follfr lefen. 
er foil lefen. 
rcir follen (efen. 
€ie follen lefen* 
fie follen lefen. 
foil id) gel)en? 
follfr tu e§ tbun? 
foil er es l)aben? 



178 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

2Bag beabfid)tigcn <&k fyeute gu tfyun ? 3d) gcbenfe nad) bem nad)ficn 
£)erfe $u gefycn. £at 3&r £)t)eim gebad)t tag g>fcrt) beg (SngfanberS $u 
Caufcn ? <5t fjat niemate bcabftd)tigt eS $u faufen. 3)er grcmbc beabftd)tigt 
mergen nad) 3)eutfd)(anb ab^uretfen. ©ebcnft fcine (Sd>a>cftcr fran^eftfd) $u 
lernen ? 9?etn ; fie beabfid)tigt bcutfd) $u lernen. SSefemmt bcr .ftnabe cin 
$>aar neue @d)uf)e ? (§r befommt cin $3aar neue <Sd)uf)e unb cinen ©cms 
ntcrrocf. &Ba6 befemmft bu son betnem SSatet? 3d) befemmc ren ifym 
allcS roaS id) braud)e. £abcn <Sie fd)en Sljr (Mb befemmen? 3d) f)abe 
C5 nod) nid)t befemmen, aber id) erroarte c$ jeben 2Cugenb(icf. $en mem F)at 
Sfyrc (Scfymeftcr baS f;ubfd)e 23ud) befemmen ? (Sic fjat c$ r>on 3^er Santc 
befemmen. liefer arme Jlnabe befemmt feine JUetbcr t»en feinem reid)en 
9?ad)bar, unb mir befemmen bie unferigen t>cn unfercr Gutter. (Srfyalten 
@ic eft 23riefe Den Sftrcm grcunbe ? 3d) fcfyretbe eft an tfyn, unb id) erfyalte 
alle feine SSrtefe butd) meinen Dfyeim. (Sr^dlft bu betne englifcfyen SBucbcr 
r>en Cenben 1 9ltin ; id) faufe fie bei £crrcn (Scfymibt. £at Sfjr (Sd)mager 
fcfyen feine neuen £Baaren crfyatten ? (Sr credit fie fycute ; l>a$ (Sd)iff ift 
geftern angefemmen. 3d) serfucfte ^u fcfyretben, aber c£ ifl $u roarm. (5r 
\?erfud)t feine 2Crbeit beffer $u madjetu 4?aben ^ie biefe geber t>crfuc&t ? 
3d) fyabc fie »erfud)t, aber id) fann fie nid)t gebraucfyen. £Ba$ fyat er t)erfud)t 
$u tfyun ? (5r fyat t)erfud)t ben ©rafen $u fprecfyen, aber er Fjat tfjn nid)t $u 
£aufe gefunben. ©cbraucfyen @ie btefes papier? 3d) fyabe e$ gebraud)t, 
aber id) ftnbe e£ nid)t gut. (5>cbraud)t Sfyr Cfteffe mandjmal 3fyr $pferb ? 
(5r f>at e£ cfycmaB eft gebraud)t, aber er braud)t eg je|t nid)t mefyr, benn er 
Ejat ein $3ferb gefauft. ^ennen ®k Den biefen (Strumpfen ©ebraud) mad)en? 
3d) fann feincn ©ebraud) ba$en mad)en, benn fie ftnb 3U flein. ©e t>er* 
tieren 3f)te vg)anbfd)uf)e ; @ie muffen fie nid)t in ben £ut (egen. ©iefer 
^nabe serliert eft cin 23ud), benn er fjat nid)t ^uft ju arbeiten. ^aben @ie 
etma^o t)cr(eren ? 3d) Fjabe mcincn $King t>er(eren ; id) ftabe i()n feben ben 
gan^cn Sag gefuebt, unb id) fann iljn ntcr>t fmben. 3Be ^aben @ic if)n scr* 
(eren ? 3d) &abe ifjn (e|tcn 2Cbenb im ©arten t?cr(eren. 3ft 3b^ 93ruber 
bie le|te 0?ad)t nid)t ^u ^aufe geroefen ? S^cin ; er ift (cgte 0?ad)t bei unfes 
rem franfen (Sd)mager geblieben. SBelten (Sic fe gutig fein mir 3&r 23ucr> 
^u tcifjen ? 9}jit otctem SSergnugcn. SSelten ^ie mir $>a$ SSergnfigen 
madfeen mit mir in t>a$ Sweater ^u gefyen ? @ie ftnb fef)t gutig, mctn |>err. 
^ennen ^u t>en biefer gebcr ©ebraud) mad)cn? id) roitf fie S^ttcn mit 
SScrgnugcn gcben. 3d) fd)reibe gemef)n(id) mit cincr gelbenen ^^bcr, benn 
id) febrcibe fe()r fcr>nctL SSBann fcefyen @te gcmef)nUd) auf ? 3cb pe^c ges 
n>cr)nttcb urn fed)5 Ufyr auf, aber id) fell morgen urn funf ltf?r auffteben, benn 
nrir gef)en auf bag Sanb. 3ft 3^ QSater fefcen auf bie 23anf gegangen ? 
CSr ift fd)en suruefgefemmen, unb er f)at bie 33anfneten fur ®ie mitgcbrad)t. 
£)iefe Sanfneten ftnb gut ; fie finb fo gut mie baare^ ©elb. SDlaxi Dfycim 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 179 

fcmft tmmer ouf (Srebit, akr id) fciufc fur baar (baarc^ Gklb). <Sie mfiffm 
fctefem 9#anne baar beaten ; er ocrfauft ntd>t auf (Srebtt, Unfcr 9^nd)bar 
fauft md)t immcr fur OaarcS G5ctt> ; cr foot met (Srcbtr. ©ell mein -Bruber 
$u Sfyncn lemmen ? 3a ; roetlen @ie ifym fagen mergen be£ 9J2orgen$ in 
meinen £aben $u femmen ? Gotten wir biefe Ucbung abfd)reiben ? @te 
fennen (Sic abfefyreiben unb cine anberc (crncn. ©ell id) auf ben SEHarft 
gerjen, ebcr roetlen ©ic ben <8ebienten baf)in fd)tcfcn ? ©ie fennel $u £aufe 
bleiben ; bat better iff $u fdtfcdfct. 2Sa$ fell ber £nabe tljun ? Or fell 
arbctten, unb nid)t immer auf bie ©trapc gefjen* 



Do you intend to go out to-day ? Yes, sir ; I intend to go to the 
country. To whom does the Frenchman intend to write 1 He in- 
tends to write a note to his nephew. What does your uncle intend 
to buy? He intends to buy a fine carriage, but he cannot use it, 
for he has no horse. What do you intend to do ? I have the inten- 
tion to do nothing. Do you sometimes receive a book? I often 
receive books from my aunts. Does your little brother receive a 
new coat every summer? He receives one every summer and 
every winter. What do the sailors receive ? They receive some- 
thing to eat and to drink, and much money. Have you already got 
(received) your money ? I have not yet got it, for I did not go out 
(have not gone out) yesterday. From whom has your sister received 
this beautiful dress? She has received it from her aunt. You have 
so many fine books ■ of whom do you buy them ? I do not buy them 
here ; I receive them from New York. Does your father write some 
letters every day ? He writes and he receives some every day. Do 
these merchants often receive new goods? They receive some 
almost every week, and they (have) received a great deal of mer- 
chandise from France the day before yesterday. From whom have 
you received this letter? I have received it from my brother-in- 
law. Where is your brother-in-law living now? He is now living 
in Boston, but he intends soon to return. You have not written 
well ; you must try to do it better. I will try it, but I have a very 
bad pen. Why do you not try to speak German ? I have not yet 
learned enough, but I will try to speak it after a few months. Will 
you try a glass of this wine ? I thank you ; I have already drunk 
some wine. Have you already tried your new horse ? I have not 
yet tried it, but I will try it to-morrow. Why do you not send this 
bag to the warehouse ? Our servant has tried to carry it, but he 
has found it too heavy. 



180 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

Do you often use your nephew's carriage ? I cannot make use 
of it, for I have no horse. Dost thou use this book ? I use it to copy 
my exercises. Have you used the carpenter's hammer? I have 
used it to mend my bureau. I will give you one dollar, but you 
must not make a bad use of it. Why does that boy always use my 
pens? He has lost his own. He loses every thing* yesterday he 
(has) lost his paper, and to-day his pens. Do you never lose any 
thing? I do not often lose any thing. Your sister is looking for 
something ; what has she lost ? She has lost her golden pencil. Have 
you found it % I have found it in her room, and I will give it back 
to her. When do you get up? I usually rise at seven o'clock, but 
to-morrow I must get up at a quarter to six, for I am going to Balti- 
more. Art thou to copy this long letter? 1 must copy it. I wish 
to go to the concert and cannot find my coat ; what shall I do ? You 
must remain at home, or you must take your brother's coat. When 
shall we come again ? You may come again this evening. Are 
you to wait for your sister? I must wait for her ; she has to bring 
me some money in order to pay for my boots. What shall the servant 
do? He must try to find my cane; I have lost it in the garden. 
Where were you (have you been) last night? I usually go every 
night to the theatre, but last night I was (have been) at my uncle's, 
for he is not well. Have you been with him the whole night ? No, 
sir, I (have) returned at half past eleven. Will you give me the 
pleasure to go with you to the concert? Most willingly; I always 
find it a great pleasure to go with you, and I never make a better 
use of my time. I usually buy. for cash ; but this time I am obliged 
to buy on credit, for I have not yet received my money. My brother 
goes every morning to the bank ; to-day he has to receive there five 
hundred dollars in bank-notes and one hundred and fifty dollars in 
cash. Our neighbor sells all his goods for ready money, bat we pay 
him usually in bank-notes, for the notes of the city banks are as 
good as ready money. We buy for cash, in order to buy cheaper, 
but we sell on credit to make a better profit. You must not sell to 
that, gentleman on credit; he will not pay you, for he never buys for 
• cash. I come to pay my bill ; have the kindness to write : Received 
payment in cash. With pleasure, sir. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 181 

FIFTY-FIRST LESSON. — @W ttnb ftittfji^fte 
Section* 

The noon, ber SKittag; tlie forenoon, ber 23ormittag; the after- 
noon, bee ^iacfymittag; the teacher, ber ?el;rer; to teach, lefyren; 
to spell, 8uct)fiabiren; to study, |rubiren; the heart, ba§> iperj, 
genitive, &e$ Jperjen$> plural, bie jjerjen; with all my heart, t)orx 
ganjem jperjen. 

Have you a good teacher 1 $aUn &it einen guten Sefjrcr ? 

I have no master at present, for it 3d) fyabe jegt fctnen Center, benn c$ 

is too warm to study. ift gu warm $u ftubircn. 

This teacher teaches German gttcfer Cefytet lefytt beutfd) unb ftaru 

and French. 30ftfd). 

He has taught me the English (St fjat mir bie englifd)e (Spracfyc ges 

language. lefytt. 

The boy has a good heart. JDct .ftrtabe f)at ein guteS ^er^. 

I love my mother with all my 3d) Uebe meine Gutter sen gan$cm 

heart. Jpeqetu 

That child spells very well. £)tejes &tnb bud))Mttt fcfjr gut. 

He studies the whole day. (St ftubttt ben garden gag. 

Verbs of foreign origin ending in iren> or terert/ — as to 
spell, b u d) fr a b t r e n ; to s tofy, fr u b i r e n> — are regular verbs, 
but do not take the augment ge in the past participle; as 
spelled, b u d) jr a b i r t ; studied, fr u b i r t- 

He has spelled badly. (St fyat fd)(ed)t bucfyjtabttt. 

I have studied the French Ian- 3d) tjabc lange bie fran$6fvfd)e (Sptcts 

guage a long time. d)e ftubirt. 

He goes out only in the afternoon. (St gefyt nut be6 SftacfyivittagS au$. 

You must come to me in the fore- @ie muffen $u mir be* Q3ormittag$ 

noon. Icmmen. 

The genitive case, in German, is used to denote indefinite time, 
when the nouns expressing it are of the masculine or neuter 
gender ; as : — 

In the forenoon, be§ 2Sormittag§; in the afternoon, be$ 9?acf)* 
mttrag$; in the morning, be£ 9J£orgen$; in the evening, be$ 
2(6enbe>. Also, once a day, einmal be£ £age$; twice a month, 
jweimal be§ SftonatS; three times a year, breimal be§ Sft^tei; 
but not jwetmat ber 2Bod)e, twice a week, but jroeimal bie 2Bod)e, 
because 2B d) e is feminine. 

I go twice a day to see him. 3d) befucfye tr)n groetmat be* £age$. 

He goes to Boston four times a (St retpt metmal t)C6 Sabres nad) 

year. SBofton. 

16 



182 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



We go to the theatre three times 
a week. 



£Btr gcfyen bretmat bte gBecfye in %>a$ 

Sweater. 



The hotel, ba$ §otel, ber ©aftfyof ; the cattle, ba$ 3iinb, plural, 
bieSiinber; beef,9iinbfletfd); mutton, jpammeljTeifcfy, or ©cfyopfen* 
fteifd); the breakfast, la$> $x&t)ftM ; the dinner, bae 9)?ittageffen; 
to breakfast, friifyfruden ; to dine, ju 9)iittag effen, or fpeifen; 
ready, fertig, 6ereit. 



Breakfast is not yet ready. 

Dinner is on the table. 

Are you ready to depart to-day l . 

I am ready. 

Hast thou finished the letter % 

I have done. [fast % 

When does your brother break- 



Dag gtuf)jiucf ift ncdf) ntd)t fetttg, 

&a$ ^ittageffen ift auf bcm £tfd)& 

©inb (Sie bcrett beute afyureifen ? 

3d) bin fcerett. 

^g>aft bu ben *8rief fccenbigt ? 

3d) tun ferttq* 

23ann frubftudt Sfct SBruber? 



He breakfasts early in the morning. (Sr frufyftticft fcur) be* 93?orgen£. 



£aben <Sie fd)on gefruf)ftucft ? 
S^cd) ntd)t ; benn id) frur)pucfe urn 

f)a(6 neun. 
r Spt 3f)t £)r,etm fret 3faen $u gjtft* 

tag ; or 
I ©pctf't 3br Sfjctm bei Sftnen ? 
' 9?ein, er ipt in bcm £ote( (©aft&cf) 

SU §Q?tttag ; or 
9ltin, cr fpeif't in bem £etcL 
J 3Bcmn fyafcen @ie $u 9#itrag gegeffen ? 
or, SOBcmn fyaben fete gefpeipt ? 
We (have) dined (taken dinner) f®? *£ ben Um ^et Ur,r 5 u ^ittag 

at three o'clock. ' 1 J$*» ; ° r , • Mfc , T , f 

( iir fyakn um brct Hr)t gefpetpr. 

I have the intention not to dine J 3 * ^ bk <P fid)t ¥nU £*£ * U 
t j ^ 9Bttag $u effen ; or [jpetfen. 

1 y# [ 3d) fcabe bie 2Cbfl*t fjeute nid)t gu 

To be worth, rt)ertt> fein ; to be contented, to be satisfied, ju* 

frieben fein. 



Have you already breakfasted ? 
Not yet, for I breakfast at half 
past eight. 

Does your uncle dine at your 
house ? 

No, he dines at the hotel. 

When did you dine (have you 
dined) % 



This carriage is not worth much. 

His horse has been worth one 
hundred dollars. 

The horse is too bad to be worth 
so much. 

Are you satisfied with your serv- 
ant? 

I am not contented with him. 

Has he been satisfied w T ith my 
book] 

He is contented with nothing. 

We must have much money in 
order to be contented. 



Dtefer 2£agen tft ntd)t met roertf> 
©etn $ferb tft rjimbert Staler nxrtr) 

geroefen. 
Da^ $)ferb tft $u fd)(ed)t um fo ml 

nxrtf) gu fein. 
(Sinb 8te nut Sfyrem SBebienten ^ 

frieben ? 
3d) tun nid)t nut tr)m gufrieben. 
3ft er nut mcinem SBucfye ^ufrieben 

geroefen ? 
(5r tft mit ntdjtS gufrieben. 
2GBit muffen met ©e(b r>abcn um $us 

frieben $u fein. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 183 

(S* ift 9JUttag, roir rootlen nad) £aufe gcfjen, unfcr Secret cartel auf un$ ; 
er tefyrt un$ bie beutfcfye unb fete fran^ofifdrje (Spradje* 2Bie eft fommt bcr 
Cefyrer $u S&nen 1 (5r femmt mermat t>tc 2Bod)C $u mir, gweimat bc£ SScrs 
mtttagg unt gweiwal bes £ttad) mittagS. Sernt tfyre ftcine <Sd)rocfter &ud)ftas 
biren ? @te bud)ftabirt fd)on febr gut, unb fie fangt an $u tefen ; unfere 
9ltd)te f)at c£ if)r getef)rt. £Bte tange rjaben @ie bcutfd) jtubirt? Set) fjabe 
c$ nur btet Senate ftubtrt, unt) id) fange an e$ ein rocntg $u Derftefycn. ' 
SKctn £)f)cim frufjftficft groctmal bes SagcS, abcr er ift nur rocnig $u SKittag. 
£8ann frubjtucfen Sic ? 3d) ftelje geroofynttd) urn funf Ufjr auf, unb id) 
ftubire bts fteben Ufjr, benn roir frufyftucfen urn cin SHertet auf acbt, SXcine 
£crren, Ecmmen ©ic in ba* Spetfe^mmcr, $>a* grufyftucf ift bereft. £Ba$ 
fyaben (Sic fjeute gum Sfttttagejfen ? 2Sir fyaben nur cin roenig <Suppc unb 
£ammetflctfd) gegeffen, benn unfev SSatcr fpeif't l)cute mit einem greunbe 
in bem £otet. *paben Sic fd)cn gefpeif't'? 9?od) nid)t ; mx eflfen gcroofms 
ltd) urn brei Ufyr $u STCittag. £err Sd)roar$ fjat ein fefjr gutcS £erg, er ift 
immcr bereit ben armen Seutcn ©e(b $u geben. S'inb (Sic bereft afyuretfenl 
3d) bin bcreit. 2£te oft rcifen Sie nad) 0?eu gjerf ? 3d) rctfe brctmat be$ 
97ienat$ bafyin. 9Jlein 9?ad)bar, bcr reid)C .jlaufmann, rcif't gnximat bc$ 
3af)rcs nad) sparis. £aben Sie fcfyon Sfyre Itebungen abgefefyricben ? 3a 
mein £etx, id) bin fcrtig. (3d) b^c fie bcenbigt.) •©tefer^nabe tiebt feine 
Sautter t>on gangem .pcr^n, er fyat Diet ©uteS Don tfyr gcternt. SBtcmel ift 
bicfer SBagcn roertf) ? (Sr ift nid)t met roertf), benn er ift fd)cn alt. ©ein 
spferb ift ntcmalS met roertr) geroefen. (Sinb Sic mit Sfjrem Scorer gufrieben 1 
3d) bin mit tfjm ^ufrteben. 3ft bcr Sctbat mit feincm 9}tittagcffen $ufricten 
geroefen ? 3d) bcn!e er ift bamit gufrieben gemefen, benn er fyat gute^ $Kinb^ 
ftctfd) gegeffen. 2Bir mufjen oft mit rocnig gufrieben fein. 2Ba^ ijr 36ve 
U^r ? SKetne U^r ift tjatb gn>ei. S)ie meinige ift nur cin 8Sierte( auf $n>et. 
Sbfe Ur)r gel)t entnxber eine SSiertet (Stunbe gu fruf), ober bie meinige ge^t 
einc asiertel Stunbe gu fpat. 2Bir fagen im £)eutfd)en gewotjntid), bie Ufyr 
ge^t gu fru^ ober gu fpat, aber roir I onnen auc^ roic im (Sngtifcfycn fagen : 
bie Uf)t gefjt au fc^netl, ober fie ge^t gu tangfam. 



My teacher does not come to-day • he has gone to the next village. 
What does he teach you ? He teaches me the German language. 
Who has taught your brother French? Mr. Blanc, a French teacher, 
has taught it to him. You are reading the whole day; what are 
you studying] I study the Spanish language. Is it difficult to study 
it 1 Not so difficult as the German language. I always study in the 
morning, but my cousin studies in the afternoon. I think you are 
right in studying early; I also study in the morning, and I have 
learned much in a short time. Has his niece studied Italian lonsr? 



184 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

She has studied ten months, but she is not yet able to speak it ; I 
think she has not a good teacher. Does your little sister already 
spell % She spells very well ; she has studied it only two months, 
and now she already begins to read. Who has taught it to her? 
Our mother has taught it to her. A mother is always the best 
teacher for her little children. How has that little boy spelled ? 
He has spelled badly, for he will not learn anything. My little 
cousin has a very good heart ; he loves his father and his teacher 
very much, but he is not assiduous. You will always find me at 
home at noon ; in the afternoon I usually go out, and often come 
home very late. My brother-in-law goes to the bank every fore- 
noon ; he has much to do in the spring and in the autumn, but in 
the summer he travels. Whither does he usually travel ? He goes 
three times a month to New York. My father has formerly tra- 
veled very much, but now he is too old, and my older brother goes 
to London twice a year for him. How often does your servant go 
to your store? He goes there twice a day; the first time at seven 
o'clock in the morning, and the second time at three o'clock in the 
afternoon. I hear that you go to the theatre every night; I do not 
go so often ; I go thither only twice a week. What are we to do ? 
our maid-servant has broken all our cups; we cannot drink any 
more tea. You must go to a store, and buy a half dozen other cups. 
But I have no money. You must try to buy on credit. Many mer- 
chants willingly sell on credit, but they sell dearer on credit than 
for cash. Why must your little daughter go to her aunt ? She 
must go to her aunt, in order to wish her a good morning; she 
loves her with all her heart. 

When do you dine 1 We dine at half past two. Has your brother 
already dined? No, sir;* he takes his dinner after me. Will you 
give me the pleasure to dine with us to-day ? You are very kind, 
sir ; when do you dine ? We usually dine at half past three. Where 
have you dined (taken your dinner) to-day? I have taken my din- 
ner at the French hotel, for my mother is in the country. Is our 
dinner ready ? Not yet, for it is not yet two o'clock ; are you hun- 
gry ? I am hungry, for I breakfasted very early. When do you 
breakfast? I rise early in the morning, and I breakfast at seven, 
o'clock ; my brother breakfasts after me, for he usually gets up at 
half past seven. Our breakfast is always ready at eight o'clock, 
and our dinner at a quarter past two. Has the student eaten much 
at breakfast ? He has only eaten some bread and butter and a piece 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 185 

of cold beef. You eat so very little ) are you not satisfied with your 
dinner '? I am very well satisfied with it, but I have eaten too much 
at breakfast. This gentleman is very unhappy \ he is never con- 
tented, and he always wishes for something which he cannot have. 
Have you been satisfied with that little boy % I have been well 
satisfied with him, for he has studied very well, and he has written 
better than usually. We cannot always have what we wish, and 
we must sometimes be satisfied with little. How much is that 
knife w^orth ? It is not worth much \ it is only an iron knife. What 
is the price of this fine horse'? My uncle has paid two hundred 
dollars for it ; -it is not worth so much. My watch always goes too 
fast ; I think I have paid too much for it. Of whom have you bought 
it ?- 1 have bought it from the foreign merchant, and I paid seventy- 
five dollars for it. You must give it back \ this watch has never 
been worth so much. Can you lend me fifty dollars'? I will lend 
them to you with all my heart, but you must give them back to me 
next month. Are you ready to go to the concert with me ? I am 
ready to do all that you wish. Have you already written the exer- 
cises ? Yes, sir, I have done. 



FIFTY-SECOND LESSON. — $ttM*t tmh fiittf|tgfte 
Section* 

To boil, to cook, focfyen; to roast, to fry, braten; the roast- 
meat, ber 35raten; the roast-beef, t>er 9iinber6raten; the roast- 
mutton, ber jpamme(6raten; the fish, ber %\\&) f plural, tie ftifcfye; 
the cake, ber J?uct)en, plural, bte J?ud)en; the memory, ba$ ®e* 
bdcfytnijs; by heart, au^roenbig; to leqrn by heart, ctuSroenbig 
lerneru 

To be permitted, to be at liberty (may), mogerv 
an auxiliary verb of mood, like rootten, fonnen, mtiffen, laffen, 
fotten; after which follows an infinitive, without }Uf to, as after 
may in English. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

I may, icfy mag; we may, rcir mcgen. 

thou mayest, t>u rrmgjr; you may, <2ie mcgen. 

he may, cr mag; they may, fie mogem 

I may work the whole day ; I 3d) mag ben garden Sao, arfcetten ; 
never have finished. id) fjafce nicmalS a,cenbta> 

16 * 



186 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



You may expect me to-morrow. (Ste mcgen (fonnen) mid) mcrgen er* 

roatten. 
He may go when he will ) I re- (5t mag gefyen roann et will ; tc!) 

main at home. Wetbe £U |>aufe* 

It may be. (£$ mag fcin, or e$ fann fein. 

To like, lie6en> gem fyakru 

There is, in German, no verb which exactly expresses the 

English verb to like. When it relates to a friendly affection, it 

"nay be translated by He&eUf to love ; but otherwise it must be 

rendered by g e r tt> willingly, accompanied by a suitable verb ) 



I like little children. 

He likes his aunt very much 

We like to see him. 



Do you like a white hat ? 

Does the boy like cakes? 

He does not like them. 

Dost thou like beer? 

I do not like it. 

Does your mother like boiled 

meat ? 
She likes roast-meat, and I like 

fried fish. 
Dost thou like to learn by heart ? 

I do not like it. 



3d) liefce Heine Jtinbet. 

(St liebt fefyt feine Sante. 

SBtr fefyen tfjn gem. 
f £at>en ©te gem einen roetpen £ut? or 
\ Stagen @te gern einen roetpen £ut ? 

3ft t>et £nabe gern £ud)en ? 

(St tpt fie nid)t gern. 

Stint" ft bu getn SSiet ? 

3d) ttinfe e£ ntd>t getn. 

3ft 3f)te Gutter getn gefocfyteg 
gfteifd) ? 

©te tpt getn SBtaten, unb id) effe getn 
gebtatene $ifd)e. 

Scrnft fc>u getn auercentug ? 
( 3d) feme nicbt getn auSroenbtg, or 
I 3d) mag nid)t ausrcenfcig fetnen. 

To like not can be translated by n i d) t m 6 g e n ; as: — 
I do not like, id) mag nid)t. 

thou dost not like, tu magjr nid)t. 
he does not like, er mag nid)f, :c. 

3d) fprecfye nicr)t gem nut jenem 

3J?anne, or [d)en, 

3d) mag nid)t nut jenem SCRanne fpre* 

isjfteine <Sd)nxjiet gefyt nid)t getn in 
fd)ted)tem ^Better au$, or 
9)?eine ©dbroefter magnidjt in fcfyled)* 
tern better auSgefjen. 
I do not like this wine. 3d) ttinfe nidyt getn btefen 28ein. 

(Or, if we wish to express it f 3d) mag nid)t ttefen 2Betn trinCen, or 
more strongly, as dislike), \ 3d) mag nid)t fctefen 2Bein. 

The appetite, ber 2(ppetit; the supper, fcaS 2Ibenbeffen (in 

some parts of Germany, t>a$> ?(6enb6rob); to sup, ju 2(6enb effen 

(2(6enbbrob effen); loud, aloud, faut. 

The supper is not yet ready. £)a$ tf&enbefjen iff nod) nid)t fetttg. 



I do not like to speak to that man. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



187 



Will you take supper with us? or, 

Will you sup with us? 

I thank you \ I have no appetite. 

What have you for supper ? 

We have some roast-beef and 
some cold roast-mutton. 

I like boiled fish and roast- 
chicken. 



SMlen <Sie mit uns ^u 2C6enb efjen ? or. 
Swollen (Sie nut uns 2(t>enbbrob effen ? 
3d) banfe Sbnen; id) fyabe Ceinen 

2Cppetit 
SBaS fjafcen Ste pm 2C6enbejfen 1 
SBtr fyaben Sttnbetfcraten unb fatten 

£ammet6raten. 
3d) efie gem ge!od)te gtfd)C unb ges 

bratene £uf)ner* 

A fish, a chicken, is to be translated by e i n 5* i f d> e i n Jp u f) n ; 
but J^5^ and chicken, in a general sense, as above, must be ex- 
pressed by the plural, % i f d) e> £> u \) n e r. 

I do not like to sup late; or, 
I do not like to eat supper late. 
My brother has already supped ; 

or, he has already taken his 

supper. 
I cannot hear him ) he does not 

speak aloud. 



3d) effe nid)t gem fpat ^u 2fl>enb ; or, 
3d) mag nid)t fpat 2£benbt>rob effen* 
£)?ein SBruber fjat feften $u 2f6ent> ges 

gefjen ; or ; et fjat fd)on 2Cbenb6rob 

gegeffen. 
3d) Eann tfyn nid)t fjoren ; er fprtdjt 

nid)t taut 

Without, c t; n e^ a preposition, which governs the accusative. 



He can do nothing without me. 

Why do you never go out with- 
out your brother?. 

I like to go with him. 

I like to go only with him. 

He works without speaking. 

I have gone away without wait- 
ing for him. 

Just as you like. 



(5t fann cr)nc mid) md)t$ tl)um 
2Barum gefyen ©i« menials cfyne 3>fjs 

ren SSruber au$ ? 
3d) gefye gem mit t(jm* 
Set) mag nur mit tftm gefyen, 
(Sr arbeitet ofyne gu fprecfycm 
3d) bin roeggegangen cfyne auf tr;n 
gu roarten. 
f ©an$ mk (Ste e3 m>Um ; or, 
( ©an$ tt>tc <Sie e£ VDunfc^en* 



GERMAN DIMINUTIVES. 



Every noun, expressing a person or thing, may be formed into 
a diminutive by adding db e n or ( e i fif and changing the hard 
vowels a. Of and u into a f 0/ and ti. 

All diminutives are of the neuter gender, whatever may be the 
gender of the substantive from which they are formed. 



the son, 
the daughter, 
the tree, 
the heart, 
the glass, 
the flower, 
the piece, 
the garden, 



ber Sofyn, 
lit %oft)t?v, 
ber 33aum> 
ta$ jperj, 
ba$ ®la$, 
bte 93lume, 
ba$ ©tiicf f 
ber ®axtm, 



ba$> gotyndben. 
ba$> Sod)terd)eru 
ba$ 33dumd)en, 
ba$ jperjd)en. 
bat ©lascberu 
ba$ QMumcfyen. 
ba$> etucfeben. 
ba$> @artct)en. 



188 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

Will you give me a small piece Snellen Sie mtr cin (Studcfecn 23rofc 

of bread ? gckn ? 

Each child has his little garden. 3ebcs £inb feat fan fleineS ©artcfecru 

I have found these little flowers 3d) feabe btefe Slttmcfecn auf fcem 

in the field. gelbe gefunt>en, 

Diminutives are not only employed to express littleness, but 
also fondness, and sometimes even ridicule ; thus — 

dear father ! mein 2>dterd)ert ! 

dear mother ! mein 9)tiitterd)en ! 

my darling, my dear love ! mein jjerjefyen ! 

and otherwise — 

Have you seen the little man — £aben @ie t>a$ ?Qiannd)en — fcatf 

the little woman ? • graucfecn — gefefeen ? 

He has given me a very little (Sr feat mtr cin fteineS ©(aScfeen SBcin 

glass of wine to drink. $u trinfen gegeben. 

The girl, ba§ Sftdbcfyen, 
derived from bie 93? ^ 9 t>f which in earlier times was the name 
for a maiden, and not for a servant. 

The miss, t>a£ %xaukin§ 
derived from the woman, bie $raiu — The girl, ba$ 33Jdb^ 
d) e fy and the miss, ba$ % r d u I e i rv both referring to unmar- 
ried ladies, are formed like diminutives, but are now no more 
considered as such. They are of the neuter gender, but are sub- 
stituted by feminine, and not by neuter personal pronouns. 

His sister is a good girl. (Seine <Scfemcftcrtft cin gutes9J?abcfecn, 

Miss, I wish you a good evening, sjftetn graulein, id) wunfefee Sfenen 

etnen guten 2(benb* 

Miss Fisher is sick ) she cannot $rcm(ein $ifcfecr ift franf ; ftc fann 

go out. nicfet ausgefecn. 

This is a good girl ; she brings £)icfe$ ift em guteS OTabcfecn ; ftc 

me something to drink. brtngt mtr etwas $u trinfen* 

3cfe mag arbeiten fo t>tct true icfe fann, id) feabe memafe ®clb. (St mag 
fagen vba$ er witt, id) fann tfen nicfet oetflefeen. Sic megen son uns benfen 
wa$ ©te wettcn. (£6 mag fo fetn, aber id) will e& nicbt t> erfucfecn. 2)iefe 
jUnbcr tteben iferen Seferer, aber ftc arbeiten nicfet germ £err (Scfewar^ ttcOt 
feine greunbe, aber er gtcbt tfenen nicfet gem etwag $u eficn* £BaS feat Sfere 
(Scfewcftcr gem ? @te tragt gem fefibfefee £leibcr* (Sflcn Sic gern ffiinte 
fieifcfe? Scfe effe gern ein Stud Sttnberbraten, unb id) trtnfc gern ein 
©tascfeen SQBcin fcaju. 2Mlen @te mit mtr $u £errcn duller gefeen ? 3d) 
mag nicfet $u tfem gefeen, benn id) benfe er fiefet mid) nicfet gern* ©efet 3fere 
Sautter fecute in bat Sfeeatcr? S?ctn * 3 fie mag nicfet be* UUnU ausgefeen* 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 189 

SBann tpt Sfyr £>r)ctm gu 2tt>enb ? (St tpt urn ncun Ufjt ttknbbteb, benn ct 
ipt fcfjr fpdt $u 9CKtttag» SBctlcn Sie mtt uns 2C6cnt>brct> effen ? nrit f)aben 
£ammc(bratcn unt) gebtatcne g'ifd)t% 3d) banfe SOncn, id) fyabe feinen 
2£ppetit ; id) fyabe ^u Diet gu SJlittacj Qcgcffcn* SBet nxm fyabcn ©te gcfpcif't? 
3d) fyafrc bet metnet Same gefpetft. 3d) ^)orc btefett £etten nid)t 9cm fptes 
d)cn, benn cr fprid)t immcr fefyt taut. SGSarum fprecfyen Sie nid)t tauter? 
3d) fann nid)t fefyr taut fpred)en, abet id) benfe Sie t>erftef)cn mid). 3ft 
jcncS Sttdbdjen 3f)te £5?id)te? 92cm, metri |>etr; fte ift cine g'rcunbtnn 
meinct Sdjroeftet* SBatum ftnb Sie ofme mid) ausgcaancjcn ? &u ftnb 
$u fpdt gc!emmcn ; id) fyabe 6t3 fed)S Uf)t auf ©te gcrvavtct* jDtefet £ett 
gcfyt mematS ofme feme Sd)roeftet in bag Sweater ; fie if! ein fcfjr guteS unb 
fyfibfcfyeg SJcdbcfyctn £>aben Sic fjeute 3fyten 9?cffcn gefefyen 1 3d) bin cms* 
gcgangen efyne ifyn gu fc^en. £aben Sic geftctn gtdutetn SSraun gefefyen ? 
3d) fcabe fie nid)t gefehen. Snellen Sic fyeute mcinc Saute befucfyen ? 3«/ 
mcin -gxdutetn ; rcellen Sic mir ba5 SSetgnfigen mad)cn mtt mir $u ge&en ? 
Sie ftnb fcf>r gfittg, mcin £etr, abet id) fann fyeute ntcbt ausgerjen, benn 
mcinc Gutter ift nid)t roof)!* ££cllcn Sic mid) mergen befucfyen, ebct fell 
id) $u 3bncn femmen ? ©an$ rote Sie cS ttmnfd)cn. Snellen Sic nid)t cin 
®(dsd)en son bicfem SBetn t>crfud)cn ? 3d) banfc 3fynen ; id) trinfc beg 
SJZergcnS nid)t gctn SBcin. 3n Jcnem #du$d)en tuefynt cin g(ucf(id)er £ftann, 
unb in fcinem ©drtcfyen fennen Sie tie fefyenften 23ltmtd)en fmbetu 



I may do what I will, he never is satisfied. You may go to the 
theatre, but not w T ith me, for I will stay at home. He may study 
as much as he can, he will never learn this language, for he has a 
bad memory. You say Mr. Swartz will never pay me; it may be 
so, but I think better of him. May I see what you are doing? You 
may (can) see all I do, for I do nothing wrong. Thou mayest expect 
thy cousin to-morrow. What do you like to do ? I like to read a 
good book. Does your brother like to go to the concert ? He does 
not often go to the concert, for he does not like music very much. 
Does your aunt like your sister? She likes her much, for she is a 
good girl. Does your uncle like dogs? He likes his dogs and 
horses very much. What does your nephew like ? He likes fine 
clothing. Do you like a black coat? No, sir ; I like to wear a 
brown coat. Does the student like to study? He does not study 
very much, but he likes (to have) a good dinner. Does he like 
boiled or fried fish? He likes both. What do you like for supper? 
I like some tea and a roast chicken. Do the soldiers like beer? 
Yes, sir, they like German beer very much. What does your father 
like for breakfast 7 He likes a piece of roast-beef and a cup of 



190 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

coffee. Do these children like their teacher? They like him, but 
they do not like to study. Why do you like to see that gentleman ? 
I like to see him, but I do not like to speak to him, for he speaks 
very badly. You do not like to speak fast — neither do I; but I 
think your aunt speaks too slowly. Does your sister like to learn 
by heart ? She likes to learn by heart, for she has a good memory. 
I do not like .our neighbor; he is a very rich man, but he never 
gives anything to poor people. Shall I copy these exercises, or 
shall I learn them by heart ? Just as you like. You learn easily 
by heart, for you have a good memory ; but for me it is very diffi- 
cult, for my memory is bad. 

Will you give me the pleasure to take supper with us ? I am 
very sorry, I cannot remain so late, for my mother is waiting for 
me. You must not go, for supper is ready. What have you for 
supper? We usually take some fried fish and a piece of cold beef 
or mutton for our supper. Do you like chicken-soup ? I like chicken- 
soup w T hen I am not well, but I do not like boiled chicken. My 
brother has a good appetite; he eats almost all day : early in the 
morning he can eat a large piece of roast-beef and some cakes. Do 
you not like cakes'? I like cakes, but only for dinner. I (have) 
dined yesterday with our uncle at the City Hotel ) we ate (have 
eaten) very good beef-soup, boiled and fried fish, roast-mutton, roast- 
chicken, and very fine cakes. What have you drunk? I usually 
drink water, but I drank (have drunk) two small glasses of French, 
wine yesterday. Do your children like cakes ? I think, miss, all 
children like cakes. Will you not eat a piece of this beef ? I thank 
you, I have no more appetite. Do you like to eat bread without 
butter? I must have a very great appetite in order to eat bread 
without butter. This boy cannot learn by heart without speaking 
aloud. You must speak aloud, or I cannot understand you. Can 
you use your neighbor's carriage and horse without paying for it ? 
He sometimes lends me his horse, but I pay him for it. Were you 
(have you bfcen) at the concert yesterday without your aunt? I 
w T as (have been) there without her, for she is sick. Why are you 
always speaking aloud when you copy anything? I speak aloud 
in order not to make mistakes. Miss Brown always speaks so fast, 
it is difficult to understand her. Does Miss Smith like flowers ? I 
have bought some very beautiful ones. She likes flowers very 
much; you will give her a great pleasure by bringing her these 
fine flowers. Who has given you this pretty little flower? Miss 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 191 

Louisa gave (has given) it to me this morning ; I have seen her in 
the garden. Miss Weed, I have the pleasure to bring you some 
flowers, but you must have the kindness to wear them. How 
much may Miss Jenny's new dress be worth? It is a very rich 
dress; it may be worth nearly fifty dollars. My sister also has a 
silk dress, but -she does not wear it often ; she is contented with 
a woolen dress. Will you try a piece of this cake? I thank you, 
I have eaten enough. 



FIFTY-THIRD LESSON. — ®tei Wth fihtf $i$$te 

Section* 

There are in German some verbs, which can be modified by 
the infinitive of another verb : 

To sing, fingen 5 to hear sing, ftngen fyoren; to walk, to take 
a walk, fpajieren $efyen 5 to stop, to make a stand, to leave off, 
frefyen 6(ei6en (literally: to remain standing). 

<2 insert modifies the verb fyoren; — f pa ji cren the verb 
Q e 1) e n ; — and fr e \) e n the verb 6 1 e i 6 e rt. Such modified verbs 
may be considered in their construction as compound separable 
verbs. 

I will hear him sing. 3>dr) rottt tf)n ftngen f)6reru 

I hear him sing all day. 3d) fycre tf)n t)cn garden Sag ftngcm 

I have heard him sing. 3d) f)cik tfm ftrtQcn gebort. 

Can you take a walk with me this $6nnen <Ste fcicfen 2H>eno nut mix 

evening ? fpc^teren gefycn ? 

I have walked already very much 3d) bin f)eute fcfyort t>ict fpo^tcrcn $cs 

to-day. gangem 

He takes a walk every morning. (Sr gerjt jebcn ^florgcn fpqtercn. 

Have the kindness to stop (make £akn ©ie t>te ©utc r)tcr ftefycn $u 

a stand) here. btctberu 

He stops at every corner. (?r bUiU cm jcber (Scfe ftefyert. 

We have left off (stopped) at £Btt fint) auf ©cite 76 ftefyen ge^te* 

page 76. fcen. 

The side, the page, fcie (geite* 

AUXILIARY VERBS OF MOOD. 

Auxiliary verbs of mood are those which convey no deter- 
minate idea in themselves, but give certain modifications to a real 
verb, by expressing willingness, desire, possibility, necessity, or 
permission, of that which is indicated by such real verb. There 
are seven auxiliary verbs of mood in German ; as : — 



192 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

to be willing (will), molten* 

to be able (can), fonneru 

to be compelled (must), mufferu 

to let (to leave, to get done), lafjert. 
to be obliged (shall), fotfen. 

to be permitted (may), mcc^en. 

to dare (to be allowed), burferu 

The present tense of, I will, id) will; I can, id) fann; I 
must, i d) m u § ; / let, I leave, i d> la f f e ; / shall (I am to), i d) 
foil; / may, id) mag; — have been treated in Lessons 28, 29, 
31, 34, 49 and 52. The explanation of to dare, turferif will 
follow hereafter. 

I will speak to him. 3d) rcntl nut ifym fprccfyen. 

Thou canst not do it. £)u fcmnjt c£ md)t tfyun. 

He must work this evening. (£r mup btejcn 2Cbcnb axUitW* 

We get clothing made. £Btt (affcn ^Icibcr macberu 

You shall read; or, you are to read. (2>te fotlen lefeu* 

They may come. ®it mecjen fbmmen. 

In German, the auxiliary verbs of mood have a perfect con- 
jugation, and their past participles a^e : — 

gemottt; gefonnt; $emuf 3 t; getaffen; gefotlt; <jemod)t* 

In English, these verbs are nearly all very defective ; and when 
a compound tense is required, recourse must be had, either to a 
synonymous word, or to a transposition of the auxiliary. 

THE PERFECT TENSE. 

I have been willing (I have wished), id) fyafce gemottt* 

thou hast been able, tu fyafr gefonnt* 

he has been compelled, er l)at gemu§t 

we have left, rt>ir tyabtn gelaffen. 

you have been obliged, fie tyabm c^efollt* 

they have been permitted, ) J fie \)abm gemod)t, 

they have not liked, J { fte fyaben nidjt gemod)t 

When the past participle of these auxiliary verbs of mood is 
connected with the infinitive of a real verb, the participle is then 
changed also into the infinitive ; as : — 

Have you been willing to see £afcen <Ste tljn fcFScn roollen ? (not 

him? gcroellt). 

I have not been willing to see 3d) f)cik ijjn ntcfyt fcfyen roottcn (not 

him. gctroflt). 

But when the modified infinitive is not expressed, the parti- 
ciple is retained ; as: — 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



193 



I have not been willing. 

Has he not been able to come ? 

He has not been able, or 

He has not been able to come. 

Has he been compelled (obliged) 

to work all day? 
He has been obliged, or 
He has been obliged to work. 
You have got a coat made. 
I have left my coat in the room. 

Has he been obliged to come this 

morning? 
He has been obliged, or 
He has been obliged to come. 
I have not liked to do it. 
I have not liked it. 



3d) fyak mcf>t gcrooflt. 

£at er ntcfyt Commen fcnncn ? 

(St fyat ntcfyt gcfonnt, or 

(St fyat ntcfyt tommen fonneru 

$at er ten gangen &acj atbetten mtifs 

fen ? (ntcfyt a/muft). 
(St fyat gemupt, or 
(£t fyat arbetten nmflfen. 
(Sie fyaben etnen 3cec£ ntacfyen foffen. 
Scfy fyabe metnen 3?ocf in t>er ©tube 

gelaffen. 
4>at er btcfen SXRorgen fommen fcllen ? 

(St fyat gefollt, or 
(St fyat femmen fotten. 
3d) fyabe e$ ntcfyt tfyun mocjen. 
3d) ijahc eS ntcfyt gemedfyt* 



The head, ber ^opf; the tooth, bet S^fyn; the neck, the throat, 
ter ipal§ ; the dentist, ber %al}tiar$t ; to pull out (to extract), 
ausjiefyen ;* p. p. pulled out, auSgejogen ; to sleep (to be asleep), 
fd)tafen;* present, id) fct)lafe f bu fd)ldf)T> er fct>ldft ; p. p. slept, 
gefd)lafen ; the bed, ba$ Sett ; violent, fyeftitj ; about, ungefdfyr ; 
the medicine, tie 9)iebicin. 

^opfrnefy, or ^opffefymerjen. 

Safynrcefy, or Safynfcfymerjen. 

ber (gefymetj, plural, bie <Sd;>mer$eru 



The head-ache, 
the tooth-ache, 
the pain, 

What is the matter with you ? 

What ails you ] 

Nothing ails me, but my father ' 
has the headache. 

His sister has a violent tooth- 
ache ; she will go to the dentist. 

Will she get a tooth pulled out 

(extracted) ? 
She has already had a bad tooth 

pulled out. 
T have a pain in the throat. 
Have you slept well ? 
I always sleep very well. 
Is your brother still asleep? 
No, sir, he has already got up. 

When do you go to sleep? 

I go to bed about eleven o'clock. 

17 



I mat fefylt Sfynen ? 



9?tcfyr6 fefylt nut, abet metn $atet fyat 

Jlepffcfymer^cru 
(Seine (Scfytueftet fyat fycfttcje 3afyn* 

fcfymet^en, fie wilt $u bem 3afynat$t 

gefyen. 
2SM fte etnen Safyn au^tefyen taffen ? 

<&u fyat fefyen etnen fcfytecfyten 3afyn 

au^tefyen (affen. 
3d) fyabe £at$fcfymcr$eru 
£aben @tc rcefyt gefcfylafen ? 
3d) fcfytafe unmet fefyr gut. 
©cfylaft Sfyr 25tubet ncd) ? 
£tein, mctn £ctt, er ift fcfyon aufgc* 

ftanben. 
££>ann fefyen (Ste fd)(afen ? 
3d) gefye ungefdfyt urn elf Ufyr $11 

£ette. 



194 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

In Lesson 48, it is observed that, to take off ) abnefyrrmv is used 
for taking off the hat ; but for all other clothing we use, in Ger- 
man, the separable verb, aufcjiefyen/ meaning to pull out or to put 
off; as: — 

He will take off his boots. (St ttrill feme ©tiefet cw6$ief)en. 

She has a mind to take off her @te l)at Suft tfytc £cm£>fd)uf)e audits 

gloves. . Steven. 

I take off my coat. [ings. 3d) giefje metnen 9£ed au£. 

They have taken off their stock- @te baben il)re (Strumpfe auSge^egen, 

He takes off his hat and his (St nimmt fetnen £ut ab unt> $tebt 

gloves, for he will go out no feine £ant>fcf)ufye aue, benn et rvttl 

more. ntd)t mefyt auSgefycn. 

(Sie muffen nic^t fo met 2atm macben, l>enn td) rounfcbe 3bre 9^td>te fin* 
gen $u fyoten. £aben @te fie nod) nid)t ffngen gefyott ? 9?cin, id) fyafce fie 
geftetn $um etftenmal gefeben. (Ste fonnen fie jeben £ftotgcn bet ttnS fingen 
boten. 3d) ()6re ben ^>errn fptecben, ober id) wtfiebe if;n ntcbt, benn er 
fprtd)t ntcbt taut genug. @ic muffen fjicr ntcbt fteben bletben, rott rcotlen 
in t>a£ Sweater gcr)cn* ££atum bletbt 3b? SBtubet ftefycn ? (St will auf 
fetnen gteunb roatten. Sdj fyabe feine Suft ftefien ^u bteiben, benn e§ tft $u 
fait, (St tjt an bet (Sde pteljen geblteben; er txutl ten neuen £aben fefjetu 
©eben <5ie eft fpa^teten ! 3d) ger)c gercobnlid) jeben Sttadjnnttag fpajteren, 
aber r)cutc fjabc td) feine Cult fpa^teten $u geben. gjjetne Gutter tft md)t $u 
£aufe, fie tft mit Jtautein 23taun fpa^teten gegangen, £Bte met ©ctten fell 
td) fyeute (efen 1 SBtr finb geftern auf Cette fieben unb $n>an$tg (auf bet 
fieben unb ^an^tgjlen ©cite) fiefyen geblteben ; beenbtgen @te biefe (Settc, 
abet <Ste muffen laut unb langfam lefen* 3)et $nabe fyat nid)t$ t>on 
fctefem SBtaten effen molten ; ct tft gu SBctte gegangen, cfyne ctwaS $u fagen* 
£at et ntd)t marten wellen, big fetn SBtubet ^utudfommt ? (St fyat ntd)t 
Qcwtiilt $aben <Ste metnen bcutfd)en SSrtef (efen f onnen ? 3d) fyabe ir;n 
(efen f onnen, unb id) babe tfjn setftanben. £at tcv 93ebiente metnen $ocf 
ftnben f onnen 1 (St bat ntd)t gefonnt ^>aben ©ie t>a$ SSud) ^oten muffen 1 
3d) fjabe e» bo(cn muffen, benn feine Heine ©cbmeftet feat e$ ntd)t ftnben 
fonnen. 9^etn 93rubcr tjai fed)^ neue ^emben mad)en (affen, abet xeb baU 
£emben genug; ict) b^bc bte metntgen wafdjen (affen* 2Bo I)aben @tc 3&ve 
llbr ge(affen ? 3d) ^be fie in 3brem Bimmet getaffen. 2Bann b^ Rtn 
9ieffe anfommen felten ? (St |at fd)on geftetn anfommen fotlen, abet et tft 
nod) ntd)t feteu ^>at btefe^ junge 9}iabd)en if)te Section abfd)tetben fotlen ? 
@te F)at gefottt, abet fie l>at e$ ntd)t get^an. ^at bet jtnabe getn au^men? 
big (etnen mogen? (St l)at e^ niemal^ getn gemed)t, benn et ^at etn fd)(ed)? 
tes ®ebad)tni^ 3Bae; fel)(t 3(jncn ? 3d) babe befttge ^opffebmet^en. 9}jetn 
S3tubet l)at 3abnfd)met3en, et f)at ^wet fcbled)te 3af>ne ; et mttf s« ^ cni 3abn* 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 195 

at# gcfjen, fie auSjiefan $u (affen. £abcn @ie [tmaU cincn 3af)n auSjtcljctt 
taffcn ? 9?ein, id) &abe fefjr gute 3dr;ne. 3* fja&e WW ^mcr^en in 
meinen g&gen, id) benfe mcine ©ticfcl finfc 3" Kcln. 3* will mcincn £ut 
abnefymcn unt> meinen SKocf au^iefycn, tenit cs tft f)ter $u warm. |>abcn 
(Sic Suft 3&rc <Sd)uf)e au$$u$te(jcn ? 3* stcfje mcine (Sdjufye gcwofjnttcft 
nur t>es 2£t>cnt>$ au& SKetn f (etner 23rufc>er fjat feinen SKccf unb feme ©tiefel 
au$ge$egcn, tenn cr will $u SBcttc gcfjen. ©tefjt cr fpdt auf? (5r fdfelaft 
gewo&nlid) ad)t (Stunbcn ; roir ftcfyen ungefafyr urn fjatfc fed)* auf. SCRcin 
9?effe fd)tdft (anger ate ©te ; er foot fjeute U$ fyalb ad)t gefd)tafen. 3m 
SBtnter fdjtafen roir cine (Stunbe Idnger al$ im ©ommer. ©d)(aff Sfa 
SSater nod) ? S?etn, mein £err, er if! fd)cn auSgcgangen. 3d) f)abc Cegtc 
£Zad)t fd)led)t gcfcfetafcn, benn id) fyabe #alsfd)mer$en. 

Will you hear the poor girl sing? I have no mind to hear her 
sing, for I do not like bad music. I hear your little brother singing 
all day j has he nothing to do? He is always singing and working 
at the same time. We (have) heard that gentleman speak yester- 
day, but we (have) understood nothing. We will walk a little. I 
have no time to walk this morning; I expect my teacher at nine 
o'clock. Do you like to take a walk in the morning? I usually 
take a walk in the evening. Where did you take a walk last even- 
ing? I walked w 7 ith your cousin for three hours in our uncle's gar- 
den. Will you stop here a moment ? I must go into this store to 
buy a pair of gloves. I have no mind to stop here, for it is very 
bad weather, but I will go with you into the store. I do not like 
to walk with my niece, for she stops before every store. We will 
begin to read • where did we leave (have we left) off yesterday ? 
We (have) stopped at page thirty-eight ; shall I read aloud ? Have 
the kindness to read aloud and very slowly, for I wish to understand 
what you read. Has he been willing to speak to you? He has not 
been willing to speak to me, for he has a violent headache. Have 
you not been willing to lend this book to my sister? I have been 
willing, but she has not taken it. I have not been able to use your 
pen, for it is too bad ; have you no other ? Has the tailor been able 
to mend my coat this morning? He has not been able, for he has 
pains in his throat; but he will mend it this evening. Were you 
(have you been) obliged to wait long for your aunt yesterday even- 
ing ? I was (have been) obliged to wait till half past eleven. Has 
your father been obliged to take these bad bank-notes from Mr. 
Black ? He has been obliged to take them, for Mr. Black has no 
ready money. My nephew has got a new coat made, but I do not 



196 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

like it ; it is too short. Have you already got your cotton stockings 
mended ? I have got them mended and washed. Where have 
you left my cane % I have left it in my brother's room, but I will 
go for it this moment. You make a bad use of your sister's um- 
brella ; you have left it in the garden. Where have you left my 
pencil % I am sorry, I think I have lost it ; but I will buy you an- 
other. 

I (have) paid a visit to Mr. Brown yesterday, but I have not seen 
Miss Louisa, for she has the toothache. Why does she not go to 
the dentist? She has been at Doctor Thompson's; he has extracted 
two teeth, but she still has much pain. Have you ever got a tooth 
extracted ? Never, sir, for I have no bad teeth. What is the mat- 
ter with your brother ? I have not seen him to-day. He has a vio- 
lent headache, and that makes him very sick. What is the matter 
with your cousin? I have not seen him in the theatre for a long 
time. Nothing is the matter with him, but he does not like to go to 
the theatre any more; he studies every evening. You have no ap- 
petite ; what ails you ? I have a pain in my throat, and I have lost 
my appetite ; the physician has given me some medicine, but I do 
not like to take it. When do you go to bed ? I usually go to bed 
at a quarter to eleven, and I always sleep very well. I get up about 
five o'clock, and study until breakfast; but my brother rises late, 
for he likes to sleep in the morning, and to work in the evening. Is 
your little nephew still asleep? He is still asleep, for he went (has 
gone) to bed very late last night. How have you slept ? I (have) 
slept very badly last night ; our neighbor's children (have) made 
much noise the whole night. How can you live without sleeping? 
My dear sir, we do not live in order to sleep, but we live in order 
to work. I sleep about six hours every night, and I think that is 
quite enough ; our life is very short, and many people lose a great 
deal of time by sleeping too long. It is very warm ; I have a great 
desire to take off my coat. You may take it off, for nobody is here ; 
but why do you not also take off your hat ? I do not take it off, for 
I have the headache. Miss Caroline takes off her gloves, in order 
to give some money to this poor woman. Why has that little boy 
taken off his shoes and stockings? He has taken them off in order 
to be able to go faster. This gentleman is a very good friend of 
my uncle ; he wishes to buy some woolen and silk goods, and he 
will pay for them in three months. I am very sorry, we do not 
sell on credit; we sell all goods very cheap, but only for cash. Has 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 197 

your sister gone to church with your mother? No, sir; my sister 
went (has gone) to church after my mother. How many times has 
that foreigner been at your house 1 He has been only twice at our 
house, but I think he is a very polite gentleman. How old is Mr. 
White's father] I think he is about seventy years old. Miss, will 
you have the kindness to give this book to your brother ? Most 
willingly, sir. 



FIFTY-FOURTH LESSON. — 3$iet ttttfc f Uttfji^fte 
Section* 

To believe, gtau6en> requires the person in the dative ; to owe, 
fd)ulbig fcirt {in German, a compound verb, meaning to be in- 
debted); to forget, t)ergeffen* {conjugated like effen); present, id) 
ttergeffe, bu t>ergiffef?^ er sergi^r, p. p. forgotten, ttenjefjen. 

To know, roiffe n>* is irregular in the first, second, and third 
persons singular of the present tense ; as — 

I know, id) roei§. 

thou knowest, bu rx>ei£t. 

he knows, er m\% 

Plural, regular, we know, vo'xx wiffen, K, 

Past part, known, geroujjt; perf. I have known, id) fya&e gett)Uf 3 t. 

Do you believe that gentleman ? ©faukn <Ste jenero £erren ? 

I have never believed him. 3d) tyabc tfjm memalS Qegtcmbt. 

How much do you owe your SBtetuel fint) (Sic intern (Scbnctbet 

tailor? fdnilbtg] 

I owe him twenty dollars. 3d) bin tfjm $rcan$tg S^afcr fdjutbtg. 

I have not owed him much. 3d) bin tr)m ntcbt mcl fefyutbtg genxfen* 

You forget your cane. <&'u t>ergeflcn 3fyten (Stecf* 

He never forgets anything. (5t octgipt mentals etroaS. 

They have forgotten their friends, ®te fyaben ifyte gteunbe itftgeffem 

There are, in every language, two kinds of sentences — prin- 
cipal and subordinate. 

All sentences, hitherto treated of, are called principal sentences : 
they are such as convey a complete idea in themselves, without 
the addition of another sentence ; as — 
I go into the city. 3d) gcr)c in btc <£tat>t. 

He goes into the country. (Sr gefjt cmf $>a$ 2cmb. 

He has bought the umbrella. (St i)at ben 9?egenfd)ttm gefauft. 

He has not paid for the umbrella. (St fyat ben 9?cgenfd)trm nid)t bqafyt 
You must bring me the book to- (Sic muffen mit l>a$ S3ud) mctgen 

morrow. bttncjcn. 

17* 



198 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

You must send me the book to- (&u muffcn nut ba$ JBud) metgen 

morrow. fd)tcfen. 

Such principal sentences can be combined together by proper 
conjunctions, and are then called co-ordinate sentences ; as — 

I go into the city and he goes 3$ gefye in tic ©tabt unb ct gcfyt 

into the country. auf t>a$ £ant>. 

He has bought the umbrella, but (Stfyatben ^cgcttfdjttmgefcmf^abet 

he has not paid for it. et bat tfyn ntd)t bqatyt. 

You must either bring me the <Ste muffcn nut t)aS 23ud) motgcn 

book, or you must send it back e n t it) c b c t bttngen, obet (Sic 

to me. muffcn cS nut ^utudfcfytcfcn. 

Subordinate sentences are such as require another sentence, 
upon which they depend, and withput which they cannot be 
understood. 

Subordinate sentences are employed to explain a principal 
sentence : they may modify either the subject, the object, the 
predicate, or even the whole of a principal sentence ) as — 

I do not know who that man is. 3d) roetp ntd)t, met jenet Sttcmn iff. 
I do not know what that man is. 3d) meifi nid)t, maS jencr 9J?ann ift. 

J do not know is a principal sentence, and who that man is 
and what that man is are subordinate sentences. 

Subordinate sentences, in German, have the same arrangement 
of words as principal sentences, except that the copula in subor- 
dinate sentences is always conveyed to the end of them. The 
copula is that verb which follows immediately after the subject; 
and it may be either the present or imperfect tense of the verb, 
or an auxiliary verb in compound tenses. 

This is called the inversion of subordinate sentences, to which 
the pupil should pay great attention, for such inversion does not 
take place in English. 

All sentences beginning with the relative pronouns who, which, 
that, and what, are subordinate sentences, and have this inversion. 

He does not know who expect him. (St mctg nid)t met tfyn etmctttet. 

I believe all that you tell me. 3d)gfaufte atleS maS@te mtr fagen. 

We do not know who has your SBtt mtffcn ntd)t met 3()t 23ud)'()ar. 

book. [debted). 

He pays what he owes (is in- Or bqaf)(t ma6 ct fcfyulbtg tft. 

He has forgotten who has told it (St Ijctt Dctgeffen met C6 tfjm gefagt 

to him. J) at. 

Do you know who has taken my Stiffen 2>ie met metn ^aptet genom* 

paper? men fycit? 

She has lost the pens, which she (Ste f)at tie gebctn twrtcren, me(d)e 

has bought to-day. [me. ftc fjeutc qefcmft Fjat* 

I do not know what he will tell 3d) tuctp ntci)t voa$ et nut fagen mt((. 

We have forgotten to whom we 2Btr r>abcn wrgeficn mem mtt unfeten 

have lent our umbrella. 3?egenfd)ttm gcltcfycn fyaben. 



N.EU. 


Mas. 


Fem. 


Neu. 


mityii 


ter. 


tie, 


m* 




teffert, 


teren> 


teffen. 


roeldjem; 


tem, 


ter> 


tern. 


roekfyeS ; 


t)en^ 


tie; 


ta8* 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 199 

My sister does not know whose Sffietne ©cfyroeftet ructp nid)t rocffen 
book she has found. 23ud) fie gefuntcn I) at. 

The interrogative pronouns who? roer? and what? rt)a§? 
(see Lessons 5, 11, 18, 28, and 29) are, in German, as in Eng- 
lish, also the indefinite relative pronouns. 2B e r, Gen. rt> e f f e n, 
Dat. tDem> and Ace. tt)en> are applied to indefinite persons, 
without distinction of gender or number. S3 a 8 has no declen- 
sion, and is applied to indefinite inanimate objects. 

The definite relative pronouns, which refer to definite persons 
or things (see Lessons 19 and 24), are, in German : — - 

Mas. Fem. 

N. melcfyer, mid)?? 
G. (is not used.) 
D. roeUfym, rt)eUi)er> 
A. roelcfyen, mUty, 

Plural, for all genders : 
N. u>e(d)e; tie. 

G. (is not used) ; teren. 

D. roelcfyen; tenen. 

A. weUfye; tie. 

These two definite relative pronouns are used indiscriminately, 
as well for persons as for things : thus we say, in German — 

I have seen the man, whom you 3d) fyafcc ten ^anncjcfefyen.tDefcfyett 
are looking for. (or, ten) ©ie fudjeru 

I have seen the umbrella, which 3d) fjafcc ten $K'egcnfd)trm gefer)ett, 
you are looking for. roe (d) en (or, ten) @tc fud)cn. 

The hand, tie jpant; the pocket, tie £afd)e; the pocket- 
handkerchief, ta§ Safcfyentutf), or ta£ gefynupftuefy; the cravat, 
ta§ JpalStud); the table-cloth, ta$ Xifd)tud>; the towel, tag 
jpanttud) (aZZ ^Aese compound nouns, with t\ld)t have the plural, 
tucfyer); the shawl, ter ©cfyafyl; the enemy, ter $eint; clean, 
rein; honest, e^rtid) ; red, rotl; ; green, griin ; brown, fcraun. 

Do yon understand the man, who 2SetfM)en <5te tenn 9Jtonn, roe(d)er 

speaks to my father? (ter) nut meincm aScttct fpridjt? 

Have you seen the brown coat, £aben @te ten fcraunen SRccf gefefyen, 

which is in my room 1 roelcbet (ter) in meinem Simmer i(t. 

My brother has spoken to the sjJlein SSruter fat nut tern fremten 

foreign gentleman, whom we £erren gefpredjen, ten (n)e(d)en) 

have seen at the concert. roir in tern (Scngert gefenen Fjctkn. 

I have read the letter, which I 3d) fafce ten 23ricf getefen, ten (mU 

have received this morning. d)en) icl> tiefen Bergen erfjatten fcahv 



200 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



I have heard the young lady sing, 
who arrived the day before 
yesterday. 

He has written with the pen, 
which he has found on your 
table. 

My father has bought the horse, 
which you have seen at the 
square. 

I love children, who are good and 
industrious. 

She cannot find the knives, wmich 
you have brought into the kit- 
chen. 

I have not only seen the soldiers, 
who are at the market, but 
also those who are at the 
square. 

I have spoken to the French lady, 
whom w T e saw T (have seen) at 
the theatre the day before yes- 
terday. 



3d) fyabc t>a£ graufem fingen f)6ren, 

tt>eld)e (bte) scrgcftem angcfoms 

men tft. 
(Sr fjat nut bet $cbct gefd)tiebcn, 

wcldjc (trie) er auf Severn &ifd)e 

gefunben fyat. 
9ERetn9Scrtcr fjat bag g)ferb gefauft, 

tx>cld>c^ (t)ae) (Sic auf t>cm ^)(a|e 

gefefyen fyabm* 
3d) tiebe Winter, roclcfye (t)ic) gut 

unb fUrifng ftnb. 
®tc Fann ntd)t tie 9Eefier ftnben, 

tt)dd)e (bie) <5te in bie JttidK ges 

bracbt r)aben. 
3d) fjabc nicr)t nur bie ©otbatcn ges 

fcr)cn, btc auf bem sjjfarfte ftnb, 

fonbetn aud) bte, tr>clcl>e auf bem 

$)(a§e ftnb. 
3d) bcibe nut ber fran$6fifd)cn £>ame 

gefprecfyen, n?e(d)e (bte) rotr merges 

jtctn in bem Sweater gcfcr)cn fjaben. 



The lady, bie Same; Mrs. (mistress), fDtabam* 

Who is that lady 1 2Bcr tfr jene £)amc ? 

That lady is Mrs. Brown. 3cnc £)amc ift 9#abam £3raun. 

(Sjfoukn (Sic atXc^ wag btefer 9#ann Sfjnen fagt ? 3* glaubc tfjm, benn 
er tfr ein cfjrltdKt $Kann. £cvr $)rcifj gtaubt (Sic rocllen tfym (jcu'tc be^afylcn 
wag (Sic tfym fd)itlbtg ftnb. 3d) bin trjm md)tS fd)ulbig ; id) fyabi ifym ges 
jiern $roan$tg Scaler in SSanfnoten &e§a$t. 3d) fyabc gegtaubt ifm r>tcr $u 
ftnben, abet id) benfe er r)at sergeffen $u fommen. 2Btr finb unfevem $lad)z 
bar memate (5Mb fdjulbig gcroefen ; roir fyaben son iftm immer fur baareS 
©ctb gefauft. 3d) gtaubc ber fran$6ftfd)e ©raf mup Sfyncn met (Mb fdbufe 
big fcin ; id) fcF?c ifjn fefjt eft $u Sfynen gefyen. 3d) Dergcffe fcr)r fcfinett rca£ 
id) auSroenbtg (erne. £)u ttergtffeft beine £anbfd)uf)e ; fie licgen auf t>m\ 
6>iufj(& SEttetn 23rubcr t>crgtpt geroorjnlid) ctwa^ benn er fyat ein fd)tedr>tcS 
©cbacfytnip. 3d) fyabe Dcrgeffen roa$ Sljt better nur gefagt fyat. ££ir rotffen 
nid)t roaS feme 9?td)te gefagt f)at. (St iff abgeretf't, unb er f)at ttcrgeffen $u 
beaten roaS er mir fd)u(big if!. 3d) roctfi nid)t roer jener £crt tft. SBetSft 
bu roeffen Jput bu genemmen Fjaft ? 3d) roctfj md)t, aber id) ben!e c£ ift bee 
metnigc. (5r roeijj nid)t roem ber $egcnfd)trm gefyort. Stiffen (Sic etroas 
9?euc$? 3d) roctf* ividjfl 9?eue$. £)ct £nabc M tjergeffen went er bie 
2Mumen bringen foil. Scfe ()abc f)cute ben ^erren gefe^en, ber (roe(d)er) ge? 
ftern nut un5 gcfprcd)en l)at. ^aben Sie unfercn fletnen S^agcn gefefjen, 
ber (roelc^cr) in bem ©atten fte^t 3d) fyabc 3()rc Sante gefe^en, bte (mU 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 201 

d)c) in tct ncuen (Strode roofynt. 9#etne ©d&roefter bat tic Jeter serleren, 
tie (nx(d)e) @ie if)t gcftern gcgeben Fjaben. SBtt fyakn tag Sue!) gefuntcn, 
tt>ctd)C$ (tag) tmt fo lange gefucfet fyaften. 2Ba$ fjaben (Sic in Sforer £afd)e? 
3d) fyabe cin Safcfycntud) unt cin £3ud) fcartn. £>at unfet £)f)rim tic totfyen 
Safd)cntud)cr gefouft, mld>c (tic) cr gefterntn Sfyrem eaten gefefyen r)at? 
(£r fjat md)t tic retfyen, fentern tic grunen &afd)entud)et gefauft. SStr 
fyaben tic £auf(cute gcfunt.cn, weldfee (tic) Sfyncn auf (Srctit wrfaufen. 
3d) fjafcc mit tern £ctren gefptedjen, ten (roeldjcn) <Sie Ijcute crroartcn. 
9)?etn 9?effe ftat ten fcrauncn $ocf gefefyen, ten (nx(d)en) 3^t Suiter in 
tcr 9JZarft-(Strape gefauft fjat. £>iefe jDame Fjat ten fran$cftfd)en ®$a\)l 
gcfauft,.tt)ctd)cn (ten) nrit geftern fcet tern englifcfyen Jtaufmcmn gefefyen fyas 
ben. 3d) tragc im €?oromet cin recipe* £at$tud) unt im SBintcr cin fcfyrcat* 
§*& 3d) tragc aud) gern roeife ^atetudjer, akt fie muflfen tmmcr fefyt rein 
fein. gjjeine Gutter fjat f)cute ifjret Sftagt tret rcinc $aribtu$tx unt ein 
rcineS Sifd)tud) gegeben. SBifien <Ste roer ticfc Dame tftl 3d) gtaufce e$ 
tft £ftatam (Sdjnutt* 

I believe our neighbor is a very honest man. You must not be- 
lieve all that that gentleman tells you. He will not believe you, 
for you have not paid what you owe him. How much do I owe 
you ? You do not owe me much, but your brother-in-law owes me 
one hundred dollars. I pay every month all that I owe. Why does 
your nephew always go to Mr. Brown? My nephew loves him 
with all his heart, for he owes him his life. I have never owed 
much, but now I buy only for cash. You must not forget to come 
to-morrow, I will show T you something beautiful. I have a bad me- 
mory, I forget very quickly what I learn. Thou forgetest thy book; 
I have laid it on the table. Our uncle never forgets to pay what he 
owes. You forget what you have to do; you have received a letter 
this morning, and you must answer it this afternoon. I have for- 
gotten what that man has told me ; have you heard it 1 ? I do not 
know what that man has told you. What have you forgotten? I 
have forgotten my umbrella ; have you seen it? Our servant has 
found it; he has put it in my father's room. My mother has for- 
gotten to tell you to come again to-morrow. Do you know who has 
given these flowers to my niece ? I do not know who has sent 
them. Dost thou know whose cane this is ? I do not know. Does 
your friend know to whom that money belongs ] He knows to 
whom it belongs, for he has received it from the bank. We do not 
know whom you have seen at the theatre, but we have seen many 
of our friends. I do not know what he wishes to say. Mr. Sheel 



202 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

does not know what his enemies say of him. Do you know some- 
thing new? I know nothing new. 

Will you speak to the Frenchman who is in the garden ? I do 
not wish to speak to the Frenchman who is in the garden, but to 
the German who is at your store. Have you seen the large dog 
which is in our warehouse? We have seen it. The lady whom 
you see at the window is my friend's sister. The watch which you 
see on the table belongs to my niece. He has forgotten the book 
which our brother-in-law has lent him. I love a child who is good 
and assiduous. His sister has bought a green silk dress which is 
very beautiful. The German count has a mind to buy the carriage 
w T hich belongs to your uncle. That tailor has sold to my brother 
a brown coat which has no pockets. The three gentlemen who 
are walking at the square do not live in this city. Have you seen 
the four black horses which belong to the prince ? I have not seen 
them. We expect a gentleman whom you do not wish to see. 
That English lady has bought the French red shawl which you 
have seen at our store. She is the same lady whom you heard 
sing last night. I have not yet received the money which Mr. 
Brown owes me. Our servant has found the bag which you have 
lost. My father wishes to speak to the foreign gentleman whom 
we saw (have seen) at the theatre yesterday. Our nieces, whom 
we expect to-day, have not yet arrived. The pocket-handkerchiefs, 
which that merchant has sold you, are very fine. The little girl 
has broken the fine glasses which our aunt has sent us. Can the 
carpenter make use of the nails which our servant has given him ? 
He cannot use them, for they are too short. Has the German many 
friends % He has a few friends, but he also has many enemies, who 
do not like him. Have you seen the peasant who has brought us 
these beautiful flowers % I have not seen the one who has brought 
us these flowers, but the one who has sold us the beef. We have 
seen many people, but not those whom we are looking for. The 
maid-servant must bring me a clean cravat, for I will go to pay a 
visit to our aunt, whom I have not seen for a long time. She has 
already brought you three clean white cravats. Is Mrs. White in 
(at home) ? No, madam, she has gone out in order to buy some 
towels and some table-cloths. Will you have the kindness to lend 
me your umbrella? I am very sorry, madam, my sister has given 
it to Mrs. Black, who has not yet sent it back. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



203 



FIFTY-FIFTH LESSON. — $tittf ttttfc futlfjt^fte 
Section* 

That, ta§; because, roeil ; when, roann; when, if, mcnn; 

are conjunctions, which connect subordinate to principal sen- 
tences, and, in German, always cause the copula to be placed at 

the end of the sentence ; i. e. an inversion follows them. 

I believe that he is an honest man. 3d) gfoufee ta$ cr em efyrltcbct 93?arm 

I know that he loves me. 

The boy tells me that he has al- 
ready copied the exercise. 

I give a book to that girl because 
she is good and polite. 

My cousin loves me because I 
love him. 

He goes to bed now because he 
wishes to rise early to-morrow. 

I do not know when he has re- 
turned. 

He will pay you if he receives his 
money to-day. 

Thou must give me back the let- 
ter when thou hast read it. 

Why? 

Why do you not write ? 

I do not write because I have not 
a good pen. 



3d) roetfj tag cr mid) liebt. [iff. 
2)et jtnabe fagt mir tag er tie 

Uebuna, fdjon aba,efd)rtebcn l) a t. 
3d) Qebc ttcfem 9)iatd)en cin S3ud), 

recti fte cwt unt fjofltd) tft. 
SRetn better liebt mid), recti id) tr)n 

Itebc. 
(5t gcfjt jcfrt $u SBctte, recti cr mercjen 

fail) aufjMjcn re til. 
3d) recip md)t, reann cr ^urucfgefoms 

men tft. 
(Sr retll S^ncn kjaMcn, reenn cr 

f)eute fctn ®elt bef onunt. 
JDu mupt nut ten SSrtcf $uruda,cben, 

reenn tu tfyn ejetcfen I) a ft. 

roarum ? 

SSarum [djtctben (Sic md)t. 

3d) fd)tetbe ntc^t, recti id) f cine cjute 



getct I) a be. 

There are many other conjunctions, referring to time, or ex- 
pressing cause, intention, and condition, after which an inversion 
follows. They will hereafter be indicated by the abbreviation 
inver. (See Appendix.) 

It may be useful to repeat the conjunctions, combining co- 
ordinate sentences, after which no inversion follows. They are 
the following — 

And, unt; or, oter; but, a6er> fontern; for, tenn; neither — 
nor, roeter — nod); either — or, entweter — oter; not only — 
but also, nicfyt nur — fontern aurf). 
Have you understood what that $abm <Stc 



man has told you ? 

I have heard him, but I have not 
understood him. 

He does not understand you, for 
you speak too fast. 

He does not understand you, be- 
cause you speak too fast. 



Derjfantcn reas jener 

9J*arm Srmen gejacrt bat? 
3d) babe tlm gefjert, abcr tdr> fjab'e 

tf)n ntd)t tjcrftantert. 
(St t?crfrcf)t Sic md)t, term Sic fprc* 

d)en $u fd)ncll. 
@t wrjtc&t Ste md)t, recti Sic $u 

fefyneft fprccfycrt. 



204 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



To play, fpfelen; to perceive, fcemerfen; the tower, the steeple, 
ber 5t)urm; the roof, ba$> ©ad). 

THE GENITIVE OF THE DEFINITIVE RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 

Mas. Fem. Neu. 

beffen; beren; beffen. 
berefy for all three genders. 



Whose, and of which, 



( singular, 
\ plural j 



The German definite relative pronoun Wild) it has no genitive. 
(See Lesson 44.) 



I have spoken to the man whose 

son you saw (have seen) in my 

store yesterday. 
We have waited for the woman 

w T hose little boy is sick. 
The lady whose niece owes you 

money (has) arrived yesterday. 
He has seen the child whose fa- 
ther has killed a man. 
Whose horse is this ? 
It belongs to the gentleman whose 

carriage we have bought. 
I have dined to-day with the 

two gentlemen whose uncle 

nas gone to France. 
My brother has seen the people 

whose children sometimes play 

with ours. 
That garden, the high trees of 

which you can see, belongs to 

our rich aunt. 
The church, the steeple of which 

you perceive, is a very large 

and beautiful church. 



3d) fyabc nut t>em Marine gefprocfyen, 

beffen (Sofyn (Sic geftern in metnem 

Saben ejefefyen fyaben* 
£Btr f)aben auf bte grew §ewctctet, 

betcn Hctner £nabe franr: tft. 
aDIc ©ante, term 9Hd)te S&ncn ©cfo 

fdjulbtg tfr, tft geftern angefemmen. 
fit f)at tag £tnb gefef)en, beffen SSas 

tcr etnen 9#ann gctobtct F>at. 
beffen j5)fcrbift biefeei? 
fir ger;ert bem £crren, beffen £Ba$cn 

roir gc!auft r)abcn» 
3d) fjabe fjeute nut ben bciben £crrcn 

gcfpctf't, bcren £)f)cim nad) grants 

retd) cjercif't if!. 
SKctn 23ruber f)at tic Scute cjefcr^en, 

beren jttnber mancfymat nut ben 

unfertcjen fpteten* 
Sencr ©arten, beffen fyofje SBaume 

(Sic fefyen Fonnen, ejefyort unferct 

retcben &ante. 
£)te .ftircfye, bcren Sfjurm (Sic be? 

merfen, tft cine fef)r grofie nnb 

fd)6ne £trd)C. 



The interrogative adverb where? vt)0? is, like the demonstra- 
tive adverb there, b a (see Lesson 39), always combined with a 
preposition, when it stands before the indefinite pronoun what I 
roae? As — 

of what? wotton? (whereof, or wherefrom.) 

in what? worm? (wherein.) 

on what ? IDorauf ? (whereon, whereupon.) 

for what? mofur? (wherefore.) 

after what? monad)? (whereafter.) 

to what? moju? (whereto.) 

with what? womit? (wherewith.) 

at what? mornn? (whereat.) 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



205 



To hang, fydngen; to lie, liegen,*;?. p. lain, getegen* 
The scissors, tie ScfyerCf is, in German, a sing. fern. noun. 



Of what have you spoken ? 
We have spoken of our horses. 
In what will you lay my coat ? 
I will place it in your trunk. 
On (upon) what has the book lain? 
It has lain on the table. 
For what have you to pay that 

man? 
I will pay him three dollars for a 

dog w T hich I have bought of 

him. 
After what do you inquire? 
I inquire after the name of the 

next street. 
For what do you use this fine 

knife ? 
I use it in order to cut my pens. 
With what will the tailor cut the 

cloth ? 
He will cut it with the new scis- 
sors which he bought yesterday. 
On what have you hanged my 

coat? 
Your coat is hanging on the door. 
Of what are you thinking? 
I am thinking of my, lesson. 
Did you see (have you seen) 

your sister-in-law T yesterday? 
Yes, madam, I saw (have seen) 

her at my uncle's. 



£Bot)on fyabcn 6ie gcfprocfycn ? [d)en. 
5Btr J)aben r>on Sfyten ^pferben gejproz 
£Bcttn rootlen @ie meinen 9?ocf tcgen ? 
3d) nrill tfm in Sfytm Coffer legen. 
SBerauf f)at fc>a$ 23ud) gelegen ? 
& f)at auf bem &tfd)C "gelegen. 
2Bcfdr fyaben ©ie ienem Laurie ^u 

be$afy(en ? 
3d) tuttl ifym brei Skater fur cinen 

£unb beaten, ten id) son tfjm 

gefauft F)abe* 
SBonad) fragen ^ie ? 
3d) frage nad) tern Sftamcn tor 

nacfyften Strafe* 
£8o£u gcbraucfyett @te triefeS fctne 

SBeffet? [febnetben. 

3d) gcbtaud)e c$ um mctne jebern $u 
SBmntt ruttl ber (Scfynetbet bas 3ud) 

fcfytctben ? 
(Sr will cs nut ber ncuen <Sd)ere fcfencU 

ten, trie er geftern gefauft f)at. 
SOSeran fyaben (Sie metnen SKocf gc? 

bangt? 
Sfyt $ocf fyangt an bet ^f)ftr. 
SBoran benfen @te ? 
3d) benfe an mctne Section. 
£abcn @ie geftern 3^e (Scfyroagertnn 

gefefyen ? 
3a, gndbige $rau, id) fjabe fie bet 

metnem Dfyefrn gcfcf)Ctt. 



©nd'bige $rau> meaning gracious lady, is the polite ad- 
dress to a married lady. 

3d) roctO bap @te metn S3ud) fyaben ; roarum geben @ie eS mir nid)t $u? 
rucf ? (Sett id) cs nod) nid)t gctefen fjabe. SBarum gefyt 3^ SSruber petite 
ntd)t aus ? <5r gcljt nid)t au$, roeit es %\t$U$ ^Better iff. 3d) gefye in 
gutem unb fd)(ed)tem ^Better cmi* SBarum ftcF>cn <3le yon S^em Stttfjle 
auf? SKett id) md)t mefyr nvube bin. Jtann ber 23ebtente btefe ftetnernen 
£t[d)C tragen ? 3d) benfe ba$ er fte tragen fcmn, benn fte ftnb ntd)t $u fcfyroet 
(rt>ct( fte nid)t $u fdjroct ftnb). 3$ nefyme meinen £ut ab, nxnn c$ fcf>r 
roarm ift ; unb id) atefye meinen 9?ocf unb mctne ©tiefet aus, nxnn id) $u 
SSette gefye. (5t fann metnen SSater fragen, toenn er mir ntd)t gtauben 
tt?i(l. 3* fyalK ge()crt t>a$ 3()te Sante angefemmen tjt, unb bap fte 3b«cn 
eine golbcne Uf)r mitgebrad)t r)at. 2£effcn 5>ferb fjat Sr)r Jreunb gefauft? 
18 



206 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

(St fyat eg son bem jtaufmann gcfauft, beffen (Sofjn mit ung bcutfd) gctcrnt 
F)Qt. Beffen ®(a^ fjat tcr Heine itnabe gcrbrcd>cn ? (St fyat bag ©(as bet 
gtau $ctbted)en, beren £ed)tet unfete £emben auggebeffett bat. 2Bit tjaben 
unfete neue gebcr bem jlinbe gegefcen, beffen SSatet Sfyten $ed gemad)t fyat. 
Set) fjabe Fjcute bie (Stubenten gefeften, beten 23ud>et @tc gefauft fyaben. 
Set) F;abc bte iUnbet fpieten gefe^cn, beten Secret aud) bet unferigen ift. (Sinb 
■<Sie fd)on in bem gtofkn £aufe beg ©tafen geroefen, beffen £)a<§ (£ie sen 
F)iet fefyen fennen ? JESit ftnb geftetn in tcx pteteftanttfd)en &ttd)e gerocfen, 
bcrcn £f)urm @te bemctit fyaben. SBemetfen (Sie jenen ££a(b? et gefyott 
bem teicfyen 33auetn, beffen Jlinbet mit ung in tie <Sd)u(e gegangen ftnb. 
£Bcpon fptecfyen btefe Seute ? <Sie fptecfyen t>cn bem atmen 9Xidbd)en, bie 
■Blumen $u setfaufen f)at. £Bctin fyat bie &6d)tnn bie £a(6tud)ct gele^t, 
tt>ekf)e fie fyeute gemafefyen F)at ? @tc Fjat fie in unfete itommebe getcgt^ 
£Botauf roattet tcv SSebtcnte 1 (St roattet auf bie Setter feines £etten, bie 
bei bem 3af)nat$t iff, um ftd> cinen 3arm amtufyn ^u laffen. ££ofut bes 
3ar)lcn (Ste biefeg ©elb ? 3d) be$af)Ie eg fut bie feibenen ££aaten, bie id) 
son gtanftcid) crfyaften t)akc. SBonad) fragt bet gtembe ? (St fregt nad) 
bem £ettcn, beffen (Scfyn et geftetn in bem Sfjcatcr gefefjen fjat. ££o$u ges 
btaud)t bet £ed) btefeg grope £fteffet? (St gebtaud)t eg um ben 9t inter? 
btaten $u fdmetben, nxlcfyen et $u bem 9#ittageffen gebtaten fjat. SBomit 
will Sfyte SERuttct bie Seinrcanb fd)neiben ? ©te mill fte mit t>cx neuen 
(Scfyere fd)neiben, bie fte geftetn gefauft fyat. SBoran fydngt mein 3?ec! ? (St 
fydngt an bet £Banb meineg Simmetg (meinet (Stube). 3d) Ijabe meinen 
£ut an cinen SSaum gefydngt. ££o ftegt mein 23ucrf ? (Sg (jat auf biefem 
Stfd&e gelegen, abet Semanb (jat eg roeggenemmen. SBeran benfen (Sic, 
gndbige gtau? 3$ ben^e an meine ungluc!(ic^e Jtcunbinn, bie in Scnbcn 
Ufa 



He knows that I am his friend. Who has told you that the prince 
has departed ! Mr. Smith has told me that he has gone to Paris. 
Our nephew writes to us that he has bought a carriage and two 
horses, and that he will arrive here next month. I have told the 
servant that he cannot go to bed yet, for he must wait for our mother, 
who is at the concert. Why do you not work? I do not work be- 
cause I am tired. Why does not the poor boy eat 1 He does not 
eat because he has no money to buy bread; have the kindness to 
give him a few cents. Why does not the girl drink her teal She 
cannot drink it because she has broken her cup. Why does the 
student take off his boots ? He takes them off because he will re- 
main at home this evening. Why dost thou not drink? I do not 
drink when I am not thirsty. Why do you not take off your coat ? 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 207 

I will take it off when I go to bed. My son goes to bed when he 
has supped. When will your sister go out ? I do not know when 
she will go out, but I will go out when I have taken my dinner. I 
have not asked the tailor when he can bring me the coat which he 
had to mend for me, but I think he will bring it when he has done 
it. My cousin cannot go to the theatre this evening because he must 
copy two exercises. Whose ring are you looking for 1 I seek the 
ring of that gentleman whose son played with us in the garden. 
Whose carriage is that? It is the carriage of the lady whose bro- 
ther has sold you the fine black horse. That is the lady whose 
daughter sings so beautifully. My father has spoken to the count 
whose house you can perceive there. Whose horses has your 
urfble bought ? He has bought the horses of the peasants whose 
children always come to see us when they come to town. My 
aunt is living with the ladies whose daughters never go to the 
theatre. My friend has been at the Catholic church, the steeple 
of which you can see from our house. We (have) walked last 
week through some (a few) villages, the houses of which are all 
large and very clean. I believe you willingly, for the peasants in 
this country are rich people. 

Of what will the tailor make the coat ? He will make it of the 
cloth which he (has) bought at our neighbor's the day before yes- 
terday. Of what did you speak (have you spoken) at your sister- 
in-law's last night? We spoke (have spoken) of the last concert 
at w r hich Miss Kraft sang. In what has my sister placed my 
cravats which she has got washed ] Your cravats are lying on a 
chair in my room ) you may lay them in your bureau. In what has 
the servant placed my coat ? Your coat has lain in the kitchen a 
long while, but now it is lying on the table in your room. For what 
is our cousin waiting ? (What is our cousin waiting for ?) He waits 
for the flowers which our mother wishes to send to our niece. 
After what does the foreigner inquire ? He inquires after the stu- 
dent who was living (has lived) with us last year. For what (to 
what) do you use these large scissors ? I use them to cut my paper. 
With what will you pay this large bill 1 I know you have no money. 
I will pay it with the bank-notes which I have to receive from the 
City Bank to-morrow. With what has the peasant's son cut these 
big sticks'? He has cut them with the English knife which his 
father bought yesterday. Of what are you thinking? I think of 
my sick . friend who has a violent head-ache. On what will you 



208 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

hang this fine French looking-glass? I will hang it on the big nail 
in our front parlor. You are looking for your hat : it is lying no 
longer where you have put it, I have hanged it on the tree. Why 
have you hanged it on the tree ? I have done it because our chil- 
dren are playing in the garden. Have they played already a long 
time % They have played two hours and a half, and I think it is 
long enough ; they must now come in, for they have not yet learned 
anything to-day. I perceive some men who are walking at the side 
of the river : what are those men] They are sailors who have lost 
their ship ; and now they try to find other work. Madam, my sister 
sends you these flowers ; they are not very beautiful, but they are 
the first of our garden this spring. I thank you, sir; your sister is 
very kind ; I will show them to my husband, who likes flowers very 
much. Madam, I bring you the pocket-handkerchiefs which you 
have bought at Mr. White's. I thank you, sir; have the kindness 
to put them on that table. 



FIFTY-SIXTH LESSON. — ®ed)S Uttfc fiittfjtgfte 

£ectivn* 

To promise, wrfprecfyen* (conjugated like fprecfyen), p. p. MX* 
fprocfyetv governs the dative of the person; the promise, &a$ 
SSerfprecfyert. 

A neuter noun can be formed from every infinitive of a verb ; 
as — 

To promise, t>erfpred)en — the promise, fcaS 93erfpmf)en; to 
live, leben — the life (the living), t>a$ ?eben. 

In English, such nouns are generally expressed by the present 
participle; as — 

The eating (the meal), t>a§ (Sffen; the going, ba$ @et)en; the 
reading, t>a$ ?efen; the writing, la$ Scfyreiben. 

I promise you to come this Sci) t>erfprcct)e 3r)nen ttefcn 2£6cnt) 5U 

evening. fommcn. 

He promises to lend me his horse. (St »etfprtd)t mir fetn $)ferb $u tetr)etu 

What have you promised me % %&$$> fjaben ©te mir t>erfpred)cn ? 

I have given you what I promised 3d) r)afcc Sfyncn gcgcben xvq$ id) 3>r)* 

you. ncn wrfprecfyen fyabe. 

He has promised me a new book. (5r f)Gtnurcmneucc>JBucf)t)crfprcd)cn a 

I give you the promise to tell it 3d) cjcbc 3f)nen bat gScrfprcdjen c£ 

to nobody. Sfttcmcmb 3« f a 3 cn » 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



209 



You must keep your promise. 
Our life is short, and we must 

make the best use of it. 
The living is very good in this 

city. 



(Sic muffen 3fa SSetfprecfan fatten* 
tlnfer Scben ill fur^ unt nrir mfijfen 

ten beftcn ©ebraud) tat>on mad)cn. 
3)a$ Ceben tjt fefa gut in ttefct 

(Statr. 



To look, fefan;* to look (in the sense of to have the appear- 
ance), to look like, ausfefan,* and to look at (to behold), anfd;en> 
are separable verbs ; the painter, ter 9)ial).er} the appearance, 
fcaS 2(uefefan; the eye, ta$ 2(uge, p£. tie 2Cugen; the picture, 
the painting, tae> ©emalte; the hair, ta£ jpaar> pi tie jpaare; 
the cake, ter ^ud;en; sad, traurig; angry, bofe; healthy, gefunt. 



You look sad. 

He looks angry. 

He is angry with me. 

That beer looks like water. 

He has a good appearance. 

You must look at me when you 

are speaking to me. 
She never looks at me. 
Have you looked at that picture ? 
I have looked at it, and find it 

very beautiful. 
He looks through the window, and 

she looks in the looking-glass. 



(Sic fcfan traurig cms. 

(St ftetjt bofe au& 

(Sr tft bofe auf mid). 

JDtcfeS SSiet ficfa rote Gaffer an*. 

(St fat cin guteS 2£u$fefan* 

&u milfjen mid) anfefan, rcenn ©ic 

nut mir fprecfan. 
(Sic ftefyt mid) niematl an. 
£aben <Sic jencs ©ematte angefefan? 
3d) fabc eg angefefan, unt id) ftnte 

c$ fefa fd)6n. 
(5t jtefa turd) tag #cnftcr, nnt fie 



ficfyt in ten SptegeL 
The dative of the relative pronouns to whom and to which is — 
Singular, welcfyem, roeldfar, roeldfam; 

or, tem, ter> tem. 

Plural, roeldfan, or tenen, for all three genders. 

I have spoken to the gentleman 3d) fabc mit tern £errcn gefprecfan, 



" to whom this house belongs. 
Have you seen the lady to whom 

I have lent money? 
That is the horse to which I have 

given to drink. 
To which children have you given 

books % 
I have given some books to those 

to whom you have given some 

cakes. 
We saw (have seen) the two 

ladies yesterday to whom you 

owe money. 
My brother sleeps in the same 

room in which (wherein) I 

sleep. 

18* 



tem ttefeS £au$ gefart. 
£aben Sic tic SDame gefefan, ter 

(wekfar) id) ©ell) gettefan fabe? 
2>tefe"$ if! tag spfcrt, tem (rockfam) 

id) $u trtnfen gegeben bahc* 
2Be(d)en ^intern faben Sic SSucfar 

gegeben ? 
3d) fabc tencn 93ucfat gegeben, mU 

cfan (Sie £ucfan gegeben baben. 

SBtr faben geftern tie bciten Harnett 

gefefan, tencn (Sic ©clt fd)ultig 

ftnt. 
OTctn SBruter fcfyaft in tcmfelbcn 

3immev in tem (in nxlcfam, or 

roertn) id) fcfylafe. 



210 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

The interrogative adverbial compounds in which ? tt) ri n? of 
what ? w o t) n ? for what ? n> ofli r? &c., are also used as relative 
adverbs, when in which, of which, for which, are employed as 
such in English. These adverbial compounds are always fol- 
lowed by an inversion. 
We speak of the books, of which 8&tt fprcd)cn son ben SBucbern, rootwt 

you have spoken. @te gefprocben baben. 

Your hat is lying on the table on 3br £ut (tegt cmf bent &ifd)C, roorauf 

which you have placed it. @ie tbn gelegt baben. 

He knows very well for what I (St roetfj febt gut reofut td) tbm be* 

have paid him. $af)lt babe. 

I do not know after what he is 3d) roetp nicbt rconad) cr fragt* 

inquiring. 
I have lost the knife with which 3d) babe t>a6 OTcffcr Dertoren, roomtt 

our father cuts the bread. unfer SSatcr ba$ 23rcb febneibet* 

She has hanged the towel on the ©te bat bas £anbtud) an ben Stfagcl 

nail on which your coat is gcbangt, rcoran 3b* SKocf bangt. 

hanging. 
I do not go out to-day because my 3d) gebe beute nid)t au$, rocil mein 

brother goes out. 33?ubcr auSgcbt. 

Separable verbs, in subordinate sentences, are inseparable in 
the present tense ; for the verb being removed to the end of the 
subordinate sentence, there meets its separated prefix. 

He takes off his boots when I (St $tebt feme ©ttffel au$, roenn td) 
take off my shoes. mettle <Sdmbc au^tebc. 

I do not know when he returns. 3d) mctg nicbt mann er ^urueffentntt. 

I am copying the same exercise 3d) febretbe btefelbe ttcbung ai\ mU 
which my sister copies. d)C mcine (Sd)tt?efter abfdbteibt. 

Bring me the book of which we 33tingen (Sic mir t>a$ $8ud),root)Ott 
spoke (have spoken) yesterday. rmr geftern gefprccben baben. 
In German, the imperative, in addressing a person or persons 

politely, is always accompanied by the personal pronoun, you } 

© t if having its place after the verb, as in questions. 

Give the letters to my brother. (SJekn®temetnem23rubcrbteS3rtefe. 

Wait for me till I come back. SSattcn @ie auf mid) bt$ id) $urucf* 

Have the kindness. £aben (Sic bie ©utc. [femmc. 

Be so kind. (Seien @te fo gutig. [ben gtcun be 

Be not sad. my dear friends. ©eien (Ste nicbt traurtg, mcine lies 

Do not lend him any money. £etben (Sic .ibnt fein ©elb. 

Before, ago, Dcr^ 
a preposition, which governs the dative and accusative, like the 

prepositions ixir auj> and an* The preposition t)0t is used as 
well for place as for time. 

1st. Rest, dative — 

He is standing before his house. (St ftebt t)0r feinem £>aufc. 

We have been here before you. SBit ftnb t>or Sbnen bier gcrocfetu 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 211 

2d. Motion, accusative — 

He is going before the door. (St gebt dot tie Sfyut. 

He has placed the bureau before (St fat tie Commote t)Ct ten Sifd) 

the table. gefietlt. 

23 or, when it denotes time, always governs the dative. 
I take a walk before breakfast. 3d) gefa t>ci tern grufyftucf fpagtcretn 
I saw (have seen) him three 3d) fabe tfm t)Ct tret Safacn gefcfan. 

years ago. 
A few days ago. SSor einigen Sagen. 

The color, tie $arfce; yellow, gel6; blue, 6(au; gray, grau; 

sore, bofe (fd)(imm); the finger, tet finger* 

The blue color is handsomer than Die bfaue $atbe ift fcfycnct al£ tie 

the yellow. getbe. 

The cat has grey eyes. Die Jlagc fat gtaue 2Cugen. 

My sister has sore eyes. 20?eine <Sd)tt)cftet fat bcfe 2Cugcn. 

He has a sore foot. (St fat einen bcfen (fd)limmen) gup. 

SBarum wctlcn (Sic fcfan gefan ? Sdr> !ann ntdjt (anger fclet&en, abet id) 
Dctfptecfa Sfacn mctgen wictequfcmmen. (St t>etfptid)t ml, abet id) gtaube 
ifai ntcr^t, tenn er fait nid)t immer fein SSctfptecfan. Det (Scfyneitet fat 
rerfprccfan mit tiefen Bergen ten neuen SRcd 5U btingen, ten er fur mid) 
gcmad)t fat. 2Bie lief't unt fd)reibt mein (Sofa ? SJttt fcinem £efcn bin 
id) $ufttetcn, aber fein (Sd)teibcn ift fd)fcd)t. (St fat mix tag 5Serfpred)en 
gegeben tag nad)fte 9M beffet $u fd)teibcn. (Ste faben t>erfptcd)en Sfaem 
Sfteffen einen neuen £ut $u faufen, unt (Sic muffen 3fa &etfpted)en fatten. 
3d) fatte immet meine &etfpted)en. SBarum fcfan (Sic fo trautig aug, metne 
liebe greuntinn ? 3d) fabe faute einen 23tief crfalten, tet mid) fefa ttautig 
mad)t. 9J?etne Sante fd)teibt mtr, tap fie ftanf ift, unt tap fie ung tiefen 
(Scmmet nid)t befucfan fann. 2Ba3 fefyt Sfacm SSrufccr, et ftefa bcfe aus, 
ift et bcfe auf mid) ? (St ift nid)t bcfe auf (Sic, fentetn auf ten SSeticnten, 
tet feinen gtcpen (Spiegel $etbtcd)cn fat. Sfa fteinet 23tutet fagr, tap et 
franf ift, abet et ftcfa gefunt aug ; id) tenfe et win nid)t in tie (Sd)ule 
gefan. <Stc faben $Ked)t; et fiefa gefunt aug, qIkx et fat faftigc Safas 
fcfaiet^cn. Die ^cd)inn unfetet (Scfywagcttnn fteljt wie cine Dame aug ; fie 
tragt ein fetteneg $leit unt einen ret fan Scfatjl wenn fie auggefa. 3fa 
S3etienter fief)t rote ein $exx aug, wenn et mit 3facn ^intern fpa^teten 
gef)t ; aha jltettet unt tag 2Cugfefan macfan nid)t ten 93?ann. 3fae Jtaus 
lein (Sdjweftet wilt mid) nid)t anfefan ; id) gtaube fie ijt bcfe auf mid), £aft 
tu geftetn in tern Sfaatet mit tern teutfefan ©tafen gefptecfan ! (St fat 
mid) angefefan, abet et fat nid)t mit mit gefptecfan. SBarum fct)en Sie 
mid) an ? 3d) fefa (Sie an, meil id) glaube Sic sctftefan mid) ntcfa. ^abm 
8ie tie neuen (^emalte teg Staftenetg gefehen ? 3d) fabe fie geftetn ange* 



212 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

fefyen, aber id) ftnbe fie nid)t fd>cn ; id) tiebe nur ®ema(be ber atren itaUeni* 
fd)cn @d)utc ©cfycn <Sie ntd)t immer in ten (Spiegel ober burd) tag gen* 
fter, fonbern aud) mancfynal in Sbre SSficfycr, roenn Bie etroag (erncn molten* 
£)er (Snglanber, son bem id) mit Sfynen wr ad)t Sagen gefprec^cn babe, tft 
f)cute nad) g^art^ attempt. Die fpanifd)e 2)ame, twn ber meine Sante 
cincn SSrief erfjatten foot, ift nid)t mcfjr in bet ©tabt* Qaz jttnb, son bem 
meine (Scfynxfter tie 23tumen gefauft Ijat, ift 6ranr\ Die SSauern, benen 
rotr unfere atten $)ferbe wrfauft (jaben, fint) fyter urn bas (Mb bafur $u &es 
gafytem Die ©amen, benen nur geftern bie fran$6fifd)en £anbfd)uf)e t>ers 
fauft Fjabcn, finb fyeute nid)t in unferem 2abcn gemefen. SDBc(d)cn 6tubenten 
fyaben (Sie 3fyre 23ud)er getiefyen? 3d) f)abe fte benen gelicftcn, tt>ctd)Ctt 
<Sie nor etntgen Sagen 3'f)re ©emalbe ge^eigt Fmben. £)tefcs ift bag £aug, 
mown id) mit Sfynen r-or bvei Sagen gefprcd)en fjabe. £)as sJEabcfyen fjat 
bie Jeber ^erbrocfyen, tr>omit fte fo gut fd)teibt. ©er 23ebiente bat bag £atgz 
tud) nid)t in bee ©dbubfabe gefunben, roorin @ie eg getegt fyaben. ©te 
$lafd)C ftcf>t auf bem Stfcfye, roorauf bag papier (tegt. 3d) frage nid)t t>az 
nad), monad) <Sie fragen. ©ie <2d)netberinn gebraucfyt tfyre neue <Sd)ere, 
mo$u 3!)ve gutter bie iljrige gebraud)t. 3fyr £ut fyangt an berfelben 
2Banb, moran <Stc ten $ocf gefjangt f)aben. SBeran benfen 8te! 3d) 
benfe an fein &>erfpred)en, moran er ntd)t mefyr benft. £8rtngen ®te nur 
meinen died, unb geben @tc meinem 23rubcr biefen 33rtef. £o(en &k tie 
(SKafer, unb ftellen (gie fte auf bie neue .5tommobe. 6etcn ©ie nid)t traurtg, 
id) mill Sfyncn bafi ©e(b geben, roclcfycs ©ic braucfyen. ©eien <Sie fo guttg 
mir ein (3la$ Staffer $u geben ? £aben fte bie ©fite mcrgen rtriebergufems 
mm. £err 25raun ift »or meinem SBater angefommen. 3d) fyabc Seaborn 
(Scbmibt »or Shrcm ©arten fpa^icrcn gefyen gefefeen. ©ie fud)en Sfeten 
DZeffen ; geben (Sie t>or bie Sf)ur, unb (Sie f onnen if>n (eid)t ftnbem (Sr fjat 
bie ^ommobe t»cr ta^> #<mftet geftcllt, fo bap id) nid)t auf bie ©trof'e fefyen 
fann* 9j;ein £)^eim ^at mit bem iungen Jran^ofen »or einigen Sagen ge? 
fprocfcem 2Bir fyaben ben alten gurftcn t^or brei Sa^rcn in Conbon gefe^en* 
£Beld)e garbc (ieben ©ie ? 3d) liebe bie blaue Jarbe unb mein SBruber bie 
grune. £)et Wlanrt mit bem grauen S^ocf ift mein alter Scferer ; er tjat ein 
fef)r bofes 2(uge» Diefe .^inber ^aben f)iibfd)e fdbwar^e 2Cugcn. ©ie ^)euts 
fd)en f)abcn geroofjnlid) btaue 2(ugen unb btenbe ^aare. Diefer arme gj?a? 
trofe f)at ein 2(uge wttoren. ^ein ^effe fann nid)t auggefjen ; er f)at bofe 

T promise to show you my new horse to-morrow, and you know 
I always keep my promises. Charles did (has done) nothing yes- 
terday, but he promises to be more assiduous to-day. What have 
you promised me ? I have promised you to bring my sister with 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 213 

me, but she is not well • she has sore eyes and is not able to go out. 
I will give you my cousin's letter, but you must give me the pro- 
mise to show it to nobody. What is the matter with you? you look 
very sad. I have a violent headache, for I have lost a purse with 
fifty dollars in bank-notes, and I am now without money. I am very 
sorry; you must try and find it again, and if you want money I 
will lend you some. You are very kind, but I do not like to borrow 
money from my friends. That gentleman looks very healthy. 
Yes, sir, he is a healthy man ) he is fifty-five years old, and looks 
like a man of forty. Why do you look so angry I I am angry at 
my shoemaker; he has promised to bring me my new shoes this 
evening, and now it is half past eight and he is not yet here. I saw 
(have seen) yesterday the foreign soldiers ; they have a very good 
appearance, they look like gentlemen. My niece never looks at 
me when I am speaking to her. My dear boy, if you wish to un- 
derstand well what your teacher is teaching you, you must always 
look at him. Have you already read the French book which your 
aunt has lent you ? No, sir, I have had no time, I have hardly 
looked at it. You must not look through the window the whole 
day j take your book and look in it, that is better. Why do you look 
at me ? I look at you because I think you have not understood me. 
I have given my coat to the same tailor to mend, to whom you have 
given yours. We saw (have seen) the French lady yesterday to 
whom you have sold the Turkish shawl. That is the poor child to 
whom my father has given clothing. My brother has to write 
letters to the merchants to whom we owe money. I spoke (have 
spoken) yesterday to your nieces to whom you bring all the fine 
flowers of your garden. To which student have you lent Schiller's 
works] I have lent it to the one to whom you have given your new 
French book. To which ladies will you send these large cakes? 
I will send them to those to whom you have given the fine pictures. 
We have seen the English captain (.ftapttan) of whom you have 
spoken. Our father has bought the house and the garden of which 
we spoke (have spoken) the day before yesterday. The servant 
has put my letter paper in the same drawer in which yours is lying. 
Place the glasses on the tables on w T hich the cups are standing. I 
have inquired of our neighbors for the name of the same church 
for which you ask (frogcn) me now. I cannot tell you for what my 
aunt has paid so much money. He will not tell me for what he 
will use all the cloth which he has bought. We have spoken with 
the same ladies with whom you (have) walked yesterday. My 



214 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

sister is writing with the same pen with which your niece has 
written this note. We are thinking of the foreigners to whom you 
(have) sold your carriage. Our coats and hats are hanging on the 
trees of our garden on which the servant has hanged them. 

You must wait here until he comes back. Why do you take off 
your shoes ? I take off my shoes because my brother takes off' his. 
When do you rise in the morning? I get up when my father gets 
up. Take the bottle which is on the table and carry it into the 
dining room ; bufdo not stay long, for I want you to go to Mr. Brown. 
Tell him I cannot come to see him this morning, as I have promised 
him, but I will come in the afternoon. Do not play always, but 
learn your lesson, or you shall have nothing for dinner. Put the 
white cravats on the chair on which the pocket-handkerchiefs are 
lying. Have the kindness to take these flowers to your aunt, and 
tell her my sister wishes to see her. Take away the chairs, we 
have finished our supper. Be so kind as to wait a little, I will only 
finish this letter, which I have to send to the count. Why do you 
always look angry when I look at you ] I am not angry with you, 
my dear friend, but with our servant-maid, who has burnt my new 
shirts. Be not angry with her, I will give you a five-dollar note, 
and you can buy some others. Be not so sad, my dear niece, I well 
know you have lost your fine little bird, but we will buy another. 
Pay a visit to our uncle soon, for he loves to see you ; he is a very 
good man and I love him with all my heart. We have been here 
a long time before you, but now you must come before the door, in 
order to see our children playing. Our servant likes to stand before 
the house, and sometimes he forgets to shut the door. Do not place 
the table before the looking-glass, but before the bureau. I usually 
get up before my brother, fori like to take a walk before breakfast. 
Do you sometimes see your sister-in-law? I saw (have seen) her 
eight days ago : she has a sore hand and that makes her very sick. 
Have you ever been in France? Yes, I (have) travelled in France 
two years ago. Mrs. White (has) paid us her bill a few days ago : 
she is a very fine lady. What colors do you like ? I like the blue 
color the best, but for my coats I always take brown cloth. That 
little girl who has yellow ribbons on her dress, has beautiful blue 
eyes and black hair. My sister has black eyes, but I think I have 
grey ones. That poor woman with tfre grey dress, has only one 
eye. Our cousin has gone to the physician, for he has a very sore 
finger. Be always contented with what you have, if you are 
healthy and able to work. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 215 

FIFTY-SEVENTH LESSON.— Ziehen MXlb ftiufji^fte 

Section* 

THE IMPERFECT TENSE OF REGULAR VERBS. 

The imperfect of regular verbs is formed by adding t C to the 
root of the verb ; as — lie&ert, id) tiebte, I loved ; faufen f 
id) f aufte> I bought. When the root of a verb ends in fc> or t> 
ete must be added; as — uoavttn, itf) roartete, I waited. 
(See Lesson 46, on forming the present tense.) 

I loved, id) lie&te. I waited, id) wavttk. 

thou lovedst, tu ItebtefL thou waitedst, ku martetejl". 

he loved, er liebte. he waited, er nmrtete. 

we loved, voir lie&ten* we waited, roir waxttttn. 

you loved, <2ie (iebten. you waited, <2te warteten* 

they loved, fie ttefctetu they waited, fie nmrteten. 

The third person singular is like the first person. The second 
person is formed by adding j?/ and the plural by adding tu 

There are, in English, three forms of the imperfect tense, as 
of the present (see Less. 46) — J loved, I did love, I am loving ; 
but, in German, there is only one — id) iitbtif which expresses 
each of the three English forms. 

Did you wait for me? j ^ @ . f ^ ? 

Were you waiting tor me i j ' ' 

I waited not for you, ~\ 

I did not wait for you, 1 3d) roartete nicfyt auf (gie* 
I was not waiting for you, j 

In German, the imperfect tense, also called the historical or 
narrative tense, is used to express an action which not only 
took place, or a state which not only existed at a past time, but 
at a past time which is specified by another past event. In Eng- 
lish, the imperfect tense is often used, when, in German, the 
perfect is employed. (See Lesson 38.) 

Before, el;e (bet) or) f (which must not be confounded with the 
preposition ttor, before,) and when, aU^are conjunctions , followed 
by an inversion. 

The cellar, ber teller; the chimney (fire-place), fc>a£ i?amin; 
the wardrobe, fcer Scfcranf; the closet, fcer 36anbfd)ranf ; the 
parents, bte (J (tern (used, in German, only in the plural, and 
meaning father and mother). 



216 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



To clean, reinigen, or rein madjen; sweet, ftifi; bitter, titter; 
own, eigeru 



3d) faufte tat <Bud), roetdjcS mem 

@of)n &raud)te* 
(5r sctgte ben JBrief femem gefyrer, 

cfye er tf)tt fceenbigte* 
£Bir brad)ten tas £ol$ auS bem teller 

unb Icgtcn es in tat &amin, 
£>er (Sdwdber beffette ben died aut, 

fcesor er ifm in ben<Sd)ranf fyangte. 

Compound separable verbs are separated in the imperfect tense 
when in a principal sentence ) and are removed to the end, with- 
out separation, in subordinate sentences. 



I bought the book which my son 

wanted. 
He showed the letter to his 

teacher before he finished it. 
We brought the wood out of the 

cellar and put it in the fireplace. 
The tailor mended the coat before 

he hanged it in the wardrobe. 



You did shut the door before you 

opened the window. 
He departed without paying his 

bill. [parted. 

He breakfasted before he de- 
The servant cleaned the knives 

and forks before we dined. 



<Sie mad)ten tie Sfyur gu, efye @te 

tat genftcr aufmacfyten* 
(5r reif'te ah, ofyne feme SSecfynuna, $u 

be$aF)len* 
(5r frafyftucfte, efye er afcreipte, 
£>er SBebtente macfyte tie defter unb 

(Stobcln rein, bet)or roir fpctptem 



IMPERFECT TENSE OF THE AUXILIARY VERBS 



I had, 
thou hadst, 
he had, 
we had, 
you had, 
they had, 



To have, fya6en> 
id) tyattt. 
tn fyattefh 
er fyatte* 
roir fatten. 
0ie fatten, 
fie fatten* 



and to be, fein. 

I was, 
thou wast, 
he was, 
we were, 
you were, 
they were, 



id) war. 
bu roarfh 
er war* 
wir roaren* 
<£ie roaren, 
fie roaren* 



I had friends as long as I had 

money. 
Thou hadst my paper and thy 

sister had my pen. 
We had a mind to go into the 

countrj', but the weather was 

too bad. 
My friend was sick for a long 

time, but now he is better. 
My parents were at home yester- 
day, for they were not very well . 
My cousin always pays me a 

visit when he comes to the city. 
He visited me every day when I 

was in London. 



3d) r)atte greunbe fo fana,e rote id) 

©etb tjatte. 
2)u fjatteft rnetn Ropier unt> betne 

©dbnoefter fyattc meine Jcber. 
2Bir fiatten Cuff ouf tat Canb $u 

gefjen, aber tat SBetter roar $u 

fdrfecbt. 
SD^cin greunb roar lange franf, aber 

er if! nun beffer. 
9#eine (Sftern roaren geflern gu £aufe, 

benn fie roaren nid)t gang rooty. 
Stfetn better fcefuci)t mid) tinnier, 

roenn er in bie ©tabt fcmmU 
(5r befucbte mid) atte Sage, a(^ tdr> 

in £onben roar. 

The conjunction when is to be translated by ro a n rt^ if it sig- 
nifies definite time ; and by ro e n fy if denoting time in the most 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 217 

indefinite manner, and it is then used with the present and future 
tenses ; but when must be translated by a ( §/ if it refers to a 
definite event of past time. 

He asked me when I came home (St fragte mid), rcann id) Cjeftcm 

yesterday evening. Ubcnt nacf) £aufe gcfommen bttn 

He always shows me his dogs (St $eia,t mit unmet feinc £unbe, 

when I come to see him. tDenn id) ^u tfjm fomme. 

He showed me his dogs when I (St ^ctcjte nut fcine £unbc, a(£ id) 

went to see him yesterday. cjeftetn 311 ifjm tarn (als id) tbn 

cjcfrctn befucfyte). 

I learned German when I was in 3d) terntc beutfd), alt td) legteS Sa^t 

Berlin last year. in 23etlm tear. 

Besides the imperfect tense of the auxiliary verbs to have and 
to be, only the imperfect of those regular verbs which have 
hitherto been employed, will be found in the following exercises. 

Opposite to, gegenuber. 
This preposition governs the dative, and is one of those which 
stands after the case which it governs. 

He lived opposite to the church. (St tuefynte ber JUtcfye cjccjcnubcr. 
They live opposite to me. ©te roefjnen nut ejegenubet. 

To meet, 6e<jecmerv 
a verb, which governs the dative, without a preposition, and has 
to be, f e i it; for its auxiliary verb. 

I meet your brother at the market 3d) fcccjegne 3(jtcm 35tubct jebett 

every morning. Sftotgen ouf bem Sfltoritc* [fiber. 

He met me opposite to the theatre. (St begegncte mit bem Sfjcatet gecjens 

We have met with his sister to- SBit jtnt> rjeute fetnet (Sdjnxjtet bes 

day. gcgnct. 

To taste (in the sense of to try), f often; to taste (in the sense 
of to savor, to examine the taste), fcfymecfen; the taste, ber 
©efdjmacf. 

Will you taste this wine ? SBolIcn <Ste biefen ££cin Fcftcn ? 

I have already tasted (tried) it, 3d) fjcibe tfjn fd)cn ejefeftet, abet ec 

but I do not like it. fefymeeft mit nid)t. 

How do you like this meat? SOBie fd)mecft Sftnen biefen ^tetfd^? 

It has a very good taste. { ®* ^ cin f f^ff*" ® e f* mac! 5 or ' 

^ fe I (S6 fd)mec!t nut fcfjr gut 

Why do you not taste (try) these SBatum fcftcn (wrfudjen) <Sie nid)t 

cakes? btefen £ud)cn ? 

I have eaten enough • I have no 3d) fjak fd)cn aenucj geqeffen ; id) 
more appetite. f)abe fctnen 2Cppctit mcl)t; or, id) 

rmbe md)t mefyt 2Cppcttt. 
This lady has a very bad taste. JDiefe Dame bat einen fcfjr fd)tcd)tcn 

(Mdjjmacfc 
19 



218 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

Just as vou like I ® m wk @ic m{U ? ; or > 

Just as you nice. j ^ ^ gic c5 roflnfd)Cn# 

My cousin has his own horse, and 9J?ein ^Setter bat fan etgencs $pfcrt> 

I have my own carriage. unt idb babcmctncn ctgcnenSSagcn. 

Has your sister her own bureau ] &at 3l)re @cf)tt>eftct ibrc ctgcne ilem^ 

She has her own. ©ie bat tr)re cigene. [mote? 

3d) f)6rtc S^rc <Sd)roefter ftngcn, ate id) tic S^ur 3b wg Stmmerg aufc 
mad)te. £)et frembc ©raf reif'te ab, otyie mid) ncd) cinmat gu fprceben. ©et 
©tutcnt fcerfaufte atlc feme S3fidber, ebe cr abreif'te. Metric (Scbroefter gctgte 
nut* tag SStttet, bet>or fie eg gu unfercr Sante febtcfte. ©cr SScbtcntc mad)te 
tic &bur auf, unt cr roartete big tt>tr ityt auf tic SBanE febicften. ©er iunge 
93?ann, ten (Sic ttortgen S'onntag 6ci mir Qefcfjcn baben, r-crfauftc fcine Ubr 
unt feme atten Writer, a(g cr borte, tap fetne ©(tern franf ftnt, urn ityten 
©elb febiden gu fonnen. 3d) tegegnete geftern $erren Scbmibt auf tern 
ncuen $tagc ; cr fragte mid) roenn id) feinc ©ematte gu feben rotmfd)tc, tie 
er r-en Staltcn crbattcn bat. 3d) tanfte if)m fur feinc ©ute, unt fagte tbm, 
tap id) feinc Sett batte, roeil id) meinen Df)eim t>cn 9?eu g)cr! erroartc. 
Sl^ag mad)ten (Sic ten gangen Sag, roenn (Sic tiefen Sommer auf tern Sanfce 
roaren? 3d) hatte ntcr>t met gu tbun, roie ©ie tenfen fonnen; id) fpiettc 
mit ten ^intern meiner 9?ad)barn, unt tebrte ibnen tcutfd) unt frangofifeb 
fcfen. Die jlccbinn f>clte tag g(eifd) aug tern teller, tint ftcflte eg auf ten 
Stfdb, rocit rotr beabfid)tigtcn frfib gu frubftucfen. (£g roar fd)6nc6 ^Better 
aH rotr in ^Boston roaren, aber roir fatten nicbt met Sett fpagieren gu ge!)cn. 
3d) fyatte Cuft geftern auggugeben, aber eg war fctyecbtcg better, unt id) 
batte tanen <Regenfd)trm. ©er J'tcifcbcr tcttete feinen atten £unt, ebc er 
ten Dd)fen fctyacbtete. SS5tr fatten geftern tag &>ergnugen 3F)ren (Scbroagcr 
gu feben, aber er roar nid)t gang rooty. SOStemel ftnt (Sic Sbrem inciter 
fd)uttig ? 3d) roar ityn ungefabr adtygebn Styiter febutbig, aber mcine (Sttern 
baben atteg begatyt, rva^> id) ityn fcfeultig roar, ©ebrauctyeft tu tic (Sd)cre 
teiner ©djroeftcr urn tag papier gu fd)nettcn ? 3cb gebraud)tc ftc nid)t, 
tenn icf) tyaU meine eigene (Sd)cre. |)at ter SSetiente mcine ^(citer rein 
gemad)t? ©r b«t fie gereinigt. 2Ber mad)t 3bf Bimmer rein ? 3)ie 9}^agt 
reinigt eg atle Bergen, ©er (Sc()n teg frangefifeben Sapitang fjatte r-iel 
©ett, atg er in teuton roar, aber er madtyc einen fctyed)ten ©ebraud) tar-cm 
©u f>Gttcft einen guten Sefyrer; roarf! tu mit ityn gufrteten? Scb roar mit 
if^m fet)r gufrteten. SSc fpetf'teft tu, roenn teinc (Sttern auf tern 2ante 
roaren ? 3ct) fpeif'te bet meiner Sante. . 6'te fyaben 3bfen eigenen ^teitcrs 
fd)ranf ; roarum bangen (Sic Sty^n Sled in ten mcinigen 1 3d) babe ttyt 
nicbt tarin gebangt; tag 93?atd)en f>at eg gettym. ©ie ^ocbinn mup tie 
Ci5tafer ntcr>t auf tie .ftemmote-, fentern in ten SQBantfdjranf ftetlen. Spat 
3t)t Dbeim feinen eigenen SBagcn, cter muffen @ic ihm ten S^ngcn tetben? 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 219 

(?r fyat feincn ctgcncn. £>te SOfagb r)elte &el$ aug bcm teller, unb (egte eg 
in bog jtamin, urn ein gaiet $u mad)cn, benn eg rear geftern fefjr fatt. <Ste 
fagten mir, bap ©ie Sttabam 33?et{i gcfprcd>cn fyaftcn ; roc ftegegncten (Sic ifpr ? 
3d) ftegegncte tr)r geftern auf bcm SCRarfte ber 2Ban£ gegenufter. 3Bo rcofynt 
ber engltfcfte ©raf ? (Sr rooftnt in bcm grojkn jg>ctct ung gegenufter. awufi 
id) 3()ncn 3r)t 23ud) $urudbrtngen, cber fann id) eg ncd) cinigc Sage ftcfyat? 
ten ? ©an$ rate <2ie rootlcn 5 id) ftraucfte eg biefen 2Cugcnft(icf ntd)t. SQScttcn 
(Sie btcfeg S3ier f often? id) benfc eg r)at cincn guten ©efeftmacf. 3d) banfe 
Sbnen ; id) trtnfc nicftt gcrn beutfd)Cg 2Bter, benn eg Fjat einen bittern ©cs 
fcftmad. ££te fcftmedt S^tien bag £ammc(fktfd) ? (Sg fcftmcdt mir fer)r gut ; 
fyaftcn (Sic btc ©utc mir ncd) cin S'tucfcfyen bawn $u geften. @ic neftmen 
!einc £ud)cn ; effen ©ic nid)t gern jtucben ? 3d) effe itucfjen gcrn, roenn 
fie nid)t Ju fug ftnb, SBeflen ®te biefen SOScm feftcn ? 3d) fyafte tfjn fd)cn 
gefoftet, after cr feftmceft mir ntd)t, benn id) trtnfc nid)t gern fupen SBctn. 

That house did belong to my father when he was living in this 
city. He w r orked three hours before he finished the letter which he 
has written to the prince. Have you already seen the carriage 
which we bought when we were in Boston ? No, sir ; have the 
kindness to show it to me. Was the joiner making our bureau when 
you were at his shop this morning ? Yes, madam, I waited until he 
placed the drawers in it. I opened the window in order to look 
after my boy, but he was not in the street. My uncle shut the 
doors of all his rooms before he departed. Have you looked for my 
gold ring ? I was looking for it the whole day, but I have not 
found it. Did your parents love Mrs. Brown's daughters when they 
travelled with them ? They loved them as their own children. 
Why did you not visit our aunt when you were in Paris'? I did go 
to see her twice, but she was not at home : I think she did not w T ish 
to see me. The painter was showing me his new painting when 
you sent him the colors which he wanted. Did you hear the noise 
which the soldiers made % I have heard nothing, for I was not at 
home. Where were you last night 1 I was at my brother-in-law's, 
where I had the pleasure to hear your niece sing. What was Mr. 
Smith saying when you inquired after his brother ? He answered 
me : I do not know where my brother is living now, but I expect a 
letter from him next w 7 eek. Did you expect this answer? I did 
expect this answer, for he wishes that nobody should know where 
his brother is living. The girl put the glasses into the closet before 
she cleaned them, and now they are broken. Has the dressmaker 
mended my dress ? She did mend it before she breakfasted. From 



220 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

whom has your son learnt reading? He learnt it from the same 
teacher from whom your children have learned it. Did that teacher 
also teach him writing? He did teach it to him. Our poor neighbor 
paid me his bill and thanked me for the credit, for he is an honest 
man. The little boy spelled better yesterday than to-day, for he 
has played the whole morning with his wooden soldiers. Did your 
brother dine before he departed ? No, sir ; he departed before 
dinner. Was the water boiling when you wanted it? It was not 
boiling, for the cook had too much to do. I intended to go into the 
country yesterday, but the weather was too bad, and I remained at 
home and played with my children. Did you perceive the man 
who was working in our garden ? he is a student who has lost all 
his money by playing. Where are my clothes? I cannot find them 
on the chair. They are in your room ) the servant cleaned them 
before he hung them in the wardrobe. How long has this meat 
already been standing on the table? The cook fetched it out from 
the cellar before we breakfasted. 

Why did you not buy the French books ? I had not money enough, 
and I do not like to buy on credit. Had you many friends when 
you were in Berlin ? I had only a few, but I had no enemies. We 
had no time to go to the concert, for we had to work much. Had 
the count's son the intention to sell his house ? He had the inten- 
tion to do it, but he had no mind to sell it on credit. Had the 
soldiers the courage to meet the enemy ? They have always shown 
much courage. Hadst thou much money when thou wast departing 
to France ? I had enough. I was in the country last week, but it 
was very cold. Was the merchant satisfied with the money which 
you paid him? He was not very well contented with it; he did 
not like the bank-notes, he w T ished to have ready money. Wast 
thou at school when the sailors killed the foreign soldier? I was 
not at school, but at the side of the river, and I saw it. How r much 
were the rams worth which the butcher has bought from your 
nephew? They were worth about eighty dollars, but my nephew 
has sold them for less. We were last night at the theatre, but w T e 
did not see you. I had no time to go to the theatre last evening, 
we were at our aunt's. Do you still owe much to the English 
merchant? I did owe him three hundred dollars, but I have paid 
him almost all. My parents were last week in New York, where 
they met with your brother. T meet your cousin every day, when 
I go to our store. Miss Louisa met me before the theatre, and she 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 221 

told me that she will come to-morrow to see our parents. We have 
met with the soldiers who departed to New Orleans. I have met 
with the foreign painter, at the American Hotel ; he has beautiful 
paintings to sell. The servant fetched three bottles of wine from 
the cellar, and placed them before the chimney before he cleaned 
the room. Take my shirts out of the closet and put them in the 
wardrobe, for you must clean the closet. Will you try this roast 
beef? I think it is very good. I have already tasted it, but I do 
not find it after my taste. Why do you not taste that beer? I have 
tasted it, but I do not like it ) it is too bitter. Will your sister not 
taste these cakes ? She has tried them already, but she did not 
like them ) she finds them too sweet. Is your uncle still living at 
your house? No, sir* he lives now in his own house opposite to 
the Protestant church. Have you lent your German book to your 
nephew, from which to learn his lesson? I did not want to lend him my 
book; he has his own. Has your niece her own wardrobe ? Yes, 
madam; she has her own wardrobe and her own bureau. Where 
did you meet with my brother-in-law ? T met him at the great 
square, opposite to the High School. Shall I go to the ball this 
evening? Just as you like. Shall our. sister go to our neighbor's 
store, or to Mr. Brown's, in order to buy a silk shawl ? Just as she 
likes, for I know she has a good taste. 



FIFTY-EIGHTH LESSON.— 3ld)t Uttb fiittfji^fte 
Section* 

THE IMPERFECT OF IRREGULAR VERBS. 

This and the three following lessons will include, in a certain 
order, the imperfect tense of all the irregular verbs hitherto 
treated of; and their perfect tense is here repeated, so that they 
may be more readily committed to memory. 
to go, gefyen — I went, id} fling; I have gone, id) bin gegangen. 
to hold, to keep, fatten — I held, I kept, id) t>telt ^ I have kept, 

id) l;a6e gefyalten. [laffen. 

to leave, to let, laffen —I left, id) (ie§; I have left, id) l)a6e ges 
to sleep, fd)(afen~I slept, id) fd)(ief; I have slept, id) !;abe ge* 

fd)lafen. [ten. 

to cut, fd)netben — I cut, id) fcfynitt; I have cut, id) l)a6e gefd)nit* 
to write, fd)reiben — I wrote, id) fd;rie&; I have written, id) fya&e 

gefd)rie6en* 

19* 



222 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



to lend, (eifyen — I lent, id) liefy; I have lent, id) fyabe geliefyem 
to remain (to stay), bletben — I remained, icfy blieb; I have re- 
mained, id) bin geblteben* [fommen, 
to come, fommen — I came, id) fam; I have come, id) bin ges 
The conjugation of all irregular verbs, in the imperfect tense, 
is the same as that of regular verbs : i. e. the third person sin- 
gular is like the first person ; the second person is formed by 
adding jr; and the plural by adding en; as — 

I went, I did go, I was going, id) Qtrtg. 

thou wentest, thou didst go, thou wast going, tu gtngfh 
he went, he did go, he was going, er cjing* 

we went, we did go, we were going, rotr gingeiu 

you went, you did go, you were going, (gte gtngen, 

they went, they did go, they were going, fie gingen. 

I was going to the concert when 3d) gtng in £>a£ (Son^ett, att er $u 

he came to me. mtr ianu 

He held the meat and my father Grc f)te(t bag gleifd) tmb mem $ater 

cut it. fcbnttt e$. 



My brothers were sleeping when 

I wrote the letter. 
The peasant held our dog, but he 

did not keep it. 
I left my umbrella at your house \ 

now I come to get it. 
You leftyour pocket-handkerchief 

in the garden, w T hen you were 

playing there. [washed. 

We did get our shirtsand stockings 
My brother had a new coat made, 

for the old one was no longer 

worth much. 
Thou didst lend him thy book • 

has he given it back to thee ? 
We did lend our neighbor one 

hundred dollars when he was 

going to Paris. 
Charles remained long with me 

last evening, for we copied our 

exercises. 



5$eine 23ruber fdjftcfcn, alt id) ben 

SSrtcf fd)rieb. 
iDcx 23auer fykft unfeten #unb, ctber 

er bcbtelt ifyn ntcbt. 
3d) ftep metnen 9?egcnfd)ttm bet 3b' 

ncn ; id) femme tbn jcgt $u fjetcn- 
©te licflfcn 3br Safebentud) in tern 

©arten, atg @ic bert fptetten. 

[pfe rcafeben. 
SBtr rteflfen unfere £emben unbStnims 
Sftctn SSrubet ftcfi etnen ncuen S^ccf 

macben, benn few alter war nid)t 

mebr Diet nxttj), 
3>u licr)ft tbm betn S3ud) ; fjat er e$ 

bit gurttdgegeben. 
£Btr fteben unferem 92ad)bar bunbett 

Sfyatit, alg er nad) g)ari^ gtng 

(retf'te). 
$arl blteb geftcrntfbcnb (ange bet mtr, 

benn mx fd)rieben unfere tlebungen 



ab. 
Compound verbs are irregular when their simple verbs are so. 

Scb gtng a\x$, ate mem better gttr&f* 

fatzu 
2£tr btteben auf bemCanbe, iU unfer 

$rcunb anfam. 
SBtr gtngen fpa^teren, at$ ntcittJDljcim 

btefen traurtgen SBrtcf crr)tc(t. 



I went out when my cousin came 

back. 
We remained in the country until 

our friend arrived. 
We were taking a walk when my 

uncle received this sad letter. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 223 

To ask (in the sense of inquire), fragen* 

Ask that gentleman when he will graven <Sie jenen Jpetrett, tt>ann er 

come to see me. mid) bcfucfyen will. 

I will ask him. 3d) will tbn fragen. 

Will you ask the cook (fem.) why SBcUcn (Sic bte £ed)tnn fragen, nxu 

she has not yet brought the rum fie ncd) nid)t t>as grufyftucf 

breakfast ? gcbracbt feat ? 

I have already asked her, and she 3>d) rjak fie fd)Cn gefrctcjt, unt) fie fao/e 

told me that it is ready. mit, t>ap cs fertifj ift. 

The compound adverbs of place, whither, where to, VD0l)tn> 
thither, b a \) i n> whence, where from, tt) o I) e i> (see Lessons 33 
and 44,) can be separated, in German, and the particles \) i n and 
^ e r prefixed to verbs expressing motion ; as — 

In compound tenses : 

Where has he irone to i I mf >™ ift , cr 9 c 9 an 9<« ? or ; 

wnere nas ne gone to . j m ^ cr ^^^^ ? 

Has the servant carried the sack £at ber SBcbtcntc ben ©acf in ta^ 
to the warehouse ? ffiSaarenlager cjetragen ? 

Hp has carried it thither I fe & at i!)n ^ in fiCtragcn ; or, 

He nas earned it tmtner. j & ^ .^ ^ in9Ctwgcm 

Whence has he come 1 f ^ « « 8*™* 1 ' or > 

( £So tjl er fyercjefemmen ? 

In simple tenses : 

Whither does he go (travel) ! j ^> in "^ ? , or > 
& v ; ( 3Bc reif t er fytn ? 

Do you send these goods to your (Sd)tcfen (Sie biefe SOSaaren in S^rcn 

store 1 Cabcn ? 

I send them thither. 3d) fenbe fie f)tn. 

Whence did he come'? SBofyet famm er? 

Where did he come from ? £Bo famm cr f>cr ? 

These particles, I) in and f) e r^ express locality: \)in means 
away from the person that speaks; fyer means to or towards the 
person that speaks. 

Into, \)imin f or fyereirt. 

Walk in (when I am with the per- ($5crjen (Sie Ijtnetru 

son before the door of a room). 
Come in (when I am in the room JUmmert @ic !)eteim 

and another person is at the 

outside). 

Above, liber; under, unter; 
two prepositions, which, like in, auf> an, and t)0r> govern the 
dative when they express rest at a place, and the accusative 
when denoting motion to or over a place. 

The crown, bie jfrone; the chandelier ; ber i?ronleucr;ter; the 



224 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



bridge, tie Srucfe; the captain, ber ^apitdn; the captain in the 
navy, or the master of a ship, tier Sd)i (f^fapitdn; the apple, ber 
SCpfel; the peach, tie *Pftrfid)e, 



The chandelier hangs over the 
table. [the table? 

Do you hang the chandelier over 

I went over the new bridge yes- 
terday. 

The dog went under the chair. 

The dog is lying under the tree. 

The captain remained standing 
under the tree. 

I placed your hat under the tree. 



£)er £ron(eud)ter Ijangt tifter bem 
£if*e. [ben £tfd> ? 

fiangen (Sie ben £ronteud)ter uftct 

Set) gtng gejTcra lifter bte neuc 
SSr&cfe. 

£)cr £unb gtng unter ben (£tuft(. 

SDet ftunb Ikgt unter bem Sfuble, 

JDcr ilapttan ftltcft unter bem ffiau* 
me fte ft en, 

3d) legte 3ftten »g>ut unter ben 23aum. 



The king, ber .Konig; the queen, bie .^oniginn; the pocket- 
book, ba& Xafcfyentmd) ; the oil, ba$ £)el; the gas, ba§> ®a$; the 
lamp, bie ?ampe; wet, na£; dry, trocfen; immediately, fogleid), 
augenblitflid); probably, uml;rfd)einlicfy; to put on, anjiefyen* 
(like au£jiefyen). 

The auxiliary verbs of mood, trotlen and fcHerif have a regularly 
formed imperfect tense : — 

I would, id) roottte; 

I should (I ought to, I was to), id) follte. 

He would not believe it. 

My uncle wished to arrive yes- 
terday, but he is not yet here. 

You should not have paid him, for 
the boots are too bad. 

He was to bring me the watch 
yesterday, but he has probably 
forgotten it. 

I know I ought to have done it, 
but I had no time. 



Thou wast to have read the book 
before thou sentest it back. 

We were to learn the exercise 
by heart, and we have only 
copied it. 

You burn oil in your lamp ) you 
should burn gas. 

The girl has washedmy stockings- 
are they dry ? 

No ; they are still wet. 

I must put on clean stockings; I 
have wet feet. 



(§r roetlte c6 ntcftt gtauften. 

9Jietn £)r)ctm roeUte fcften geftern an* 

fommen, after er ifr nod) ntcbt ftter* 
(gte fellten tfttn ntcftt ftc^afttt ftaftcn, 

benn bte (gftcfet finb $u fcftlecftn 
(5r fctlte nut geftern bteltftr ftrtngen, 

after er ftat cs roafyrfeftetnud) t>ers 

geffen. 
3d) njcip id) fctlte eS tr)un, after id) 

r)atte fetne Sett* 
aDu fcltteft t>a$ <Bud) gefefen fjaften, 

efte bu es gurfieffdncfteft. 
£Btr fctlten bie Iteftung au^roenbtg 

lernen, unb rmt fyaften fte nur aft? 

gefeftrteftcn. 
(Ste ftrennen Del in Sbrcr Campc; 

Sic fctlten ©a6 ftrennen. 
£)a$ 9#abd)en hat mctne ©trfimpfe 

gercafeften ; finb fte trecfen ? 
9?etn ; fte ftnb ncd) nap. 
3d) mufi rctne (Etvumpfe an^tefyen ; 

id) fyafte naffe g'upc. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 225 

He puts on another coat when he (£r ^iefyt cincn anbercn $ecf an, rccnn 
goes to the market. er auf ten 9J?arlt gefyt. 

I have pat on my new boots to- 3d) fyabz fyeute meine ncue (Stiefet 
day, for it is wet in the street. ange^cgen, benn cS ift nap auf fret 

©ttafe. 

©tc itodfyinn ging in ben better um cin ©tficf jt&fc $u fefynciben, abcr fte 
febnitt nicfyt nur cin (Stud Raft, fenbern aud) cin gropes Stucf $(eifd). Der 
fran$6fifd)C (Scfyipfapttan, ben nrir geftcrn auf ber SBrucfe begegneten, lam 
bicfen Bergen $u meincm SSatcr um unfer ncueS (Scfyiff ^u fcr)cn. (Sic gin? 
gen um ncun Ufyr nxg, unb fie ftnt> ncd) nicfyt $urucfgelcmmcm ££arum 
finb (Ste nicfyt mitgegangen 1 3* btieb $u £aufe, unb fcfyrtcb cintge S3ricfe 
t>ie nrir fyeute nad) 9?eu gjorf fenben muffen. *Der 93ebtente ging tnit met* 
ncm-fteinen SBrubcr in ben ©arten, unb fd>nitt ifym cincn fyvtbfcfycn (Steel, 
roenut cr fpieltc, bis ber £nabc unfercs 9?ad)barS lam, ber ifyn aerbrecfyen 
fyat. 3Bo fyaben (Sic bie SSfumcn geiaffen, bie 3fy?e 9Ucfyte 3fyncn gcgeben 
l)at ? 3d) lief* fte bet meinerlScfyroagcrinn, bie fyubfcfye 23(umen liebt sftltin 
better fefyrieb geftcrn 2(bcnb cin 33itlct, abcr id) rorip nid)t an rocn, benn cr 
Itcfi cS SRtcmanb fcr)cn ; er nrill e$ roafyrfcfyetnlid) ^u cincm fctner grcunbe 
fcfyicfen, um yen ifym ©clb gti borgen. 3d) tier) ifym tegte SBccfye $efyn unb 
cinen fyatben Scaler, unb cr fyat Icinen Sent mefyr bar-on. 9J?cin SBruber 
rocllte r)cute frur) aufftefyen, abcr cr fcfyltcf bis fyatb acfyt, benn cr lam fefyr 
fpdt nad) £>aufc unb ging nicfyt r-cr fyatt) cine $u SBctte. 3d) begegnete geftcrn 
bem engtifefyen 2Cr$te, ber auf bem ncuen $p(a£e fyin unb fjer ging ; er fytctt 
cin Safcfyenbucfy in feincr jpanb, roorin er t>en 3cit $u Sett ctroas; febricb. £Bo 
gingen 3fyte ©(tern geftcrn fyin ! (Ste gingen $u meiner Sante, um bie 
^oniginn $u fefyen, bie in bem £otct tfyr gegenttber roofynt. £ragt bie 
£eniginn cine Jlrone'? 9?ein, mein ticks &inb; roeber ber Jtcnig ncd) 
bie itoniginn trdgt cine jlrone ; fte tragen JUeiber nrie anbere £cute. (Stub 
(Sie fd)cn in ber ncuen jtircfyc gcroefen ? 9?ein, id) bin ncd) nid)t fytngegan? 
gen. ££o tragen btefe banner ben fd)cnen &rcnieud)ter r)tn ? (Sic tragen 
ifyn $u meincm Dfyeim. Sffic roilt cr ifyn fyinfydngen (affen ? (Sr roitl ifyn in 
fcin grcpc6 SScrbeqimmer uber baS ^amin fyangen (affen. -^Bc lam ber 
gran^cfe fyer? (Sr lam au$ feincm grcpen ©arten, unb fyat un^ fcftone 
2fcpfe( unb spftrftcben gebracfyt. SKarum fyaben @ie bie Sampe in bie Scfytaf? 
' ftube geftetlt ? icfy braucfye fie fyier. 3d) triH \ic fcg(eid) fyerbrtngen. 3d) 
«)cltte geftcrn uber bie SSrucfe gefyen, um ben engUfcfyen ilapitdngu fpred)en, 
a(5 id) £erren (Scfymibt begegnete, ber mid) fragte, roarum (Sic lein Del 
mefyr t»cn ifym laufen ; id) antrocrtcte ifym, bap (Sic jc|t ©as brenncn, unb 
lein £)e( mefyr braucfyen. ©r roar mit bicfer 2lntrocrt nicfyt fefyr gufrieben. 
2)u fcdtejl fletpger fein unb brine Section beffer lerncm S)te Sctbaten feds 
ten fefyen geftcrn anlcmmen, aber fie ftnb nedfy nid) fyier. 2)aS Sft&frcfyen 



226 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

wotttc tic gfafdjcn untcr ben Sifd) ftctXcn, akr id) fagte t!jr, bap fie c$ md)t 
tfjun fottte/roeil bte jlinbct geroofjntid) enter bem £ifd)c fpiclen* SSarum 
ftefjen ^ic t>ot bcr Sfjutl <Ste muffen fytneingefyen, wenn @te metnen £>atet 
fprcdjen wcUcn. ^ommen <Sie fjcretn ; Sbre JUeibct ftnb nap unb e$ ift 
warm in mcincm Simmer* SKrtnc ©Swifter gefjt mentals in nafem ^Better 
au$, benn fie tragt md)t gem cincn $Kcgcnfd)trm. 2Bo ift mcin Safdjenbud)? 
ict) !ann eg md)t fmben ; n>o ^aben <5k cS fjtngcfegt ? 3d) fjabe ntd)t 3f)r 
Sajcfyenbud) gefjabt, abcr id) fyabc e$ untcr Sfjrer Jtommobe gefefjen ; ©te 
fcllten eg nid)t immer ouf bem &tfd)C (icgen fafjen, 3d) fjabc metnen naffen 
<Kecf auSgegegcn, unb cincn trocfenen ange$egcn. (5r nafjm fcincn #ut, 509 
fcinc £anbfd)ulje an, unb ging roeg cfwe cnx>a$ $u fagen. 

I often went to the theatre formerly, but it gives me little pleasure 
now, for I am too old. Thou didst go to school this morning with- 
out breakfast; why did you not wait until the breakfast was ready? 
It was already half past eight when I was going away; I do not 
like to go to school too late, and I have now a better appetite for 
my dinner. Our father went out this morning earlier than usual ; 
he wishes to see the old king of France, who has lost his crown. 
We were going to our aunt's when we met our old teacher, who told 
as that he has lost a purse with twenty-five dollars. With what 
did you cut the bread ? I see you have no knife. I did not cut it ; 
I have broken it. The peasants cut their corn when w T e were in 
the country last week. The little girl has written the note badly, 
for she did not hold her pen well when she was writing it. Why 
did you not keep the horse which your uncle bought from the count ? 
I did not keep it, because it was not after my taste ; I have sold it 
for a very good price. Mr. King w 7 as to come to see me this morn- 
ing, but he did not keep his promise. Why have you kept my 
brother's German books so long a time ? We were keeping them, 
because we paid him for them. Our sister did not receive the 
letter this morning which she expected. Why did you leave the 
pen and the paper on the table? I left them on the table because 
my niece wished to write her exercises. Why did you let the 
butcher go without paying him for the meat? We wished to pay 
him, but he had no time to wait. The shoemaker has brought a 
pair of new shoes; why did you not get your old ones mended 1 ? 
It was not worth while to mend them, for they were too old. The 
Dutch sailor did get a new coat made, feut he had no money to pay 
for it. We did get our shirts washed, for w T e had no more clean 
ones. How have you slept last night ? I slept very well, but I 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 227 

think I have slept too long. My father departed this morning, while 
I was still sleeping ; he has left a note for you. We slept last night 
only five hours, for we had the intention to rise early this morning. 
My brother wrote a note to you ; why have you not answered it ? I 
received it only two hours ago, and I am now here to give him an 
answer. My aunt was writing when her daughter arrived. Where 
is my umbrella ? I cannot find it. I lent it to Mrs. Brown when she 
was with us yesterday ; she was to have sent it back immediately, 
but she has probably forgotten it. To whom have you given your 
French books ? We lent them to Mr. Black, who wished to learn 
French six months ago, and we have never seen him again. He 
came also to me in order to borrow some money, but I did not lend 
him any, for I know he is not an honest man. How long did you 
remain with your brother-in-law last night ? We remained there 
till half past twelve. Where was your cousin living last year? He 
was travelling the whole year ; in the spring he was in Italy; in the 
summer he travelled through Germany, and in the autumn and 
winter he was staying in Paris. Did he remain long in London % 
He remained there only a few weeks before he returned. Mrs. 
White came this morning to see my sister, but she was not at home. 
I have met with your nephew ; he was coming from the American. 
Bank. Where is my pocket-book ? I saw it in your hands this 
morning; you left it on the chair and I have put it in the drawer 
of your bureau. 

What did you wish to tell me when I met you in Charles Street 
yesterday ? I wished to tell you that you ought to visit your uncle, 
for he is angry with you, because he has not seen you for a long time. 
What would your cousin tell the servant ? He would tell him to 
clean his coat which is lying on the chair. He should not lay his 
clothes always on the chair; he has a wardrobe in which he has to 
hang them. We wished to go into the country yesterday, but 
the weather was too bad and the streets very wet. Ask your sister 
when she will have the goodness to return my niece the books which 
she has lent her. You ask me why I do not like to live longer 
in this hotel : but the people here make so much noise every night, 
that I can hardly sleep ; I like to live in my own house. Mr. Brown 
asked me, yesterday, why you never go to the theatre; I answered 
him that you like to stay at home and see your friends in the even- 
ings. Where are you going to? I am going to our warehouse; 
will you have the kindness to send your bill to our house 1 I will 
send it there. Where has your cousin gone to % He has gone to 



228 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

London. Will your mother go to the concert? She will go there 
this evening. Has the servant time to carry these goods to my 
store ? He can carry them thither. Whither does the peasant 
carry the chickens ? He carries them home. Does your brother 
send that money to the bank ? He sends it thither. Whence dost 
thou cornel I come from the school. Where are the soldiers 
coming from ? They come from New York. The new chandelier 
which our aunt has bought, is in the parlor; if you wish to see it, 
walk in ; I cannot go in, for rny boots are not very clean. Who is 
there? The joiner wishes to speak to you. Let him come in. He 
has brought the new table ; shall I bring it in ? Yes, bring it in. 
Have they hanged the new chandelier over the table? Yes, sir; it 
is hanging over the beautiful stone table. I went yesterday over 
the old bridge, where I met with an old man who asked me where 
you are living. My father and I went over the river yesterday, in 
order to speak to the captain who has arrived from England. You 
always burn a lamp; why do you not burn gas? for oil is much 
dearer than gas. I think gas-light is not very healthy for the eyes. 
No, sir; we have burned gas already a long while and I have still 
very good eyes. Do you like apples? I like apples and peaches. 
We have several peach trees in our garden, and I will send you 
some peaches the first of this season. Thou art looking for thy 
pen ; it is lying under the bureau. Who has put it under the bureau ? 
I do not know; but I never put my pens either under the bureau 
or under the table, but always on the table. You are looking for 
your pocket-handkerchief; it lies in the garden under the big apple 
tree. Who has placed it under the tree] for I left it in my room. 
The children were playing in the garden, and they have probably 
found it and placed it under the tree. What has the maid-servant 
in the pocket-handkerchief which she carries in her hand ? She 
has some fine peaches in it, which she has bought at the market. 
You have lost your pocket-book ; why do you not always carry it in 
your pocket, as I do? Why do you put on your new over-coat in 
this bad weather? you will make it wet. I have put it on because 
I wear an over-coat in bad and cold weather, and not when the 
weather is fine. My dear child, thy shoes are wet; take them off 
and put them near the fire, they will soon be dry. I always put on 
new boots when we have wet weather. It is very wet in the 
streets; you must put on your over-shoes, or you will have wet 
feet when you come back ; and you know the physician has told 
you to keep them always very dry, if you do not wish to have the 
tooth-ache. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 229 

FIFTY-NINTH LESSON. — $letm Utth fitttf Jtgfte 
Section* 

THE IMPERFECT TENSE OF IRREGULAR VERBS, CONTINUED. 

to see, to look, fefyen — I saw, id) fa!; ; I have seen, id) fyafce gefefyen. 
to give, geben — I gave, id) ga6; I have given, id) \)abt gegeben* 
to read, lefen — I read, id) la$; I have read, id) \)abt gelefen. 
to eat, effen — I eat, id) a£; I have eaten, id) \)&bi gegeffen* 
to forget, pergeffen — I forgot, id) t>ergaj$j I have forgotten, id) 

tyabe Dergeffen* 
to lie, (iegen — I lay, id) lag; I have lain, id) fyabe getegen. [men* 
to take, netymen — I took, id) na(;m; I have taken, id) babe genome 
to find, finben — I found, id) fanb ; I have found, id) \)abt gefunben. 
to drink, trinfen — I drank, id) tvatit ; I have drunk, id) (;abe ge* 

trunfen. 
to sing, ftngen — I sang, id) fang; I have sung, id) f)a6e gefungen. 

And, in like manner : — 
to spring, to jump, to leap, fprtngen* — I sprang, id) fprang; I 
have sprung, id) bin gefprungen. 

The yard, ber £of; the fence, ber S^un; the bottom, the 
ground, ber 93oben; the floor, ber $uf 3 boben; the voice, tk 
<2timme; the company, the society, bie @efe(Ifd)aft; cheerful ; 
fyeiter, frof)ltd); most beautiful (admirable), rtmnberfd)on. 

I saw the child in the yard, before 3d) far) t)a$ JUnb in bem £>cfc, cf)e 

I went out. id) auSgtng. 

He gave me back all my books, @r gab mir alio nictne 23ud)cr ^utucf, 

before he departed. dje er abretftc. 

I read my sister's letter, before 3d) (aS ben 23rtef memer ©d)iwjler, 

I gave it to my brother. bcwr td) tf)n mctnem 23rubcr gab. 

We ate of these cakes before 2£tr affen t>on btefen jtucfycn ttotbcm 

dinner {or before we dined). 932tttageffen ; or, d)C nnr fpetfteru 

My sisters forgot to tell you that Sftetne <§§d)tt>ef!ern wrgapen Sbncn 

they were at the concert yes- gu fagen, baj} ftc gcjtern in bem 

terday. (Sen$ert gerocfcn ftnb. 

Your gold pen was lying on the Sfyre gclbene gcbet lag auf bemg'ufc 

floor when I came into the beben, at$ id) in $>a$ Simmer 

room. Jam. 

I was taking off my hat, for it 3d) nar)m ntctnen £ut at\ benn c$ 

was too warm. wax $tt warm. 

Our niece took the apples which itnfere 9itd)te nabrn Me 2fcpfct, mU 

she found on the table, and cl)e ftc auf bem Sifcbe fanb, tmb 

gave them to the poor children. gab ftc ben avmen JUnbern. 
20 



230 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



He took a bottle of wine and 
drank so long until he saw the 
bottom of the bottle. 

We were last night in a cheerfal 
society; we were singing and 
playing until almost two 
o'clock. 

Your uncle looked very cheerful 
when I met him this morning. 

Mr. Smith sang the day before 
yesterday before a large com- 
pany. 

Our children are playing and 
jumping in the yard. 

My brother's large dog leaped 
over the fence. 

Thisboy has sprung over the chair. 



(£t ncif)m cine gfafdrje 2£ctn, unb 
tranf fo lange &ig cr ben. 23eben 
bcr #(afd)e far). 

£Bir roaren geftcrn 2C6cnb in einer frcb- 
ttdjen ®efettfd)aft ; voir fangen unb 
fpicttcn bit Octnafyc $n;et lifyr. 

3f)r £)F>ctm far) fcf)r potter au$, at* idf) 
tfym biefen Bergen kgegncte. 

vg)crr (Scbmtbt fang Dorgeftern wr eis 
ner gro£cn ©efellfcfyaft. 

ttnfere Winter fpteten unb fprtngen in 

bem £ofc. 
£)et grope £unb metneS 33ruber£ 

fprang tikr ben 3aun. [fprungen. 
£)tcfer jtnak tft fiber ben <Stuf)( ges 



To guide, to lead, to conduct, fiifyren ; the earth, bie (£rbe 5 the 
air, bie ?uft; damp, feucfyt; cool, filial; fresh, frtfcf). 



The maid-servant must guide our 

little child. 
Whither will you take me? 
I am taking you into the fresh 

air; it is too warm in the room. 

Where has he taken the sick 
girl to ? 

He took her to the dentist, in 
order to get her two teeth ex- 
tracted. 

Stay home; the earth is damp, 
and the air is cool. 



£)te S02agb mitfi unfer Heine* Jltnb 

fftfytm 
2£ef)tn roctlen @ie mid) ftifyren ? 
Scb fur>re <Ste in bie frtfcfye Cuft; e$ 

tft $u warm in bem 3immer. 
2Bet)in fjat er bag franfe 9J?abd)en 

gefufnt? or, [fur>rf? 

££0 bat cr ba$ fran!e £ftabcf)cn binges 
(£r ffiljrte fie $u bem Bafjnaqt, urn 

tfyt anxt 3af)ne au^iefyen $u lajjen. 

<8(eikn ©te $u £aufe ; bie (Srbe ift 
feucfyt, unb bie Suft tft fur)U 



The mountain, ter SSerg 5 the stairs, the staircase, bie ireppe 5 
up, auf; down, afc. 
He went up and down in his room. Urging in fctncm3tmmer auf unb a&. 

These adverbs of place, a u f and a 6, are generally prefixed by 
the particles \) i n and \) e r (see Lesson 58) ; as — \) i n a tl f> t) e rs 
a u f^ upward, or up to ; \) i n a 6/ f) e r a 6, downward. 

He went up to the mountain, but (?t ging ben SBerg fytnauf, a&cr er tft 

he has not yet come down. nod) nttf)t Ijcra&gefemmcn. 

I went down the staircase because 3d) ging bie Sreppc r)ina(>, rocit ct 

he would not come up. md)t fjcrauf fommen roellte. 

Instead of \) i n a 6 and (;era&, fMrtunterandfyerunter may 
also be used. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



231 



We went up the mountain this 
morning; but my brother went 
down soon, because his friend 
was wailing for him. 

Come down. 

The shoemaker has brought the 
boots; shall I bring them up 
stairs] 

Yes, bring them up stairs and put 
them before the door. 

Carry that table down stairs into 
the front parlor. 

Bring my watch down stairs; I 
have forgotten it in the bed- 
room. 
In such sentences as the above 

translated into German. 



Sir gtngcn biefen Bergen ben 23erg 
fyinauf, akt mem 23rubct ging 
bait) fjinunter, weit fan Jreunb 
auf ifyn wartete. 

Jtcmmcn (Sic berunter* 

£)ct Sd)uf}mad)er fyat tie Sttcfel ge* 
braci)t ; fell id) pe r)inaufbringcn ? 

3a, br'mgcn Sic ftc rjcrauf unb ftcU 

len (Sic ftc for tie Si)ur. 
Sragcn Sic ben Z\\d) fyinunter in 

ba$ SScrbcr^immcr. 
SSrtngcn Sic meine Uf)t fyeruntet 

(fjcrab) ; id) l)abc fie in bcr Sctyafs 

ftube oergeften. 

the word stairs is not to be 



Far, roeit; farther, wetter; equal, gtcicfy* 



Sic rucit wollen Sic gefyen? 

3d) will ntd)t wctt gc^en; id) will nut 

nad) unferem Saarenlager gefjen* 
Sic roeit i|l eg r>en£enben nad) spans ? 
(5$ ftnb 265 cngtifd)c SQ&etfen t)cn 

£onbcn nad) tyavi*. 
3ft c$ wcitct son $)ari$ nad) Conbon 

atS yen spariS nad) Scrim ? 
©5 tjt rueitct wn g)arts nad) SBettim 
Sic wctt gcbenfen Sic fycute fpas 

gieten $u get) en 1 
3d) f)abcbic2CbftdE)t fefyrweit^ugefyen, 

benn id) bin nid)t gan$ mU* 



How far will you go ? 

I will not go very far ; I will only 
go to our warehouse. 

How far is it from London to Paris? 

It is 265 English miles from Lon- 
don to Paris. 

Is it farther from Paris to London 
than from Paris to Berlin ] 

It is farther from Paris to Berlin. 

How far do you intend to walk 
to-day? 

I have the intention to walk very 
far, for I am not quite well. 

The adverb b i hp till, until, expresses an extent of time (see 
Lesson 35); as — until to-morrow, b\$ morgenf &c. ; but the 
German adverb 6 i 6 also expresses extent of place, and then it 
must be translated into English by as far as, or to. 

How far? mie me it? is, in German, a question about dis- 
tance, or about any indefinite place; but how far? bi£ n>0 1) in? 
is a question for a distant place to which a movement is extended; 
as — 

Sic weit ftnb Sic fycute fpa^ieren ges 

gangen ? 
3d) bin nur §wci 93icUen gegangen. 
S3i$ wefyin gebenfen Sic l)cute fpas 

gteren $u gcf)cn ? 
3d) gebenfe bis nad) bem nadbftm 

*Dorfe ivl gcr)cm fretfen, 

SEein SSater will bis nad) Scnbon 



How far have you w T alked to-day ? 

I have walked only two miles. 
How far do you intend to walk 

to-day ? 
I intend to go as far as the next 

village. [London. 

My father will travel as far as 



232 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



I will take you as far as the cor- 
ner of this street. 

He went as far as the great place. 

My mother is well to-day; she 
has gone as far as the new 
church. 

He will come as far as my house. 

As far as, bi$, is generally 
ax\f in, auf, or ju; according to 
necessary to express motion to 
sons 30, 32, 33, and 45.) 

Whither will you go ? 
How far will you go ? 
I will go to New York. 
I will go as far as New York. 

to the corner, 

as far as the corner, 

to the wood, 

as far as the wood, 

to the field, 

as far a* the field, 

to your uncle's, 

as far as your uncle's, 

Will your aunt go (travel) to Paris'? 
No, sir; she will only go as far 
as London. 



3d) will <Stc big an tic gcfc btefet 

Strajk fufjrcm 
<5r 91119 big auf ben gropen $)(a§. 
SEttcine gutter tft ty'ute rooty; ftc 

tft bU in t>ic neue £trd)e gegan- 

gen. 
(Sr rotll big $u mir fommen. 

used with the prepositions nad), 
the prepositions which would be 
a place, without biS. (See Les- 

SBotyn rocllen Ste geben ? 
S3tg rootyn rootlen (Sic 9cr)en 1 
3d) rotll nad) 9?eu gjorf gcben. 
3d) rotll big nad) Sfteu 9)etf gcben. 

an tie (Jcfe* 
bi^ an tie £<fe. 
in ben 2Balb. 
bi§ in tm 2Balb* 
auf baS ftelb. 
bi$ auf bat ftelb. 
ju 3tyrem Dljeim. 
biS ju 3I;rem Dfyetm. 

SBtH 3b^ Sante nad) tyaxti reifen ? 
9Mn, metn £>crr ; fie roill nur bt$ 
nad) bonbon reifen. 



3d) gab geftern 3^rcm better bag SSucb, alg id) ityi auf bem ncucn 5>(a|e 
fab ; et fagtc mir, t>a$ er eg febon gelcfen bat, unb id) nabm eg urn c^ 3bnen 
gurucf$ubrtngcn. £)er cngUfcbe ^aufmann iai ben S3rtef unb gab ir)n feinem 
(Sotyte, urn ttyt abjufdjtctben, cbc cr ir)n nad) Conbon fd)tcfte. £Btr faben 
btefen SJiorgen bic jttnber unferes 9?ad)barg in unferem ©arten ; fie a£cn 
spftrftcben, roe(d)e ftc untcr ben SBaumcn fanben, aber fie natyncn nur bic, 
roelcbc auf ben 25obcn lagen. 3ft 3b* £%tm febon auggegangen ? (Sr cr* 
tyelt t>or ciner Stunbe em 23tHet t>on bem fran$oftfcben ^apttan ; cr la$ eg 
fcg(etd)/ nabm fetnen #ut unb (Stocf, unb gtng roeg ; er Dcrgaf roatyfebetns 
ltd), baj} Sic auf ir)n roartcn. Sic fucben 3b?e £anbfcbubc ; fie lagen auf 
bem Jufibobcn ; ber 23cbtentc nabm ftc roeg, unb er bat fte in bte Sd)ub(abe 
Sbrcg Stfcbeg gclegt. 3d) fanb unjeren Jreunb £arl nod) im SSettc; er 
fagtc mir, ba$ cr ntcty rooty tft; er bat geftern 2lbenb roabvfd)etn(td) $u ml 
gcgeffen, benn id) roetp er roar in etner frotytcben ©efctlfcbaft r-on jungen 
Ccutcn. 3d) roar geftern aucb in etner fletnen ©cfcllfcbaft ; rotr roarcn fehr 
better, unb rotr fptclten unb fangen big etn ttr)r beg 9J?orgeng ; rotr afou 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 233 

xwxx einigc jtucftcn unt tranfcn SCBaffcr nut cm rocnig £8ein. £>er {nnge 
SBetf; fjat cine ljubfdbe GMmmt ; cr fang einigc fran$efifcr;e unt) englifcfye 
23atlatcn nut mctem Ocfdbmadf. Unfcr grope £unt fprang geftern fiber cinen 
fed)* #uf* f)cf)cn 3aun, in ten #ef teg fpanifefyen ©rafen. SBofytn fafjren 
(Sic Mcfcn jungen 93?ann ? 3d) f fibre ifyn $u meinem #reuntc &&^oax^ 
urn mit tfjm tort $u fpeifen. £80 fufyrtc 3$t Srut-cr geftern 2fbcnl> ten jun? 
gen gian^efen f)in ? <5r ffifyrte ibn in ta* Sftcaftr* 3d) ffifyre meine gante 
jctcn (Senntag in tie £ird)C £)cr SSeticnte fyat unferc Winter in tie 
<S?f)u(e gefufyrt. Caffen Sic Sfyrc Winter fjeute nid)t in Dcm ©arten fptcten, 
tie Buft ift feud)t unt tie (Srte 511 nap. SO&avum gefyt 3f)re @d)wcj!et tie 
Srcppc fyinauf ? (Sic geljt fytnauf, roeil unferc Gutter nid)t fycrunterfems 
men fann. Scfyann, brtngen (Sic ticfc SBficfees binauf in mein Simmer, 
abcr Sic mfiffen baft) fjcrunterfenmicn, tenn (Sic mfiffen auSgcfycn. Unfere 
Saute rootttc nid)t mit uns ten SScvg fyinaufgefyen ; fte ging in tern £)orfe 
auf unt ah, bis rotr $u ir)r rjcruntcrtamcn. ©cfyen Sic tiefe (Strapc fytnauf, 
OU an tic (Scxe, tcrt roertcn Sic tag $au$ tes 2Cr^tc^ pntttu SBic rocit ift 
c* t>cn fyicr nad) ?((ttcrf ? (§6 ift nid)t rocit ; c$ ftnt nur ffinf 93?ei(en turn 
fyier nad) tflttorf. SScllen <Stc roetf fpa^ieren gef)en ? Set) roill fyeute nid)t 
roeit ge!)en. £3is roorjtn rootten (Sic gefyen ? Set) roitt nad) tern neuen 
2Baffcrroer£ gefjett. SBollcn Sic nid)t bte an ten g(ug gcljcn ? 9?etn, id) 
roitt nid)t bis tafyin gefyen. SBic rocit wilt 3f)r £)rjeim tiefen Sommer rets 
fen ? (5t null nad) Jrantmcn reifen. 33UI cr nid)t bis nad) £)cutfd)(ant 
geben, (St roilt ticfc* 3af)t* nid)t fo rocit reifen. SGBtr gtngen geftern bis 
auf tas 3 ; e(t unfcrcS (Sd)roagcr$. £)aS ift nicftt feFjr roeit ; tcf) unt mein 
SBruter gingen bis in ten 3Bait tes teutfd)en ©rafen, unt roir begegncten 
tcrt einer fefjr frof)ttdr>cn ©cfctlfdjaft, mit ter roir fpat nad) $aufc famen ; 
id) roar fcf)r mute, tranf cin ©(as frifcfyeS Staffer, unt ging 3U SScttc* 



When did you see the Spaniard the last time 1 I saw him going up 
and down in the garden last week; he was reading in his memoran- 
dum-book, and looked very sad: after a while he walked out of the 
garden, and I did not seen him again. My uncle gave me the book 
in which he was reading, and said to me: Here, my dear Charles, 
I give you a book from w T hich you can learn very much; it is a true 
(roafyrcs) picture of life. I forgot to tell you that your brother's 
watch was lying on the bureau, when I was in your father's room ) 
I see you are looking for it. We were eating yesterday at the 
French Hotel ; we found a large company of Frenchmen there ; who 
were drinking and singing after dinner; it gave me great pleasure 
to see these cheerful people. My brother and sister-in-law were 
20* 



234 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

eating supper when Mr. and Mrs. White came to see them ; their 
son was already lying in his bed, for he likes to go to sleep early. 
When my father returned from the store, he found a poor hungry 
little boy at the corner of our street j he took his cold hand, and led 
him to our house : my mother gave him to eat, and to drink, and 
the little boy went cheerfully home. Mrs. Brown dined with us 
yesterday j she has a very fine voice, and she sang some pieces 
most beautifully; we were very cheerful until eight o'clock, when 
she took my sister to the theatre. I met our friend Charles yester- 
day, on the bridge ; he looked very sad, for he had lost his pocket- 
book with thirty-five dollars j I took his hand and said to him : Be 
cheerful, my dear friend ; an honest man has found your pocket- 
book ; he (has) brought it to our warehouse an hour and a half ago. 
You did not find us home last night* we went to the concert in 
order to hear Miss Klein ; she has a good voice, and my mother said 
that she sang very well, for I do not understand much of music. I 
saw many students this morning, opposite the university; they took 
off their hats when they saw their professor coming. The maid- 
servant found your silk pocket-handkerchief on the floor; she took 
it up stairs and put it in the first drawer of your bureau. We have 
a large yard in which our dogs are playing ; they spring sometimes 
over the fence, but they always come back again. Your children 
were very joyful, for I made one of the dogs spring over a stick. 
The strange cat jumped over the fence when it perceived us. The 
little dog has jumped from the wardrobe upon the table, and from 
thence upon the floor. The cook took away the bottle, and drank 
three glasses of wine in the kitchen, at his dinner. I never drink 
wine ; I like a glass of fresh water. He gave me back the pocket- 
book without telling me where he found it. The weather is cool 
to-day ; you must put on your over-coat, and when you wish to walk 
in the garden, put on the over-shoes, for the earth is damp. It is 
very unhealthy to remain in this damp room ; you must open the 
window and let the fresh air come in. 

Whither do you take the strangers 1 I take them to the Catholic 
church, to show them the Italian pictures. When w-e were in the 
country last summer, we went every morning up that mountain 
which you can perceive, in order to drink some fresh milk, and we 
came down only a short time before dinner. One day w T hen we 
were going up, we saw a little girl coming down with a crown of 
beautiful flowers on her head, which she had found in the forest ; 
she looked like a queen when we gave her a few pieces of money ? 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 235 

and she jumped joyfully down in order to show it to her poor 
mother. I like to take a walk every morning ; sometimes T go very 
far, and when the weather is bad and the ground very wet, I walk 
up and down in our garden, which is always dry. The servant went 
down into the cellar to fetch the meat for our breakfast, but he 
came up without it, for the cats had eaten it. Have the kindness 
to bring those apples up stairs, and tell Charles to come down, for 
the dinner is ready. Louisa, are you coming down stairs soon? I 
have to finish my letter, and then I will come down. Be so kind 
as to bring down my watch which I have left on the chimney. My 
dear child, thou hast been jumping up and down the staircase the 
whole morning, but now it is time to come into the room in order 
to learn your exercises by heart. Matilda, have the kindness to 
come down stairs; I wish to ask you something. I cannot come 
down, for I have to study my lessons, but if you wish to ask me 
something, come up stairs. Is it far from here to the next village ? 
It is not very far ; if you will go this way. Must I go far in order 
to find some flowers for my sister ? You have not far to walk ; come 
with me into our garden, and you shall find more than you want. 
You tell me that you take a walk every afternoon ; how far do you 
walk ? I usually walk from four to five miles, but if the weather 
is bad, I only walk one or two miles. How far is it from Berlin to 
Dresden ? It is twenty-eight German miles from Berlin to Dresden. 
Is it farther from Berlin to Frankfort than from Berlin to Dresden? 
It is farther from Berlin to Frankfort. How far is it ? It is sixty- 
seven German miles. Four and a half Englishh miles are equal 
to one German mile. How far has Mr. Schutz travelled? He has 
gone to France. Has he not gone to Germany? No, sir; he has 
only gone as far as Paris. Will you go to the corner of this street ? 
No, Miss; I must^go as far as the comer of the next street. Has 
your brother a wish to go to the field ? No, madam ; he has the 
intention to go as far as the wood, but I will not go so far. How far 
will your uncle go ? He will go as far as New York. How far did 
you walk yesterday ? I walked as far as my uncle's country-house 
in the next village. Where are you now going to? I go as far as 
the bridge. Where does your niece come from ? She returns from 
her friend ~with whom she has taken a walk. Will we not go a 
little farther ? No, sir; I cannot go farther, it is very warm and I 
am too fatigued. Why do you not bring your sister with you ? She 
went with me as far as your door, but she would not come in. The 
road from Manheim to Heidelberg is one of the most beautiful in 
Germany. 



236 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

SIXTIETH LESSON. — ®ed)$3%fie Section. 

THE IMPERFECT TENSE OF IRREGULAR VERBS, CONTINUED. 

to break, brecfyen, jerbrecfyen — I broke, id) brad); I have broken, 

id) \)cibt c^ebrocben. [gefprod)en. 

to speak, fpred)en — I spoke, id) fprad); I have spoken, k\) l;aOe 
to stand, fktyen — I stood, id) Iranb ; I have stood, k\) l)abe gejranben, 
to do, tl;un — I did, id) tfyat; I have done, id) \)abt flettyan. 
to wash, roafcfyen — I washed, id) n>ufct>; I have washed, id) l;abe 

genxrfcfjen. 
to carry, tr wtt _I carried, . , , I have carried, \ id) ()a6e 

to wear, u 9 I wore, ; l wy > I have worn, j getragen. 

to pick up, auffyeben — I picked up, id) t;ob auf; I have picked 

up, id) l)abe aufyeboben. 
to take off (clothes), au6§iei;en — I took off, id) jog au§; I have 

taken off, id) l)abe ausgejogen, 
to put on (clothes), anjiefyen — I put on, id) jog an; I have put 

on, id) l)abe angejO(jen* 
to lose, uerlieren — I lost, id) t>er(or ; I have lost, id) l;abe tterforeru 
to beat, , h r # I beat, . Kf . r I have beaten, ] id) babe 
tostrike, |a > la 3 m — I struck, 1 ^' ^9} I have struck, } fleftylflflen. 
Present, I beat, id) fd)Iagef bu fd)ldgf3> er fd)ldgt> n)ir fd)lagenf k. 

The truth, tie SBafyrfyeit; true, rcafyr; the person, bie ^erfonv 
pi. bie ^erfonen; the blow, ber ©d)lag; strong, fhirf; dirty, 
fcbmu^ig; lately, fiirjlid); just, eben; just now, fo tUn\ the 
word, ba§> ©ort, pi. 2Borter (unconnected words, as the diction- 
ary, t>a§ ©orterbud)) and 2Borte (connected words). 

Why do you beat the dog? S&arum fcWagcn Sic ben £unb ? 

I beat it because it has broken 3d) febtacje i()n / tt>cit cr gtt>ci $(afd)en 

two bottles of wine which were SBetn sevbvecben bat, bie untet bem 

standing under the table. &tfd)C ftanben* 

The boy broke the cup which he 3)et jtnabe serbrad) bie Saffe, tx>ctdE)C 

was carrying. cr trucj. 

I did not understand him, for he 3d) oerftcmb tfyn ntd)^ benn cr fprad) 

spoke too badly. gu fdblcd)t« 

Yourbrotherpromisedmetocome 3b? SBruber tterfpracb nur, mtd) bie? 

to see me this morning, bat he fen 93?erqen $u befucben, aba et 

has not kept his word. bat md)t(fein) SBcrt gc&aften* 

What didst thou do when thou 2£a£ tf>atcft bit/ nxnn in auf bem 

wast in the country? Canbe rcarjt? 

I was doing what other people did ; 3d) tljflt tva* anberc Scute tfjatcn ; tdj 

I ate, drank, and played. ap, id) tranf, unb fpiette. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



237 



The maid-servant washed our 

stockings before she cleaned 

our shoes. 
We wore straw hats when we 

were in Spain. 
My sister picked np the ribbon 

which she sawlyingon the floor. 

What did you do after dinner? 
I took off my coat and went into 

the garden. 
He came into the room when I 

took off my coat. 
My brother put on his new boots 

to-day, when he went out. 
The servant cleaned my coat 

before I put it on. 
That merchant lost his money, 

but not his friends. 
Why dost thou beat the poor cat 1 
I have not beaten it; I only played 

with it. 
The soldier gave a blow to the 

sailor; he struck him on his 

head. 
What o'clock is it 1 

It struck twelve just now. 

My dear child, thou must always 
tell the truth. 

Is it true that your uncle has de- 
parted to Italy ? 

It is not true, for he is still in this 
country. 



Die 9$agb roufcr) unfcrc (Strumpfe, 

cr)c fie unfcrc <2d)ur;c retmgte (rein 

mcict)te). 
£Btr trugen Strofyrjute aU roir in 

(spamen nxircn. 
£ftetnc <Sd)nxftct fycb bat SBanb auf, 

mc(cl)C6 fie auf bem$ul&obcn Uegen 

ft*. 
SDSa^ tbaten © c nod) bem SOlittogcffen? 

3d) 309 meinen <Kecf au», unt) gtng 

in ben (Garten. 
(St fam in bat Simmer, a(s tdj met? 

ncn SKecf au^og. 
9J?etn SBrubcr gog fjcute feme ncuen 

©ttefel an, al5 er au*gtng* 
£)et SScbicntc macfyte meinen $ocl 

rein, efye id) tfm an^eg, 
£)tefer ^aufmann verier fetn ©etb, 

abcr ntd)t feme gteunfce. 
SOBarum fd)(agft bu bte arme £a$e ? 
3d) babe fie ntdbt gefd)(agen; id) 

fpieite nur nut ifyr. 
£>cr <Sclbat gab bem SO^atrofcn etnen 

(Sdblag; er fd)(ug tfjn an ben 

Jtopf. 
SBtcotel 1% ift e$ ? 
f (SS feat fo cben grootf gcfd)(agem 
( @S fcfeiug fc eben aroolf* 
9J?cin (tebeS iltnb, bu mufit immer 

bte ££afetfeeit fagen. 
3ft eS wafer, $>a$ 3fer Dfecim nad) 

Stolien abgcreipt ift ? 
(§S ift ntdbt reafer, benn er ift nod) in 

btefem Sanbe* 



Since, feitf a preposition, which governs the dative. 
The travel, the journey, tk Sieife; the arrival, tie 2£nfunft; 
the return, bie .Surutffunft 

SStc fange ift e$, feit <2te £errcn 

©dbmtbt gefefeen feaben ? 
3d) feat tfen ntd)t feit bem (c$tcn 

£erbfte gefefeen. 
SGBtr ftnb ntcbt 9J?abam 23raun feit 

tfercr Surucffunft turn granfretd) 

begegnet, 
Nettie &ante ift unmet franr:, feit fie 

sen 93o$ten $urucfge£emmcn ift. 
3d) feabc granlem SBeiS feit iferet 

le£tcn $cife ntcbt ocfyrecfyen. 



How long is it since you have 

seen Mr. Smith ? 
I have not seen him since last 

autumn. 
We have not met Mrs. Brown 

since her return from France. 

My aunt has been sick ever since 
she has returned from Boston. 

I have not spoken with Miss 
White since her last journey. 



238 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



I have not seen your brother 

these three months. 
We have worked very hard these 

eight days. 
He has not been at my house 

these two years. 



3d) f)ak» Sfyren S3rubct feit tret 

9J?onatcn nid)t gefefyen. 
£Btr (jafcen feit ad)t£agen fcf>r fdjroet 

gcarbcitet. 
<£r ift fcit groci 3aljrcn ntd)t fcci mit: 

genxfen. 



The pronoun tffose, expressing a space of time, as in the pre- 
ceding sentences, is not to be translated into German by fciefe> 
but by feit. 



It was yesterday that he arrived. 
How long is it since you have 

been at the theatre 1 
How long is it since you have 

been at your aunt's? 
How long have you been in this 

country'? 



(Sr !om fcfyon geftcrn an, 

SBic tange ift cs fcfyon, tap (Sic nid)t 

in tern Sweater genxfen ftnb 1 
SBie (angc if! c6 fcfyon, fcit (Sic ki 

3f)rct Santc gcroefen ftnb, 
£Bie (ongc fint) (Sic fcr^cn in btcfcm 

£anbc? 



I have been here these eighteen f 3d) bin fd)cn 18 denote fyicr; or 7 
months. \ 3d) bin (fd)on) fcit 18 93?onatcn fyicr. 

How long have you been in New £Bie (angc fint) (Sic fd)cn in £fteu 
York? ©erf? 

The verb, in sentences like the above, is, in German, put in 
the present tense, modified by the adverb — fcfyorv already, 
which gives an additional force to the verb, or to another adverb, 
in which signification it is often not expressed in English. 

IMPERSONAL VERBS. 

Verbs which occur only in the form of the third person, the 
subject of which is expressed by the indefinite pronoun it, e if 
are called impersonal ; as — 



to ram, rcgnen> 

to snow, fd)neien> 

to thunder, bonnern> 

to lighten, b(i|enr 

to hail, fyagetrtj 

to thaw, to dew, tfyauen, 
All these are regular verbs. 

The rain, ber 9iegen; the snow, ter Scfynee; the thunder, ber 
©onrter; the lightning, ter 3Mi$; the dew, ber £f)atu 

@s rcgnct ben gangen Sag. 



it rains, e6 regnet. 

it snows, eS fcfymit. 

it thunders, e$ bonnert. 

it lightens, es blifyt. 

it hails, ee fyagelt. 

it thaws, it dews, e6 tl)(tut. 



It rains the whole day. 
It has snowed enough. 
It did not thunder very hard last 

night, but it lightened much. 
It did snow and hail yesterday, 

but it is thawing to-day. 



(5s bat genug gefefyncit* 

(S'S bonnertc ntcfyt fefyr (lar! Ic|tc 

sftacfyt, abcr eg Mtptc mcf. 
& fefynctte tmb fyagelte gcjtern, after 

ce tfyaut f?cutc. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 239 

We have fine weather to-day, for SBir fjnfcen f)eute fcbonc^ SQBctter, tcnn 
the dew has fallen this morning. cv> Fjat btefen Bergen getfyaut. 

There is, e5 ifr; there are, e§ [tub; 

are used when they express a definite existence ; as — 

There is no beer in this glass. (?S ift !etn 23ter in btcfem (SJfafe. 

There is nobody in your room. (£s ift CRtemanb in S^rcm Simmer* 

There is nobody there. (5*6 ift Sfttemanb bo. 

There are two hundred houses (§s ftnb jwet fyunbert £oufer in bicfer 

in this street. ©trope. 

There were sixty children in the (5$ traren fed)S§tg jttnber in bet 

school- room. (Scfyutftubc* 

But when there is, or there are, is used to express indefinite 
existence, it must be translated into German by e$ Qitbt* 

There is not a house in this vil- (S6 gtcfct Fein $au§ in btefem 3)erfe/ 

lage which is higher than thirty roeldjes r;cr)cr aU bretpig gup i(£ 

feet. 

There are streets in this city (£6 gtcfct ©tropen in biefer (Stobt, 

which are three miles long. tt>e(d)C brei SffieUen (ong finb. 

There are not many peaches this (S$ gicbt bicfcS Safyr nidjt mete $pprs 

year. fid)en. 

There were many apples last (£$ gaO legten <Sommer t>tcte 2(epfe(* 

summer. 

£)a* Heine 2Kdbd)cn rootttc au£ ber Safie tftrc^ SSaterS trtnfcn, bte ouf 
bem Stfcfye ftanb, unb fie $erOrod) bte gaffe a(S fie fie ouf ben ©tufyt trug. 
SBcr fprad) mtt Sfyncn a($ @ic t>er ber Sfytir ftonben ? ilnfer Sftacfy&ar fprad) 
nut mir ; er fagte mtr, bop Sftr ftctner £nak feinem <Sof)ne ctnen ©cbfag 
gegeben l)ot, unb id) ttcrfprad) tfjm, e£ Sfjncn $u fagen* ££as tfyaten <Sic, 
tpenn &c in 9?eu gjerf rooren ? 3d) tfjat nxis meine Jreunbe tfyoten ; id) 
ovOeitete ben gan,$en Sag, unb gtng beS 2C6cnb$ in cm Sengert cber in ba$ 
Scoter. 93erftanb 3()r 23rubcr wag if)m ber Staftener fagtc? sjtfetn 
SBruber r-crftanb roas er ifym fagte, benn mein SSrubcr x>crftcf;t ttoltcntfd). 
*Dte £od)tnn hcO beine fcfynufeigen ©trumpfc sen bem gupbeben ouf, trug 
fie in ben £of, unb roufd) fte, ofyne cm SQBert $u fogen. 3d) $eg meine 
©trumpfe geftetn 2(benb au$, unb (egte fie ouf ben gupbeben, after id) benfe 
fie rooren nid)t febmugtg* SJJetn 23rubet $tel)t gcroefmUd) feme (Sttefel au$, 
cf)C cr fetnen 9£ocf ou^tefit, after geftern 2(6enb $eg er feinen $KecF ou5, ftcsor 
er fetne <Sttefel ou^cg. 3d) tun biefen Bergen fpdt aufgeftonben ; id) $eg 
metne ©trumpfe unb <Sd)uf)e on, roenn mein SSoter fd)cn fetnen £Rccf an^eg. 
3d) $telx fyeute meinen netten fcfyroaqen $Hecf on, urn metne ©cbmefler in 
bo^ ©cn^ert su fu()rcn. 3d) fato gel)6rt, bop 3ftr £)f)etm fetn <Sd)tff t>ers 
(cren f)at, unb bop er boruber fef)t trourtg ift* ©^ ift roofer, er verier fetn 
^d)tff, after cr wrtcr ntd)t fetnen Wlutt), benn cr orftettet nun mel)r att Wdcc; 



240 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

£)u mupt ntd)t ben £unb febtagen ; cr bat bir nid)t£ gctban. 3d) febtage ibn 
md)t; id) rcitl nur mit ibm fpietcn. SQSarum fcfttagt bicfer SBaucr fcitt 
g}fcrb ? (§r fcfttdgt e$, roeil C6 fcinen .ftnaben gefd)(agcn bat. £)cr go?atrofe 
rocllte bie $age fdbtagen, abcr cr ^erbrad) fetnen (Stecf, benn er febtug ntd)t tie 
^afee, fenbern ben gupbeben. SBtcmel Ubr ift ee? ©5 bat fo eben brei 
gefd)(agcn. (§S febtug ^ruci, alg id) auf bem grepen ^ptafee war. £inbcr 
muffen immer bie SBabrbeit fagen. 3ft e$ watjv, bap bie vfteniginn angc* 
fommen ift ? <Sie ift fo eben angefommen, unb will biefc 9?acht biet btetben. 
3d) babe $crren ©cbroarj feit feiner Surucf £unft t>en $)ari» nicbt gefprocben ; 
ift cr n)cl)(? (5r fiebt feit feiner Icgtcn SReife gefunber at* gewebntid) au$. 
SBie tange ftnb Bie fd)on in g)r)itat>c(pl)ta ? 3d) bin feben brei Sabre bier. 
(Sett tuann baben (Sie nicbt ben frans6ftfcl)cn ©rafen gefprccben ? 3d) bate 
tbn nicbt feit $n>ct SJlcnaten gefprocben. ££ic tange ift 3b* better fd)cn 
bier? (St ift feit ber 2Cnfunft bc$ (efcten grepen engtifd)cn <Sd)tffc$ t)kx. 
(5$ regnet unb febneit feit brei Sagcn ; icb benfe c$ bat genug geregnet. (5$ 
bat geftern met gefebneit unb gebagelt; bie (Strapcn ftnb febr febmugig, benn 
e£ tbaut je|t. SOBtr baben tyeutc febtccbtes SBctter, roeit e$ biefen OTorgcn 
nicbt getbaut bat. Jpabcn (Sic tegte 9?ad)t ben Conner gebert? 9Mn, icb 
babe nicbts gebert. (Sic baben febr gut gefebtafen, benn c$ bonnerte febr 
beftig, unb ber 23tt(? bat in ben Sburm ber tutberifeben £ird)e gefebtagen. 
2Bir batten geftern einen ftarfen Sfcegen. 93?atrefen muffen ftarfe Scute fein, 
benn fie baben febroer $u arbetten. (S$ ift Fein Del mebr in ber Stafcbe; fte 
muffen roetcbes b^len. (5$ ftnb cinige armc ^inber t>cr ber £bur ; fte nmn* 
feben cin (StficE 23reb $u baben. (56 giebt Sorter in biefer Section, bie id) 
nicbt in bem SBerterbud) futben fann. 3ft 9^i(cb in ber gaffe ? (5$ ift 
feme barin. (56 gtcbt sperfonen, bie mit metcn Morten eft nid)t$ fagot. 
(Sic muffen fegtetd) in 3bren Caben geben ; cs ftnb mebrere tauten bert, 
bie cincn fran^eftfeben (Scbabt faufen roetten. (56 roar Fein #euer mebr in 
bem itamin, ate id) geftern 2Cbenb nacb £aufe fam, unb meinc £anbe xuarcn 
$u fatt urn etnxtS febretben m fennen. (56 giebt nicbt altein bier, fenbern in 
jebcr *Stabt mete Scute bie arm ftnb, roett fte nicbt arbeiten lveflen, abcr e^ 
giebt nur roenige ^erfencn, wetebe rcicb ftnb, ebne met gearbeitet ^u baben. 

The maid-servant broke the lamp when she was bringing it up 
stairs. The horses did not break the fence when they leaped over 
it. We spoke to Mrs. Brown before she departed to London. The 
girl that was standing at the door gave to that poor woman a few 
pieces of money. The captain spoke very fine words to his soldiers, 
but I did not understand him> because I was standing too far off. 
I have not spoken to my father this morning, for he got up before 
me in order to go to the Country. My friend promised me to come 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 241 

to us last evening, but he has not kept his word. What did you do 
when you were at your aunt's country-house, last month ? We rose 
early every morning; we breakfasted in the little garden, and we 
always walked until dinner. Did the peasant's wife wash your 
shirts and stockings ? She did wash them, but not well, for my 
shirts never were very clean. My mother picked up your silk 
pocket-handkerchief which was lying on the floor, and carried it 
into her room. Whither did the sailors carry their bread and meat ? 
They carried it over the bridge to their ship. That man who carried 
the goods to your store w r as formerly a rich man ; he wore fine 
clothing when I met him in New York two years ago. Did you 
perceive Miss Weed in the concert last night? she wore a black silk 
dress and a yellow bonnet with white and red flowers. Your young 
friend, who always wears white kid gloves (®(acc?£cmt>fd)Ur)e), did 
not take them off when he paid me the money which he owed me. 
Why have you taken off your coat? I took it off in order to send 
it to my tailor ; but I will put on another. The little boy was taking 
off his shoes and stockings, in order to play in the water, when his 
mother came, who told him to put them on again. The Frenchman 
placed his cane in the corner before he took off his gloves. Your 
coat looks dirty; why do you not clean it before you hang it in 
the wardrobe? I did clean it before I took it off. Charles, your 
shirt does not look very clean ; when did you put it on ? I put it on 
this morning when I got up, but it is the fault of our cook (fern.); 
she does not understand how to w T ash well. Were you going into 
company with this coat, last night? No, sir; I wear this coat only 
in the storehouse, but when I go into company I put on another. 
Paul, you have not cleaned my boots; they look dirty. Yes, sir; I 
did clean them before you put them on this morning. Where did 
you lose your pocket-book ? I lost it in the street, when I was going 
to the bank ; a stranger picked it up and gave it back to me without 
saying a word. That poor woman came to my father to borrow 
some money of him ; she lost a purse w T ith twenty dollars last Mon- 
day. Why do you beat this pretty dog ? I beat it because it would 
not jump over the stick. I saw a French sailor this morning, who 
struck another man on his head, who had done nothing to him ; but 
this man took a piece of wood and gave the sailor a heavy blow, so 
that the stick broke. I cannot look at people when they beat their 
horses. The horse struck the poor boy on his foot, when he was 
holding it. You must not beat that little cat ; it has done nothing to 

you. I did not do it; my little nephew beat it. It strikes twelve: 
21 



242 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

now I must go home. Sir, can you tell me what time it is ? It 
struck three, just now. It has not yet struck two. 

In this exercise are many words which I have never seen. When 
you find a word which you do not know, take the dictionary. I do 
not like my neighbor's children; they do not often tell the truth. 
My dear boy, thou must never say a word which is not true. Is it 
true that you have sold your fine horse to Mr. Smith ? It is not 
true, sir ; I have only lent it to him, for his horse is sick, and he 
uses mine until he is strong enough to work again. Have you seen 
Mr. Brown lately? I have not seen him since his return from Bos- 
ton. You have a very good appetite; have you not eaten dinner'? 
No, madam ; I have eaten nothing since breakfast, for I was looking 
for my uncle all day. Our aunt has been sick since the arrival of 
her sister. I have never met with Mr. White since his last journey 
to London. When I lately met Mrs. Weed, she asked me how long 
you have been learning German. I answered her that you have 
been learning it these five months, and that you are already able to 
speak it a little. Since when have you been living here in Market 
Street % I was looking for you at the French Hotel, and they told me 
that you lived there no more. I have lived here only these three 
weeks, and I am very contented, for in a hotel, you know, there is 
always so much noise. You have put the glass on the table, but 
there is no water in it. There are several persons in your room 
who wish to speak with you. There is no butter on the table ; you 
must bring some. Are there many peach trees in your fathers 
garden ? There are about twenty peach trees, but there are no apple 
trees there. There are many rich men who are not happy, and 
many poor who are so. Were there many people at the last con- 
cert? There were more than fifteen hundred there. There is 
nothing worse than a cold room in the winter. There are many 
persons who never tell the truth. You find very fine streets in this 
city, but there are only a few which are longer than one mile and 
a half. I have not been out to-day ; does it rain ? It is very bad 
weather; it rains and snows. It has snowed these three days, but 
now it is thawing. I haye slept very little last night, for it was 
thundering very loud, and lightened longer than two hours. We 
have to expect a beautiful day, for the dew fell very much this 
morning. It does not hail very often in this country, but it rains 
sometimes very violently. How long has your French friend been 
in this city ? . He has been here these two years. How long has 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 243 

your uncle been in Boston 1 He has been there since his return 
from London. How long were you in Boston ? I was there only a 
few days. Have you lately spoken to Mr. Brass, your friend 1 ? No, 
sir; he came to me three months ago, in order to borrow of me 
thirty-five dollars, which he promised to give me back in two or 
three weeks ) but since that time I have not seen him. Lend 
money to a friend and you have lost him, are very true words. 



SIXTY-FIRST LESSON. — ®ili Uttb fed)£$%fie 
Section* 

THE IMPERFECT TENSE OF IRREGULAR VERBS, CONCLUSION. 

to be able (can), fonnert — I could, id) fcnnte; I have been able, 

id) fyabe gefonnt, 
may, mogen — I might, id) mod)te ; I have been permitted, id) 

fyabe gemocfyt* 
to be obliged (must), rmiffen — I was obliged, id) mujste; I have 

been obliged, id) \)aU gemu|t. 
to bring, bringen — I brought, id) brad)te; I have brought, id) 

tyabt gebracfyt. [gebacfyt* 

to think, benfen — I thought, id) bacfyte; I have thought, id) fyabe 
to send, fenben — I sent, id) fanbte; I have sent, id) l)abe gefanbt. 
to burn, brennen> or wrirennen — I burnt, id) brannte, or id) t>er* 

brannte; I have burnt, id) tyabt gebrannt, or id) f;abe t>er^ 

brannt. 

The verb to burn, brentutv or Derbrennen, is regular 
when it has a transitive signification ; but it is irregular when 
used as an intransitive verb. (See Appendix.) 

Heburntallhiswoodinoneweek. (St ttetbrennte alt fern #cl$ in etnet 

[night. ££od)C* 

The wood was burning the whole &a$ $ol$ brannte t>ie aan^e $la<§t 

He has burnt his old table. (5t fjat fetnen alten Stfd) ttetbrennt* 

The lamp has burnt these four £)ie £atnpe fyat felt met (Stunben ges 

hours. brannt. 

He was to bring me the pocket- (£r (elite mttbaS gafefyenbud) fcttngen, 

book, but he could not find it. abet er fcnnte e6 nicftt ffnben. 

I might work as much as I could ; 3d) megte arbeiten fo otet id) fcnnte, 

I never had money. id) batte niemate ©elb. 

Iwasobligedtolendhimmypen, 3d) nwfite tfym meine $ebet tetben, 

for he could not write with his benn er fcnnte ntcfyt nut bet fct? 

own. ntgen fd)teiben. 



244 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



The student was obliged to sell 
his watch, for his father sent 
him the money a week too late. 

I thought of you, when our uncle 
brought me two tickets for the 
next concert. 

He sent me back the book which 
I had lent him ; I thought no 
longer of it. 



£)et <Stubcnt mupte feine ttfyr ttetfau* 

fen, benn fein SSatcr fanbte tfym ba$ 

©e(b cine 3Bed)c $u fpar. 
3d) bad)tc an 0te, al$ unfer £)f)etm 

mir 3tx>ct JBtflete fur t>a§ nad)fte 

(5on$ert 6tad)te. 
(St fanbte nut ba$ 23ud) jurficf, tt>e(s 

d)c£ id) tr)m % qcUcl)cn fjatte; id) 

t)ad)te ntd)t mefyt baran. 



The ticket, t>a$ 25ittet; proud, frotj; light, fyett; clear, bright, 
flat; perfect, perfectly, completely, ttollfommett. 

To know, miffen* — I knew, id) tvufjt**, I have known, id) fyafce 
gevxmfct. (See Lesson 54.) 



It is not very light here. 
The weather is clear to-day. 
1 did not know what to say. 
He knows that you took his paper. 

I know that Mr. Klein is an honest 
man. 



(£$ ift ntd)t fcf)t fjefl fyier. 

£)a$ BBctter ift f)cutc Han 

3d) tDupte nid)t tx>a$ id) fagen fottte. 

(Sr rcupre bap @tc fern papier genems 

men fyaben. 
3d) nxtg bap £err jUctn em cfjrtt* 

d)et 9J?ann ift* 

3Biffen> to know, (French, savoir^) signifies, in German, to 
have a general knowledge, and is always without a direct object; 
but when to know has reference to a particular object, it must be 
translated into German by f e n ne n (French, connaitre), meaning 
to be acquainted with a person or thing. 

To know, fennen* — I knew, idj fannte; I have known, id) 
fya&e gefarmt. 

I know Mr. Klein; I know he is 

an honest man. 
Do you know that the French 

captain has arrived to-day % 
Do you know the French captain 

who has arrived to-day 1 
Do you know who has inquired 

after me ? 
Do you know the man who has 

inquired after me % 
I do not know him. 
I do not know what he is. 
You did know the horse; why 

have you bought it ? 
I knew him when we went to 

school. 
We knew the English lady who 

has departed to London. 



3d) fenne £ettcn £{ein; id) roetg 
$>a$ cr ein efjrttdfrer Wlcrnn ift. 

•Stiffen @ie i>a% ber fran^oftfebe Jtas 
pitan fyeutc angctommen ift ? 

jlennen (Ste ben fran^eftfekn jtapttan 
bet fyeutc angctommen ift ? 

Stiffen (Ste nxt nad) mtr aefraat 

M? 
£ennen^ie ben sjftann, roetdjer nad) 

mtr gefragt fyat ? 
3d) fenne if)n nid)t. 
3d) mcip nid)t roaS er if!. 
(Sic fanntcn t>Q$ g)fcrt> ; marum r)a* 

ben @te c$ gefauft? 
3d) fannte ifyn, al$ wit in bie 

@d>ute gingen. 
££ir Fjafcen bie engfifefte 3>ame ges 

fannt, bie nacfy Conbon a&gercift ift* 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 245 

Do you know German ? ^onnen (Sic bcutfd) ? 

Can you speak German'? £6nnen (Sic bcutfd) fprecfyen? 

I do not yet know it, but I am 3d) farm c* nod) md)t, aber id) (erne 
learning it. cS. 

When /mow relates to a thing which must be learned ; it is 
expressed, in German, by f onttett. (can). 

Does your son know how to read $arm 3f)t <Sor,n fran^ofifdr) (efen unb 

and to write French 1 fdbrctben ? 

He knows how. <5r fann c*. 

Do you know how to roast a Jtonncn <Sie cin (Stucf $(etfd) bra? 

piece of meat I ten ? 

I do not know ; I am no cook. 3d) fann eg nid)t ; id) bin fein jtod). 

This gentleman knows how to £)iefer Jperr fann tterfebiefcene (Spras 

speak several languages. d)en fprcd)en. 

German is a beautiful language, 2)eutfd) tjx cine fd)6ne (Sprad)C, abet 

but I cannot yet speak it per- id) fann cs nod) nid)t t>olltommen 

fectly. (gut) fpred)cn* 

THE PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

The German pluperfect is formed, as in English, by the im- 
perfect of the auxiliaries, to have, fya&eiv or to be, feitt, and 
the past participle ; as — 

I had had, id) fyatte <jer)a6t 

I had been, id) roar <jeroeferu 

I had worked, id) tyattt $ear6eitet* 

I had gone, id) roar gegangen. 

I had been sleeping, id) fyatte gefcfylaferu 

he had been speaking, er fyatte gefproc^en* 

The pluperfect, in German, is used, as in English, to express 
an action or event absolutely perfect, or completely ended, in 
reference to another past event which was simultaneous with it. 
For this reason the pluperfect is generally connected with an 
imperfect. 

I had had your pen. Sdj.fyatte 3(jre $ct>er gerjabk 

Thou hadst nothing had. £)u rjatteft md)t$ gefyabt. 

He had been at the post. (5r roar auf t>er $)eft geroefen. 

We had already paid him. SSir fatten ir)m fd)on bcjafjlr. 

You had gone to the concert. (Sic roaren in bag (Sen^ert cjeaangcn. 

They had hardly seen it. (Sic fyatten eg faum gefcr)cn* 

As soon as, fo 6a(fc> al§, or fo 6alfc) roie> (inner.) 
As long as, fo lange al$ f or fo lan<je rote, (inner.) 
After, nad)&em, (invert) 

After, n a rf), is a preposition ; but when after is used as a 
conjunction, it must be translated by nacfyfcem* 
21* 



246 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



I went out before I had break- 
fasted. 
He knew that thou hadst written 

the letter. 
He departed when his brother 

had arrived. 
We gave him back the book as 

soon as we had read it. 
The merchants did pay us as soon 

as they had returned from 

Boston. 
I had only rive dollars in my pocket 

after I had paid my bill. 

He went out after his brother had 

gone out. 
We sent the letters to the post, 

after we had finished them. 
I had friends as long as I had 

money. 
He will lend you the book as soon 

as he has read it. 



3d) ging aug, er)e id) gefrfifttfcft 

f)atte. 
(St roupte tap tu ten 25ticf gefefytte- 

ben fyatteft. 
(St teif'te ab, ate fein SStutet anges 

femmen roar. 
SBtr gaben ifym tag S3ud) $utucf, fo 

bait ate roit cs gctefen fatten* 
£)te Jlaufleute be^afylten ung fo balb 

ate fie t>on 23ogton ^utttefge femmen 

roatcn. 
3d) fyatte nut ffinf Scaler in metnet 

Safcfye, nad)bem id) meine SKed)? 

nung be^afylt fyatte. 
(St ging aug, nadjtem fein 23tutet 

ausgegangen wax. 
2Btr fanttcn tie 25tiefe auf tie spoft, 

nad)tem n>tr fie gefd)tieben fatten* 
3d) fyatte gteunte fo lange ate (rote) 

id) ©elt fatte. 
(St roill Sfynen tag -Bud) lafyen, fo 

bait ate (rote) et eg gelefen fjat. 



2U#/ in such sentences as the above, is sometimes omitted, 
and we could as well say — 

3d) fjatte gteunte fo lange id) (Mb (St mitt 3ftnen tas 23ud) lichen fo 
ftatte. bait et eg gelefen \)aU 

The indefinite pronoun 2 # £, e 6f is, in German, sometimes used 
as an object relating to a predicate, a noun, an adjective, or even 
to a whole sentence, when, in English, it is either not expressed 
at all, or so is used in its stead. 



He did so more than once. 

Is that man your neighbor ? 

He is. 

Are these women poor ? 

They are. 

Do you know that my father has 

departed ? 
I know so. 



(St fjat eg mef)t ate einmal gctfyan. 

3ft jenet 9ttann Sfjr £fiad)bat? 

(St ift & 

(Sinb biefe £tauen atm ? 

(Sie ftnb eg, 

Stiffen 6ie tap mem SSatet abgeteif't 

iff. 
3d) roeifi eg. 

Besides this indefinite pronoun, &, e§, there exists, in Ger- 
man, an indefinite personal pronoun, man (French, on), which 
must be rendered into English by one, people, or they. This 
indefinite personal pronoun, man, occurs only in the third per- 
son singular. 



One is never so. unhappy as one 

believes. 
People see other's faults easier 

than their own. 



93?an ift niemate fo ungtucfltd) roie 

man eg glaubt. 
502ah ftefyt tie gttyettfnbetet (eid)tet 

ate feine cigenen. ' 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 247 

They say that the kinghas arrived. 93ton fagt bapbet&cntg angefemmcn 

Have they brought my coat] #at man mctnen SRod gebtad)t? [tjt. 

They have not yet brought it. Sftan fyat tfm nod) ntd)t gcbtad)t. 

People speak this and that of the sjEan fprtcbt btefee unt) jeneS oon t)cm 

French count, but it probably ftan$6fifd)en ©rafen, abet e& tft 

is not true. n>al)rfd)Cinltd) md)t tvafyr* 

They said so. SQton fjat e$ gefagt — 9J*an fagte fe. 

Switzerland, tie 2d)tt)ei|; the state, fcer ©taat; the United 

States, tie 23ereinigten ©taaten; to consist of, 6ejrei)en* au§; to 

persist in, or to insist upon, fcejiefyen* auf (Wff A f Ae accusative) ; 

to light, to kindle, anjunbert; scpar. ver&, pas* joar^. angejunbet. 

France is a large state. * gxanfteid) tft ein gtopet ©laat. 

The United States of North £)te SScteinigtcn <Staaten t>on 9?otbs 
America consist of thirty-one 2Cmmfa beftefyen au* ein unb btcU 
states, and Germany of thirty- pig (Staaten, unb £)cutfcl)lanb au$ 
eight. od)t unb btctptg. 

He insists upon his right. (St bcftcf>t auf feitt 9?ed)t* 

He insists upon it. (St bcftef)t batauf. 

My friend has the intention to 932etn greunb f)at tic 2Cbftdjt ein 
light a fire. geuet an^unbem 

I light not a candle but my lamp. 3d) aunbe nid)t ein £td)t fenbetn 

mctne 2ampe an* [junber. 

We have not yet lighted the gas. SBtt fyaben ncd) ntd)t ba$ ©a$ anges 

3fyr SSettet btac^te nut geftetn la$ S3tllet fut ba$ (5on$crt fcf>r fpat ; td) 
bad)te (Sic roollten nid)t nut mit bafyin gefyen* £Bit fanbten unfete S3ricfe 
ftufyct auf trie $eft, roetf bit gcbad)tcn bent engtifd)cn ^apitan ctnen 23efud) 
3U macftcn, abet bet (Sdjnetbet btad)te mit ntd)t ben neuen fd)roat$en SRccf, 
unb id) mupte $u #aufe bletben, benn ic^ rocttte ntd)t mctnen atten 9£ocf an^ 
${ef)etu Da£ Jeuet brannte Fjctl in metnem $amin, unb id) ttctbtennte atle 
^papiete t)cn benen id) nid)t mefyt ©ebraud) macfee* £abcn <&k aud) bie 
23ttcfc Srjter gtcunbe ttcrbtcnnt ? £)te SBrtefe meinet gteunbe ftnb mit $u 
tfycuet, at$ bap id) fie tJCtbrenncn feflte. £)et 23ebtentc ^unbete fd)cn urn Diet 
UF)t ba$ ©as an, abet e6 btannte fefyt fd)(ed)t ; id) benfe c$ war $u fruf) urn 
e£ an^u^unben. 3d) $unbe meine Campe an, benn id) f)abe atle meinc £id)te 
ttctbtennt. 9Eefn 25tubet megte fucfyen fo met et roetltc, et fennte nid)t ba$ 
beutfcfte SSortcrbud) ftnbcn, ruckles @ie ifjm gcttefycn f)abcn, 33Zein SSatet 
megte ben 23ebtenten nid)t mebt fcf)en, nad)bem et unfet g)fetb gefd)lagen 
fjatte. @$ tegnete geftetn fcr)r Fjefttg, unb id) mupte efjnc $Kegen|"d)ttm nadr) 
unfetem ^Saatentaget gefjen, benn id) fonnte ben meintgen nid)t ftnben, unb 
Ccin anbetet roar su |)aufe, 3c^ vt>eip, (Bie fennen ben 9JJann, bet metnen 
9?cgcnfd)ttm genommen f>at, benn ©ic roaten l)tet, a(» et ^egging. 3d) 
tt>eip, bap man Sbnen 3(jrcn $Kegenfd)itm genemmen Fjat, abet id) wetp ntd)t 7 
wet e5 gctr)an ^at ilannten ^ie ben ftan$cftfd)cn ^aufmann, bet nac^ bet 



248 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

©d)tt>ct| gewtf'i i% urn U^ren $u faufcn ? 3* fannte tf>n, unt> id) wctp, 
tap cr cm ef)rltd)cr 93?ann iff. 9J?ein better lernt fcbon fctt ad)t SJlonaten 
bcutfcb, abcr cr fann c£ nod) nicftt fprec^cn, unb (Ste (crncn eS nut r-icr £0?c* 
nate unb fonncn (ebon cm beutfcbeS 23ud) lefen. Sa, mem £err ; abcr fprc* 
d)cn ift del fd)rr>crcr al$ lefctu gftetne Sautter gab unferer <Sd)rocfrer OTarie 
ba^ Billet, fo batb a($ fie c$ gelefen fjatte. 9#cin greunb febrteb an mid), fo 
balb al$ cr in $ari$ angeftmmen war. (Scin £)l)cim gab ben armen £euten 
(Mb, fo lange a(g cr roelcbe*- l>atte« 3Eetn SBruber fdbrieO geftern fo lange 
n>te er clme £id)t feben fonnte, benn eS tft bell in fcinem Simmer unb t>a$ 
SSctter roar febr Uax. Sftabam <8raun rcif'te at>, nad)bem fie nod) cinmal 
tfjrc grcunbtnncn bcfud)t fjatte. £)er SSttef tarn an, nad)bem mem SSater 
fd)on au£gegangen roar* ($6 gtebt t)iele £eute, roetcbe glauben, ba$ all unfet 
©liicf nur im (Mbe beftcbt. 9J?an mup nid)t ftc($ fcin, roenn man geliebt 
fein null. 93?an Ijat tie Sbeater^SBillete gebracbt ; ^aben ©ie fie fdjon be^ 
5a bit ? SQBaS fagt man in £)eutfd)lanb Don ben SSemntgtcn ©toaten ? £Ran 
benft, bap e$ cin febr fcboneS 2anb fein mup, roeil fo mete Seute au£ bm 
bcutfeben (Staaten babtn geben. 2)cutfd)lanb beftebt au3 ad)t unb breifng 
(Staatcn, son benen bic mcijlen febr flein ftnb. 9J2ein greunb iiart beftebt 
barauf, t>a$ bie <Sd)rcet§ nur sroan^tg (Santonc §at, abcr id) roctf), i>a$ ftc au$ 
3tt>ci unb $roan$tg (Santonen beftebt* (Sie befteben immer auf Sbr SKccr)t ; 
<&k t onncn aucb mancbmal Unrcd)t fyakn. 3d) fagte £erren (Scbmibt, ba$ 
id) fd)on brei ®laS 2Bein getrunfen tyfltt, aber cr beftanb barauf, bafy id) nod) 
eine$ trinfen fotlte* 3d) ttnmfcbe Fjcute nicbt au^ugeben, benn id) fjabe 
Sabnfcbmeqcn, unb bie Shift ift febr feud)t, abcr icb roill mit 3^nen geben, 
roenn (Sic barauf befteben. 

The tailor brought me the coat just when I was about to go to the 
ball : I thought that he had forgotten it. We thought of you when 
we were at the concert last night, for I know how much you like 
music. Mrs. Smith brought two new French books to my sister the 
day before yesterday j she did not know that my sister could not 
make use of them, for she understands but little French; but my 
sister took the books, and thanked her very much for them. T 
thought you brought me the ticket for nhe theatre which you had 
promised me, but now I see you have forgotten it. I have not for- 
gotten my promise, but I thought you would not go to the theatre 
to-day, and I sent the ticket to my niece ; but you shall have one 
to-morrow. Our uncle in Baltimore sent us the first peaches of 
this season ; we could not eat them all, and we sent a dozen to 
Miss Caroline, who likes them very much. It was very cold yes- 
terday for this season, and we burnt a fire in the chimney the whole 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 249 

evening. My brother wished to burn some paper, and he burnt his 
coat. The weather was not very clear yesterday afternoon; I was 
obliged to burn a candle in my room. Do you not burn gas ? Yes, 
we burn gas, but only in the evening. I had to write last night till 
one o'clock ; my lamp did not burn very brightly, and I was obliged 
to light two candles. Our store is not very light ; we light the gas 
in the winter generally at four o'clock. You must go for some 
wood; I like to have a bright fire. My mother received a note this 
morning. I do not know from whom ; she was very sad, and burnt 
it after she had read it. I could not come to see you last Monday; 
I was obliged to stay at home, for my father was very sick. I might 
ask him as much as I would, he never would answer me. My 
nephew might work from morning until evening, but he never had 
a cent in his pocket. I might do what I could ; he never was satis- 
fled. Mr. White could not find me last night : you knew that I was 
at my brother-in-law's ; why did you not send him there 1 My dear 
friend, I would not tell him where you were, for I knew he would 
borrow money from you. The servant was obliged to go for my 
boots, for the shoemaker did not bring them. My cousin lighted 
his beautiful gas-lamps last night, which he has received from Lon- 
don, for he expected company; but nobody came, because it rained 
very hard. I did not know that you had bought another horse; 
have you sold your old one ? I have not sold it, for I want two 
horses; my carriage is too heavy for one. Do you know the gentle- 
man who brought us the letter, this morning % I do not know him, 
but I thought you knew him, for you were speaking with him half 
an hour. Yes, sir, I know him ; he is a Frenchman, who has lived 
here these two years : we knew him when he was living at New 
York. Have you seen Bulwer's new work? I have not seen it ; I 
have read several of Bulwer's works, but I have not yet seen his 
new one. Did you know the German physician who has de- 
parted for France 1 I did know him already before he came to this 
city. I knew him, but I did not know that he would go away so soon. 

When did the Frenchman depart ? He set out as soon as he 
had received his letters from the post. We take our dinner as soon 
as our father returns from the store. My brother sent the letters to 
the post as soon as he had copied them. You are looking for your 
pen : it is here ; you thought that I had it. Keep the money which 
I have lent you as long as you wish. My mother has gone to New 
York to-day ; we looked after the carriage as long as we could per- 



250 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

ceive it. We are happy as long as we are contented with what we 
have. He gave me back the knife after he had used it. Mr. Brown 
went out after he had given me the letters to carry to the post. It 
thundered after it had lightened. You ask me why Miss Caroline 
would not wait for you ) she was waiting here two hours ? and when 
she saw you did not come back, she went away. I knew Mr. Klein 
perfectly well, and spoke to him almost every day, before he went 
to Paris ; but now, since his return, he is a stranger to me; he is a 
perfect gentleman, only he is too proud. Miss Small has almost 
lost her voice ; she sings no more as clearly as formerly. My bro- 
ther thanks you for the ticket which you sent him yesterday ; he 
went into the theatre after he had eaten supper. It is not light in 
your room; you must light a candle. I have no candle, but I will 
light the gas. When do you light your lamp ? I light it as soon as 
I can no longer see clearly in my room. Do not light the candle ; I 
can see perfectly well. Mrs. Black visited us very late yesterday ; 
we had already lighted our gas when she arrived. France is a 
large state, but not so large as the United States. Switzerland con- 
sists of twenty-two cantons, and the United States of thirty-one 
states. We must not believe all that people say. Does your sister 
already know that you have lost her purse % She does not yet know 
it. Is the Spanish count as rich as people say ? He is. I met Mr. 
Brown yesterday opposite to the new bank, and I asked him why 
he had said that you could not pay his bill ; but he persisted that 
he had never said so. My aunt insists upon my going (that I shall 
go) with her into the country next Thursday. We must not always 
insist upon our right ; we might perhaps sometimes be wrong. I 
have never insisted that you should learn all your exercises by heart, 
and I am quite satisfied when you learn by heart only the words 
which you want. People will not believe that the queen has already 
departed. Have they brought my new boots ? They have brought 
them, but I have not paid for them. One must not believe all that 
people say, for they do not always say the truth. One is not un- 
happy when one has friends and money. But, my dear friend, what 
is all that when we are not healthy ? What new do they say at the 
great square 1 They say that the lightning has struck the steeple 
of the new church in Oldtown, and that it has killed some persons. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 251 

SIXTY-SECOND LESSON. — 3tt>Ct tmb fetyfyitfie 
Section* 

THE FIRST FUTURE TENSE. 

There are, in German, three auxiliary verbs of tenses : to 
have, I) a ben, to be, fein, and roerben* The first future 
tense, in German, is formed from the present tense of the auxi- 
liary verb vo e r b e n and the infinitive of a verb ; n> e r b e n being 
represented, in English, by will or shall. 

The present tense of the auxiliary verb ro e r b e n is — 
id) roerbe, rcir roerben, 

fcu tDtrfi-f <2ie roerben, 

er roirb, fie rcerben* 

I shall work, id) roerbe arbeiten* 

thou wilt love, bu roirfi tiebcn. 

he will drink, er rotrb trinfen. 

we shall go, roir werben geljen. 

you will bring, ©te rcerben bringem 

they will find, fie rcerben ftnben. 

shall I eat? roerbe id) effen? 

wilt thou write? VDtrfr bu fcfyreiben? 

will he send? roirb er fenben? 

shall we take? roerben roir nefymen? 

will you carry? roerben ©ie tragen? 

will they do ? roerben fie tfyun? 

The verbs will and shall are translated into German by 
roollen and foiled when an actual wish, will, or necessity is 
to be expressed ; but when they merely denote future time, 
werben is employed. 

I shall work when I have time. 3d)trcrbe ar^eiten, wenntcfe 3ctt fjaibe* 

I am to work when I have time. 3d) foil arbcitcn, roerm id) Beit fyabe. 

I am willing to work when I have 3d) will arbeiten, roenn id) 3eit fyafo, 

time. 

Wilt thou go to school to-morrow ? SStrft bu morgen in tic ©d)ule gefyen 1 

I shall not go ? for I am not well. 3d) nxrbe md)t gc^cn, benn id) bin 

ntd)t roofy. 

Will your brother drink this beer? SGBtrt) 3^»r SSrubcr bkfeg S5tcr trtnf en ? 

He will drink of it when he is (gr mtrb bason trtnftn, roenn er bur* 

thirsty. fttg iff. 

Shall we go into the garden this SBcrbcn nrir btefen 9?ad)mtttag in 

afternoon ? t)en ©orten geben ? 

We shall not go into the garden, 2£tt rocrben ntd)t in ben ©cirten, 

but to the field. fonbern auf $>a$ gclfc gcben. 

Will you do it, if I do it ? SBerben (Sic e^ tfjun, n?enn xc^ e^ tt)ue ? 



252 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

I shall do it, if you do it. 3d) nxttc e$ tfjun, roenn (Sic eg tftun. 

Will your brothers love me ? SBerten 3^c SBrubcr mid) lic6en ? 

They will love you, if you are (Ste n>erben@ie lte&en,tt>enn (Sic gut 

good and polite. unt) f)6fltd) ftnb* 

I shall write the letter, although Sdr) wcrbc ben 25rtcf fcf>rei(>en / cbgtcidr) 

I do not like to do it. id) e$ ntd)t gem tr)ue. 

Then, tann; though, although, ofcgleici), o6fcl)on (inver.)) to 
catch (to captivate), fangen* — I caught, id) fing, past part. 
caught, gefangen, present, id) fange, tu fangfr, er fdngt 

The cat catches the mouse. £)te $a|e fangt tic 9(ftau& 

The table caught fire. £)et &ifd) ffng gtuer. 

The boy has caught a bird. £>ct Jtrtabc r)at etnen 23ogct gefangen. 

The pupil, ber <2d)u(er; the gate, ba$> Xl)0t> pi tie Sfyore; the 
bench, tie 23anff pi tie 23dnfe ; the mouse, tie %)lau&, pi the 
mice, tie9J?dufe; pale, 6ta§; to repeat, roieterfyofen (insep. ver~6)\ 
to sit, ft|en* — I sat, id) faj$, I have sat, id) fya&e gefeffen; to be- 
gin, to commence, anfangen* (sep. verb, conjugated like fangen). 

Have you repeated this lesson. Robert (Sic ticfc Section tuiebcrftett ? 

I repeat it now. * 3d) rmetcrfjete fte j[e|t. [2Botr. 

Repeat this word once more. ££teterr)o(cn <Sie ncd) etnmat tiefeS 

The boy is sitting under the tree. £)er $nabe ft|t untcr tern SSaume. 

Twas sitting on the same bench 3d) fap auf tcrfeften 23an6 auf tcr 

on which you sat yesterday. (worauf) Sic geftern fafen. 

He was sitting long at the table. (5r fat (ange an tern Stfdbe gefeffen. 

I begin to understand German, 3d) fange an teutfd) $u fccrflcfjen, unt 

and my friend begins to learn it. ntein grcunt fangt an e$ $u (etnen. 

We have not yet begun the book. SOBit rjaben taS 23ud) nod) md)t an* 

gefangen. 

My sister began the letter yes- SJietne <Sd)nxfter ft'ng geftern ten 

terday, but she has not yet 23rtef an, abet fie fyat ir)n nod) 

finished it. nid)t bcenttgt. 

To listen to, fyoren auj> with the accusative. 

Do you listen to your teacher? £>6ten ®tc auf Sfyvm £cr)rer? 

I do listen to him. 3d) fyore auf tf)n. 

Does the little boy listen to what £ort tcr Heine Jlnafcc auf ta$, wa$ 

his mother tells him? fctne gutter ifym fagt? 

He listens to it. (5*r rjott tarauf. 

The sentence, ter <2a|; the ice, ta6 (£i£; the thing, baling, 
tie @ad)Cf jo/, tie Singe, tie r £act)en. 

£>a$ £)ing means, in German, every real existing thing; 
but tie €rt d) e is generally taken abstractly, in the sense of 
affair, concern, or purpose; and the plural, tie ©act) en, often 
signifies effects, baggage, and all things that a person possesses. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



253 



SJian fcmn ntd)t alte £)tnge faufen, 

bte man fterjt. 
£)et ttaUemfcfye £nak rjat erne rcet£e 

SEauS; cm f)ubfd)e6 fteines £)ing* 
liefer £etr fpricfyt t)on 2)mgen, roo* 

t)cn et mcl>t^ Detftefyt. 



We cannot buy every thing which 
we see. 

The Italian boy has a white mouse; 
a pretty little thing. 

That gentleman speaks of things 
of which he understands no- 
thing (/• t. of pictures, books, 
countries, etc.)- 

That gentleman speaks of things 
of which he understands no- 
thing (/. i. about sciences, 
medicine, laws, etc.). 

That is quite a different thing 
(affair). 

That is my concern. 

That is nothing to the purpose. 

He has taken with him all his 
things (effects). 

Behind, fyinter; between, jtnifcfyen; at the side of (near, next 

to), neben; prepositions, governing the dative and accusative. 

£)et grope S5aum jtefyt Winter tern 



£)iefer v£>ert fpttcftt son (Sacfyen, roo? 
t>on er mcfyt* wrfiefyt. 



3)aS tft eine gan^ anbete (Sacfye, 

£)a£ tjt meme (Sacfye. 
£>a$ gefyort md)t $ur (Sacfie. 
(Sr r)at atle feme (Sacfyen mttgenom* 
men. 



^aufe. 

(£r gtng Winter bag £au6. 
Unfere Sante jap ^rotfd)cn metner 

©d)tt>eftcr unt> mm 
(5r fMlte bag Heine SWabcfyen 5n>tfd>cn 

metne (Scfyroeftet unb mid). 
(St fop nekn bem geuer, als id) tot 

.ftmb nefcen ifm ftcttte. 



The big tree stands behind the 

house. 
He went behind the house. 
Our aunt was sitting between my 

sister and me. 
He placed the little girl between 

my sister and me. 
He was sitting near the fire, w 7 hen 

I placed the child at his side. 

The prepositions which govern the dative, when rest or a state 
of permanent locality is implied, and the accusative, when a mo- 
tion from one place or object to another is denoted, have now all 
been treated of; they are — 

In, into, in; upon, auf; on (at the side of), an^ before, ago, 
ttor; above, u6er; under, tmter; behind, fyinter; between, $roi* 
fcfyen ; at the side of (near), ne6eru 

THE IMPERSONAL VERBS. (LESSON 60, CONTINUED.) 

There are, in German, a number of impersonal verbs to 
which there are no corresponding ones in English. 

To succeed, gelingen,* 
is impersonal, in German, and takes to be, f e i tt, for its auxiliary. 
Present, it succeeds, e$ getingt; imperf. it succeeded, e$ gelang; 
perfect, e$ if} gelungen* 

22 



254 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



I succeed in learning German. (Sg cjetincjt mtr teutfd) $u fcrncn : 

literally. It succeeds to me to learn German. 



Has he succeeded in selling the 

horse 1 
He did succeed in it. 

I am glad. 

I am sorry. 

lam very glad that you havecome. 
I am very sorry that your brother 
did not find me home. 

Impersonal verbs occur, in German, which express an intran- 
sitive action, the subject of which has the form of an object; 
these are — 

To be hungry, l)un$em; to be thirsty, burfren ; to be sleepy, 
fcfyldfern; to shudder, fcfyaubern; to freeze, to be chilled, frieren,* 
imperf. it froze, e§ fror> perf. e$ l;at gefroren* 



Sfi c$ trmt gelungen bas spferb $u 
tictfaufen ? 

©6 ifr ir)m Qduncjcn : literally, It 
did succeed to him. 

(5$ tft mtr ftcb : literally, It is pleas- 
ing to me. 

(SS tfyut mir Setb : literally, It does 
me harm. [fint>. 

(5* tjt mir ltd), bafj <§u Qefwrimcn 

& tfyut mtr fcfjr Sett, tap 3% 23rus 
tcr mid) nicr>t $u £aufe geftmbcn fyar. 



I am hungry, 

he is thirsty, 

she is sleepy, 

we shudder, 

you are chilled, or \ 

you are very cold, j 



e$ fyungert mid). 
e$ turret il)n* 
e§ fd)ldfert fie. 
e$ fd)aubert tm£. 

e§ friert ©ie. 



The subject, c §j of these impersonal verbs which express a 
feeling, is generally omitted, and the objects, m i d), bid); i I) rtf 
i I) r> un^f <S i Cf and f i z f are then placed before the verb ; as 
in English — meseems, instead of it seems to me, and melhinksj 
it thinks to me, mid) biinft> or e§ bunft mid)* 

I am hungry. 93tfd) ljungert* 

Are you thirsty ? £)urfict ©tc ? 

We are not thirsty but sleepy. Un$ turftct mcfyt, akv un$ fcfjlafcrt. 

He shudders when he thinks of it. Sfyn fcfcauberr, roenn er taran bcnrt. 



Art thou hungry ? 

I am not hungry, but I am very 

cold. 
She was very thirsty. 
Methinks I have seen your hat 

in the garden. 
We were chilled. 
He has been very cold. 



^mngcrt bid) ? 

Sfttcrj fjuncjert md)t, afcet mid) friert 

fe&r. 
(Sic burfktc fef)r. 
9Jad) bunft id) r)a&e Sftrcn £ut in 

tern (Garten gejefyen. 
Un6 fror* 



Sfjn fjat fcr)r cjefroreru 

Instead of 1 am cold, mid) frierf> we may say e§ ifr mir 
Paltf or mir ifr fa If, which expresses the feeling in a less 
degree than mid) friert 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 255 

Are you cold ? 3ft Sfaen fait ? 

We are not cold. ItnS if! ntd)t fait. 

You are cold. Sfynen ift fait. 

I am warm. (S* ift mtr warm, or nut tft warm. 

Is your sister cold 1 3ft 3fout ©d&wejtet fait ! 

She is cold. 3&t tft fait. 

I am too warm in this room. Sfltt tft e$ su worm in btefem3immct. 

My hands ape cold. 9J?eine £cmbe finb fait, or mtr ftteten 

tie £dnbe. 

The verb to freeze, ftieten> is not impersonal when it ex- 
presses a condition ; as — 

The water freezes. £)a$ Staffer friert. 

It froze last night. (5s fror lekte 9?ad)t. 

It has not frozen much last win- (5$ fyat r-ertgen Winter ntd)t met ges 
ter ; we have but little ice. frcrcn ; rotr fyaben nur roenig (5i$. 

The river is frozen. £)er glufi tft gefroren. 

2£ann rotrb 3&t Dbetm son Cenbcn jutueffommen ?' 3d) rocip nid)t, roann 
cr jutueffemmen rotrb, abcr td) glaufce, er roirb ben gan^cn SBintcr bcrt 6Ceis 
ben. 3d) benfe roir roerben moreen fd)6ne£ SBetter fyakn, benn e$ r)at fcfyon 
btet Stage getegnct. 8GBit roerben biefen ©emmer #1 unfeter &ante auf bag 
Canb geftcn ; unfer better unb unfere fflt&fim roerben aud) bafyin fommen, 
unb unfere gan$e gamtfte roirb bann r>eretnigt fein. .Unfere &age fangt atle 
Stfdufe, bie in ben $ef femmen. £)cr $nat>e r)at bicfen 23egct in bem ©ars 
ten 3«ufd)cn ben g)prfidr)udumen gefangen. 3d) fange an mctnen Cer)rcr $u 
t>erftef)en, roenn er mtt mir beutfel) fpticfyt, obgletd) id) nod) mcfyt.fefjt mete 
SBortcr fenne. 9#eine (g'efyroefter fangt fd)cn an fur^e franjofifefye (Sage ofyne 
gefytet 3U mad)cn, oogtetd) fie feincn frang6fifcf>cn Ser)rer fjat ; fie (emt e$ in 
ber <Sd)u(e. (5$ fangt an $u tegnen ; roir rootlcn in l>a$ #au$ gefyen. £flid) 
bunft e$ roirb nur roemg regnen ; rotr roclten un£ unter ben groflen SBaum 
ftcflen. ($S fing bicfen 2Binter fcr)r frur) gu frieren an ; rotr fatten fd)on (Si$ 
tm Stoemfcer* $art r)at mete £)inge gcternt, abet er r)at nod) mcr)t anges 
fangen einen guten ©eoraud) ba»cn $u mad)en. ££ir muffen nur £)inge 
anfangen, bte roir aud) kenbigen f onnen. 3Bo ift grdulein Sardine ? ©ic 
fi|t an bem Sifcfye, unb roieberfyelt bie Ucbungen. 2$ieberl)olen Bie niemals 
3 bte Scctiencn'? 3d) roiebetfyefe fie atle Sage, benn man mup e$ tr)un, 
roenn man etne frembe (Sptacfye ternen roitl. 3d) roieber^cle es Sftnen ncd) 
einmat : Bk muffen auf ba^ (jorcn, rr>a$ 3^t Setter 3r)nen fagt, cber es 
rotrb 3^nen niemals geltngen, etne <£ad)i gut unb odtfemmen ^n ternen. 
SQBtt faflen" in bem ©arten Winter bem £aufe, $t»tfd)cn ben $m\ gref'en 2(epfeU 
baumen, unb fprad)en »cn ber 3urucffunft unferer Sante, al^ bte fleinen 
^inber, bie neben un^ fpietten, cine Dame 6emcrften, bie in i>a$ ^au^ ging; 
e^ roar unfere Sante, t)cn ^cx rott fo ekn gefptoc^en fatten, ©ute ^inbet 



256 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

muffen auf attcg fyoren, wa£ ifjre ©tern ifyncn fagen. £ort ber Heine £nabe 
auf t>a^ mas fein Sruber tfym fagf! @r f)6rt barauf. 3d) fjabe niemats 
cmf btcfen Wlcmn gc^ort, benn er fpricfyt nid)t tmmer bie SBafyrfyeit. (Mingt 
es Sfjnen btefe fatten (Sage ausnxnbia, $u ternen ? (§S gcltngt mir, roenn 
id) fie oft rcieberljote. ©elang eS SfttemDbeim feme atten g)ferbe $u vets 
faufen ? (£S tft tfym gelungen fie gu t>erfaufen, aber er f)at fie auf (Srebtt 
Mtfauft. (S£ gclingen unS nic^t alle ©inge, meldje tt>ir anfangen. .ftonnen 
©e fiber biefe S3anf fpringen ? 3d) Fjabe e$ oft Berfudjt, aber e$ ift mir 
titemaUl getungen. 2)er engltfcfye $aufmann fyat feinen Coffer mit alien 
feinen (Sacfyen ttertoren ; id) glaube e$ ttrirb ttjm nid)t geUngen tfyn nucber$u* 
ftnben. (S6 tfyut mir fefyr teib, benn id) roeip, er ift few reicfyer SWann (baft 
er fein reicfyer 9#ann ift). (5$ ift mir lieb, ba$ id) <Sie F)tcr frnbe, abet 
roarum ftgen <Sie neben tern #euer? es ift fyier nid)t fait. 50itd) friert; 
id) Fjabe tange in einer fatten (Stube gefefyrieben. <Sd)tafert ben fleinen itnar 
ben ? er ftefjt bias au$. 3f)n fd)tafert nicJjt, abcr er ift nid)t gan$ roofyl. 50tfd) 
fcfyaubert, roenn id) baran benf e, t)&$ id) in biefem fatten ^Better nad) Boston 
retjen foil. Durftet eg biefe armen &inber ? ®ie burftet nidjt, aber fie 
fyungert. (56 ift mir tteb, ba$ e$ friert ; wir werben biefen SBinter met <5t$ 
fyaben. 3d) ticbe fatten better ; id) bin immer fefyr gefunb, roenn e£ friert. 
^Dltdb friert memats, roenn td) im £Btnter auSgefye, benn id) gefje gcn?6f>nlid^ 
fefyr fd)nett. (S3 fjat lejrte 9?ad)t ftarf gefroren ; bat £Baffer in bem £ofe 
ift ttotlfommen cjefroren. 

We shall go to Baltimore to-morrow, if the weather is fine. My 
brother will bring you the German book this evening, although he 
has not yet finished it. Wilt thou carry my boots to the shoe- 
maker, or shall the servant take them? I will carry them to the 
shoemaker, but not this moment; I shall go this afternoon to the 
post, and at the same time I shall take the boots with me. It is very 
clear this evening, but I think we shall have some rain to-morrow. 
No, madam ; it will not rain to-morrow, for we have much dew this 
evening. We shall not have many peaches this autumn, and they 
will be very dear. Will my teacher be satisfied when I know how 
to make these sentences right ? He will be satisfied with you, for 
I know you will write them well. I shall pay for the goods which 
the French merchant has sent me, though T am not quite satisfied 
with them. Do not put the cups on the floor; they will break. I 
shall be very happy to see your sister soon again. Will the ser- 
vants have time to-morrow, to clean the whole house ? They will 
have time, for they shall do all the work to-day which we want for 
to-morrow. Our little dog has caught a mouse in the garden ; it is 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 257 

playing with it. The peasant who brings us the milk every morn- 
ing, catches many birds in his fields, which he sells when he comes 
to the market. I have a mind to catch the yellow cat which comes 
always into our yard, for I do not like cats. Let the poor cat be; 
you have other things to do. When will you repeat your lesson % 
I shall repeat it as soon as I have dined. Repeat once more this 
sentence ; I have not understood it. You must always repeat the 
words which you have learnt by heart, or you will soon forget them. 
You must now begin to work * you have played long enough. I 
have already finished my task, and thou hast not yet begun yours. 
My father never begins a thing which he does not finish. We should 
never begin a thing which we do not understand. My friend Paul 
began to take lessons in French, but he gave it up because he found 
it too difficult. He is wrong : he knew before he began that he 
could not learn French in three months. My cousin always repeats 
a lesson before he begins to learn another one. We have not yet 
repeated our exercises, but I shall repeat them as soon as my sister 
comes from school. I now know all the words perfectly well by 
heart, for I repeated them before I began to write these sentences. 
Does the boy listen to his mother ? He listens to her, for he is a good 
child, and he does every thing that his mother tells him. Will you 
listen to me ? I will listen to you ; but you must not speak too fast. 
Does your brother listen to what his father tells him ? He does 
listen to it. Why do you listen to that man % he is speaking of bad 
things. I did not listen to him, and I was standing too far off to 
understand him. One must not listen to every thing that people 
tell, for they tell many things w r hich are not true. Do these pupils 
listen to their teacher ? They listen to him, and they ask him if 
they do not understand what he tells them. Did you listen to the 
beautiful music last night] I did listen to it, but I could not under- 
stand it perfectly, for the music was too far from our house. We 
listen to our German teacher, for it is clear one cannot learn a foreign 
language without listening to his teacher. All the things which our 
uncle showed me were very pretty, and he insisted upon my taking 
one of his little birds which sang very beautifully; but I thanked 
him for his kindness, for I know he likes them very much. We 
must never speak of things which we do not understand. Put all 
your things into the bureau before you go out, because I do not wish 
the children to play with them, and perhaps break something. 
When Mr. White meets me, he always speaks of things of which 
I do not like to hear. The soldiers carry all their things with them, 
22* 



258 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

for they have not too many. His aunt will depart to-morrow for New 
York : she takes all her things with her, in four very heavy trunks. 
What is the matter with you ? you look very pale. I am cold ; I 
was obliged to stand a long while in the street. 

You are sitting at the table ; why do you not write ? I cannot 
write well, if my sister does not sit near me. The children were 
sitting one hour on their bench; their mother made them repeat 
their lesson. I was sitting on one of the green benches of our gar- 
len, and the black dog was lying at the side of me, when I heard 
some noise — the dog rose — I looked behind me, and I perceived a 
strange man between the trees, whom I had never seen before ; he 
walked slowly behind the house, opened the gate, and went away 
without saying a word. I was last night at my sister-in-law's ; there 
w r as a very large company : I was sitting between Miss Louisa and 
Miss Caroline ; we were speaking very much of Schiller's Maria 
Stuart, and Miss Louisa repeated some beautiful sentences, with 
her fine clear voice. There are no apples this year on the big 
apple-tree behind our house. I already succeed in writing some 
German sentences, without one mistake. My nephew does not 
succeed in selling his horse, for it is too old. Have you succeeded 
in buying a good French dictionary ? I did succeed in it ; I found 
a very good one in Mr. Smith's bookstore. You will succeed in 
learning the German language, but you must not lose courage. Send 
the servant up-stairs. I do not succeed in lighting the fire. I am 
very sorry that you have not succeeded in finding out the Scotch- 
man who owes you the money; perhaps I shall succeed in it. I 
am very glad that you have come in time to hear my niece sing. 
You do not succeed in finding your pocket-book : methinks I saw it 
in the drawer of your bureau, yesterday. I am hungry ; let us go 
home to take our dinner. You are thirsty; why do you not drink ? 
I am not thirsty, but hungry. Is your brother hungry 1 He is hun- 
gry and thirsty, for he has been at the river the whole day. Are 
you sleepy? methinks you do not understand what I tell you. I am 
not sleepy, but I have a very violent headache. We are chilled in 
your room ; why have you not got a fire lighted ? I am not cold, 
for I have walked very fast. My father is never cold in the winter, 
for he wears warm clothing. I shudder when I think that I am to 
go so far in this cold night. Is your sister cold ? she looks very pale. 
She is not cold, but she has the toothache. You are chilled; you 
must drink a cup of warm tea. It has frozen last night ; I have seen 
ice in the street this morning. We shall not have much ice this 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 259 

winter, for the river is not yet frozen, and the spring will soon begin. 
My room is very cold ; the water near the chimney was frozen last 
night. It did freeze yesterday, but to-day it is thawing. It does 
not usually freeze much in this country, but this winter the river is 
completely frozen. He could not succeed in borrowing money at 
London, for he had no friends there. My uncle is sorry that you* 
never come to see him; he asked me the day before yesterday when 
I had seen you the last time. I told him that I had seen you last 
Monday, and that you were sick. I am very glad to hear that you 
have found your purse which you had lost. We are sorry that you 
cannot find a good and honest servant. My aunt is very glad that 
your niece has succeeded in learning the German and French 
languages. 



SIXTY-THIRD LESSON. — Qtei ttttfc fe^^tgfte 
Section* 

THE SECOND FUTURE TENSE. 

I shall have had, id) roerbe ger;a6t fya&ert. 

thou wilt have been, bit mirfr gemefen feiru 
he will have worked, er roirb gearbeitet fya&eru 
we shall have written, rcir n>ert>en gefcfyrieben t)a6eru 
you will have gone, <gie rcerben gegangen feiru 
they will have taken, fie roerben genommen fyaberu 
The second future tense is formed in German as in English, 
except that in all compound tenses, where there are two auxilia- 
ries, the second is placed after the participle of the verb. 
I shall give you the book when I 3d) roerbe Sfynen ba$ 23ud) gcben, 
shall have finished it. wcrin id) e$ beenbtgt fyaben wetfce; 

or, reerm id) c$ roerbc becnbigt rjaben. 

He will show you the letter as <£r rcttb 3f)nen ben 23ricf setcjen, fo 

soon as he shall have read it. Mb cr tf)tt gclcfen fyaben rotvb, or, 

roirb gctefen tjabm. 
I know you will come when my 3d) roeifi, <Sie roerben femmen, nxum 
father shall have gone out. mrin SSatet cmsgecjancjcn fetn rctrb. 

We shall have dined before he 2Btr reerben gcfpeif't fyaben, ef)e cr 
returns, aurucffemmt. 

The second future, in German as in English, is very often 
expressed by the perfect tense ; as — 

I shall give you the book when I 3d) rocrbe 3fyncn fcaS S3ud) gekn, 
shall have finished it. rwnn id) e$ beenbtgt fyabcn rccrbe. 

changed into — 



260 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

I shall give you the book when I 3d) rcerbe Sfjnen bas SBud) gebcn, 
have finished it. reenn td) eg beenbi^t fjafce. 

The knee, ba§ ^nie, joZ. tie ^niee* 

To fall, fallen/* takes the verb to be, fetri/ for its auxiliary : 

Pres. id) falle, bu fdllft/ er fd(t; 

Imperf. I fell, id) pel} 

Per/*. I have fallen, id) bin gefatlen. 

to fall down, fyinfallen* (sep. t?.); to drop (to let fall), fallen (affen * 

That child falls every moment. ©tefcg Jltnb fait jeben tfugenbticf. 

My sister was in the garden, and 9J?etne <Sd)tt>efter roar in bem ©arten 

fell over a bench. unb ftel fiber cine SSanf. 

The boy has fallen from the chair, ©cr$nabetjlt>onbcm@turjlegefatten. 

Thou wilt fall down, if thou dost £)u nnrft fjinfatten, roenn bu md)t 

not go slowly. fangfam Qcf^ft. 

I fell down when I came out of 3d) pel f)in, at6 id) au£ bem #efe 

the yard. fam» 

The little girl has fallen down the 3)ct6 Heine £)2abd)en tft bie Sreppe 

staircase. fjinuntcrgcfallcn. 

All people fell on their knees. Wit Scute ftelen auf bie Jtntce. 

Do you drop something? £af[en &c etruaS fallen? 

I have dropped my pocket-hand- 3d) fabe mein @d)nupftud) fallen 

kerchief. laffert. 

He dropped his knife. ($r licp fein gjjeffer fallen* 

To send for (to get fetched), fyolen (affen* 

Do you go for (fetch) some water 1 £elcn ©ie SQBaffcr ? 

No • I send for some. Sflctn, id) laffe tt)e(d)e$ r)olen. 

He did send for the physician, (§r licp ben 2Cr$t ^olen, benn er war 

because he was sick. franf* 

Your uncle has sent for me. 3r)r £)r)etm fyat mid) r)o(cn laffen. 

Around (about), UJIt; a preposition^ governing the accusative. 

We are sitting around the table. £Btr fi$en um ben &tfd). 
The stranger went around the £)cr gtembe gtncj um ben &ird)f)of. 
churchyard. 

To beg, to ask for, 6ittettf* with the preposition um> and the 

person in the accusative : 

Imperf. I asked, I begged, id) bat} 

Perf. I have asked, begged, id) \)abt ge6eten. 

to allow, to permit, erlau&en; the permission, bie (5rfau6nij$; 

the pardon, bie QSerjei^ung. 

The boy begs money of me. 3)cr jtnabe btttct mid) um ©elb. 

What did the servant beg of you ? Um nxi* (rcarum) bat <Sie ber 23e* 

btcnte ? 

He asked me for an old coat. (£*r bat mid) um etnen alien $ed. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



261 



T , , (3d) tuttc urn 2Scr^ctf)una ; or, 

I beg your pardon. j gg ^ ^ ie um ^ c ^ 

He asked for the permission to (§r batumt>tc(5r(aubnt^tcfcn2(bcnb 

go to the theatre this evening. in bas Sweater $u gefyen* 
For what has your nephew asked Urn roag (roarum) F>at 3fyr S?effc <Sie 



you f 



gefceten ? 



He has asked me for five dollars, (£r fjat mid) urn funf Skater gcbctetu 

I asked him where he was going 3d) fragte tfjn roorjin cr 91119 ; et 

to ; he answered me that he antmcrtctc mir, fcafi cr nad) Jpaufe 

was going home ; and asked me gtng, unb er bat mid) nut$us 

to go with him. gebcru 

Some attention must be given to the distinction between to 
ask (to inquire), fragerv and to ask for (to beg), bitteru 

To ride, or to go in a carriage or ship, fal)t*en>* takes the 
verb to be, feitv for its auxiliary : 

Pres. id) fafyre, fc>u fdfyrfr, er fdfyrt; 

Imperf. I rode in a carriage, id) fufyr; 

Per/*. I have ridden in a carriage, id) bin gefafyren. 

To ride orc horseback, reiten>* takes the auxiliaries to be, fein> 
and to have, fyaben (see Appendix) : 
Imperf. I rode on horseback, id) ritt; 
Per/*. I have ridden, id) bin genttenr or id) fyabe gerttten. 



We take a ride (in a carriage) to 
our aunt every afternoon. 

I was going (in a carriage) yes- 
terday, when I met your brother. 

My father has gone (in a carriage) 
to the next village. 

Do you like to ride in a carriage? 

I do like to ride in a carriage, but 
my sister likes to ride on horse- 
back. 

Our cousin rides on horseback 
every day, one hour before 
breakfast. 

He rode his new black horse yes- 
terday. 

My brother has gone on horse- 
back to Knoxville. 



Sffitt fafjren jeben 9?ad)mtttag $u un* 

fctct Scmte. 
3d) fufjr geftern, aU id) Sfjrcn 23ru* 

bcr begegncte, 
SKctn SSatcr ift nad) tern nad)ften 

£)crfe gefafyren. 
gafjtcn (Sic germ 
3d) fafyre gcrrt, abet meine <Sd)roee 

ftcrtcitet gcrn (liebt 311 rciten). 

Unfct better rcitct otic Sage cine 
(Stunbe »or bem grufyftM. 

(Sr ritt geftern fcin ncucS fcfyrcaracS 

93?ctn 23rubet ift nad) jtnormtfe ge* 
rtttem 

The verb reiten takes the auxiliary I) a ben, when a refer- 
ence to a place is not denoted ; as — 

I have ridden three hours to-day. 
Our niece has ridden our white 
horse to-day. 



3d) r)at>c bcute brei (Stunbcn gcrtttcn. 
ttnfcrc 9?td)te r)at r)cutc unfer roeijkS 
gpfert) gcrtttcn. 



262 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



The verb leave, la f fen/* must be translated into German by 
t>ertaffen> when to leave is used in the sense of to quit to 
abandon. 



Will you already leave us? 

I leave you at present, but I shall 

be here again very soon. 
He left his wife and went to 

London. 
Mr. Smith has left his family, and 

has gone to California, to seek 

his fortune there. 



SG&etten <Ste un$ jtyori aerfafjcn ? 
3d) ncrfoffe ©tc ie|t, abet td) wette 

fcF>r bait) wtebcr fjter fetn* 
(5r Dccltep feme grau unt gtng nad) 

Conbon. 
#ett (Scfymibt f>at fctne ganulte t>er* 

foffen, unt) tft nad) (Sattfornten ge- 

gangen, urn tort fetn ©(fief $u fudjen. 



The family, tie $amilie ; the happiness, the fortune, the good 
luck, ta$ ©lucf ; the misfortune, the bad luck, ba£ UngtiidE 5 the 
boat, ta§ 23oot; hardly, scarcely, faum; dark, bunfel; some- 
where, anywhere, irgenbroo; some whither, irgenb roofyin; no- 
where, nirgenbS, or nirgenb; no whither, nirgenb roofyin. 
I have seen your umbrella some- 3d) fyafte Sfyten 3tegenfd)trm irgenbwo 



where, but I do not know where 
You ask me whither you shall go : 

go anywhere, only go out, for 

you are not well. 
I can find my hat nowhere : have 

you seen it anyw 7 here ? 
My sister is at home : she has 

gone nowhere. 



gefefyen, abet id) wctp nid)t roc 
©te fragen mid) rookie fytngerjen feflcn, 

gefyen <&k trgenb wofytn, nur gefyen 

©tc attf, benn ©te ftnb md)t wof)U 
3d) fann metnen£ut nirgenb* ftnben ; 

$abm Sie t r)n nitgcnbwo gefefyen ? 
9#etne (Scfywefiet tft $u £aufe ; fte ijx 

mrgcnbwofyin gegangen. 

A principal sentence begins, in German as in English, with 
the subject; as — 



I will now write. 
His father arrives to-morrow. 
He has probably not known it. 
My brother had scarcely time to 

get up. 
You must show my letters to 

nobody. 



3d) will nun fdjteifren* 
<Setn $ater fommt mcrgen an. 
(St r)at e$ wa r)rfcbemftd) ntd)t gewufit. 
Sfletn <8rubet fjatte faum 3ett 

aufeuftefjen* 
©te mfificn metne 23rtefe Sttcmanfc 

$etgcn. 



When a particular stress is to be laid on an adverb, or on some 
other word of a principal sentence, and such word is placed before 
the subject, then the subject, in German, is placed after the 
first verb of the sentence, or the subject and copula exchange 

places; as — 



Now I will go out. 
To-morrow his father arrives. 
Probably he has not known it. 
Scarcely had my brother time to 
get up. 



9?un will id) cu^gefjen. 
sjflergen fommt fan $ater an. 
3Bar;rfcI)Ctnftdr) bat cr c-6 md)tgewu£t. 
£aum fjatte me i n 23 r u t> c r 3ett auf? 
jufte&ctu 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 263 

My letters you must show to 93?eine SBrtefc muffcn @ie $u 9?ie* 
nobody. manb ^ctgcn* 

This is called the inversion of the subject in principal sen- 
tences, and must be distinguished from the inversion of the 
copula in subordinate sentences. (See Less. 54, and Appendix.) 

3d) benFe id) nxrbe ben 33-ricf beenbigt fyafcen, cbc eg bunFel ift, benn id) 
febreibe nicbt gem bet £id)t. £Bir nxrben gefpetf't fyaben, efye (Sic Den bet 
g>oft $urucf femmen. SOBatum fyaben (Sic nid)t bte. *Ked)nung fertig ? tie 
^auflcutc rocrben abgercipt fein, roenn (Sie tbnen tie SKedjnung fd)icfen 
roerben. fatten <Sic nid)t ; eg ift bunFel in bem Simmer. 3d) fa lie nies 
niafg, abcr mcin better fallt oft. Unfcr Kadfidt ift Franf unb im SBette ; 
cr pel a(g cr in ben teller geben roollte. 2Ba^ benFcn ©w sen ^crfenen bic 
auf bte jlniec fallen, roenn fie einen Jlonig fefyen ? <Sie laffen S^e gmbs 
fdmbe fallen ; (Sie roerben fte t>erlieren, roenn (Ste fie immer in bem £ute 
tragen. Unfere ^cdjinn (apt geroebnttcb ctroag fallen, roenn fte bag 93iittags 
effen beraufbringt. £crr Scbmibt liep fetn Safcbcnbud) fallen, alb er »cn ber 
SBanF Fam, abcr ein efjrudjct Jlnabe fycb eg auf unb gab eg ifjm aurucf. <Sie 
fud)en ctnxis; wag Ijaben Sie fallen laffen? 3d) babe irgenbwo mcin 
(Scbnupftud) fallen laffen, unb id) Fann eg nid)t ftnben. (Sic muffcn ein 
Cid)t an^unben, benn eg ift fo bunFel bier, $>a$ man Faum ctroag fct>cn fann. 
£affcn 8te 3W ^tnber aug ber (Scbule belen ? 3d) laffe fte fjetcn, bag 
SBcttcr mag gut cber fd)led)t fein, benn id) laffe fie nid)t gern allein gefyen. 
Z£a$ (apt ber gfraryeje bclcn ? (5r (apt feinen SBagen fyolcn, benn er mill 
auf la* £anb fatjren. ££ir lieffen geftern ein (Stucf Jleifd) t?en bem 5J?arFte 
l)den, benn unfer Jleifcber fjattc t>ergcffen ung roelcbcg $u fd)icfen. ©cine 
Santc fyat ben Sabnaqt fjelen laffen, benn graulein (Sepbie fjattc fjeftige 
3af)nfd)mcr^en. Pollen Sie ben Ttxfi fyeten ? 3d) Fann md)t auggeben, 
abcr id) roerbe if>n belen laffen, tvenn (Sic eg rounfeben. 3d) bitte (Ste nad) 
bem DoFtor £lein $u fenben, benn id) babe ein befe^ &nie ; id) ftel ate id) 
bic Srcppe l)tnaufging. 3d) bitte <§k urn cinen 23egcn papier ; id) wfin* 
fd)e ein Met $u fd)reiben. bitten <Sie 3f)ren SSater eft urn ©elb ? 3cl) 
bittc i^n nur urn n>eld)c£, tvenn id) eg braud)e. Urn wag (warum) bittet 
bicfer 5Qjann 3()ren $$atet? (Sr bittet i^n urn fein $)fcrb ; er wunfd)t bicfen 
9^ad)mittag nad) bem ndd)ften 5)crfc $u reiten. ^err S55ctf? bat mid) um 
cinen $Kegcnfd)irm, abcr id) fennte il)m nid)t ben meinigen leif)en, benn id) 
fennte ibn ntd)t finben. 3d) glaubc (Sic Ijabcn meinc Jcber genemmen. 
3d) bitte um aSer^eifyung, id) babe fte nid)t genommen ; fucben Sic fte, fte 
mup irgenbwo tiegen. <Sie b^ben mcin ©lag ^erbrocben. 3cb bitte um &>er* 
gctbung, icb b^bc eg nicbt gern gctban. Um uoa$ fyat ber Stubent @ie gebes 
ten ? (Sr bat um bic (Srrtaubnip in unferen ©arten $u gel)cn ; fein 5Hccf wax 



264 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

fiber ben 3aun gefatfen* (Srfauben @ic mix Sfynen baei (SJem&tbc meineS 
•greunbeg $u aeigen ; er fyat eg mir gegeben er)c er biefe ©tabt ucrtaflfen r)at. 
£)er £nabe lief urn bag £aug, unb cr pel/ roett eg $u bunfel roar. SOBtt 
fafyren ftcute auf bag Canb ; rcetten (Sic mitfommen ? (£g tfjut nur fcfjt 
Ccib, aber id) mup $u £»aufc bleiben, benn mein SSatcr ift nad) Stfeuberf ges 
ttttcn* Unfere &ante unb ifyre &6d)tet fufyrcn geftern nad) bem Canbfyaufe- 
meineg 93aters ; id) unb mein -Bruber roaren fd)on ben Sag t-orfyer babin 
gerttten. SBir pnb fycute in bem fd)6nen 23oote beg engUfdjen Jtapttang ben 
glup fytnuntergefafyren, $l\xn muff id) ©ie Derlaffen, aber id) t>er(affe @ie 
ntd)t auf (fur) immer* £>ag ©{fid t>etfafjt ung eft fd)netler aU roir eg glau* 
bem 2)ag ttnglucf btefer gamitie ift grog ; bie Gutter ift alt unb franf, unb 
bie JUnber pnb nod) $u Ftctn urn t>tet arbciten $u fonnen. £>ann rootlen wit 
tfmen tag(id) (alte Sage) etrcag $u effen fdncfen. ©eftern begegncte id) Sfyre 
£ftid)te, aber id) ^abe nid)t nut tf)t gefprecfyen. Jlaum fa!) £err (Sd)roar$ 
meinen SSater, a(g er ifyn bei ber £anb nabm, unb ifm bat mit ifym nad) fet? 
ncm®arten $u gefyen* £art fjat mid) nid)t urn mein beutfd)eg <8ud) gcbeten ; 
cr fragte mid) nur roc id) eg gefauft Fjattc ; roafyrfefyeinltd) fjat er t>a^> fcinige 
tterloren. 



We shall go into the country to-morrow, if the weather is good ; and 
I think we shall have much pleasure. You will always find me at 
home, if you will come in the afternoon. He will soon find that, 
with all his money, he never will be happy. I shall ask Miss Caro- 
line, as soon as I shall meet with her, why she has not come to see 
you. Thou wilt soon perceive, my dear child, that thou must learn 
to speak well before thou art able to read. The soldiers will arrive 
this afternoon, and we shall go to see them when you shall have 
finished your exercises. Mr. Brown will depart to London when 
the people shall have paid him what they owe him. Your watch 
will soon be worth nothing, if you will always play with it. We 
shall take a walk to-day, for I think it will rain to-morrow. You 
think it will rain, but I think it will snow, for it is very cold. We 
shall have dined before our nephew returns from Baltimore. My 
sister will have finished the note before you go to the post. She 
will show me the note when she has written it. You will fall if 
you do not take a light, for it is dark in my room. Do not let the 
little child go alone ; it may fall. This child never falls when it 
goes slowly. Our servant has a sore knee; he fell yesterday when 
he was going into the cellar. You look sad; what is the matter with 
you? I have fallen, and I have broken the new lamp. When did 
you fall 1 I fell down when I was going into the kitchen for some 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 265 

oil. I know our niece has fallen, for she has a sore hand ; but she 
will tell it to nobody. Do not go out this evening without a servant; 
you will easily fall down, for it is very dark and there is much ice 
in the street. Madam, you have dropped your pocket-handkerchief; 
that poor woman has picked it up. I thank you, sir; she may keep 
it, for it is not worth much. This boy drops every thing that he has 
in his hands. I dropped my watch yesterday, when I took off my 
coat, but it is not broken. I have dropped my pocket-book on the 
staircase ; will you have the kindness to go for it ? I have already 
picked it up; here it is. Will you send for some water? I am 
thirsty. I have sent for some beer; the servant must soon be here 
with it. We send for our children ; they have been long enough at 
their aunt's. The tailor did not bring my black coat, though he had 
promised me to send it early ; I was waiting until eight o'clock, and 
was obliged to send for it, for we expected company at half past 
eight. My father sent for our physician last evening, for he had a 
violent headache and was very sick; but Doctor Smith was not at 
home and we were obliged to send for another physician. It is very 
dark in your house, one may fall in coming in ; why have you not 
a lamp lighted ! We have no gas in our house, and the girl has 
forgotten to get some oil; but now I have sent for some. I expect 
you will have finished your task when I shall have returned from 
the store, for you shall have nothing for supper if you have not 
done it. Mr. White insisted upon my going with him and seeing 
his family ; but when we arrived at his house his family had gone 
out, and I remained with him until eleven o'clock without seeing 
either his wife or his daughter. 

I went around the house, but I could not find the door, for it was 
too dark. The children were running around the trees in order to 
catch the cat, but they could not get it. I beg you for your pencil, 
for I have lost mine. He asks me for money every time he sees 
me. We ask you for a sheet of paper; we want it to copy the 
sentences which we have written at school. The stranger begs an 
umbrella of me, for it rains. I met you in the street yesterday, but 
you would not see me. I beg your pardon, sir; I cannot see well, 
because I have sore eyes. What does the poor peasant ask you 
for? He asks me for a piece of bread, and for a glass of water. 
Does he not also ask you for a piece of meat? He is asking me 
for it. What does the little girl ask your mother ? She is begging 
some flowers which she has seen in the garden. Mr. Black asked 
23 






266 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

me yesterday for his bill ; he wishes to pay it. I thought he had 
already paid it to you; it is more than six months since you sold 
him the goods. I beg your pardon ; he bought the goods only three 
months ago. My sister begs me for a pen every day, for she always 
]oses hers; she begged yesterday for two, but I gave her only 
one. What did Chjarles ask you for? He asked me for six cents 
to buy some cakes. Did you ask the French merchant for a pair 
of silk gloves when you were at his store? I did ask him for them. 
I asked the student for his new German book; he promised to give 
it to me, but he asked me when I intended to return it to him, for 
he does not like to lend his books a long time. I have asked you 
already more than three times to come to see me, but you have not 
yet kept your promise. What have you asked your mother for? 
I have begged of her a new coat. Why have you not asked your 
father for it? I would not ask him for it, because he does not like 
us to (that we) ask for any thing ; he always gives us what we want 
without begging. Miss Louisa, will you allow me to send these 
flowers to your house ? I will give you the permission most willingly, 
for you know too well that I like flowers very much. Our uncle 
would not allow his son to go to the theatre, but he went there with- 
out his permission. He has done wrong, for children are never to 
go out without the permission of their parents. Our father never 
allows us to go to the theatre without his or our mothers company, 
although we are no more very young. How old are you ? I am 
nearly fourteen years old. I could hardly believe that your brother 
had bought a horse, for his uncle always lends him his when he wants 
to take a ride. My brother wishes to have his own horse, for he 
likes to ride every day. Whither does he usually go on horseback? 
Formerly, he rode to our aunt in the country; but now he is riding 
to White village ; one of his friends is living there. I rode our new 
black horse. My nephew has gone on horseback to Blackstown, 
but I do not like to ride so far, for I am not a very good rider. 

We shall ride (in a carriage) to-day to Bergen ; will you go with 
us ? With much pleasure, for I like to ride (in a carriage), although 
it is a little far. I ride (in a carriage) every morning, but my sister 
will never go with me, for she likes to ride on horseback. My aunt 
took a ride (in a carriage) yesterday and returned only late in the 
evening. Have you ever gone (in a carriage) to Newtown? 4he 
country is very beautiful. No, sir; I have never been there. Look 
how quietly that little boat goes down the river. You have tried 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 267 

your new boat yesterday ; did you go up or down the river? We 
were going down as far as Greenwood. Why will you already leave 
us; yon have hardly arrived. I must leave you this time so soon, 
for we take our dinner at half past two. Miss Brown left the city 
last week ; she has gone to the country. Where has she gone to ? 
She has gone somewhere, but I do not know the name of the village. 
It is a great misfortune when all our friends leave us; but it is a 
still greater misfortune, when a father leaves his family in order to 
seek his fortune in a foreign country. I have seen your brother and 
sister-in-law in London, and I have left them with the promise to 
return soon. I have left my cane somewhere; have you not seen 
it 1 I have not seen it anywhere, for I have not left my room since 
yesterday. I will take a walk; will you go with me? Whither 
will you go? We will go anywhere; just as you like. You must 
go nowhere ; you have to stay at home and learn your lesson by 
heart. Now I have done my work, and you will allow me to go 
out. To-day you cannot go out; you know that our uncle arrives. 
Scarcely had he said that, when we heard his voice on the staircase. 
Never shall I forget what you have done for me ; all my happiness 
I have to thank you for. Now you may go, but come back soon, for 
you know your father will go (in a carriage) with you into the country 
this afternoon. His kindness I shall never forget. '-Now," said 
he, "let us talk of some other things." 



SIXTY-FOURTH LESSON. — SSiet Uttfc fe$§J%#e 
Section* 

To become, roerben. 
Pres. id) werbe, bu mirft, er roirb, n>ir rnerben, ic; 
Irnperf. I became, id) murbe; 
Perf. I have become, id) Din geroorben. 
The neuter verb to become, r» e r b e n, must be distinguished 
from the auxiliary roerben, with which the future tense is 
formed (see Lesson 62). It takes the auxiliary verb to be, f e t n, 
for its compound tenses, and has the noun which follows in the 
nominative. 

Become, roerbcn, has, besides the imperfect I became, id) 
murbe, a second imperfect for the singular — icf) watt), t)\i 
U) a r b fr, e r xv a r b ; but it is seldom used and almost obsolete. 



268 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



What has become of yourbrother? 

He has turned sailor. 

It grows (becomes) evening. 

What will become of me ! 

My nephew fell sick, but he soon 
recovered again. 

It became late before we could 
find him. 

What has become of your neigh- 
bor's son I 

He has become a lawyer. 

I do not know what has become 
of him. 



££a$ ift cmsSftrcm SBrubcrgeroorbcn? 

(St ift cm gjjatrefe geroorbcn. 

(Ss ix>irt> 2C0cnt). 

££as rutrt) aus mtr roerben ! 

97?cm 9?cffc routbc franf, abcr cr if! 

bait) gcfunb gerocrben. 
(§6 wurbe (pat, efyc tvtr ibn finbcn 

fennteru 
££a$ ift au$ bem^ofyne SfyrcS 9?acl)' 

bars gercerben ? 
(5r ift cm 2Ct>t?ofat Cjcrcorben. 
3d) tt>ct§ ntd)t was cm$ tfym a/roor? 

ben ift. 

The progress, ber $ortfd)rittf generally used in the plural, tie 
$ortfd)ritte; the lawyer, ber 2(bt)ofat; the newspaper, t>ie 3et* 
lung; the will, ber 2Bille; lately, neuttcfy, furjlid); alone, attein; 
certain, certainly, <jetx>i^ ; to fear, fiird)ten; blind, bfinb; lame, 
lafym; to call, rufert* — imperf. I called, id) rtef, per/. I have 
called, id) fyabe gerufen. 

Towards, <jegen; against, roiber; 
two prepositions, which govern the accusative. © e # e n denotes 
direction to, or sentiments of love as well as of hatred towards 
or against, and differs in this respect from n>tbet> against, 
which always denotes hostility, or in opposition to. 

Will you read to-day ? s newspaper? SBcftcrt Sic bte bentta/ Settling tefen ? 
It is already too dark ; I can see (£$ ift fd)cn $u bunEcl; td) fann nid)t$ 



nothing. 

Bo you fear to meet Mr. Weed ? 
I do not fear him ; I met him 

lately, and he was very kind 

towards me. 
I fear only a certain man. 
Who is this man, and what has 

he against you ? 
I shall come to see you towards 

evening. 
You probably know that my uncle 

has departed. 
Certainly; I know it. 
It is certain that he is an honest 

man. 



mcf)t feben. [ncn? 

gurd)ten ©te £errn 2Beeb $u begeg* 
3d) furd)tc tfjn ntd)t ; id) begegnete 

tfym neuttd), unb cr tvar fefyr ^utig 

gcgen mid). 
3d) furcbtc nur etnen genujjen 93?ann. 
£Ber ift biefer $flcmn, unb roa6 bat cr 

tt)tbcr <&u ! 
3d) nxrbc <Sic gegen 2Cbenb befu? 

d)en. 
(Sic nriflen roabrfdbemUd), bop mem 

£)l)ctm abgercif't ift. 
©ctmg, id) nxifi e*>. 
(£t> ift gennj-i, bap cr ctn ef;r(tcf)ct 

SMcmn ift. 



Sure, fid)crf ger»i£; to be sure, e§ iji fid)er, or e£ ifi gewig. 

I am sure of it. 3d) bin gemtj}, or id) bin beffen grtDtfe 

I go out to-day against my will. 3cb gefye beutc nnber metnen SBMttcn 



aus. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



269 



We must not only love our friends, 
but we must always be kind to 
our enemies. 

Why do you come alone? 

I feared to bring my sister with 
me, for it is very dark in the 
street. 

Whom do you call % 

I call your brother ) is he alone ? 

He is reading, and quite alone in 
his room. 

I called him. but he would not 
hear me. 

You have called me ) w T hat do 
you wish ? 

I have called you in order to give 
you the newspaper. 

Have you seen Mrs. Brown lately? 

I saw her the day before yester- 
day ; she called me in order to 
show me her little white dog. 

The good man has nothing to fear. 



2£ir muffen ntcbt mtt unfcrc Jreunbc 

licftcn, fonbern retr mujjen cuid) 

guttg gegen unfcrc gctnbe fcttu 
SBavum femmett 6w atlcin ? 
Scb furd)tete metne (2'cbivejlcr mityt? 

bringcn, benn c6 tft fefyr bunfcl in 

t)cr Strajje. 
S&cn rufen (Sic ? 

3d) rufe Sbten Srubcr ; tft cr attcin ? 
@r It eft, tint) cr tft oanj attctn in fcU 

ncm Simmer; 
Set) ricf tfjn, after cr rcottte mid) ntd)t 

(jorcn. 
<Stc fyaftcn mid) gcrufen ; wag rutins 

fdben etc ? 
3d) bafte 6'te gcrufen, um £>fmen Mc 

Settung &u geften. [gefeben ? 

£aftcn @ie Htqftcf) £Rabam SBraun 
3d) bafte fie &crgeftern gefeben ; jte ricf 

mid), um mtr iftrcn Etetnen metfjen 

4bunt) $u §eigen. 
©cr ©ute fjat ntd)t$ $u furd)tcm 



Not only plural, as in English, but also singular nouns may 
be formed from all adjectives; thus — 

the lame man, ber Safyme, plural, the lame, tie ?af)men. 
the wicked man, ber SBcfe? " the wicked, tie SBoferu 

the blind person, ber QMtnbef " the blind, tie QMtnben. 

The nouns thus derived, however, have the declension of ad- 
jectives ; and hence — 



the poor man, ber %xrw f 
the rich man, ber 9vetcbe f 
the German, ber Eeutfcfye, 
the servant, ber 33ebientef 
the learned man, ber ©elefyrtCf 
the clergyman, ter ®ei]Hicbe> 
the relation, ber SSerrcanbte; 



a poor man, ein firmer, 
a rich man, un SKeicber* 
a German, etu ©eutfd)er. 
a servant, em 33ebienter. 
a learned man, ein @elel)rter. 
a clergyman, ein ©eifili ber. 
a relative, ein SBenvanbter, 



The last five nouns are, in German, formed from the adjec- 
tives : German, beutfeb; served, bebtent; learned, gefel;rt; cleri- 
cal, geijrlict); related, t>ermanbt. 



The rich man must give money 

to the poor man, 
Rich people must give money to 

the poor. 
A blind man is unhappier than a 

lame man. 
23* 



£)ct JRcicftc muj} bem 2Crmcn G3c(b 

geftcn, 
Die 9?ctd)cn muffen ben 2Crmcn ©etb 

geben, 
(Sin SSUnber tft ung(uc!(td)cr ati tin 

Safymcr. 



270 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



Mr. White is a scholar, but he is 

no clergyman. 
He is a relation of mine. 
He is one of my relations. 
Miss Green speaks of her dresses, 

as soon as she sees me. 
As soon as Miss Green sees me, 

she speaks of her dresses. 



£crr SKetp iff em (Meljrter, after er 

ift texn ©etjt(td)er* 
(Sr tft em £3em>anbtet t>cn mir, 
(St if! etnet meiner 23em>anbten. 
grautem ©run fpricht t>on ifjrcn JUet* 

bern, fo Mb mte fie mid) fier)t. 
(So ba(b mie grautein ©run mid) fierjt, 

fprid)t fie t>en ifjren JUeibern. 



In the preceding lesson, it is stated that when a principal sen- 
tence begins with any other word than the subject, the subject 
is placed after the copula. The same inversion of the subject 
takes place when a subordinate sentence is placed before the 
principal one. 



When I was in London, I saw him 

every day. 
Although Mr, Klein has paid us, 

my father will not sell to him 

on credit any more. 



7li$ id) in Conben nxuvfaf) id) ifyn 

atte Sage, 
£)bg(cid) £>etr Mem un$ fcegar)ft bar, 

raid m e i n 23 a t c r i f)m nid)t mef)t 

auf (Srebtt wrfaufem 



To please (to suit), gefattetv* governs the dative of the person. 

Pres. id) gefatte, t>u gefdttjr, er gefattt; 

Imperf. I pleased, id) geftel ; 

Per/. I have pleased, id) fyabe gefattem 



I know I do not please him. 

Does that music please you 1 

It pleases me much. 

The horse did not please him, and 
he sold it. 

Has the book pleased you ? 

It has not pleased me very much. 

How does this room suit you 1 

It does not suit me much. 

Do these horses suit your bro- 
ther ? 

They do not suit him ; they are 
too small. 



3d) meip id) gefatte ifym nid)t. 
©efattt Srmen biefe gjiufil? 
<Sie gefattt mir fer)r. 
£>as gbfert) gefxet tfym nid)t, unt> er 

tterfaufte c& 
£at Srmen bag 2$ud) gefatten ? 
(&$ tjat mir nid)t fefjr gefatten. 
SQBie gefattt Sfmen biefe* Simmer ? 
(56 gefattt mir nid)t fcr>r. 
©efatten Sfjrem SSrubct biefe $>fet? 

be? 
@te gefatten tfym md)t; fie finb au 

flcin. 



To be pleased, gefatten,* 
is given, in German, by the impersonal form : — 

Pres. e$ gefattt; imperf. e£ gefiel; perf e6 f;at gefatten. 

2Bte gefattt e$ Snnen bier? 



How are you pleased here ? 

I am pleased very much in this 

agreeable company. 
Was your sister pleased to wait 

so long a time for mine ? 
She was not pleased. 



(£$ gefdttt mir fef)t in biefer ange* 

nehmen ©efellfcbafr. 
©eftel e$ Sftrer^dttvefret- fclange auf 

bte metnige gu roarten ? 
(St> geftet tt)r nicl)t. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



271 



Were you pleased at the concert, 

yesterday ? 
I was much pleased. 



£at Sfjnen geftctn ba$ (5on$crt gc* 

fallen ? 
©6 \)at mit fcf>r gefattcti* 



To 6e pleased with, must often be translated by juftiefce tt 
fei ttf to &e satisfied. 

Are you pleased with your new f ©cfdllt Sfynen Sftt ncucr 9?ocf ? or, 



( 8tnt) (Sic mit Sfomn neuen SKocfc $us 
@t gcfdllt mir nid)t. [fcic^cn ? 

Scb bin nid)t bamit gufrtcben* 
f 2Ba$ gefdltt Sbncn ? or, 
( SBomit finfo ©ie gufcicben ? 
f 9J?it gefdtft nid)tg ; or, 
I 3d) bin nut nid)t£ jufriebctu 
3ft S&w 9Ud)te mit tfytet Sederunt 

^ufrtcben 1 
Stteinc Qfacbte tft mit ifyr gufrtcben, 
fcenn fie bat in fuqct 3ett (EurgUd)) 
tuele gortfebritte gemacbt. 
SERit mem ftnt) ©te gufricben ? 
3d) bin mit km fletnen 9J?dfc>d)en 
gufricben ; fie ift fefyr fleipg ges 
roerfcem 
©6 gcfallt mit nid)t ) v c v 1t • 
^ shouldstalways 3d) l)aU es nid)t gern V ™L 2 JT 
J play. 3d) mag md)t J mCr lpm ' T * 



coat ? 
It does not please me. 
I am not pleased with it. 

With what are you pleased ? 

I am pleased with nothing. 

Is your niece pleased w T ith her 

teacher (female). 
My niece is pleased with her, for 

she has in a short time (shortly) 

made much progress. 
With whom are you pleased? 
I am pleased with the little girl; 

she has become very assiduous. 

I am not pleased] that thou 
I do not like 



The verbs to please and to suit, when they are used impersonally 
in English, must be translated into German by gef&llig feiru 



It pleases me j or, it suits me. 
It did not please him ; or, it did 

not suithira. 
It has pleased (suited) her. 
It will please me. 
Does it suit your sister to go 

with us 1 
Did it not please your father to 

go to the prince ? 
I think it will never please him 

to go there. 
If you please. 

Come to see me soon, if you please. 

If you please, we will take a 

walk this afternoon. 
He may come to-morrow, if it 

pleases him. 
What is your pleasure ? 



(5$ iff mir gefdtltg, 

(5S mar ifym ntdjt gefdfltg. 

(£6 iff ir)r gcfdllig gcroefen. 
(5* mitt) mir gcfalltg fein. 
3ft cs Sbver (Scbmefter gcfdllig mit 

uns su gcr)cn ? 
5£at e$ 3brem SSatct nid)t gcfalltg 

$u bem Jurften $u gel) en ? 
3d) benfe c$ n>irt> if)m niematS gc^ 

fallen fcaljtn ^u gebem 
SBcrtn C6 3bnen gcfalltg ift; liter: 

ally, If it is pleasing to you. 
23efud)cn (Sic mid) bait), nxnn c$ 

Sfynen gcfalltg tfc 
££cnn es Sbncn gcfdtlig ift, mcllen 

mir 9?acbmittag fpa^tercn gefyen. 
(5r farm (mag) mcrgen £cmmcn,mcnn 

eS tbm gcfalltg ift. 
^a* ift 3Nn gcfdllig? 



272 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

As you like ; as you please ; at £Bte e£ 2>Fmen gcfatltg ijt» 

your pleasure. [fig tfU 

Do just as you please. &r)im <&k gcm$, note C5 Sbnen gefal? 

7/* t/0w please is sometimes expressed by the German adverb 
gefdlltgfr. 

Will you give me a glass of water, SBotlcn ®tc mtr gcfcitttgft cin ©tag 

if you please] SBaffer gcben ? 

Walk in, if you please. ©efyen Sic gcfalltgft btnetn. 

The favor, t>er ©efallem 

Will you do me a favor ? SQSollen <&ic mtr etnen (SJefatlen tfjun ? 

With much pleasure; what one? gfttt wetcm SSergnungen ; roaS fur 

etnen 1 

In Lesson 21, it is mentioned that, in German, the third per- 
son plural is employed in polite conversation, or in addressing 
one or more persons, and that for this reason the English you 
and they are the same in German. But there is, in the German 
language, a real second person plural, the personal pronoun of 
which is i \) r, corresponding with the English ye. In the mid- 
dle ages, this pronoun i \) r was used, as in English, for the polite 
address to a person, and it now only occurs in that sense when 
the scene, in poetry or romance, is placed in that period. In 
the modern language, ye } i\)tf is very seldom employed, and only 
in addressing more than one person, to each of whom thou, b Uj 
would be applied ; and hence it) r ia the real plural of the second 
person singular, thou, bu. 

This second person plural, in the present tense of verbs, is 
formed by adding t or et to the root of any verb, either regular 
or irregular ; as — 

to have, f)aben> ye have, it)r J)a6t. to be, fein, ye are, ifyrfeib* 
to love, lieben, ye love, ifyr liebt. to see, fefyen, ye see, \\)X fef)t, 
to work, urbetterv ye work, tfyr. to become, roerben> ye become, 

arbeitet. tyr werbet* 

The second person plural of the imperfect tense is formed by 
adding t or et to the first person singular; as — 
ye had, il)r fyattet; ye were, ifyr umret; ye loved, ifyr liebtet; 
ye saw, il;r fatyt; ye worked, \\)X arbeitetet; ye became, i fyrrtmr M. 

My dear children, ye must be SKetnc fieben jlmbcr, tf)t muj5t gut 

good. fettt. 

If ye work well, ye shall have SOBenn if)t gut arbeitet, follt tr)r tfepfel 

some apples. V)aben* 

Ye are not assiduous; ye learn Styr fett) ntcbt fWfitg ; tr)r Icrnt ntd)t 

not enough by heart. genuq am'recnbtg. 

Ye have written badly. Sfr fabt fd)ted)t gefefjrieben. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 273 

Ye were here; why did ye not Sfyr roaret rjicr ; warum fragtct tf)t 

ask me* % mid) nicbt ? 

Ye found the books, but ye did Sfyr fanbet Die 23ud)cr, aber tfyr gabt 

not give them back. fie nid)t $urucf. 

The dative and accusative of the personal pronoun ye 9 i ty x? 
are eucr). 

I love ye ; we seek ye. 3d) Hebe cud) ; roir fud)cn cud)* 

He has spoken to ye ; why did ye (gr fyat mit cud) gefprecben ; roarum 

not answer ] fyabt ifyr nicfet geantrocrtct 1 

I do not listen to ye ; but ye must 3d) f)6re mdjtaufeud), after ifjr mupt 

listen to me. auf mid) fyorm 

The conjunctive possessive pronoun your (ye), is — 

Mas. euer ; Fem. euere ; Neut. eucr. 

Your (ye) parents love ye. (Sucre ©(tern tieben cud). 

Ye must love your (ye) teacher. 3fyr mupt euercrt 2cf)rer Itcben. 
The boys read in your (ye) books. ©te .Knaben lefen in euer en 23ud)erm 

The absolute possessive pronoun yours (ye) is betf Die/ fc>a6 euerige* 

He has not his pens but yours (ye), (gr r)at nid)t feinc gtbern, fenbern tie 

cuerigem 
The paper is not in my drawer, ©a$ papier ift nid)t in meincr 
but in yours. <Sd)ublabe,fonbern in ber euerigen* 

(5S roirD bunfel ; roir rootlcn nad) £aufe gefjem 3d) rcerbe immer franf, 
nxnn td) 3U met frufyftucfe. (£•$ nmrbe frufycr 2£bcnb, aU id) gtaubte* llnfer 
SBebtcntcr rourbe bla$, ate id) ibn fragte, roo er geftern 2(benb gcroefen roar. 
$£a& tft auS Sfyrem better gcroorben, ber mit mir in Die <5d)ule ging ? 3d) 
roeip nid)t wag au5 ifjm gcroorben ift, benn id) fya&e feit groct 3af)tcn feincn 
S3rtef t?on ifnu erfyattem 2Ba$ tft au$ ben (Serpen 3f)rcS greunbes (gdjmibt 
gcroorben I ©er aftere rourbe (So(bat, unb ift nad) SJKcrifo gcgangen ; unb 
ber iungere ift 2CDt>ofat gcroorben ; cr tebt (eft in 33o$ton. £Keinc tieben 
&tnber, tbr roerbet !ran! roerben, roenn ifye gu trieie £ud)en effeU 3br mtift 
gut unb l}eflicr) gegen Sebermann fein, unb man roirb cud) tieben. 8£a$ 
fyaben @ie rotber mid) ? 3d) fyabe nicbte rotber (Sic ; id) rotfl @?ie nur bits 
ten fjcfitd) gegen arme £cute gu fein ; benn ber armc SRann, roenn er cbrtid) 
, ift, ift cben fo t>iet roertb roie ber 5KeicJ>e* ©er SBtinbe furd)tct nid)t gu fallen, 
benn er fann feinen 2Beg mit bem (Stocfc ftnben. ©ie Socmen ftnb nicbt 
fo ungtucfticb rote Die SBlinben, roenn fie aud) nicbt atlcin gcf)cn f onncn. 3d) 
f)cre Sfyre ©cbroefter bat grope ^ertfebrttte in ber gHuftf gemacbt. 3a, gna* 
btgc $rau, meine (Scbrocftcr tiebt Die SBuftf febr, unb fte mad)t fo gre^e Jcvts 
fc^ritte, roett fte cinen guten Scfjrer fyat. 3cb babe nicbt gen>uft, t>c$ $m 
SBeip, 3^r SSerruanbter, cm 2Ct>t>ofat cjeworben ift; id) fjabe feinen Cabmen 
in ber ^eutigen Scitung gctefen. ©r ift c* gcgen ben 2Billen feinen Raters 



274 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

gerocrben; fcin SSater roollte, bap er ein ©ciftttdfecr roetbcn fettte. £ert 
■granf, ber btcfes <3ud) gcfd)tieben bat, tft cm ®etcf)rtet ; cr ift turbid) 
iDcftcr geroerben. Static!) las id) in bet 3citung, bap eg ntct)t erlaubt ift 
fiber tie neue 23rucfc fcbnetl $u fasten ebcr $u retten ; man furcfytct bap fie 
md)t fcf)r ftar! ift. SDBarum furd)ten ^ie icne Scute ? 3d) furd)tc fie ntc^t, 
abet id) rcunfdjc allctn su gefyen. 

££er tuft mid) ? <gg ift ein £crr bo, ber mtt Sfynen $u fprccben rounfebt. 
3d) rounfebe S()ren £crren SBruber $u fprccben ; rootlen ©te tie ©utc baben 
ifyn 3U rufen ? SOUt mclcm SSergnttgcn ; gcf)cn @te in bag 93otbcr$tmmcr, 
roenn eg Sfeen gefdllig ift. 9talid) ricfen (Sic mcinen better; wag fatten 
<5ic tfjm $u fagen ? 3d) rief tfjn, urn ifjm cine fran$6fifd)c 3eitung $u jci« 
gen. (Sie fjaben mid) gerufen, mcin £crr; roag ift 3bncn gcfallig? 3ft 
eg geroip, bap 3br £)ljctm taufenb Skater scrtorcn b a t ? id) fann eg faum 
glaubcn. (5*s gtebt gcroiffe Dingc, mein £crr, r>on bencn man nid)t gem 
fprtd)t. 2Bie gefdllt eg 3bucn t)ier? (§g gefdllt mir Fjtct fefyr gut, unb eg 
t()ut mir febr Sctb, bap id) bicfe (Stabt fo balb r-crlaffen mup. SQBie geftel eg 
3brem 23rubcr in spang ? (£g bat ifjm bcrt febr gut gefallen, unb eg gefdllt 
cittern 3cben in $)artg, menu cr ®clb bat. 2Bie gefdllt 3f)tcm SSatcr ber 
neue SBagcn, ben cr t>on Scnbcn erfyaltcn fyat ? (5r gefdllt tfym, nur cr ift 
nid)t mit ber garbe ^ufrieben ; fte ift $u F>eXX. SKte fjat 3(mcn bag geftrige 
(Scn^crt gefallen ? (£g bat mir nid)t fefyr gefallen ; bic Sfluftf roar $u laut 
fur ben fletncn (Baal £Bas ift 3*)ncn gefdllig, mcin #rduletn ? 3d) reams 
febe 3f)re (Scfyrocfter $u fprccften ; ift fte $u £aufe ? 3a, mcin grdulein ; id) 
will fte rufen ; fyaben Sie bie ©ute in $>a$ Simmer $u gefyen. SBte gefdllt 
Sbncn 3br ncucr 9?ocf ? (Sr gefdllt mir md)t fchr ; er ift ein menig ^u f ur^ 
SSclten <Sic .3Banfncten ober baare^ ©elb in Bablung ncljmcn ? ©an^ roie 
e^ Sbncn gefdllig ift. (Sic n)unfd)en 3^ ©elb ^u Fjabcn ; rocllcn (Sic ges 
fdlligft herein! emmen ? 2Bir fennen nid)t immer tljun wag un* gefdllt; 
man mup aud^ 2Cnbcren gefallen. SBollen ©ic mir eincn ©efallcn tbun ? 
sJKtt t-ictem SSergnugen; roag rounfd)cn 8te? £flcine ^inber, fjabt 3^r 
cuere 2Crbeit beenbigt ? SGSir f)aben fte beenbigt. (Sinb bicfeg mcine gebern 
cber bie cucrigen ? (56 ftnb bie 3f)ngcn. Screen <Sie mir 3^e geber, 
wenn eg 3bncn gcfallig ift. ©cben (Sie mir gefdlligft tai 25ud), roekfyeg 
auf bem Stfcl)e licgt. ©be id) bicfe* 2anb t-crlaffe rocrbe id) (Sie ncd) cinmal 
befucben. 9?ad)bem cr bicfe SBcrte gefagt Ijatte, ging er roeg, uub id) (jabe 
ibn ntcbt nnebcrgefefyen* (Scbalb roie ber ^Bebicntc gurfieffentntt, mup cr 
btefen S3rtef auf btc ^)eft tragen. Scbegmal roenn ^crr 23raun in bie S'tabt 
femrnt, befucbt cr mid). & ift ein gropcr Jrcunb t>on ^inbern, unb eg 
mad)t ifym met SSergnugen mit if)nen $u fpiclcn. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 275 

This boy always becomes sick when he eats cakes. .We grow 
old without knowing it. Our neighbor, the English merchant, be- 
comes rich without working much. You must now get up earlier, 
for the days are growing longer. That poor man has sore eyes; I 
fear he wiJl become blind. It grows (becomes) dark* we must 
light a candle. Mrs. Klein became pale, when she heard that her 
brother had lost his ship. It became late before we arrived at the 
city. My uncle fell sick after his return from London ; but now he 
has completely recovered. Do you know that Mr. Brown has be- 
come a clergyman ? I know that he is a scholar, but I did not 
know that he had become a clergyman. What has become of our 
old French teacher ? I do not know wdiat has become of him : I 
heard, last month, that he had gone to Baltimore. What has be- 
come of the student who was living at your house last winter] He 
has taken the degree of doctor, and he is travelling now in Europe. 
Have you read to-day's newspaper? your relation, Mr. White, has 
become a lawyer. What has become of my book w^hich I lent you 
three months ago ? you have probably lost it. No, my dear friend, 
your book is lying in the draw r er of my bureau, and it has not be- 
come worse than it w ? as. What will become of this young man? 
he has no mind to learn anything ; but he is rich, and he has to live. 
That is just his misfortune ; it makes him think that he has no 
need to study ; but he may lose his money, and then what will be- 
come of him ? What has become of the German family with which 
you w T ere travelling last spring ? This family has become very un- 
happy, for the father has gone to California, and has now written 
that he has fallen sick and is not able to work; he will soon return, 
but certainly poorer than before he departed. To be sure, when 
he cannot work in a country where the living is so dear, he 
will come back a poor man. My father lately spoke w T ith Mrs. 
Green ; she fears that her son has fallen sick, for he has not written 
these four weeks. You fear that you will not be able to do your 
task : but with a good will we can sometimes do more than we be- 
lieve. You cannot pay Mr. Klein ; but do not fear him, for he is a 
good-hearted man, and very kind towards everybody. Whom do 
you call 1 I call my servant ; he shall go to the post in order to 
get (fetch) my letters. Thou callest me ; but I am certain thou 
hast nothing to tell me. Mr. Srrifth called me when I was going to 
the store ; he told me that he had lately received some cheeses 
from Switzerland, and he wished me to taste them. My uncle did 
not call you, but me; he wished to speak with me alone. I beg 



276 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

your pardon ; I have not called you ; I called my brother who is 
up-stairs. You are always alone; why do you not go into company 
sometimes'? I like to be alone when I study; towards evening, I 
generally go to my cousin, in order to take a walk with him. I called 
you yesterday in Broad street, but you would not hear me ; you 
feared, perhaps, that I wished to ask you for something. When I was 
lately walking in Market street. I met Miss Caroline, who was 
carrying very beautiful flowers ; she called me and gave me some 
of them for my sister : you know how kind she always is to my 
sister. What have you against Mr. Brown ? you do not like to 
speak to him ; he is an honest man, and will pay all he owes. It 
is certain that he is an honest man ; but I do not like to meet with 
him, for he always talks too much of his dogs and horses, and of 
other things which I do not like to listen to. 

The poor man is sometimes happier than the rich man, for he has 
no misfortune to fear. Give some money to the blind man who is 
standing at the corner of the street. Who is the most unfortunate — 
a blind man or a lame one % To be sure, a blind man, who is not 
able to see anything around him, is more unhappy than a lame man. 
Be always kind towards the poor, for you do not know how long 
you will be rich. My servant has a very good heart ; though he' 
has but little money, he always gives some to the poor. Mr. Klein 
is a German, but he speaks English very well. To be sure, he 
must know it, for he has lived here these twelve years. Napoleon 
said : He who is not for me, is against me. Place the picture against 
the wall, and call my sister; I will show it to her. He was obliged 
to do it against his will. As soon as he had finished his note, he 
called me in order to carry it to our aunt. Though Mrs. Short is a 
very rich lady, she never gives anything to the poor. To-morrow 
we shall go into the country, if the weather is fine. Lately I saw 
a lame man, who walked faster than any. other person. Before you 
depart, you must come to see me once more ; come to-morrow, to- 
wards evening, and we shall be quite alone. What o'clock is it? 
It is a quarter to two. Then I must go home, for we dine at a 
quarter past two. How does this book please you? It does not 
please me very much, for it is not written in the best language. 
Does the music of the new opera please your sister? The music 
pleases her very much, but she does not like to go to the theatre; 
she only goes to the concert. I have bought a new English hat ; I 
think it will please you. My uncle likes to buy everything that 
pleases him. Does the coat, which the French tailor has made for 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 277 

your brother, suit him ? It does not suit him, and he has given it 
back. Why does it not suit him ? My brother is not pleased with 
the color ; it. is too light : he likes only dark colors. Was the nephew- 
pleased with the horse which his father had bought him ? It has not 
suited him, for it was blind in one eye, and he has sold it without 
saying a word to his father. It pleases me better to live in the 
country than in the city ; for I like to walk, and to ride on horseback 
when it suits me. That you can do also in the city; you may 
walk and ride in the city as well as in the country, just as you please ; 
but I think you love the country in order to be alone, for I know 
you do not like to see company. Does it suit your cousin to go with 
us to the ball ? I am sure it will please him very much to go to 
the ball in your company. Is your mother pleased with her maid- 
servant ? She is not very well pleased with her, but it is very diffi- 
cult to find a girl who completely suits us. How is your German 
friend pleased here? He is pleased here very much, for he has 
found many friends in a short time. What is your pleasure] I 
wish to speak to your father ; is he at home ? No, sir ; he has gone 
out, but he is at home in the afternoon. Then tell him, if you 
please, that I shall be here at five o'clock. We will take a drive 
this afternoon, if you please. What is your pleasure, sir? Have 
the kindness to tell your brother that I wish to speak to him; he 
will find me at home at half past seven, if it pleases him to come 
to see me. Walk in, if you please, and wait a moment ; my bro- 
ther will be here very soon. We cannot always have what we 
wish, and not always do what pleases us. Will you shut the door, 
if you please ? Does it suit you to sell to me on credit ? Most wil- 
lingly. Will you do me a favor? With much pleasure, if I can. 
Shall I go to the concert, or shall I stay at home? Do just as you 
please, for you know better what you have to do than I. Please 
give me the book which is lying on the table. My dear children, 
ye have not learnt your lesson well ; ye must repeat it, or ye shall 
not have permission to go into the garden. When ye write well, 
I will give ye pretty books. Your (ye) parents will love ye when 
ye are assiduous and good. Why do ye take these pens ? they are 
not yours (ye) ; they belong to that boy. Ye must not write the 
exercises on a piece of paper; ye must write them in your (ye) 
books. I am not pleased with your (ye) writing; if it does not suit 
you to write them in the evening, do it in the morning. We must 
study to please everybody. That is very difficult, sir; for what 
pleases you, vyll not always suit another. 
24 



278 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



Fourth Section. — SSierter 2Cbfd)'nitt* 

SIXTY-FIFTH LESSON. — $Uttf Wlb fcdj)§Jtgfte 
Section* 

REFLECTIVE VERBS. 

Verbs expressing an action, the subject and object of which 
are identical, are called reflective. Most of the transitive verbs 
are, therefore, capable of being made reflective, and then they 
generally require the reflective pronoun to be put in the accusa- 
tive ; only a few being put in the dative. 

The accusative of the reflective pronouns is — 
myself, mid); th} T self, tkh*^ himself, herself, itself, fid)} 
ourselves, un 6 ; yeselves, eud) 5 yourselves, fid) ; themselves, ft d). 
I teach myself, id) lel)re mid)* 

thou wastiest thyself, bit tt)dfd)efr t>id). 



he loves himself, 
she loves herself, 
we lay ourselves, 
ye answer yeselves, 
you cut yourself, 
they burn themselves, 



er liebt fid). 

fie liebt fid), 

rcir legen un§. 

\\)v beantrcortet eud). 

<gte fd)netfcen fid). 

fie Derbrennen fid). 



In German, there is a particular reflective pronoun, f i d), for 
the third person singular and plural. This pronoun, fid> is also 
placed before the infinitive, to indicate a reflective verb ; as — 
to wash one's self, fid) roafctyen; 

to love one's self, fid) lieben. 

The past tenses of reflective verbs are, without exception, 
formed with the auxiliary to have, I) a ben. 
He hasnot washed himself to-day. (5r fyat fid) fycutc ntd)t cjcrcafcftcn. 
Thou hast always loved thyself 3)tt fycift bid) tmmer £U ml gettebt* 

too much. [fcbnttten. 

I had cut myself with that knife. 3d) battc mid) nut btcfem Sfteffcr go* 

There are, in German, many reflective verbs which are not 
such in English; some of them have the reflective pronoun in 
the accusative, and require the person or thing in the genitive. 
(See Appendix.) 



to rejoice, to be rejoiced at, 
to enjoy, 

to shame, to be ashamed of, 
to remember,, to recollect, 



fid) freuen, ubet> or the genitive. 
fid) erfreuett> with the genitive. 
fid) fd)dmenj liber, or the gen. 
fid) ertnnern; ax\ f or the gen. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 279 

The genitive of the personal pronouns is — 
of my, memcrj of thee, betner; of him, fetner ; of her, ifyrer; 

of it, fetner; 
of us, unfer; of ye, euer; of you, S^rer; of them, ityrer. 

The earlier form of this genitive was mein; bein, fetn^ &c, 
which are now obsolete, and are found only in poetry. 

T . . ■ ,. , . (Set) fecue mtd) fiber fctrt (Sjlucf ; or, 

I rejoice at his happiness. j ^ ^ ^ ^ ^^ 

The preposition ti b e r is more frequently used than the genitive. 

At what was that man rejoiced ? SBorfiber freute fid) jener 93tonn ? 

He was rejoiced to see you. (Sr t)at pel) Qcfrcut, <3te $u fefeen. 

You enjoy very good health. (Sic evfreuen fid) ether fe§r cjuten ©e* 

funbrjett. 

Art thou ashamed of thy idleness? Sd)cunjt t)u bid) betner Sragfyctt, or 

fiber beine Srdgbett? 

I am ashamed of it. [of? 3d) febemie mtcr> barfiber. [ftern? 

What were your sisters ashamed SBorfikr fcbcimten fid) Sfyre @d)tucs 

They were ashamed not lo under- (Ste fd)dmten fid) nid)t beutfd) $u Der* 

stand German. jte()en. 

She is ashamed of her poor aunt. Ste fd)dmt fid) ir)rer armen Scmte. 

Be ashamed ! (£d)cunen <2te fid) ! 

Do you remember that man ? (Srmnern <Sie fid) jencs SORcmncS ? 

I remember him. 3d) ertnnere mid) fetner. 

Did he remember me? (Srtnnerte er fid) metner? 

He did remember you and your 6t erinnerte fid) Sfyrer unb tljrer 

sister. ©djrocftcr. 

Has the teacher recollected ye ? #at fid) ber Cefjrer euer ertnnert? 

He did remember us. (Sr fyat fid) unfer ertnnert* 

What dost thou remember? £Boran ertnnerft bu bid)? 

I remember the last spring. 3d) ertnnere mid) be* (e|ten Srufys 

Una/>, or an ben (egten grafting. 

It is preferable to use the preposition a n when to remember 
relates to a thing. 

Did your uncle recollect his (grtnnerte fid) 3fyr £)fjctm cm fein 

p ro m i se 1 2S erfpred) en ? 

He did remember it. (5r erinnerte fid) bctran. 

To find one's self, fid) 6efinben* (conj. like ftnben); to be afraid 

of, fid) furd)ten t>or; the toe, ber 3^)> the childhood, bk i?inb* 

tyit) the health, bie ©efunbfyeit; the idleness, bie Srat^eit; idle, 

lazy, trdge; agreeable, pleasant, angenefym; disagreeable, nutans 

flenefym; slippery, §\M f fct)lupfrig ; at last, enbtitf); tolerably 

(rather, pretty), jiemlid); continually (always), jretS; the leg, 

la$ 23ein; the joy (enjoyment), bie $reube* 



280 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



How do you do ? 
I am very well. 

How is your father? 

He is tolerably well. 
How is your family'? 
We are all pretty well : only my 

sister has a toothache. 
How is your lady (your spouse)? 
How are you? 



&Bte beftnben (Sic ftc£> 1 [fefyr rooty, 
3d) beftnbe mid) febt rooty, or 3d) bin 
SGSic beftnbet fid) Sftr $ater % 

or, very politely, 
S&te befinbet fid) Stjr .g)crr SSatcr? 
(Sr befinbet fid) (er tft) jtemltd) rooty. 
2Bie befinbet fid) Sbvc Jamtlte ? 
2Btt fint) 2ttle ^temlid) rooty, nur met* 

nc ©d)tt>cftcr Ijat 3af)nfd)mer$en. 
SQStck'ftnbctftdbS&tcSrau^t'matytnn? 
2Bte gety e$ S&ncn ? or, SGBte gety'6 ? 



2Bie Beftnben <2ie ftct> ? is a less familiar expression than 2Bie 
gcljt e$ 3t)nen? or, 3Bie get)t'S? and, in German, 3Bie ftnb €ie? 
is improper; though %i) bin roofyl, for 3^ fcefinbe mid) wotyl, is 
proper by way of reply. 



How were you when you were in 
the country 1 



££te befanben <§k fid), aU Sie auf 
t)cm £anbe roaren ? 
. 3d) r)abc mid) roatyrenb beS ganjen 
I have been very well during the J <Sommer$ fcbr rooty befunben ; or, 



whole summer. 



1 3d) bin roafyrenb bes gan^en ©cms 
^ met* fcr)r rooty geroefem 



During (while, or whilst), rodfyrenb ; a preposition, wliich go- 
verns the genitive. 



During this time, 
During the winter, 

He was a true friend to me during 

his whole life. 
The little boy is afraid of that dog. 

Of whom are you afraid ? 
I am afraid of my enemies. 
I was never afraid of my enemies, 
but sometimes of my friends. 

Are you afraid to go out in this 

weather ] 
I am afraid, for I have to walk 

rather far, and the weather is 

very disagreeable. 
I have pleased myself very much 

in that agreeable society. 
Yesterday was a very pleasant 

day. 
My uncle has at last found a 

horse which pleases him. 
It has frozen last night ; it is 

slippery. 



rtmfyrenb biefer Sett, 
rcdfyrenb be$ 2Btnter$* 

(Sr roar mir etn roafyrer $r cunb wafts 

renb fetne£ gan$en 2ebenS. 
£)er Heine itnabe furdtyet fid) for [a 

ncm £unbe« 
SSor roem furdtyen @te fid)? 
Scb furcbte mid) for metnen Jetnbem. 
3d) r)aOc mid) memalS for metnen 

•Jetnben, aber id) fyabc mid) mand)' 

mat for metnen greunben gefurcfytet. 
#urd)ten @ic fid) in btefem ^Better 

au^ucjeften ? 
3cb furctye mid), benn td) r)abe $tems 

(id) roett gu gefyen, unb ba£ ^Better 

tft fer)t unangenebm. 
3d) babe mid) in jener angenetynen 

©efetlfcbaft febr gefatten. 
©eftern roar etn ferjt angenefymer Sag. 

SMctn £)r)etm fiat enb(id) etn $)ferb 
gefunben, roetcbes ttyn gefatlr. 

(5* bat (cgte 9tel)t gefroren ; cs ijl 
gfatt, 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



281 



It is not pleasant to go out, for it 
has rained and is very slippery. 

My brother has burnt his hand. 

I have burnt my coat. 
Thou hast wounded thy leg. 
1 have cut my toe. 
He has cut his nails. 
That butcher has cut off one of 
his fingers. 



(£'6 ift ntcftt angenefem cm^ugcfeen, 

benn cS feat geregnet, unb es ift 

fei)t fdbtfipfvtg* 
sftlcin 23rut)cr feat fid) btc £anb t>er* 

fcrennt. 
3d) feabc mtt ben $Hcdf Dcrfcrennt. 
£)u feaft bir ta§ 23etn ttenpunbef. 
3'cfe feabc mid) in ben 3efe gefefenttten, 
(St feat fid) bie 9?age( befebnitten* 
3enct gleifefeet fecit fid) etnen ginger 

abgefefenttten. 



In such sentences as the preceding, when a person is affected, 
the reflective pronoun, with the definite article before the object, 
is employed, in German, instead of a possessive pronoun. 

To cut (to trim), 6eftf)neiben;* to cut off, aufefyneiben;* to 
wound, tterrtwnbert; the wound, bie SBunbe} the question, bit 
$rage; the reason, the cause, bk tlrfacfye; therefore (for this 
reason), beefea(6; the wind, ber 2Binb; to bite, &ei£en,* imperf. 
I bit, id) b\f>, perf. I have bitten, icfy l;a&e ge&iffen; whether, o&; 
to go on foot, ju $u§e flefeeru 

Whether, o&, a conjunction, followed by an inversion, is used 
only in indirect questions, or before sentences which denote doubt 
or possibility, and is sometimes expressed, in English, by if 



That is the reason. 

Therefore I tell it to you. 

The question is, whether he will 
come or not? 

I do not know if he will remem- 
ber me. 

He did ask me if I would do it. 

My father is sick * that is the 
reason why he has not gone 
out to-day. 

I have too much to do to-day, 
therefore I cannot take an 
airing. 



£>aS ift bie tttfacfee, 

£)esfea(b fage id) eS Sfenen* 

(5$ ift bie grcige, 06 er fommen wlxb 

cber nicfet. 
3d) rocip nicfet, ot> er fid) meiner erins 

nern nurb. 
(Sr fragte mid), ct> id) eg tfeun rooltte. 
Sflein 58otrt iji txanf, bat ift bie Ur* 

facfee roarum er feeute nicfet au*ges 

gangen ift* 
3d) feabe feeute ^u met gu tfeun, be^ 

featb fann id) nicfet fpa^ieren faferen, 

or fpqieren reitetn 



©pajieren faferen, fpajieren ret ten f and fpajieren 
§ e t) e n (see Lesson 53), mean, in German, to drive, to ride, to 
walk — for pleasure. 

To take care, to beware, ftcfy in %djt nel;men (to be cautious 
or careful). 

Take care ! 
24* 



9?efemen @ie ficfe in 2Ccfet ! 



282 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

Take care not to break the glasses. £Rcf)men (Sic fid) in 2td)t, ntct)t t>te 

©Idfcr 3U gcrbrccfecn, or bop Ste 
ntd)t t>tc ©lafer $erbrcd)en* 

Beware of that dog; it will bite £ftef)mcn Sic fid) t»et jenem £uube in 
you. 2(d)t; cr rcirb (Sic betpen. 

3d) tun $u grcp ; id) Conn mid) nid)t in bicfem Heinen (Spiegel fer)cn. 
£)u lictfi bid) $u Diet ; bu broud)ft ntdjt fo oft in ben (Spiegel $u fcf>cn» (£t 
fann fid) otic btefc grogen tcid)t bcontmortem SBir ftefyen jcben Bergen urn 
baib fcd)d Ur)r ouf, ober mtr n>ofcf)cn und nid)t fogteid). StfcFjmen Sic nid)t 
Cicfed sjEeffer, ed ift $erbrod)en ; id) ffircfyte Sic rcerben fid) fcfyneibcm 3d) 
freuc mid) Sic ix>ot)( $u febem (5r freuct fict) fiber bod (SHucf feincd greunbed. 
£ftetne (Sttcrn crfrcuen fid) etner guten ©efunbfyctt. ££oriiber frcuft bu bid) 
fo fefyr? 3d) freuc mid) fiber ben ncucn Sloe!, ben mein SSoter mir fjat mos 
d)cn to|fen. Sd)dmen Sic fid) nid)t fo fp6t oufeuftefyen ? 3d) fcfeame mid) 
beffen nid)t, benn id) orbcite ieben 2Cbcnb bid fjotb ctf, unb id) gefye besf)o(6 
fpdt $u SSctte. £)iefe jitnber fd)dmen fid) ir)rcr Srdgbett, Sic fct)dmcn fid) 
barfibcr. 3d) f)obe mid) nid)t gefd)dmt biefc 2(rbett $u tfyun, benn mon mup 
fid) Cetner Arbeit fcfyomen. 3d) crtnnere mid) nid)t mcfyr 3fyred SSerrconbten, 
ber oor brei 3of)rcn nod) ^porid rctf'te. 2£ir freutcn uns, bop fie fid) nod) 
tfyred $erfpred)cnd ertnnerte* 3d) fyobe mid) ftctd mcined $crfpred)cnd cr? 
tnnert, unb ed tr)ut mir 2cib, bop id) ed bid (c|t nid)t gotten fonnte. £Btr 
roerben und ftetd ber ongenefjmen goge crinncrn, otd tx>ir in 3fyrer ©cfeflfdjoft 
nod) (Suropo reif'tem (Srinnern (Sic fid) meincr, menn id) nid)t mcfyr fyier 
fein nxrbe. (Srinnert fid) 3*)r 33ruber nod) unfered otten £ef)rerd ? (?r er; 
innert fid) fciner oft- &Ber erinnert fid) nid)t mit #reube on feme $inbr)cir, 
on grcuben bie mir nid)t mefyr fennen, menn mir otter rocrben. SBte beftn* 
ben Sic fid) ? 3d) bin fefjr rcofyt. SBte bepnbet fid) 3*)re £rou ©emofyinn? 
(Sic ift nun $iemttd) mofyt ; fie rotrb fjeute $um erftenmot mit eincr greunbinn 
fpo^icrcn fof)rcn, £Sie bepnbet fid) 3f)r £err SSotcr? (Sr ift fyeutc $iemttd) 
mob(, ober id) nxip nicftt ob cr oudgefjen nnrb, benn er fyot jretd Sd)mcr$en 
in bem red)ten #upc, ©uten 9}^orgcn ; rr>te gct)t cd 3f)nen ? (5$ gef)t mir 
fo ^iemtid) ; unb mod mod)en (Sic? 3d) bin fet)r rno^, ober mein better ift 
fran! ; cr ^ot fid) mit einem <Stucf ®(od in bie £onb gefc^nitten, unb cr bot 
fict) fo ttemmnbet, bop id) furd)tc man mirb it)m cinen finger obfcf)neiben 
miiffen- 3d) furd)tc mid) fjeute ou^uge^en, benn ed t)ot gefd)neit, unb cd 
ift fefyr gtott ouf ber Stro(}e» 9?c()mcn Sic fid) in 2fd)t, menn Sic in t>cn 
©orten gefyen ; cd f)ot geregnct, unb ed ift fcr)r febtupfrtg in ben ©dngen. 
9DZeine Heine Sd)mefter furd)tct fid) t-or 3f)rcm gropen ^unbe ; morum t)Oi 
ben Sic ir)n mitgebrocbt ? 9)Mn ^unb ift fetjr gut ; er beipt S^iemanb. 
SBie fyoben Sic fict) mof)renb bed tegten SSinterd befunben ? 3d) befonb 
mic^ nic^t fctjr rootjt/ bedtjotb bin ic^ nur menig oudgegongen, benn ic^ furc^^ 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR, 283 

tctc ten fatten SOBtnt. Stfcfymcn ©tc ftd> ror tern fd)tt>ar$en g^fcrbe in 2Cd)t; 
cS bip geftern meinen Stfcffcn, a(*> cr fpa$tcr<'n reitcn mettte. (S$ fyat if>n in 
tag 25cm gcbiffen, aber tic 2£untc ift nid)t fcfyr bofe. SBarum fragten @ie 
£erren 23raun nid)t, eb e$ rcafyr iff, tap fein SBruter feine gfamttie t>et(affen 
F>at ? 3d) ffirdjtctc mid) ifjm tiefe gragc ^u macfyen, tenn id) nxtp rote fcfjr 
er fcinen SBruter liebr. £aft tu enttid) tcine Arbeit becnttgt 1 tu ftgeft nun 
fd)cn roabrcnt trei (Stuntcn an tern &tfd)c, unt tu fyatteft nur cine ©cite 
$u fcfyretben. (Sntlid) fommen ^ic; id) fyabe $roet (Stuntcn auf (Sic ges 
roartet. £)aS ^Better ift fjeute ffar, abcr ter SDBtnt)" ijl fcfjr unangenermi; 
rotr roerten nid)t fpa^ietcn fasten, 3fyre £aare ftnt $u tang ; Sic muffen 
fie bc|d)nctten taffen. 3d) laflfc meinc £aare niemals im SBintcr befdwcU 
ten, id) furd)tc mid) ttcr jtepffefymcrsen ; tag ift tic itrfacfye roarum id) 
mcinc £aare }c£t befd)neitcn taffe. Itnferc Heine 9ttd)te rootite mtt" ter 
gropen (Severe ta$ papier befdjneiten, unt fie fd>nttt fid) in ten finger. 
3fyr roertct fo lange mit tern £td)te fptetcn, btS xfyr cud) tic ginger wrbrcnnt 
fyabt. £Ba$ ift tie itrfacfye tap (Ste fjeute $u £aufe bteiben ? 3d) roottte 
nur geftern 2Cbent mcinc 9?agc( befefenciten, unt id) fyafcc mid) in ten grepm 
3ef) gcfd)nittcn. SBir fennen eft nid)t tie Urfacfte unferei ItnglficfS, aber cs 
ift gcroofmticl) unfer cigener gefyler, roenn rotr nid)t fo gtucf(id) ftnt, rote rotr 
eS rounfefyen. 



I wash myself every morning as soon as I get up. Canst thou 
see thyself in this small looking-glass? Yes; it is large enough 
for me. He struck himself ; as he was beating the dog. We some- 
times love ourselves too much. You may answer this question 
yourself. The children are playing with the knives ) I fear they 
will cut themselves. I am rejoiced to see you again ; you have not 
been here for a long while. I have been sick and was not able to 
go out, but now I have recovered. At what art thou rejoiced ? thou 
lookest very cheerful. I am rejoiced to have finished this difficult 
lesson ) now I know it almost by heart, and I shall make no more 
mistakes in it. The little boy is pleased with the pictures which are 
hanging in our back parlor. We rejoice sometimes at things which 
we should fear. You are rejoiced to have at last found a horse 
which pleases you ; but I fear it is not strong enough for your heavy 
carriage. Our relations in Boston will be rejoiced to see you. I 
was at Mrs. Wood's yesterday, and I was much rejoiced to meet 
there one of her relations, who played the piano most beautifully. 
Do not rejoice too much ; it is not yet certain whether we shall take 
a drive this afternoon. I am not ashamed of my friends, although 
they are poor. My sister speaks German tolerably well, but she 



284 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

is always ashamed to speak it to a stranger. Art thou not ashamed 
of thy dirty shoes? why didst thou not clean them this morning? 
I would have done it, but I was afraid of a big dog which was in 
the yard ; I feared it would bite me. We are not ashamed to take 
a walk on foot, for we find it healthier to go on foot than to go in a 
carnage. Be ashamed ! how can you rejoice at other people's mis- 
fortunes? Be never ashamed of your work, if it is good; but be 
ashamed of your idleness. We expected you last night ; why did 
you not come ? My tailor did not bring me the new black coat, and 
I was ashamed to put on my old one, for I knew you had company. 
I am very sorry that is the reason, for w 7 e like to see you, not your 
new coat. Do you recollect what you have promised me ? I re- 
member it well, but I could not find the book in any book-store; 
that is the reason why I have not sent it to you, but I expect it to- 
morrow from New York. I remember still the happy days when 
I was living in your house. Dost thou remember the gentleman 
who was living opposite to our house last summer, when we were 
at New village ] I recollect him well, for he liked to play with 
your children; have you seen him since ? Yes; I met him yester- 
day with Mr. Klein in Charles street ; he is a relation of Mr. Klein, 
and a clergyman, from Brownstown. With joy I remember our 
journey during the last summer, and the pleasure which your com- 
pany gave me. Remember me when 1' shall be here no more, and 
write to me as often as you can. We shall remember you, and 
never forget your agreeable company, which has given us so much 
pleasure during this winter. You have no reason to be ashamed, 
for you know how to answer every question. We remember always 
with pleasure the enjoyments of our childhood ; the happiest days 
of our life. 

Good morning, sir; how do you do? I thank you, T am very 
w^ell : how is your lady, to-day? She is a little better, but she has 
still a violent headache. Good evening, madam ; how do you do ? 
I thank you. sir; I am pretty well : and how is your .family ? My 
mother is not w r ell ; she has a sore throat, and our physician will 
not allow her to get up. I am very sorry; I shall come to see her, 
to-morrow. How are you this morning, Charles? have you slept 
well ? Not very well, for it was rather late when I went to bed. I 
have not seen you these two weeks; what have you done during 
this time? I have not been in the city. My mother is afraid to go 
out, for it has frozen last night and it is very slippery in the streets. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 285 

Be not afraid of that dog; it will not bite you, for it has never bitten 
any body. Of what are you afraid? I am afraid of falling, for 
your steps (stairs) are very slippery. Get up ; George; be not so 
lazy ; it has already struck seven, and you have slept long enough. 
What is the reason you have come so late ? I have waited for you 
an hour and a half. My nephew fell in the yard and wounded his 
head; he was obliged to go to bed, and I went for the physician ; 
that is the reason why I came so late. Idleness is the cause of 
much misfortune; therefore we must work as much as we can, and 
try to find our pleasure in it. You will go to see the arrival of the 
new French ship; but it is a question whether she will arrive to-day, 
for we had a very heavy vrind last night. They tell me that Mr. 
Smith is angry with me ; but I have never been afraid to meet with 
him, for I know that I have done him no wrong. I do not know 
if you will be able to read my brother's note ; for he has cut his 
right hand. Our uncle has promised us to come to the city to-day; 
but the weather is very disagreeable, and it is therefore a question 
whether he will be here or not. Ask no questions, but do what I 
tell you; for it is all for your best. I w T ill do all that pleases you, 
and you shall have no reason to be dissatisfied with me. Of whom 
are you afraid ? I think you have no enemies. You think so, but 
every one has his enemies, although we sometimes do not know 
them. Has anybody beaten your poor dog? he has a very bad 
wound on his neck. Nobody has beaten it, but our neighbour's dog 
has bitten it while we were at school. Have you at last found a 
servant-girl who suits you ? We have found a good and honest on*?, 
but she is very lazy ; she never gets up before seven o'clock. If 
we shall have a pleasant day to-morrow, we will take a drive to 
New village and pay a visit to my friend Green, whom I have known 
since his childhood, and who has been a true friend to me during 
twenty years; therefore, my dear children, we must get up early. 

Has George at last given back the French dictionary to you ? he 
has kept it, I think, more than one year. Not yet ; when I met him 
in Charles Square and asked him for the book, he did not remember 
it ; but when I told him it was a French dictionary which he had 
borrowed of me a long time ago, then he recollected it, and he 
promised me to bring it back the next day; but he has not kept his 
word. Good morning, miss; how do you do? my sister sends me 
to inquire after your health ; she heard, yesterday, that you were 
not well and could not go out. I thank you, sir : your sister is very 



286 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

kind to think of me; I was indeed not very well yesterday, but our 
physician gave me some medicine, after which I slept very well, 
and now you find me better. Yon look very strange ; you have got 
your hair cut, but I think they have cut it too short. Mamma, have 
the kindness to give me a pair of scissors; I wish to cut my nails. 
Here, my dear child, is a pair of scissors, but take care not to cut 
thy fingers. I have not seen your nephew in your store to-day; 
what is the matter with him 1 When he was cutting his nails last 
evening, he cut his finger; I fear he will not be able to go out during 
this week. How is your grandmother % She is very well ; although 
she is seventy years old, she always enjoys very good health. Our 
cook was very unfortunate yesterday : when he was cutting some 
meat for dinner, he cut off a piece of his little finger. Do not go 
too near the chimney; I am afraid you will burn your hands at the 
iron. Take care not to burn your coat; you are standing too near 
the fire. I think you are playing with a bad dog ; it will bite you, 
if you do not take care. I am afraid to go out this morning; it has 
rained and frozen last night, and the streets are very slippery : I 
have seen several persons fall. I have heard of a man who broke 
his leg yesterday, and the physicians fear that they will be obliged 
to cut it off. The wind is very disagreeable this morning, it makes 
the air very dry; therefore do not go out so early, for you are not 
in very good health. I have not seen Mr. White, your relation, 
for a long time; what has become of him? He went to Boston 
six months ago, and I do not know what is the reason he has never 
written to me ; perhaps he has gone to Europe. I have seen you 
in company with very cheerful young men, but remember the words 
which your father told you when you departed : Beware always of 
bad company. You light the fire ; why do you not call the servant ? 
he understands it better than you. Our servant is very lazy ; I sent 
him to the post this morning and he has not yet come back ; that is 
the reason why I am obliged to light the fire, for it is very cold in 
this back room. Ask no further questions ; I cannot answer them 
before I have asked my cousin whether I shall tell you the whole 
affair. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



287 



SIXTY-SIXTH LESSON. — <Sed)§ ttnh fcftftgfftfl t 
Section* 

There are, in German, two adverbs which are irregular in the 
formation of the comparative and superlative (see Lesson 36) : — 

soon, fcatb; sooner, efyet; soonest, efyefl> am efjefren; 
willingly, getn ; more willingly, debet; most willingly, debjl> am 
liebjleru (See Lesson 49.) 

To like better, defcer mogeiu 

I like to read better than to write. 3d) mag tkkt (efen ate fcbretbem 
He likes playing better than (St mag debet fpteten ate atbetten. 

working. 
We did like to see her better 

than her brother. 
My uncle likes bread better than 

meat. 
He likes beer better than wine. 



SStr megten fie Uekr ate tf>rcn SSm? 

t)cr fe'ben. 
9J?ctn £)f)etm mag debet 23teb ate 

gtctfdi effcm 
(St mag licbcr 33tcr ate SQBctn tttnta 



The verb meg en may be omitted, and then the preceding 
sentences will be formed as follows (see Lesson 52) : — 

3'd) tefe debet ate baj} id) fcbtetbc. 
(St fpictt debet ate tap er atbeiteu 

S£tr far)cn fie debet ate tfyten 23 tu* 

bet. 
#)?etn £>f)etm ipt debet SSteb ate 

S(etfd). 
(?t tttnft debet JBtcr ate SBctm 
(St tttnft feincS t>on betben genu 
^at( unb ©ecrg maren in meinem 

Stmmet ; etnet son betben rjat ba» 

©(as ^etbrcdn'm 
Reiner ten bc'ben bat e$ getban, fens 

betn bet Sebiente bat C6 ^tbtoefaeiu 
3d) fpred)e am debften nut Sbrem 

&satet. [beftem 

SBit deben ben jtmgeten SSruber am 
3d) fyabe ifyn efyet ate &u gejeberu 



I like to read better than to write. 
He likes playing better than 

working. 
We did like to see her better 

than her brother. 
My uncle likes bread better than 

meat. 
He likes beer better than wine. 
He likes neither. 
Charles and George have been in 

my room : one of the two has 

broken the glass. 
Neither has done it, but the ser- 
vant has broken it. 
I like to speak the best with your 

father. 
I like the younger brother the best. 
I have seen him sooner than you. 



The — the } 3> e — b e fr Of always precede two comparatives in 
such sentences as the following : — 



The more you study, the more 
you learn. 

The more you write to-day, the 
less you have to work to- 
morrow. 

The sooner the better. 



3e mebt @ic ftubtten, bejlo mcfjt 
tetnen &e. 

3>e mebt Ste fyeutc febtetben, bejxo 
nxniget fyaben @te mctgen ju at: 
bettem [bejjer. 

3c efjet befto debet; or ? 3e ebet befto 



288 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

The sooner you come, the longer 3>e efyer (Sic Femmen, befto mer)v Un* 
we can talk. nen rott fprecben. 

The waistcoat, tie 2Befre; the news, tie *fteuicjfeit, />/. tie !Keu* 

it^feiten; amiable, Itebenerntirbig; to surprise, uberrafcfyen (insep. 

verh)^ to wonder, at, fid) retmbern/ liber; not at all, ganj unt) 

$ar ri\d)t. 

You do not surprise me at all. (Sieuberrafcbenmtd)Cjan$unb garment 

I did surprise him in his bed. 3d) fibetrafebte ibn tm 23ette. 

She has surprised me with her (Sic fyat mid) nut tfyren : gortfd)tittcn 

progress. fiberrafd)t. 

I wonder whether he will come. 3d) rcunbrc mid) eb er femmen roirb* 

He did wonder at what I had (St rcunbertc fid) fiber bas, nxiS id) 

written. cjefd)ricbcn batte. 

We wonder at it. £8ir rcunbern un5 barfiber. 

I wonder why you come so late. 3d) rcunbre mid) roarum (Sic fo fpdt 

fommeru 

To be surprised, to be taken by surprise, at, uberrafcfyt fein> tiber. 

To be surprised is often expressed, in German, by fid) it) u i^ 
bern; but iiberrafd)t feitt is also used in the same signifi- 
cation, although it conveys more properly the idea of to be 
taken by surprise. 

At what are you surprised ? SBerfibet rounbern <&\e ftd) 1 

T am surprised at this ouestion J 3cb rmmbrc mid) fiber biefe ffroge ; or, 
1 am surprised at tftis question. | ^ bin fito ^ ^^ j bcrrfl ^ t 

We were surprised not to find ^trn;unbertenun£,@teqeftern2(benb 
you at home last night. nict)t ^u £aufc $u ftnb'em 

I see you are surprised at my 3d) fer)e (Sic fmb fiber meinen $Jlntf) 
courage. fibcrrafdbt. [rafrfjt. 

You are surprised at these news. @ie (inb fiber biefe 9?cutgFctt fibers 

He believes all news which peo- (£rg(aubtQUe^eutgfettenn>e(d)e2eute 
pie tell him. i|m fagen, or bie man tfym fagt. 

To mistake, tterfennen* (co?i/. Zzfe fennen) — 
Imperf. I mistook, id) t>erfannte; 
, Perf. I have mistaken, id) \)abt tterfannt* 

To misunderstand, mi§r)erfrel)en* (insep.v., conj. like frefyen) — 
Imperf. I misunderstood, id) mif^rjerfranb; 
Pg?/. I have misunderstood, id) l)abe mi^erftanben. 

You mistake me; I am not the 6ie ttctfenncn mid); id) bin nicbt bet 
man who sold you the book. Sftann, ber 3bnen l>a$ S3ucr) otr* 

fauft bet. 

Your brother has mistaken Mrs. 3br SBrubcr bat 9J?abam SOB riff r>cts 
White; she is not as proud as fannt; fie ift ntcbt fo ftef$ roie bie 
people say. Scute facjen, or wie man fagt. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



289 



She is not at all proud. 

You misunderstand me ) I do not 

come to ask you for money. 
My father has misunderstood 

you : he thought you would 

come this morning. 



(Sic tft gan$ unt) gar md)t ftof$. 
(Sic mi|it>erftef)cn mid) ; tcb fcmme 

nid)t (Sic um Gktb £u bitten. 
SCflctn 83ater f)at Sie nuftocrftanben ; 

er bad)te (Sic roelltcn biefen 9}?ers 

gen fommen. 



To dress, to clothe, Hetben; to undress, auefletben; to dress 
one's self, fict> anHeiben; to undress one's self, fid) aueHeiben. 

iOitetne Gutter Hetbet ir)rc armen 

-Tad)ten. 
Unfcr rcid)cr 9£ad)bar fleibet Jebcn 

9?cujar)r6 Sag fed)* armc JUnber. 
SBie war Jrauletn IBraun geftctbet ? 
Sic roar fd)6n gefteibct; fie fjattc cin 

retfycS fctbencs JUeib an. 
(Sic war rotf) gcflctbet. 
Unfere Santc ftctbet mctne fleintn 

(Sd)tt>ejrern bcc> 93?orgcn$ an, unt) 

fie ftcibet fie aud) bc5 2((>enbS au$. 
3d) bin ncd) nid)t angeftetbet. 
TOcin ^Srubcr ftetbet fid) t?cc bem 

grubftmf an. 
3d) fyaOc mid) btcfen Sftergcn fcr)r 

fruh angefietbet. 
£^un muffen Sic fid) auSflctben, unb 

fd)tafcn gefyen. 



My mother clothes her poor 
nieces. 

Our rich neighbor clothes six poor 
children every new year's day. 

How was Miss Brown dressed? 

She was beautifully dressed ; she 
had on a red silk dress. 

She was dressed in red. 

Our aunt dresses my little sisters 
in the morning, and she un- 
dresses them in the evening. 

I am not yet dressed. 

My brother dresses himself be- 
fore breakfast. 

I have dressed myself very early 
this morning. 

Now you must undress yourself 
and go to sleep. 



The verb f lei ben is, in German, also used in the English 
sense of to Jit, to be becoming, to suit, and then it governs the 
dative of the person. 



This coat fits you very w T ell. 

A white w r aistcoat has never 

been becoming to me. 
The yellow bonnet suits your 

sister very well. 



Differ ffiecf Hcibet 3f)nen fefjr gut. 
Sine luetic SQBcfte fjat mir ntemate 

geftcibet. 
£>er gelbe .put fleibet Sftrer ©djroe* 

(ter fcf)t gut. 

The sickness, the disease, tie ^ranffyeit; the fever, ba$ $ieber; 
the consumption, bie Sd)rcinbfud)t; the death, ber Sob; dead, 
tobt; natural, naturlid). 

To die, of, jrerben,* an, with the dative — 

Pres. id) frerbe, bit frirbjJ* er jiir&t; 

Imperf. he died, er frarb; 

Perf. he has died, er iji gefrorben. 

Nobody likes to die. ^icmanb frtrbt gem. 

When did your cousin die ? ££ann ijr 3br better gcftor&en ? 

Ue died last month. g (§r ptarb (egten SJienat. 
25 



290 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



Of what disease did he die ? 

He died of consumption. 

This soldier died of his old 

wounds. 
Is your old uncle still alive? 
No, sir, he is dead. 
He died a natural death. 



2fn roctcfycr .Sranfbctt tjr ex geftcrben ? 
(£r til an t>cr (Scbmtntfucht\]e)lcrban 
liefer 8e{bat frarb an fetnen attcn 

2£unt>en. 
Q'efct 3()r alter Dfjctm necb ? 
9icm, mctn £err, cr tfi tebt. 
(Sr flarb etnen naturttd)cn Seb. 



The proposition, the motion, ter 25orfd)lag; the law, ta$ ®e* 
fefe ; the mountains (chain of mountains), fcaS ©ebircje. 
To pass by (at the side), tw&eicjefyerv* an> iw'fA 2/*e dative. 
To pass before, Dorbeigetyen,* i>or, mji/Zi ^e dative. 

I have passed by him, but he did 3cf) bin an tfym aerbctgegangen, akr 

not perceive me. cr f)at mid) ntd)t bemerEt. 

He never passes by me without (Sr gefjt mentals an nur ocrbct ofyne 

speaking to me. nut nur $u fprccben. 

Did the prince pass here ? ©tng ber giirfi f)ter wrbci ? 

No • he passed before the new D?cm ; cr fufyr x>ov bcr ncucn ittrcfye 

church. sorbet. 

To pass may also be translated by ttorfceifafyrcttf Dorbei* 
re i ten; or by 3 el) en, prefixed with a suitable preposition or 
adverb ; as — 

To pass over, tiOenjefyen* (separable). 

To pass through, burcfygefyen* (separable). 

To pass (relating to time), Dergefyen* (inseparable). 

She passed before our house on (Sic ritt t?cr unferem £aufe ttcrbct. 

horseback. 

We passed over the long bridge. SDStr Qtnqcn ubcr bte (anqc 93rficfc* 

He has passed through Germany. (£r ift burd) £)cutfd)(anb qcaanqen, or 

qeretpt. 

The motion has passed, and has £)er £3orfd)(aq tft burebqeqanqen tmb 

now become a law. ift nun ctn ©efefc gcrvorben. 

Time passes very quickly. -Die 3ctt t>crqef)t fef)r fcfyncll. 

On this side, of, biesfeitS; on that side, of, jenfeitS; preposi- 
tionSj governing the genitive. 

On this side of the mountains ®ie$feif$ bc$ ©cbirqeS fprtcpt man 

they do not speak French, but ntd)t franaoftfd), fenbevn bcutftf). 

German. 

Yonder mountain stands not on Sencr <Bcrq ftebt ntcnt btcsfettS, fen? 

this side, but on that side of bcrn jenfetti? be* $lufic& 

the river. 

The future, bte Sufunft; the care, the sorrow, bie Sorgej 
careful; forgfdltig; caueless ; forgloS. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. ,291 

To take care of (to attend to), in 2M)t nefymenf without preposition. 
To care for (to take care of), forgen fiir> or Serge tragen. 

Socmen (fur) is employed in a stronger and more particular 
sense than i n % d) t n e I; m e n. 

You must take care of your books. Ste mfijjen 3!)re 25ud)Ct -in 2(d)t 

nebmen. 
My servant takes care of my 9#ein £3ebientcr nimmt metric &UU 
clothes. t)cr in 2Cd)t, 

fSScHcn <5te mem spferb in 2Cct>t neb* 

Will von take care of mv horsed m - cn ? ( keep il safel 3 7 -) 

Will >ou taKe care ot my nor^e . < ^^ ^^ ^ ^ ^^ ^ cn ? 

[ (attend to, feed, and water it.) 
My neighbor's wife took care of 50?etnc 9?ad)barinn nabm mein JUnb 

my child when I was at the in 2Cet)t, aU id) auf bem 5)?arite 

market. wax* 

Who will take care of my poor ££er tt>irb fur meinc armen Winter 

children when I am dead] forgen ((Serge tragen), roenn id) 

tefct bin T 
God will care for them. ©ctt roirb fur fie fcrgem 

Do not care too much for the <Sergen (Ste nid)t $u met fur tic 

future. Sufunft. 

£)iefe jlinbcr megen tteber lefen aU febreiben. Serine (Sdweffer btetbt 
Ucber $u £aufe a(S baO fie auSgebt* 3br ftetnet 23ruber mag (ieber jtubtren 
al*> ausroenbig (emen, aber ber meinigc ttjut femes t>en beiben gern. ttnfet 
£>f)etm mag lieber fafjren ate reiten, aber metn 9Sater gebt am Itebften $u 
guft Cernen (Ste Ueber beutfd) ate fran$6ftfd)? 3d) (erne betted gern, 
Seutfd) unb fran$6ftfd) ftnb mcberne (Spvacbcn ; cine sen beiben muffen 6'ie 
lernen. ©ffen @tc gem £>ammetbraten ? 3d) mag Ueber gifciK ate £am* 
mctbratcn effen. 3d) effe tieber S3reb a!| £u*en. 3d) will lieber fterben, 
$ti Unred)t tfjun. OTctn dsebmager trinft Ueber 33ier aU SOBctn, aber fein 
SBruber trinft femes t>en beiben gern ; er trinft am liebften Staffer. 3d) 
ttmnbre mid) md)t, ba£ (Sie franf ftnb ; £ie effen immer $u met 2(benbbrcb. 
££eruber tvunbern ©te fid) ? 3d) nmnbre mid) fiber 3bre Sragbeit ; wk 
!ann man bis ncun Ur)r im SSctte bteiben ? (Ss ill feben 3ct)n Ui)x ; id) nmns 
tre mid) ivarum unfer better nod) nid)t tier ifr ; cs mufj ifjm ctnxts begegnet 
fein. greunb & Q rt iiberrafd)te un$ geftern ; wk gtaubten er wax nod) in 
23ostetu £)te 9?euigfett son bem Sobe ber £ftabam SSraun uberrafd)te un£ ; 
wix n?u(5ten nid)t t)a$ ftc txant wax. itnfere gute Sante ttebt uns ^u uber? 
rafeben, unb fte fvcut fid) n?enn ftc unS ein s ^ergnugen macben fann. 3d) 
wax uberrafd)t ba$ |)err (Scbmtbt mid) rerfannte *, er gtaubre nut meinem 
23ruber ^u fpred)en. SSctfcnncn 8ie nid)t meine gute ZCbficfet, menn id) 3b' 
nen fage 3br G3elb beffer in 2fd)t ^u nebmen. S^abam 2Bei9 ill turn JBtclen 
fefjr serfannt ; fte ifi ntd)t (lota ; fte.I)at ctn gatd .peq, unb ift fcf;v ticbens^ 



292 .. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

rourbtg, abcr man mufi fie fenncn. 3d) gtaube Sic mifberfte!)cn mid) ; bet 
93orfd)fag ben id) madjc ift nid)t rotber t>a$ ©efc£. Sfjr hort mentals auf 
t)a^ roaS euer Scorer cud) fagt, unb ee ift bc$f)atb gan$ naturtid), bap ifyr ibn 
nujfocrftefjt. 3c mefjr (Sic rjeute arbeiten, befto rocnigcr fyaben Sic mergen 
gu tfjun. 3c mefjr bcutfd)c ^Sorter Sic auSrocnbig (ernen, befto leid)tcr roirb 
e* Sfyncn roerben, bicfe Spracfye ^u fprecfycm 3c alter rcir rocrben, befto 
mefyr furd)ten renr ben Sob. Unfcr ^crrcanbtcr fam cfycr an, a(6 rotr tf)n 
erroartctcn. 3c efyer Sic fommen, befto liebcr nnrb e$ mtr fan. 

Unfere Santc tr)ut ben 2Crmcn Diet ©utcs ; fie fleibet $cF)n armc jUnbet 
jeben 9?cuiaF)r$ gag. 3d) Heibc mid) an, fo balb n>ie id) gefrufyftueft fyafce, 
unb id) fteibc mid) au$, rcenn id) $u 2E5ettc gefye. Sfficiti 23rubcr braud)t 
nur cine SSiertetftunbe urn fid) an^ufleiben, unb rcenn cr angeflcibet ift, gefyt 
er nad) bem SBaarcnfagcr. G5corg femmt $u fruf) ; id) fyabe mid) ncd) nid)t 
angeftetbet; bitten Sic ifyn cin tuemg gu marten. £Benn (Sardine tfjre 
flcinc Scfynxfter angcHcibct r)at, fteibct fie ftcf> an ; fie ift cin fcfyr IWbmfc 
rcurbiges 9J?dbd)cn ; Sic nxrben fie immcr fcr)r forgfalttg gcfletbet ftnben. 
SBie fteibct mir bie neue feibene ££cftc, bie mcinc Gutter mir gefauft fjat I 
2)tc SOBcftc Keibet 3fyncn fefyr gut, benn 3f)re Gutter f>at cinen fefjr guten 
©efdjmacf, aber ba$ recipe £afc>tud) fteibct 3f)nen nid)t; Sic foflten cin 
fcfyroarjes £a(£tud) tragen. Scbt 3f)r after 9?ad)fcar JUctn nod)? (Sr ift 
tcbt ; er ift biefen Scmmer an ber Sd)rotnbfud)t geftorben ; el)c cr ftarb, bat 
cr meinen SSater fur feinc jlinber $u forgen, bie cr fo fefyr (icbtc. Wltin 
SBater forgt nun fur fie, fo gut er fann ; cr fenbet fie in bie Scfyuie, unb er 
fleibet fie. £)er Sob uberrafcfyt un$ oft efycr als nrir tljn ermartcn. £ert 
©rop gefjt ieben 9J?tttag an unferem Caben sorbet, rcenn cr auf bie 33anff 
gefyt. 3d) bin rjeute an Sfyrem 23ruber sorbcigegangen, abcr er l)at mid) nicbt 
gefefyen. grdulein Couife ging geftem r-or unferem £aufe t»orbci ; fie trug 
cin ncueg SUexb, tpctdjcg i^r fcfjr gut Hcibct. I>tc Beit gc^t {djncll »orbci ; 
mi muffen nid)t $u md fur bie Sufunft forgen. 3)er N ^Sorfd)iag be^ Jiirften 
tft in bem 5)ar(amcnt burcbgegangen. 2Bir ritten geflem ror tcm neue-n 
Sweater »orbei ; c^ ift cin fcfyr fcr)6nc^ $w$. 3d) fufyr geftern in cinem 
S5oote ubcr ben gtu(} urn bie neue fatfyoHfcfye Jlird)C 311 fefyen, bie jenfeit^ be^ 
$lu$t$ ftcfyt. 92euftabt tiegt nid)t bie^feit^, fonbern jenfeit^ be^i ©ebirge^ 
Du mupt beinc Jltciber forgfdltigcr in 2fd)t nefjmen ; fie fcljcn immcr fd)mu§ig 
au^. Sic muffen ubcr bie SSrucfe gefjen, benn bie a(tc 95onl ift jenfetts be$ 
^(ufe^. ©^ giebt menige £eutc, wcldfec gern fterben, benn e£ ift cin ©cfc| 
ber Sftatur, $>a$ wiv t>a$ Seben Ueben follen. 



My Jittle brother likes to read better than to write. Why do yon 
like to ride on horseback better than to go in a carnage ? I like to 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 293 

* 

ride on horseback better, because I think it is healthier. Our aunt 
..likes to speak German better than French, but I like both languages. 
Do you like to read in the evening? I like to read in the evening 
better than to write, for my eyes are not very strong. . My nephew 
likes tea better than coffee, but his sister likes neither; she only 
drinks water. You are both afraid to go into the dark room without 
a candle; but either (one of the two) must go, for we want a chair, 
and you can find it without alight. Which do you like best — 
boiled beef or fried fish ? I like neither ; for dinner I like a piece 
of roast meat best. Our uncle surprised us last evening, for he 
arrived sooner than we expected. I wonder how long Charles will 
stay at Mr. John's? He will be here sooner than you think, for I 
know he does not like to come too late for supper. Which of your 
two nieces do you like to see best — the younger or the older ? I like 
to see both, for they are very amiable; people believe they are 
proud, but they are not. The more you think of your young friend's 
death, the more unhappy you will make yourselves. The more we 
learn, the more we find how little we know. We go into the coun- 
try to-morrow, but on Saturday I shall come to see you. The sooner 
you come the better, for we always like to see you. We wonder 
sometimes at things which are quite natural, and are surprised at 
news which we might have expected. You think you have surprised 
me, but I expected you early. At what are you surprised ? I 
am surprised at the progress you make in the German language ; 
since when have you begun to speak it? I do not know much yet, 
but I speak as well as I can. You are right, miss; that is the best 
way to learn a language. We were much surprised at the bad 
news which we received yesterday; Mr. White, our relation, whose 
dear wife died last autumn of consumption, has also fallen sick ; and 
we fear for his life, for he is not a very strong man, and he has no- 
body to take care of him. My aunt did surprise me very agreeably ; 
she gave me a new black silk waistcoat and two silk cravats; things 
which I was just wanting. I am not at all surprised to hear that 
George has lost his purse, for I know how careless he is; it is a 
good lesson for him to take better care of his things; he will be 
ashamed to tell it to me. 

We mistake often our best friends. Mr. Jones, it is true, has lost 
much money; but he did mistake my cousin, to whom he would 
not sell on credit, for my cousin always pays every cent he owes. 
Sir, you have asked for Voltaire's works at my store; now I have 
received them. You mistake me, sir; I have not asked for these 
25* 



294 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

i 

Dooks, but I think my nephew did so. Do not misunderstand me, 
but take me as your friend, for all that I am telling you is the truth ; 
I only care for your future. He did misunderstand me ; I asked 
him to come this evening, and he came in the morning. I have 
misunderstood you : I thought you told me you did not wish to buy 
my uncle's horse ; that is the reason why he has sold it to his neigh- 
bor ; but I think you can have a better one for the same price. Our 
friend William lives very carelessly ; he never thinks of the future, 
but sometime he will be surprised to find himself poor and without 
friends. I am old and sick, and shall soon die ; who will take care 
of my poor children ? Be not sad ; God, who clothes the flowers 
in the fields, will also take care of your children. My father takes 
care of the children of our neighbor, who died last spring; he sends 
them to school and clothes them. When do you dress yourself? I 
dress myself as soon as I rise. Do you not yet dress ; it is late and 
we shall soon breakfast. Yesterday I dressed very early, for I was 
obliged at seven o'clock to go to our aunt, who departed for Boston. 
My brother undresses himself after supper, but I do not like to do 
it so early; I undress only when I go to bed. Our niece needs two 
hours to dress herself; that is the reason why she is always so care- 
fully dressed. Why are you not yet dressed? it is already half 
past nine ; there is a gentleman down stairs, who wishes to speak 
to you. Beg him to wait a moment ; I shall soon be dressed ; I have 
only to put on my cravat and my coat. You always go to bed too 
late, and therefore you are never dressed at the right time ; the 
sooner we go to sleep the sooner we can rise. You lose too much 
time in dressing, and therefore it is quite natural that you always 
come to breakfast too late. Did you see the two French ladies at 
the theatre last night? they were dressed very carefully, only they 
wore too many flowers on their bonnets, and that did not become 
them. How does this new silk dress fit me ? It fits you very well, 
only I find the color a little too dark. I do not like to wear a white 
cravat, for it does not become me, my hair is too light. A gentle- 
man must always be cleanly dressed and with some taste ; but if 
he does it with too great care, he shows that he thinks too much 
of himself. 

I met young Mr. Klein yesterday; he was rejoiced to see me, for 
he thought I was not well : this young man although he is poor, is 
always nicely dressed. Do you see my cousin often? Yes; he 
passes every morning before our store, but I do not speak to him 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 295 

often. I passed by Miss Brown this morning in Eighth street, but 
she was speaking with one of her friends and did not perceive me. 
The French count passed through our street this afternoon in his 
new carriage : all who were passing by stopped and looked at 
it, for it is very beautiful; he received it from Paris last week. 
I met his daughter yesterday ; she passed on horseback before the 
new theatre ; she was dressed in green, and wore a long white fea- 
ther in her hat. We have received very bad news ) Mr. Black, in 
Whitetown, has lost his eldest son • he died of consumption, after a 
very long illness. Mrs. Green did expect her brother in the ship 
Aurora, from Europe • but upon the arrival of the vessel, she heard 
the bad news that he had died on the passage. Of what sickness 
did he die] He died of the ship fever, a few days before the 
arrival of the ship. Is your old uncle still alive ] I have not seen 
him for a long time. No, sir 3 he is dead : he died last autumn at his 
country-house. Time passes very quickly, and death surprises us 
when we expect it the least. Every body desires to die a natural 
death. When I passed before the new Protestant church last Mon- 
day, I saw on the opposite side of the street a poor horse which had 
fallen down on the slippery ground : two men tried to raise it, and 
they did succeed at last, but not without great trouble. It strikes 
two o'clock, and I thought it was only one ; how quickly time passes 
in your agreeable company. The winter has passed, the days are 
growing longer; now we have to expect warmer weather and the 
^pleasures of spring. The house of our nephew stands on that side 
of the river, and we always pass over the Market-street bridge 
when we go to see him. The large white house which you perceive 
on this side of the mountain, belongs to the rich English merchant, 
whose only son died this summer of the fever. You have already 
made great progress in German ; and be sure, the more words you 
learn by heart, the easier you will find it to speak this language. 
Take care of your coat, and when you take it off, always hang it 
carefully in your wardrobe. The new law has passed ; now we 
shall have cheap woolen goods. My uncle made me the proposition 
yesterday, to go with him to New York; but I must stay at home, 
foi my brother is sick : he has a bad fever. The people of Switzer- 
land speak three different languages: on this side of the mountains 
they speak German, and on the other side, they speak French and 
Italian. 



296 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



SIXTY-SEVENTH LESSON.— @iefett lltlb fcd)$$Ulfte 

Section* 

THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

The subjunctive mood has four tenses : the present; the per- 
fect, and the two future tenses. 

The first person singular of the present tense of the subjunc- 
tive is formed from the infinitive by dropping the n, and then it 
will terminate in e, like the first person of the present indicative ; 
the second person is formed by adding ft to the first person, 
and the third is always like the first. The first and third per- 
sons plural are formed by adding n to the first person singular, 
and the second person by adding t to it ; as — 

I love, id) Hebe, we love, voir (ieben, 

thou love, bu liebeflv ye love, il;r liebet> 

he love, er liebe, you love, €ie (ieben> 

they love, fie litbtn. 
Verbs, irregular in the present tense of the indicative, are 
regularly formed in the present subj unctive ; as — 
I have, id) \)abt r I be, id) fei, 

thou, have, fcu fyabefr, thou be, bu fei|T, 

he have, er fyabe, he be, er fei, 

we have, roir \)abm, we be, rcir feien (fein), 

ye have, il;r fyabct, ye be, \\)V f«ief> 

you have, €ie tyaben, you be, <gie feien (fein), 

they have, fie fyaben. they be, fie feien (fein)* 

I become, id) roerbe, I know, id) roiffe, 

thou become, bu rt)ert>efr^ thou know, bu YDtffefJ/- 

he become, er werbe, he know, er tuiffe, 

we become, rotr werben, we know, rt>ir wtffen, 

ye become, il)r werbet, ye know, \\)x wiffet, 

you become, Sie werben, you know, £ie rciffen, 

they become, fie roerben* they know, fie rcifjen. 

The perfect of the subjunctive is formed by the present sub- 
junctive of the auxiliary to have, I) a ben, or to be, fein: — 
I have loved, id) Ijabt geliebt. 

I have gone, id) fei gegangen. 

The two future tenses are formed by the present subjunctive 
of the auxiliary rt> e r b e n : — 

he will love, er roerbe lieben. 

he will have loved, er tnerbe geliebt fyaben. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



297 



The pupil will observe that there is but little difference between 
the indicative and subjunctive moods, and that it exists merely 
in the third person singular. 

The subjunctive mood is, in German as well as in English, 
but very little used, and only in sentences by which doubt or 
uncertainty is intended to be expressed. 

f (Stc bcnfcn cr fei etn cr)rlici)ct Sfllcmn. 
(doubting that he is honest.) 
You think he is an honest man. \ 0il benfen cr tft etn cfjrltcbcr 93tonn. 

(agreeing in opinion with the 



They told me that Mr. Brown 

had left the city. 
Do you think our uncle will arrive 

to-day in this bad weather ? 



Charles told me that his sister was 
sick. 



person spoken to/ 

sjftan fagtc mtr, tap £crr 23raun bte 
(Stabt Kriajjen fyabe. (doubting.) 

£)ent:cn (Sic, fcap unfcr £)f)ctm bcute 
in btcfem fd)(cd)tcn ^Better onfoms 
men mcrbe? (being uncertain;) 
anfommen rvirt) ? (a direct ques- 
tion.) 

&axi fctQte mtr, bo(5 fctne (Scfynxftet 
ivant feu (doubting it.) 



The present tense of the subjunctive is of importance, because 
the imperative mood, which will be explained in the following 
lesson, is formed from it. 

To lament, Hagen; to pity, 6ef(agen, fcemitteiben; the pity, 
fca§ 9)£ittciben; to bind, to tie (to fasten), fcinben* — imperf. I 
bound, id) banbf perf I have bound, id) l)a6e ge&unben; to be 
called (to distinguish by a name), fyeifsen* — imperf. id) \)k% f 
perf. id) fyabe gel)eif;en; to name (to give a name), nennen* — 
imperf I named, id) nannte, perf. I have named, id) fyafce ges 
nannt; the fortune, the wealth, ba§> QSermogen; the fool, t?er 
9iarr (second declension) $ the world, tie 2Belt; hard, {>art. 

That lady laments without any Scnc £)amc ffacjt ofyne Urfacfye, 
reason. 

3d) &effa<je btefen Wlcmn, benn cr Fjat 

fetn ganjeS 23crm6gen &er(orcn. 
2Barum bcflagcn (Sic jperren g£ct£ ? 
3d) kHagc irm, nxtl cr fcin cingigc^ 

jttnb Krtotcn fyat. 
Spabm (Sic 93rtttett>cn nut mm 
5?tcmanbbQttf}nt>cHa3t(0c!iutlctbct)« 
©arum fctnben (Sic bac> S3anb urn 

3r)ren 2frm ? 
3d) btnbc c$ urn metnc £anb, benn 

tel) fyabc Wje ginger. 



I pity that man, for he has lost 

his whole fortune. 
Why do you pity Mr. White ? 
I pity him, because he has lost 

his only child. 
Have pity upon me. 
Nobody has pitied him. 
Why do you bind the ribbon 

around your arm 1 
I bind it around my hand, for I 

have sore fingers. 



298 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



£)er SBucfybinbet fyat. btcfc^ 33ud, 
fd)ted)t gcbunbcm 

(5r bant) ben £>unb an ben <8aum. 

3d) rann nicbt OTe$ tbun rea* id) 
n>unfd)e, benn mir (int) Die &anbe 
a/bunben. [bunben. 

(5r hat bag spfcrb an ben Baun i^~ 

££arum baben (Sie beute ein roeifies 
jjpatstucb umgebunben ] 

3d) aiefyc einc weipe £Bcftc an, unb 
btnbe ein recipes £alstud) urn, nur 
rcenn id) auf einen 23all gefye. 

SQBic fptgen <Sie I 

Sd) bctpe aOBtfbcfoi. 

2Bie bci9t btefe* 5)crf ? 

<S* feeigt ;(e$ iff) ©elbberg. 

SBtc beifrt ba$ auf fran^cfifd) ? 

(5$ beipt rate auf cngltfcb. 

3d) bcipe Jricbcrtd), unb <Sie nennen 
mid) immer ©eerg. 

3)cr Heine £nabe nannte mir atle 
©tabic btefes SanbcS ofyne gefyter. 

3encr 93?ann ^etf5t Sangfam, abcr ec 

nennt fid) sprctp. 
SWein SSatcr nannte £crren (£cbroar$ 

einen barren* 
3£a$ ift ber $)reip biefeS feibenen 

SafcbentucbS ? 
(5*6 fcftet ein unb einen bafben Scaler, 
(SS bat un$ wclc Sftube ejefoftet, 

biefes ©elb $u befommen, 
($$ Ijat un$ Sftufye $emacbt. 

To cost, f often; the trouble, the pains, bie 9)?u()e; to trouble, 

6emu!)en; to trouble one's self (to take pains), fid) 6emul)en> fid) 

$)lu\)t ge&en; to be worth while, ber SDJtifye vt>ertf> fern (to be 

worth the trouble); the man (in the sense of mankind), ber 

9)cenfd) [second declension)*^ rare, seldom, felteru 

I beg your pardon, if I trouble you. 3d) bitte. urn SSeqeifyung, roenn td) 

@ic bemuse.. 
3d) ttjeiji id) \)aW (Sic bemtibt, abet 

id) fennte e$ ntcbt anbere* tbun. 
(St gtcbt fid) mete 3£R&$e beutfel) ^u 

(em en. 
23emuben <Sie ft'cb ntcbt, id) roerbe 

meine £anbfd)ube ftnben. 
SQBtr bemufyen un5 mand)ma( t;m 

nid)t& 



The bookbinder has bound this 

book badly. 
He tied the dog to the tree. 
I cannot do all I wish, for my 

hands are tied. 

He fastened the horse to the fence. 
Why have you put on a white 

cravat to-day? 
I put on a white waistcoat and 

white cravat only when I go to 

a ball. 
What is your name ? 
My name is William. 
What is the name of this village? 
It is (it is called) Goldberg. 
What do you call that in French 1 
It is called as in English. 
My name is Frederic, and you 

always call me George. 
The little boy named to meall the 

cities of this country without 

a mistake. 
That man's name is Slow, but he 

calls himself Price. 
My father called Mr. Black a 

fool. 
What is the price of this silk 

pocket-handkerchief % 
It costs one dollar and a half. 
It has cost us much trouble to 

get this money. 
It has given us trouble. 



I know I have troubled you, but 

I could not do otherwise. 
He takes much pains to learn 

German. 
Do not trouble yourselves, I shall 

find my gloves. 
We trouble ourselves sometimes 

for nothing. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



299 



My brother took the trouble(every 
pains) to find the French cap- 
tain, but he did not succeed. 

Take the trouble to walk in. 

Man is seldom happy. 

Almost all men fear death. 

My uncle has bought a very rare 
Spanish book ; it has cost him 
much trouble to find it. 

Is it worth while to go to the 
opera ? 

It is not worth while. 

Was it worth while to read the 



SQfttn 23rubcr oab fid) tie 2f#uf)e (afte 
9^u()c) ben fran$6fifd)en jlapitdn $u 
fmben, abcr t$ tft tf)m nid)t cjetuncjen. 

93cmuf)cn (Sic ftct> gcfatltajt t)tncm. 

£>er STflenfd) tft fettcn gificfltd). [Sob. 

SBctnafye allc 9JJcnfcb«i furd)ten ben 

£ftein £)r)et«i fyat etn fcfyr feltencs fpa^ 
ntfd)c$ 23ud) gcfcmft ; es lf>at if)m 
mete Sftufye gc^cftct e^ *u fmben. 

3ft e$ bte 93iul)e rocrtf) in bte £>pet 
$u gerjen ? 

@£ tft ntdbt ber gttfifje nxrtry 

£Bar es ber 9JUUe wertf) bte f)cutta,e 
Scttuna, $u lefen ? 

(S'5 roar faum ber ^ftufje rccrtr). 



newspaper of to-day % 
It was hardly worth while. 

To rent, to hire, mietfyen; to let, Dermietfyen; to set (to seat), 

fef$en; the landlord, the host, ber 2Birtf)J to be mistaken, to err, 

fid) irren; the error, the mistake, ber 3rrtl)iim; to rely, upon, 

fid) tjetlaffen,* auf (like laffen) — imperf. I relied, id) r-ertiefc 

mid), perf. I have relied, id) l;a&e mid) berla'ffen ; the story 

(of a house), bae €to<froerf, or ber igtotf, or bie Stage; 

thus, fo. 

Above (up-stairs), o&ert 

Below (down-stairs), unten 
Set the glasses on the table. @e|en (Sic bte ©(afer auf ben Stfd). 

He did not set the bottle under (§r fefste nid)t bte glafcfye unter ben 



1 ' l« 

ertf J 



dverbSj denoting rest 



the chair. 
He is mistaken, if he thinks I am 

not willing to pay him. 
I thought I saw your sister at the 

square yesterday, but I was 

mistaken. 
Your friend has been mistaken 

this time. 
Mr. Green said to me, I am never 

mistaken ; but I think that is 

his greatest mistake. 
Can I rely upon your word % 
You may rely upon it. 
I did rely upon his brother; but 

I was mistaken. 
I have never relied upon my 

tailor's promise. 

I Is your father above (up stairs) ? 
No, sir; he isbeJow (down stairs). 
John, bring my boots up stairs. 
They are already above. 



©tuft 
(§r irrt fid), roenn cr benft, id) rotft 

tf)m nid)t be$af)(cn. 
3d) glaubtc 3bre ©djroeftct Cjcftent 

auf bem sptafee $u fefyen, abcr id) 

trrte mid). 
Sftr greunb r)at fid) btefeSmal gc* 

irrt. 
£err ©run facjtc $u mir, td) trre mid) 

nte ; aber id) benfe, $>a$ tft fein 

greater 3rrtf)um. 
Mann id) mid) auf 3rjr935ortr>crtaficn? 
(Sie fennen fid) barauf oertaffen. 
3d) tjcrttef mid) auf fetnen 23ruber, 

aber id) trrte mid). 
3d) f)abe mid) nicmatS auf ba$ £>crs 

fprccben metnes ^ebnetbere; t?er(a|fen. 
3ft Sfr SSatcr cben ? 
9?cin, metn $erj ; cr tft unten. 
Sofyann, brtnejen (Sic mcine (stiefel 
<Sie ftnb fd)on oben, [fjcrauf, 



300 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



Charles, where are you ? Siaxl, roc finb Sie ? 

I am below. 3d) bin untcn* 

Does Mr. Klein live here ? SBcfynt Jperr jUetn fyier ? 

Yes ; he lives above in the third 3a ; cr recfynt cben im jroettcn Stccf ; 
story. or, in tern ^nxitcn StccfnxrE ; or, 

in ber $nxiten (Stage, 

TAe second story is, in German, ber erfre ©tocf ; £Ae /ford 
sfor?/ is be r jroette <£rocf\ That which, in English, is called 
the first story, is, in German, be r unterfre ©tOCff or ta$> 
(grbgefdjof* 

Have you rented the whole house? 
I have only rented the first and 

second stories 

lives above. 
Of whom have 

horse % 
The host of the French Hotel 

has let it to me. 



) my landlord 
you hired that 



fcaUn (Ste bas gan$c£>auS $enrictf)Ot? 
3d) r)abe nur ben unterften unb ten 

etften (Stcc! cjemietfyet ; cben tvefynt 

ntcin 2Bittr> 
$3 on roem fyaben <Sie btefeS spferb gc? 

nuetbet ? 
£>er SQStrtf) be$ fran$6fifd)cn ^ctc(g 

f;at c$ nur wrnuctfjet. 



Instead of, anflatt; a preposition, which governs the genitive. 
He took my hat instead of his own. 
instead of my 



I went thither 

brother. 
The children are talking, instead 

of listening to you. 
They play instead of working. 
We remained home instead of 

going to the concert. 



(Sr nctfym metnen £>ut cmffatt be* feU 

nigen. 
3d) ging anftatt meincg SBruberS 

t>a \)'m. 
£>H jttnbct fprcd)cn, anftatt anf @ic 

$u bcren. 
(Ste fpieten anftatt gu arfretten. 
(Sir Wtefcen $u £aufe anftatt in bag 

(5cn$ert $u ge^'ecu 



As (since), ba; 
a conjunction, which implies a cause from which an inference is 
drawn; — it differs from when, al£, which refers to time. 

£)a (Sic $u fpat femmen, fc fctlen (Sic 
fcin 2tt>enbbrcb fyafcen. 

£>a e$ r>cute fcbcne*5£etter tft, fc tvcU 
(en n>ir einen (Spajtera/ma, macben. 

When a subordinate sentence, beginning with the conjunction 
t>c\, xv e n n, ro e i l, n a d) b e m, or o 6 a, I e i d> stands before a prin- 
cipal sentence, then f Of thus, is generally placed before the prin- 
cipal sentence. 



As you come too late, you shall 

have no supper. 
Since it is fine weather to-day, 

we will take a walk. 



When Mr. Black comes, tell him 
that I was obliged to go out. 

Because I could not find my bro- 
ther, I went alone to the theatre. 



££enn &m <Sd)nxtr$ femmt, fc faa.cn 
(Sie if)m, ba$ id) au^qenen mufetc. 

SBeft id) metnen ©ruber ntd)t ftnben 
fennte, fc gincj id) atlctn in bol 

Sweater. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 301 

After he had finished the letter, 9iad)tcm cr fctncn SSrtcf gcfd>rict>cn 
he gave it to his son to copy. fyatti, fo qab cr ifyn fetnem Seljne, 

urn ifjn aft^ufcbretben. 
Although my uncle has lost his Dfcgfeid) metn Dfyctm fein SBermegtn 
fortune, yet he is a happy man. r>erleren tyat, fo tft cr ted) cm 

glucfttcfycr sjHanm 

SRrfn SBrubct afouftt, tap e£ F?cutc regnen nterbc* £err SBetf fagtc mir, 
tap cr mid) fefjr licft ^aDe* 3d) fagtc tfym tic Urfadbc, roarum unfer £)bcim 
nad) ^au5 gcretf't iji ; cr anhuertetc mir after, tap cr eS fteffer rotfje. ©eerg, 
fagt tap cr franf fct, unt tcsfyatft ntd)t in tic (Sdbutc ger)cn ferine ; cr $eigte 
after fteim ^tttagejfen cinen fefyr guten 2Cppctit. S'ie muffen ntd>t immcr 
fclagcn, tenn e*> gieftt mU SOJenfcften tic ung(ucfttd)cr (int aU @te; roer ims 
mer ftagt feat nid)t $u cnuarten, tap man tfjn ftcflagt. 3d) fteflagc 93?atam 
£Braun ; fie bat ifyre attefte Securer r-crteren ; fte roar cin fefjr buftfebeo unt 
(teOfR^tofirttges 9Jiatd)en. 2Cn roe(d)er Jlranffyctt tft fte gefrcrften ? (Etc 
ftarft an ter (Sd)ttrinbfud)t, cine ^ran!f)eit tic in ticfem Cante fefyr geruobn? 
ltd) tft. 3E£em Sflcffe gtauftt, id) roertc tr)n fteftagen, roeit cr feinc 23erfe s?crs 
leren bat; after er tft cin Sttarr, tcr fcinc <Sact)en nicftt in 2Cd)t nimmt, unt 
ter an nid)t* ate &>crgnugungen tenft* SBfce mellcn <Sie, tap man (Sic fte? 
mtttettet, tuenn (Sic fein 93itttetten mit antercn Scutcn fyaften ? SQSarum 
fttnten (Sic ten .punt an ten SSaum? 3d) ftintc tfyn an ten S?aum mei( 
id) furcbtc cr mirt 3&« Winter ftcipen, roenn fte mit ifjm fptetem Der 
JBud)ftinter f)at Sbncn 3f)rc SBudbcr geftrad)t, after id) gtaufte cr fyat fte 
fd)ted)t geftunten. (Sic fennen jenen £crren ; roic betpt cr? (Sr ()eillt 
<Ketb ; id) fenne ibn feit $tuet 3«^en ; cr nennt fid) meinen greunt, after id) 
gtaufte id) farm mid) ntd)t auf ibn wrfaffen. ££ie Fjcipcn tic Senate tc$ 
Sabred ? ©ie betpen 3attuar, ffikvmv, 9Rat$, 2Cpri(, #fla\\ 3uni, Suit, 
2Cugttft, (September, Dftefter, sjiOttemfter, unt £)ecemftcr. SBte Ijctpt cin 
$au$ auf engttfd) ? 9Jfcm ttcnnt e$ cin £au£, rcic im £>eutfd)em SBtemcf 
fejtet tiefer $Kegenfd)irm 1 (Sr feftet fed)* Scaler; <Sic roerten ten spreip 
t>tclleid)t fted) pnten, after Cic roertcn aud) fetten cinen febeneren 9?ecjcnfcbirm 
a(§ ticfen feben* 3Bir feben (Sic feit cinicjer 3eit febr fetten ; id) tenfe 0te 
cjeftcn te$ 2(ftent<> in ta^ Sweater, anjlatt un^ gu ftefucbem 33?ein fritter 
nannte unferen better cinen barren, rpett cr immcr pen fctncn JUettcrn 
fpricbt. ©ejlern bant cr cin ruetpe^ #afstud) um, unt ^eej cine grauc fettenc 
SBcftc an, um in fca$ SBaarcntacjer Ju cjeben. 

3db ^erc tiefe^ ^>au5 ift $u t)crmietb;en ; ftnt Sic ter &£trtn, metn $m% 
3a ; after (Sic fennen nur bag erjte unt grucitc S'techr)erf mietben ; ter tin? 
terftc (Stecf ift fd)en ^ermietbet, unt in ter trttten (Stage ruebne id) ; m&a* 
feben Sic tie Simmer $u fef)cn ? $Bcmu[)en Sic ftd) nicbt ; id) merte mergen 
mit ntcincm 23rut^r femmem 3>^ btttc um SScr^etfyung, wenn id) Ste ftc= 
26 



302 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

rnfirje ; id) roar fcbon eben, abcr id) fenntc nicbt Sljrcn SBcbicntra ftntm 
SBemuben (Sic fid) ntcbt, gnabige $rau ; id) roerfce mctncn 2B«J aXlctn fin? 
ben. £)er £nabc giebt fid) otic 93*uf)e um gut $u febreiben, abcr c$ gctingt 
if)m feltsn. 3d) fucbte ben bettanbtfeben jtapttan ben gangen £3crmirtag unb 
id) tenntc if>n nur mil meter 9JJuf)C ftnbcn. £)er SDienfcb ift felten mit bem 
^ufricben, was er bat. £abcn 'Sic 93Zit(etben mit bicfem perron ; or bat 
mabrcnb fcinc* gan^en Zebm* b^rt gearbcitet, unb nun, ba er alt ift, b^t cr 
bas Itnglucf gcbabt, fein ganjeg SScnuegen $u tterlieretn (5S ift ein gtcffef 
Srrtbum, roenn mir glauben, fcajj roir in biefer SBelt r-cllfcmmen gtticfltcb fein 
fenrncn. 3ft el ber SR&fte rocrtf) bas neuc engtifebe (Scbiff $u feben ? . (£-6 
ift ber 9#ube nxrtb, benn ct> ift etnc» bcr febenften (Scbtffe, roefebesiebjema^ 
gefeben \)abc. SBiemct if! biefer ©arten rocrtb ? (5r ift febr met mcrtb, 
benn cr ift ncben unferem £aufe. ©arum fefeen (Sic bic gtafebe auf H$ 
Siamm ? 3d) fege fie auf ba§ jtamin bamit bic &inbcr fie nid)t gcrbrecben. 
£aben (Sic bic ©fire cin roenig $u marten ; id) rcnmfd)C mit 3rmcn einige 
2(ugcnb(idc $u fprecben. 3b* Jrcunb irrt ficb/ nxnn cr gtaubt, bap id) ibni 
fein SSucb ntcbt juriicfgcbcn mcrbe ; cr fell e$ mergen baOcn ; cr fann ficb 
barauf r-ertaffen. 3cb wrttcfj micb auf fein QSerfprccben, abcr id) febc icb 
f)aU micb geirrt, benn anftatt mit £U bc$ab(en reif'tc cr ah, cljnc mir (aucb 
nur) cin ££ert gu fagen. ££ir irren un$ eft in unfercn greunben, abcr fel* 
ten in* unfercn $eint>cn. ($r ging anftatt feincS SSruber* in t)cn £abcn. 
OTcin grautetn, Bic roiinfcbcn meinc Scbnxftcr $u fprecben ; id) femmc ans 
ftatt ibrcr, um Sbtten $u fagen, baj} fie ntcbt roebl ift unb ntcbt au^geben fann. 
©a 3btc liebc Scbmefter ntcbt au^geben fann, fe nxrbc icb mir to* SSers 
gnugen macben, ftc bcutc 9?acbmittag git befucben. £Bcnn (Sic cs mir ntcbt 
gtauben mcllcn, fe fennen (Sic meinen QSatcr fragen. £)a 3br £T?cffe ntcbt 
um $roclf ilbr tarn, fo bin id) allein gegangen um bic ncucn SBafferrocrfe $u 
befeben. 

Vou told me that Charles was sick, but I saw him in the street 
to-day; he passed before our store. Thou thinkest he does not know 
that you have lost his umbrella, but you are mistaken; for he told 
me just now that he had lent it to you, and that you have not yet 
returned it. He promised me that he would bring back my book 
to-morrow, but I know I shall have to wait some weeks longer. 
Why do you lament so much ? I know you have lost your dear aunt 
who has done much for you, but you are still young and able to 
work. I do not lament without reason, for you do not know how 
much she has done for me, and how much she loved me : pity me, 
madam, for I shall never again find happiness in this world. Men 
often lament without any reason, and think then^elves unhappy 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 303 

when they cannot have all that they desire. My little brother 
laments the death of his dog; but he is wrong, because for one 
dollar he can buy a better one. I pity that gentleman, for he lost 
his only son in the last war. Why do you pity IV] r. Black ? I pity 
him with all my heart, for he has lost his whole fortune. You may be 
right in pitying him, but I have never pitied a young man who loses 
his money and is able to work ; T only pity men who lose their good 
name. Mr. Green died on his last journey ; but nobody pitied him, 
for he only loved his money, and was always very hard towards the 
poor. Have pity on me, my dear friend, and lend me one hundred 
dollars; I have been sick these two month?, and I have no money 
to buy bread for my poor wife and children : I shall be able to give 
it back to you in three months. Most willingly ; for I know you 
are an honest man, and I pity you and your family with all my 
heart. It is very hard when we are willing to work and are not 
able to do it. Why do you bind your pocket-handkerchief around 
your hand? I have sore fingers and I fear the cold air. These 
books are very well bound; who has bound them for you'? Mr. 
Brown, in Sixth street, has bound them ; he is a very good book- 
binder. The student fastened the horse to the fence, and left it 
standing there five hours without giving it anything to eat or to 
drink. You always wear white cravats; how often do you put on 
a clean one? I put on a clean cravat every morning, and sometimes 
a secpnd one in the evening. What is your name] My name is 
Charles. What is your brother's name? His name is John. What 
is the name of this street ? It is called Apple street. What do 
you call this in German? It is called as in English. I have 
written to-day from morning until evening ; that I call working. How 
was the last king of France called ? His name was Louis Philippe ; 
He died in England of a broken heart. 

Can you tell me all the rivers and all the large cities of this 
country? Name to me the seven days of the week. They are 
called, Sunday, Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, 
and Saturday. My brother called our cousin a fool, because he thinks 
of nothing but his horses and dogs. Mrs. Johns always calls me 
William, and my name is George. W 7 hat is the price of this cloth? 
It costs three dollars^and a half a yard. I find it too dear; have 
you no cheaper? Yes, sir; this piece is cheaper, it costs only two 
dollars and a half, but it is not so fine as that. W r hat is the price 
of that pretty book ; which is lying on the stone table ? It has no 



304 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

price, for it is a very rare and old book which 1 received from my 
grandfather. It has cost much trouble to get the money for the 
carriage which I sold to the French count. It has given me great 
trouble to find a good and honest servant, but we have at last suc- 
ceeded in finding one. I beg your pardon, if I trouble you* but 
they told me that you knew the price of this house. No, sir, I do 
not know it ■ but the landlord lives above in the third story, you can 
speak to him, he is at home. Do not trouble yourselves, I shall find 
the newspaper, for I have seen it up stairs. We have troubled you 
for nothing, but we did not know that you had already sold your 
horses. Men often trouble themselves for nothing, or for things 
which they do not want. Take the trouble to walk in, sir; I wish 
to show you an old painting which I have bought in New York. I 
know I have troubled you, but I could not do otherwise, for you alone 
can tell me where your uncle lives. He lives in the next house, 
but he is very seldom at home ; if you will ask his landlord, he can 
tell you where to find him. My sister took great pains to learn 
French, and she has succeeded in it. Is it worth while to read this 
new book? It is not worth while, for it is very carelessly written ; 
there are many mistakes in it. How were you pleased at the 
concert last night? The music was very bad ; it was* not worth 
while to listen to it. Set the cups on the bureau until you have 
brought the tea. I have set your glass on the table, but somebody 
has taken it away ^perhaps you will find it up stairs. You are mis- 
taken when you believe that I will not pay what I owe you ; you 
shall have your money to-morrow, you may rely upon it. Is your 
brother above (up stairs) ? Yes, sir; he is in his room in the third 
story. John, take my boots down and clean them, for I must go 
out soon. They are already cleaned, and are below in the kitchen. 
Then bring them up stairs, and tell the maid-servant to clean the 
first story, for I expect company this evening. Does Mrs. Klein live 
here 1 No, sir, she does not live here. They told me she was living 
at Number 22. Then you are mistaken ; this house is Number 32. 

Have the kindness to send me the new waistcoat to-morrow; I 
rely upon you, for I wish to depart the day after to-morrow. You 
may rely upon me, you shall have it to-morrow in the afternoon. I 
relied upon his promise ; but I was mistaken, for instead of sending 
it in the afternoon, he sent it the next morning. You come to see 
us very seldom; what is the reason of it ? I have rented a house 
very far from Market street ; that is the reason why I so seldom 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 305 

pass your house ) but I am not quite satisfied with it, and lam 
trying to find another one nearer Market street. We have rented 
the first and second stories of a very fine house in Eighth street; our 
landlord is living in the third and fourth stories. Has your father 
been at the bank to-day 1 No, I have gone there instead of my 
father. If thou wilt always play instead of listening, thou wilt 
learn but little. Charles came this morning instead of his brother, 
in order to bring us the French journal. I beg your pardon ; I have 
been mistaken, I took your hat instead of mine. Do not rely upon 
the future, but do at present as much as you can. Since it is fine 
weather to-day and not windy, we will take an airing. As the days 
are growing longer, you must now rise earlier. Since it has not 
rained last night, we shall take our breakfast in the garden. If the 
English merchant should come w T hilst I am not at home, tell him to 
wait till I return. I will write you a letter as soon as I arrive in 
London \ you may rely upon it : thus he spoke when he departed, 
but he has never written. Because you have badly written your 
(ye) exercises, you are obliged to copy them \ but take care to make 
them right, for there is hardly one sentence in which ye have not 
made a mistake. After Mr. White had finished the letters, he gave 
them to me in order to take them to the post. Mr. Green thinks 
he is never mistaken, and thus he is always angry when his younger 
brother makes a mistake. Although Mr. Thompson did not know me, 
he gave me the silk gloves without payment; he only asked for my 
name, but he may rely upon it, I shall pay him for them to-morrow. 



SIXTY-EIGHTH LESSON. — 31<f>t lilt!) fe&>$$i#fte 
Section* 

THE IMPERATIVE MOOD. 

The imperative expresses a command, concession, or wish ; and 
this mood is formed, in German, from the present of the sub- 
junctive, except that the second person singular drops the ji$ 
as — 

love (thou), Ite6e (t>u) f love (ye), (Met, 

let him love, liebe er, or er litbt, love (you), lie&en @te, [&en* 

let us love, roir roollen lie&en/ let them love, lie&en fie, or fie lit* 

26* 



306 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

be (thou), fei (bu)* be (ye), feiet, 

let him be, fei er, or er \i\f be (you), feien Sie, 

let us be, wit rcollen feietv let them be, fein fie, or fie feien. 

know (thou), n>iffe (bu)> know (ye), roiffetj 

let him know, vnijfe er> or er roifie, know (you), tuiffen eie, [vriffen. 

let us know, voir roollen irifferif let them know, roiffen fie; or fie 

Irregular verbs, which, in the second and third persons singu- 
lar of the present indicative, change the radical vowel e into \ f 
have two second persons singular, in the imperative, formed by 
dropping fr from the second person of the present indicative and 
subjunctive; e. g. from to see, fefyen} to give, geben; to die, 
frer ben; &c. 

See (thou), fie!) (bu), and fefye (bu). 

Give (thou), $ieb (bu) f and gebe (bu). 

Die (thou), flirb (bu), and frerbe (bu). 
The former is a stronger command than the latter. 

Love God ! liebe ©ott ! 

Love (ye) your parents, liebet euere SItern. 

Give me the book when thou ©ebe nur bat 23ud) nxnn bu eg qefrs 

hast read it. fen fa ft. 

Give me the book immediately. ©teb nur bat SBucf) fecjictcJ). 

Let him go. gaffe ifa qefan. 

Look if the gentleman has come, ©cfa cb ber £err artqefemmen ift* 

Look in thy book. &kt) in betn £3ud). 

Break this stick. Serbrecfa fctefen ©tecf. 

Do not break the cup. Serbrtd) md)t bte Saffe. 

Copy these exercises. ©efjm&e btefe Ucbunqen ah 

Let him do what pleases him. (Sr tr)uc roa$ tfym gefatlt. 

Be he as rich as Crcesus. I ® ei « & ff* raie *ft« ' or > 

( (Sr fei fo retcb rote <5rcv|u& 

Let the rich man never forget SScrgeffc ber SRetdfa rue, bap er arm 

that he can become poor. rcerben farm ; or, £)er 9?etd)C tter* 

qeffc me, ba$ er arm nxrbcn famu 

Let us go. ££tr rcollen gefan. 

Now let us wotk. 9?un ruetten wit arbettert. 

Do not care too much for the <£erqct mcl)t $u ml fur ben nadjfien 

morrow. £ftorqen. ' 

Give me a glass of water, if you (SJcbcn Bit nur ctn ©lag £Baffer, 

please. nxnn e£ Sbnen qefdlliq ift. 

Have the kindness. JpaUn ®tc bte ©lite. 

Be so kind and take this note to <Seten @te fo quttg, unb brinqen <&u 

your sister. gfjrct (Scbtvejrer bicfcS SBtilet. 

The second persons singular and plural being alike in English, 
pupils must take great care to add you, ©ie, when politely 
addressing a person or persons; f.i. Ask the gentleman, may 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 807 

mean either Ask thou the gentleman, or Ask you the gentleman. 
The former is translated into German by $xa$t ten ijerren; and 
the latter, by ftragen (gie ten jperren. 

Give these pens to Charles. ©ebon @tc tern jtovt btefe Jeberm 

I have not seen William to-day. 3d) fjaOe ^cutc ntd)t ten SBilfycfal 

gefefjetu 
That is not your hat ; it is John's. DiefeS tft nid)t Slfjt £ut ; eS if! bet 

te$ Solemn. 
It is John's hat. (5$ ijt Sofycmh'* #ut. 

The names of persons, countries, and places, which are called 
proper nouns, have no declension in German, and are used either 
with or without the definite article. 

N. John, ter Sofyann, or Sofyann; 

G. of John, fce$ 3ot)ann f or Sofyann'S; 

D. to John, tern JSofyann, or 3oI)ann; 

A. John, ten 3ofyann, or 2>ol;ann. 

The genitive or possessive case of names, without the definite, 
article, is formed, as in English, by adding §, with an apostrophe. 

Virgil's poems. 93trgtr$ ©cbicfyte. 

Goethe's works. ©etfye'S 2Ecrfi\ 

Henry's sister. 4>eumd)'$ (Sdwcftcr. 

Louisa's dress. Ceutfcn'S .ftteib. 

Francis' hat. grain's $ut. 

Names ending in e, ^ X)t or fr take, for the sake of euphony, 
It*$; or en'Sv in the genitive. 

When an adjective is added to a name, the definite article 
must be used 3 as — 

Little Henry's sister. [Goethe. Die @d)wej!e? beg f(cinen £etnridfj« 

The works of the renowned Die g&erfe beg berufymten ©ottje. 

The works of Frederic the Great. Die £Ber£e grtebrtd) bes ©rojjen. 

The wars between Charles the Die &tFege $*uf&en Jtart tern gfefs 

Fifth and Francis the First. ten unb fivaty tern (Srftcn- 

Ravaillac killed Henrythe Fourth. $Kat>ai(lQct6ttcte^cinrid)bciVl)ierten» 

Names of countries and places follow the same rule. 

America's riches. ftmcrifa'g $Hetd)tf)unu 

England's commerce. (Sngtonb'S ^ontcL 

The inhabitants of beautiful Paris. Die SSeroofjnet be* fdjenen tyant. ? 

The poem, ba§ ©ebicfyt; the war, ter Jfrieg; the peace, ter 
$-riete ; the riches, the richness, ter 9vetd)t()um> pi tie SKctdp 
ttyiimer; the commerce, the trade, ter jpanbel; the inhabitant, 
ber 93erool)ner> ter Sinroofyner; the use, the profit, ter Sftufcen; 
useful, nufelid) ; useless, nu|Icfv or imnti§; to be of use, to be 



308 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



good for, tauten; the rest, the repose, the tranquillity, tie 9iuf)ej 
quiet, tranquil (peaceful), rul)ig; uneasy (restless), unrul)ig; the 
uneasiness (the trouble), t)ie llnrul)?; to alarm, to make uneasy, 
beunrutyigen; to be uneasy, to be alarmed, at, fid) 6eunrul;ti)ertf 
uber; to disturb, freren; to complain, of, fid) 6ef(agen> uber ; to 
sit down, fid) fe|en5 to P ar d° n ? W^eifyen* — imperf. I pardoned, 
id) Derjiet), perf. I have pardoned, id) \jabi t)erjiel)en. 



War disturbs trade 3 peace alone 

brings riches. 
The inhabitants of this town are 

living upon trade. 
What is he living upon ] 
He lives upon a small trade. 
He has enough to live upon. 
A commerce without proiitmakes 

poor merchants. 
Is it useful to write these words 

without learning them by heart? 
That is useless. 
It is of no use to buy books, if 

you do not read them. 

Of what use is that? 

This knife is good for nothing. 

All his propositions were of no 
use (were good for nothing). 

Why are you so uneasy 1 

I am uneasy at not having re- 
ceived a letter from my mother. 

You make me uneasy with your 

complaints. 
I will not alarm you, but I think 

your brother is very sick. 
You make yourselves uneasy for 

nothing. 
I became uneasy as it grew dark. 
Be quiet, my child ; thy mother 

will soon be here. 
You want rest. 

I like the tranquillity of night. 
Of wdiat do you complain ? 
I complain at the price of this 

new coat. 
He did complain at not having 

found you at home. [plain I 
Of whom does your brother com- 



ber .ftrtcg ftcrt ben SpanM ; nur bef 

grtebe brtncjt SKetdjtfyum, 
£)te fficwehnir btcfer Stabt fetai 

t>em £cmM. 
SGBooon (ebt cr ? 

(Sr (ebt son cinem tfeincn $anM. 
(Sr l)ot genug urn $u teben. 
(Sin SpcrnM efyne £ftugen macfyt arme 

.ftauftcute. 
3ft t* nu£(icb biefe Shorter %u fd)reU 

ben cfjnc fie ausroenbtg $u (erncn ? 
®d$ tft nufciefc 
(S3 tft sen Ecincm ^ttgen 23ucber $u 

faufen, tvenn (Sic fie ntd>t (efen 

iw'fien. 
£Bc$u taugt $>a$ ? 
SDiefeS 93?efTer taugt nid)t£. 
2ttlc feme 33erfd)tage taugtcn ntd)t& 

SBartim beunrufyigen <2>ie fid) ? 
3d) beunruf)tge mid), t)a$ id) fetnen 

S3rtcf t)cn metner Gutter erfyaltcn 

r)abc. 
<Stc bcunrufyigen mid) mit S^ren 

,Rfagcn* 
3d) will (Sic ntcftt bcunrufytgen, after 

id) benfc 3f)t S3rubcr tft fefjr franf. 
(Sic beunrufyigen fid) uber nfcbt& 

[rourbc. 
3d) mutbc unrubtg ate e$ bunfet 
Set rufng, mem £tnb, betnc Gutter 

tDtrb bait) rjtor fetn. 
(Sic braucfyen SKubc. 
3d) (tcbe Die SRuFjc ber 9?ad)t. 
SDBorfibcr beftagen Sic fid) ? 
3d) beflage mtcb uber ben ^)retp bte* 

feb neuen SKodfeS. 
(St beflagte fid), <Sie nid)t $u £cmfe 

gefanben $u baben. 
lifter wen beHagt fid) 3f)f 93rufccr ? 






THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



309 



He complains of his servant. 
Pardon me, if I disturb you. 
You do not disturb me at all. 
That man disturbs me almost 

every day. 
His father pardoned him his fault. 
He has never pardoned me. 
I wish to sit down. 
He sat do wn on this garden-bench. 
Why do you not sit down ? 
Take a seat, if you please. 



(gr fceffagt fid) uOerfetnen S3cl)tcntciu 
SS-er^ubenStc mtr,nxnn td)<2>tc ft ore. 
<2ie fteren mid) ofmi unt) Qar ntd)t 
ibicfcr 9J?ann port mid) fccinafjc alle 

grin SSatcr &er#ef} trjm fetnen gefyter. 

(Er bat mir nic seiateben. 

3d) tt>finfd>e mid) $u fcgcn* 

(£r fcjte [id) auf bicfc ©artenbanf. 

SBarum jcgren (Sic fid) nid)t? 

8egen ©tc fid) gcfaUtgft* 



The sentence, ber Srt|; the sun, tie Sonne 5 the moon, ber 
93tenb; the star, ber Stern; the heaven, the sky, ber jjimmel; 
bright, glanjentv fyell; correct (right), rid)tig; to shine and to 
seem, fd)einen* — imperf. he shone, he seemed, er fd)ien; perf. 
he has shone, he has seemed, er tyat gefdjienen. 

To rise and to set are translated by aufgefyen and unters 
9 el; en/ when these verbs relate to the sun, moon, or stars. 

Die (Sonne febetnt md)t mer-r, abet 



The snn does not shine any more, 

but the moon will soon rise. 
The moon rose after the sun had 

set. 
The moon does not shine ) we 

have no moonshine. 
The moon did shine very clearly 

the whole night. 
The sky is clear and the stars are 

shining brightly. 
This sentence seems to me not 

correct. 
All right. 

He seemed to be dissatisfied. 
It seemed to him not to be enough. 
It seems to me you will not work. 



Methinkshedoes not like to work. 

There is, in German, an 
which is used as follows — 

I myself, id) fel&fr> 
thou thyself, bu fe(6ff, 
he himself, er fe(6|l> 
she herself, fie fe(bfr> 

He did it himself. 

I myself have spoken to him. 



ber $)?ent> rutrb bait) aufgebett. 
£)er sjjfrnb gtng auf, nacbbem bic 

©enne tmtergegangen mar. 
£)er sjftonb febetnt nid)t; rottfjaben 

fetnen 9J?onbfcbetn. 
©er 93?cnb f>at bte gauge 97ad)t fcr)t 

flar gefebienen. 
£)er £>:mmel ift tiav, unb bte (Sterne 

febeinen lydl. 
liefer (SaB fcfyeint mir ntcbt ricf)ttg. 

Xtfe* ift ricbttvi. 
(£r febten un^ufrteben ju fetn. 
(SS febten i()m ntcbt genua, $u fetn. 
(56 febetnt mir, (Sie roellen ntd)t ax* 

betten. 
9)Ur febetnt, er fttbettet ntcbt gem. 

indefinite pronoun, self, f e I & jr, 



we ourselves, mir fe[&|T> 
you yourselves, Sie felblT, 
they themselves, fie fetbjh 

(Sr tfjat e* fel&ft. 

S'd) feibft r;abe nut tr)m Qcfprcd)cn* 



prepositions governing 
the genitive. 



310 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

I have spoken to himself. 3d) fictfic nut tfym felbft gcfprecbcn. 

You yourselves have written it. (Sic felbft baben es gcfcbriebcn. 
This little girl dresses herself. *Dicf«6 Heine sJHabcbcn ftetfct fid) felbft 

art* (without any help.) 

Without, on the outside of, aufcerfyalb; 
Within, in the inner part of, innertyalb; 
Above, on the upper side of, oberfyalb; 
Below, on the lower side of, unterfyalb} 

I met him outside of the village. 3d) begegnete tfym auperbatb be$ 

£)orfe*. 

You will find him within the Sic roerben if>n inncrbalb beg ©ars 

garden. tenS fin ben. 

Within a few days. Snnerbalb cinigcr (roenigcr) Sage. 

Mr. Klein lives above Fourth pm Siti'm roebnt eberbalb bev &tet? 

street, Number 36. ten (Strafe, Summer 86. 

My aunt lives in Charles street, 9)?einc &ant£ roebnt in ber (SbartcSs 

three doors below Sixth. ftrafc, unterfjalb ber (Sccbstcn. 

Rather, (ieber (meaning more willingly). 

He will rather lose his money (5;r will licber fein ©elb tu'rfieren, ate 
than ask him for it. ifyn borum bitten. 

Rather than take this medicine, Ciebcr roill id) fterben, alS btefe 9J?cs 
I will die. bi^in nefjmen. 

(Set rubig, metn Ite&eS itinb, bein SSoter roirb balb gurueffommen. ©cbc 
in bie (Scblafftubc, unb bringe mir meinc Ur)r ; id) r)at>c fie auf bem Sifcbe 
licgcn (affen. ©ieb bctnem SBruber bat 35ucr) ; er braucbt eg urn bie llcbuns 
gen at^ufebreiben. (Sicb micb an, roenn id) mit bir fpreebe SSergip nicr>t 
rcas bu Derfprccbcn baft. Stebet ©ett, cuere (Sltctn, unb euere 9?acbftcn. 
©ebet eucb alle TOubc cuere tfrbeit gut unb cbne Jcbler $u macben. £oret 
auf bat, roaS euere £ebrer eucb fagen. SBeunrubtgcn (Sic ficb nid)t fc febr ; 
id) benfe 3br £>beim tft nid)t fo franf: roic <&u cS glaubcn. itaufen <Sie 
nicbt btefe SJfcffet ; id) benfe fie taugen nicbt*. 3£ir fyaben langc genug ge.- 
feffen ; mtr molten nun ein roenig fpa^icren geben. 3f>r -l)abt ben gan^en 
9Jcorgcn in bem ©arten gcfptclt; mir roollen nun arbetten, unb ctrx>as 9lfi$s 
licbcs tbun. £>tefer £err gebt immer febr ffetj an uns r>orbet, aber er nebme 
fid) in ?fd)t, bap er nicbt fa lie. (Set er nicbt fc fiefe auf feinen SKcicbtbum ; 
id) babe reicbere Scute al>> er ift, arm roerben gefeben. jg>err ©cbroaq glaubt 
ber bejle 9^ann r>en ber £Belt $u fein ; ber £immet m$tity ibm btefen Srrs 
tbnm. Scbann, bringen @?ie bem itarl biefe gcbern, unb fagen (Sic ibm, 
bap er mir $ran$en'$ Scbretbebud) fd)ic!en felt. £)tc (Scbnxfter be? Heinen 
©cerg bcflagt ftcb fiber bicb ; fie fagt, bu baft ibren 93mbcr gefcblogen. 
©uftao 2(bc(pf\> Scb beenbigte nicbt ben breifngfabrigcn $ricg. Reiner ren 
(Surepa'S gtupen ift fo grop roic ber ^tfftjjippi in jfterb^Cmcrtfa. J)ic ®«r 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 311 

bidhtc be$ gropcn filter finb in ber gangcn 2Mt bcfannt, £)cr jtrtcg ftort 
ten .panbel, unb mad)t bie 23emobncr etneS SanbcS arm ; bcr griefce nur 
format $eid)tbum, unb macbt btc Sflationcn gtiicHtcb. SBeunrubigcn ©tc (id) 
nicbt, Sbw 3*cd)nung tfr ricbtig ; id) ftnbe feinen getter bartn. 4>err 2Beip 
macbtc miv oerfefyiebene &>orfcblage, aber fie taucbten alle nicbtS; id) finbe e$ 
unnttjs cine fc langc 3?eife $u mad)en ttm ££aarcn $u faufen, bie man tyci 
fur bcnfclben $)reip faufen fann. SBarum beunrubigen 6'te fid) fc fc()t ? 
glaubcn ^ic mir, (Sic roerben utncrbalb einer 2£ecbc r>cn Sfyrem SBrubet 
borcn, ber in spatiS r-crgeffen bat, mit meld)er Unrobe Sie einen SSricf son 
tfjm crmartem 

£Ber>on tc6t 3bt better grans? (§r UU t>en eincm fteinen £anbcl nut 
(Stfenmaarcn ; fetn Saben ift nur Hein, aber er braucbt nid)t met, benn er 
lebt bet feinen (Sltcrn. itnfer 9?ad)bar, bcr 23acfer, ift lein rcid>er Sftann, 
aber er fyat genug $u tcbciu 93cr$ciben (Sic mir, bap id) (Sic fc frub frere, 
aber id) mdltc fclbft fommen, urn (Sic $u fragen, rote 3brc Gutter ficb btefen 
Bergen beftnbet, (Sic bat U'gte 9?ad)t rubig gcfdblafen, unb unfer 2Tr^t fagt, 
bap $ube fur fie bie beftc 9ttebt$tn fci. 9J?cinc &ante bat cin Jpau$ auper? 
balb ber (Stabt gemtetbet ; fie femmt nur $wmM bte SSecfyc $u un$ ; es ift 
baber unnuk, bap (Sic beute auf fie marten. 3ft e$ nuklicb ml ^u febretben, 
urn etne frembe (Spracbe $u (ernen ? (5$ ift gut jeben Sag ein mertig $u 
febreiben ; aber c£ ift cbne 9Ju$cn 4 menn man bie Shorter, metcbe man febreibt, 
nicbt au£menbig femt. (Steren <Stc fid) nid)t, unb bcenbigen Bie Sbrcn 
SBricf ; id) merbe mid) an ba$ Jenfter fcBcn, unb bie Settung lefen, bis (Sic 
ferttg finb. @S ift beute ber erfte 2Cpril ; bte (Sonne gebt jefet urn fcd)$ Hfyr 
be* sjJjergenS auf, unb urn btefelbe 3ctt bes 2Cbcnb$ unter ; (Sic muffen nun 
cine Ijalbc (Stunbc fruber alt gemcbn(tcb auflleben. SSeqeibcn S'te mir, 
wenn icb mid) feke ; aber icb bin febr mube. 3)er Heine J£ar( madite (e§tc 
9?acbt fold) einen Sarin, bap er t>a$ gan^e ^>aus ftcrte ; ber SSater r-eqieb e^ 
ibm, mil er nicbt gan^ roobt mar, unb nid)t rubig febtafen !cnnte. ©s mar 
gefTern ber erfte febene ?(benb in btefem -Jrubling ; ber .£ummc( mar f(ar, 
unb bie 6'terne febtenen bell ; icb fegte mtcb gmtfeben bie 23(umenbeete uns 
ter ben grcpen 2Cpfe(baum, unb erfreute mtcb an bcr (Scbcnbett ber 9?atur; 
icb fap in £er mttben Suft, bi^ ber 93?cnb aufgtng, unb fein blape^ Stcbt auf 
unfer £au$ febten. (Ste febctnen unrubtg ^u fetn ; voa§ feb(t Sf)nen? ©c|cn 
^te fid) gefalltgft ; id) mill 3'bnen fagen, ma$ micb bcunrubtgt, unb icb bin 
gemip, S'te merben micb ber'lagen. 93iir febetnt, Sie mcllen mir nicbt gfous 
ben, bap £crr Sl-arm feine ^fcrbc eerfauft bat ; aber eg ift geivill, benn er 
fctbft bat £$ tmt gefagf. 3d) mill liebcr in einem f'teinen £au[e mebnen, aUS 
meinc typxU Mrfrntfcm JBringcn 6te biefe? fillet §u g}Jabam SBraun ; 
aber 6ie muffen ce il)r fe(b|l gebem Snellen Sic bie ©ute l;aben mir ju 



812 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

fagcn, rco gjfafcam ©run rucfynt 1 man fagtc rntr, fca£ fie ekrfyalfc ber 2&\U 
fycimsjkafe reefjnt, unfc t>a|j tfyr IMamc an tcr SI)iir t>c? ,paufc:t> ift ; after 
id) !ann c$ ntd)t ftnbetu (Sic irrcn fidb, man £crr ; 9Jfabam ©run wefynt 
tud)t efccrijaffc, fcnbcrn untevfjalb fcer ®t(r)dm$fta*{Se ; el ift cm fd)6ne$ 
£aul unt> funf (Stocf bed) ; <Stc twrfcen c* tetd)t ftnbcn ; id) gfauOc el ijt 
trie merte et>er funftc Sfyur sen ber <Sub'(5cfe. 



Bring (thou) me the book, I want it. Do not beat the dog or it 
will bite thee. Be assiduous, my child, and copy thy exercises. 
Be not angry with your brother, he has not broken thy cup. Do 
not sit on the wet grass, but come into the room, thy cousin is waiting 
for thee. Pick up the cravat and put it into thy drawer, or the little 
cat will play with it. Read this sentence once more; thou hast 
made a mistake in it. Do not forget thy promise, and ne,ver take 
anything which does not belong to thee. Eat not too much at once 
and thou wilt be healthier. Be quiet, my child ; thy mother is in 
heaven, and looks down upon thee with pleasure when thou art 
good. Be (ye) always polite towards everybody, be they poor or 
rich. Love your neighbors as yourselves. Give (ye) to the poor 
that piece of bread which ye do not want to-day. Do (ye) not 
complain when ye are healthy and are able to work, for everybody 
has his troubles. Love (ye) your friends and pardon your enemies. 
Do (ye) not trouble yourselves too much for the morrow, for our 
father in heaven takes care of all men. Take (you) a seat, if you 
please, and tell me why you are so uneasy. Be so kind as to come 
this afternoon to my house, and I will show you the cause of my 
uneasiness. Be (you) careful and do not lose the bank-notes; do 
not put them into the pocket-book, but carry them in your hand, for 
these two hundred dollars are the whole fortune of your poor^aunt. 
Get up and dress yourself; you mu^t go for the physician, your 
little sick sister has slept very restlessly this night. Let us take a 
walk to-day; the sun shines brightly, and the weather is very fine for 
this time of the year. Let us sit down and speak of our last journey 
in France. Let him be as rich as people say, I shall never be his 
friend, for T know he has a bad heart. Mr. Green is very uneasy; 
he thinks you will never forget that he was the cause of your mis- 
fortune. Let him be quiet; I pardon him with all my heart, for I 
know it was not his intention to do me wrong: a careless word was 
the only cause of all this trouble. Mr. Klein, the rich merchant, has 
gone with his family to Paris; they will stay there a whole year. 
Let them enjoy their riches; though I am poor, I am perhaps, hap- 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 313 

pier than they are. Let these people talk as much as they will, 
nobody will believe them, for they speak too much of themselves. 

John came out of the garden and told me that he could not find 
Matilda's pocket-handkerchief, w T hich she had dropped when she 
was playing there. Why do you always take Charles's pens ? do you 
think you will write more correctly with them ? Will you have the 
kindness to lend me this volume of Schiller's poems? Most will- 
ingly J but you must give it back to me next week, for I have pro- 
mised to lend this volume to William. Tell Caroline and Francis 
that I have been here to show them two nice little birds. Little 
Edward has been reading very correctly; for this reason I have per- 
mitted him' to play with Frederic, the son of our neighbor. The 
works of Frederic the Great are all written in the French language, 
although he was a German king. The inhabitants of this country 
are a very happy people, for they rejoice in a very long peace, and 
they have never seen an enemy who has interrupted their com- 
merce. War is a great misfortune for every nation; it disturbs not 
only commerce, but the tranquillity of many families. It is very 
seldom that men make the right use of their riches. What is young 
Blanc living upon? He is living upon his father's money, who has 
made a large fortune in the trade of silk goods. Is it of use only to 
write sentences without learning the words by heart? It is useless 
to do so ; for in order to learn a foreign language, one must learn 
many words by heart. The trade in cotton is of great profit to 
this country. Of what use is that ? It is good for nothing. All 
that he has written is good for nothing, for nobody can read it. Mr. 
Brown made several propositions, but they were all good for nothing, 
for I saw no profit in them. You look very uneasy; what is the 
matter with you ? How can I be easy? it is more than four weeks 
since we have received a letter from our father who went to London 
this spring. Be not alarmed at it ; he has perhaps been obliged to 
go to Paris, and then you wall receive a letter this week. People 
say that war has broken out in Germany; have you heard of it? 
You alarm me, sir; that would very much disturb our trade w T ith 
that country. Do not make yourselves uneasy, for I think this news 
is not true ; Germany wants tranquillity as well as any other country. 

Pardon me, if I disturb you; I only came to inquire after the 
health of your family. You do not disturb me at all, I am always 
happy to see you : take a seat, if you please, and let us talk a little. 
27 



314 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

Miss Louisa can never pardon me, because I once gave a blow to her 
little dog which was sitting on the sofa. Of what do you complain 1 
I complain at the price of the black coat which you have made for 
me ; I think you make too much profit on it. Pardon me, sir, but 
you are mistaken ; the price of cloth is so very high since the last 
war, that I cannot give you the coat cheaper, my profit is but very 
little. Of whom does your niece complain ? She complains of her 
little brother, w T ho always disturbs her; and she wants rest, for she 
has not been very well these two weeks. Why do you not sit 
down? you must be very tired, because you have walked very far. 
If you permit, I will sit down on the sofa ; for you are right, I am a 
little tired. Mr. Black is down stairs, he wishes to see you. This 
gentleman disturbs me almost every morning when I am dressing; 
tell him to wait a moment, I shall soon be down. Little George sat 
under the table this morning, and broke half a dozen glasses which 
were standing there ; but his father pardoned him, for it was the 
fault of the servant, who had forgotten to take them away. The 
days are growing longer, the sun rises at six o'clock ; we can now 
get up earlier. After the trouble of the day, I like the tranquillity 
of night ; when the clear silver moon shines through the window 
of my small room, and I can gaze with delight on the bright stars 
of heaven. The moon rose after the sun had set; the sky was 
clear, and the moon shone brightly over the country. The evenings 
are dark now; we have no moonshine. It seems to me as if you 
have not understood me, for I told you to. give the letter to himself. 
I myself have told it to your nephew, but it seemed to me as if he 
would not understand it. You have written the exercises very well, 
but this sentence seems to me not quite correct. I will rather copy 
the exercises than have mistakes in them. We think ourselves 
sometimes stronger than we are. When we took our walk to-day, 
w r e met the soldiers outside of the city. You are looking for your 
niece ; you will find her in the garden ; I have seen her sitting on 
the bench behind the peach-trees. My uncle will pay you rather 
than have any more trouble ; he will be here within a few days. 
Can you tell me where Mr. White is living? Go down this street ; 
Mr. White lives at Number 98, above Third street. My cousin lives 
now in John street, the second door below Fifth street; you will find 
his name on the door. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



315 



SIXTY-NINTH LESSON. — $lmn nnb fed)§3%fie 
Section* 

THE CONDITIONAL MOOD. 

The German conditional mood has four tenses : the present, 
the perfect, and two futures. All these tenses are formed from 
the subjunctive. 

The present conditional is called the imperfect subjunctive in 
every grammar; but this tense is the real present of the conditional. 

All regular verbs, in German, have the imperfect indicative 
and subjunctive alike; as — 



Imperfect indicative. 
I wanted, id) 6raud)te, 
I sought, id) fud)te, 
I loved, id) tie&te. 



Imperf. subjunct. Qpres. cond.) 
if I wanted, mnn id) htaud)t? f 
if I sought, rcerm id) fud)te, 
if I loved, roenn id) tie&te* 



Irregular verbs form their imperfect subjunctive (present con- 
ditional) from the imperfect indicative, by softening the hard 
vowels a, 0/ and u, into d/ Of and xif and by adding e to the first 
person singular, when the imperfect indicative ends with a con- 



sonant ; as 



Imperfect indicative. 
had, id) \)atUf 
was, id) war, 
became, id) rourbe, 
was compelled, id) mufite/ 

might, id) rnoct)te/ 
brought, id) 6rad)te, 
saw, id) fal)f 
lost, id) t>er(or, 
beat, id) fd)lugf 
went, id) ging* 



Imperf subjunct. (pres. cond.^ 
if I had, wenn id) fydtte, 
if I were, roenn id) watt, 
if I became, roenn id) itmrbe? 
if I were compelled, wertrt id) 

muf 3 te, 
if I might, rcenn id) mocbre/ 
if I brought, n>enn id) 6rdd)tej 
if I saw, wenn id) fdfye, 
if I lost, rcerm id) uerlore. 
if I beat, wenn id) fd)luge, 
if I went, rcenn id) ginge* 



The conjugation of this tense is the same as the imperfect in- 
dicative ; thus — 



if I went, rcerm id) ginge, 
if thou wentest, mnn fcu gingejl> 
if he went, iDerm er ginge, 
if we went, wenn wiv gingen, 
if ye went, mnn i!;r gingetf 
if you went, wenn <£ie ginger 
if they went, mnn fie gtngen. 
27 



if I saw, roenn id) fd!)e, 
if thou sawest, roenn fcu fdfyefrj 
if he saw, roenn er fdl)e f 
if we saw, wenn roir fdben> 
if ye saw, roenn il)r fdl>ef f 
if you saw, roenn ©ie fdfyett, 
if they saw, roenn fie fallen. 



316 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

The first future conditional is formed by the imperfect sub- 
junctive (present conditional) of the auxiliary verb merbenj 
which is id) XV u V b e , and the infinitive of a verb ; as — 

I would go, icf) nwrbe gefyert; we would go, rcir roiirben #z\)tn, 

thou wouldst go, bu wiirteji ges ye would go, ifyr rourbet <jef;en> 

fyen> you would go, Ste roiirben gel^erif 

he would go, er roiirbe ger;en/ they would go, fie rciirfcen get>en* 

The conditional mood is employed to express a condition which 
is not actually possible, but only conceived to be possible ; as — ■ 

I would pay you, if I had money. 3d) ttmtbe Sftnen &c$af)(cn, roenn td) 

<35ctt> &&ttc. 
But when we say — 

I will pay you, if I have monev, 3d) wctbe Sfynen b^afyten, roetm id) 

©clb r,abe, 

then the condition is expressed as actually possible, and there- 
fore the indicative is used. 

I would tell him so, if he were 3d) rcuttc e$ ifym fagen, mcnn er 

here. fytcr wave* 

He would give it to me, if you (£r rcurbc es nvir gckn, ruenn ©ie e$ 

brought it. kacbten. 

She would keep it, if I gave it <§k wutbe e6 kfyatten, rocrm idf) e£ 

to her. tfyr #abe. 

We would thank him, if he £Btr ttmrben tr)m bemfen, tvenn et 

waited for us. auf un$ rcattetc. 

In German, as in English, the subordinate sentence, beginning 
with if, may be placed before the principal sentence. 

If I found him, I would tell it to SBenrt id) ifyn fanbe, wutbe id) e$ 

him. tjjm fagen. 

If he drank of this medicine, he SBenn er son btcfer 20?cbt$tn tremfe, 

would recover. er ruurbe gefunb wetberu 

When the principal sentence stands after the subordinate sen- 
tence, thus, f Or is generally placed before the former. 

If I had money, I would lend £Berm id) ©rtb fyatte, fo rotttbe td) 

you some. Sfynert tt>eld)e$ Ictrjetu [mem 

If I called him, he would come. 2£cnn id) ifyn riefc, fo rcurbe er ferns 

To bear, to endure, ertragen;* to suffer, teiben* — imperf I 
suffered, id) littj perfi I have suffered, id) fya&e gelitten; the pain- 
ful feeling, baft ?etb; the sufferings, bie Seiben; insupportable, 
insufferable, unertrdgtid); to hope, fyoffen; the hope, tk £>off* 
rtung; to injure (to wound), t>erle|en; the fortitude, bie ©tarfe* 
bie Stanbfyafttgfeit; the honor, bk Sfyre. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



317 



To hurt I m ^ tt)tin ' v h y sicall y> t0 S ive P ain ^ 

? ( etmas ju ?dt)e ttjint, morally, to hurt one's feelings. 

To injure, t>.e r U 6 e it/ has the meaning of both the preceding, 
but it is not so often used in conversation as the former. 

SDtefct (gelbctt (etbct ftctS an fctnctt 

altcn SBunbcn. 
(§r ertracjt fctne Cciben nut (Static. 

(Sr tttt met cfye cr ftatlv 

3d) fcnntc ifyn ntd)t (ctbcn. 

3d) fyabe ntemate fjetttten, &aj5 metne 

.ftinber allctn in bas Sweater fjefyen* 
SBtr fjaben met burd) ten ^rfcg a,e= 

littcn. 
Ipabc id) S&ncn rocr) gctr)an ? 
£>ct (Sd)facj war $u (far! ; (Sic fyafcen 

mir ®s§ getfyati 
£>et ^InaOc r;at fid) tx>cr) gctfjan ; er 

fjat fid) in ben Singer fjefdnutten. 
3d) r)offe eg nnrb3f)nen nici)t wet) tfjun. 
SHefet 9J?ann ift fehr gut; er tr;ut 

mentals Scmanb etwaS $u £etbe* 
SOBarum tint) <Ste befe auf mid) ? tcf) 

fyabe 3()nen tttcfyts ^u £etbe ejetfyan. 
(S* tf)ut mir tcib, after id) tann 3>fjs 

nen fetnc ^joffnung ejeben. 
3d) \vc\[i Sic fyaben ifyn rmbcr (35 s 

ren) SGBiffen wrfeft 
©te t>erle£en jene gran, rcenn ©ie 

sen bent Sebe tfjrcS itinbeS fprcs 

d)cm 
©c fyaben feine (Sftre »crle$t* [ben. 
2Bir fjefftcn Sic in bem ©arten $u fins 

To oblige, Derbinben* (like bhtben) — imperf. I obliged, id) 
Derbanb/ perf I have obliged, id) fyabe perbunben; to help, fyetfen* 
— pres. id) fyelfe/ bu fyilfj}/ er l)ilft> imperf. I helped, id) f;alf/ perf. 
id) I;a6e gefyotfen; the- obligation, tie 23erbinblid)feit; the help, 
bie Jpiilfe 5 the present, the gift, ba$ ©efcfyenf ; the loss, ber 2>ers 
tuji; to guess, to advise, rattyen* — pros, id) ratfye/ t>u rdttyjr/ er 
rdtl> imperf. I guessed, I advised, id) rietfy/jper/*. I have guessed 
or advised, id) I)abe geratf)en ; to solve, lefen; the advice, ber 
9varl); the council, or the counsellor, ber Dvatl); to consult, um 
9vat() fragen ; the state-house, ba§ 9iatl)l;ait6; the riddle, the 
enigma, ba$ 9vdtl;fel; the business, ba£ @efd)dft> pi bie@efd)dfte; 



This soldier surfers always from 

his old wounds. 
He bears (endures) his sufferings 

w 7 ith fortitude. 
He suffered much before he died. 
I could not endure (bear) him. 
I have never suffered my children 

to go to the theatre alone. 
We have suffered much by the 

war. 
Have I hurt you ? 
The blow was too hard ; you have 

hurt me. 
The boy has hurt himself; he has 

cut his finger. 
I hope it will not hurt you. 
This man is very good ; he never 

hurts anybody. 
Why are you angry with me ? I 

have not hurt you. 
I am sorry, but 1 cannot give you 

any hope. 
I know you have hurt him against 

your will. 
You hurt that Woman when you 

speak (in speaking) of her 

child's death. 
You have injured his honor, [den. 
We hoped to find you in the gar- 



318 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



else, otherwise, fonfr; the place, ber Ort; the spot (the place), 

tie <2telle. 

The place, b e r O r t? denotes any extent of space ; b i e <2 1 e 1 1 e 
refers to a particular place. £) i e ©telle may also be taken as 
a part of ber Oxt. 



I have seen him in this village 
(at this place), on this spot. 

I am very much obliged to you. 

You will oblige me, if you help 
me to work. 

He helps me when he can. 

I was helping him to write his 
exercises. 



3d) f)abe tf)tt in btefcm 2)orfe (an bie? 

fem£)rte) auf bteferStette gcfefyen. 
3d) bin Sfynen fefjt berbunben* 
(Sic wcrben mid) netbinbe^wenn Sie 

mir arbettcn fjetfen. 
(St fytlft mir, wenn cr frmn. 
3d) fyalf tfym fctne ilebuna/n ferret? 

ben* 



When the verbs fo AeZp, fyelfenj to learn, lemen> to teac#, 
lefyren; to hear, tycren, Zo see, fefyen, and to find, fin be n, 
are followed by an infinitive, such infinitive is not preceded, in 
German, by to, jUf. — as after the auxiliary verbs of mood, xvoU 
len> fonnen, lafjen> miifferif fallen, mogen, and biirfen. (See 
Lesson 52.) 



I have helped him to work. 

He learns me writing (to write). 

J teach him to read. 

We hear her sing. 

She saw you coming. 

I found him sitting under the tree. 

I asked him for help. 

Guess what I have brought you. 

I guessed the riddle without 

much trouble. 
You have guessed it. 
Only his sister can solve this 

enigma. 
Thou advisest me to do it, 
I advised him to pay you the bill. 

We have advised him to remain 
at the same place where he is 
now living. 

I ask for your advice. 

I have consulted my lawyer. 

Mr. Smith is a city-councillor. 
If you will find him you must go 

to the State-house. 
It is the largest house in this place. 
I was long at this place; on this 

spot. I have often sat. 



3d) fyabc trmi arbettcn a,er;ctfen. 

<5t (crnt mid) fcfyreibcm 

3d) lerne trm leferu 

SBtr f)6rcn ftc ftncjen. 

(Sic far) (Sic fommen* 

3d) fanb tf)n untcr bem 23aume ftgem 

3d) bat tfjn urn £fitfe. [tjabc 1 

SKatfyen (Ste, was id) 3f)ncn gebracbt 

3d) rtctf) ia$ 9^dtt)fc( cfync tricle 

(Sic fyaben e$ cjeratrjen. 

9£ur fctne <Sd)nxfter fann biefeS 

SKatbfel lofen. 
S)u ratl)jt mir c$ $u tfjun. 
3d) rtetf) tfjm, Sfynen bte ^ecrmuna, 

• $u be^afyen. 
££ir fyaben tr)m c\cratf)cn an bemfetben 

£>rte $u bteiben, wo er jegt fcbt. 

3d) bttte (Sic urn 3&rcn SRatlj. 
3d) fabe metnen tfbttofatcn urn $atr) 

^fraat 
£crt (Sd)mtbt if! ein (Stabtratf). 
iBcnnStc trm fmbcnwottcn,fomuffcn 

(Sic in bat SKathfyaus a>'ben. 
(J$ ij!ba$ grcptc &aus in 'btefcm £)rrc. 
3d) war iana/ in btefcm £)rtc ; auf 

btcfer Stetie fjabc id) eft gefefjen. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



319 



5£enn id) in Sftrct <Steltc tvave. 
2Bir fint) an ttcfcr ©telle bee 2Bud)C$ 

ftcfjert ge&tteben. 
tlnfcr 9Zad)bar mad)t cin guteS ©es 

f<*aft, 
(Sr fprtd)t immcr f en fetnen (Skfcfyaften. 
£)et cng(tfd)C .ftemfmann fjat f)tet 

fcfyecfyte @cfdjafte gemadjt. 
&cmme febnett, fonjt mupt t>u 311 

£aufe bleiben. 
©ie muffen ftttf) be$ SWorgcnS fonts 

men, fenft roerben <Sie mid) nid)t 

$u £aufe jtnben. 
SBraucfyen (Sic fonft ntd)t^ ? 



If I were in your place. 

We have stopped at this place in 

the book. 
Our neighbor is doing a good 

business. 
He always speaks of his business. 
The English merchant has done 

a bad business here. 
Come quickly, else thou must 

stay at home. 
You must come earlier in the 

morning, otherwise you will 

not find me at home. 
Do you not want something else? 

Possible, m&gticfy; impossible, unmoglicfy; the possibility, tie 

Such, fofcf); 
a demonstrative pronoun, which is declined like an adjective : — 

such a man, em folcfyer 9D?ann; such men, folcfye Scanner; 
such a woman, etne folcfye ft-rau ; such women, folcfye $rauen. 
such a child, em folcfyeS i?inb; 

When used emphatically, such, folcfyf in German, as in Eng- 
lish, precedes the indefinite article ; but then it takes the form 
of an adverb, and has no declension ; as — 

such a man, fold) ein 93?ann; such a woman, fo(rf) eine %va\x^ 
such a child, fold) ein .Smb. 



Such a book it is not worth while 

to read. 
I never rely on such promises. 

Have you ever seen such a man 1 

Is it possible to do suchabusiness? 

It is impossible to write with such 
a pen. 



(Sin fofd)cS 93ud) tft md)t bet ffiAfc 

roertf) $u (efen. 
3d) Utlaftz mid) niemaB auf folcfye 

93erfprcd)en. 
£aben <Ste jemalS fold) ein en Sfilann 

Qefcfjen ? 
3ft & mcQlid) fold) ein ©efd)aft $u 

mad)cn ? 
(5$ tft unmogtfd) mit einer fokfyen 

Jeber (mit fold) einer geber) $u 

fefyretben. 

For the sake of, f)a(6en> or l;a(6er; 

On account of, roegen; 
two prepositions, which govern the genitive. J) a 1 6 e n, or f) a k 
b e t> denotes a particular motive ; tt) e g e fy a motive in an indefi- 
nite manner. 

jj a I b e n is preferred when the substantive to which it belongs 



820 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

is preceded by an article or pronoun ; otherwise, f) a 1 6 e r is used. 
They always stand after the noun which they govern. 

Man does much for the sake of £)ct 93?cnfd) tfyut 93tele$ be£ ©e(be$ 

money. ftalben* 

He is here for the sake of pleasure, (gr tft SScrgnfigenS fyatbcr fytcr* 

2B e g e n may precede or follow the noun which it governs. 

I did it on account of your father. 3d) tfjat es wca.cn 3r)rc^ SSaterS, or 

3fyrc* SSateri nxgen. 
On account of his health he lives (Seiner ©efunbrjdt rocgen rcofynt er 
in the country. cmf bem fiemfce. 

"When the preposition t) a 1 6 e tt> or ro c g e rt; follows a personal 
pronoun, the genitive of the pronoun changes its termination X 
into t r and forms one word with the preposition ; thus — 

For the sake of you; or, for your 3fyvetr;alben. 

sake. 

On account of me; or 7 on my SOSegcn mciner, changes into met? 

account. netrocgen* [geben. 

For my sake you may go. 93teinetf)atben fonncn (mogen) (Sie 

I have done it on his account. 3d) f}abc es fetnetroegen gctfyan. 

©cr fran$6ftfd)c (Stubcnt nmrbe Sfyncn t)ic 3?cd)nung beaten, nxnn cr ®eft> 
fyattc. 9)?cm better nntrbe (Sic gcrotfi befucfyen, roenn cr in t>cr (Stabt marc. 
SMrben (Sie btcfc6 23ud) faufen, nxnn id) c$ faufte? 3d) nmrbe cs fcmfcn, 
t>enn id) wcip (Sic faufen feme fd)led)ten SSucfyer. ^ar( nimmt ntd)t fern 
©elb in 2Cd)t ; nmrben (Sic Urn bettaqen, rcenn cr feine S3orfc Dcrlcre ? 3d) 
rourbc ifyn bef(agen ; aber roarum ratten (Sie tfjm nid)t, [cine <Sad)en forg? 
falttgcr in 2(d)t $u nefymen ? SBcnn bcr Scaler 3fynen $)a$ ©ematbc brad)te, 
rcucben (Sic eg 3#ret (Sd)nxj?er getgen ? £Bcnn er es !)cute brdd)te, fc rourbc 
td) e$ 9ttemanb $ctgen, benn id) mill mciner (Scferoefter ein ©cfcfyenf bomit 
$u ifyrcm (Ste&urtstage macfyen* SBenn £>crr SBraun Don mir fprecfyen fotltc, 
fo rcurben <Ste mid) fcf>r serbinben, ir)in ^u fagen, bap id) tnein 23erfpred)en 
nicbt scrgeffen fyabe. £)er Heine (Sofyn unfereS <Sd)uhmctd)cr$ fud)t ben g$» 
bencn S^tciftift ben (Sic in bem (fatten Dcrloren l)abcn ; tuenn cr tfyn fdnbe, 
ttmrbc er ityn 3fynen gutuccgeben ; benn obg(etd) btcfe £cute arm ftnb, fo finb 
fie bod) cfyr(id). (Sie finben mcin Simmer fait ; rcenn id) #o($ tier fydtte, 
roiirbe id) cin geucr an$unbcn. (Sic fragen mid), roarum id) fycutc nid)t fpas 
gicrcn reite ; roenn X>at> ^Better nid)t fo fd)(cd)t ware, nmrben (Sie mid) md)t 
gu £aufe ftnbcn* 2Bcnn id) ben Seamen ber eng(ifd)en ©rdftnn rcuptc, fo 
rotfcbe id) ifjn 3()ncn fagen ; e^ ift fd)on febr lange, baj} id) ir)rcn 0?amcn 
nennen r)6rte, unb id) ^abe fein gute^ ©ebdd)tni^ llnfer grcunb ©eorg, 
ber (e|te SGBod)c ba^ red&tc SBctn brad)/ teibet fe^r, aber cr crtvdgt alle (Sd)mcr^ 
$cn mit gropcr Stanbf)aftigfeit ; bte %ix%te furd)tcn fte merben if)m t>a$ 23etn 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 321 

abfcbnciben muffen. £>cr altc Sotbat tttt met, efye cr parb ; aber er Mtltitft 
fid) ntemalS, cbg(ctd) feme <Sd)mer$en mancbmal beinabe uncrtrag(td) roarcn ; 
fcin Sob ift ctn grower SScrtuft fur fctne armc gamUie. -SGStr miiffcn tie 
(Sorgen unb g'eifcn btcfc* Scben6 nut (Stanbbaftigfcit ertragen, benn je mcbr 
rotr un$ barubcr beflagen, bepo unertragttcber roerben fie un$. 3d) l;abe 
biefen 2drm (angc genug ertragen ; nun rcfinfdje id), bag ibr ru^ig feiet,unb 
mid) nid)t lander port 3d) fann biefen Sftenfcben nicbt leiben ; er fptid)t 
febr mef, unb fcr)r feltcn bie SBabrbctt, 3cb fat) ber r;d(}(td)C Jlnabe rootttc 
bid) fcr>(agcn ; id) fjoflfe er bat bir nid)t roeb gctban. (Sr fd)(ug mid) auf bie 
£anb, aber e$ t^at mtr nid)t rocb/ benn id) fjatte £anbfd)ube ange^ogem 
£5ic ftctne Caroline bat fid) roe!) gctban ; fie rocUte ein (Bind papier fcbneU 
ben, unb fie fjat fid) in ben finger gefebntttem <Ste fagen ba$ £err $ur$ 
auf mid) bofe tp, aber id) glaube er bat fctne ttrfacr>.c e$ $u fcin, benn id) F)aOe 
tbm menials ctroaS $u 8eibe gettyem. £)u Cannft mit ben JUnbc-rn unfetes 
SRac^bar^ fpiclcn, benn td) rceip fie tbun 9?icmanb etroaS ^u £etbc. (5$ 
tbut mtr (cib Sbncn fagen $u mfiffen, ba$ (Sic bie (Sbre mctncS 9?effcn r>cr= 
le£ten, ate (Sic fagtcn, bap er cta>a<> t)cn S^nen bebattcn Fjat ; cr ift ntd)t 
ein fo(d)cr SJtann rote (Sic gtauben; er bebdlt ntcr>t6 roaS tbm ntd)t gel) eft. 
(5t> roar nicbt meine 2C6ftd>t rocber <Ste nod) 3brcn Sfteffen $u c-erlcgcn, ate 
id) fagte, bay id) tbm Dor p>et £Bod)cn etnen 9?cgcnfd)trm gclteben, benn id) 
feit icner Beit nid)t roiebergefeben r)a6e ; mefleicbt foot Semanb 2(nbcrer tl;u 
genommen. 3d) fann c$ nid)t ertragen, roenn id) jUnbcr mit SBcffern fptes 
len febe, benn id) furcate pet£> la$ fie fid) c-erfegen f onncn. 

jg>offcn <Ste bap 3bre Sante biefe £Bod)C t>on (Surcpa anfemmen rotrb ? 
3d) Ijoffc unb rounfebe e$ r>on ganjem &&um* Sd> beflage ben £ftenfcben, 
J)en bie £offnung t-crfaft ; fie, bie bepe grcunbinn unfercs £ebcn$. Sftetne 
(Scbroeper ift ein fefyr gute5 9Jiabdbcn % fie f)i(ft mtr meine 2(rbciten mad)cn, 
roenn fie fe^r fd)mer finb. £>ag ift nid)t $Red)t ; (Sic muffen 3&re Ucbungcn 
ol)ne frembe ^>ulfe tfjun, fonft merben (Ste nur rocnig ^ertfebrttte macben. 
52a^ ratten (Sic mtr $u tf)un : foil id) bem bcutfd)cn ^aufmann biefe $£aas 
ren auf Srebit t)cifaufcn ? 3cf) fenne bicfen |)crrcn ntd)t, aber metn ^Hat^ 
ware fcine 9?ad)barn ^u fragen, ob cr ctn gutcS ©cfd>aft mad)t, unb ob er ein 
x ef)i(td)er Wann ift* (Sie beHagen fid) ubcr (Scbmer^en in ben #upen ; ^ie 
mulfen 3^en'2Cqt urn Sttatf) fragen, fonft roerben (Ste langc 3eit 3bv ©c? 
fcbdft nid)t in 2Cd)t ne^men fonncn. $m ^letn ift ein fcf)t guter ^Kath, unb 
er t()ut ml fur bie Stabt ; man Fann t^n alle Sage auf bem $atf)f)au* pits 
ben ; id) bin tf)m wk 2Scrbinb(id)feiten fd)utbig. Unfer 9?acbbar, ber un$ 
gegenubcr roobnt, mad)t fcin ©cfebaft ; cr fdbrt alle Sage fpa^teren, unb gef)t 
jeben 2Cbenb in ©efellfd)aft ; id) meij} ntd)t woeon cr (ebt ; e^ ip fur mid) ein 
ffi&tbfcf/ tvetcbe^ id) nid)t lofen fann. 3cb ^abe geftern ctn fefjr ()fi&(df)c« 



322 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

Static! afcgefd)riekn, cuxr id) frmn eg nid)t ratfycn ; id) roill eg Sfynen gets 
gen, mcllctd)t fonnen &w eg lofen. 3f)rc Sante fdbicft Sfynen cm t"leineg 
(Sjefdjmf ; ratften (Sic wag eg tft. 9J<cine tfyeure &antc mad)t mir fo tricle 
(§5cfcben8c, tap eg fur mid) fcfyroer roirb ^u ratten mag biefeg fur eineg tft ; 
after id) bin gerotj}, t)ap eg etroag £u6fd)eg ift. Sfjr better mad)t fd)led)te 
G5cfd)aftc ; roenn id) in S&tcr (Stetle roare, fo rourbe id) ifym ratten ntd)t fo 
rteC auf (Srebit $u r-erfoufen, fenft roirb er ben nad)ften 9J?onat nid)t k$af)len 
fonnen roag er febutbtg ift. 3d) benfe rote (Ste, akr ein fetcber 9^atr) femmt 
jegt $u fpdt ; roir muffen nun scrfucrjcn tfjm su feclfcn, roenn eg nod) moglid) 
tft. 3d) erinncre mid) ftetg mit Skrgnugen teg £)rteg wo id) roafyrenb met* 
ner jtiribfycit lebte, unb an bie ©telle roo id) alg jlnabe fpielte. 3ft eg megs 
(id) bap £err SDBcip an fo(d) einer fd)ted)ten ©telle, fold) ein guteg ©efdjaft mas 
d)en farm ? 3d) fefye ©ie f ennen tftn nid)t ; fold) ein 9J?ann rote £crr ££etp 
roirb an (ebcm £)rte ein guteg ©efefyfift mad)en. 2£enn id) Sfynen biefeg 
©elb leifye, fo tfeue id) eg nid)t beg 9?uf$eng r)a(0cn / fonbern nur urn Sfynen 
$u f)elfen. 9J?ctn SSater ift ©efd)dfte ^alOcr nad) Sonbon geretft, benn er 
fa!) fetne 97l6gtid)t"ett f>tcr bie ££aarcn $u faufen, roelcfyc roir fur ben £>erbft 
braucfyen. 9?td)t metnetfyaloen, fonbern S^rctfjatbcn, Ijabe id) mit bem 
SJcanne gefprocfyen, unb tfyn gckren fid) feineg SSerfpredjeng $u ertnnern* 
SBir fyaben Sfyteg ©ofyneg roegen nad) $artg gefefyriekn ; roir fyakn akr 
nod) fcine 2(ntroort erfyalten. iSil^elm fjat, roegen fetner fd)led)ten ©efunbs 
f)cit, 9?eu Drlcang oerlaffen muffen. itnfer £)ljeim lam unferetroegen oon 
$can!reid) $urucf ; er roetp rote fefjr roir tr)n liekn, unb roie fcfjr roir eg 
rounfd)en mit if)m an bemfetkn Drte $u lekn. 



Our neighbor would not be so poor, if he were more assiduous. 
You ask me why I have no friends ; I would have many, if I had 
much money. You would delight your cousin very much, if you 
gave him the watch which you have promised him. We would not 
ask you for the books, if we did not want them. You do not like 
water, but you would drink some if you were thirsty. His sister 
complains that nobody understands her when she speaks German, 
but she knows v»ry well every one would understand her, if she 
spoke louder. Last week, when Mr. Black wished to pay you his 
bill, you would not take small bank-notes, but now you would be 
very much satisfied if he brought them to you. We would sit down 
if we did not fear to disturb you. Sit down, gentlemen, you do not 
disturb me at all, I am always very glad to see my friends ; do you 
think 3 T our uncle would go to Boston, if I went thither with him? 
Our uncle begs you to excuse him ; he would willingly go with you 
if his business would allow him, but the spring trade has begun, 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 323 

and he is obliged to stay at home. He could go next month, if it 
were not too late for you. Do not speak of what I have done fop 
you ; I would do more if I could. This gentleman would not com- 
plain of me, if he knew me better* and he misunderstands me, if 
he believes I could make him propositions which would be against 
the law. We would go into the country to-day, if the weather were 
not so disagreeable. How would it please you if your friends should 
speak so badly of you, as you speak of them 1 If my brother asked 
your pardon, would you forgive him his fault 1 I would pardon him, 
for I know he has not a bad heart. George is looking for his pocket- 
book • he has probably lost it. If he looked for it more carefully he 
would find it in the drawer of his bureau ; I saw 7 it there yesterday. 
Why will you not lend Goethe's poems to Charles ? If I gave them 
to him, he would never return them to me. If you knew how poor 
that man is, you would have pity on him. Mrs. Klein is very sick, 
she suffers from a bad fever; her children would be very unhappy 
if she should die. Our uncle suffers much from his old wounds 
which he received in the last w r ar; he never will take any medicine; 
if he drank that which his physician has given to him, he would 
soon recover. If your dear mother saw what you are now doing, 
she w T ould be very much surprised. John always remains in his 
bed until the sun shines into his room ; if he got up earlier, he 
w T ould be able to work better ; and if he took greater care of his 
books, he would not lose them so often. You wonder wdiy my 
nephew never comes to see you, although he passes your house 
every morning; I am sure if you called him, he would come to see 
you, for I think he fears to disturb you. 

How is your nephew- to-4ay ? He is a little better, but he still 
suffers very much ; the headache seems to him sometimes unsup- 
portable, but w T e hope he will be better in a few days. Mr. White, 
our neighbor, w T ho had fallen from the third story window into the 
yard, suffered very much before he died ; he had injured his head 
very much, but he endured all his pain with great fortitude ; until 
his last moment he never complained, though I think his sufferings 
must have been sometimes almost insupportable. Mrs. White can 
hardly bear the loss of her husband, and all her friends pity her, for 
she is a very amiable lady. I cannot bear it w T hen children will 
talk like men and grow old before their time ; I like to see children 
cheerful and playing, instead of talking of things of which they 
understand but little. Our father has never suffered us to go to 



324 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

the theatre without his company, or that of our mother. Hope is 
the greatest gift of heaven ; without it men would be very unhappy. 
We hoped our aunt would have arrived yesterday, but we were 
mistaken; for instead of herself, we received a letter in which she 
wrote that she would arrive within the next week. I hope my 
brother has not hurt you ; he is a very good boy, who hurts no one 
intentionally. My boots hurt me, I must take them off; the shoe- 
maker has made them too small. You are playing with that large 
knife ; take care not to hurt yourselves. With what has the little 
girl hurt herself] She took a pair of scissors from the table whilst 
her mother had gone into the back parlor, and she cut her finger with 
them. Charles gave me a very hard blow in playing, but I know 
he did not wish to hurt me. The little dog is lame; I think you 
have hurt it. I did not hurt it ; it fell down the staircase and it has 
injured its hind foot. Take care of what you say ; I fear you will 
hurt that gentleman's feelings, for he loves his brother very much, 
and he cannot endure that anybody should speak badly of him. A 
good memory is a great gift of nature ; without which, it is very 
difficult to learn a foreign language in a short time. I hoped to find 
you at the concert last night, but I had not that pleasure. Life 
would be insufferable if hope left us. Of whom have you received 
this fine present % Young Lewis, who studies medicine in Paris, has 
sent it to me. You surprise me with this beautiful present ; I 
always desired to have Goethe's works, but they were too dear for 
me. These books are a present from one of my friends in Ger- 
many, but they are of no use to me, because I understand but little 
of the German language; but knowing (as I know) that you have 
studied it these six months, and that you have made so much pro- 
gress as to be able to read them, it gives me great pleasure to 
present them to you. 

You will oblige me very much if you would come to. my brother- 
in-law's this evening; you shall help me to guess a riddle over 
which I have been thinking these three days. I like good enigmas, 
but they must not be too difficult to solve ; my German teacher 
gave me a riddle of Schiller's the other day, which is most beautiful : 
I shall bring it with me this evening; you will find some trouble to 
solve it. Your brother would oblige me very much if he would 
give me his advice how to finish this business. You trouble your- 
self in bringing the newspaper of which you were speaking yes- 
terday ; I am very much obliged to you. Mr. Klein is a very kind 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 325 

gentleman; we are under many obligations to him; if possible, he 
helps every one who comes to ask for his advice. Charles found 
me working very assiduously, for I wished to copy the manuscript 
which Mr. Bush sent me. He helped me to write for three hours, 
until we had finished. Mr. Green, the city-counsellor, fell down 
the staircase this morning as he was coming down from the State- 
house ; he was not able to get up without help ; I fear he has hurt 
himself very much. What do you advise me to do? shall I begin 
this business or not ? If I were in your place, I would not begin 
such a business, for I see no profit in it. I have bought a little pre- 
sent for you ; guess what it is. It is not difficult to guess it, for I 
see it in your pocket ; it is a book. This time you are mistaken, my 
dear Emily ; for it is not a book, but a dozen pair of French kid 
gloves which I bought in passing Mr. Blane's store ; there were 
many people there; I think Mr. Blane does a very good business. 
Yes ; he sells his goods very cheap, otherwise he would not have 
so much to do. There are many enigmas in nature which men 
will never solve. You have very much obliged your cousin by 
helping him to find his lost child; without your advice they would 
not have succeeded so soon. You have rented a very good place 
for business, and though you pay a high rent, you have done right 
to take it ; otherwise another merchant would have rented it. Is 
it possible to commence such a business as you do? try to sell all 
these goods as soon as possible, else you will lose a great deal of 
money. It is almost impossible to tell you how much I was pleased 
in your sister-in-law's company; such an amiable lady I have sel- 
dom seen. Is it possible that you can stand on this wet place for 
two hours 1 do you not fear to become sick ? You see Charles works 
very slowly; you must help him, else he will never have finished. 
Here are the goods which you have bought; do you want anything 
else? Miss Louisa will have the kindness to commence reading; 
we stopped at this place last evening. How can you read such a 
book? I have never seen a worse one in my life. I know our 
neighbor would do anything for the sake of money. It was only 
for the sake of honor that he paid you the money. You may go to 
the theatre on my account, but I do not know whether your father 
will allow it. Our aunt lives the whole year in the country, on 
account of her health. I have given this advice to George for the 
sake of his father, to whom I am under many obligations. 



28 



326 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

SEVENTIETH LESSON. — @iefrett$t$fte &ectwtu 

THE CONDITIONAL MOOD, CONTINUED. 

The past (perfect) tense of the conditional mood is formed 
from the past participle of the verb and the present tense condi- 
tional of the auxiliary to have, fya&en, or to be, fein; as — 

if I had had, wenn id) gef)a6t fyatte; 

if he had been, roenn er gewefen ware ; 

if we had wanted, roenn \t)ir gebraucfyt fatten; 

if you had seen, wenn Sie gefefyen fy&tten; 

if they had gone, roetm fie gegangen wdren* 

The second future of the conditional is formed from the pre- 
sent conditional of the auxiliary ro e r b e n r which is id) \v u r b t? 
and the past participle of a verb, to which the infinitive of the 
auxiliary I) a 6 e tt> or f e t ri/ is added. 

I would have had, id) rourbe gefya&f fya&en; 

he would have been, er wiirbe geroefen fein; 

we would have wanted, roir roiirben ge6raud)t fyaben ; 

you would have seen, ©je wiirben gefefyen fyaben; 

they would have gone, fie wurben gegangen fein. 

I would have told him so ; if he 3d) rourbe c£ tf)m gffagt fyaften 

had been here. rcenn er fjter gerocfen roare. 

He would have given it to me, (St timtbe eg nut geqeben fyabm, roenn 

if you had brought it. Sic e£ gebtad)t fatten. 

She would have kept it, if I had (Sic nnitbc e$ befyalten fyaben, n?enn 

given it to her. id) c* t|r gegeben fjatte. 

If you had called him, he would ££enn @tc ifyn gctufen fatten, fo 

have come. rcurbc cr gefommen fein. 

If we had know T n it, we would ££enn tv'xt e£ genmfrt batten, fo wur* 

not have done it. ten nnr e$ ntd)t getfyan Ijafcen. 

The conjunction if ttHnn; is sometimes omitted, in order to 
give more emphasis to a conditional sentence; as — 

Had I money, I would give you £atre id) (Mb, fo tuutbe id) Sfynen 

some. n>etd)Cg geben. 

Were he in your place, he would SSare ev in Sfytet ©telle, er wtitbe 

do it. e$ tbun. 

He would know it, had he listened (St nnirbe e$ nuffen, r)dttc er auf <Ste 

to you. gcf)6rt. 

Had you written to me, I would fatten (Sic an mid) gefdjrtefccn, fo 

have sent it to you. wurbc id) e* Sfynen gefanbt fjafcen. 

They would have come, had you <£ie wutben gefommen fein, fatten 

called them. (Sic fte getufen. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 327 

The conditional mood is also employed in sentences which con- 
tain a wish, the fulfilment of which is impossible or improbable. 

Would I had never been in his S3?arc tcb ntcmat^ in fctncr (55cfcIIfcr>aft 

company ! genxfen ! 

I wish your father were still alive. 3d) rounfcbte, Sfyt SSatcr kW nod). 

Would that I had never seen this 3d) rcolltc, id) fjcttte bicfcn 9D?arm nie 



man I 



gefeben ! 



I wish our uncle were here. 3d) rrmnfcbte, unfer Dbetmnmre fytcr, 

or, bap unfcr £)f)ctm r)ter roare, 
I wish I could do it. 3d) rootlte id) fonntc eg tfyun. 

I should like, tct> mogte gem fa much-used expression). 

I should like to know. 3d) megre gern ttrifien. 

I should like to speak to your 3d) mogte gern 3^cn SStuber fprcs 
brother. d)Cn. 

To dare, to be allowed, biirfen — 

Pres. id) barff tu barfjT, er barf; 

U)ir biirfen, ifyr biirfr, Sie biirfen, fie biirfen* 
Imperf. I dared, I was allowed, id) burfte. 
Perf. I have dared, been allowed, id) tyabe geburft. 

© li r f e n is the seventh and last auxiliary verb of mood, after 
which follows an infinitive, without to, $U} as after roollen, fens 
nen, mtiffen, laffen, follen, mogen. 

The verb biirfen has some similarity to may, mo gen, and 
is, in English, very often rendered by this latter verb. © li r fe n 
implies an unquestionable liberty, whilst mogen implies an in- 
clination or permission of another. 

He may go thither. (Srmagbtngeben (permission to go). 

He is allowed to go thither. (5t barf btngefyen (at liberty to go)* 

I may not do it. 3d) mag es ntcbttfyun (not inclined)* 
I am not allowed to do it. f 3d) barf eS nicbttfjun (not at liberty 
I dare not do it. ( to do if, or it is not permitted). 

They were allowed to come. (Ste burften femmeiu 

He is not allowed to go out to- (Sr barf (jeute ntd)t auSgefjcn, benn 

day, for he is not well. cr tft ntd)t wchU 

I was not allowed to see him. 3d) babe ibn ntcbt feben burfctn 

May I ask you 1 SDarf id) <Sie bitten ? 

You may know it. (Ste biirfen c$ buffet}. 

If. I may say so. [bread? SQBenn id) fo fagen barf. [ten? 

May T ask you for a piece of £)arf id) Sic urn etn S'tiicf SStob bit* 

In polite demands, such as the last above, biirfen is often 
rendered by the present of the conditional. 

May I ask you for some water ? £)urfte id) (Ste urn cm nxnig ££a|fct 

bitten ? 



328 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



To run, laufen* [takes to be, fein f for its auxiliary) — 
Pres. id) laufe, bu Idufjr, er lauft; 

voir lauferif ifyr lauftf fie lauferu 
Imperf. I ran, id) lief* 
Per/. I have run, id) 6in gelaufen* 

To throw (to cast), roerfen* — 

Pres. id) rcerfe, bu rDtrffr^ er roirft; \m rcerfen, k. 

Imperf. I threw, id) rtmrf. 

Perf. I have thrown, id) fya&e geroorfem 

The guilt, tie @cf)ulb (in the plural, it signifies debts, bie 
©cfyulben); guilty, fcfyulbig; to excuse, cntfd)ul&igcn (insep. v.); 
the crime, ba% 2>erbred)en; the thief, ber ©ieb. 

Among (amongst), tmter; 
a preposition, governing the dative and accusative (see Less. 58). 
It is not my fault. (SS tft mcfyt metne <Sd)ulb. 

Whither are you running? £Bof)in lew fen ©ie? 

I am running to the storehouse, 3d) laufe nad) tern £Baarenlaget, tmb 



and my brother runs to the 
bank in order to seek our father. 

The dog ran behind the house. 

They had caught the thief, but 
he ran away. 

He has run away. 

I throw nothing away which is 
of use. [away. 

That gentleman throws his money 

The servant threw the dog into 
the river. [feet. 

He cast himself at the prince's 

She has thrown away her gloves. 

It was not his fault, but his 
brother's. 

Mr. Black paid all his debts be- 
fore he departed. 

They have found that man guilty 
of the crime. 

Excuse me for coming so late. 

Among the sailors there are many 
strong men. 

My cousin was standing among 
the soldiers; it was not my 
fault that I could not find him. 



metn SBrubet lauft auf bic 23anr", 

urn unferen SSatcr ^u fud)en. 
£>er Jpunb lief renter t>a$ #au& 
sftlcin fjatte ben £)tet> ejefangen, after 

er lief rueg. 
(St tJT nxggelaufen. 
3d) rcerfe ntdjts rceg, tt>af> son 9?u§en 

ift, or uoa$ gu cjebraucfyen tft. 
SDkfer £>ert rxntft fetn ©ctb nxg. 
Dec SBebiente roarf ben Jounb in t>m 

St roarf ftd) bem $urfren $u guOen. 
@ie fiat ifyrc 4?anbfd)uf)c meggerDorfcn. 
(S$ war ntd)t feine <Sd)utt>, fonbern 

bie femes SSruberS. 
£err ©d)ii>ar$ bcgaftlte alle feme 8d)ul* 

ben, cf)e er afcretfte. 
9J?an r)qt biefen 9J2ann be6 SScrfcre* 

cben6 fd^ulbtq gefunben, 
(Sntfd)utbigen <8te mid), baj} id) fo 

fpat femme. 
ttnrer ben sjtotrefen gict>t e*> mele 

ftarfe Scute. 
Sflletn better ftanb unter ben (^efba* 

ten ; eg rear niebt mctne <Sd)iilb, 

t>a$ id) tl)n nid)t ftnben fenntc. 

the share, 



The part, ber £f)eil; the share, ber 2£ntf;eil ; to divide, to 
share, ttyeilen; to distribute; wrtfyeilen; to participate, in, to 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



329 



take part, in (to partake, of), %\)tH nel;men> an; to serve, bienen 
(ivith the dative); to serve, for, bienen, ju; the service, ber 
£)ienjr; obedient, gefyorf am; disobedient, ungefyerfam; the valet 
(the servant), ber ©tener* 

2) e r Wiener denotes, in German, a higher position than ber 
35ebtente, and is often used figuratively; as in letters : lam 
your servant, 3d) bin 3l;r £iener — not, 3d) bin 3ljr s -8ebtenter. 

He has given away the largest (Sr fyat ben gropten &r)eii fetnc6 SScr? 

mcg«n$ nxggegebem 
Scfe/ f&t metnen SfycU, routbc eS 

ntcbt getfjan fyabetu 
SKettt SBtubet fjatte fetnen 2Cntr)cil 

an jenem ($kfd)afr. 
(gr ocrt{)ci(tc bte ^ftrfkben untcr feme 

iUnber. 
(Ste tfyetltc ben JUicfyen in trier Sfyctfe. 
(Sine gute #rau tfyetft ba$ Itnglucf 

tfyreS 20?annc£* 
(Sr nafym an metnen (Sergen Sftett. 
SMIen ©te an btefem SSergntigen 

3d) nerjme Sfjett baram [blent? 
2Bte (ange fjat Sbnen btefet 9J?ann ge* 
(Sr fjat nur gwet Safyre gut gebtent. 

StfcfeS junge TOdbcr?cn tft in metnem 
£)tenfte, or btent bet mix* 

3d) bin ^u Sfireui £)tenfte. 

9J?etn .Obetm tji lange tm effentttcfyen 
SDtenftc genxfen. 

£)te .5ttnber unfercS 2?ad)bar3 ftnb 
fefyr ungeberfann 

3d) bin ftctS 3&r gefjorfamer £)iener* 

lint) tcb, 3br gebcrfamfier. 

2L>e$u btent 3Wn btefet atte $)ferb ? 



part of his fortune. 

J, for my part, would not have 
done it. 

My brother had no share in that 
business. 

He distributed the peachesamong 
his children. [parts. 

She divided the cake into four 

A good wife shares the misfor- 
tunes of her husband. 

He participated in my sorrows. 

Will you participate in this plea- 
sure. 

I take part in it. [you? 

How long has that man served 

He has served me well for two 
years. 

This young girl is in my service. 

I am at your service. 

My uncle has been a long time 

in the public service. 
Our neighbor's children are very 

disobedient. [vant. 

I am always your obedient ser- 
And I your most obedient. 
For what does this old horse 



serve you f 
It serves us to bring our goods 
from the river to the storehouse. 



(Ss btent un6 unfere £Baaren sen bem 
•gtufce nad) bem SBaarenlaget $u 
brtngen. 

To change, roed)fetn; to exchange, for, t>erwed)fetn, taufd)en, 
i»erroed)fetnj gegen; the change, ber 2Bed)fel; the bill of exchange, 
ber ©ed)fe(; the exchange, bit Q3orfe ; to accustom, gewobnen; 
to accustom one's self (to get or become accustomed, to), fid) ge* 
wofynen, an; the custom, the habit, Ik ©etuofynfyeit; the linen, 
tie 2Bdfd)e; the ear ; ba$ £)\)x, pi. bie £)fyren; the sound ; ber 
28* 



330 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



Qaiit) the order, tie £)rtnung; sudden, plofsticfy; entirely, gdn$* 
lid). 

I must change this piece of gold. 
How often do you change your 
linen % 



Scb mug tiefeg (iMtjlucf tt>cd>fe(n. 
2Bte eft roecbfeln @ic 3bre 2Bafd)e? 



I change it oftener in the summer 
than in the winter. 

The weather changes every day. 
There is a great change in the air 

between yesterday and to-day. 
The wind has suddenly changed. 
He has changed his place. 
Let us exchange our places. 
Will you change this bank-note 

for silver ? 
I am not able to do it, for my 

father has gone to the exchange. 
My friend went to the exchange 

in order to buy a bill of ex- 
change on London. 
I have exchanged all my gold. 
He has exchanged his old hat 

for a new one. 
For what have you exchanged 

your garden ? 
I have exchanged it for a house 

in Fourth street. 
Will you exchange with rne ? 
I do not like to exchange. 



'3d) recede fie teg ©emmerg ofter 

als teg SSinterg ; or, 
3d) mecbsle fie tm (Scmmer ofter alg 

tm SBtnter. 
k £>ag ^Better rceebfeft jcten Sag. 
(5g tft $txufd)en geftern unt beute ein 

grefkr SBecbfel in ter Cuft. 
£)er aQSinb bat plegltd) gemecbfelt, 
(S*r bat feine ©telle genxcbfclt. 
2Btr mollen unfere $lage roccbfcln. 
SBoltcn @ie mtr tiefe SBanfttete gegen 

©itOer t>crwcd)fctn. 
3d) fann eg ntcbt tl>uri, tenn mein 

SSatet if! auf tie 23crfe gegangen. 
SC^cin $reunt ging auf tie SBorfe, 

urn einen SBedjfcl auf Scnton 511 

taufen. 
3d) babe all mein (Mb t>em>ecbfelt. 
(Sr |*t feinen alten £ut gegen einen 

• neuen t>crtaufd)t. 
®egcn mag baben @te 3r)ren (fatten 

t>ettaufcbt ? 
3d) babe ibn gegen cm £aug in bet 

SSierten ©trape sertaufebt. 
Swollen <5te mit mtr taufeben 1 
3d) taufebe ntcbt gem. 



To correspond, 23riefe roed)feln/ or correfponbtren. 



Does your cousin correspond with 
Mr. Klein, in Boston ? 

He has corresponded with him 
these two years. 

You must accustom your son to 
labor. 

Children early must get accus- 
tomed to order. 

You will soon speak, but your 
ear must become accustomed 
to the German sounds. 

I am not yet accustomed to it. 

He does everything after his own 
custom. 

It is a bad habit to go to bed late. 



££ed)felt 3b? better mit £erren Jtlctn 

in 23ogton 93rtcfe ? 
(5t correfpontirt felt $roet Safyren mit 

tfym. 
<Ste muffen Sbren Sofyn an tie Tin 

bett gemobnen. 
Winter muff en fid) frur) an £)rtnnng 

gen? 6 bn en. 
(Sic mcrben bait fprccben, after 3b* 

Dgt roup fid) an tie teutfd)en Saute 

gercobnen. 
3d) bin ncd) ntdbt taran gemobnt. 
<£r tbut Meg (jete (Sacbejnad) feiner 

eigenen (SJercobnbctk 
@g tft etne fd)led)te ©emobnbett fpat 

$u SSettc 3U gefyen* 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 331 

To snatch (to tear), reifsen*; to tear, jerretjsen* — irnperf. I 
tore, id) riJ5 or jerrifs, perf. I have torn, id) Ija&e getiffcn or jers 
rtffert; to possess, befifcen* (Zzfe ft|en); to spend (money), aufe 
geben* (Z^e ge6en); however, inbeffm (rote immer)* 

The boy snatched the dog from £)er itnabe rip ben $unb t)on tern 

the chair. ©tufylc. 

Take care, you will tear your coat. Sttefymen @ie fid) in 2Cd)t, (Sie roer* 

t>cn S^rcn S^ecf ^crrctpcn* 

He tore his letters before he de- (St ^crrtp fcinc SSricfe, efye cr c&z 

parted. rctf'te* 

The children have torn their Die Winter fyaben tfyte SSficfyer gets 

books. riffen. 

How much have you spent to-day? SStemel (jaben <3te rjeutc ausgegeben ? 

I have spent only one dollar and 3d) fya&e nur cin unt) cincn fyatym 

a half. Sf)citcr auSgegeberu 

He spent much money when he (Sr gab met ©elt> m$, aU er in $ati6 

was in Paris. * tvar* 

This labor is of no great utility, £)iefe 2Crbeit tjit »cn Feinem gropen 

however, you may finish it. Sftufcen, tnbeffen (Sic mogen fie be? 

ertbtgeru 

For the sake of, urn — roitten ; 
a preposition, governing the genitive. The case which it governs 
always stands between the two words. II m — XV i I U n has a 
great similarity with the prepositions \) a I b t tt and tt) e g e n. It 
refers to a wish or interest. 

For God's sake do it not ! Urn ®otte$ rmllcn tiyan @ie eS nid)t! 

He left him for the sake of peace. (Sr Dettiefj ifyn urn be* grtebenS Allien* 
Do it for my sake. &f)im <Stc e£ urn memetimtten. 

He, who, berjenige, mlti)iv r or ber rcelcfyer. 

He who is contented with little, «Der, rocicfecv nut ££enigcm $ufriebett 
is happy. tft, ift gtucfUd). 

£Benn fein Jtcunb mid) urn SKatfy gefragt ftatte, fc rourbe id) ifym geratfyen 
fjaben fcine ©telle nid)t $u wrlaffen. 3d) rcmrbe 3$*e ©(tern befud)t fya.ben, 
roenn id) 3eit gefyabt f)dtte ; ahcx id) fennte nur einen Sag in Soften bleb 
ben. ^>attc ^art auf mid) gefjort, fo nutrbe er fid) je£t nid)t gu beflagen 
fyabcri. SBavum ftnb @te md)t frufyet $u bem 2Cr$te gegangen 1 &k wwkm 
tf)ti $u £aufe gefunben fyaberu 3d) f)ahc e£ Sfyncn mefyt a(S einmat gefagt, 
bap er urn ncun Uljr cm$geF)t ; inbeffen id) fann bi» 9?ad)nrittag warten, 
benn id) beftnbe midy icfrt beffet ati tegte 9?ad)t« 3d) ttnmfd)te, id) fydtte 
HtemalS mcin SSaterlanb wttaffetn SQS&rc (SJccrg nie in bicfev fd)(ed)ten $fs 
fellfdjaft genxfen! — er txmrbe nic^t fcinen guten momm ivrtoren fjaben. 
SB&rc Sfyr $atet nod) am Seben, rove rcfirbc ev fid) fiber Sfyr ©Ificf fveuen ! 



382 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

Scfycmn barf Fjcutc nicbt auggcfyen ; cr fiat ftcl> in ben -gup gefebmtten. Um 
fer 85-ater ift fefyr gut, aber wir bftrfen ntd)tg obne feine (grlaubnip tfyun. 
@ie burfen fid) nid)t entfcbulbigcn, benn id) babe gefeben, bap (Sie nid)t unter 
ben Jlnaben waren, welcbc (Steine in unferen ^>c'f warfen. £>cr Scorer 
t>crstc^ tfym feme grdgfyeit, aber er burftc ftcb nicbt cntfcbulbtgen. Sir 
burften biefen 9)?orgen nid)t in bem ©arten fpielen, benn bie Suft war ^u 
feucbt unb ber SBoben ^u nap. £>arf id) ©ie urn ein &M $(eifd) bitten 1 
&Bunfd)cn 0i«j ein (Stficf son biefem SKinbflcifcb, ober »on jenem l&ammeU 
bratcn, p fyaben ? £)ag (Stucf ift ein wenig ^u grop ; wollen <£ie bie ©ute 
baben eg $u tbetlen ; id) barf beg Tlbenbg nicbt git met $teifcb efien. £)uvfte 
id) (Sic um ein ©lag Staffer bitten ; id) bin febr burfttg. 3d) glaube (gie 
finb fcbnell gclaufen, benn (Sic fefyen febr warm aug ; (Sic burfen nicbt rcn 
biefein (Sigwaffer trtnfen, aber id) werbc 3bncn ein wenig frifebeg Gaffer 
tnit $Bein geben. (§g ift wafyr, icb bin febrwarm ; id) Kef an bie 33erfe um 
mit bem fpanifeben Jtaufmann $u fprecben, aber id) fanb if)n nicbt ; er war 
fct>on weggegangen. (5$ ift nicbt meine <Scbulb, bap ber fletnc £unb fo nap 
ift ; SBi(l)ctm nafjm tbn, tief mit ifym an ben gfttf, unb warf ifyn in tsa$ 
Staffer. £)ic Surt) ^at ben £)icb be» SBcrbrccbcng fcbulbig gefunben. (S*g 
war nicbt Scbann'6 (Scbulb, bap er micb nicbt fmben Connte, benn icb ftonfc 
untcr ben gotten, bie ben Dicb fefyen wellten. 

3d) beftgc nicbt mebr^otbc'g^cbicbtc; icb fabe fi« unter meine brei $tns 
ber wrtfjctlt ; ben erften Sbctt babe id) bem SBtlbclm, ben ^weiten Sbeil bem 
(Sbuarb, unb ben britten unb mcrten ber (Smtlie gegeben. 9D?cin better 
liebt Sic t>on gan^em ^er^en ; id) glaube cr wurbe fein le£teg Stucf 23rob 
mit 3b ncn tbeilcn. Unfer S^acbbar ift fcbnell reid) gewcrben ; icb megte 
gern einen 2fntljetl an feinem ©efebaft fyaben. 3d) megte gem wiffen, wat 
rum (Sic ung geftern 2(benb fo fcbnell ttcrliepcn. 711$ icb biefen 5D?crgen auf 
ber ^Borfe war, um einen SSecbfcf auf sparig ^u faufen, bcrte icb, bap bie 
-grau beg (Stabtratbg ©run le£te S^acbt ploglicb gcjlcrben if!; 3eberman 
nimmt beqlicben 2(ntbeil an feinem Unglucf. 2Bie lange ift bicfer alte 93?ann 
feben in Sfyrcm ©ienfte ? 3d) glaube er ift feben ntcbr aU gwan^ig 3abr in 
unferem ^aufe, benn er biente feben meinem SSatcr, ati icb ticcb ein jlinb 
war. 3d) bin 3fyr geborfamfter Wiener, ift ba$ gcwcfmltcbe @nbe beinabe 
alter Sriefe ; eg ift biefeg eine ©ewebnfyeit, rocbet bie meiften g^enfeben ftd) 
nicbtg benfen. ©g ift eine fd)led)te ©ewebnbeit fpat auftufte^en ; ^ie miif? 
fen fid) gewobnen frub ^u 23ette ^u geben, unb eg wirb 3l)nen nicbt febwer 
fallen, um fecbg Uf)t t>ci 9}lcrgcng auftuftcben. £)u fuebft nun eine balbe 
(Stunbe bcin SBucb ; wurbeft bu bid) an Drbnung gewebnen, fo wurbeft bu 
nicbt fo ml Beit unnug cerlieren. @^e @ie eine frembe ©pracbe fprecben 
fonnen, mup 3^ D^r ftcf> an bie Saute berfelben gewobnen. 50?cm 9?effe 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 333 

&cfif?t cm jtemtid) grcpcg SScrmogcn, after cr gtct>t §h ©id au$, unb bcnft nur 
an fcinc 93ergnfigetu 2CIXe fcinc (Sacfycn ftnb in bcr Qrcjltcn tlnorbnung, unb 
trf) furcate fcf)r, ifyn nad) einigen Safjrcn arm unb ung(uclltd) 311 fefycn. S5Bws 
met fjafcen Sic r)cute auf bem OTarftc auSgegekn ? 3d) fjattc nicf)t ml $u 
friufen ; tcb r)afcc nur cm unb cincn fyalben Skater au^gegekn. SBarum 
rcifft bu bem JUnbe t>a$ 23ud) auS bcr£anb? &$ gefjert mtr, unb id) 
furd)te, baft bas £inb c$ ^errctpen roirb* jlatt, bem £emb ift ^ctriffen ; bu 
niufit betne dBafd>e beffer in 2Cd>t nefymen, SBatum geben (Sic Sfyrat 
(Scfynxfter nicbt ben 23rtcf $u lefen ? 3d) mill ilm lieber $vm$m, aU irm 
tfyr $u« lefen geben. 3f)r better ©eorg glaubt, bap (Sic auf tfyn bofc ftnb, 
unb 1a$ (Sic tfym feinen $ef)(cr nid)t t>et$etr)en ruellen ; gefyen Sic $u ifym, 
unt) reipen <Sie tf>n au* feiner Unrufyc; tf)un (Sic c$ urn mcinetmitlcm 
SSatfjcn <Ste mir $u part's Saute $u gefyen, um ifyr gu fagen, bafi cr attcS 
©e(b t?erfpie(t (jar, roe(d)C$ fie tr)m gegeben fjattc um fcinc (Scfyulben px be? 
gallon? Um ®ettc$ roilien, tljun Sic e$ nid)t ; Sic rourben i()r $>a$ £era 
fcrecfyen, roenn Sic tfyr btcfes fagtcn. 



If my brother had known that you wished to speak to him, he 
would have come with me. If we had known that Mr. Pearl had 
so many debts ? we w r ould not have sold him the goods on credit. 
My nephew would not have disturbed you, if he had known that 
you were unw r ell. Were I in your place, I would ask your uncle's 
advice ; although no lawyer, he is a man of great understanding. 
Had Charles written to me, I would have helped him ; but he was 
too proud to tell me that he was not able to pay his debts, which he 
had contracted (made) while studying in Boston. You would pity 
him, if you knew him as well as I do. Though William had much 
injured the honor of our family, my father would have forgotten it, 
had he asked for his pardon. I would that we had never seen him 
at our house. I wish your mother were still alive ; how she would 
rejoice at your happiness. Oh! that you could look into this broken 
heart ! surely you would have pity on me. I should like to buy a 
pretty present for my sister : what do you advise me to buy? It is 
very difficult to guess what she would like the best ; if I were in 
your place, I would give her the money to buy something after her 
own taste. We should like to know why Mr. Kern, your friend, is 
always complaining; he has a good wife and pretty children ; he is 
rich and enjoys good health; what more does he want? My dear 
friend, men are seldom satisfied with what they possess ; they either 
desire to have more, or fear to lose what they have. lam not allowed to 
go out to-dayj for my father' wishes me to stay with my sick sister. 



334 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

George is allowed to do what he wishes, for his aunt loves him more 
than his brother John, who hardly dares to say a word. Miss Emily 
must be very sick, for my sister was not allowed to see her this 
morning. An obedient child will do nothing without the permission 
of its parents, therefore you are not allowed to run in the streets 
when your mother is not at home. May [ ask you for a glass of 
water ? I am very thirsty. May my brother ask you for the French 
book which you bought at Mr. Brown's store, yesterday 1 he will 
only cast an eye upon it to see whether it is the same as the one 
which he possesses. May I ask you to tell me when your uncle in- 
tends to return from Europe, and if he is still living in Paris'? I 
wish to write to him. Our uncle has written ; he does not like that 
people should know where he is staying, for fear of having the 
trouble to answer many useless letters; but you may know it, for 
he loves you the best of all his friends. 

Whither are you running % I am running for a physician, and my 
brother runs to seek our father; for little Caroline has fallen upon a 
stone and has hurt her head very badly. William is a very disobe- 
dient boy; his mother told him to give an apple to our neighbor's 
son ; but instead of doing so, he ran into the garden and threw it 
over the fence. I saw your children running in the street; what 
are they looking for ? They are seeking a little dog which I bought 
for them yesterday; the servant forgot to shut the gate this morning, 
and it has run away. Excuse me for disturbing you ; a bad boy 
has thrown my son's hat into your yard; will you allow me to look 
for it ? You complain that you have not money enough to pay your 
debts; but is it not your own fault \ why do you buy so many use- 
less things, when you know you cannot pay for them 1 Do not ex- 
cuse yourself, for I know it was not your fault; it was George who 
snatched my cane out of your hands and threw it into the river. 
Never throw away anything which is of use ; that which may be, 
or seems to be, without worth to you, may be very useful to another. 
You excuse yourself by saying that the gloves w T hich you threw 
away yesterday, were too small for you ; but could not your younger 
brother use them ? Do not excuse that man ; he picked up the 
pocket-book which I dropped, and did not give it back to me, and 
therefore I am right in calling him a thief. I saw the four sailors 
who had killed their captain, brought into the Slate-house this 
morning. The jury found them guilty of the crime. This new 
work consists of four parts, but I have had them bound in one 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 3oO 

volume. Our neighbor, who lost the largest part of his fortune last 
year, is now doing a very good business, and though he is always- 
complaining, I should like to have a share in it. Old Mr. Tom has 
divided his whole fortune among his three sons; I ; for my part, 
would not have done it. Nor I; for a man who distributes his for- 
tune among his children when still alive, is the greatest fool in the 
world. You tell me you have many good friends who participate 
in your happiness, but do you think you w 7 ould find one among 
them who would share your sorrows, if you became poor ? A true 
friend is ready to share not only our happiness but also our misfor- 
tunes. John has not done much to-day ; however, I did not expect 
much from him, because he is not quite well. Our neighbor is not 
very rich ; however, he must do a good business, for he spends much 
money. How much have you spent to-day ? I saw you at Mr. 
Klein's store. I did not spend much, I only bought a pair of gloves 
for three shillings. You would have more money if you did not 
spend so much for useless things. Among all these German books 
there is only one which pleases me, and that is Klopstock's Messiad, 
a poem which, although very beautiful, is almost forgotten. 

How long has that old man served you? He has served me for 
many years; he is a very honest servant, and takes great care of 
my horses ; his daughter is also in our service. I met the old French 
captain, yesterday; he is as cheerful as ever, and likes to talk of 
the revolution of 1830: he then served in the French army and was 
one of the first who went over to the people. For what does this 
large pair of scissors serve you ? They serve me to trim the trees 
of our garden, which I do myself every spring. The Italian count 
who has bought the new carriage from us, and with whom we are 
doing some business, when he wants anything from me, always 
ends his notes thus : I am your most obedient servant. Will you 
have the kindness to change this bank-note? I will change it for 
you ; but I have no silver, I can only give you gold or small notes. 
The weather has changed very suddenly; yesterday it was like 
spring, and to-day it is as cold as winter. The rain has surprised 
me; my clothes are entirely wet; I must change them. Last 
month I saw you in a store in Market street, and now I find you in 
this store: I think it is not good to change so often. You have not 
been in this city for a long time ; do you not find a great change] 
I met Mr. Short at the Exchange this morning ; I find he has changed 
very much since the death of his daughter; he looks ten years 



336 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

older than before. What did you do at the exchange ? I bought a 
bill of exchange on Paris, which we have to send to our cousin who 
is travelling in Europe. Mrs. White, who possessed a fine house 
in Fifth street, has exchanged it for a country residence near the 
river ; she will not live any longer in the city on account of her bad 
health. You have a new horse ; have you sold your old one ? No, 
sir ; I have exchanged my old horse and Carriage for this one. I 
do not like to exchange • we generally lose by doing so. Do you 
still correspond with your friend Green, who left this place two 
years ago? I have been corresponding with him; he is a very 
amiable young man who possesses no bad habits. You must accus- 
tom your son early to labor, for idleness always brings us to bad 
habits. You complain that you are not yet able to speak German 
well, but at first your ear must become accustomed to the German 
sounds. Take care, you will tear the book. I would rather tear it 
than learn this long poem by heart. The Spanish merchant tore up 
all his letters and papers before he returned to his country. Our 
maid-servant does not understand washing, she has torn almost all 
my linen. I know you do not like to go to the Exchange, but do it 
for my sake. My father does not like to disturb the prince ; how- 
ever, he will do it for your sake. He who gives for the sake of 
thanks, knows not the pleasure of giving. 



SEVENTY-FIEST LESSON. — ©tit tint fiehen$i0e 

Section^ 

THE PRESENT PARTICIPLE. 

The present participle is formed, in German, by adding b to 
the infinitive of a verb, whether it be regular or irregular ; as — 

loving, liebenb ; playing, fpietenb; 

sleeping, fd)lafenb; dying, fterbenb. 

This participle is used as an adjective, in the attributive sense ; 
as — 

the loving father, ber (ie&enbe 2>ater. 

a singing bird, em fingenber 93'Ogef; 

his dying child, fein fter&enbe$ .Sxinb* 

the playing girls, bie fpidenben 9)?dbd)en. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 337 

The German present participle is never used as an abstract 
substantive, as, in English, the singing ; but instead of it the 
infinitive, fc>a £ @ingen> is employed in German (see Less. 56). 

1 cannot read his writing. 3d) fann fettt <Sd)teifcen md)t (cfcn. 

The drinking of beer causes £)a$ Srinftn ht€ SBtetcS »erutfad)t 

headache. £opf[d)mer$en. 

Children like playing better than jUnbet mogen liefcet fpielen ate Ux- 

learning. nen» 

The English present participle occurs in many sentences, 
when, in German, the infinitive, with j u f must be employed ; 
as — 

You have been right in telling it (§te fyaben 3?ed)t gcr)abt ti tfjm #t 

to him. fagen. 

When do you intend going to the SSann gebenfen @tc ouf tag Cant $u 

country? [me. gefyen? 

He speaks instead of listening to (St fprid)t, anftott auf mid) £U fyoten. 

She went away without waiting ©te gtng nxg crme auf un$ $u roat* 

for us. ten. 

For fear of disturbing you. %w§ $utd)t @tc $u ftoten. 

I was rejoiced at seeing him. 3d) frcute mid) tfjn $u ferjen* 

The present participle, in German, is not used in the predica- 
tive sense ; as, in English, / am writing ; J was writing. The 
former must be expressed by the present tense, id) fd)tet6e; 
and the latter, by the imperfect, id) f cf> r i e 6 (see Lessons 46 
and 57). 

The boys are playing in the gar- 2)tc &nat>en fptelen in bem ©atten. 

den. [letter. [ret gteunbtnn. 

My sister is reading her friend's SBctne <Sd)roeftet ttef't ben 23rtef if)' 

I was thinking of you last evening. 3d) bad)te geftetn 2C6cnb an ©ie. 

We were going to church, when SBir gingen in t>te JUtcfye, a(S wit 

we met your mother. 3^cr Sautter begegneten. 

The present participle occurs also, in English, in the perfect 
and pluperfect tenses, when the time, during which an action or 
state continued, is specified or understood ; but it cannot be so 
used in German, and such sentences as / have been writing, or 
/ had teen writing, are expressed by the simple perfect, id) 
\)abt gefd)rie6en, or the simple pluperfect, id) \)attt ge* 
fd) tie be n. 

What have you been doing (have SBaS fjakn @tc in Sftrem Simmer 

you done) in your room ? getfyan? 

My brother has been walking in %flc'm JBrubcr tft ben ganjen Bergen 

the city the whole morning. in bet ©tabt fpa^ietcn gegangen. 

I have been waiting for you 3d) fyabe tn'tnafyc etnc (Stunbe auf 

almost an hour. @tc gcroartet. 

29 



338 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



He had been sleeping whilst we (Sr fyatk cjefctyafen, roafytenb txur tten 
spoke of him. ifym fptacfyen. 

The participial constructions, which so frequently occur in 
English, require particular attention. In rhetorical sentences 
and poetry, in German, the present participle is sometimes used 
adverbially, when it expresses state or manner ; as — 



I found her weeping at the sick- 
bed of her beloved child. 

Dying, he said to me these words : 

We shall meet again in yonder 
better land ! 

The child sat sleeping amongst 
flowers. 



Sdb font) fte rcetncnb tmbem^rcmfenz 

S3ctte ifyreS cjettefcten $tnbe£. 
(Stetfcenb, facjtc er $u nur btefe SBcrtc ; 

££tr tvetben un6 in jencm fcefferen 

£anbe nriebet fcegecuien ! 
£>a$ jtinb fop fd)(afenb jnrifdjen 23fo* 

men. 



But, when the present participle expresses cause, reason, or 
time, the conjunctions \>a (as, since); roeil (because); a!$ (when); 
nacfybem (after); and inbem (while); must be used, with the finite 
verb; as — 



Having not yet received 
money, I cannot pay you. 



my 



Not being able to find your bro- 
ther, I went alone to the theatre. 

My father, going over the new 
bridge, met Mr. Klein, whom 
he had not seen since his re- 
turn from France. 

My sister, having finished her 
lesson, went to her aunt. 

Walking up and down in the gar- 
den, we perceived our cousin 
passing by on horseback. 



2) a id) tied) mcf)t mem ©elb crr)a(tcn 

babe, fo fann id) Sfynen ntd)t be- 

gafjferi; 
3£et( id) Sfyrcn <8rubet ntcbt ftnben 

$ onnte, gtncj id) attetn in bas Sweater. 
711$ mctn^ater ubcx bie neue^Brucfe 

cjtncj, begegncte cr £rn. kirn, ben 

er feit fetner <Kficffc()t son granf* 

rctd) ntd)t cjefefyen r;atte. 
9? a ebb em metne <Sd)tt>efter tbtc See? 

ttcn kenbtat fjattc, fjtncj fie ^u if)* 

rer Scmte. 
Snbem ivit in bem ($5arten auf unb 

ab cjtncjen, kmetften rmr unjercn 

better sorbet retten. 



While, inbem (inrer.); 
a conjunction, used to state an event which is simultaneous with 
another. 



Reading his letter over again, I 
found he had forgotten to write 
when he intends to return. 



Snbem id) fetnen SBrtef ncd) etnmaf 
ubetla£, fanb id) t>a^ er oergeffen 
F)atte $u fd)rett>en, warm er $urucfs 
gufommen cjebenEt, 

In English, a participle is sometimes used instead of the rela- 
tive pronoun, with the finite verb ; but, in German, the relative 
pronoun must be employed ; as — 

A man doing his duty has no- (Sin 93?cmn, tx>e(d)cr fetne $pfHd)t 
thing to fear. tf;ut, fyctt nidjtS $u f&rcfytftu 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



My child, never take a thing not 9J<cin jUnt, ntmm nictitate cine ©a* 
belonging to thee. cbc, tie ttr ntd)t ejebort; or, ein 

©itt9/ tag tir nicl)t gefjort. 

The duty, tie ^fticfyt; to weep, roeinen; to open, offnen; to 

shut, to close, fd)lie£en* — imperf I shut, id) fcfytojv perf. I have 

shut, id) tyabt gefd)(offen; to unlock, auffcfyliefien;* to lockup, 

jufd^tefsen;* the lock, the castle, ta$ ©cfylofj; the key, ter 

©cfyfiiffel; fluently, gelduftg ; at first, $uerf3> erft ; afterwards, 

nad)\)tx, or fyernad). 



Oar niece wept for joy, when she 
received her mother's letter. 

This woman is weeping at the 
death of her son. 

He opened the letter, but he did 
not read it. 

Shut the door. 

This window does not shut well. 

He shut the door without listen- 
ing to the man who wished to 
speak to him. 

He has closed his business. 

You have closed your store very 
early this evening. 

I cannot unlock the door of my 
room: I think I have the 
wrong key. 

He unlocked his trunk in order 
to show me the French dic- 
tionary. 

Lock up your door when you go 
out, and give the key to the 
girl. 

The lock is in bad order ; it is 
impossible to lock the door. 

At first let us visit the State-house, 
afterwards we will go to the 
I old castle. 

At first he promised me to change 
the bank-note; afterwards he 
said he had no small money. 

You did not perceive him; I saw 
him first. 



Unfcre Sfadjtc metntc t?er grcutc, a(g 

fie ten SBrtef Sbrcr Gutter erbielt. 
£)icfe Jrau mint fiber ten Set ifyrcg 

(Sobneg. 
<§r offnete ten 33rtef, after cr ta$ ifyn 

mdjit. 
( ©d)(tejkn <Sie tic Sbfir; or, 
\ 9#acben 8te tie S()ur $u. 
3Mefes genjier fd)Ucpt nicbt gut. 
(5r fd)(op tie Sbfir or)ne auf ten sjftann 

$u t)6ren, ter mit i()m fpredjen 

voMtt. 
(Sr bat fetn ©efebaft cjefd)(offen. 
(Btc ba&en Sbrcn Saten ttefen 2C6cnb 

frut) gefebfoflen. 
3d) fann tie &f)fir mcincs Stmmcrg 

nicftt auffcb(te£en ; id) tenfe id) 

babe ten unrccbten (Scbtuffcl. 
(Sr fd)(c9 feinen Jt offer auf, urn mir 

tag fvan^cfifdje aSerterbud) $u §sU 

gen. 
©cbficflcn <g?ie Sfyre Sf)ur $u, menu 

(Sic auggeben, unt qebcn<Ste tern 

9Jiabd>cn ten ©dBlfiffct. 
2Da^ @d)Icp if! in febtecbtet £)rtmmg ; 

e^ ijt unmegttcb tie Sftut $u$u* 

febtiepen. 
Suerjt tvetlcn rotr tag SKatbbauS fos 

fttcben, naebber roetten nnr nad) 

tent attcn ©drfofie geben. 
(Srjt bcrfprad) cr mir tie SSanfttotc $u 

»erwed)fc(n;^erhac6 fagte cr, tap cr 

fetn frettteg ©elt battc. 
@te foeutetftcn ibn ntd)t; id) fyafce 

if)tt guerft gefefjeff. 

To bid, bietcn*— iroper/. I bid, id) Dot, perf. I have bidden, 
iti) l;abe geboten; to offer, anbieten ;* to follow, fotgen (ta&es to 



340 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



be, fein> for its auxiliary)*, to praise, lo&en; to blame, tabeln; 
necessary, notfyig ; naughty, unartig ; the contrary, ba$> ®egen$ 
tfyeil; on the contrary, im @egentl;eil; the defiance, the spite, 
fcer Xrofc; in spite of, trofe (a preposition, governing the genitive) 
Hebids defiance to his misfortune. <5t btetet fetnem Uunglucf Srog. 



You have not bought the black 

horse ; how much did you bid 

for if? 
I bid two hundred dollars for it, 

but Mr. Price bought it for two 

hundred and fifty. 
I bid you a good morning. 
He offers me his help. 
They offered us a share in their 

business. 
This countryman has offered me 

his horse for sale. 
I offered him eighty dollars for 

it, but he would not let me 

have it for that price. 
He offered me his books for sale. 
Follow my advice. 
Why have you followed that man? 
I followed him in order to know 

where he lives. 
You say so, but your brother told 

me just the contrary. 
Did you praise that pupil ? 
I did not praise him ; on the con- 
trary, I blamed him. 
My aunt went into the country 

in spite of the bad weather. 
Is it necessary to copy the letter? 
It is necessary to do so. 



@u rjaben fc>a$ fd)tt)ar$e $)fcrt> rttcftt 

gef auft ; ixriemel fyaben (Bit bafut 

gebcten ? 
3d) bot $nxt fjunbert Sfyafct bafur, 

after £ert spretf* faufte eg fur $wet 

fyunbert unt) ftmfotg. 
3d) lucre Sfynen etnen guten sworgcn. 
(Sr fctetet mtr feine £utfe an. 
©e boten uns einen 2Cntr)et( in intern 

©efd)aft an. 
£)tefer Sanbmann fjat mtr fetn pftib 

gum 83ctfcmf angeboten. 
3db bet tf)m acftt^ig Skater bafiir, 

abet er rcoftte eg mtr md)t fur bicfen 

$)retp fyaben laffen. [an. 

(St Oct mtr feine 33fid)cr gum 9Scr!auf 
$o(gen Bic meinem Statue, [fotgt? 
SSarum ftnb @ie btefem statute ges 
3d) fetgte ir)m urn $u tvtffen vdo er 

wofynt. 
@k fagen fo, abet Sljr SBrubet fagte 

mtr getabe bas ©egentfyetf. 
£obten (Ste jenen <Sd)iHcr ? 
3d) (obte ifm md)t ; id) Fjabe tfjn im 

©egentfyetf getabeft. 
Sttetne Sante tjt trc| beg fd)(ed)ten 

-JlBettcrg auf ia$ Canb gegangen. 
3ft eg noting ben 93rtef ab$ufd)rctbcn ? 
(Eg ift notfytg eg gu t!)un. 



To need, to have need of, to be in want of, noting \)abtx\r with 
the accusative, is a stronger expression than to want, btaucfyen. 



Are you in need of a servant ? 
I need one, for mine has run away. 



£aben <Ste etnen 23ebtenren notbtg] 
3d) f)abe etnen notbtg, benn ber met* 

ntge if! roeggetaufen. 
£>tefet (Stubent i>at ®e(b notntg. 



This student has need of money. 

To confess, to avow, gefrefyen,* or eingefrefyen* (the latter, a sep. 
v., has more power than the former ; conj. like frefyen) ; to spend 
(time), jubtingen* (conj. like bringen) ; to spend time in some- 
thing, bie 3*it mit ttrva$ jubringen; to recognise, erfennen,* or 
roieber erfennen* (conj. like fennen); the animal ; ba$ 5l)ier; the 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



341 



harm, the evil, ba?> 53ofef ta§ ttebet ; to do harm, &ofee> t(;un ; 
the manner, tk 2Beife ; the manners, bte Sitten ; unwillingly, 
reluctantly, ungern ; each other, einanber (an indeclinable pro- 
noun)] to spoil, to corrupt, t>erberben* — pres. bu t>erbirb|l> cr 
t>erbirbt> imperf. I spoiled, icf) t?erbarO> perf. I have spoiled, id) 
t;a6e t>erbor6en ; to spoil (by bad habits), DerroofynenV 

QSerrcofynen is only applied to persons, especially to chil- 
dren. 2>erberben is used for things, — and for persons only 
in the sense of to corrupt. 



I confess I am surprised. 

He was compelled to confess that 
he had never seen such a 
beautiful painting. 

The thief has confessed his crime. 

War is a great evil. 

I confess I have done it reluc- 
tantly. 

He did not like to give it to me. 

You have done him harm. 

We must do good to those who 
have done us harm. [thers. 

They love each other like bro- 

Do you recognise this gentleman? 

I recognised him the first mo- 
ment. 

It was so dark that we did not 
recognise each other. 

You will spoil me. ■ 

He is the only son ) his mother 
spoils him. 

This child is very much spoiled. 

Take care not to spoil my watch. 

He spoils everything. 

He spoiled the knife in cutting 

the wood. 
I have done it in this manner. 
Bad examples spoil good manners. 

A man of good manners. 
What did you spend your time in, 

when you were in the country? 
I spent my time in reading and 

riding. 
He spends every evening with 

his brother-in-law. 
29* 



3d) geftefye, id) bin fi&errafcfyt. 

& mupte gcftefyen, bap cr nie fe(d) 

cm fd)6ne$ ©ematbe gcfefyen fyatte* 

[ftanbcn. 

£)et Dtcb fyat fetn SSevbrecfyen einges 

£rteg tfc ein gropes UcbeL 

3d) gejMje, id) fyabe cs ungern ge* 

tfyan. 
@Jr gab eg mtr ungern. 
(Bte fjaben ifym 33cfo6 getfyan, 
SBtr nmffen bencn ®#te$ tfyun, bte 

uns 586fe$ getfjan fyaben. 
®u tteben einanber rpte 23ruber. 
(Sxfrmnen (Bte btefen v^crrcn ? 
3d) erfannte ifyn ben erjten 2Cttgenbftc! 

mieber. 
Oct mat fo bunfet, bap mtr einanber 

ntcbt crfannten. 
@te metben mid) t>era>cf)nen. 
(St ift ber etn^tge <Scfyn ; feme $JluU 

ter sermormt tfyn. 
S)tefe6 $tnb ift fct)r tjerroofjnt. 
9?cf)men <Ste ftd) in 2Ccf)t, bap <Ste 

ntd)t metne ttfjr ttetbetben. 
(Sr serbttbt 20IcS. 
(§t t?erbatb bas sjftcffcr, als er ba$ 

$et$ fcftnttt. 
3d) f)abc c$ auf btefe SBetfe getr)an. 
@d)(ed)te S5ctfpte(c setberben gute 

(Bitten. 
(Sin 93?ann sen guten (Bitten. 
SBcmit brad)ten 81 e bte Belt $u, at$ 

(Bte auf bem £arit>e mctrenl 
3cb brad)te metne Sett mtt Sefen unb 

SRettcn $u. 
(St brtngt jebcn 2C6cnt> bet fetnem 

(Bdbmager gu. 



342 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



To wake, rcecfetv or aufmerfen; to catch cold, fid) erfdtten ; 
the cold, the catarrh, ber (£d}nupfen ; the cough, ber jpujren ; 
to cough, fyufren; the danger, tie @efafyr ; the example, ba$ 
SSeifpiel ; for instance, jum 33eifpiel ; even, felbfr ; at least, 
tt>eni<jfren§ ; so much the better, befro fceffer* 
Wake me to-morrow at rive SBecfen <Ste mtd) morgen urn funf 



o'clock. 
Do not make such a noise ; ye 

will wake the child. 
You cough* I fear you have 

caught cold. 
My sister cannot go out to-day, 

she has a bad cold. 

You are too lightly dressed ; you 

will catch cold. 
Dear child, do not follow his 

example. 
Mr. Green will pay you his bill 

to-morrow: at least, he told 

me so. 
So much the better ; then I shall 

have money enough to buy the 

goods which your uncle has 

offered me. 
William will listen to no advice • 

even his father can do nothing 

with him. 



Ufjr, 

sj#ad)et nid)t fold) einen 2arm; ifyt 

roerbet t>aS jitnb aufroeden. 
©tc fyuften; id) ffircfyte <Sie fyaben 

fid) crfattct. 
^etne Sd)tx>eftet fann fyeute nid)t 

cm6gef)en; fie f)at etncn bofen 

Schnupfen. 
<§te ftnb $u letdfet gefletbct ; <Ste roer* 

ben ftcf) ertalten. 
Ctebes $tnb, fbtgc md)t feinem SBet** 

fptcl. 
$err ©run xoxVl Sfynen morgen fetne 

SKedmung be^afylen, roentgens faa/ 

te er nut fo* 
£)efto beffer, bemn nxrbe id) ©elb ges 

nug baben bie SBaaren $u faufen, 

bie Sfjr £)f)etm mir angebeten 

fiat. 
SBitljelm mill ouf feincn 9?atf) f)6ren, 

felbft fein SSatcr !ann nid)t$ nut 

tr)m tfyum 



Out of, beside (besides), aufcer } a preposition, which governs 
the dative. 



He works out of doors. 

The patient is now out of danger. 

When he received the letter, he 

was beside himself with joy. 
Nobody besides myself was there. 



<5r arbeitet auper bent £aufe. 
£)er patient ift nun auger ©efafjr. 
Xti er ben 23rtef erl)ieit, wax et 

auper fid) t>cr $reube. 
Stttemanb auper mir wax bcu 



3ene £rau nut bent roetnenben ^tnbe in tfyrem 2(rme fcfyetnt arm unb 
franf §u fein ; rotr molten fyt etroas gebem £)tc fr6f)ltd)en 20?abd)en Itefen 
fingenb unb fpringenb auf bem gelbe umfyer, a(5 ber 9?ea/n fie tiberrafebte, 
ber ir)re jtleiber ganoid) nap madjtc. 2ttS id) urn bret £>ierte( auf elf in t>a$ 
Simmer fam, fanb id) £arl fd)lafenb an bem Stfcfyc ftgjm. (§r fjattc ba$ 
Ctdr>t brennen (affen, unb wrgeffen bie gcnfterlaben $u febtiepen ; aU id) ifyn 
aufroedte, glaubte er bap el feben Bergen mare. Snbem id) Sbnen btefen 
93rtcf febreibe, fenbet mir Sftr SSruber cm fillet, roertn er mtd) bittet 3f* 
nen $u fagen, bap er unb feine Jamtlie fid) rod)! befinbem 2tt$ id) tie £$fii 



I 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 343 

mcineg Simmers $ufd)ticpen roetttc, kmerfte id), bop bag Scfylop wrborbcn 
roar ; 'Sic muffen bic ©ute fyabcn eg aucbcffcrn $u loffen. 3d) bittc urn 
SScr^ci^ung, t>a6 fann nid)t mogltd) fetn^ benn tic Sctyofjer otter Simmer 
in metnem £oufe ftnt) neu ; obcr id) g(oubc, Sic fyoben ben unrcd)tcn 
Sd)(u|fe( genemmen, ©eorg fefctep feme Commote ouf, unt> effnete fein 
£o|d)enbud), urn mir gu $cigen, bop er ftetg tie smon^ig Sfyoler fcefigt, roelcfye 
fcin SSater ifym gcfd)iclt f)ot 2ttg id) tfm ber guten £)rbnung roegen (cbte, 
in mctdjer id) ottc feinc Sodjen font), ontroortete er mir: 3d) bin son 
meincn (Sltcrn on £)rbnung gcrocfynt, unb id) tfjuc nut meine spflidjt, roenn 
id) ifjrcm 23cifpict fefgc* SBHfyelm, id) mup Sic tabcln ; erft erlaubcn (Sic, 
bop 3^ fletner £3ruber mit Sfyren gebern fpiclt, unb fyernad) beftogen Sie 
fie!), bop cr fie r-crberben fyat. 3d) ertatte mid) me, benn id) Cteibe mid) tms 
mcr worm, unb bicte jebem Setter Srofc ; fotgen Sic meincm 23eifpie(, unb 
(Sic merben niemalg cincn Scfynupfcn obcr £uften fyoben. 3d) furdjte 97?as 
bom SBroun wrrooljnt ifyrcn itmgftcn Sofm; cr fotgt nur fcincm eigenen 
bitten, unb fcinc Gutter tabclt ifm nid)t, felbft roenn cr unartig tft, £)et 
ito(tcnifd)e jlopitan bet uns fcincn grcpen.£unb $um SSerfauf on ; eg iff etn 
fct)t fyubfcfyeg Sfjicr, unb rotr boten tfjm fcd>6 Skater bofur, cr motttc tfjn obcr 
nid)t fur bicfen 9)retp serfoufen, unb cr fagte ung, bop fcin £unb roenigfteng 
groolf Scaler roertf) feu 3)arf id) Sfyncn cin ®(og SBein onbictcn ? (Sic ftnt) 
fefyr ^uttg, obcr id) mup Sfyncn banfen, benn id) trinfc niemalg SBchu 3d) 
geftebe, id) gefye ungcrn in bog (Scn$ert, benn oupcr mcincr Sd)tr>agerinn ift 
9ttcmonb bort, ben icl> fennc. Sofyann, eg ift nid)t notf)ig, bop bu mid) 
mergen urn fyalb fed)g roeefft ; id) fyobe petite mcl georbeitet, unb icb bin feljr 
mube. 2)cfto bejfer, bonn f)abe id) oud) nid)t noting fo frut) oufeuftefycm 
(Srmarten Sic nid)t, bop 3fyve 9?id)tc Jcmolg eng(ifd) fprecfyen rmrb, roenn fte 
eg ouf biefe ££cifc lernt ! 

3d) ftnbc Sic bcino[)c jeben 2(benb $u $au\c ; memit bringen Sic Sfjrc 
3cit ^u ! Scr> bringe bie Sett t)icttcid)t ongenefymer gu o(g t>tele Tfnberc, bic 
in bog Sfyeotcr cber (Scn^ert gc^cn, benn id) fcubicrc, ouper ber beutfd)en 
Sprod)e, oud) bic £ftotf)cmati^ Sic brtngen 3^c 3eit nu|lid)cr ^u olg 3f)t 
better, bcr jeben 2(benb in ©efcttfeftoft gc^t ; id) gtoubc cr fmbirt nid)t t)ie(, 
unb fann nod) Fein 2£ort bcutfd) fprcd)cn. Sic irrcn ftd), mein £crr ; cr 
fprtd)t eg im ©cgcnt{)ci( ^temlicl) gelduftg, benn cr ftefyt frut) ouf, unb ftubirt 
beg 9Ttcrgeng. 93Kun D()cim F)ot cin Fleincg g)fcrb gefouft ; eg ift cin fehr 
guteg Sf)icr ; bcr Heine ©eorg fonn c^nc ©efof)r borouf reitem 3d) brad)tc 
geftern cinen fefyr ongene()men 2Cbenb bci 3t)rer Sontc ^u ; c^> tftot ung ?Ctte 
fel)r ?eib, bop Sic nid)t bcrt rooren. 3* murbc gefemmen fcin, ober id) 
f)abe cincn bofen ^uften, unb id) borf nid)t ^ 2Cbcnbg ouggef)em 3'of)onn, 
rvorum fd)tagft bu beinem Heincn SBruber, ber bir nid)tg J^cfeg getfjan l}ot? 



844 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

cin jtnabe r-en guten ©tttcn mup feme ©cfefynufter Ucben, unb tfjncn vAcmufa 
etreas su Setbe tfyun* Unfcr ^ad)0ar gran? tabette ©eorg, bap er tag fd)6ne 
SDteffet r-erbcrben Fjattc ; afar SBttfjclm/fem -Setter, geftanb bap cr, unb ntcl>t 
©cerg, es getfyan fjatte. 0ttmm em gute5 S3cifptet baran — btefe fatben 
$nafan Ueben einanber rote SStfiber. #aben <Ste furrier) £erren <Sd)roar$ 
gefefyen? Set) bin tr)m ttcrgeftern begegnet; er fter)t fefjt b(ap au$; Si'e 
ruurbeh ihn faum rotebererfennen fonnen. 3d) beftage i&n ttcn gan^em 
4?cqen, benn et fjat t)iet Unglficf gefyabt; erft sertcr er fetnen em^tgen (Scrjn, 
unb greet £Bod)en nacfyfyer ttertiep tfyn ptogltd) fein alter S3ud)f)atter, in bem 
cr'fcmcn faften greunb erfannte* (SJeftern fam £err £Betp son (Surcpa $us 
rficf, unb cbg(etd) rotr un5 felt fed)* Safyren nid)t gefefyen fatten, fc crfannten 
retr einanber ben erften 2Cugcnbltc£ roieber* 

The loving mother carried her sick little daughter into the garden 
to enjoy the beautiful flowers, and to listen to the singing birds ; after 
playing there for two hours, she brought the child to its little bed, 
where it soon fell asleep. Mrs. Brown, perceiving that we wished 
to enter the house, politely opened the door herself. That little 
girl, weeping, begged of me to help her to seek a quarter of a dollar 
which she had lost • but not finding it, I gave her another, with 
which she ran joyfully away. Hearing some noise in the next 
room, I opened the door and perceived a strange man, who asked 
me if Mrs. Klein lived here * when I answered, She did not, he 
went quickly away without saying a word. I was quite surprised, 
for I thought that man must have been a thief ; but looking around, 
I found everything in its place. I opened the window this morning ; 
why have you shut it ?• this room wants fresh air. I am writing 
near the window in order to have a better light, and I feared catch- 
ing (to catch) cold while it was open. Then you have only to shut 
the door and you have nothing to fear. My brother, closing his 
letter to our father, asked me if I had also finished mine, for he in- 
tended to go himself to the post-office. You must always lock up 
the door of your room when you go out ) for in a hotel there are so 
many people running about who may enter it* and take your clothes. 
I have tried to shut the door, but I did not succeed ; either the lock 
is spoiled, or I have the wrong key. First, Charles, you must do 
your work; afterwards, you may play. In yonder strong castle lives 
an old count, who does not like the society of men; his doors are 
usually locked up, and sometimes they are not opened for a month. 
You will soon begin to speak German fluently ; but at first, you must 
understand perfectly well all I say to you. Have you heard that 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 345 

Mr. Petit has closed his business and will return to Paris? He may 
do so, but at first he has to pay his debts, and afterwards he may go 
anywhere he pleases. In closing our store last evening, I found 
that somebody had spoiled the lock ; I was obliged to send for the 
locksmith ; even he had much trouble in putting it in order. Thou 
hast no reason to weep, George; every one doing his duty has 
nothing to fear. 

Mr. Green is a man of great fortitude ; although he has lost the 
largest part of his fortune, his courage remains and he bids defi- 
ance to his misfortune. You intended to buy the French count's 
two white horses; did you buy them? No, sir; there were three 
gentlemen besides me who wished to buy them; I bid four hun- 
dred dollars, but Mr. Smith, one of the gentlemen, bade the highest 
price; he bought them for four hundred and seventy-five dollars. 
Your nephew offers me his watch for sale ; shall I buy it 1 You 
will oblige me if you do so, for I know that he is in want of money, 
and he will be very well satisfied if you would offer him fifty 
dollars for it. Our neighbor offered my brother a share in his busi- 
ness; but knowing that it afforded (gave) but little profit, he would 
not participate in it. I pity Mr. Black, and I would willingly offer 
him my help, if I had the money which he is in need of; we have 
known each other since our childhood ; he has always shown him- 
self very honest, and had he followed my advice, he would not 
have suffered such heavy losses. Follow my advice and do not 
play with those naughty boys, for bad examples spoil good manners. 
Why have you followed that man ? He has bought some goods in 
our store, and not knowing him perfectly well, I followed him in 
order to see if he entered the house in which he told us that he was 
living. Did you praise the little boys? No; on the contrary, I 
blamed them, for they were very naughty. You say you did not 
see what William has done ; but your brother told me just the con- 
trary. Is it necessary to copy all these exercises? It is not ne- 
cessary to copy them all, but it is necessary to learn by heart all 
»the words which you do not yet know. It was not necessary to go 
to the tailor, for he told me yesterday, he could not mend the coat 
before Saturday. We are in want of a dozen silver spoons; where 
can I buy them the cheapest ? Go to Mr. Price, he sells very fine 
silverware, and he is satisfied with a small profit. I have a very 
good servant ; I need never tell him what he has to do. Friend 
George is a very amiable young man ? but he spends too much 



346 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

money ; he is always in need of it. We are in want of a good 
piano, but in spite of all our trouble, we have not been able to find 
one which pleases us. 

I must complain of Charles * he beats every dog or cat which he 
meets, and these poor animals have never done him harm ; it shows 
a bad heart, and he gives a bad example to his younger brothers 
and sisters. I am sorry to hear it ; I think his aunt, with whom he 
is living, spoils him a little. I confess you have bought a very fine 
horse ; T have seldom seen such a beautiful animal as this ; our 
neighbor, the French count, for instance, has eight horses, but not 
a single one is as fine as yours. Dear children, love each other, and 
never do harm to one another ; for you have read in the Bible this 
morning, that we ought to do good even to those who have done us 
harm. It strikes seven; now I must wake George, he has slept 
long enough. You spoil him in waking him every morning; a young 
man like George must be accustomed to get up early without the 
help of other persons. You have spoiled my new English knife ; 
you ought to take more care of things which do not belong to you. 
I beg your pardon, I have not spoiled it, for it. was already spoiled 
when you gave it to me. What is the matter with you % you look 
very pale. I caught cold in going to the river yesterday; I was 
coughing the whole night. I am very sorry, but I think it is your 
own fault ; you are too lightly dressed and do not like to wear an 
overcoat ; but you should do it, at least when the weather is cold and 
damp. I have seen Miss Bell this morning; she has been very sick 
these four weeks, but now she is out of danger; she caught a very 
bad cold when she was in the country last autumn. It is a very 
bad habit with ladies to wear thin shoes in wet weather, and that 
is the reason why so many die of consumption. . You have written 
your exercises in such a manner that nobody can read them. When 
we travel in a foreign country, we must accustom ourselves to the 
habits and manners of the people among whom w T e are living. You 
ask me for twenty dollars, but I confess I lend them to you reluc- 
tantly, for I know you spend all your money with those three young 
Frenchmen, whom I do not like ; you would do better not to spena 
every evening in their company. Mr. Green spends all his time in 
studying the dead languages ; he knows almost all the classics by 
heart, but I confess it is not my taste, I like to learn the modern 
languages, which are more useful to every one. Have you heard 
what William has done? Yes; he confessed his fault, and there- 
fore I pardoned without blaming him. I thank you for your good 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 347 

advice ; I recognise in you a true friend, who participates in my 
misfortune. Have you seen Mr. Klein since his return from Ger- 
many ? I met him in Market street the day before yesterday, but 
I could hardly recognise him, for he looks much older. I would 
not have recognised him, if he had not spoken German. Have the 
kindness to come and see me this evening; you will find no other 
company except my sister and brother-in-law. So much the better, 
for I do not like to spend my time in large companies. I saw Mr. 
White in New York last week, and although we had not met since 
our childhood, w T e recognised each other the first moment. 



SEVENTY-SECOND LESSON.— $t»ei Utlb iiebtn^ftc 

Section* 

THE PAST PARTICIPLE. 

The formation of the past participle has been thoroughly ex- 
plained in Lessons 35 and the following, which treat of the 
perfect tense. 

As in English, the past participle is frequently employed as 
an adjective, an adverb, or a predicate. 

the beloved mother, tie gelie&te 93tutter. 

a lost son, ein wrlorner <2ofytu 

his broken heart, fein ge&rocfyeneS $er$. 

This participle has a passive signification, whilst the present 
participle has an active one. 

The soldier was lying on the 2)cr (Sofoat fag auf tern SSofcett, mxx 

ground, covered only by his t)0tt feinem SHantel kfcecft. 
cloak. 

Frederic the Great died beloved grtcfcrtd) ^ cr @frcpe ffafb &on fetncm 

by his people, and esteemed s&cth gefte&t, unfc) felbft t>on fetnen 

even by his enemies. getnben geacbtefc 

We did not surprise him, for we 2Btr ubcrtafd)ten tfjn md)t, fcenn rcit 

. found him already dressed. femfcen tf)tx fd)on cmgeflctfoet. 

Young accustomed, old done, 3ung gerooljnt, alt gct&an. 
(once a use, ever a custom.) 

A proverb, tin Spriicfyroort; the cloak, £>er SDiantcl; to cover, 
fcebetfen; to esteem, to respect, acfyren; the esteem, tie SCcfytung; 
respectful, ad)tunge»ott; to forbid, to prohibit, t>er6ieten* (governs 
the dative of the person) — imperf. I forbad, icfy w&Otj perf. I 



348 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



have forbidden, id) fyabe tter&oten; devoted, ergeben; the battle, 
tie ©rf)lad)t; miserable, elent; to punish, beftrafen; the punish- 
ment, tie Strafe; to merit, to deserve, wrtienen; to deceive, to 
cheat, betrugen* — imperf. I deceived, id) 6etrog/ per/. I have 
deceived, icfy fya&e betrogen. 

<Ste muffen tag £int beted en ; cs ift 

fct)r fait. 
3d) tterbietc tir eS gu tbun. 
(St t>ctbct fetnem <Sobne ten SBrief 

gu beantroorten. 
SBir babcn tbm niematg scrboten, <Bie 

$u befud)en. 
(£$ ift bet Strafe serboten, turd) tie? 

fen (Morten, roelcber tern gmften 

gebort, $u cjeben, 
(5r betrugt fid), tt>cnn cr ajaubr, tap 

er greunte bat 
£)er fpanifd)c Jtaufmann betrocj ntcbt 

nur un$, fontcrn aucb einige fciner 

beften greuntc. 
(5r bat un$ urn buntert unt funftig 

Sb^ter betregen, 
©ute Winter acbtcn tbre £ebrer. 
@ie muffen e$ au6 2CdP)tun^ fur 3brc 

Sante tbum 
3d) bin acbtungssotl ter 3brtge. 
3d) bin 3br ergebener grcunt. 
Die Gutter uerroobnt ibr ftetneS 

Si'mb ; fie beftraft es ntemat^ 
(Sin ebrlicber 97?ann scrticnt unfere 

2Cd)tung. 
(5r bat feme (Strafe ttcrttent 
SBatum (roomtt) babe id) tag tterttent ? 



You must cover the child ) it is 
very cold. 

I forbid thee to do it. 

He forbade his son to answer the 
letter. 

We never have forbidden him to 
go to see you. 

Passing through this garden be- 
longing to the prince, is pro- 
hibited by punishment. 

He deceives himself, if he be- 
lieves he has friends. 

The Spanish merchant did not 
only deceive us, but also some 
of his best, friends. 

He has cheated us of a hundred 
and fifty dollars. [ers. 

Good children esteem their teach- 

You must do it out of respect for 
your aunt. 

I am respectfully yours. 

I am your devoted friend. 

The mother spoils her little child; 
she never punishes it. 

An honest man meritsour esteem. 

He has deserved his punishment. 
Why have I deserved this ? 



93ertienen means also, in German, to earn, to gain by 
working. 



Our neighbor works hard in order 

to earn his bread. 
You have not gained much at 

this business. 



Unfer SRacfybar arbeitet Fjart urn few 

23tot $u sertienen* 
(Sic baben nicbt met bet tiefem (Be- 

febaft Dertient 



To instruct, unterrid)ten (insep.)* the instruction, ter Unter* 
rid)t (no pi.)*, the education, tie Srjiefyung; the accident, the 
chance, ter Suffttt } accidental, by chance, jufdttig 5 important, 
roicfytig; excellent, ttortrefffid); to trust, trauen (governs the da- 
tive)*, to translate, uberfe^en (insep.y^ to happen, gefefyefyen* (ittkr 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



349 



personal, takes to be, feitv/br 7/5 auxiliary) — pres. it happens, 

e$ gefcbid;t> imperf. it happened, e3 gefcfyafyj per/, it has happened, 

ce iji gefcfyefyen; to awake, aufroacfyen (erroacfyen)* 

(5r untcrrtdfetct mid) im 9Scd)netu 
£err JUetn &at metne JUnbet felt trier 
Safjrcn untcrrtcfytet* 



He instructs me in arithmetic. 
Mr. Klein has instructed my 

children these four years. 
Who has given you instruction in 

German I 
I take instruction in the French 

and German languages. 
Miss Emily has received a very 

good education * she is an ex- 
cellent young lady. 
Do you trust that man? 
I have never trusted him, for I 

know he has deceived many 

persons. 
I trusted him, and I did not find 

myself deceived. 
I generally awake at six o'clock. 
He found me dressed when he 

awoke. 
At last you are awaked. 
Have you already translated the 

exercises ?■ 
I do not like to translate. 
It is a mere chance that you find 

me at home so late. 
Where did you speak to Mrs. 

White ? 
I met her by chance in Broad 

street. 
It very seldom happens that I 

awake so late. 
It happened when we were in 

the country. 
What has happened] 
A very sad accident has hap- 
pened. 
What has happened to your 

brother] 



£Bet fjat Sfjnen Unterricfyt im ©cuts 

fd)en gegcben ? 
3d) nefjme Unterticfyt in bet franco ft* 

fd)cn tint) beutfcfyen (Sptacfee. 
•graulem (Snutte feat cine fefyt gute 

(Sqiefyimg erfyaltcn ; fie tft cine 

i)OttreffUd)e junge 3)ame* 
Srauen ©te jenem SCflanne ? 
3d) f)cibe tfjm trie getraut, benn id) 

raeip, tap cr fcfyen mete $)erfenen 

betregen fyar, 
3d) traute t§m, unb id) fcmb mid) 

nid)t betregen. 
3d) macfye gcit)cl)nlicJ) urn fed)S Ufyr quf. 
@r fanb mid) fcfyen angeftetbet> tuenn 

er auftt)od)tc. 
(Snb(td) ftnb ©ie aufgercacnt. 
£>aben @te fdjon bie Uebungen fiber* 

fat?" 
3d) fiberfe§e nid)t gem. 
©5 ift cin btcper 3ufatl, $>a$ <Ste mid) 

fo fpat $u £aufe ftnbett. 
2Bo f)aben <Ste Sftabam 2£etp gefpto* 

dben? 
3d) begegnete tfyt $ufatttg in ber 

SBrcttcnftrapc* 
(S$ gefd)tef)t fefyr fetten, t>ap td> fc (pat 

auftt>ad)e. 
©8 gefcfyal) ate ttrir auf bem Canbe 

tvazen. 
2£a$ ift gefdjerjen ? 
(Sin fcfjr'traurtger 3ufa(l ift gefefyefjem 

2Bas ift 3r)rem SBtubet begegnct ? 



W r hen the verb to happen is used in connexion with a person, 
it must be translated into German by to meet, 6egegneru 
He has met with a little mis- (5$ ift tfjm em flctne* ttngtucf be* 

fortune. gecjnet* 

The sense, the understanding, ber 93erftanb ; prudent, wise, 
flug; to act, to deal, fyanbelu; the action, bie jpanblung; to de- 
30 



350 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



mand (to ask), forbevn ; the assistance, ter 23etffant; to assure, 
tjerftcfyem; to extinguish, auMofctyen; to burn off or down, ab* 
fcrennen;* to save, retten; together, jufammen; to receive (to 
welcome), empfangen* (insep., conj. like fangen). 

The verbs Oefommen and e r !> a I te rtf to receive (see Lesson 
50), are only used for things; — the verb empfangen is em- 
ployed in respect to persons, in the sense of to welcome, but it 
may also be used for things of some importance. 



Our uncle receives every one 

very friendly. 
The president received my father 

in his reception-room. 
We received these important 

news but a few days ago. 
Mr. Green always acts with much 

understanding. 
You did not act rightly. 
We have dealt long with that 

gentleman. 
He deals in iron-ware — in dry- 
goods. 
He is a man of good sense ) all 

his actions are prudent. 
I demand the money which I 

have lent you. 
How much do you ask for this 

cloth? 
He asked twenty dollars for the 

coat ; I offered him eighteen, 

but he would not let me have 

it for that price. 
Extinguish the candle, before you 

go to bed. 
Bring a light ; I have accidentally 

extinguished the gas. 
They could not extinguish the 

fire : there are five houses burnt 

down. 
Have the people been able to 

save their things'? 
They have saved almost all. 
I offered him my assistance, for 

he has saved my brother's 

honor. 
He assured me that it was true. 
We have assured him of our 

assistance. 



Unfcr £>r)etm empfdngt Sefccrmcmn 

fefyt frcunt(td). 
£)et $)rafifccnt empftng mctncn SSatcr 

in fetrtcra (Smpfang?3tnuncr. 
2Btr Fjabcn ttefe n>td>ttge 3?eutgfeit 

erft Dor etntgen Stunten cmpfangen. 
£err ©run fyantett immcr nut melcm 

SSerfrant. 
(Ste fya&en ntcbt rccftt gefyantclt. 
SBtr fyaben langc nut jenem £>erven 

gel)anteu\ 
(St fyantelt nut (Stfen-2£aatcn — nut 

9J?anufaftut'2£aarcn. 
(St ijl cm sotonn Don gutetn SSerftant ; 

otte feme £>ant(ungen ftnt frug. 
3d) fort>re tag ©ett, mifym td)3r)z 

ncn gettcfycn fyafce. 
U&uwl fertetn Sic fur ttefeg Sue!) ? 

(St forbcrte sroan^tg Skater fur ten 

$Kocf; td) foot trjm acr^efyn, abet 

cr roottte tfyn nut ntcfyt fur ttcfen 

fy&$ f)akn (affen. 
Sofcfcn ^tc bag £td)t aug, cF>c @ie 

$u SBctte gefyen. 
33ringcn (Sic ctn Stdbt ; tcb r)a(>e ^u* 

fatltg tag ©ag auggclefd)t. 
9ERan fonntc tag geuct ntd)t augs 

(6fd)cn ; eg ftnt funf £aufet afocjes 

btannt* 
£akn tic Scute if?re Sad)cn rctten 

I onncn ? 
(Sic f)aben fcetnafye 2CIIeg gcretter. 
3d) 6ot tr)m mctncn SBctftant an, 

tenn cr fjat tic (Sfyre metneg 25rus 

tctg gerettct. 
®c »crftd)crtc nur, tag eg n?a()r roar. 
SBtr r)abcn tfym unfeven SSeiftanb 

DCtficfyert. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 351 

The amount, ter 23etrng; the leaf, tm$ 83latf> pi- t»te QMdtter; 
the fruit, tie $rud)t, P^ bit $rud)te; the cherry, tie fiirfdje; 
the pear, tie 93irne; to recommend, empfel;len* — pres. thou re- 
commendst, tu empftefylfrf he recommends, er empfieldt, imperf, 
I recommended, tct> empfar;I> J>er/r I have recommended, id) t;abe 
cmpfofylen; the recommendation, tie Smpfel;lung; the compli- 
ment, bd$ Compliment. * 

Do you like pears 1 (Sffen (Sic gem 5Birncn 1 

T like cherries better than pears. 3d) efje Ucbcr JUrfdbcn al$ SSirncn. 

That is a sweet fruit. £)a* ijr cine futjc grud)t. 

This pear-tree has almost more £>tefcr SStrncnbaum feat betnalje mefyr 

fru it than leaves. •grud)te ate SMdttcr. 

The boy has torn two leaves of £)er Rnabc bat $vti SStdfter fcineS 

his new book. ncucn SBucfyes gerrtffen. 

He recommends that young man (5r cmpfu'blt mix btefen jungen 932ann. 

to me. 

I recommended him to follow 3d) cmpfafyl tfym Severn SHatr)C $u 

your advice. fc(gen. 

They have recommended me a 9J3tan fjat nuc etnen fcr)r guten 23cs 

very good servant. ttenten cmpfeblcn. 

He arrived here with many good (St fam f)ter nut mclcn guten C£m* 

recommendations. pfefjlungcn an* 

Give my compliments to him. 93?ad)cn §>i« tbm meinc (Smpfenlung. 

Present my compliments to your feifpfefjten (Sic mid) $ufatligft 3f)rer 

sister, if you please. grautctn (Sd)nx'jter. 

I think you only make me a 3d) tenfe (Sic mad)cn nur nur cm 

compliment. (Sompttmcnt. 

Good-bye ! Adieu ! S(tieu ! (from the French.) 

Farewell! (live well) £eben gie roof; 1 1 
are the general expressions of Germans when separating; but a 
more polite one is — 

I recommend myself to you, 3d) empfel;le mid) Stynetu 

Such inquiries as those in which the English use a repetition 
of the verb, are, in German, expressed by not true ? nid)t roal;r ? 

You were in New York last week, (Sic ftnt ttcrtqe £Bed)C in $lcu gjerf 
were you not ] getvefen, ntd)t wafer ? 

You have already dined, have (Sic f;abcn fcl>cri gefpeipt, nid)t ruar;r? 
you not] 

Sftapefcon febte funf Saftrc r-crbannt auf (St. Helena, rcrloffcn rcn fetner 
$amitic- unb sen fetnen grcunben, abcr ntd)t betgeffeti bon fetnem 3$tf&e. 
iDicfcg armc Jttnb ift auf tern fatten Jupbeben ctnge[d)(afen ; id) r)abc eg 
nut ntctnem Mantel betecft, tamit e6 fid) nid)t ecttftet OfcgMdj ££tlr;c(m 



852 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

Don fcincm £efyrer bcftraft wax, fo fprad) cr bod) nut 2(d)tung ton ifmt. (Snt* 
fc^ulbigcn (Sic £errcn $ran$ fo met roie <Sie rootlen, aber id) fann einen 
9^ann ntd)t ad)tcn, bcr eine gamittc etcnb gcmad)t fjat. Sofjann fyat etntge 
Don t>icfcn £trfd)en gegeffen, obgletd) feme Gutter eg tfym Dcrbotcn fjattc 
©ute Winter folgcn bem 9?atf)e tfjrcr ©tern, unb tfjuti nie cfroag bog bets? 
fcotcn tft. <5g tft in biefcm ©arten Dcrbotcn fiber tie ©ragptdgc ^u laufen. 
£crr .5tur$ tdpt feincn (Sofynen etne fefyr gute (5r$icf)ung geben. (5r fclbft ift 
ein gut unterrtd)tetcr $Kann5 bet rooty roeip, bag etne gute (Strung mebr 
tvert^ ift, ate alleg (Mb, tx>c(d>e5 man fetnen ^tnbetn fyinterldpt. £aben 
<5te fd)on Sfyre ilcbungcn fiberfegt? 9?od) nid)t ; id) watte ouf meine 
^cfyrocftcr; roir mad)en immet unfere 2Crbeitcn ^ufammen. Srauen (Sie 
nid)t btefem ^fcrbe ; id) ffirdjte eg fonnte @te fcfylagen. (Sic trauen Sebet* 
mann ; furd)ten ®te nid)t, bap man ©te bctrugt ? <£g ift beffet $u Diel ate 
3U rocnig $u trauen, unb roenn mid) aud) Semanb aurociten bctrugt, fo ges 
fd)tct)t eg nicmate sum aroeitcn 9M. <&$ gefefyefyen oft Dingc, melcfce roit 
am rocnigften erroatten ; fo, 3. S3. ($um SBctfptct), fanb id), ate id) biefen 
Sftotgcn crroad)te, mein Safcfyenbud), wctc^eg td) Dertoren gfaubtc, auf bem 
Stfd)C tiegen ; Sfacmanb roollte eg fcafytn getegt Ijabcn. £Bcnn (Sic fyeute 
Sufdllig £erren ££etp begegnen follten, fo fagen ©ie ifym, bap id) biefen 2Cbenb 
ntd)t in bag Sweater gefyen fann. £crr <8raun ift ein ftuger .ftaufmann ; 
alle feine £>anb(ungen getgen Don Diclcm SSerftanb. £Bomtt fyanbelt er ? (St 
f)at ein Dortrcfftidycg ©efefyaft ; et fyanbeft mit £ftanufaftut' unb ©fen* 
roaaren, abet er tcrfauft nur im dkopen. 

$otbern (Sic }e|t fein (Mb Don mir, benn id) f)tibz sufdliig nid)t einen 
Sent bei mir. £Bag ift Sfjtem better begegnet? er ficfyt fyeutc fcfjr Hap 
aug. (Sg ift if)tn geftern 2lbenb ein unangeneljmet 3ufa(l begegnet; fein 
$pferb pel mit ifym, ate er fpdt ^on ©runborf nad) £aufe ritt ; glucf(id)errocife 
fjat cr fid) nur ein rocnig ben jtcpf Derlegt. Sfyt 9?effe F)at gegen mid) fefjt 
freunbfd)aft(id) gefjanbett, unb et wrftdbcrte mir aud) fur bie 3u!unft feinen 
Seiftanb. SO&tcmcl forbern ©ie fur biefen |>ut ? ©iefer ^ut foftct funf 
Scaler. 3d) benfe ^ie forbern $u t)iel; tdf) fann fo(d) einen £ut rote btefet 
ift in einem anbern eaben fur met SFjatct faufen. (5g ift mogltd), aber id) 
t-crftd)te S^nen, bap ein £ut fur »ier Scaler nid)t fo fein roie btefet fein 
fann. Cofcfyen @te ta^> ®a$ aug unb ^unben (Sic bie £id)te an, roir roolten 
gu -Bette gcf)en. v&aben ^ie fd)on ton bem ungtuc!(id)en 3ufaU ge^ort? 
(e|te 9^ad)t ftnb funf £aufcr in ber 23reiten (Strape abgebrannt ; gtficftidbets 
roetfe fatten bie g)erfoncn 3eit fid) aug ben brennenben ^dttfern ^u tetftn, 
aWi »on ben ^ac^en, bie barin roaren, F)at man nicfytg retten t onnen. 3d) 
fcefudjte biefen ^orgen ben teid>en fran^oftfdxn S3anqutet ^ettct; cr ems 
pfing mic^ feFjr gutig, unb beim SBegge^cn bat et mid), Sfyncn feine ©mpfcfjs 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 353 

(rtng $u macben. Saturn wotten <Sie fcfyon gcfjcn 1 blciben <Sk fyicr, unb 
fpctfon (Sic mit mri $u 9J2ittag. (Sic ftnt) fefjr gutig ; id) banfe 3fyncn,aber 
id) fyakt fc()cn gefpcift, benn wir cffen urn ein ilfyr $u Sttittag* 2) arm muffen 
Sie ftcmgjicnd cinigc t>on bicfcn itirfd)cn ober SStrncn fojlcn ; id) farm 3r> 
trcn x»crftd)crn, bap fie fcfjr gut finb ; fie fommen au*> unferenr ©arten. 9?un 
will id) Sic nid)t (anger ftcrcn ; fyaben Sic bte ©lite mid) 3f)rcr grau d5cs 
maf)(irm beften^ $u empfefytem 2Cbieu, mcin wcrtfyer $reunb ; leben Sie 
vocty. 3d) empfefyte mid) 3fjn«u * 90?ctn nxrtfycr grcunb, mit metem $crs 
gnugen fyabc id) ben bcutfd)cn 25rtcf getefen, ben Sie gejtcrn an mid) gc? 
fd)rieben fyaben \ unb id) mup geftefyen, id) war fiber bie $ertfd)ritte fibers 
rafd)t, bie Sic in jo fur^er 3cit in ber beutfd)en (Spracfyc gcmad)t tfabttu 
^ic fyaben Unred)t, wenn Sic mid) bitten Sfyren 25rief ^Uemanb $u $eigen, 
benn id) t»crfid)re S'fyncn, baj} id) feinen gefyfer barin gefunben t)abc. 3d) 
freue mtd) ^u Ijoren, t)a$ Sic nun gari$ wofyl finb, unb baj} Sfyr 2Cr^t 3t> 
nen bie (Srlaubnip gegeben fyat auSgcfycn $u bfirfem £aben Sic bie ©fite 
mid) bicfen 9?ad)mittag ^u befucfyen ; wir rooflen, werm eS Sbften gcfalltg ijr, 
einc fletne ^pa^icrfa^rt nad) ©rfinberg mad)en. 2)aS ^Better i|t fo fd)6n, 
tap (Sic md)t furd)tcn burden fid) $u erfaltem Ifm brei Ufyr wirb Sic 
crroarten, — 3^r crgebencr grcunb." 3d) fyabc (Sie geftern fpiclen gef)6rt; 
(Sic fpretcn bie $io(tne gan$ ttortreffltd) ; id) t)abc felten fc(dr> cinen guten 
(Spieler gefyort. Sftrin £err, (Sic madjen mir ein groped Compliment wels 
d)t$ id) nid)t $u serbicnen gtaubc. 

Gustavus Adolphus, king of Sweden, fell in the battle of Lutzen 
on the 16th of November, 1632 : covered with wounds and unknown, 
he lay on the battle-field among his fallen enemies, until the next 
day, when he was accidentally recognised by some of his soldiers. 
This great king died in his 38th year, lamented and beloved by his 
friends, and even esteemed by his enemies. You must cover your 
head when you go into the rain, or you will catch cold. Give some 
pennies to that poor woman who has covered her two sick children 
with an old cloak ; she looks very miserable. I do not like to give 
money to poor people in the street, not only because it is prohibited, 
but also because it is impossible to know whether they deserve it. 
Mr. Bell merits our esteem • he is a man of much understanding 
and has received a very good education. Do not complain \ you 
have deserved this punishment : the dog would not have bitten you, 
if you had not beaten it. John, I forbid you to take any of these 
cherries; I will send them to your aunt, who likes this fruit very 
much. I esteem our neighbor ) although he is poor and is obliged 
to work hard in order to earn his bread, he gives a very good 
30* 



354 THEGERMANINSTRTJCTOR. 

education to his children : he has forbidden them to run in the 
street when he is not at home, and they never do so, out of love 
to him. I bring you back the book which you have lent me ; my 
teacher forbade me to read it, telling me it was not written for 
children. The honest man always gains more at his business than 
he who deceives. It was very clear this morning, and I went out 
without an umbrella; but the weather deceived me, for I had 
hardly passed over the bridge, when a heavy rain surprised me, and 
I became entirely wet before I arrived at the next house. I went 
to Mrs. Brown's last evening, and by chance met Mrs. Williams, 
the wife of the French consul ; she is a highly educated lady, who 
speaks almost all the modern languages fluently, and plays most 
beautifully on the piano; she (has) received her education in Lon- 
don and Paris. Who instructs your niece in singing? she has a 
very fine voice and sings with much taste. She has no teacher; 
her older sister has given her some instruction in music. Mr. 
Philips is an excellent teacher; he has instructed my three sons 
these four months, and they have made very great progress for such 
a short time. Should any of your relations by chance be in want 
of a good teacher, I could give him the best recommendations, for 
he is a man of great understanding. 

Do you already know how to translate a German poem? Yes, 
sir, I have translated several, and I found them difficult only in the 
beginning; but now being more accustomed to the German con- 
struction, they become easier to me. I generally awake at six o'clock, 
but to-day it happened that I slept until seven, and had not the 
servant brought in my boots, I would perhaps have slept still longer. 
Mr. Belt is an honest man; he deserves to be trusted by you. 
When I was young, I trusted every one who w 7 as friendly to me ; 
but now, on the contrary, I trust no one. The Spanish merchant 
wished to cheat us by giving us a bad bill of exchange on Paris ; but 
I think he deceives himself, for he will soon lose his credit if he acts 
in this manner. Mr. White is a very prudent man ; he always acts 
with much understanding. Charles promised to wake me this 
morning, but I awoke before he came into my room. We went to- 
gether on horseback to Newfield, and have spent a very pleasant 
day. I do not like the manner in which your cousin acts with 
other people; he believes himself too wise, and blames every one 
who does not think like himself. Your uncle is an amiable old 
gentleman; he receives «very one who comes to see him very 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 355 

kindly, and shows a good education in all his actions. What 
does Mr. Green deal in ? He formerly dealt in iron- ware, but now 
he is in the dry-good business. How long have you been dealing 
with that English merchant \ We have dealt together, I think, 
more than twelve years, and always in such a manner that we never 
had to complain of each other. My sister and her aunt went out 
together this morning, in order to pay a visit to the French countess. 
She received them very friendly, and showed them through the 
whole house in which she is now living. Have you at last received 
the money which young Mr. Peal owes you? Not yet, but 1 think 
that he is an honest young man, who would not deceive me. He 
sent me this note yesterday : " Dear sir, you will excuse me for 
not having yet paid the bill which you sent me last month ; a sick- 
ness, which has prevented^ me from doing anything these three 
w T eeks, is the reason. I have written to my uncle, asking him to 
send you the amount of your bill, and knowing his kindness, I ex- 
pect he will do so. Very respectfully yours. " 

John, extinguish the candle, for I assure you it is very dangerous 
to read while lying in bed. I have accidentally extinguished the 
gas in the parlor ; have the kindness to bring a candle in order to 
light it again. The shoemaker demands payment for the boots 
which he has made for you ; and you must pay him, because he does 
not ask too much. You intended to buy our neighbor's carriage; 
how much did he ask you for it ? He asked eighty-five dollars, and 
finding the price too high, I bought a finer one from Mr. Smith. I 
asked him very -politely for your French dictionary ; but he answered 
me angrily, that you had nothing to demand of him, assuring me that 
he had sent the book back to you two months ago. Your cousin is 
lame ; what has happened to him 1 He has met with a little mis- 
fortune • his horse struck him on his right foot while he was coming 
home last evening; but he is not much injured. Have you heard 
of the bad accident which happened last night 1 No, I have heard 
nothing, for I just now got up; tell me what has happened? Four 
houses in Water street have been burnt down. The fire broke out 
in Mrs. Well's house ; that poor lady and her children had hardly 
time to save their lives ; besides this, they have saved nothing. We 
have received a letter from Boston this morning, with the important 
news that the lightning struck the ship Wilhelmine, and set her on 
fire ; but they were able to save the largest part of the goods which 
were in her. You understand all I tell you, do you not ? I have 



\ 

856 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

understood all that you were telling me. You are the sailor who 
saved the life of that little child, who had fallen into the river ; are 
you not? Yes, sir; but I have only done my duty. George, your 
pockets are full of pears ; you have been at the pear-tree, and I fear 
you will fall down sometime, and break your arm or leg. I beg 
your pardon, I have not been on the tree ; I found the pears lying 
under it. The little girl has spoiled your book ; she has torn two 
leaves out of it. Have you much fruit in your garden ? This year 
we shall have a great deal of fruit; among others is a cherry-tree, 
on which you can almost see more cherries than leaves. Our 
nephew has .to work very hard to-day; I offered him my assistance, 
but he assured me that he could do without any help. I can re- 
commend Mr. Root to you ; he is a young man of very good man- 
ners. Good morning, madam; how do you do] I am very well, 
I thank you ; have the kindness to take a seat. I thank you ; I am 
obliged to go to the Exchange, and in passing by, I came only to 
inquire about your health. You are very kind, sir; please present 
my compliments to your good lady. Good-bye. Charles, read this 
note from Mr. Young, who sends back the fifth volume of Schiller's 
works and asks for the sixth ; he has taken only six months' instruc- 
tion in the German language, and has made such progress that he 
is able to read this difficult poetry. u Dear sir, with a thousand 
thanks I send you back Schiller's Don Carlos, which you had most 
kindly lent me one month ago. I have read it with the greatest 
pleasure, and it has pleased me so much, that I desire to read more 
of Schiller's tragedies. Mr. Klein told me last week, that Wal- 
lenstein, though more difficult than Don Carlos, is his last and most 
beautiful work. Knowing your kindness. I take the liberty to ask 
you for the sixth volume; by lending it to me you will very much 
oblige, — Your obedient servant." 



SEVENTY-THIRD LESSON.— !©td ttnb fte&mjt&fte 

Section* 



THE PASSIVE VOICE. 



The passive voice, in German, is formed with the past parti- 
ciple of a transitive verb and the auxiliary verb w e r t> e ru 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



357 



Present tense, I am covered, 

thou art dressed, 
he is punished, 
we are surprised, 
ye are loved, 
you are blamed, 
they are praised, 



id) werbe ftebecft. 
fcu rtnrjr angefleibet 
er rcirb bejrraft* 
wir merben ti&errafcfyt. 
it)r merbet geliebt. 
Sie werben getabett. 
fie merben gelobt. 



As in English, the verb to be, feitV is also joined to a past 
participle, when the latter is used as an adjective, to qualify the 
subject and express existence. It is very difficult for English 
students to distinguish when the auxiliary f e t n or \v c t b e n must 
be used. In the following examples we shall endeavor to show 
their difference. 

r £)et £t#obcn tnctncS 3tmmcr$ ift 
The floor of my room is covered J wit ctncm fd)6ncn Seppid) bcbecft. 

with a fine carpet. j £er£uj&obcnmetncs 3tmmcr$ rtnrt) 

** nut ctncm fd)6nen Scpptd) kfcccft. 

The first German sentence expresses a finished state or com- 
plete existence ; the second, which is the German present passive, 
expresses a state or condition which has begun, but which is not 
yet finished, and may be rendered into English by, The floor of 
my room is being covered with a fine carpet. 

3)ct6 .fttnb i ft cmcjeflctbct (a finished 



The child is dressed. 



The boy is punished. 

The boy is punished every even- 
ing. 
I am surprised. 



I am not so easily surprised 
The workmen are paid. 

(get) 



state) 

£)a$ jttnb rotro cmcjcftetbct (is be- 
ing dressed). • 

£)er £nabe tji fcefttaft (finished 
suffering). 

£)ct SinaU nutb attc 2Cftcnb Oejttaft 
(a suffering which is continued ) . 

3d) bin ubcrrcifd)t (a finished con- 
dition). 

3d) tuerbe ntdbt fo tctdjt ufccrrafcfyt 
(an unfinished condition). 

£)te 2(rbettet fin fc Inhabit (they 
have received their wages). 

£)tc Srkitcr roerbcn jeben (Scnns 
abcnb be$ar)lt (theyhave received 
and will receive' their wages 
every Saturday). 

£)cr Sparer i ft gut untcrrtd)tct. 

(Sctn <Ser)n nurb sen ben fccften 
2cf)rcrn untetTtd)tct. 

In passive sentences, the preposition by must be rendered into 
German by Don* 
John is loved by his parents. Scfjann nntb t»cn fcincn (Sttcm gcttcbt. 



The workmen are 
every Saturday. 



paid 



The father is w T ell instructed. 
His son is instructed by the best 
teachers. 



358 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



The little girl is dressed every £)oS Heine 9ttabd)en tx>trt> alte Otter* 

morning by her older sister. gen pen tfyrer alteren <§d)n?eftcr an* 

geftetber. 

His children are praised, if they ©cine $tnber nxrben gclofct, roenn 

are obedient and assiduous. fie gut tint) fteifitg finb. 

Our niece is esteemed by every Unfere 9?td)te roirb t>cn 3cbennonn 

one • because she is good and geacfyter, well fie gut unb ItebenS* 

amiable. n;urt)tg Iff. 

The infinitive of the ( to be loved, gelie&t roerben* 

I 1 



passive voice. \ to be punished, befrraft roerbem 



Sttuffen unartige £inber kftraft rocr* 

ben? 
<Ste mujfen getabeft unb fceftraft roer* 

ben. 
£Ba£ mufi man tljun um gead)tet $u 

roerben ? 
(5t fprod) ofjne gefragt $u roerben. 
Um ntct>t »erad)tet $u roerben, muffen 

@tc menials fd>tcd)t sen anberen 

$perfonen fprecfyen. 



Must naughty children be pun- 
ished ? 

They must be reproved and pun- 
ished. 

What must one do in order to be 
esteemed ? 

He spoke without being asked. 

In order not to be despised, you 
must never speak ill of other 
persons. 

The workman, ber 2(r6etter; the virtue, bie £ugenb; the vice, 
ba$> Softer; virtuous, tugenbfyaft; to despise, tteracfyten; to re- 
ward, fcelofynen; to procure (to get), t>erfd)affen; to hinder, to 
prevent, from, fyinbern> t>erl;inbeWf an 5 the occasion, the oppor- 
tunity, bie ©elegenfyeit; the case, the event, ber $atl; to hit, 
treffen* — pres. 1m trif)T> er trift, imperf. I hit, id; traf, perf. I 
have hiij id) l>a6e getroffen; to reprove, tabetn. 

Virtue is always rewarded and £)te Sugenb roirb tmmer kloljnt, 

vice punished. unb bat Softer ftejrroft. 

I cannot procure you any money. 3d) frmn 3l)nen fetn ©e(b t>erfd)offem 
He has procured me a good place. (Sr fyat mtr etne gute ©telle t>crfd)aft. 

You hinder me from my work. <Stc rjinbern mid) an metner 2€rbcit- 

T < i ,. r • , f 3d)t)erf)tnbertetf)n am2(u^qe()en; or, 

I prevented him from going ont. j gg m ^ nt(tH /,,„ ou ^ u |^ n . ' 

On this occasion I did all that T S5et btefer ©etegcnrjctt tfjot id) 2ttle$ 



could, but it was impossible to 
prevent the accident. 
Do not let this occasion pass. 

I shall do it, if an opportunity 

offers. 
This is an important case. 



roos id) fennte, after e$ roar un* 

mcgUd) ben 3ufatl $u tK'rfytnbern* 
Saflfcn <Bk btefe ©elegenfyett md)t 

t>orubergcr)en. 
3d) werbc e6 tbun, roenn fid) etne 

(Megenfyctt'btetet. 
&tefe$ tjt etn nncfyttger gall. 

In case, im $all, or fattS 5 at all events, auf aik $dtfe. 

In that case, I do not know what 3n btefem galle rucip id) fetnen Spotty 
advice to give. $u geucn. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



359 



Ask him to wait, in case he 
should come when I am not 
at home. 

He hits the nail on the head. 

He wished to strike the dog, but 
hit the floor. 

You have hit it. 



23tttcn @tc tfjn gtt rcarten tm gatt 
(falls) cr fommcn follte, roenn id) 
ntcbt $u &aufe bin. 

<gr trtfft ben Qffagcl auf ben jtcpf. 

(Sr roellte ben £unb fd>tagcn, abet 
traf ben gufbeben. 

<Ste fyaben c$ getroffen. 



The verb to meet must be translated by treffetv in the sense 
of finding a person at a certain place. 



I met Mr. Klein at the Exchange. 
I met him while going # to the 

Exchange. 
We met your cousin at Mrs. 

Smith's, last evening. 
You will never find him at home 

if you do not go earlier. 



3d) traf £erm iUetn auf ber 95erfl\ 
3d) begegnetc tr)m aU id) auf bte 

SSorfe gtng. 
SGSir trafen S^rcnSScttcr geftern2Cbenb 

bet Sftabam <Sd)mtbt. 
©tc roerben tfyn ntemat* $u £aufe 

trcffen,tt)cnn©tcmd)tfcu^crgcf)cn» 



To accept, annefymen* (like nefymen); to doubt, of, jttf.effetn# 
an; the doubt, ber 3n?cife(; to alter, to change, dnbern or t>cr^ 
anbern; to spare, fparen; to practice, tifcen; the practice, tie 
Ue&ung; the top, ber ©ipfel; nevertheless, nicfytS bejlo rceniger ; 
to mount, to ascend, fleigen* — imperf. I mounted, id} frieg, 
per/. I have mounted, id) 6in gefliegen; to descend, to dis- 
mount, ab or fyina&fftigen; to alight, au^T-eigen* 



I accept your proposition. 

He did not accept the beautiful 

present. 
We have accepted the bill of 

exchange. 
Do you doubt that which I am 



telling 



you 



I do not doubt it. 

It is not to be doubted. 

We w T ere in doubt whether we 

should go or not. 
I will bring it to you, without 

doubt. 
You will alter nothing with all 

your complaints. 
He has had his coat altered. 
This man has altered very much 

since I met him in Boston. 
The weather changes. 
Spare his life. 
Spare yourself the trouble. 



3d) nefyme Sfjrcn 9Sorfd)(ag am 
& naf)m t^ fcfyone ©cfctycnr! mdjt 

an. 
2£tr fyaben ben SSecbfet angenems 

men. 
Sroetfetn ©t'e an $>a$, roaS id) Sfaten 

fage? 
3d) $rx>etftc nid)t baran. 
(S£ tft ntd)t taxan ^u gnxtfetn. 
SStr voaxm tm Bnxtfel, eb mix gefyen 

fctlten cber ntcbt. 
3el) nxrbe c$ Sfynen efjne Srceifet 

brtngen. 
(Ste reerben ntd)tS nut alien Sftrctt" 

JUagen anbern. 
(5r fjat fetnen JRcc! anbern faffen. 
liefer 9J?ann fyat ftd) fefyr wranbert 

fett id) tr)n in 23ot>ton traf. 
$a* better anbert ficl% 
(Sparen @tc fetn Scben. 
©pawn ©te fid) bte £)}%. 



360 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



G?r fonnte fid) ben ££eg crfpart fja* 

ben, rocnn cr ein SStttet gefcbrtekn 

batte. [£tnb. 

(Sparc btc SRutbe unb Bcrroobne bag 

C£r t)at btcfcS 3a()r ffinf bunbcrt 

Scaler crfpart* 



He might have spared himself 
the journey, if he had written 
a note. 

Spare the rod and spoil the child. 

He has saved five hundred dol- 
lars this year. 

The verb to save is translated by rettetv in the sense of to 
rescue; but when it means to save- by economy — not to spend — 
or to lay by, it must be translated by f p a r e n or e r f p a r e n. 

He saves no money; he spends (5r fpart fetn (Mb; cr gtebt 2ttle$ 

all that he gains. aus roaS cr t>erbient. [rem 

A good housewife can save much. (Sine gutc £ausfrau farm t>tct erfpas 

Order saves time. £)rbnung [part 3ett, 

The saving-bank, tie ©parfaffe. 

A little more practice and you ©in nxntg mer)r Itcbung, unb (Ste 



will speak German fluently. ' 
He must practise speaking. 
Men who practise virtue are 

happy. . 
He has done me wrong, and 

nevertheless I am his friend. 
I ascend these staircases more 

than twenty times a day. 
He mounted the horse and rode 

away. 
We ascended the mountain in 

order to see the risingof the sun. 
The boy has ascended to the top 

of the roof. 
The children stepped into the 

carriage before us. 
I mounted the chair in order to 

see better. 
He always dismounts from his 

horse before the stable. 
You may do it without dis- 
mounting. 
I descended this high staircase. 
We alighted from the carriage 

as soon as we arrived in the 

village. 



rocrben gclauftg bcutfd) fpredjem 
(5r mug ftd) im (Sprecben fibem 
£)er gftenfdfj/ rockier bic gugenb ubt 

tft g(ucHtcr). 
(Sr fjat mir Unrecbt getban, unb mdjts 

befto wentqer bin id) fcin greunb. 
3d) fletge btefe Srcppcn mebr ate 

$rr>an$tgma( be£ SageS btnauf. 
(Sr ftteg auf bas $pferb, unb rttt meg. 

££tr fttcgen auf ben SScrg, um ben 

2Cufgang bcr (Sonne $u fcr)em 
£)cr Make tft auf Icn ©tpfel beg 

£>acbes gefttegem 
®ie Jttnber fttegen t>cr un$ tn ben 

££agem 
3d) fttcg auf ben (Stubf, um beffcr $u 

febem 
(5r ftctgt tmmer t>or bem (Static r>en 

bem g)fcrbc ab. 
(Sic f onncn e$ tf)un cl)nc afyuftetgem 

3d) fttcg btefe f>or)e Sreppe btnab. 
SStr fttegen aus bem SBagcn, fo ba(t> 

true nnr in t>a$ £)crf gefemmen 

marcm 4 



To mean, meinen; the opinion, the meaning, bie 93fcinung; 
the friendship, tie $retmbfd)aft; to reach, reicben; to afford, 
licfern; to forgive, t>ergeben* (like geben); to show, roeifen* — 
imperf. I showed, id) wieS, per/. I have shown, id) \)abt geroiefert. 
What did he mean by it ? 2Ba$ mcintc cr bamtt?. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 361 

His meaning was very good. (Seine sjBetmtng wax fefa gut. 

In my opinion you should forgive $lad) meinet £ftetnung folltcn ©te 

him. tfjm t>ergeben. 

He was of the same opinion. Qx war berfetben 5Q?etnung. 

He forgave his enemies. (£t t>ergab [etrien gctnben. 

We have forgiven him his fault. 85BtrF)abcnil)mfcincngcr)krtJCr9ct>en. 

Reach me the book which lies SKetcfan 0te mtr bag S3ud), n?e(d)C$ 

on the chimney-place. auf bem jtamtn ttegt. 

I stepped on the chair, but I could 3d) |Kcg auf ten dstufyi, akr id) 

not reach the picture. fonnte bat ©ematbe ntd)t retcfan. 

This garden affords us all the £)tefer (fatten ttcfert un$ atle grucfyte, 

fruit we want. n>e(d)e nut ftraucfan. 

He showed me his new house. (St wtcs mtr fein neueS £au$. 

I have not yet shown you my 3d) l)at>e Sfaen ncd) md)t metne 

gold watch. getbene Utjr genuefen. 

The verbs jeigert and meifertf /o sAoi^, are synonymes; but 
the latter is almost obsolete, though its compounds occur very 
frequently; as — 

To prove, berceifen; the proof, ber 33emeiS. 

That proves nothing. £)as kroetf't md)t& 

I have proved it to him. 3d) babe es if)m Oetmcfctt. 

He has afforded me the proof. (gr fat mtr ben 23eroei$ geftefert. 

My umbrella is gone; I cannot §B?eut 9?egenfd)ttm tft fort; id) fann 
find it anywhere. ifa nirgenbS fmben. 

Gone (away), fort* 
$0rt is an adverb, which is synonymous with roeg> away, 
but more emphatic than the latter. Thus we can translate to go 
away, hy meg, gel; en or fortgefyen; to run away,hj meg* 
I a u f e n or f o r t ( a u f e n> &c. It is also equivalent to the Eng- 
lish adverb off, when it denotes motion. 

Do not send him away without (Sd)icfen ©tc tr)n ntd)t fort, cfae ir)m 

giving him something. ctrcas ^u geben. 

They carried the thief away. (£k fubrtctfben £)icfc fori, 

The steamboat is off. £>a$ jDampf&oet tj! fort. 

The storm, ter Sturm; the thunder-storm, t>a$ ©emitter; the 
fog, the mist, ber 9ie6el; the dust, ber ©taufr; dense, bid)t; 
windy, roinbig; stormy, frtirmtftf); foggy, ne&ettg; dusty, frau* 
big; daily, rdglidb; weekly, roocfyentticr;; yearly, jdfyrlid); to 
arise, fid) erfa&en* (like fa&en). 

We had a very hard thunder- ££ir fatten tegtc Zflatfy cm fcfa \d)\va 

storm last night. re$ ©etmttcr. 

A. violent storm (gale) arose when ©n fafttger (Sturm crfafc fid), att 

we were on the river. rctr auf bem $(uftf warm 

31 



362 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

This high wind raises so much JDtefev ftatfe SQBtnb erbebt fo wet 

dust, that we can hardly open <Staub, bap roir faum tie 2Cugen 

our eyes. effnen fennen* 

It is windy and foggy. (Ss tft nnnbig unb nebelig. 

We read one weekly and two £Btt lefen cine roecbentltcbe unb 3tx>ct 

daily newspapers. tdg(id)e Scitungen. 

3d) roerbe t)cn meinen Cittern gelebt, roenn icb geberfam bin unb ffetfng 
arbetfe.* £)u tiurft sen beinem Center eft getabelt ; roarum lernft bu beine 
2Cufgaben md)t beffcr auSroenbig? 3d) mup meinem SSatet arbehen belfen, 
unb icb fyabe nur Sett beg tfbenbS meine 2(ufgaben aueroenbtg $u lernen ; 
unb fclbft bann roerbe id) eft sen meinen jungcren ©efebroiftern baran rer? 
binbert. £)er tugenbbafte 90?enfcb roirb t>en Sebermann geacbtet, unb fctne 
$reunbfd)aft txutb t>en alien ®uten gefucbt* SBir roerben nicbt immer fur 
unfere gute £anblungen belebnt ; im ©egentbeU, rotr roerben eft getabelt rco 
reir Dan! erroarteten ; nid)t6 befte nxntger muffen roir feine ©elegenbeit 
r-eriibergeben taffen, t>a$ ©ute $u uben, unb bie febtecbten £anblungen 2(nbe* 
rer $u Derbtnbcrn. (Sie roerben Den 3f)rcm better gcrufen ; roarmu gefyen 
(Sie nicl)t $u tbm ? (Sr n?tll bap id) nut tbm in baS Sweater gefyen fell, unb 
id) roerbe sen cinigen metner greunbe, bie in bem (Son^ert ftnb, errr-artet. 
£at 3b* SSater fd)en ben 2Ctbeitern be$ablt, nxlcbc in 3brem neuen #aufe 
arbciten ? (Sic finb ned) nid)t be^ablt ; fie nxrbcn jeben (^ennabenb l^fift 
Sftuffen unartige unb trage JUnber befhraft roerben ? Ste mujfen getabelt 
recrben, unb roenn fte fid) niefct anbern, wrbtcnen fie aud) beftraft $u nxrben. 
OTtt alien Sfyren 3n>eifeln ruerben &u mid) nid)t binbern ben frangeftfeben 
©rafen fur einen tugenbbaftcn 9^ann $u fatten, unb ibm meine 2(d)tung gu 
ermctfen ; id) roerbe meine 932einung t>en ibm nicbt eber anbern, bis (Sic 
nur ben 23ercei£ geliefert fjaben, $)a$ er metner 2Cd)tung nicbt roertb if!. <5te 
roellten biefen Bergen nad) ©runmatb reiten, unb nun treffe (ftnbe) id) @'ic 
p Jpaufe ; <5te l)aben fid) avnbrfcbeinlid) fein gutes $)ferb serfebaffen fonnen, 
nid)t roab? ? (Ste boben e^ getreffen ; id) gel)e lieber gu ^upe, alS la$ id) 
auf ein fd)led)tes ^)ferb fteige. 3d) babe Sfyren S^effen ben gan^cn Bergen 
gcfud)t, aber id) fennte ibn nirgenbs treffen ; fellten @ie ©elegenfycit fyaben 
tF>n gu fel)en,fe bitten <5te i^n mid) biefen 2(benb gu befucben ; id) f^e ir)n 
in einer it)id)tigen (Sacfye urn feine g^einung gu fragen ; eg ift ein fenberbarer 
^all, unb id) n>eig fein 5Katt) fann mir t)en grej}em £)^u|en fein. ^all^ id) 
ir)n biefen ^aebmittag fe^e, fe roerbe icb ibn gu Sbnen febicfen ; 6i« f ennen 
fid) barauf Ktlaffen. ^>err ^lein !emmt beute nad) ber (Stabt ; taffen 6ie 
biefe (55elegcnbeit nicbt t-erubergefyen, ibn urn cinige (Smpfef)lung^bricfe fur 
Cenben gu bitten ; icb anxifle nicbt, bap er fte Sbrten geben n>irb. 3m $all 
(Sie ibn be^ 9?ad)mittag^ nicbt ju ^aufe treffen fellten, fe tverben BU bie 
^elegenbeit ftnben, ibn biefen 2(benb bei meincm Dbeim 3U fe^en. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 363 

5$ir ftiegen geftern 9?ad)mittag nut meter £flur)e ben 23erg Winter tern 
IDorfe fyinauf, urn »on t>ort ben Untergang t>cr (Sonne unt> ben 2(ufgang be$ 
SEonbeS $u fefyen ; ba$ ^Better roar liar unbfd)6n, aber ungcfdfyr eine(Stunbe 
t>or (Sonnenuntergang erfyob fid) im (Suben eine bunfte £Bo(t\>, tie bait) ten 
gan^en jpimmel bebedte. £Btr ftngen an ben 23erg fcfynett f)inab$ufteigcn, 
aber ba$ ©emitter errcicbte un$ efye roir unten roaren, unb nrir famen gdn^ 
ltd) nap nad) ^aufe an. £Benn ©tc Sfyrc SDMnung dnberten, fo rtmrben 
(Sie fid) mele SERfi r)e erfparen ; gtauben ®k mir, id) meine c$ gut mit Sfyncn. 
2)er <Sd)ur)mad)er, tx>e(d)er in ber trierten (Stage unfcrcS £aufes roofynt, ar= 
bcitet t>om 932orgen bis gum 2Cbenb, aber er [part aud) lte(&> benn er Fjat fdjen 
mefyr ate bretf)unbert Skater in ber (Sparfaffe. £)a£ £au$ metneS (ScrmeU 
ber$ tft lefcte 9?ad)t abgcbrannt ; er fonnte nid)ts retten, fclbft md)t t)a$ ®c(b, 
n>eTd)e$ er mit meter gjlfifye erfpart fyatte. d5tcb mir meine Ufyr, fie ttegt auf 
ber $ommobe ; nxnn bu fie nid)t retcfyen fcmnft, fo ftetgc auf einen (Stuf)(. 
<&u pnben meinen S^cffcn nid)t $u ipaufe ; er ift t-or ciner (Stunbe auSges 
ritten ; roir ftiegen au$ bem SBagen ate er auf fein $)ferb ftteg. £)cr ffctne 
£nabe fjat feinen gef)(cr geftanben, unb bittet (Ste urn 93cr$eif)ung ; fd)ic!en 
©te ibn nid)t fort, ofyne ifym sergeben $u fyaben. 3n>etfe(n <Sie nid)t an ber 
grcunbfdjaft metneS betters ; <&k finb im Srrtljum, roenn <Sie gtauben, ba$ 
er mir Sfyren SBrief geroiefen fyat ; id) rourbe nid)t geroupt fyaben, bap <Sie 
an ifyn gefefyrieben (fjaben), roenn @ie e$ mir nid)t gefagt fatten ; id) rotinfefyte 
id) fonnte es SFjncn beroeifen, bap id) bie £Bat)rf)eit fage. 9)?ctnc getbene 
•Jebcr ift fort ; fyaben @ie fie irgenbroo gcfeljen ? 3d) gtaube grdulein Gas 
roline fyat fie genommen, benn id) Ijabe fie mit einer golbenen geber fcfyreiben 
gefef)en. (Ss ift (jcute fo winbig unb ftaubig, bap roir nid)t auf bat 2anb 
fa^ren n>erben. 3d) gtaubte geftern, bap n?ir fyeute fefjr fd)6ne^ better ^as 
ben rourben, benn e5 war fold) ein bitter 9?cbe0 bap man bie gegenubcr* 
ftetjenben ^aufer nid)t fefjen fonnte. @ic braud)en fid) nid)t gu fd)amen 
beutfd) gu fpred)en ; nur ein rcenig Ucbung me^r, unb (Sie rccrben e» fo ge^ 
laupg nue ein Deutfd)er fpred)en. 3d) rounfefte e^ »on gan^em ^er^en, unb 
id) t-erfpred)e Sfenen, bap id) fcine ©e(egent)eit r-oruber ge^en (affen tverbe, 
e^ gu uben ; urn meinem 9?effcn gu berceifen, bap man in fed)^ 9J?onaten 
beutfd ternen fann. 



Who gives you instruction in the German and French languages? 
I am instructed by my nephew, who is a good scholar, and who has 
travelled two years in France and Germany. Thou art not praised 
by thy teacher as often as thy sister ; what is the reason ? Is it 
true my sister is praised oftener than I? but she has more time to 
work than I (have). When will Mr. White return from New 
Orleans? He is expected by his family tc-day. I am prevented 



364 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

from learning by heart, when you make such a noise in the room. 
This book is very well translated from the French. This English 
book is translated into German by Mr. Green. We are not always 
praised, even when we sometimes expect it. You are blamed by your 
friends for not having followed their advice. These soldiers are 
most beautifully dressed. The poor shoemaker's children are 
clothed by our aunt. Our neighbor, though he is poor, is esteemed 
by every one, for he is honest and industrious. Are the workmen 
already paid ? They are paid every Saturday. Which boys are 
rewarded and which are despised 1 Those who are good and 
assiduous are rewarded, and those who are idle and naughty are 
despised. Thy sister is blamed by her mother because she does 
not work enough. This little girl is much spoiled, for she is never 
punished by her aunt, who indulges her too much. A virtuous man 
deserves to be esteemed by every one. I do not like to be disturbed 
in the morning while I am writing, for it is insupportable to me not 
at once to finish a work which I have begun. You complain that 
you did not understand me ; but it is impossible to be understood 
when ten persons are speaking at the same time. Mr. Brown is 
joyfully received in every society, because he is an amiable young 
man. A little child ought to be seldom punished ; but it should be 
reproved when it is naughty. What must one do in order to be es- 
teemed? My dear nephew, love and practise virtue; speak ill of 
no person ; listen politely to what other men tell you ; and never 
insist strongly upon your opinions, even if you think you are in the 
right. In doing so, you will be* loved and esteemed by every one. 

I have promised to procure this young gentleman a good place ; 
and I will do it as soon as an opportunity offers, for I can recom- 
mend him very highly. In case you cannot procure the money 
which you need to day, go to my uncle at five o'clock in the after- 
noon, then you will find him at home ; I shall speak with him before 
that time. You are very kind, but I hope I shall spare you that 
trouble; if the bill of exchange which I sent to New York is ac* 
cepted, I shall be able to sell it; if not, I shall make use of your friendly 
proposition. John, be quiet for only half an hour; you hinder me 
from finishing this letter; afterwards I shall not hinder you from 
playing on the violin. I come to tell you that the Spanish consul, 
from New Orleans, has promised to visit my cousin this evening; 
in case you wish to speak to him, do not let this occasion pass, 
I should like to go to London^ but only when a good occasion offers. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 365 

Now, after you have altered your opinion, I do not know what advice 
to give you in this important case. You speak much of the voice 
of Mr. Petterini, who has lately arrived from Italy; you must have 
heard him sing. You have hit it; I met him at Mr. Smith's last 
night. George wished to strike the cat ; but the animal was quicker 
than he, and instead of striking it, he hit the floor. My brother 
told me that you will offer to Mr. Brown to exchange your horse for 
his, but T doubt very much whether he will accept your proposition. 
My sister sends her compliments to Miss Caroline, your niece, and 
begs her to accept these roses, the first from our garden. I do not 
doubt that which you are telling me, I only fear that he will not 
keep his promise. It is not to be doubted that your teacher will be 
satisfied with the exercises, if you will only alter, these two sen- 
tences. I was in doubt whether I should go into the country or 
not, for the weather looked very dark ; but now, since it has become 
clear, I shall go this afternoon. Charles has altered very much 
since I saw him the last time; I could hardly recognize him. Your 
new coat does not fit you well, it is too long ; you must have it 
altered. The storm, last evening, broke down the large pear-tree 
in our yard, which injured the flowers very much ; our servant, who 
was by chance in the yard at that time, did all that he could, but it 
was impossible to prevent the accident. 

The Italian captain arrived from Boston, last night, in order to 
speak to my father; but he might have spared himself the journey, 
if he had written a letter. Our old aunt has an income of only 
four hundred dollars a year; nevertheless, she saves more than one 
hundred dollars of it. William, my cousin, never goes into society 
or to the theatre; he saves his money, and already has about six 
hundred dollars in the savings-bank. My nephew does just the 
contrary; he has not yet saved a cent ; he spends all that he earns. 
You complain that you cannot yet speak German fluently, but you 
must practise it more, and always speak German when an oppor- 
tunity offers ; for practice alone makes a master. What do you 
mean ? shall I take a ride to Greenwood this afternoon ? In my 
opinion you should stay at home ; for it is very windy, and the dust 
may injure your sore eyes. Do not doubt your cousin's friendship ; 
his meaning was very good in telling you not to dismount from your 
horse every time you go to Blackfield. What do you think he means 
by it? I think that, by telling you not to dismount from your horse 
when you take a ride, he wished to give you the advice not to spend 
money uselessly, and to return earlier. We ascended the mountain 
31* 



366 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

very early this morning, in order to see the rising of the sun ; but 
we had hardly reached the top, when a dense fog arose, and we 
were obliged to descend without having seen any thing. Charles, 
reach me the book which lies on the chimney-place ; I see you are 
too short to reach it, but mount on a chair and you will get it. In 
going to the river this morning, I met Mr. Brown in his carriage ; 
as soon as he saw me coming, he alighted and showed me the 
letter which he had received from London, in order to prove that 
all he had told you was the truth. He knows very well that he has 
done me wrong, and now he tries to excuse himself; nevertheless, 
I cannot forgive him before he affords me other proofs. My um- 
brella is gone; have you not seen it? Yes, sir; it is in the garden; 
little John has broken it, but you must forgive him, for he has not 
done it intentionally; he was riding on it and fell over a garden- 
bench. Do not send this poor woman away without giving her 
something; she seems to be in want. We dined at Mr. Johnson's 
to-day; we had an excellent dinner; he gave us all that the season 
could afford. How many newspapers do you read? I see your 
table entirely covered with them. Our family is large, and we all 
like to read after breakfast ; you see here four daily and three 
weekly newspapers. It is very warm to-day ; I fear we shall have 
a thunder-storm this afternoon. Are you afraid of thunder-storms? 
I am not; but my sister fears the thunder very much. When 
we were in the country the day before yesterday, a violent storm 
arose, followed by a heavy rain and hail, which prevented us from 
returning, and we were obliged to stay there the whole night. 



SEVENTY-FOURTH LESSON.— SSitt U* Hehen$i$fte 

Section* 

THE PASSIVE VOICE, CONTINUED. 

Imperfect. 

I was loved, id) rcurbe gdiebr, 

thou wast esteemed, bu rtmrbefr gead)tef, 

he was blamed, er rtmrbe getabelt f 

we were rewarded, wit wurben be(o()nf> 

you were covered, <£ie rtuirben 6ebecf tf 

they were despised, fie rtmrben t>erad)tet. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



367 



He was much loved when he was 

in Paris. 
The children were dressed after 

they had risen. 
I was prevented from writing by 

his arrival. 
Louisa was praised ; while John 

was blamed. 



I have been loved, 
thou hast been esteemed, 
he has been blamed, 
we have been rewarded, 
you have been covered, 
they have been despised, 



(5t rourbe fer>r gettebt, a(s cr in tyavxt 

roar* 
Die JUnber rcmrben angeHctbet, nad)- 

bem fie aufgeftanben roaren. 
3d) rourbe turd) feme 2tnfunft am 

(Scfyreiben gefyinbert, 
£cutfe rourbe gelcbt, roafjrenb Solemn 

getabclt rourbe. 
Perfect. 

id) bin geliebt rt)ortertf 
bit bijl geacfytet roorben, 
er ijl getabelt roorben, 
roir finb betofynt roorben, 
@ie finb bebecft rcorben, 
fie finb r>erad)tet rcorben. 



The past participle of the auxiliary verb roerben is rt) o r b e n, 
and must be distinguished from the past participle of the intran- 
sitive verb to become, tt) t x b e x\t which is geroorben. (See 
Lesson 64.) 

Pluperfect 

I had been loved, id) wax geliebt rocrben, 

thou hadst been esteemed, tiu wax\t geacbtet roorben; 
he had been blamed, er wax getabelt roorben, 



we had been rewarded, 
you had been covered, 
they had been despised, 
The boys have been praised be- 
cause they have been obedient 
and assiduous. 
Charles has been rewarded by 
his uncle, for he has found his 
watch. 
He wrote better, after he had 
been reproved. 



I shall be loved, 
thou wilt be esteemed, 
he will be blamed, 
we shall be rewarded, 
you will be covered, 
they be despised, 



rt>tr roaren belofynt roorben, 
<2;e roaren bebecft roorben, 
fie roaren t>erad)tet roorben. 
Die £nakn finb gdo&t rocrben, roeil 

fie gefjorfam unb flcigig geroefen 

finb. 
&avl if! i?cn fetnem £)$ehn Mefrnt 

roerien, benn er Ijat feme Ilr)r ge* 

funben. 
(£r fdjrieb beffer, nad)bcm er gerabeft 

toerben rear. 
First Future. 

id) roerbe getiebt roerben, 
tu rt>trfr geacbtet roerben, 
er roirb getabelt roerben, 
roir roerben belcfynt roerben, 
Sie roerben bebecft rrerben/ 
fie roerben oeraebtet roerben* 
Second Future. 

I shall have been loved, id) roerbe geliebt roerben fetn, u. 

we shall have been rewarded, roir rrerben belobnt roorben fctn f If. 



368 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



I hope the silver plate will be 3d) fjoffe ber fttbcrne Setter ttrirb ge* 
found. funben nxrben. 

I know he will not begin to work 3d) rcetfi er n>trt> md)t anfangcn $u 
until he shall have been pun- arfcetten, tu$ er Oeftraft worsen fein 
ished. rotrb; or, bt$ er rotrb beftraft rocrs 

ten fein. 

Fzrs^ Conditional. 

I would be loved, id) rotirbe geliebt werben, k. 

we would be rewarded, roir roiirben betofynt roerben, tu 

Second Conditional. 

I would have been loved, id) roiirbe geliebt roorben fein, k. 

we would have been rewarded, roir roiirben betofynt roorben fein, K* 

You would be understood if you <Sie nmrben wtftanben rcerben, roenn 



spoke louder. 
He would have been prevented 
from doing it, if his father had 
been at home. 



(Sic tauter fpracfyen. 
(Sr rourbe Derfytnbert worben fein, 
e$ $u tFjun, roenn fein SSater $u 
#aufe geroefen ware. 

The passive voice is much less used in German than in Eng- 
lish. The indefinite personal pronoun matif with the active verb, 
is frequently used, instead of the passive, in those sentences in 
which no definite person is expressed as the agent or instrument 
of the action ; but when such personal agent is expressed, the 
passive must be used in German as in English ; f. i. — 
The books have been found. 5Q?an r)at bie 25ud)er gcfunben. 

But when we say, the books have been found by me, the sen- 
tence must be translated by bie 93ud)er ftnb Don mir gefunbett 
roorben. 



The boys are praised because 
they have been assiduous. 

These boys are praised by their 
teacher. 

It is said. 

That cannot be comprehended. 

I am told that he has lost his 
money. 

A pair of scissors was given to 
the girl to cut her nails, and 
she has cut her finger. 

That is not to be understood. 

What soldiers have been spoken 
of! 

These names are easily recol- 
lected. 



Wlan tct>t biefe .fina&en, wtil fie ffet* 

pig gcroefen ftnb. 
£)iefe Jtnafcen wetben sen ifyrem £er> 

rer getobt. 
9J?an fagt. 

£)a$ fann man nid)t kqreifen. 
9J?an fagt mir, t>a$ er fein (Mb t>er* 

tcren fyat. 
$ftlan gab bem Sftabcben eine (Severe, 

fid) bie^aget^u befd)neiben,unb fte 

f)at fid) in ben Singer gefdjnitten. 
£)as t)crftef)t man nid)t. 
8Scn mekften (gotbaten f)at man ges 

fprcd)en ] 
£tfan erinncrt fid) letd)t biefer 9?ar 



men. 

In sentences similar to the preceding, the reflective form is 
often employed, in German, instead of the passive (see Less. 63). 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 369 

The books have been found. £)ie 23ud)er fyafcen fid) gefunten. 

That is not to be comprehended. £)a$ loft fid) md)t tu\qrctfen. 

That is understood. £)ag t>eiftel)t fid). 

The question is easily answered. £)tc 5 ra 9 e beantroortct fid) letd)t. 

He is not to be disturbed. (5r (apt fid) nid)t ftoren. 

The plate, ber Seller; the dish, tie (gcfyiiffel; the calf, taS 
Itillt joZ. tie fidteer; the veal, taS -Kalbjieifd) ; the food, tie 
©peife; the vegetable, ta£ ©etrnife; the potato, tie ftartofitl ; 
the remedy (the way), ta$ 9)f ittel, pi. the means, tie 9)*ittel ; 
economical, fparfam ; to serve one's self, fid) betienen ; to be- 
have, fid) fcetragen* (like tratjen) ; to be fond of, Ite&en; to request, 
to beg, auebitten* (sep., conj. like bitten); to prefer, twjiefyen* 
(sep., like jiefyen); to scold, fcfyelten* — pres. id) fd)elre, tu fd)iljr, 
er fd)ilt> imperf. I scolded, id) fd)att, perf. I have scolded, id) 
fyabe ^efcfyolten. 

To be able j i m @ t a n t e f e i n> is a stronger expression than 
fonnen. 

Have the kindness to pass (to £ctkn ©if tie (S5ute mtr (ene ©$${* 

reach) me that dish. fel $u retcfyen. 

Shall I pass you the bottle ? ©otl id) Sfynen tie -gfofdje rctdfecn 1 

Can I help you to a piece of this jtcmn td)3f)nen mit etnem(Stucfe ttcn 

roast veal ? ttefem $alt>s&raten tienen ? 

I shall trouble you for some. 3d) tutte mtr eirt roentQ tason aug. 

Do you wish to take tea or coffee? &&unfd)en pit Sfytc oter Jtaffee $u 

[coffee. trtnfen ? 
I shall trouble you for a cup of 3d) bttte nur etne Saffe itaffee au£. 
May I offer you some Dutch £>cirf id) Sfynen Fjoflantifdjen M\t 

cheese ? anbteten ? 

Help yourself. SSettencn @ie fid). 

You have no butter on your plate; @ie f)a6en feine gutter auf Sfyrem 

help yourself if you please. Seller; fcetienen @tc fid) gefalltajt. 

This is the best remedy for the fjtefeg ift tag befte SSJattel gea/m tag 

fever. Jtefcer. 

This would be the best way to £)tefeg rourte tag kfte 50littcl fern 

help him. ifjm $u fyetfen. 

Has your cousin the means to. 

buy a house ? I £at 3r)r better tie 9EJtf ttct cm £aug 

Can your cousin afford to buy a [ $u fauferu 

house ? J 

To afford, connected with can or could, when meaning to 
Aaye the means, must always be translated by tie 9R i 1 1 d t) a* 
6 e fy and not by I i e f e r n. 

He cannot afford it. (5*r fyat ntd)t tie SMttef. [reifcn ? 

Could he afford to go to Europe? £atte er tie sJBtttel nad) ©urepa 311 
He could afford it. <gr (jatte tie SDtittcf. 



370 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



You would have the means to 
travel, if you had been more 
economical. 

By no means. 

Can yon lend me fifty dollars ? 

I am not able to do it. 

She scolded me for coming so late. 

My brother has been scolding 
his children all day. 

They have not behaved well. 

He was scolded because he be- 
haved ill. 



<&k rourten tie 9tfttte( fcaben $u ret* 

fen, roenn <Sie fpatfamet gerocjen 

roaten. 
2Cuf f etnen #att. [>n ? 

Jtonncn (Sic nut funfetg Skater UU 
3d) bin nid)t im <Stanbe eg $u tfyun. 
(Ste fd)att mtd), tap id) fo fpat Cam. 
93?etn 33tutet fyat feine Winter ten 

gan^en Sag gefdjolten. 
©te fyaben fid) ntd)t gut betragen. 
(St routte gefd)0(ten,tt>eU etftd) fd)(ed)t 

bettug. 



The letter, t»er 23ucr)fra6e; the picture, the image, ta§ 5Mtb; 
to mix, to meddle, fid) mifefyen ; to concern, betreffen,* angefyen* 
(like treffen and angefyen); to laugh, at, lacfyen, u&er ; to resem- 
ble, to be alike, gleicfyen* (governs the dative) — imperf. I re- 
sembled, id) g(id)f per/. I have resembled, id) fyafre gegticfyen; 
acquainted, befemnt; the acquaintance, bie 33efanntfd)aft/ ter53e* 
fannte; the right hand, tie red)te jjanb; the left hand, tie linfe 
jpanb; to the right, recite; to the left, UnH; yet (conjunction), 
tod); the difference, ter Urtterfd)ieb. 

You must not mix among these ®u muffen ftd) nid)t untet tiefe 9#as 

sailors. 
I never meddle in other people's 

business. - 
My lather never meddles with 

things which do not concern 

him. 
What I say concerns you. 
As for me. 



trofen mtfdjen. 
3d) mifd)e mid) niematS in tie ®es 

fdb&fte anterer £eute. 
SO^ein SSater mtfdjt ftd) niemate in 

2)tnge tie iljm md)t$ angefyen. 

£Ba$ id) fage gef)t <Ste an, or bettift 
2Ba$ mid) bettift. 

English sentences like the last above, in which the verb to 
concern is omitted, cannot be translated into German without 
this verb. 



As for my father, he laughs at 
nobody. 

What is that to me % 

If I give away my money, what 
is that to you 1 

Your sister and your niece re- 
semble each other. 

You are like my brother; he also 
rises every morning at five 
o'clock. 

He did not resemble his father. 

Are you acquainted with Mr. 
Green 1 



2Ba$ meinen $atet betrtft, et tad)t 

uber Alternant. 
SBag gef)t tag mid) an. 
SBcnn id) mein ©clt rceggebe, was 

gefyt tag (Ste an. 
Sfyre <Sd)roeftet unt 3l)te 9?td)te 

g(eid)en einanter. 
©ie glctdjen metnem S3ruter: ©te 

ftcfjen aud) alle Sfflorgen urn ffinf 

Uf)t auf. 
<5r g(td) nid)t fetnem &$ater. 
8trit 8ie mit £ettn ©run befannt? 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



371 



Yes ; I made his acquaintance 3a ; id) mad)te fetne SSefanntfcfyaft 
at New Orleans. in 9?eu Drlcan6* 

He isan acquaintance of mine; or, j & . p . . ffiefonnten. 

He is one ot my acquaintances, j ' 

He lives to the left of the Ca- ($t roefjnt ixnU ttcn ter fatr)Otifd)en 
tholic church. &trd)e. 

This man is rich and yet works £)iefer 9)?cmn ift retd) unt arbettet 
but little. ted) nur roemg. 

Many a, mand)er> mancfye, mand)e§; 
an indefinite pronoun, which has the declension of the definite 

article. 



£Kand)e Gutter t>ertirbt tyt iltnb 

turd) fibcrmafige &tck\ 
3d) liege mand)e <Stunte in mcinem 

25ette toad), unt tenfe an metne 

mm. 

£Ber ift ta ? 

3d) bin fa 

®tnt @te c* ? [ten 

3d) roar e$ nid)t ; cS roar metn 23ru* 

3d)/ ter id) ibn alle Sage fcfje, [elite 

ir)n geroip fennen, roenn id) ir)m 

begegne. 
£)u roarft e$, ter tu e$ mir gefagt 

baft. [bred)en fyaben. 

@ie roaren e$, ter @ie tas ©las $er* 



Many a mother spoils her child 

by excessive love. 
Many an hour I lie awake in my 

bed, and think of my parents. 

Who is there ? 

It is I. 

Is it you ? 

It was not I ) it was my brother. 

I, who see him every day, 

should certainly know him 

when I meet him. 
It wast thou who hast told it to 

me. 
It was you who broke the glass. 

When, in such sentences as the above, the pronoun is not re- 
peated, the relative requires the verb in the third person, though 
the first personal pronoun be of the first or second person ; as — 
I, who see him every day. 3d), ter ir)n atte Sage ftebt. 

It wast thou who hast told it to £)u roarft eS, ter & ntir gefagt r)at. 

me. [brod)en I) at. 

It was you who broke the glass. <Sie roaren e$, roetcfyer tas ©las $ers 

To turn, rcenten* and fid) roenten* — imperf. I turned, id) 
VDanttCf perf. I have turned, id) fyabe geroantt; to pour, gie§en* 
— imperf. I poured, id) gofcf perf. I have poured, id) l;a6e ges 
goffen; to pour out or in, eingie£en; to spill, to shed, t>er* 
gie£en;* to appear, erfefyetnen* (like fd)einen); the appearance, 
ter 2Cnfd)ein; the back, ter SKiicfen; the pot, the jar, ter 5cpf; 
the attention, tie 2(ufmerffamfeit; ignorant, unroiffent; exces- 
sive, ubermctfcigf aufcerortent(id); according to, n ad) (a preposi- 
tion, governing the dative — see Lesson 45). 
He turned his back to me. <5r roantte mir ten $ucfen. 

We must turn to the left. S3?ir muffen un* lints roenten. 



372 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

The wind has turned. 2)cr SBtnt fjat ftd) gcroantt. 

He turned about (around). & tvantte ftd) urn. 

She appeared very sad. <Stc erfcfeien fefyt ttaurig. 

It appears to me you will spill @6 fcftctnt mir, ^ic u>ert>cn ten 933cin 

the wine. wrgicfien. 

According to all appearances we 9lad) atlcm tfnfcfyetn roetten roir $es 

shall have rain. gen fyaben. 

He poured some beer into the (£t gop S3tet in tag ©(as. 

glass. 

Charles has poured out some $atl fjat Sftnen cttt>a^ $u tttnfcn cttu 

drink for you. gegeffcn. [roeg. 

Pour out (away) the dirty water. (Btcpcn ©te tag fcfymugige Staffer 

She shed tears. ©te Dcrgap Sfytanen. 

@ i e I e n and t>ergie£en are only used for fluids ; but f ct) li fc? 
fen and t>erfd)utten must be employed for solids. 

He puts (pours) the corn into the (St fefyuttet tag ©etteitc in ten ®acf. 

sack. 

She poured the sugar upon the @ie fd)iittcte ten 3ucfct auf tag ^as 

paper. pier. 

Put (pour) the salt into the jar, <Sd)Utten <Sie tag @a($ in ten Sepf, 

but do not spill it. aber t)ctfd)ittten <&k eg nicfyt. 

Notwithstanding, ungead)tet; 
a preposition, governing the genitive, which may precede or fol- 
low the case. 

He did it, notwithstanding my (gt tfyat eg, ungeacfetet meineg 2Sets 
prohibition. botg ; or, metnes QSctbotg unge? 

ad)ter, 

-SfiSarum famen <Ste geftetn nid)t in tag (Son$ett? (Sic routtcn t>on metres 
ten Sftrcr #teunte erroattcr, tic Sic mit tern gtopen SSicttntften SSegcf, 
ter t)on $)attg angefommen ijl, bcfcmnt macfyen rcottten. ($g tr)ut mit fefyr 
kit, abet td) routtc turd) ten SScfud) teg £>cttn g)refeffcr 25taun t>crt)tnbcrt 
aug^ugefyen, tet bet un6 gum tfbentbtot bttcb. Dbgtctd) id) ir)n jlctg mit 
irictem SSctgnugen fprecben f)6te, fo routte id) eg tod) sorge^ogen fyaben, geftern 
in tag (Son^ctt $u gefjen, urn tie Scfanntfdjaft teg £crrn 93egel $u macfyen. 
©corg tft tiefen SJiorgen son feinem £cf)tet getatett ruotten, nxU et nicbt im 
(Stantc roat tie frangcftfd)cn Ucbungen gu ubetfegen. 9?ad)tcm mcinc beU 
ten fleincn (Scfyroeftern |cn tet 3)?uttet angeftettet roetten roarcn, gab fte 
tfyncn eincn Setter .5titfd)cn, rocit fte fid) roafyrent teg gan^cn SKorgcng fcr)r 
gut betragen fatten. Sfjre <Sd)n?cfrer roitt @te fcfyctten, tafc (Sic ten ilin? 
tetn crtaubt haben if)t Mmm $u nef)mcn; fie roetten mit tern $Bud)e fo (ange 
fptetcn, big eg t>en tfyncn gctttffen fein rottt. 9D?ctn ferret mtfd)t ftd) $u met 
untet jungc £eute, tie, rote id) gfaube, feinet $teuntfd)aft nid)t rocttf) ftnt ; 
id) futd)te et rout t>en ifmen betregen roetten. 93iand)et £ftann roiittc mc!)r 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 373 

gcad)tet rocrbcn, menu cr nur fjaffc fc fciet an 2Cnbere, rote an fid) fctbft 
bad)te. graufctn (Sardine ftef>t traurig au$ ; id) gtaube fie Ijat Sfyrdnen 
wrgoffcn. (Sie mfirbc nidbt con Sfjret Sante gefd)o(tcn rootbcn fein, menn 
fie tern armcn franfcn 9}?dbcbcn, me(d)e t>or bem Sfecre be$ ©attend fag, cm 
tlttf £letb gefcbenft battc ; aber fie f)at iftt einen neuen Scbabl unb ifyr 
befteS £(etb gegeben, unb ba$ roar gu met, cbg(cid) e$ tfyrem gutcn £cr$cn 
G£brc mad)t. $at man bic Scbafe gefunbcn, bie unfcrcm 3la$bav, bem 
$(etfd)cr, rocggctaufen finb ? 3a, man bat fie jenfeits bes glufcjg red)t$ t?on 
bem ££cge gefunbcn ; fie fatten fid) unter bie <^d)afe bes ndcbftcn £)etfc$ 
gemifdbt/ unb man mfirbc bie Zfyuxc nid)t roicbcrcrfannt fjaben, menn fie 
nid)t etnen rotben (Stern auf bem SKficfcn gcbabt fatten. 9J?an fagt, bap in 
ber (cften 9?ad)t ber SBItg in etnel bcr grofften Scbiffe gcfcblagen unb c$ 
angc^imbet bat; faben (Sic bat»cn gcbort? 3d) r)abe nicbts bat>on gcbort, 
obg(cid) id) biefen tfugcnbitcf an ber 23orfe r-orbeigegangen bin ; biefe 9?cutgs 
felt tji bafyer, altem 2Cnfd)cin nad), nid)t voafyv. 

Siann id) Sfyttcn mtt euicm Stucf ron bicfem £atb£braten bicnen? id) 
bcnfV cr ift febr gut. 3d) bttte mir cin rocntg batmen aa$, aber fyaben (Sic 
bie ©fite mir nur cin fleines Stucf $u gcben, benn id) §aU fd)cn febr tuel 
gegeffen. jDarf id) Sic urn bie Scbuffcl mit ben &arteffc(n bitten. SBellcn 
©te nur gcfdtttgft Sljrcn Setter rcicben, id) mill 3bncn einige gcben ; rouns 
fd)en Sic fctn anbercs ©cmfife $u fatten ? 3d) ban!e Sfyncn ; id) $te()C 
^arteffetn atlem anberen ©cmfife r>cr. 3d) bttte, reid)en Sic mir bie gfajJdbe; 
tcb rcunfd)C meinem 9?ad)bar cin ©la* 2Bctn cinmgieikm. 3d) fann 3fyncn 
ben itucben empfebten, ber m Sfyncn ftcbt ; bebienen Ste fid) gcfdlltgft ; Sic 
aJSffcn feine Umftdnbe mad)en. £err Scaler $(etn bat un$ bcute ba$ SBilb 
unferer 9Ud)te gejebieft ; wie gefdllt e$ 3fynen? (?S ift ein fcfyr fd)cnc^ ®e^ 
mdlbe; id) ftnbc bie Jarben rcrtreffltd) gemifd)t,unb e^ gfcidbt S^rer S^tcbte 
gum Sprecben. Ste (cben $cxm SBctt, aber ax$ mid) betrtft, id) (icbe if>rt 
ntdbt fe^r, benn cr mi[d)t fid) unmet in Sadjen bie it)n ni04 angeben ; c^ 
ift mc( beffer (cine etgenen ©efd)dfte in 2(d)t $u nef)mcn / a(5 fid) in bic ante* 
rer Scute gu mtfd)en. 2Ber ift ta ? 3d) bin e$. Sift bu c* ^ar(, ber bie 
SO^Ud) scrgcf'cn f)at ? ber gan^e Seppid) ift na9. 3d) mar c$ nicftt ; e^ mar 
ber Heine ©ecrg ; cr mcltte 3Tci(c6 in feine Saffc gtcpen, unb inbem cr ben 
£dpf manbte urn nad) bem £unbe ^u fcFjcn, oergefi er fie auf ben gfufj&efeeTU 
31)r 25ruber 2Bt(()eim g(eid)t meinem better; cr (ad)t aud) fiber 2(ikz mas 
cr fiefyt, unb mcrfiber fenft Sf?iemanb (acben mfirbe. Ste febeinen betrubt ^u 
fein ; ma$ febtt 3f)ncn ? ^lann id) (acben, menn metn greunb ©run 
allem tfnfcbctn nad) ntdbt ben mcrgenben Sag erieben mtrb ? c* giebt fetn 
QKtttct fein Scfccn gu retten. (5^ tbut mir fcf>r 2eib ^u Jjcrcn, ta$ cr fc franE 
ift ; icb a>eig Sic Ueben |)errn ©run fe^r ; mo fyaben Sic feinc .33efannt^ 
32 



374 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

fcfyaft gcmadbt ? 3d) rrmrbe gucrft nut tr)m fcefannt a& tcfe m SBoSton fht* 
birte. Skfet Heine ^nat>e ift auflerotbentUd) umtnffenb, ot^letd) er fd)cn 
3cf)tt Safyre alt ift, fo roetfj er nod) feinen Unrerfd)ieb atmfcfeen ben gtcpen unb 
Heinen 23ud)jraben ^u macl)en. 93?abam SScip fprad) fo fcbnett, bap td> fie 
ungcadbtet aller meiner tfufmerffamfdt nid)t t>erfief)en fonnte* ©ie£en <2ie 
bag S5ter in biefe gtafcfye, unb fdn'itten @tc t>a$ (Sa($ in ben Sopf, akt t>ers 
fd)utten @ic eg nid)t. Spat 3f)t 9?effe bie 3CRtttel biefes fd>6nc spfcrfc $u faus 
fen ? (Sr wfirbe bie vitrei r)a&en nicbt altein btefeS $)fetb, fcnbern aud) 
cincn SBagen $u faufcn, reenn er fparfamet ware. ££enn (Sie unfer 9?atr)* 
fyauS fefycn rocllen, fo miiffen <Sie biefe ©trape Ijtnaufgcrjcn ; an ber britten 
(Sc!e menben (Sie fid) (infg, unb cine Heine S'trafie rotrb Sic auf eincn 55lag 
fufjren, wo reenter £anb bag $atr;r;au$ jtefjt. 



On my arrival at New Orleans, I was surprised by the agreeable 
news that the . ship City of Boston, which we thought lost, had 
reached California, after a long voyage of eight months. Thou hast 
no reason for complaining of Mr. Smith, thy teacher ; thou wast 
always praised when thou wast assiduous, but now thou hast been 
justly blamed by him, because thou hast not been working with 
the necessary attention for some time. The merits of the great 
astronomer Kepler, who died in 1630, a poor and almost unknown 
man, were not recognised until long after his death. Mr. Green is 
a very amiable young man j he is only to be blamed because he is 
too fond of pleasure, and spends more money than he is able to 
earn ; being an only son, he has been spoiled by his mother. You 
may rely upon the truth of the news which I am telling you, for it 
has been sent to us by our uncle. You are living very economically ; 
I think you will be praised by your parents for having saved a hun- 
dred dollars this year. The floor of our parlors shall be covered 
with a new carpet next autumn. The letters will be copied earlier 
than you expect. I shall not be satisfied until I shall have been 
paid. George would not be punished so often, if he were obedient 
like his brothers. If your father saw what you are doing, you 
would be scolded. The man who found the pocket-book in the 
street would have been rewarded, if he had returned it to Mr. 
Brown, but now he will be punished ; for when one finds anything 
and does not return it, if he knows to whom it belongs, he is a 
thief and must be punished as such. Little John was playing, and 
burned his sister's new dress which was lying on the chair y he would 
have been prevented from doing it, if his elder brother had not left 
him alone in the room. Have our neighbor's two little children 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 375 

been found 1 They were seen going over the bridge, but they have 
not yet been found, in spite of all the searching. I am told you 
wish to sell your new house; is it true'? Yes, sir; I intend to sell 
it ; but it is not to be comprehended how people can know my in- 
tention, for I have not told it to any one. We wished to buy the 
dictionary of the French Academy, but it was not to be found in 
the whole city. It is very dark in the street, for the lamps are not 
lighted ; I think we should have moonshine. Yes, madam ; the 
moon rose an hour ago, but it is not to be seen, for the sky is en- 
tirely covered by dense clouds. 

You will scold me for coming so late, but as I went out I met an 
old acquaintance, whom I had not seen for some months; he had so 
much to ask me that I had hardly time to answer. I should be sorry 
if I had prevented you from eating your dinner. No, sir ; you are 
not too late, they have just brought up the .dinner; let us sit down, 
if you please. Take the seat at my side, and have the kindness to 
help me carve, for I do not understand it well. Do you like rice 
soup % . I shall trouble you for a little ; I am very fond of soup. 
May T offer you a piece of this roast veal, or do you prefer fowl ? 
I would thank you (I will ask you) for a piece of fowl. You have 
nothing to drink; help yourself, if you please. What kind of 
vegetables do you prefer % I shall trouble you for some boiled po- 
tatoes; I like every kind of vegetables, but potatoes best of all. It 
appears to me the Germans are very fond of this vegetable. Yes, 
sir ; you find potatoes at the tables of the rich as well as of the 
poor; the latter live almost entirely upon them, for they are the 
cheapest of all vegetables. In Germany you may see large fields 
of 20 or 30 acres covered with potatoes, the price of which is sel- 
dom higher than 25 cents a bushel ; but sometimes you can buy 
them for 10 or 12 cents. Please sir, pass me that plate of cakes. 
How do you find our food ?• I find everything most excellent. Then, 
sir, reach me your plate ; you have not tasted this dish. I thank 
you, madam; but I fear I shall eat too much. My brother is not 
very fond' of sweet things; he prefers a piece of good bread to any 
cakes; he even drinks his coffee without sugar. Your cousin has 
acted imprudently in lending so much money to that young man, 
whose acquaintance he made last winter; now he finds himself in 
trouble, and the only way to help him for the present is, to pay 
some of his debts; but we must think of other means to prevent 
such disagreeable accidents for the future. I have bought this 



376 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

bottle of medicine this morning; it is recommended to me as a 
very good remedy for a cough. There are so many medicines re- 
commended for every disease, that one hardly knows which is the 
best ; for my part, I never take any medicine without the advice 
of my physician. I would willingly help you, my dear friend, if I 
had the means, but I can hardly afford to buy what is necessary for 
my family. My brother would like to go with you to Europe, if 
he could afford it ; although he has worked very hard, yet he has 
not been able to save a shilling. 

My dear child, I must scold thee, for thou dost not behave well ; 
thou must not laugh at every thing which people say, it makes 
thee appear extremely impolite, or very ignorant. You know Mr. 
Bell, I think you are acquainted with him ; are you not 1 Yes, 
madam ; I made his acquaintance at the University, two years ago • 
he behaved like a well-educated gentleman, and never mixed among 
ill-mannered students. I do not like Mr. Trouble, your acquaint- 
ance ; he always meddles with things which do not concern him, 
and he would do much better to look at his own business. Many 
a man likes to meddle in other people's business ; but as for my 
father, he would not do so, even if he should lose something. I 
know there is a great difference between your father and many 
other people ; but in this case he resembles my uncle, who pays no 
attention to other person's doings, and turns his head without say- 
ing a word, when he sees anything which does not please him. I 
will show you a fine daguerreotype ; it is a very good picture ; do 
you recognise the person? Certainly, it is your sister, it resembles 
her very much; I have seldom seen a better picture. My cousin 
is not able to write when the children are playing and laughing in 
the next room ; as for me, it makes no difference ; I am able to 
work when ten persons are talking (speak) around me. Sir, will 
you have the kindness to tell me which way I must take to go to 
the City Bank? Most willingly; go down this street, and at the 
third corner, turn to the left, that street will lead you to a large 
square, and there you will see a fine house at the right side, that is 
the City Bank. Who is there; is it you, John 1 It is I, sir : I have 
brought the letters from the post-office. You appear to be very sad ; 
what is the matter with you ? Our little niece is very sick ; she 
suffers with a nervous fever; according to all appearances she will 
not live to see the morning ; yet the physicians still have some 
hope. It was not I, it was my brother who turned his back when 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



377 



your cousin wished to speak to him ; as for me, I would not have 
done it. It wast thou who hast told me that Charles had gone into 
the garden, notwithstanding the prohibition of his father. It is I 
who have spilled the wine on the table 3 I wished to pour some into 
the tumbler in order to mix it with water, and in turning around I 
spilled some on the table. George, pour out the dirty water and 
bring me some clean, but take care not to spill it. I am very sorry 
that Mr. Klein has gone to Boston * he is a very good scholar ; many 
an hour have I listened to his wocds with the greatest pleasure. 
Many a child is spoiled by the excessive love of its mother. It ap- 
pears to me you spend too much time in pleasure; you would do 
better to turn your atlention to more useful things. Poor Mrs. 
White, while speaking of the sad accident which happened to her 
son, shed so many tears that, notwithstanding all my attention, I 
could hardly understand a word. 



SEVENTY-FIFTH LESSON. — $it!tf Utlb iiehett^fte 

Qectivn. 

The following conjunctions and adverbs, bod), fci)on> benn> fbj 
XV0\)U far jrt nid)t> ja rcofyO are sometimes used as adverbs, to 
strengthen an affirmation, negation, request, complaint, or wish, 
although they cannot be translated literally into English. 



(I hope) you will come again to- 
morrow. 

(Indeed) I have never seen such 
a thing. 

You have (surely) received my 
letter. 

He has been living with us these 
two years, (see Lesson 60.) 

Pray what do you mean by that] 

What has he done to you (then)? 

When my cousin comes, (then) 
tell him that I shall soon re- 
turn, (see Lesson 67.) 

I have (really) seen you. 

Who then has (really) made the 
best use of his peach] 

That is (indeed) a bad boy. 

I told it to you yesterday (you 
know). 

32* 



®h roevben t>cd) mermen nueberiems 

men. 
£abe id) bed) me fo em>a$ ^efefyen. 

<Ste fyaOen bed) meinen 23rief cxfyaU 

ten. 
fit vx>cr)ut fcfyon $nxi Safyre ki un$. 

2£aS rcetten Ste benn bemvit faa,en? 
£Ba$ bat er Srmen benn ejetfyan] 
£Benn metn better frmmt, fe faam 

(Ste xv)m, $>a$ id) balb tuxMlcnv 

men roerbe. 
3d) ()afce <Ste roer)( a,efef)en.- 
SBer f)at b en n rt) e i) ( ben beften ©es 

t>raud) t?en fetner $)ftrftd)C a,emad)t ? 
£)a$ ijt ja ein fcefer ^nabe. 
3d) l;at>c eS Sfynen [a cjeftern flefagt. 



378 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



3 a rc>of)(, id) tya&e ifjm fctt>ft tag 

<8ud) gegeben. 
3d) bttte, tfyun <Sie e$ ia ntd)t. 



(Yes) I have given the book to 

himself. 
I pray you, do it not (by no 

means). 

%l u n is sometimes used in the beginning of a sentence, which 
is expressed in English by well. 
Well, have you done ? 9Zun, ftnt <Ste fcrttg ? 

Well, I will come. 9?un, id) n>itt fommcn. 

Well what has he said ? 9?un, rc>a$ bat cr QcfaQt ? 

To enable, in ten Stant ft|en; I am going (I am about), icfy 
bin id) 33egriff 5 by means of, ttermittelfr (a preposition, which 
governs the genitive). 



His recommendations enabled me 

to buy the goods. 
His father's wealth enables him 

to live in this manner. 

I am going to write a letter. 
We were going to extinguish the 

gas, when our aunt arrived. 
My brother was about to go out, 

when he received the letter. 
By means of his help, I was able 

to translate the French note. 



(Seine (Smpfcrjmngcn fegten mid) in 

ten ©tant tie £Baaren gu taufen. 
£)ct $eid)tf)um fctneg Waters fe|t ibn 

in ten (Stant auf tiefe SBetfe $u 

leben. [fcbm&cn. 

3d) bin im 23cgrtff einen SSrtef $u 
2Bit rcaren im SBegrtff ta$ ®a$ au£s 

$uf6fd)en ats unfere Santc anfatru 
9#ein SSruter war im SBegrtff au$s 

$uger>en aU cr ten S3rief errjielt. 
SScrmittclfi fetnet £u(fe trar id) im 

(Stante tag fran$6ftfd)C 25tllet $u 

ttberfcjsen. 

The steam, ter £>ampf; the steamboat, ta£ £)ampf6oot; to 
command (to order), befefylen* — pres. tu 6eftel)ljrf er befiefyltf 
imperf. I commanded, id) 6efol)l> jper/! I have commanded, id) 
fyabe befofyten; to be silent, fcfyroeigen* — imperf. id) fd)rt)iegf perf. 
idt> l>a6e Qefd>rt>tegen ; to remain silent, frill fcfyroeigen ; still, jritt; 
to relate, erjttfylen; the tale, the narration, tie (§Tjdt)(ung; to do 
without, fid) befyelfen* (like fyelfen), literally, to help one's self. 



I command thee to be silent. 

My nephew ordered his servant 
to wake him at five o'clock, 
because he wished to go to 
New York by the steamboat. 

Sir! 

What is your pleasure ? 

Be silent. 

Relate us something about your 
last voyage; you have been 
silent long enough. 

Can you do without a looking- 
glass % 



3d) 6efef)fc tir $u fcftrrxigem 

Sttein Stfeffe befabl fctnem 23etienten 

tfyn urn funf Ufjr gu roecfen, roetl 

er mit tern £)ampfbect nad) 9?eu 

3)cr6 gefjen tr>cUtc* 
9)?ein £err ! 
2BaS befefyen <Sie ? 
(Scfyrceigen (Sie. 
(SrgaWen ©ie un$ etroas »cn 3^en 

tegten 9^etfe ; <Ste fyaben tange ge* 

nug gefd)tt)iegen. 
jtonnen <5te fid) ofjne einen (Spiegel 

befyelfen. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 379 

As for me, I can do without a ££a$ mid) cmfcctrift, id) farm mid) 
looking-glass. efyrte etncn ©piegd fcefydfen. 

There are many things we must (SS Qtebt trie(c jDincjc ofync roelcfyc nrit 
do without. un$ Ocr^clfcn muffen. 

To knock, flopfert ; to scream, to cry, to halloo, fcfyreien* — 
imperf id) fd}rie, perf. id) t^abe gefc^rien ; to build, 6auen; the 
building, ta§ ©e&dute 5 the countryman (the peasant), ter Sant* 
mann; the countryman (a native countryman), ter ?antemann; 
the farewell, the leave, ter 5(bfcr;tet ; to take leave, to bid fare- 
well, 2fbfd)ie& nefymen; to frighten, erfd;retfen; to be frightened, 
erfd)retfen* — pres. bu erfcfyritfjr, er txfd)iidt, imperf. id) erfcfyraf; 
perf. id) bin erfcfyrocfen. 

Srfcr^retf ert/ to frighten, is regular, when used as an active 
verb, but irregular, when employed as an intransitive verb, in 
the sense of to be frightened. 

Who knocks at the door 1 2Bcr flepft an tie Sfjfit ? 

It is a countryman, who wishes (5$ ift cm Canbmcmn, t)cr mit Sfyrtcn 

to speak to you. $u fptecfycn n>unfd)t. [$)reig) 

What countryman is Mr. Price? £Ba*> fur em CanbSmann ijt #ert 

He is a countryman of mine. (St if! cincr meiner £cmts(cute. 

He frightens me by this knocking. (St erfcfctecft mid) mit biefem JUcpfen. 

He is frightened at nothing. (St ctfd)ticft ubet ntd)t$. 

The boys hallooed so much that Die jinakn fd)ticn fo fefyt, tap jfe tie 

they frightened the maid-ser- 9J?acjb erfefyrccften. 

vant. 

We were frightened when we ££tr crfdfjtafcn aU n>tr fie fcr^rcten 

heard them scream. fycttcru 

The children cried when their Die jttnber nxintcn at$ tr)r SSatcr 

father took leave. 2(fcfd)iet> narmu 

To cry, in the sense of shedding tears, must always be trans- 
lated by meinen; whilst fcfyreten means to scream. 

This is a fine building j it has been jDtejtt tft cin ferine* (iJefcoubc ; e£ ift 
built this year. biefes Safyr Qefccmt roetbetu 

The voyage, the journey, the travel, tie 9vetfe; to compare, 
t>ergteidt>en* (like gleicfyen); to press, trticfen; important, mid)ti<); 
the importance, tie 2Bid)ttc|feit; to require, etfortern; natural 
(of course), natiirlid); dangerous, gefdfyrlicr); to seize, ergretfm* 
— imperf id) ergriff perf id) I;abe ergriffen; to converse, fid) un* 
terfyalten,* insep. (like flatten); interesting, unterfyaltenb/ tnte^ 
reffant; except, au^enommen; costly, fofrfpielig (t!;euer) ; to con- 
tinue, fortfatjren* (like fafyren); the easiness, the facility, tie 
33* 



880 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

2eicl)tigfeit; with ease, mit 2eid)iigFeit; foregoing, twf/ergel;enb ; 
indeed (to be sure), jwar; require, focbern/ or erforbern. 

3F)r SBruber tjcrfpracl) mit mein fran^ofifcftcg QSerterbucl) "bicfvn SEorgcn 
gurucfsufenbcn ; marum fyat cr c$ benn nid)t gefd)tcft? ©(auben (Sic ia 
ntd)t bap er c$ t>crgcffcn f)at ; cr bcfar^t, gtcid) nad) bcm grufyftucf, bcm 23e* 
btenten 3fynen t)a^ 23ud> $u brtngcn, unb menn Sic cs ntct>t crfyattcn ^aben, 
fo ift es ntcl)t feine (Scbulb, fonbcrn ber gebter 3f)tcr £cutc. Sofycum, fyabm 
<Sie mcin 23itlct $u'bcm |jcttn ©run gebracW? 3 a woty, mcin Jperr; id) 
fyabe eg ihm fc(6ft gegeben. 9?un, roaS fyat cr gcfagt ? cr nnrb bed) btefen 
2£6cnb $u rait Fommen. (Sr befahl mir Sfaen £U fagen, (Sic Fennten fid) 
scrfaffen bap cr feben gur recfytcn 3eit bet 3bncn fcin mirb. itarl ! SBaS 
bcfefylen Sic ? ©cfyen (Sic nad) often, unb fagen Sic ben Jlinbern bap fie 
fefyroeigen fcllen ; fre fd)rcicn mancfymal fo, bap fie bic armc 2ouifc,crfd)rccfcn, 
tic FranF in tfjrem 33ettc (tegt. (Sic fefymcigen ben ganjen 2Cbenb, unb Ste 
F)a(>cn beef) bas lc$tc 90?a( r-crfprockn un$ fyeute mefyr son 3f)fcr legten $Keife 
$u eqaf)(cn. 3d) mill c£ mit SScrgnugcn tbun, nur furcate td), bag mcine 
(Sr^afjfung nid)t untcrfyattenb genug tft. £)a$ #au6, nxtd)es> S^t Canb^ 
mann, £err JUein, fyat ttermtttelft 3btct £u(fe bauen (affen, ift etn fefjt fd)6* 
nc£ ©ebaubc ; C6 giebt fcin £au$ in bcr gan^cn (Strape, nx(d)C6 man mit 
tern feinigen ttcrg(cid)cn Fonnte. (SS ift fcr)r Feftfptclig in cincm gropen £aufe 
511 roefyncn ; roas mtd) anbetrtft, fo Fann id) mid) fefyr gut mit cincm Hern en 
£oufe befyelfen, benn mcinc gamitte ift nid)t grep. SQBtt^ctm, (Sic fyaben 
mid) crfd)rcclt ; (Sie muftcn an bic Ztjm ffopfen, cfye (Sic fycretnFommcn. 
SBir fapen gan$ rufyig Oct bem grufyftttcf, abS unfer SBebiente bic SSrtcfe t>en 
bcr $eft brad)tc. llntcr ben 23riefen fur ben $atcr roar aud) cincr an unfere 
Gutter. <Ste erfebracf, ale! mcin $ater ifyr ben 23rief retdbte, benn fte crs 
Fanntc tie £anbfd)rift ifyrcr 9?id)tc, bic nur bann an un$ fcfcreibt roenn tfyre 
Gutter Fran! ift. <Sic roar nid)t tm ©tanbe ben 23ricf ^u effnen, unb nad)^ 
bem id) c$ fur fte gctfjan ()attc y faf) id) auf ben crftcn 2Cugcnblic! bap mcine 
Gutter Fctnc Urfacfic fjatte ftd) $\ bcunru^igen, benn unferc ^Jitcfetc fd)rie& — 
bap fie unb ifjte Gutter im S3egriff roarcn nad) 9?erfetf a^ureifen, urn bert 
auf bic tfnftwft be^ nad)ften £)ampffd)iff6 5U marten, roemit i^r 93ruber r-en 
©urepa 3uruc!Femmcn mirb. 

3d) nefyme nun t)en mcincn Sd)u(ern 2C6fd)teb, unb id) rofinfd)C unb fyeffe, 
bap bie r-er^crgc^cnbcn beutfdfecn ttebungen (Sie in ben Stanb gefc£t f)abcn 
rocrben icbee bcutfefee S3ud) mit |>u(fc cinc^ SB36rtcrtutd)^ $u tefen. Urn 3f) 5 
ncn cincn 25eroet6 »ert ben gortfdjtitten gu geben, bic Sic in bcr bcutfeben 
@prad)C gcmad)t ^aben, (affc id) cine (Sr^d[)(ung »en jtrummacfycr, unb cin 
fRbXtyd yen -(Sdjiller, fotgen, wctc^c (Sic mit^cidjtigFcit i^bcrfegcn merben. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 381 

3D i e ^ f i r f i cb e n. 

(Sin £anbmann brad)te aug bcr <Stabt funf g)ftrficl>en mit, bie fct>cnftcn 
tic man fcfjcn fonntc. (Seine Winter aber fafyen bicfc g^ruc^t 311m crften 
SM ; begfyatb nnmbertcn unt) freuten fie fid) fefyr ubcr tie fd)encn2(epfe( 
mit ten retf)(icl)cn l Sacfen 2 unt tern $artcn 3 J'taum. 4 £)cr 23ater t>crtf)ct(te 
fie unter feine iner Jlnaben, unt eine crrjtclt tie Gutter. 

£)eg 2Cbenb£, ate tie Winter in tic <Sd)(affmbc gingen, fragtc ter $atcr: 
" §\\\\\, rule fyaben cud) tie fd)6ncn 2(cpfet gefebmeeft ?" 

" $ortreffltd), lieber SSater!" fagte ter Keltejte. "§g iff einc fd)6ne 
$rud)t, fc f cftlid) 5 unt fc fanft 6 son ©cfcfymacf* 3d) fyabc mir ten <Stcin 
fergfam ivrmarirt, 7 unt wilt mir baraug einen 25aum cr^tc^cn/' 8 " S5rat> ! M 
fagte ter SSater ; " tag (jietjH: ^ausf)dttcrifcr) 9 fur tie Sufunft gefcrgt, txuc eg 
tern £anbmann fje^iemt." 10 

" 3d) FjaOe tie meinige fegtcid) aufgegeffen," facjte ter Sungfie, " unt ten 
(Stem nxggersorfen, unt tie gutter fjat mir tie £d(fte ocn ter tfjriaen gc^ 
geben. £), tag fd)mccftc fo fup unt gcrfdbmttat 11 im 9#untev" 12 " 9?un," 
fagte ter SSater, " tu fjajl ^roar ntdjt fefyr Hug, aber bed) nad) fint(id)er 13 
SBeifc gef)anbcit. gur tie ^tugljcit 14 ift aud) nod) 9?aum 15 genua, im 8c6cn." 

£>a begann 16 ter gweite <Serm: "3d) fyabc ten (Stein, ten ter tUxm 
23 ruber megrcarf, gefammett 17 unt aufgeftepft. (5g roar ein £em 18 barin, 
bcr fcfymccfte fc fufi ruie einc 02up. 2Cber mcine 5)ftrfid)e fjabc id) r-erfaufr, 
unt fo ml <25elb tafur erfyalten, tap id), n?enn id) nad) ter Stabt tame, 
wefy groetf bafur faufen fann." 

£)er SSatcr fd)utte(te 19 ben jtopf, unb fagte: "JUug ift bag $roar, abcr 
tmbtid) unb natur(id) mar eg ntd)t, 23en>ar;re 20 bid) bcr £immct, ba$ bu 
fein jtaufmann roerbeft !" 

" Unb bu, (5'bnumb ? M fragtc bcr £>atcr. itnbcfangen 21 unb effort ants 
roertctc (Sbmunb : " 3d) Fjabc meinc gpfirfidbc tern (Sefyne unfercg 9?ad)barg, 
bem franfen ©eerg, bcr $>a$ gtebcr fyat, gebrad)t. (Sr meltte fie nid)t ncl)- 
men, ta fyabc id) fie tbm auf bag Sett gclegt unb bin meggegangen." 

" S?un," faate ber SSatcr, " rocr fyat benn n>o$( ben beften ©ebraud) t>on 
fciner ^prftcbe gcmad)t? M 

^Da riefen 22 fie alte brei : " &a$ ^at SBruber (Sbmunb pjctfyan ! " — ©b? 
munb aber febwteg pill ; unb bic Gutter umarmte 23 il)n, mit ciner Sfyrane 
tm 2Cuge, ($. 2C. jlrummadjcr.) 

1 9?etf)lid), reddish ; 2 bie SBacfe, the cheek ; 3 ^art, tender ; 4 ber J(aum, 
the down j 5 f c)l(id), delicate ; 6 fanft, mild ; 7 r»crtuaf)ren, to keep care- 
fully ; 8 er^iebcn / * to rear, to cultivate: 9 r^aufihattcrifd), husbandly; 
:D ge^iemen, to become, to behoove; ^erfcfymel^n, or febme^en/* to melt 
—pres. bu febmit^t, er fc^mit^t, imperf. id) fcbmoU, perf. id) fyabc gefebmcts 
gen ; 12 ber 9Jl\xrib, the mouth ; 13 finbtic!), childlike ; 14 bie ^!iu]l)eit, the 



382 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

prudence; 15 ber SKaum, the space, fhe room, the place; 16 fcegtnnen* 
{synonymous with anfangen, to begin) — imperf. id) fcegann, per/, id) 
fjabe begonncn ; 17 famme(n, to gather, to pick up ; 18 ber Mtm, the ker- 
nel ; 19 ' fcbuttetn, to shake ; ^ berua()ren, to preserve ; 21 unbefangcn, can- 
did; ^rufcn*/ or ausrufcn, to exclaim ; ^ umarmcn, to embrace. 

Sin 9t d t !; f c I, 

.ftennft bu bog 2Mlb auf gartem ©runbe? 1 
@g gicbt fid) fetter 2 gtcbt unb ©(ana f 
©n anbteg tft '5 gu jeber (Stunbe, 
Unb immcr tft eg frifeb unb gang. 
3m engftcn 4 JHaum ift '6 auggefufyret, 5 
SDct ftetnfte SRar)mcn 6 fapt eg ein ; 7 
£)od) atte ©rope, 8 tie bid) turret, 9 
Jtennft bu burd) biefeg 23itb allein. 
itnb fannft bu ben jlnjftatt mir nennen ? 
3*>m g(etd)t an 2Bertf) 10 fctn (Sbetftein ;» 
<5*r leucfytcr, 12 or)nc je $u kennen, 
£>ag gange SQ&cttaU 13 faugt et ein ; 14 
£)er £imme( fetftffc ift abgemalet 15 
3n feinem rounben>eHcn Sttng, 
Unb bed) ift, roag er t)cn ftcf> ftrafjtct/ 6 
£?od) fd)cncr y alg nxtg er empfmg. 

(Jtiebttd) t>. fitter.) 

2 <Dcr®runb, the ground; 2 fe(ber / /orfe(bft / self; 3 bet@(an$,the bright- 
ness, the splendor; 4 enge, narrow; 5 au6fur)ren, to execute; *bet 
fftafymm, the frame ; 7 einfajfen, to enclose ; 8 bie ©rope, the greatness; 
9 ru()ren / to move; 10 bcv £$ertb,the value; n ber Qbelftetn, the precious 
stone (the jewel); 12 (eud)ten, to light (to shine); iS $)a$ SSkltall, the 
universe; 14 einfaugen, to absorb; 15 abmatcn, to paint (to depict); 
16 ftrafjkn, to beam. 



Have you seen the new steamboat which has been built for 
Newtown % she is an excellent vessel, and makes twelve miles an 
hour with but little steam. Yes, I have seen her; she is a fine ves- 
sel, but you cannot compare her with the steamships which are run- 
ning between New T York and Liverpool, making the voyage between 
Europe and America in about ten days. Travelling at present is a 
great pleasure, since by means of steam we may now go to a place 
in one day, which formerly required one week to reach. You have 
promised to recommend my nephew to some of your friends in 
London ; of course such recommendations will enable him to do a 
good business without the help of his countrymen. My dear sir, 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 383 

we are under so many obligations to you, that you have only to 
command what we should do. I am going to w 7 rite the necessary 
letters; your nephew may come for them this evening. I met Mr. 
Green at Mr. Brown's last night ; he spoke much concerning his 
travels in Europe, whence he has just returned; every one was 
silent and listened with the greatest attention, for all that he 
related was very interesting; and as he was going to. take leave, 
the whole company requested him to stay longer and continue his 
narrative. You have called me, madam; what is your pleasure? 
Have the kindness, sir, to tell your sister that I am going to Bristol ; 
my mother has suddenly become very sick, and she wishes to see 
me immediately* You frighten me, madam; but I hope her illness 
will not be dangerous. In order to speak German fluently, it is of 
the greatest importance to seize every possible opportunity to con- 
verse in that language; for it is less important to read or translate 
exercises, than to speak a foreign language. 

Somebody knocks at the door; go and see who is there. It is a 
countryman, who brings the vegetables which the cook bought at 
the market. What does that knocking in the next room mean? it 
frightens me. I was frightened when I heard that your little niece 
burnt herself very badly last evening; be so kind as to relate how 
that accident happened. We were sitting around the table, con- 
versing about the war in Italy, and the children were playing near 
the fire-place, when we were suddenly disturbed by the crying and 
screaming, and looking up, we observed that the dress of little 
Caroline had caught fire. We w 7 ere all so much frightened, that 
in the first moment nobody ran to help her except our uncle, w T ho 
rose quickly, took his overcoat, threw it over the burning child, 
and pressed her in his arms; the fire was soon extinguished, and 
though she is not dangerously injured, yet her face and arms are 
very much burned, and she is suffering a great deal. Little George 
is a very good boy; he -is assiduous and obedient; but he has one 
great fault, and that is, he often cries a long while about nothing. 
Is that fine large building at the corner of the street, a church? 
Yes, sir; it is a Lutheran church, which was built six years ago by 
one of our richest merchants. Can you do without tea in the even- 
ing 1 Yes; I can do without tea in the evening, but not without 
coffee in the morning. Why do you drink such costly wine? is it 
not too dear for you 1 I would willingly do without it, if my phy- 
sician had not advised me to drink a glass every morning. I wonder 



384 TIIE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

how you can do without a piano; you who love music so much. 
My dear friend, when we are not rich there are many things we 
must do without. You are not satisfied with what you have: look 
at the poor, who must be content with but little, and do without 
many things which you are able to procure yourself. Well, Charles, 
have you guessed the beautiful riddle by Schiller, which George 
gave you last night ? I have given myself much trouble, yet I have 
not been able to guess it, but my sister has solved it; it is the eye. 



With many thanks to the pupil for his earnest 1 attention to the 
foregoing lessons, we now take leave of him, assuring him that he 
has surmounted 2 the greatest difficulties 3 which lay in his path 4 
towards a knowledge 5 of the German language. Before taking final 6 
leave of him, however, the author 7 wishes to give him some advice. 
The rules 8 which the student has learned from this book will enable 
him, with the aid of a dictionary, to read any German work with 
ease. All that is now necessary is to become acquainted with more 
German words and their signification ; 9 this, of course, he can only 
obtain 10 by practice in translating from German into English ; and 
he will also find that written translations 11 from English into Ger- 
man, to be corrected 12 by his teacher, are very useful and improving 13 
exercises. But the only method 14 to acquire 15 a perfect knowledge 
of any language is, to speak it. The student ought to converse with 
his teacher as soon as he learns to connect 16 German words ; and he 
should also seize every possible opportunity to talk with his 
fellow-students 17 and others who are acquainted with the language. 
The errors which he may make at the beginning should not dis- 
courage 18 him, for they are unavoidable; 19 and he will find, if he 
continues the practice of speaking, that such errors will become less 
frequent; 30 so that words which he at first sought with difficulty 
will, as it were, come of themselves, when he has occasion to 
use them. 

1 Earnest, crnftftdfj; 2 to surmount, ubcrJTet^cn*(m.s^.); 3 the difficulty, 
tie <3ct)rotcnqfett ; 4 the path, ber $fab; 5 the knowledge, bic £ermtnt|i; 
6 final, enb(td) ; 7 the author, bet SSerfaffer, bee 2Cutcr; 8 the rule, bte 
9?c$el ; 9 the signification, bte ^Bebeuturtq; 10 to obtain, ertanqen ; 1J the 
translation, bie ltek'tfekunq ; 12 to correct, tterbeffcrn ; 13 to improve, 
wr&ellfenmmen ; 14 the method, bte 9J?etrjcbe \ 15 to acquire, crtonqen ; 16 to 
connect, ttcr&tttbcn ';* n the fellow-student, ber 9Ettfcbutcr ; 18 to dis- 
courage, cntmutfyigen; 19 unavoidable, unwrmcibttd) ; ^frequent, fyauftg. 



APPENDIX. 



THE GENDERS. 

All names and appellations of men are masculine ; those of 
females are feminine; as — ter SScrter, the father; tcr $reunt, the 
friend; ter jtontcj, the king; tie Gutter, the mother : tie 0ttcl)te, the 
niece; tie Jtcruqinn, the queen. 

There are, however, a few exceptions: — 

All diminutives ending in d)Ctt and letrt are neuter (see Lesson 
52) ; as — ta$ 93lannci)cn, the little man ; fcaS SERatcfycn, the girl ; ta$ 
graulcin, the miss. 

The following compounds are also exceptions, as they take the 
gender of their last compound: — tic 9J?cmn*pcrfon, ba$ 932cmn6t)tlt, 
the man ; fcaS Jraucn^immcr, tag SBet&S&tlt, the woman. Also, tct$ 
SBetb, the woman, or wife, is neuter. 

The names of animals, things, and abstract ideas, are either mas- 
culine, feminine, or neuter. A knowledge of the genders of most 
nouns is to be acquired only by experience. I shall give a few 
rules; but, that the student may not be perplexed, no rule to which 
the exceptions are very numerous will be laid down. 

OF THE MASCULINE GENDER ARE: 

1. The names of winds, seasons, months, and days; as — ter- 
sflortrotnt, the north-wind ; tcr grueling, the spring ; tcr Sanuar, 
January; tec (Sonntacj, Sunday. — 3)a$ 3ar)r, the year, is neuter. 

2. The names of rivers out of Europe ; as — tor 92il, the Nile ; 
tcr (5$angc£, the Ganges; ter £)etart?ar, the Delaware. Observ. Al- 
most all European rivers are feminine ; as — tie iDonau, the Danube ; 
tie £Betcja, the Volga ; tie Sfyemfe, the Thames ; tie 9?l)onc, the Rhone. 
Some, however, are masculine; as — ter SKfjctn, the Rhine; ter SJtotn, 
the Main ; ter Dnieper, the Dnieper ; tcr $po, the Po ; ter &vo, the 
Ebro. 

3. The names of stones; as — ter Sternum:, the diamond; tet 
jUefel, the flint. 

4. Substantives ending in tg, tncj, ling, all, and m; as — ter 
<Kettiq, the radish ; ter SKincj, the ring ; ter gtntltng, the foundling ; 
tcr (Stall, the stable; ter £alm, the stalk. 

Except. £)a$ £>tncj, the thing ; tag 9J?efftncj, the brass ; ta$ detail, 
the metal. 

33 • (385) 



386 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

5. Almost all substantives ending in f, fi, and $ ; as — tcr (Scfyaf, 
the sleep ; t>et $up, the foot ; tcr (Scfymers, the pain. 

Except. &a$ <Scbaf, the sheep; tag $afi, the cask; tie #tup, the 
nut ; tag $o£, the horse, the steed ; tag <Scb(op, the lock, the castle ; 
tag $crg, the heart ; tas (35efe|, the law ; tag £c(£, the wood ; tag 
(Sa(£, the salt; and all nouns ending in nip; as — tie ginftermp, tne 
obscurity; tag ©efangnip, the prison, &c. 

6. Substantives ending in en; as — tet 3?ecjen, the rain ; ter <Se- 
gen, the blessing ; tcr $Bacjen, the carriage. 

Except. S)a$ (Sifen, the iron ; tag gullcn, the foal ; tag jififfen, the 
cushion ; tag SBappcn, the escutcheon ; tag SBefen, the being ; tag 
Seicfycn, the sign ; and all diminutives ending in d) e n, as well as all 
nouns formed from the infinitive of a verb, are neuter; as — tag 
(Sofyncfycn, the little son ; tag (Stncjcn, the singing. 

OF THE FEMININE GENDER ARE: 

1. All substantives of more than one syllable, ending in et, r)eit, 
text, febaft, uncj, unft, atf), utf) ; and, also, monosyllables and 
polysyllables ending in ud)t; as — tie vjpeucrjetei, hypocrisy; tie 
$reif)eit, the liberty ; tie (StnicjMt, the concord ; tie $reuntfcl)afr, the 
friendship ; tie £offnung, the hope ; tie £cimatr), the home, the na- 
tive country ; tie Uxnmtl), the poverty ; tie gwefyt, the fruit ; tie $ahz 
fud)t, the avidity. 

Except. &a$ ©efefcret, the clamor ; tag g)ctfcr)aft, the seal ; ter SBcrs 
mutr), the wormwood ; tcr £Bigmutf), the bismuth. 

2. Names of trees, fruits, and flowers, ending in e, and almost all 
names of inanimate objects and abstract ideas, having the same 
termination; as — tie drtcfyc, the oak; tie Jlirfcfye, the cherry; tie 
sftetfe, the pink ; tie $ird)C, the church ; tie £iebe, the love. 

Except. £)ct $riete, the peace ; ter ©etanfe, the thought ; tcr (Mauz 
be, the faith ; tcr 9?amc, the name ; tcr ^aame, the seed ; tcr 2Bt(le, 
the will; — words which ended, in former times, in en. Nouns 
derived from adjectives; as — tag G5ute, the good; tag (Sd)6ne, the 
beautiful, &c. ; and all collective nouns, with the prefix ©c, are 
neuter; as — tag ©ebautc, the building. 

3. All polysyllables ending in inn, and derived from masculine 
nouns; as — tie grcuntinn, the female friend; tie jloniginn, the 
queen. 

OF THE NEUTER GENDER ARE : 

1. The names of metals; as — tag ®eit, the gold; tag (Stfen, the 
iron, &c. 

Except, tie ^(attna, the platina; ter (Stafy, the steel; ter Sin!, 
the zinc. 

2. The names of countries and places; as — tag nxirme ©panten, 
hot Spain; tag fd)6ne $parig, beautiful Paris; tag nortUcfye TCmertfa, 
northern America. 

Except. £)ic ^cfynxta, Switzerland; tie ?>faf3, Palatinate; and the 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 387 

names of countries ending in et ; as — tie Zuxhi, Turkey j tie 8SaU 
lacfyet, Wallachia, &c. 

3. All diminutives ending in d)en and letn; as — tag 23lumcf)en, 
the little flower ; tag (Soljnldn, the little son, &c. 

3. Most collective nouns, and all those which begin with the 
prefix d) e ; as — tag SSetf, the people j bag £aar, the hair ; tag 23tef), 
the beast, the cattle ; tag ©ebdute, the building ; tag ©ebtrQC, the 
chain of mountains. 

5. Substantives ending in tftum and fat; as — tag (Sfyriftentrjum, 
Christianity ; tag @d)tcf|a(, the fate. 

Except., £)cx Srrtljum, the error ; ter <Keidf)tr;um, riches. 

6. All nouns derived from the infinitive of a verb; as — tag 
dJefyen, the going; tag £eften, the life, or the living, &c. 

7. All words, and even letters, which without being substantives 
are used as such ; as — tag ^Bcnn, the if; tag 2Cbcr, the but ; tag ticfce 
3d), the dear I ; tag 2C, the a, &c. 



DECLENSION OF SUBSTANTIVES. 

FIRST DECLENSION. 
Singular. Singular. 

N. the son, ter ©ofjn, N. the father, tcr SSater, 

G. of the son, teg (Sofjncg, £. of the father, teg SSaterg, 

D. to the son, tern @or)ne, #. to the father, tern 23atcr, 

A. the son, ten <Sof)tt. A. the father, ten £Sater* 

Plural. Plural. 

N. the sons, tie (Sc&ne, iV. the fathers, tie SSdtcr, 

G. of the sons, tcr (Sofene, &• of the fathers,- ter SSdter, 

D. to the sons, ten (Sofjnett, D. to the fathers, ten 53dtcrn, 

A. the sons, tie ©cfync -4. the fathers, tie £Sdrer. 

The following neuter and masculine substantives of this declen- 
sion take, in the nominative plural, the termination er, and soften 
the hard vowels a, o, and u ; as — 

Singular. Plural. 

N. the house, tag £aug, N. the houses, tie £dufer, 

G. of the house, tes £aufeg, G. of the houses, ter £dufer, 

D. to the house, tern #aufe, #• to the houses, ten £dufero, ' 

A. the house, tag #aug. A. the houses, tie £dufer* 

&a$ 2Cmt, the office ; tag ttugenttet, the eyelid ; tag 33at, the bath ; 
tag SBant, the ribbon; tag SSilfc, the picture; tag 2Matt, the leaf; 
tag S3rctt, the board ; ter 256fertuci)t, the villain ; tag SBucf), the book ; 
tag £)acb, the roof; tag £)orf, the village; tag &n, the egg ; tag $atf), 
the shelf, the department ; tag gap, the cask ; tag gelt, the field ; 
tcr ©ctft, the spirit; tas (SJclb, the money; tag ©cmad), the apart- 



388 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

merit ; bat ©emittF), the mind ; bat ©efpenft, the spectre ; bat ($5cftf)(ed)t, 
the sex; bat ®cficbt, the face; bat ©eroanb, the garment; bag ©fog, 
the glass; bat ©tteb, the limb; ber ($5otr, the god; bag ©rob, the 
grave ; bat ©rag, the grass ; bat (35ut, the estate ; bat £aupt, the head ; 
bag £aug, the house ; bat £o($, the wood ; bat #orn, the horn ; bat 
4DC6pttal, the hospital; bag £uf)n, the chicken ; bag Siatb, the calf; 
bag £tnb, the child ; bat ,£(etb, the dress ; bat Sicxn, the grain ; bat 
.ftraut, the herb ; bat gamm, the lamb ; bat £anb, the country, the 
land ; ber fcetfc, the body ; bat £tdf)t, the light ; bat £tcb, the song ; bat 
Sod), the hole ; bat 9!M, the mark ; ber 9}?ann, the man ; bat SHlaul, 
the mouth of animals; bat Qtfefr, the nest; bcr £)rt, the place; bag 
$)fanb, the pledge; bat Slab, the wheel; ber $Hanb, the edge, bat 
Regiment, the regiment ; bat 9?etg, the twig ; bag (Scfytlb, the sign of 
a house ; bag <Sd)(o6, the lock, the castle ; bat <Sd)n)crt, the sword ; 
bat (Spttat, the hospital ; bat &r)al, the valley ; bat Sucf), the cloth, 
the handkerchief; bat ^olF, the nation ; bcr SScrnmnb, the guardian ; 
bcr £Balb, the forest ; bat 28ammg, the jacket ; bat SQBcttv the woman, 
the wife; bat 3Bcrt, the word; bcr SBurm, the worm; — and all 
substantives compounded with tr)um; as— -bcr ERetdjtr)um/ the 
riches, plural, bic Sttetcfytfjfimer, &c. 



SECOND DECLENSION. 

Singular. Plural. 

N. the boy, bcr jtnabe, N. the boys, bte Jtnakn, 

G. of the boy, beg .ftnafcen, G. of the boys, bcr JtnaDen, 

D. to the boy, bem^nafcen, D. to the boys, ben $na6en, 

A. the boy, ben itnabem A. the boys, btc Jlnakn. 

The masculine substantives, not terminating in e, which follow 
the second declension, are — 

1. Either masculines which have lost the final c they formerly 
had; as — 

Singular. Plural. 

N. the count, bcr (55raf, N. the counts, btc ©rafen, 

G. of the count, bit ©rafert, G. of the counts, ber ©rafen, 

D. to the count, bem ©rafen, D. to the counts, ben ©rafen, 

A. the count ; ben ©raferu A. the counts, btc ©rafen. 

3)er 25ar, the bear ; bcr S5ater, the Bavarian ; bcr 33auer, the pea- 
sant ; ber $ttrji, the prince ; ber ©encj}, the partner, the companion ; 
ber ©efetl, the fellow, the journeyman ; ber ©raf, the count ; ber £err, 
the gentleman ; bcr jg>c(t>, the hero ; ber £trr, the shepherd ; bcr 
9J<enfcr), man; bcr Sttorjr, the -Moor; bcr 9?arr, the fool; ber S^or, the 
fool ; bcr SSorfafyr, the ancestor. 

2. Or, masculines of foreign origin, not terminating in cr or or; 
as — 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 389 

Singular. Plural. 

N. the lawyer, ter TCtwrat, N. the lawyers, tie 2Cbt»cfatcn, 

G. of the lawyer, teg 2(tt)0faten, G. of the lawyers, ter 2Cbt)cfatcn / 

D. to the lawyer, tern 2ttt>cr:aten, D. to the lawyers, ten TCtwfaten, 

A. the lawyer, ten 2CtttO?aten. A. the lawyers, tie 2Cfct>efaten. 

£)er 2Cjtronem, the astronomer; ter S3ar&ar,the barbarian; ter (Sfirift, 
the Christian ; ter (Sonfonant, the consonant ; ter ^emaQecj, the dema-* 
gogue ; tev ^Demetrat, the democrat; ter (Stepfycmt, the elephant ; * ter 
©remit, the hermit; ter (Skocjrapr), the geographer; ter £ufar, the 
hussar; ter Sfatot, the idiot; ter Sefutt, the Jesuit ; ter Jtatfyeftf, the 
Catholic; ter Client, the client; ter Fernet, the comet; ter $tfa<$, 
the Cossack ; ter 2eopart, the leopard ; ter 932etr)otift, the Methodist ; 
ter Menard), the monarch ; ter patient, the patient ; ter ^atriard), the 
patriarch; ter $pf)Uoteg, the philologer ; ter ^rjitofopf), the philosopher; 
ter planet, the planet ; ter g)oet, the poet ; ter tyxalat, the prelate ; 
ter $)rtn$, the prince ; ter $>rcpr)et, the prophet ; ter ^proteff ant, the 
Protestant; ter D-uatrcmt, the quadrant; ter ^ottat, the soldier ; ter 
©rutcnt, the student ; ter Sfyeetocj, the theologian ; ter S^rann, the 
tyrant; ter Unoar, the Hungarian. 

The following masculines, belonging to the second declension, 
take ng in the genitive singular; as — 

Singular. Plural. 

N. the letter, ter Sudbftabe, N. the letters, tie SBudbflafcen, 

G. of the letter, teg 23ud)f!a&cn$, G. of the letters, ter 33ud)ftaben, 

D. to the letter, tarn Sucbflaben, D. to the letters, ten 23ud)ftaben, 

A. the letter, ten S3ud)fltabcn. A. the letters, tie 23ud)ftakn. 

£)er gttete, the peace ; ter -Junfe, the spark ; ter ©etanfe, the 
thought ; ter ©tau&e, the faith ; ter Jpaufe, the crowd ; ter £ftame, the 
name; ter ©aame, the seed; ter debate, the damage; ter SBttle, the 
will. — Also, the neuter, tag $er$, the heart, has the same declen- 
sion. 

Singular. Plural. 

N. the heart, tag £er$, N. the hearts, tie #er$en, 

G. of the heart, teg £er$eng, G. of the hearts, ter i>er$en, 

D. to the heart, tern £er$en, D. to the hearts, ten ^er^en, 

A. the heart, tag #er$* A. the hearts, tie ^er^em 

The following masculine and neuter substantives form their sin- 
gular after the first, and their plural after the second declension ; 
as — 

Singular. Plural. 

N. the eye, tag 2fuge, N. the eyes, tie 2Cugcn, 

G. of the eye, teg ^ugeg, G. of the eyes, ter 2Cugen, 

D. to the eye, tern 2Cuge, D. to the eyes, ten 2Cugen, 

A. the eye, tag #uge* A. the eyes, tie 2Cugen. 

&a$ 23ett, the bed ; ter ©cm, -the thorn ; ter gorft, the forest ; tet 
(Scatter, the godfather; fcas Snfeft, the insect; tag £eit, the suffer- 
33 * 



390 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



ing; t>ct Cctfceet, the laurel; bet SDfaft, the mast; bet $fladf)&at, the 
neighbor ; ba$ £)f)t, the ear • bet $)antcffc{, the slipper ; bet 9>fau, the 
peacock ; bet spfafai, the psalm ; bet @d)mcr$, the pain ; ta (See, the 
lake ; bet (Sporn, the spur ; bet ©taat, the state ; tcx <Stact)el, the sting ; 
t>cx (Sttal)!, the ray ; bet Untettfyan, the subject ; bet ^Setter, the cousin ; 
bet 3tetatf), the ornament; — and titles of persons, ending in ot; as 
— bet £)tteftot, the director ; bet doctor, the doctor ; bet $>aftot, the 
parson ; tcx sprcfeflor, the professor. 

I 
DECLENSION OF FEMININES. 

Feminine substantives are invariable in the singular, and in the 
plural they are declined after the second declension. 

Singular. 
N. the woman, bte $tau, 
G. of the woman, t>ix grew, 
D. to the woman, tcx gtau, 
A. the woman, bte grew. 



Plural. 
N. the women, bte gtauen, 
G. of the women, bet gtauen, 
D. to the women, ben gtauen, 
A. the women, bte gtauetu 



N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 

N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 



Only the following feminines form 
clension ; as — 

Singular. 

N. the hand, bte £anb, N. 

G. of the hand, bet £anb, G. 

D. to the hand, bet £anb, D. 

A. the hand, bte £cmb. A. 

Plural. 
N. the hands, bte £dnbe, 
of the hands, bet £anbe, 



G. 

D. to the hands, ben £anben, 
A. the hands, bte £dnbe. 



N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 



Singular. 
the fork, bte ®qM, 
of the fork, bet (Sta&et, 
to the fork, bet ©abef, 
the fork, bte (BaUU 

Plural. 
the forks, bte ©akin, 
of the forks, tcx ©a&efa, 
to the forks, ben ©abeln, 
the forks, bte ©a&eto. 

their plural after the first de- 

Singular. 
the mother, bte Gutter, 
of the mother, bet Gutter, 
to the mother, tcx SJftuttet, 
the mother, bte gutter. 

Plural. 
the mothers, bte gutter, 
of the mothers, bet 9J$ttet, 
to the mothers, ben 9#urtetn, 
the mothers, bte gutter. 



£)ie 2Crr, the axe; bte 23anf, the bench; bte 23raut, the bride; bte 
<8ruft, the breast; bte gfauft, the fist; bte g(ud)t, the flight"; bte grudbr, 
the fruit ; bte ($an$, the goose ; bte $anb, the hand ; bte £aut, the 
skin, the hide; bte iUufr, the crevice; bte $ raft, the strength; bte 
.fturj, the cow; bte Jlunft, the art; bte CauS, the louse; bte Cuft, the 
air, the breeze; bte Cuft the desire; bte 9Q?ad)t, the power; bte 93?aa,b, 
the maid, the maid-servant ; bte 9J?au6, the mouse ; bte Gutter, the 
mother; bte $lad)t, the night ; bte 9?ctf), the distress; bte 9?up, the 
nut; bte Sau, the sow; bte <Sd)mtr, the string; bte &tabt, the city; 
bte £ed)tcr, the daughter ; bte SSanb, the waJl ; Die 5£urft, the sausage ; 
bte 3unfr, the gilt; — and feminines ending in nip ; as — bie gin- 
ftetntp, the eclipse; bte jlemttmp, the knowledge. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 391 

THE NUMERALS. 



THE CARDINAL NUMBERS. 


THE 


ORDINAL NUMBERS. 


1 


em, or ems 


&r,fete,ta£effre 


2 


greet 


// 


greette 


3 


t>rci 


// 


brtttc 


4 


trier 


// 


triertc 


5 


funf 


// 


funfte 


6 


fed)* 


// 


fecr^te 


7 


ftcben 


// 


jtebente 


8 


aci)t 


// 


acfyte 


9 


ncun 


// 


ncunte 


10 


gcl)n 


// 


gefynte 


11 


eff 


// 


effte 


12 


pftf 


// 


gwlfte 


13 


fcmgetjtt 


// 


brciger)nte 


14 


oterge^n 


// 


tricrgefjnte 


15 


funfterjn 


// 


funfgef)ntc 


16 


fecr^ebn, or fed)§e)fjtt 


// 


fedbsgefjnte, or fcd&^efjnte 


17 


ficbengc^n, or fiebaeljtt 


// 


ficbcngcfjnte, or ftefcgcfynte 


18 


ad)t$cr)ti 


// 


acfytgefynte 


19 


ncungefyn 


// 


neungefynte 


20 


$wan$ia, 


// 


greangigfte 


21 


cm unb grocmgtg 


// 


em unb pxmgtgfte 


22 


greet unb greangtg 


// 


greei unb greangtgfte 


23 


brei unb greangig 


// 


brei unb greangtgfte, ?k 


30 


torfgtg, or btetftg 


// 


breigtgfte, or bretpigfte 


40 


trieqtg 


// 


tricrgtgfte 


50 


funfttg 


// 


funfttgftc 


60 


fedbegtg, or fecftgtg 


// 


fed)$gigfte, or fcd)gigfte 


70 


ftebengig, or ftebgtg 


// 


ftefcengigfte, or ficfcgtgfte 


80 


ad)tgig 


// 


o^tatgfte 


90 


neungig 


4i 


neungtgfte 


100 


fyunbert 


// 


Fmnbertftc 


101 


fyunbert unb em 


// 


rjunbert unb crfte 


102 


fyunbert unb greet, k. 


// 


junbert unb grecttc, ic 


200 


grDct fyunbert 


// 


greei r)unbcrtftc 


300 


brct f)unbctt 


// 


brei r)unbcrt(!e 


400 


trier Fmnbert, it* 


// 


■ met fyunbcrtfte lb 


1,000 


taufenb 


// 


taufcnbfte 


2,000 


greet taufenb 


// 


gruct taufcnbfte 


10,000 


gefyn taufenb 


// 


gefyn taufcnbfte 


100 ; 000 


fyunbert taufenb 


// 


fjunbert taufcnbfte 




A million 


cine Million. 


Cardinal numbers are feminine ; as — tic ©n$, btc Sroci, &c; but 


fyunbert and taufenb are neuter — 


l>a$ junbert, t>a$ Saufenb. 


From 


the cardinal and ordinal numbers 


are formed : — 


1. The distinctives — crftcnS, 


firstly; greeitcnS, secondly; brittcnS, 


thirdly, &c. 







3S2 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

2. The multiplicatives are formed by adding fad) to the cardi- 
nals ; as — etnfad), simple ; arcetfad), twofold ; tretfad), threefold, &c. 
They are declined like adjectives. 

3. The variatives are formed by adding ertct to the cardinals; 
as — etnctlet, of one kind ; ^roctcrlet, of two kinds, &c. They are not 
declined. 

4. The fractional are formed from ordinal numbers and the sub- 
stantive Sfyetl (part), but are contracted into one word; as — tag 
trttte &r)cU, the third part, contracted into tag £)rtttcl, the third ; tag 
23tcttc(, the fourth ; tag gftnftel, the fifth ; tret gunftel, three fifth, &c. 
—Instead of tag 3roeitel, either fyatb, half, or tic £atfte, is used. 

5. The reiteratives are formed by adding mat to the cardinal 
numbers; as ■ — emmai, once; $rc>etma(, twice; tretmat, three times, 
&c. They are sometimes written — etn $Rat, $rx>ei 9M, tret 9M, &cl 



DECLENSION OF PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 

FIRST PERSON. 
Singular. Plural. 

N. id), I, N. rotr, we, 

G. metner, of me, G. unfer, of us, 

D. nut, to me, D. ung, to us, 

A. mtd), me. A. ung, us. 

SECOND PERSON. 

JV. tu, thou, N. tr)r, (Sie, ye, you, 

G. tenter, of thee, G. eucr, 3'rjrcr, of ye, of you, 

D. ttr, to thee, D. eud), Sfynen, to ye, to you, 

A. tier), thee. A. cud), <Stc, ye, you. 

THIRD PERSON. 

JV. cr, he, fie, she, eg, it, N. fie, they, 

G. fetner, of him, tf)ter,of her, fctnet, of it, G. tfyter, of them, 

J). tr)m, to him, tt)r, to her, tr)m, to it, D. tfyncn, to them, 

A. tfyn, him, fie, her, eg, it. A. fie, them. 



THE VERBS. 

Conjugation of the auxiliary verb rjafren, to have. 
Principal parts — fyafcen, r)atte, cjefyafct. 

INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. 

Present. Present, 

id) (jafce, I have, id) r)abe, I have, 

tu r)afi, thou hast, tu roabeft, thou have, 

cr r)at, he has, er rjabe, he have, 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



393* 



rotr fyaben, we have, 
tfyr fyabt, ye have, 
©ie fyaben, you have, 
fie fyaben, they have. 
Imperfect. 
id) fyatte, I had, 
bu fyatteft, thou hadst, 
cr fyatte, he had, 
rotr fatten, we had, 
ifyr fyattet, ye had, 
(£te fatten, you had, 
fie fatten, they had. 
Perfect, 
id) fyabe cjefyabt, I have had, 
bu fyaft Qefyabt, thou hast had, 
er fyat a>> fyabt, he has had, &c. 

Pluperfect. 
id) fyatte gefyabt, I had had, 
bu fyattep Qefyabt, thou hadst had, 
er fyatte gefyabt, he had had, &c. 

First Future, 
id) roerbe fyaben, I shall have, 
bu roirft fyaben, thou wilt have, 
er rotrb fyaben, he will have, 
rotr roerben fyaben, we shall have, 
ifyr roerbet fyaben, ye will have, 
@ie roerben fyaben, you will have, 
fie roerben fyaben, they will have. 

Second Future, 
id) roerbe gefyabt fyaben, 

I shall have had, &c. 

FIRST FUTURE CONDITIONAL. 

id) roiirbe fyaben, I would have, roir rourben fyaben, we would have, 
bu ttJurbeftfyaben, thou would st have, ifyr rourbet fyaben, ye would have, 
er rourbe fyaben, he would have, (Ste rourben fyaben, you would have, 

fie rourben fyaben, they would have. 

SECOND FUTURE CONDITIONAL. 

S id) rourbe gefyabt fyaben, I would have had, &c. 

IMPERATIVE. 



wit fyaben, we have, 
ifyr fyabet, ye have, 
@ie fyaben, you have, 
fie fyaben, they have. 
Imperfect, or Pres. Conditional, 
id) fyatte, I had, 
bu fydtteft, thou hadst, 
er fyatte, he had, 
roir fydttcn, we had, 
ifyr fydttet, ye had, 
@ie fydtten, you had, 
fie fydtten, they had. 

Perfect, 
id) fyabt Qtfyc&t, I have had, 
bu fyabeft gefyabt, thou have had, 
er habt gcfyabt, he have had, &c. 

Pluperfect , or Past Conditional, 
id) fyatte Qtfyabt, I had had, 
bu fydtteft gefyabt, thou had had, 
er fydtte Qe fyabt, he had had, &c. 

First Future, 
id) roerbe fyaben, I shall have, 
bu roerbeft fyabm, thou wilt have, 
er roerbe fyaben, he will have, 
rotr roerben fyaben, we shall have, 
ifyr roerbet fyaben, ye will have, 
(Ste roerben fyaben, you will have, 
fie roerben fyaben, they will have. 
Second Future. 

id) roerbe o,e fyabt fyaben, 

i shall have had, &c. 



fyabe (bu), have, 
t)obi er, let him have, 



INFINITIVE. 



Perf. gefyabt fyaben, to have had. 
Pres. fyaben, to have. 



fyaben rotr, let us have, 
fyabet, fyaben <Ste, have, 
fyaben fie, let them have. 

PARTICIPLES. 
Pres. fyabenb, having. 
Past, gefyabt, had. 



894 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



Conjugation of the auxiliary verb fcin, to be. 
Principal parts — fcin, war, gewefen. 



INDICATIVE. 
Present, 
td) bin, I am, 
fcu Oift, thou art, 
cr ift, he is, 
wir ftnb, we are, 
tf)r fctb, ye are, 
(Sic ftnb, you are, 
fie ftnb, they are. 

Imperfect. 
id) mar, T was, 
t)u warft, thou wast, 
cr roar, he was, 
wir warcn, we were, 
\\)t warct, ye were, 
(Sic warcn, you were, 
fie warcn, they were. 

Perfect. 
td) tun gewefen, I have been, 
bit tuft gewefen, thou hast been, 
cr if] gewefen, he has been. &c. 

Pluperfect. 
td) war gewefen, I had been, &c. 

First Future. 
id) werbc fctn, I shall be, 
t»u wirft fctn, thou wilt be, 
cr wtrb fcin, he will be, &c. 

Second Future. 
id) werbc gewefen fctn, 

I shall have been, &c. 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 
Present. 
td) fci, I be, 
t>u fci eft, thou be, 
cr fci, he be, 
wir feien, we be, 
if)t fcict, ye be, 
Sic [cicn, you be, 
fie fetcn, they be. 

Imperfect, or Pres. Conditional. 
id) ware, I were, 
fcu warcft, thou wert, 
cr ware, he were, 
wir warcn, we were, 
if)r warct, ye were, 
(Sic wdren, you were, 
fte warcn, they were. 

Perfect. 
id) fct gewefen, I have been, 
bit feiej! gewefen, thou have been, 
cr fci gewefen, he have been, &c. 

Pluperfect, or Past Conditional. 
id) ware gewefen, I had been, &c. 

First Future. 
id) werbc fctn, I shall be, 
tm wcrbeft fcin, thou wilt be, 
cr werbc fctn, he will be, &c. 

Second Future. 
id) werbc qewefen fctn, 

I shall have been, &c. 



FIRST FUTURE CONDITIONAL. 



id) wurbe fctn, I would be, 

tm wurbeft fctn, thou wouldst be, 

cr wurbe fctn, he would be. 



wir wurben fcin, we would be, 
it)r wurbet fcin, ye would be, 
(Sie wurben fctn, you would be, 
fte wurben fcin, they would be. 



SECOND FUTURE CONDITIONAL. 

td) wurbe gewefen fctn, I would have been, &c. 

IMPERATIVE, 

fc i(bu), be, feien wir, let us be, 



fci cr, let him be, 



feiet, feien <Sie, be, 
feien fte, let them be. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



395 



INFINITIVE 
Pres. fctn, to be. 
Perf. gcrocfcn fctn. 



to have been. 



PARTICIPLES. 

Pres. fctenb, being. 
Past, cjerocfen, been. 



The present and imperfect tenses of the auxiliary verb roerben. 
Principal parts — roerbc, rourbc, roerben. 



INDICATIVE. 

Present. 
id) roerbc bu rotrft, cr rotrb, 
ivir roerben, tbr rocrbct,(5tc roerben, 
fie roerben. 

Imperfect. 
id) rourbc, bu rourbejt, cr rourbe, 
rotr rourben, ibr rourbct, (Sic rourben, 
ftc rourben. 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 

Present. 
id) roerbc, bu rocrbejt, cr roerbc, 
roir roerben, ibr rocrbet, Sic roerben, 
ftc roerben. 

Imperfect, or Pres. Conditional. 
id) rourbe, bu roiirbcJT, cr rourbe. 
rotr rourben, tbr rourbct, Ste rourben, 
fie rourben. 



The conjugation of a regular transitive verb, — (oben, to praise, 
Principal parts — toben, (obtc, fjctebt. 
ACTIVE VOICE. 
INDICATIVE. 



Present. 
I praise, am praising, do praise, 
id) tote, bu (ebjr, cr (cbt, 
rotr (cbcn,if)r lobt,Stc leben, ftc Men. 

Imperfect. 
I praised, was praising, did praise, 
icb lebte, bu (cbrejt, cr lebtc, 
roir (cbten, tbr lebtct, Sic tobten, ftc 
(obtcn. 

Perfect. 
I have praised, I have been, &c. 
id) babe, bu baft, cr bat, rotr baben, 
tbr habt, Sic fjaben, ftc fjaben 
cjelobt. 

Pluperfect. 
I had praised, I had been, &c. 
icb banc, bu batteft, cr (jattc, rotr fjats 

ten, tbr batter, Sic fatten, ftc r)at- 

ten cjclebr. 

Pirst Future. 
I shall praise, thou wilt praise, &c. 
id) roerbc, bu rotrft, cr rotrb, rotr roers 

ben, tbr rocrbet, (Sic roerben, fie 

roerben lob en. 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 
Present. 
I praise, &c. 
icb ^be, bu tebeft, cr lobe, 
rotr leben, i fjr (obet, Sic (oben, ftc (oben. 

Imperfect, or Pres. Conditional. 
I praised, &c. 

id) tebetc or (ebte, bu lobtcft, cr tobtc, 
rotr (obten, irjr lobtct, (Sic (obten, fie 
(obtcn. 

Perfect. 
I have praised, 

id) babe, bu bobeft, er babe, roir fas 
ben, ibr babet,<Sie fyaben, fie fyaben 
getobt. 

Pluperfect, or Pastf Conditional. 
I had praised, 
id) batte, bu batteft, cr batte, roir 

batten, tbr batter, Sic fatten, fie 

fatten gel cbt. 

First Future. 
I shall praise, thou wilt praise, &c. 
id) rocrbe, bu rocrbejt, er roerbc, rott 

roerben, ibr roerbct, Sic roerben, 

fie roerben (oben. 



396 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



Second Future. 
id) roerbe <}e(obt babcn, tu 

I shall have praised, &c. 



Second Future. 
id) roetbe geiobt fyaben, & 

I shall have praised, &c. 



FIRST FUTURE CONDITIONAL. 

tdf) rourbe fobcrt, I would praise, 
t>u rourbeft loben,thou wouldst ; &c, 
er rourbe (oben, he would praise, 



nut routbcn (oben, we would, &c. 
if)t rourbet (obcn, ye would, &c. 
<Ste rottrben (oben, you would, &c. 
fie rourben (oben, they would, &c. 



SECOND FUTURE CONDITIONAL. 

id) routbe Qe(cbt r)aben, *k I would have praised. 

IMPERATIVE. 

(oben uoix, let us praise, 
(obet, (oben ©ic, praise, 
lobcn fie, let them praise. 

PARTICIPLES. 



(ok (bu) praise, 

lobe er, let him praise, 



INFINITIVE. 

Pres. [often, to praise. 

Perf. Qelobt fyctben, to have praised. 



Pres. (obenb, praising. 
Past, cjclobt, praised. 



PASSIVE VOICE. 



INDICATIVE. 
Present. 
I am praised, &c. 
id) rocrbe, bu rotrfr, er nritb, wit 
roerben, tfyr roerbet, (Sie roerben, 
fie roetben $e(obt. 

Imperfect. 
I was praised, &c. 
idb nmrbe, bu ttmtbcft, cr ttmtbe, mx 

rourben, ir)r routbet, ©ie rourben, 

fie wurben getobt* 

Per/ectf. 
id) bin gefobt rootben, "iu 
I have been praised. 

Pluperfect. 
id) war gclobt rcorben, *c* 
I had been praised. 

jPiV^^ Future. " 
id) roerbe gctcbt roctben, *c 
I shall be praised. 

Second Future. 

id) rcetbe qetobt ruorben fetn, it. 
I shall have been praised. 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 

Present. 
I be praised, &c. 
id) roerbe, bu roerbeft, er roerbe, rott 

roctben, ir>r nxrbet, ©ie roerben, 

fie roerben ge(obr. 

Imperfect, or Pres. Conditional. 
I were praised, &c. 
id) rourbe, bu rourbeft, cr roiirbc, wit 

rourben, ir)r rourbct ©ie rcurben, 

fie rourben gelobt. 

Psr/ectf. 

id) fei Qc(obt roorben, k. 
I have been praised. 

Pluperfect, or Pas£ Conditional. 
idr; ware gctobt roorben, #. 
I had been praised. 

.Firstf Future. 

id) roerbc ge(obt nxrben, jc. 
I shall be praised. 

Second Future. 
idr) nxrbe $c(obt roorbcn fcin, iu 
I shall have been praised. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 397 

FIRST FUTURE CONDITIONAL. 

td) wurbc gctebt wetben, iu I would be praised, &c. 

SECOND FUTURE CONDITIONAL. 

id) wurbe gelobt worben fetn^ ift I would have been praised, &c. 

IMPERATIVE. 

werbe (bu) gctefct; be praised, werbet Qtftcbt^ 1 b Draised 

werbe cr getebt, let him be praised, wetbcn ©t« getebt, j F ? 

werben nnr getebt, let us be praised, wetben fie getebt, let them be, &c. 

INFINITIVE. PARTICIPLE. 

Perf. getebt werben, to be praised. getebt, praised. 

Pres. getebt werben fein, to have been praised. 

-4n irregular intransitive verb, conjugated by fein — fatten./ to fall. 
Principal parts — fatten, pet, gefatten. 

INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. 

Present. Present. 

id) fatte, bu fatlft, er f&ttt, toxv fatten/ id) fatte, bu fattcft, er fatte, wir fatten, 

ibr fattet, (Sic fatten, fie fatten, if>r fattet, (Sic fatten, fie fatten, 

I fall I am falling, I do fall. I fall, &c. 

Imperfect. Imperfect, or Pres. Conditional. 

id) ftet, bu ftelft, er fief, wir peten, tfyt id) pete, bu pcteft, er pete, n>ir peten, 

petet, (Sie peten, fie peten, tfjr petet, ©te peten, fie peten, 

I fell, I was falling, I did fall. I fell, &c. 

Perfect. Perfect. 

id) bin gefatten, I have fallen. id) fei gefatten, I have fallen. 

Pluperfect. Pluperfect, or Past Conditional. 

td) war fjefalten, I had fallen. id) ware gefatten, I had fallen. 

First Future. First Future. 

td) wcrbe fatten, 1 shall fall. id) wcrbe fatten, I shall fall. 

Second Future. Second Future. 

id) werbe gefatten fein, I shall have id) wcrbe gefatten fein, I shall have 
fallen. fallen. 

FIRST FUTURE CONDITIONAL. SECOND FUTURE CONDITIONAL. 

id) wurbe fatten, I would fall. id) wurbe gefatten fein, I would 

have fallen. 

IMPERATIVE. 

fatte (bu), fall, fatten wir, let us fall, 

fatte er, let him fall, fattet, fatten <Ste, fall, 

fatten fie, let them fall. 

INFINITIVE. PARTICIPLES. 

Pres. fatten, to fall. Pres. fattenb, falling. 

Perf. gefatten fein, to have fallen. Past, gefatten, fallen. 
34 



398 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



ALPHABETICAL LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS. 



PRESENT. 

bacfft, bacft 
bcju't)lft, bepe^lt 



INFINITIVE. 

bacfen, to bake, mfr\ 
bcfc^fcn, to command 
beflet£en (fid)) to apply one's s. 
begtnnen, to begin 

bet£en, to bite 

berqen, to conceal, to shelter btrgfr, fctrgt 

berften, to burst 

beroegen, to induce 

btegen, to bend 

bitten, to bid, to offer 

btnben, to bind 
bitten, to ask 
blafen, to blow 
btetben, to remain 
bratcn, to roast, intr. 
brecfyen, to break 
brennen, to burn, intr. 
brtngen, to bring 
benfen, to think 
btngen, to bargain, to hire 
brefeben, to thrash 
brtngen, to urge 



blafejt, blaft 

bvfaft, brat 
brtcfyft, brtd)t 



brtfd)eft, brtfd)t 



IMPERF. 

buc! 

befabl 

bcfltfe 

begann 

big 

barg 

barjt 

bcrceg 

beg 

bot 

banb 

bat 

bticS 

bltcb 

brtet 

brad) 

branntc 

brad>tc 

bacbtc 

bung 

brefd) 

brang 

burfte 



burfen, to dare, to be allowed barf, barfjt, barf 
empferjten, to recommend empftef)(ft, empftefyft cmpfafyl 

erturen, to choose erfor 

cr(6fd)cn, to become extinct cr(tfd)eft, erlifdbt ertefd) 
crfd)recfen,tobe frightened, intr. erfebrteffr, erfd)ricft erfdjraf: 



effen, to eat tffefr, tjjt 
fafyren, to drive (in a carriage) fdftrft, fafjrt 

fallen, to fall ~ fattfr, f&flt 

fangen, to catch fangft, fdngt 

fed)U'n, to fight ftd)tfr, ftd)t 

ftnbcn, to find 

flcd)tcn, to twist, to plait fUd)tft, f(td)t 

fltegen, to fly 

fltcbcn, to flee 

flte&cn, to flow 

freffen, to devour, to eat friffeft, fript 

frtercn, to freeze 

gdfyren, to ferment 

gebaren, to bring forth 

geben, to give 

gebctben, to prosper 

gefyen, to go 

gcttngen, to succeed, impers. 

getten, to be worth gtlft, gilt 



gebdrft, gebdrt 
gtebft, gtbt 



op 

fuf)t 

fte( 

fecbt 

fanb 
fTcd)t 

w 

frag 

frcr 

gef)r 

gcbar 

gab 

gcbtef) 

gtng 

gelang 

Salt 



PARTICIP. 

gcbaclen 

befc Wen 

bcfltflai 

beqonnen 

gebtffen 

geborgen 

gcbcrjren 

bercegen 

gebegen 

gebeten 

gebunben 

gebeten 

geb(afen 

geblteben 

gebraten 

gebrcd)en 

gebrannt 

gebrad)t 

gcbad)t 

gcbungen 

gebrefd)en 

gebrungen 

geburft 

empfobten 

erfcrett 

er(ofd)en 

erfebrocfen 

gegeffen 

gefabren 

gefatten 

gefangen 

gefecbten 

gefunben 

geflcd)ten 

gefleqen 

geflcben 

geflcfTen 

gefreffen 

gefrcren 

gegobren 

gebcren 

gegeben 

gebteben 

geqangen 

gehmgen 

gegclten 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



39& 



INFINITIVE. 

genefcn, to recover 

QCnic!~'en, to enjoy 

gcfcbeben, to happen, impers. 

gcuunnen, to gain 

gt?fk% to pour 

gtetcben, to resemble 

gletten, to slide 

gttmmen, to glimmer 

graben, to dig 

gretfert, to seize 

fyabcn, to have 

batten, to hold 

bangen or bangen, to hang, intr. 

bauen, to hew 

beben, to lift 

6ctf5cn, to be called ' 

belfen, to help 

fe'tfen, to chide 

fennen, to know 

ftimmcn, to climb 

flingen, to sound 

fnctfcn, to pinch 

fommen, to come 

fonnen, to be able (can) 

fretfcben, to screech 

ftiecben, to creep 

tabcn, to load 

taffen, to leave (let) 

laufen, to run 

teiben, to suffer 

teiben, to lend 

tefen, to read 

tiegen, to lie 

lugen,to 1 ie ; to utter a falsehood 

mabten, to grind 

uteiben, to avoid 

metfcn, to milk 

mef[en, to measure 

mogcn, to be permitted (may) 

mfiffen, to be obliged (must) 

nebmen, to take 

ncnncn, to name 

pfetfen, to whistle 

pftegen, to foster 

ptetfen, to extol 

quellcn, to spring forth 

ratben, to advise, to guess 

teiben, to rub 

rripcn, to tear 



PRESENT. 



IMPERF. PARTICIP. 



gefdjiebt 



gtdbft, Qrdbt 

baltft, bd(t 
bangft, ftangt 



vm* w? 



fann, fannft, fann 



fatifft lauft 



fiefejt, (left 



miffeft, mtSt 
mag, magft, mag 
mup, mu'j}t, mu£ 
mmmft, ntmmt 



quitttf, quttlt 
ratbf!, rdtf) 



genaS 

gen of} 

gefebab 

getuann 

gc£ 

gttcb 

glitt 

glemm 

grub 

flnff 
rjattc 

btctt 
btng 
bteb 
bob 

eijr 

fanntc 

ftomm 

ftang 

fniff 

fom 

fennte 

frifeb 

!rcd) 

tub 

ttcp 

lief 

Utt 

tier) 

tag 

tag 

teg 

mabtte 

mieb 

ntc(6 

map 

mocbte 

mupte 

nabm 

nanntc 

Ptfff 

Pfteg 

prtcg 

quct 

tietb 

rteb 

rip 



gencfen 

geneffen 

gefebeben 

geroennen 

gegeffcri 

gegttdKtt 

gegltttcn 

gegtemmen 

geamben 

jegriffen 

gebabt 

gebatten 

gebangen 

ge bauen 

geboben 

gebeipm 

gebctfen 

geftffen 

gcfcmnt 

gcFtommen 

geftungen 

gefmffen 

gefommen 

gefennt 

gefrifeben 

gefrocben 

getaben 

gelaffen 

getaufen 

getitten 

gctieben 

getefen 

getegen 

gelcgen 

gemabten 

gemteben 

gemotfen 

gemeffen 

gemccbt 

gemufit 

genemmen 

genannt 

gepftffen 

gepflcgen 

geprtefen 

gequotlen 

geratben 

gerieben 

gcrifien 



400 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



INFINITIVE. PRESENT. 

rciten, to ride 

rcnncn, to run 

rtecfycn, to smell 

rtngcn, to wrestle 

rinnen, to flow, to coagulate 

rufcn, to call 

fanfcn, to drink like brutes faufft, fduft 

faugen, to suck 

fcrjafjvn, to create 

fd)aiien, to sound 

fcrjriben, to separate 

fd)Ctnen, to shine, to appear 

fd)dtcn, to scold fd)Utft, fcbtft 

fcbcren, to shear 

fcrjiekn, to shove 

fdbtcpcn, to shoot 

fcbtnbcn, to flay 

fcfyafen, to sleep fcWafft, fcblaft 

fcbtac^cn, to beat, to strike fd)laajt, fcbtagt 

fcr>(^id)en, to sneak 

fcblctfen, to grind 

fcbltepen, to shut 

fcblinqen, to wind, to devour 

fcr)metjkrt, to fling 
fd)me($cn, to melt, intr. 
fcbnaubcn, to snort 
fcbnctbcn, to cut 
fcbtauben, to screw 
fd)rett>cn, to write 
fcbtetcn, to cry 
fcbmten, to stride 
fcbroaren, to fester 
fcbrcctqen, to be silent 
ftynxtlcn, to swell 
fcbroimmctt, to swim 
fcbnnnbcn, to vanish 
fcbrctngcn, to swing 
fcbroorcn, to swear 
fef)cn, to see 

fetn, to be 

fenben, to send 
ftebcn, to boil, intr. 

ftngcn, to sing 

ftrtfen, to sink 

ftnncn, to meditate 

ft^en, to sit 

fotien, to be obliged (shall) fett, fottfi, foil 

fpattcn, to split — 



fcfymtfjejt, fd>mtl^t 



ffimW, f*tt>Ut 



fteWi, fterjt 
f bin, m, tfi/ } 
jfm^fetb, finb,] 



IMPERF. PARTICIP. 

rttt 

tannic 

rod) 

rang 

rann 

ricf 

wr 

f*uf 

fcbotf 

fcbtcb 

fcbten 

fd>att 

fcbot 

fd)c6 

f*oS 

fcbunb 

ft&ef 

W«9 

f*ttd) 

fcWtff 

f*tep 

fdbtcmg 

fcbmt? 

f*mol$ 

fcbnob 

fcbnttt 

fcbrob 

fct>rie6 

fd)ric 

fcbrttt 

fd)«)or 

fd)tt>tc9 

fcbrcod 

fcbroamm 

fcbroanb 

fcbwang 

fcbrcor 

M 



roar 

fanbtc 
fott 

f««9 
fan! 
fann 

m 

fotftc 
fpattete 



gcrtttcn 

gctannt 

gerocbcn 

gerungcn 

gcronnen 

gerufcn 

Qefcffcn 

gcfcgen 

gefdjaffcn 

gefdjellen 

gefcbteben 

a/fcbtcnen 

Qcfdboltcn 

gcfcboren 

gefd) often 

gcfdjoflen 

gefcbunben 

gcfcblafen 

gefcbtogen 

gefcbttcbert 

gcfcMtffcn 

gcfcbloffen 

gefcblungen 

gefd&mtflen 

gefd)mot$en 

gcfcbn often 

gcfcbmtten 

gefcbroftcn 

gefdftrtcften 

gcfcbrten 

gefcbritten 

gefcbrooren 

gcfdbwiegen 

gefcftwollen 

gefdftroommen 

gefcbrounbcn 

gcfcbnntngen 

gefcbrooren 

gefeljen 

gerocfen 

gefanbt 

gefotten 

gcfungen 

gefunfen 

gefonnen 

qcfcffcn 

gcfottt 

gcfpaltcn 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



401 



INFINITIVE. 

fpcicn, to spit 

fpinncn, to spin 

jpredKn, to speak 

fprtcjkn, to sprout 

fprtngen, to spring 

jtedjen, to sting 

fkrjcn, to stand 

ftci)Un, to steal 

jietgen, to mount 

fterben, to die 

fnebcn, to fly like dust 

jttntVn, to stink 

ftetJen, to push 

jtretd)en, to stroke 

ftrcitcn, to contend 

tfyun, to do 

tragcn, to carry, to wear 

trcjfcn, to hit 

trciOcn, to drive 

tretert, to tread 

trinfen, to drink 

trugen, to deceive 

wrbletcrjen, to fade 

wrbcrbcn, to be spoiled, intr. 

sctbrtcpcn, to vex, impers. 

r»crqcffcn, to forget 

ttcrheren, to lose 

^crtcfcbv'ti, to become extinct 

Wnvtrren, to confuse, intr. 

reaction, to grow 

tucigen, to weigh, act. 

r»afd)cn, to wash 

rocben, to weave 

rwtcben, to yield 

rwtjVn, to show 

rocnbcn, to turn 

rocrbcn, f» sue 

rocrbcn, to become 

rucrfcn, to throw 
nriegcn, to weigh, neutr* 
rmnben, to wind 
ttnffen, to know 
rtjotlen, to be willing (will) 
geirjcn, to accuse 
giebcn, to draw 
gnnngefi/ to compel 



PRESENT. 



fprtcfyft, fprid)t 



m% mt 



fttcfjtfr, jttcMt 



fttrbft, fttrbt 



ftopcft, ftopt 



tf)UC, tfjuji, trjut 
tragft, ttagt 
trip, trifft 



trtttft, trttt 



wrbtrbft, t>ert)trt>t 



wrgtflcfl, wrgtpt 



rodcfyjcjr, roacfyft 



roafcfyeji/roafcfyt 



wirbft, roirbt 
rotrfr, ttnrb j 

rotrfji, rmrft 



roetff, n>dfft; rt>ctp 
will/ rmltjt, rottt 



IMPERF. 

fpte 

fpcmn 
fprad) 
fptep 
[prang 

fa* 

fbnb 

flies 
ftarb 

(TCt> 

pan! 
fttcp 
(trier, 
fttttt 
tfjat 
trug 
traf 
tric6 
'tot 
tranf 
trcg 
Bcrbftcf) 
Krbatb 
pcrbrep 
»eraap 
wrier 
pcrlefd) 
wrruorr 
roud)5 
rccg 
roufd) 
rocb 
ttrid) 
tmc$ 
reanbte 
"roarb 
rourbe ) 
roatb J 
roarf 
roog 
roanb 
wjupte 
roottte 
Stcr) 

^roang 



PARTICIP. 

gefpten 

gefpennen 

gcjpred)en 

gefpreflfen 

gefprungen 

gefiodjen 

geftanben 

geftefjten 

gefftegen 

geftorben 

gefteben 

gefltunfen 

geftcpen 

gcftrid)cn 

geftrittcn 

gctfyan 

getragen 

getroffen 

gctrteben 

gctrctcn 

getrunfen 

getrcgen 

»crb(td)cn 

tterberben 

ucrt)roffcn 

wrgefien 

scrlereti 

t>ci(cfci)cn 

Dcrrocrrcn 

geroadbfen 

geroegen 

geroafefym 

gerooben 

genndben 

genuefen 

gcroanbt 

geworben 

geroorben 

gcroorfen 

gerocgen 

gerounben 

gcrouf't 

geroottt 

gegterjen 

g^egen 

gqroungen 



None but the simple verbs will be found in the foregoing list ; 
34* 



402 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 

but all their compounds share the same irregularity, excepting the 
following, which are regular : — 

S3crenncn, to storm; bcfdjeren, to bestow; ftanbfjafcen, to handle; 
fyetratfycn, to marry; fjerbergen, to harbor; ratfyfdjtagen, and betatfjfdbtagcn, 
to counsel; umrtnqen, to surround; rabbred)en, to spoil w r ords in pro- 
nouncing; t)cran(ajfcn, to occasion ; txutlfafytcn, to comply with. 

The following compounds are irregular, though their simple verbs 
are regular: — befefylen, to command, and empfefylcn, recommend; — 
(fetyen, and its compound, t>etfef)(en, to fail, are regular;) — erlofcfjcn, 
and wrtofdben, to become extinct — (lofcfyert, and au6l6fd)en, to extin- 
guish, are regular). 

Several verbs, which have both a transitive and intransitive sig- 
nification, are irregular as intransitives, but regular as transitives; 
they are fracfen, braten, brennen, etfdjrecfen, barren, fcfymefyen, fcftroeigen, 
fcrjnx'lten, ftnfcen, Derberben, and cetwtrrcn. They are indicated in the 
list by the abbreviation intr. 

The verbs bcroegen, to move (physically); b(eid)en, to bleach; 
pftcgen, to nurse, and to be accustomed ; fd)(eifen, to demolish, to 
drag along; fcfyaffcn, and its compound, t)erfd)affen, to procure; roctcfcen, 
and its compound, erroctcrjen, to soak, to soften, and rxuegen, to rock, 
are regular with these significations; but with the significations 
given to them in the list they are irregular. 



INTRANSITIVE AND NEUTER VERBS. 

Neuter verbs are those which ascribe to the subject a state or 
condition which is neither active nor passive; as — id) fterje, I stand; 
id) ftjse, I sit ; id) fd)(afe, I sleep, &c. Intransitive are those which 
express an action which does not pass over to an object ; as — id) 
gebe, I go ; id) foufc, I run ; id) fprecfye, I speak, &c. 

The larger part of these verbs are conjugated with fyaben ; but 
a number of them take fein for their auxiliary, and some even 
fyaben and fein. 

The following intransitive and neuter verbs are conjugated with 
fein: — ablaufcn, to run down; abteifen, to depart; aufftcfycn, to rise; 
cmfroacfyen, to awake ; cmfteben, to come to life again ; auffcfytcffcn, to 
shoot up; auftreten, to step up; aufroad)fen, to grow up; au^arten, to 
degenerate ; austvanbern, to emigrate ; au^iefyen, in the sense of to 
move out of a house; bcgegnen, to meet; berften, to burst; bfetben, 
to remain, to stay; einfd)tafen, to fall asleep; entfatlen, to slip from ; 
cntfUcfyen, to escape by flight ; entgcfjen, to escape by going ; cntfaufm, 
to escape by running; entfcfytupfen, to escape by slipping; entfd)[afen, 
to fall asleep, to expire; entfptingen, to escape by springing; ennixU 
d)en, to escape by yielding; entnnfdjen, to escape by gliding away ; 
etbtaffen, to grow pale; erfaltcn, to grow cold; ertetfyen, to blush; 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 403 

erfcbctncn, to appear ; erfcfyretfen, to be frightened ; etftaunen, to be asto- 
nished ) erroactyen, to awake ; fafyren, to ride in a carriage ; fallen, to 
fall j fttcf'cn, to flow; folgen, to follow; gefyen, to go; gehngen, to suc- 
ceed j genefen, to recover; gerinnen, to coagulate; gefebc^en, to happen; 
Cemmen, to come ; (anben, to land ; quellen, to gush forth ; retfen, to 
ripen ; fin^cn, to sink; fcfyupfen, to slip; fd)tt>inben, to vanish ; fcfynxllen, 
to swell ; fterben, to die ; ftranben, to strand ; umfemmen, to perish ; 
tteralten, to become antiquated ; wtarmen, to become poor ; serMeidjen, 
to grow pale; t)erbluf)en, to fade; Derbutften, to die of thirst; setfallen, 
to decay ; setfauten, to rot; tterfttegen, to evaporate; sergefjen, to pass 
away ; serrjungetn, to starve ; Dcrjafyren, to become invalid by time ; 
Krofcttt, to become desolate ; t>erraud)en, to evaporate ; r>erreifen, to go 
on a journey; wrroftcn, to be consumed by rust; WtffyaUm, to cease 
sounding; serfefyeiben, to depart this life; wrftretcfyen, to pass away, to 
elapse ; uerftummen, to grow dumb ; ttertroefnen, to dry up ; wtmltm, 
to fade; twnxfen, to decay; rotbringen, to press forward ; rc>ad)fen, to 
grow ; rcetdben, to yield, to give way ; getfatlen, to fall to ruins ; ^cr= 
fprtngen, to burst; ^uftieten, to freeze over; ^urucftefytcn, to return; 
jurucftretcn, to step back; $ufammentteffen, to meet together; — and 
all separable verbs compounded with bleiben, fafyren, fatten, fotgen, 
gefyen, and fcmmeti. 

The following transitive verbs, which express motion produced 
by the acting power of the subject, are conjugated with fjaben and 
fein — with fein when a reference to a place or space is denoted; 
with fyaben when motion without any reference, or with a reference 
to time or manner, is expressed. They are — eiler, to hasten ; flies 
gen, to fly; fyupfen, to hop; ftettern, to climb; friecfyen, to creep; (aufen, 
to run ; rctten, to ride on horseback ; reifen, to travel ; fd)«nmmen, to 
swim; fpringen, to spring; ftetgen, to mount. 

06s. When these verbs are compounded with a separable prefix, 
they are always conjugated with fetn. 



COMPOUND VERBS. 

Compound verbs are either inseparable or separable. 

Inseparable verbs are formed by adding to simple verbs the pre- 
fixes be, emp, ent, er, ge, Winter, mip, t>er, t>ol(,* reibet (not to 
be confounded with rote be r), and $et; as — benxinen, to weep for; 
empfangen, to receive ; entfatten, to unfold ; ertauben, to permit ; ges 
fallen, to please ; r)intergef)en, to deceive ; nri9fatlen, to displease, t)er^ 
lieren, to lose ; wtlenben, to achieve ; tuibertatfjen, to dissuade ; $crbtes 
cfyen, to break. 

Verbs prefixed by the following prepositions and adverbs are 
separable : — 

ci{\ off, as abnefjmen, to take off. 
an, on, anfangen, to begin, 

auf, up, aufrjeben, to pick up. 

* Except wtfgiepen, to fill up, which is separable. 



404 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



cm*, out, 

bet, by, 

bakt, thereby, 

baber, therefrom, 

%>al)ix\, thereto, 

bar, t>a, there, 

bar-en, thereof, 

burd),* through, 

etn, in, 

cinder, forth, 

empor, up, 

fcf>(, amiss, 

fcrt, away, off, 

Fjctm, home, 

her, to, hither, 

btn, thither, hence, 

berab, btnab, down, 

bcrauf, r)tnauf, up, 

rjerauS, btnauS, out, 

berbet, hither, 

fjetetn, bitK'tn, in, into, 

berubcr, btntibcr, over. 

Return, round, 

Remitter, btnunter, down, 

bersor, forth, 

btn$u, to, 

lo$, loose, 

nut, with, 

ntcber, down, 

nacb, after, 

fiber,* over, 

urn,* around, about, 

umber, about, 

unter,* under, 

r>or, before, 

ttorcm, on before, 

tterauS, beforehand, 

r>crbet, by before, 

t)orf)cr, before, 

r-otfiber, before over, 

tt>cg, away, 

rtuebcr, again, 

$u, to, 

^urucf, back, 

$ufammen, together, 



as auelafifcn, to leave out. 
betfteben, to assist, 
babeifteben, to stand by. 
baberfemmen, to come hither, 
babtnetlen, to hasten thither, 
barretcben, to hand thither, 
baoonlaufen, to run off. 
burebfatfen, to fall through, 
ctnfaufen, to buy in. 
etrtbertreten, to come forth. 
emporbelfen, to help up. 
febttaufen, to miss in running. 
fortfd)icfen, to send away, off. 
betmfebren, to return home, 
berbrtnejen, to bring hither, 
btnejeben, to go thither, 
berabfatlen, to fall down. 
beraufbrtnqen, to bring up. 
berausb^frn, to help out. 
berbetrufen, to call hither, 
beretnejeben, to go into, 
berfiberfemnien, to come over. 
betumtaufen, to run round, about, 
berunterftnfen, to sink down, 
bersorfommen, to come forth, 
btn^uffigen, to add to. 
losfetten, to unchain, 
mttbrtncjen, to bring with, 
ntebertegen, to lay down, 
nacbfcbleppen, to drag after, 
fiberfttefien, to overflow, 
umbtnben, to tie around, 
umbcrlcmfen, to ramble, 
unterfegen, to set under. 
ttorjMlen, to represent, 
twancjeben, to w r alk before. 
r-erausfegen, to suppose, 
ttorbetfommen, to pass by. 
tterberfacjen, to foretell, 
t-orfibergeben, to go over, 
roccuiebmen, to take away. 
ttueberfemmen, to come again. 
$ufcbtteffen, to lock up. 
aurueffebren, to return. 



^ufammenfemmen, to assemble. 

%* Many compound verbs, with the prepositions bu rcb/ fiber, 
um, and unter, are inseparable* and a number are either sepa- 
rable or inseparable, according to their significations. 
The inseparable are — 
SwcfyWattcrn, to peruse; t>urd;bclwi, to tremble; bttagfettifen, to ponder, fcurdjfor* 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



405 



fcften, to search through; fcuvd)tfHf)ern, to perforate; &urd)fpci!)cn, to. spy through; 
burdv'uchen , to search through, tHitd)ir>affern, to wet through; imrd)vciiblen, to rum- 
mage ; — -iiberbieten, to overbid ; liberfccnfen, to muse; ubereilen, to overhasten ; tiber* 
pcbcn, to surrender; iiberhoten, to overtake; iibeiboren, to overhear; iiberfaffcn, to 
give up, to yield up; iiberleben, to survive; (iberliefern, to deliver; libetlifkn, to outwit; 
iibecnehmen, to take upon one's self; iiberrafd>cn, to surprise; iibcrrefcen, to persuade ; 
uberfdjaBen, to overrate; iiberfdjiden, to transmit; (iberfeben, to overlook; iiberleben, to 
endure, ubertreifen, to surpass; iiberyortbctlen, to overreach : tibenrdlrigen, to overpower; 
tibenrm^en, to overcome; iibeqeugen, to convince; — umarmen, to embrace; umgeben, 
to surround; uniringen, to encircle; untfrfjlingen, to entwine; umfkctblen, to surround 
with rays; unurelten, to surround with clouds; umyugetn, to encompass ; — unterbleiben, 
to remain undone; unterbced)en, to interrupt; unterfchicfen, to suppress; unterfangen, to 
attempt, imterbanMn, to negotiate; unterjocfyen, to subdue; unteitaffen, to intermit; 
unterlicgen, to succumb; unternebnien, to undertake; untcrrefcen, to converse ; unrerrid)* 
tm, to^instruct; unterfagen, to interdict; unterfd)cit>en, to distinguish; unterftreid)en, to 
underline; unterjn'ifcen, to support; unterfud)en, to search into; untctroeifen, to instruct; 
unterrperfen, to submit; unterjeicfynen, to sign. 

Those which are both separable and inseparable, according to 
their signification, are — 

• Separable. 
to glance through 
to bore through 



fcurcbbUcfen 

tmrd)bej)tcn 

fcurcrjbrtttcjcrt 

t)urd)Qluhcn 

tmtdbgefyen 

turd)(aufen 

turdbrctfen 

butcrjferjauen 

fcurcb[d)te(k'n 

t>urcbfcbncit)cn 

fcmrcbfrefkn 

burd)ilrctdr)Ctt 

uOcvbrtngcn 

uberfallch 

fibcrfur)ren 

ubcrgcf)cn 

uberfyebcrt 

iiber(at>en 

ubcrlegert 

ubctlaufen 

ubermd)cn 

ubcrfcbtaqcn 

fibcrfebmben 

uber)"d)utten 

itberfe£en 

ttberfprtngen 

uOcriieigcn 

iibertracjen 

ubetttcten 

ubcrrrxrfert 

ubcr^tcf)cn 

umgerjen 

umfrett>en 

umfabten 

umfaffen 



to force through 

to heat through 

to run away 

to run through 

to travel through 

to look through 

to shoot through 

to divide by cutting 

to push through 

to strike out 

to bring over 

to fall over 

to convey over 

to go ovei 

to lift over 

to load ovei 

to lay over 

to run over 

to reach over 

to turn to one side 

to write over 

to spill over 

to pass over 

to leap over 

to mount over 

to carry over 

to go over 

to throw over 

to draw over 

to go around, to associate to elude 

to change dress to clothe on all sides 

to drive over to sail around 

to set anew to embrace 



Inseparable, 
to know one's design 
to pierce 
to penetrate 
to inflame 
to examine 
to peruse hastily 
to travel over 
to penetrate 
to interleave 
to cross, to intersect 
to pierce 
to roam 
to deliver 
to take by surprise 
to convict 
to overlook 
to dispense with 
to overburden 
to reflect 
to importune 
to deliver 
to calculate 
to direct 
to cover with 
to translate, to overcharge 
to skip 
to surpass 
to transfer 
to transgress 
to fall out with one 
to cover with, to invade 



406 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



umfdnffcn 

umfcbretben 

umfd)uttcn 

umfpcmnen 

umjMlcn 

umtDcbcn 

um$ter)en 

untcrgrabcn 

unt.crbaltcn 

unterfcbteOcn 

untcrfcbtagcn 

unterftefyen 

unter^tcfjen 

Also — 

MllfSflcn 
tt>tcfc>ed)ctcn 



Separable. 



Inseparable. 



to put into another ship to circumnavigate 

to write over again to circumscribe, to para- 

to pour into another vessel to place around [phrase 

to change horses to span 

to transpose to surround 

to blow down to blow upon from all sides 

to change clothes, remove to beset, to overcast 



to dig under 
to keep under 
to shove under 
to beat under 
to stand under 
to draw under 

to rill full 
to fetch back 



to undermine 

to entertain, to support 

to substitute falsely 

to embezzle 

to venture 

to undergo 

to fulfil 
to repeat 



When these verbs are separable, the accent is on the prefix; 
when inseparable, they convey an abstract idea, and the accent is 
on the root of the verb. 



DOUBLY COMPOUNDED VEKBS. 

Verbs prefixed by a compound preposition and particle are called 
doubly compounded verbs. They are inseparable when the inse- 
parable particle stands before the preposition, as — kafcjid)tt§cn, to 
intend; kctntracfjtt^en, to prejudice; Deranlaffcn, to occasion. But 
they are separable when the separable preposition stands first, and 
then the syllable ge is omitted in the past participle, as — aufbes 
tt>af)tcn, to preserve, to keep ; id) fceroafyre auf, I preserve ; id) fyabe 
aufkrcafyrt, I have preserved. 

The number of this kind of verbs is very small ; they are — 

anfce, as — anbefcf)(en, to command strongly, 

aner, cmcrfennen, to acknowledge, 

anser, anfettrauen, to entrust, 

aufbe, aufbeftnfcen, to be up. 

aufcr, aufct$ter)cn, to bring up. 

ausbe, auSbetungcn, to condition, 

auset, au^arjlen, to finish the tale, 

ttotbe, t>orbef)a(ten, to reserve, 

ttorent, t>otentf;attcn, to withhold. 

The following verbs, however, are used without separation by 
modern writers : — cmbefancjcn, or cmbetteffcn, to concern; aufcrbauen, 
to edify; aufcrlegcn, to enjoin; cmfevftcfyen, to rise from the dead; 
auScrlcfen, to select; au$mval)tin, or auScvfutcn, to choose. 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 407 

REFLECTIVE VERBS. 

There are, in German, many reflective verbs which are not such 
in English. The following list contains the principal : — 

(Bid) cmmctpen, dat. to presume ; fid) annefymen, gen. to take care of 5 
fid) argent itber, to be vexed ; fid) aufffibren, to behave ; fid) auf fatten, 
to sojourn; fid) cmfrjaltcn, tiber, to mock at; fid) oufcrn, uber, to inti- 
mate; fid) befcemfen, fur, to return thanks; fid) bebenfen, to consider; 
fid) befcienen, gen. to make use of; fid) beftnfcen, to inquire after one's 
health; fid) beflctpen, or fid) befletjitgen, to endeavor diligently; fid) 
begeben, to repair; fid) begeben, gen. to give up; fid) befyelfen, to make 
shift; fid) beftagen, iiber, to complain; fid) bemad)ttgen, gen. to take, 
possession of; fid) befinnen, gen. to recollect ; fid) beftreben, to endeavor ; 
fid) bctraqen, to behave ; fid) betrinfen, to get drunk ; fid) betruben, fiber, 
to be afflicted ; fid) bucfen, to stoop; fid) etnbtlten, ace. to be conceited ; 
$&) einbtlben, dat. to imagine ; fid) entfernen, to withdraw ; fid) cntfat? 
ten, gen. to abstain; fid) entfdtftcpen, to be determined; fid) erbcirmen, 

fen. to have mercy; fid) erfcretften, to dare; fid) erctgnen, impers. to 
appen, to come to pass; fid) ergeben, to surrender; fid) ergeben, impers. 
to result; fid) errjclen, to recover; fid) ertnnern, gen. to remember; fid) 
erfctten, to catch cold ; fid) ernafyrcn, nut, to get one's livelihood , fid) 
freuen, to rejoice; fid) fugen, in, to comply with; fid) furd)ten, t)or, to 
be afraid ; fid) gefatlcn, to be pleased ; fid) gctrauen, da£. to be confi- 
dent, to dare ; fid) grcunen, tibcr, to grieve ; fid) fyuten, ^cr, to beware 
of; fid) trren, to be mistaken; fid) mtfdjcn, to mix, to meddle; fid) 
natjern, to approach ; fid) netgen, to incline; fid) met>er(affen, to settle; 
fid) ntet>er(egen, to lay down; fid) utfymen, gen. to boast, to glory; fid) 
ruf)ten, to bustle ; fief) febamen, ser, uber, gen. to be ashamed ; fid) 
fd)tcfen, in, to comply with; fid) fd)tcfen, impers. to be becoming; ficr) 
fefynen, nctd), to long for ; fid) fegen, to sit down ; fid) fputen, to make 
haste; fid) ftellen, to feign, to pretend; fid) trennen, to separate, to 
part ; fid) tummeln, to hurry; fid) umferjen, to look about or back; fid) 
unrerjMjen, to venture; fid) ueretntgen, to agree; fid) ttergeben, an, to 
fail in one's duty, to offend ; fid) Dertrren, to lose one's way ; fid) tter* 
laften, auf, to rely; fid) tterfammetn, to assemble; fid) tterfefyen, to com- 
mit an error; fid) lU'rjMlen, to dissemble; fid) t)ornef)mcn, da?, to de- 
termine, to resolve; fid) sorjMlen, dat. to imagine; fid) rmfcerfegen, dat. 
to resist; fid) nmnK'rn, uber, to wonder; fid) $utragen, impers. to occur. 



PREPOSITIONS. 

-^fn alphabetical list of all the prepositions, with the cases they govern* 
on, on, near, dat. § ace. btnnen, within, dat. 

anjiatt, or (kit, instead of, gen. fctesfeittf, on this side of, gen. 

auf, upon, on, dat. fy ace. burd), through, ace. 

cm6, out, out from, dat. entgegen, opposite to, dat. 

ouper, out of, dat. fur, for, ace. 

fluj}err)a(b, on the outside of, gen. gegen, towards, against, dat. 
bet, by, near, dat. gegenuber, opposite, over againstjd. 



408 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



r)a(r3en,or Rafter, on account of, gen. 

f)Wttt, behind, dat. $* ace. 

tn, in, into. dat. fy ace. 

innctrjaU), within, gen. 

ienfett£, on the other side of. gen. 

Irafr, by virtue of, gen. 

l&ngtf, along, gen. 

laut, according to, gen. 

nut, with, dat. 

nuttc(ft,or Ktmtttelft, by means of, g. 

nacf), after, dat. 

tiacfyft, next to, dat. 

neben, at the side of, dat. <$• ace. 

nebft, together with, dot. 

cbetfyatb, above, gen. 

cfyne (fenbet), without, ace. 

fammt, together with ; dat. 

feit, since, dat. 

trog, in spite of, gen. 



tiber, over, dat. §• ace. 

urn, around, about, ace. 

urn — rtutlen, for the sake of, gen. 

ungcacfytet, notwithstanding, gen. 

untcr, under, among, dat. fy ace. 

unterfyatb, below, gen. 

unroctt, unfern, not far from, gen. 

ttermtttelft, by means of, gen. 

Dermegc, by dint of, gen. 

t>on, from, of, dat. fy ace. 

tor, before, ago, dat. fy ace. 

rcafyrenb, during, gen. 

tocgeti/ on account of, gen. 

rtuber, against, ace. 

$u, to, to. 

^ufctgc, in consequence of, gen. 

3Utt>tber, contrary to, dat. 

$rt>tfcr;en, between, dat. § ace. 



CONJUNCTIONS AND CONJUNCTIVE ADVERBS. 

The conjunctions, combining co-ordinate sentences, after which 
no inversion takes place, have been mentioned in Lesson 55 ; they 
are — unb, and* cber, or; abcr, fonbern, alletn, but; benn, for; entree* 
bet — obet, either — or; nxbet — nod), neither — nor; md)t nut — 
fonbern aud), not only — but also. 

After the following conjunctions the copula is removed to the 
end of the sentence: — al$, than, when; better, before; bt*, until; 
fca, as, since ; bamtt, in order that ; tap, that ; cr)c, before ; falls, in 
case that ; je, the ; je nad)bem, according as ; tnbem, while ; nacfybem, 
after; ob, whether; obaktd), obfefyon, cbrc>ef)l, though, although; fctts 
bem, since ; roafyrenb, while ; nxmn, when ; rcetf, because ; nxnn, if, 
when ; nxnngletd), although ; rete, as ; rote aud), however ; rote tocbt, 
although; n>o, where, and its compounds — reofern, in case that; 
rcofur, wherefore; roomtt, wherewith; roonacr), whereafter; weran, 
whereat; rcorauf, whereon ; roertn, wherein ; rcoson, whereof; ruc^u, 
whereto. 

The following conjunctive adverbs remove the subject after the 
copula when they are placed before the subject : — alfc, thus, con- 
sequently; auperbem, iiberbteS, besides ; bafyer, therefore ; bann,at5bann, 
benn, then ; barum, beSnxgen, beefjalb, therefore; bemnad), consequently 3 
bemnad), befjenungeacfytet, ntcfytSbeftoroentqer, notwithstanding, neverthe- 
less ; befte, the; bod), yet, still; ctnerfeitS, anberfetts, on the one side, 
on the other side; enbtkf),at last, at length ; erft, $ucrft, at first ; ferner, 
farther ; fetgttd), mttfytn, consequently ; 9(etd)iDof)f, inbejfen, jcbocb, yet, 
however; Ijernacf), nad)r)cr, afterwards ; faum, scarcely ; fc, thus, so; 
fonft, else, otherwise ; tfytil$, partly; ubrtgenS, as for the rest ; metmefyr, 
much more, rather; wefyf, indeed; $tt>ar, it is true, certainly. 



INDEX 



OF ALL THE WORDS CONTAINED IN THIS BOOK, 
ARRANGED IN ALPHABETICAL ORDER. 



EXPLANATION. 

The number after each word indicates the lesson in which it is 
used for the first time. 



pp. signifies preposition, 
pron. u pronoun. 
s. il substantive, 
v. " verb. 



a. signifies adjective. 
ad. iC adverb. 
art. lc article. 
c. u conjunction, 
pi. " plural. 
The plural of substantives, when they have the same termination 
as in the singular, is denoted by a dash (-); and when they are 
changed in termination, their terminations — e, er, n, and en — are 
given. An asterisk ( * ) indicates that the radical vowel of the sin- 
gular is softened in the plural. 



A, an, art. ein, 4 

Abandon, v. wrfoflcn, 63 

Able (to be), v. fonnen, 50; im 

©tcmbc fein, 74 
About, ad. ungefcifyr, 53 ; pp. urn, 63 
Above, pp. fiber, 58 ; o&erfjatb, 68; 

ad. eben, 67 
Absorb, v. etnfaugen, 75 
Accept, v. cmnefymen, 73 
Accident, s. bet 3ufafl, pi. c,* 72 
Accidental, ad. pf&Gttg, 72 
According (to), pp. nad), 74 
Account (on — of), pp. tuegen, 69 
Accustom, v. gercofmen, 70 
Acquaintance, s. bcr 23eFcmnte, pi. 

n ; t>ie SBcfanntfd^aft, pZ. en, 74 
35 



Acquainted, a. fcefcmnt, 76 

Acquire, v. etlcmcjen, 75 

Act, v. fycmbefa, 72 

Action, s. bte £cmbtung, pi en, 72 

Advice, s. bet 9?atf), pi. bie 9?atf)s 

ferriage, 69 
Advise, v. tatrjen, 69 
Afford, v . ticfern, 73 ■ bie g^ittct 

fjafcen, 74 
Afraid (to be), v. ftd) furd&tcn, 65 
After, pp. nad), 45 ; c. nad)bem, 61 
Afterwards, c. nad)f)er, fyetnacr;, 71 
Against, pp. rotber, 64 
Ago, pp. t)Ct, 56 
Agreeable, a. cmqenefym, 65. 
Air, s. bte Zuft, pi. e,* 59 
Alarm, v. kuntufytgen, 68 
Alight, v. cwSftetgen,' 73 

(409) 



410 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



Alike (to be), v. ojcidn'tt, 74 
All, a. att, 36 ; not at all, gan^unb 

oar nid)t, 66 
Allow, v. ertauben, 63 
Allowed (to be), v. bttrfen, 70 
Almost, ad. beinafye, 40 
Alone, ad. allein, 64 
Aloud, ad. taut, 52 
Already, ad. fd)0n, 38 
Also, ad. and), 47 
Alter, v. dnbern, rerdnbcrn, 73 
Although, c. obfjkid), obfcfyon, 62 
Always, acL immer, 46 [16 

American, s. bet 2Cntertfaner, pi. -, 
American, a. amerifanifd), 35 
Amiable, a. IteberiSrofirbtg, 66 
Among, pp. unter, 70 
Amount, s. bcr 23etracj, p/. e,* 72 
And, c. unb, 1 
Angry, a. bofe, 56 
Anything, ad. etrcag, 20 
Anywhere, ad. ircjenbmc, 63 
Answer, -y. antworten, 35 
Appear, v. erfcfyeinen, 74 
Appearance, s. bag 2Cu$fel)ett, 56 ; 

bcr 2Cnfd)etn, 74 
Appetite, s. ber2Cppetit,52 
Apple, s. ber Upfthpl. -,* 58 
Around, pp. urn, 63 
Arrival, s. bie TCntunfr, joZ. e,* 60 
Arrive, v. antommen, 45 
As, c. rote, 6 ; benn, $>a, 67 
Ascend, v. fteia,cn, 73 
Ask, v. fragen, 58 ; bitten, 63 
Assiduous, a. fleijjia,, 5 [72 

Assistance, 5. ber SBeiftanb, pi. c,* 
Assure, v. t)crftd)ern, 72 
At, ^>p. bet, 31 

Attention, s. bie 2Cufmcr£fam£ett, 74 
Aunt, s. bie £anre, pi. n, 15 
Author, s. ber SSerfafiet,pZ. -j ber 

2futer, pi. en, 75 
Autumn, s. ber £crbft,_pZ. e, 48 
Avow, v. a/ftef)ert, 71 
Awake, v. aufrr>ad)cn, erroacften, 72 
Away, ad. reeo,, 33 ; fort, 73 

B. 

Back, s. ber Siuclcn, ^Z. -, 74 ; ad. 
aurficf, 33 



Bad, ad. fd)(ecf)t, 1 
Bag, s. ber Scutel, pZ. - 20 
Baker, s. ber SSdcier, jpL -, 13 
Ball, s. ber £3aU,pZ. e,* 41 
Bank, s. bie 23anr, pi. en, 50 
Battle, s. bie <Sd)(ad)t, ^»Z. en, 72 
Be, v. fein, 41 
Beam, v. ftrafylen, 75 
Bear, v. ertragen, 69 
Beat, v. fd)laa,en, 60 
Beautiful, a. fd)6n, 2; most beau- 
tiful, tt)unbcrfd)6n, 59 
Because, c. rocit, 55 
Become, v. roerben, 64; a,e$temen,75 
Bed,- s. bat S3ett, pi. en, 53 
Beef, s. t>a$ SUnbfteifd), 51 
Beer, s. t>a$ 33ier, 8 
Before, pp. ror ; c. e(je, better, 57 
Beg, v. bitten, 63 ; auSbitten, 74 
Begin, v.anfancjcn,62; bea,innen,75 
Behave, v. fid) betraqen, 73 
Behind, pp. Winter, 62 
Behold, v. anfefyen, 56 
Believe, v. afauben, 54 
Belong, v. gefyoren, 17 [67 

Below, ^p.unterfjalb, 68; ad. unten, 
Bench, s. tk $8arfi,pl. e,* 62 
Beside, besides, pp. auper, 71 
Better, a. beffcr, 8 ; so much the 

better, befto beffer, 71 
Between, pp. $tt>tfd)en, 62 
Beware, v. fid) in 2(d)t nefymen, 65 
Bid, v. bieten, 71 
Big, a. qrof, 1 

Bill, s. bie $ed)nung, _pL en, 46 
Bind, v. binben, 67 
Bird, s. ber $oa,el, pi -,* 17 
Bite, v. beijjen, 65 
Bitter, a. bitter, 57 
Black, a. fcfytvar^, 7 
Blame, v. tabehi, 71 
Blind, a. bttnb, 64 
Blow, s. ber ^d)(acj, pZ. e,* 60 
Blunder, s. ber $ef)ler, ;?Z. -, 40 
Boat, s. bat 23eot,pZ. e, 63 
Book, s. tat $Bu<fo,pl. er,* 4 
Boot, s. ber (Stiefe(,p/. -, 29 
Both, a. beibe, 37 
Boil, v. fcd)en, 52 
Borrow, v. borqen, (etr)en, 43. 
Bottle, s. bie gfafd&e, jpZ. n, 16 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



411 



Bottom, s. ber <Boben, pi -,* 59 
Boy, s. t>cr $nabe, ;?Z. n, 14 
Bread, s. t)a5 23rob, pi. e, 6 
Break, v. brecben, ^erbrecben, 28 
Breakfast, s. baSgrurjftucf, _pZ.e,51 
Breakfast, v. frubftucfen, 51 
Bridge, s. tic 2$xMt,pl. n, 58 
Bright, a. to, 6 1 ; bell, gtansenb, 68 
Brightness, s. t)cr (5>tan$, 75 
Bring, -u. bringcn, 29; to bring back, 

^urucfbrincjen, 33 ) to bring with, 

mttbrtncjen, 47. 
Broad, a. breit, 39 
Broom, s. bet JBefen, pZ. -, 16 
Brother, s. ber S3ruber, pZ. -,* 4 
Brother-in-law, s. bet (Scbwacjet, 

^Z. -,*41 
Brown, a. braun, 54 
Build, v. batten, 75 
Building, 5. ba$ ©cbaube, pZ. -, 75 
Bureau, s. tic £emniobe,pZ. n, 18 
Burn, v. brennen, serbrennen, 31 ; to 

burn off or down, abbrennen, 72 
Business, s. t)a$ ©efcbaft, pi. e, 69 
But, c. abet, 4 3 fonbern, 7 
Butcher, s. t)er gletfeber, pZ. -, 17 
Butter, s. tic Sutter, 9 
Buy, v. fcmfen, 27 

C. 

Cake, s. ber ^uctjen, pi. - 52 
Calf, s. fcag£al&,pJ. er,* 74 
Call, v. rufen, 64 ; to be called, 

betgen, 67 
Can (to be able), v. Fonnen, 29 
Candid, a. unbefancjen, 75 
Candle, s. ba§ 2td)t, pi. c, 24 
Candlestick, s. ber 2eucbter,£>Z. -, 23 
Cane, s. bet'<Stecf,^. e,* 29 
Captain, s. ber £apttdn,]?Z. e ; cap- 
tain in the navy, ©d)tff$Fapitan, 
58 
Captivate, v. fancjen, 62 
Care, s. bie ^orqe, pi. n, 66 
Care, ?;. forgen, 66', to take care, 

in 2(d)t nebmen, 65 
Careful, a. forgfatttg, 66 
Careless, a. forcjtoS, 66 
Carpenter, s. ber Simmerman, pi. 
teute, 13 



Carpet, s. ber Scpptdf), pZ. 73 
Carriage, s. ber 35>agen, ^Z. -, 10 
Carry, v. tragen, 32 
Case, s. ber fiall, pi. e ;* in case, 

tm gad or fails, 73 
Cash, a. baar, 50 
Cast, roerfen, 70 

Castle, s. bat ©cfyfep,^. er,* 71 
Cat, s. bie jlage, pZ. n, 7 
Catarrh, s. ber (Scbnupfen, 71 
Catch, v. fangen, 62; to catch cold, 

fid) erf alten, 7 1 
Cattle, s. t>a$ minb, pi. er, 51 
Cause, s. bie llrfacbe, pi n, 65 
Cellar, s. ber Metier, _pZ. -, 57 
Certain, a. cjenup, 64 
Chair, s. ber (Stubt/.pZ. e,* 11 
Chance, s. ber Bufatf, pi. e; by 

chance, ^ufalltg, 72 [-, 58 

Chandelier, s. ber £ronteud)tct, pi. 
Change, s. ber £Bed)fel,^.-, 70 
Change, v. roeebfetn, 70. 
Cheap, a. woblfetf, 42 
Cheat, v. bettugen, 72 
Cheek, s. bie SBacfc, pi. rt, 75 
Cheerful, a. fetter, frobttd), 59 
Cheese, s. bet^afe, pi. -, 25 
Cherry, s. tic jlttfcbe, pZ. n, 72 
Chicken, s. bas $vft)X\,pl. er,* 16 
Child, s. baS£inb,pZ. er, 2 
Childhood, s. btc ^inbbett, 65 
Childlike, a. finblicb, 75 
Chimney, s. baS £amin, pi e, 57 
Church, 5. bie iUrcbe,pZ. n, 30 
City, s. tic ®*tabt, jpZ. e,* 2 
Clean, <z. rein, 54 
Clean, v.rcintgen, rein madjen, 57 
Clear, a. ftav, 61 

Clergyman, s. ber (Uctftttcfye^Z.ti, 64 
Clerical, o. Cjeift(id), 64 
Cloak, s. ber sffiemtet, pZ. -* 72 
Clock, s. bie ll^r, pi. en, 34 $ 

Close, v. fctyiejkn, 71 
Closet, s. ber 2£anbfd)ran6,pZ.c,* 57 
Cloth, s. bav*£ud),_pZ. er,* 12 
Cloth, a. tucben, 12 
Cloth, v. fleiben, 66 

Coat, s. ber JKcc!,pZ. e,* 10 
Coffee, 5. ber ^affee, pi - 24 



412 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



Coffer, 5. ber it offer, pi -, 24 
Cold, a. fait, 3 
Cold, s. ber (Scrmupfen, 71 
Color, s. bte garbe, ^Z. n, 56 
Come, v. fommen, 32 ; to come 

again, rmeberfommen, 33 
Command, v. befefjten, 75 
Commence, v. anfangen, 62 
Commerce, s. t)cr £anbe(, 68 [59 
Company, s. fcU ©efcllfcfyafr, pZ. en, 
Compare, v. ^erqtcidbcn, 75 
Complain, v. ftct) beftagen, 68 
Completely, adv. t>eflfemmen, 61 
Compliment, s. bag (Sempttment, 

pZ. e, 72 
Concern, v. angefyen, betreffen, 74 
Concert, s. t)a^ (5en$err, pi. c, 33 
Conduct, v. ffifyren, 59 
Confess, ?;. gefterjen, ctngeftefjen, 71 
Connect, ?;. wrbtnben, 75 
Consist, v. beftcfjen, 61 
Consult, v. Matl) fragen, 69 [66 
Consumption, 5. tic 8d)rotnb[ud)t, 
Contented (to be), v. $ufrteben 

fetn, 51 
Continually, ad. ftet£, 65 
Continue, v. fcrtfar)rcn, 75 
Contrary, s. $>a$ ©egentrjett, pi c, 

ft; on the contrary, tm @egen* 

tW(,7l. 
Converse, v. fid) unterfyaUen, 75 
Cook, v. fecfyert, 52 
Cook, s. bet £od), j?Z. e,* 16 
Cool, a. ffi&(, 59 
Copy, v. atifd)tctt>cn, 47 
Corn, s. bas ©etretbc, 19 
Corner, s. bte (£cfc, £>Z. n, 40 
Correct, v. t)erbef}ern, 75 
Correct, a. rid)ttg, 68 
Correspond, v. correfponbiren,23rtcfe 

roedbfetn, 70 
Corrupt, v. tterberben, 71 
Cost, v. foften, 67 
Costly, a. fefifptcttg (tfyeuer), 75 
Cotton, s. bte 23aumroctle, 42 
Cotton, a. baumroetlcn, 42 
Cough, v, fjuftcn, 71 
Cough, s. ber £uften, 71 

Count, s. ber ©raf, j?Z. en, 14 



Countess, s. bte ©raftnn, pZ. en, 41 
Country, 5. bn6 Canb, pi. tx* 30 
Countryman, s. ber 2anbmcmn; bet 

£anb*mann, pi. leute, 75 
Courage, 5. ber 9Jiutb, 28 
Course (of), ad. natur(id), 75 
Cousin, s. ber better, pZ. n, 46 
Cover, v. bebecfen, 72 
Cravat, s. t>a$ £a(Stud), pi. er,* 54 
Credit, s. ber Grebtt, 50 
Crime, s. bag £>erbrcd)en, pi. -, 70 
Crown, s. bte &rcne, pi. n, 58 
Cry, v. fcfereten, 75; rcetnen, 71 
Custom, s. bte ($$eruef)nf)ett,_pZ. en, 70 
Cut, v. fd)neiben, 30; befefynetben, 

65 ) to cut off, abfetynetben, 65 

D. 

Damp, a. feucfyt, 59 

Dare, v. burfen, 70 

Danger, 5. bte ®efaf)r,pZ. en, 71 

Dangerous, a. gefafyrttcb, 75 

Dark, a. bunfet, 63 

Daughter, s. bte &ed)ter, pi. -,* 3 

Day, s. ber Sag, ^?Z. e, 35 : to-day, 
rjeute, 7; the day before yes- 
terday, ttorgeftcm, 37 

Dead, a. tcbt, 66 

Deal, v. rjanbetn, 72 

Deal (a great), a. fefyr me(, 24 

Dear, a. tfyeuer, 9 ; Iteb, 26 

Death, s. ber Sob, 66 

Debts, s. bte ©drjutfcen, 70 

Deceive, v. betrugen, 72 

Defiance, s. ber &ro§, 71 

Delicate, a. !cfr(td), 75 

Demand, v. fcrbern, 72 

Dentist, s. ber 3af)nar$t,pZ. e,* 53 

Depart, v. abretfen, 47 

Depict, v. abmaien, 75 [73 

Descend, v. abftctgen, fyerabftetgen, 

Deserve, v. t>erbtenen, 72 

Desire, s. bte Sujt, pi. e,* 27 

Desire, v. rounfefyen, 46 

Despise, v. tteradyten, 73 

Devoted, a. ergeben, 72 

Dew, s. ber &()au, 60 

Dew, v. tfyaucn, 60 

Dictionary, 5. $>a$ £B6rterbudj, pi 
er,* 60 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



413 



Die, v. ftetfren, 66 [74 

Difference, s. bet Untetfdncb, pi. e, 
Different, a. retfd)teben, 34 
Difficult, a. fd)tt>et, 47 
Difficulty, s. tie (Scfyrctettcjfett, p>L 

en, 75 
Dine, v. fpeifen, $u sjjtfttag effen, 51 
Dinner, s. t>a$ ^Rtttagejfen,^. -, 51 
Dirt\-, a. fd)tmi$tvj, 60 
Disagreeable, a. unangencfjm, 65 
Discourage, v. entmutbicjen, 75 
Disease, s. tit Stxanttyxt, pi. en, 66 
Dish, s. bte <Sd)uffe(, pi. n, 74 
Dismount, v. a6ftetcjen, f) e tab jtetcjen, 

73 
Disobedient, a. ungefyetfam, 70 
Distribute, v. Kttf)et(en, 70 
Disturb, v. fteten, 68 
Divide, v. taction, 70 
Do, v. thun, 28 ; to do without, 

fid) &c$c(fen, 75 
Door, s. bte 3Lbfc,pl. en, 33. 
Dollar, s. t>er £r)a(et,pZ. -, 40 
Dog, s. bet |wnb, j?Z. c, 5 
Doubt, s. bet 3roctfrt,jpJ. -, 73 
Doubt, v. jwetfem, 73 
Down, s. bet g'faum, 75 
Down, ad. ab, betab, rjinab, 59 
Dozen, s. tat £>u|enb, pi. c, 39 
Drawer, s. bte ^dniblabe,^. n, 37 
Dress, v. ftetben, 66 
Dress, s. bas Mtit,pl. tv, 19 
Drink, v. tttnfen, 27 
Drop, v. fallen toffen, 63 
Dry, a. ttecfen, 58 
During, pp. rcabtenb, 65 
Dutch, a. rjetlanbtfd), 35 [23 

Dutchman, 5. bet £ettanber,_pZ. -, 
Duty, s. bie tyjix&t, pi. en, 71 
Dwell, v. roefynen, 39 

I E. 

Each, pron. [tier, 46 
Each other, pron. etnanbet, 71 
Ear, s. bas £)r)r,_pZ. en, 70 
Early, a. ftub, 34 
Earn, ». serbienen, 72 
Earnest, a. etnjl(td), 75 
Earth, s. Me (Stbe, pi. n, 59 
Easiness, s. bie &td)ttj)fett< 75 
35* 



Eat, v. effen, 49 
Easy, a. tetd)t, 47 - 
Economical, a. fpatfam, 71 
Educate, v. eqteben, 75 
Education, s. bie (Sqtcrmng, 72 
Egg, s. bas <5t, pi. et, 39 
Either — or, c. entnxbet — obet, 39 
Else, ad. fen)!, 69 
Embrace, v. umatmen, 75 
Enable, v. in ben <Stcmb fegen, 75 
Enclose, ctnfaffen, 75 
End, v. enbtcjen, 40 
Endure, v. etttagen, 69 
Enemy, 5. hex getnb, pi. e, 54 
England, s. (Snglanb, 45 
English, a. engltfd), 35 [16 

Englishman, s. bet(£ng(anbet,_p/.-, 
Enigma, s. bas 9*atr)fe(, pZ. -, 69 
Enjoy, v. fid) etfteuen, 65 
Enjoyment, s. bte greube, pi, n, 65 
Entirely, ad. ganoid), 70 
Equal, a. cj(etd), 59 
Err, v. fid) trten, 67 
Error, s. tcx 3tttf}iim, pi. et,* 67 
Esteem, v. acbten, 72 
Esteem, s. bte 2Cd)tung, 72 
Even, ad. fettft, 71 
Evening, s. kcx 2(benb, pi. e, 32 
Event, s. hex Jatt, pi. *,* 73 
Ever, ad. iemals, ie, 44 
Every, pron. jetet, 46 
Everybody, pron. 3ebetmann, 46 
Everything, ad. afleS, 47 
Evil, s. bas Uebe(, pZ. - 71 
Example, s. bas SSetfptef, pZ. e, 71 
Excellent, a Dettteffltd), 72 
Excessive, a. ubetmajng, 74 
Except, c. ausgenotnmen, 75 
Exchange, v. roed)[em, setroedjfefo, 

taufeben, 70 
Exchange, s. bte 23otfe, p7. n, 70 
Exchange (bill of), s. bet £Bed)fcf, 

pZ. -, 70 
Exclaim, t>. austufen, 75 
Excuse, v. cntfcrmlbtgen, 70 
Execute, v. ausfubten, 75 
Exercise, s. bie Uebunq, pi. en, 38 
Expect, v. ctroatten, 49 
Extinguish, v. austcfeben, 72 
Extract, v. au£*teben, 53 
Eye, s. bas 2Cuge pi. n, 56 



414 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



F. 

Facility, s. bie Ztitf)t\$tit,pl.m, 75 
Fall, v. fallen, 63 
Fall, s. ber £erbfr, pi. e, 48 
Family, s. bie gamilie, _pJ. n, 63 
Far, ad. ructt ; as far as, bts, 59 
Farewell, s. ber 2Ct>fd&tcb, pi. e, 75 
Fast, a. fdjnett, 49 
Fasten, w. binben, 67 
Father, s. ber 93ater, pi. -,* 2 
Fault, s. bet Seller, pZ. - 40 
Favor, s. bet ©efatlen,pZ. -, 64 
Fear, v. furcr/ten, 64 
Fence, s. ber 3aun, pi. e,* 59 
Fetch, v. Ijelen, 34 
Fever, s. bat gieber, pi. -, 66 
Few, a. roenig, 24 
Field, s. bag gelt), pf. er, 30 . 
Final, a. cnb(icf), 75 
Find, v. ftnben, 40 
Fine, a. fein, fef)6n, 2 
Finger, s. bet $ingcr, jt?Z. -, 56 
Finish, v. beenbifjen, 40 
Fire, s. bag geuer, pZ. -, 29 
Fire-place, 5. t)a$ kcamn, pi. e, 57 
First (at), ad. erft, $uerfr, 71 
Fish, s. ber #ifd), pZ. e, 52 
Floor, s. ber $ufftoben, pZ. -,* 59 
Flour, s. *>at> gHcijt, 23 
Flower, s. tic 2Mume,pZ. n, 52 
Fluently, acZ. gctduftg, 71 
Follow, v. fotgen, 71 
Fond (to be), v. tteben, 74 
Food, s. bie (Speife, pi. en, 74 
Fool, s. ber Zlaxx, pi. en, 67 
Foot, s. ber $up, pZ. c,* 37 ; on 

foot, $u gu£e, 65 
Foreign, a. aus(anbifd), 43 
Foreigner, ber 2fus(anber, pi -, 43 
For, pp. fur, 40 ; c. benn, 36 
Forbid, v. wrbieten, 72 
Foregoing, a. t>orr)era,el)enb, 75 
Forest, s. ber 2Mb, pi er,* 30 
Forget, -y. r>ergeffen, 54 
Forgive, v. wrgeben, 73 
Fork, 5. bie ©abet, pi n, 18 
Formerly, ad. erjemate, r>crniat£, 43 
Fortitude, s. bte^tanb^aftigfei^bie 

(Starve, 69. [meow, 67 

Fortune, s.t>a$ ©lucf,63; ba(> $w? 



Frame, s. ber 9?af)men, pi. -, 75 
France, s. grantreicr), 45 
Freeze, v. frteren, 62 
French, a. fran$6fifd), 26 
Frenchman, s. ber jran$ofe,]?Z. n, 14 
Frequent, a. r)aupcj, 75 
Fresh, a. frtfcf), 59 
Friday, s. ber greitag, 46 
Friend, 5. ber $reunb, pi. e, 5 
Friendship, s. bie $reunbfcf)aft, 73 
Frighten, v. crfct)recfcn, 75 
Fruit, s. bie $rud)t, pi e* 72 
Fry, v. braten, 52 
Future, s. bie 3utunft, 66 

G. 

Garden, s. ber ©arten, pi -,* 2 

Gas, s. bat ©ag, 58 

Gate, s. bas &f)or, pZ. c, 62 

Gather, v. fammetn, 75 

Gentleman, s. ber £err,/?Z. en, 14 

German, a. beutfd), 26 

German, 5. ber £)cutfcf)e, pi. n, 14 

Germany, s. £)eutfcl)fanb, 45 

Get, v. tterfefyaffen, 73; 1)0^,34; 
to get up, auffreben, 47 

Gift, s. bat ©efcbenf, pi. e, 69 

Girl, s. $>a* $Kabcf)en, pi -, 52 

Give, v. geben, 29 

Glass, s. ta$ ®(a$, pi. cr,* 9 

Glove, s. ber £anbfd)ur),;?Z. e, 20 

Go, i;. 9cr)cn, 32; go for, f)oten, 34; 
go out, auSQcfycn, 33 ; I am go- 
ing, id) bin tm SBegrtff, 75 

Gold, 5. l)a* (Mb, 12 

Golden, a. gotben, 12 

Gor^e, ad. fort, 73 

Good, a. gut, 1 

Goods, s. bie ££aaren, 42 

Gray, a. grau, 56 

Great, a. grojj, 1 

Greatness, s. bie ©rcpe, pZ. n, 75 

Green, a. grun, 54 

Ground, s. ber S3cben, pi -, 59; 
ber ©runb, pi e,* 75 

Guess, v. ratfyen, 69 

Guide, v. fufyren, 59 

Guilt, 5. bie Sdnitb, 70 

Guilty, a. fcfyulbta,, 70 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



415 



.H. 

Habit, s. btc ©cwefynrjCtt, pi. en, 70 

Hail, v. Fjagcta, 60 

Hair, s. baS £>aar, pi. C, 56 

Half, a. tjalb, 34 

Hall, s. bcr (Baai.pl. c, 41 

Halloo, t;. fdjretCtt, 75 

Hammer, 5. bcr $an\mcx,pl. -,* 18 

Hand, s. btc .pond, _pL e,* 54 

Handsome, a. [d)cn, 2 

Hang, v. fycmcjcn, 55 

Happen, v. gcfcfeefjcn, 72 

Happiness, 5. baS ©tucf, 63 

Happy, a. g(ucf(td) x 4 

Hard, a. fyart, 67 

Hardly, ad. fcmm, 63 [71 

Harm, 5. ta$ 23oje, ba£ Ueftel, pL -, 

Harm (to do), v. &6fe$ tfyun, 71 

Hat, s. bcr £ut,_pZ. e;* 8 

Have, v. f)aben, 9 

Head', s. bcr Jtopf,pZ. e,* 53 

Headache, s. dR&pffd) mermen, 53 

Health, s. bte ©cfunbhett, pi. en, 65 

Healthy, a. cjejimb, 56 

Hear, v. fyoren, 31 

Heart, 5. bo* £er$, pi. en, 51 ; by 

heart, ad. auSrocnbtg, 52 
Heaven, s. bcr pummel, pZ. - 68 
Heavy, a. fefyroer, 47 
Help, v. bclfen, 69 
Help, 5. btc £>u(fe, 69 
Her, pron. tf)r, 5 ) fie, 12 
Here ; ad. l)ter, 61 
Hers, pron. bcr ifyrtcje, 7 
High, a. ted), 36 
Him, jpron. tf)tt, 12 
Hinder, v. fytnbern, Dcrfytnbcrn, 73 
Hire, v. mtctr;ett, 67 
His, pron. fetn, 4 • bcr fetntCje, 7 
Hit, v. treffen, 73 
Honor, s. btc (§f)re,_pZ. n, 69 
Hold, v. fatten, 28 
Holland, 5. .potlcmb, 45 
Home (at), ad. $u &aufe, 31 
Honest, a. efyrltd), 54 
Honey, s. bcr ^omej, 20 
Hope, v. toft'en, 69 
Hope. s. btc £>effnunc], 69 
Horse, s. $>a$ spfcxb, pi . e, 3 
Host, s. bcr 2$irtr;,pZ. e, 67 



Hotel, 5. la$ £>otc(, p/. c ; bcr ©cu> 

F)cf, pZ. e,*51 
Hour, s. btc <8tunbc, pi. rt, 32 
House, s. t)a$ $au$,pl. ex,* 2 
How, ad. rote, 24 » 
However, c. inbeffen, 70 
Hungry, a. fcuncjrtcj, 4 
Hurt, v. roef) tt)un, $u Setbe tf)un i 69 
Husband, s. bcr 9J?cmn, pZ. er,* 3 
Husbandly, arf. fyauSfyalterifd), 75 



Ice, s. t>a$ (&x$, 62 
Idle, a. trage, 65 
Idleness, s. btc Sraa^ctt, 65 
If, c. roenn, 55 ; e(>, 65 
Ignorant, a. unrotffenb, 74 
Image, 5. bas 33ttb, pi. er, 74 
Immediately, ac/. focjtctcr/, ctUfjCtts 

bttcfltcr), 58 
Impolite, a. unrjcfltcr), 4 
Important, a. ttricfyttg, 72 
Importance, s. btc aBicfyttgfett, 75 
Impossible, a. unmecjltd), 69 
Improve, v. r>err>etltommncn, 75 
In, into, pp. in, 30, 33 
Inch, s. bcr Sett, pi. c, 39 
Indeed, ad. rotrfttd), $vax, 75 
Industrious, a. ftetfncj, 5 
Inhabitant, s. bcr (Stnrocfyner, bet 

SBerocfyner, pi. -, 68 
Injure, v. t>cr(cj3cn, 69 
Inquire, v. frciflcn, 45 
Insist, v. befterjen, 61 
Instance (for), $um 23etfptef, 71 
Instead, pp. cmjtatt, 67 
Instruct, v. untcrrtd)tcn, 72 
Instruction, s. bcr itnterrtcfyt, 72 
Insufferable a. j ^^fi^eo 
Insupportable, a. J J 

Intend, v. gebenfen, tu'acbfiAttgcn, 50 
Intention, s. btc 2(bfid)t,_pZ. en, 27 
Interesting, a. untcrbattcnb, 75 
Ireland, s. Sflcinb, 45 
Irish, a. tr(cmbtfd), 35 
Irishman, s. bcr Srtdnber, pi.-, 16 
Iron, 5. $>a$ (5i[en, 18 
Iron, a. cifern, 18 
It, pron. c*v 12 
Italian^ s. bcr 3ta(tcncr, pi. -, 25 



416 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



Italian, a. ita(temfd), 35 
Italy, s. Statien, 45 

J. 

Jar, s. t)cr £opf, pi. e,* 74 
Jewel, s. bet (Stctftein, p/. e, 75 
Joiner, s. ter &ifd)ler, p/. -, 26 
Journey, s. tie SKeife, j?L-, 60 
Joy, s. tie Jtetfto, j?Z. n, 65 
Jump, v. fprtncjen, 59 
Just, ad. cben ; just now, fo eben,60 

K. 

Keep, v. befjaften, 31 
Kernel, s. ter $ern, pi. C, 75 
Key, s. Det <5d)lfiflel/ jrf. -, 71 
Kill, t>. totten, fd)lad)ten, 34 
Kind, a. gutig, 47 
Kindness, s. fete (Sjfite, 47 
Kindle, v. an^tinten, 61 
King, s. terjtcnig, pZ. e, 59 
Kitchen, s. bie jludSe, pi n, 41 
Knee, s. tag $me, pZ. e, 63 
Knife, 5. tag SKeffer, _pZ. - 18 
Knock, v. flepfen, 75 
Know, v. Rriflctt) 54 ; fennen, 6 1 
Knowledge, s. tie Jterintmf,pZ. e,75 



Labor, s. tie 2frt>cit, pZ. en, 47 
Lady, s. tie £)ame, pZ. n, 41 
Lame, a. tatjm, 64 
Lament, v. ftagen, 67 
Lamp, s. tie £ampe, pi n, 58 
Landlord, s.J>er $&it$), pi e, 67 
Language, tTe (Spracfee, pZ. n, 47 
Last, a. ttcricj, legt, 48 ; at last, «d. 

cnbttcl)/ 65 
Late, a. fpat, 34 

Lately, ad. neulicf), 64 ; t tir$ftd), 60 
Laugh, w. (acften, 74 
Law, s. to6 ®efc|, pZ. e, 66 
Lawyer, s. ter 2Ctt)0fat, _pZ. ett / 64 
Lay, v. (ecjen, 40 
Lazy, a. trage, 65 
Lead, v. fttbren, 59 
Leaf, s. tag f&iaxt, pi. er>* 72 
Leap, v. fpringen, 59 



Learn, v. (ernen, 3& 

Learned man, s. ter ©elcfyrte, pZ. 

n, 64 
Least (at), ad. rocmqftenS, 71 
Leather, s. tag 2eter, 12 
Leathern, a. letern, 12 
Leave, -y. faffen, 34; oertaffen, 63 
Leave, s. ter 2(bfd)tet,j?Z. e, 75 
Left, a. Unf ; a^. IxnU, 74 
Leg, s. ta5 SBein, pi e, 65 
Lend, v. leifyen, 29 
Less, 06?. n?entC|er, 25 
Lesson, s. tie Section,;?/, en, 38 
Let, v. laflfen, 34 ; tternrietfyen, 67 
Letter, s. ter 23rief, pZ. e, 17; ter 

33ud)ftabe, £>Z. n, 74 
Lie, v. tiegen, 55 
Life, 5. tag Ceben, 49 
Light, a. letcbt, 24; ^ctl, 61 
Light, v. an^iwten, 61 ; (eucfyten, 75 
Lighten, v. bli£en, 60 
Lightning, s. ter 33ftf, pZ. e, 60 
Like, v. gem fyaben, (ieben, 52 ; to 

like better, liebcr mogen, 66 
Linen, s. tie Setnrcant, 18; tie 

2Bafd)e, 70 
Listen, v. fjorcn, 62 
Little, a. ftetn, 1 ; roenig, 24 
Live, v. Ieben, 49 ; roofynen, 39 
Lock, 5. tag <&&{$, pi. er,* 71 
Lock (up), v. £ufd)(iefjen, 71 
Long, a. (ang ; ad. (ange, 32 
Look, v. feben, 56 ; to look at, an* 

fe^en, 56; to look for,fucf)en,28; 

to look like, augfefyen, 56 
Looking-glass, s. ter Spiegel, pi 

- io 
Lord, s. ter £err, pi en, 47 
Lose, v. t>ertteren, 50 ^ 

Loss, s. ter 2Serluft, j>Z. e,* 69 
Love, -y. tteben, 28 
Luck (good), s. tag G5(ucf ; tho 

bad luck, tag Itafllficf, 63 

M. 

Make, v. niacin, 27 

Man, 5. ter 9J?ann pZ. er,* 3 ; ter 

Sftenfd), p/. en, 67 
Manner, s. tie 2£eife, pi. n, 71 
Manners, s. tie bitten, 71 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



417 



Many, a. wU, 24 ; many a, pron. 

nmnd)et, 74 
Merchandise, s.bte2£aate,pZ.n,42 
Market, s. bet Wlaxtt, pi. z* 30 
May, v. mogen, 52 
Meal, s. tat $Ker)l, 23 
Mean, v. metnen, 73 
Meaning, s. bte Sftetnung, pl.cn, 73 
Means, s. bte 93?ttte(, 74 
Means (by means of), pp. t>etmtte 

teljt, 75 
Meat, s. Dag £(et[cf), 17 
Meddle, v. fid) mifeften, 74 
Medicine, s. bte 9J?ebtcttt, pi. en, 53 
Meet, v. begegncn, 57 
Melt, u. fd)me($en, $etfd)met$en, 75 
Memory, s. t)a$ ©ebaditmp, 52 
Mend, v. ausbejfetn, 39 
Merchant, s. £aufmann,pZ. (eute, 13 
Merit, v. setbtenen, 72 
Methinks, v. mid) bunft, 62 
Method, s. Me 9J?etr)cbe, pi. n, 75 
Mild, a. fanft, nulb, 75 
Milk, s. tie 97tf(d), 20 
Mine, pron. bet metntge, 7 
Miserable, a. elenb, 72 
Misfortune, s. t)a5 ltnglucf,63 
Miss, 5. ta$ grauktn, pi. -, 52 
Mistake, v. octfennen, 66; to be 

mistaken, fid) ttten, 67 
Mistake, s. bet $c()tcr, pi. - 40; 

bec Stttfjum, pZ. er,* 67 
Misunderstand, ^ mtibetftefyen, 66 
Mix, v. (id) mtfefyen, 74 
Moment, s. bcr 2(ugenb(tdf, pi. e, 47 
Monday, s. bet SRcntag, p/. e, 46 
Money, s. bag (3clb, pl.cx, 11 
Month, s. bet Sftonat, pi. e, 38 
Moon, s. bex %ftont>, pi. e, 69 
Morning, s. btx 9J?crgen,pZ. -, 32 
More, ad. mefjt, 25 
Morrow (to-), ad. motgen, 28 ; the 

day after to-morrow, ubetmct; 

gen, 35 
Mother, s. bte gutter, pi. -,* 2 
Motion, s. tcx 9Sotfdr)fag,pJ. e,* 66 
Mount, v. ftetgen, 73 
Mountain, 5. t)^x JBetg, pZ. e, 59 
Mountains (chain of) s. bag ©e? 

6ttge.pL -,66 
Mouse, 5. bte 9#au£, pZ. e,* 62 



Mouth, s. bet Stfunb, 75 

Move, v. tttfyten, 75 

Much, a. t>te(, 24; how 7 much, ad. 

XOltWl, 25 
Music, s. bte SMufif, 33 
Must, v. muffen, 31 
Mutton, s. ia$ £ammetftetfcr), t>a$ 

@d)6pfcnftcifd)/ 5 1 
My, pron. metn, 4 

N. 

Nail, s. bet Sttagei, pi -* 18 
Name, s. bet 9?ame, pZ. tt, 43 
Name, v. nennen, 67 
Narration, s. bte (St$ar;lung,pZ. ert,75 
Narrow, a. enge, 75 
Natural, a. notttrud), 66 
Naughty, a. unatttg, 71 
Near,_pp. nafye, 36 ; nekn, 62 
Nearly, ad. fcetnafye, 40 
Necessary, a. notfytg, 71 
Neck, s. bet p&ti, pi e,* 53 
Need, v. to have need of, notfjtg 

rxiben, 71 
Neighbor, s. bet 9la$jbax, pi. n, 7 
Neither — nor, c. roebct — ned), 1 1 
Nephew, s. bet 9?effe, _pL n, 14 
Never, ad. mentals, me, 44 
Nevertheless, ad. mcfytsbeftoroem* 

get, 73 
New, a. neu, 9 

News, s. bte 9?eutg£ett, pi en, 66 
Newspapers, bte 3ettung,pZ. en, 64 
Next, a. nctd)ft, 45 ; next to, pp. 

neben, 62 
Niece, s. bte 9?td)te, pi. n, 15 
Night, s. bte 9fad)t, pi. e* 50 
No, none, pron. fein, 16 
No, ad. netn, 12 1 

Nobody, pron. memanb, 15 1 

Noise, s. bet Satm, 31 
Noon, s. bet 93?tttag,pZ. e, 15; the 

afternoon, bet £tfad)mtttag, 51; 

the forenoon, bet SSetmtttag, 51 
Not, ad. md)t, 1 
Note, s. ba$ Setter, pi e, 17; the 

banknote, bte SSanfncte, r gl n,50 
Nothing, ad. ntd)t<>, 20 
Notwithstanding,^. ungead)tct, 74 
Now, ad. nun, 32 



418 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



Nowhere, ad. nitgcnbroo, nitgenfc 

rccfytn, 63 
Nut, s. Die 9lv$,pl.t,* 18 

0. 

Obedient, a. gcfyotfam, 70 
Obligation, s. bte $etbtnbttd)Fett, 

pi. en, 69 
Oblige, v. wtbtnbcn, 69 
Obtain, v. etlangen, 75 
Occasion, s.bte ©elegcnfjett/pZ. en,73 
Offer, v. anbteten, 71 
Of, pp. t>on, 27 
Often, ad. eft, 41 
Oil, s. bag £)ef)l,pZ. e, 58 
Old, a. alt, 1 

On, upon, _£>£>. auf, 30, 33 
Only, ad. nut, 12 
Open, v. aufmacfyen, 37 ; offnen, 71 
Opinion, s. tie 5ffietnung, pi. en, 73 
Opposite, _pp. gegenubet, 57 
Opportunity, s. tie (Megenfyeit, 

pZ. en, 73 
Or, c. obet, 2 

Order, s. tie Stbnung, 2^« cn > 70 
Order, v. befefyfen, 75 
Other, a. ember, 26 
Otherwise, ad. fonft, 69 
Our, pron. unfer, 5 
Ours, jpron. bet unfettge, 7 
Out, out from, pp. aug, 44; out 

of, pp. au£et, 71 
Owe, v. fcfyulbtg fetn, 54 
Own, etgen, 57 
Ox, s. bet Dcfyfe, pL n, 14 



Page, s. bte (Sette,pL n, 53 
Pain, s. bet <Sd)mera, pZ. en, 53; t»ie 
SjRfttye, pi. n, 67 

Paint, v. ma(en, 75 

Painter, s. bet 9Mer, pZ. - 56 

Painting, s. ta$ ©emalbe, pi. -, 56 

Pair, s. tat $aar, pi. e, 39 

Pale, a. Map, 62 

Paper, s. ta^ 5>aptet, pi. e, 16 

Pardon, s. bte 93ct$etf)ung, 63 

Pardon, v. cermet r)cn, 68 

Parents, 5. bte ©Item, 57 



Part, s. bev Sbetf, pZ. e, 70 
Participate, v. SfyeU nefymen, 70 
Pass, v. ttotbetgefyen, 66 
Path, s. tcx $>fab, pi. e, 75 
Pay, v. 6e$af)(en, 40 ; to pay a visit, 

befucfyen, 40 
Payment, s. bte 3af)tung, bte S3c- 

^arjutng, pi. en, 40 
Peace, s. bet gttebe, pi. n, 68 
Peach, s. bte ^fttftcfye, 58 
Pear, s. bt*e 23itne, pi n, 72 
Peasant, s. tcx 33auct,pL n, 16 
Pen, s. bte geber, pL n, 5 
Pencil, s. bet SBtctjttft, jrf. e, 24 
People, s. bag %$tl?,pl. Seute, 24 
Perceive, -y. bemetien, 55 
Perfect, a. t>oUfommcn, 61 
Permission, s. bte (Stlaubntp, 63 
Permit, v. etlauben, 63 
Persist, v. beftefyen, 61 
Person, s. bte $)etfon, pi. en, 60 
Physician, s. tcx 2Ct^t, pi. e,* 13 
Pick up, v. aufbeben, 40 
Picture, s. tat ©emalbe, pi. -, 56; 

tat <8t(b, pZ. et, 74 
Piece, s. bag (Stucf, pZ. e, 37 
Pity, s. tat SRitleiben, 67 
Pity, v. beflagen, bemttfetben, 67 
Place, v. fietlen, 33 ; tegen, 40 
Place, s. tcx £)tt, pi. et/ bte <Stefle, 
' pi n, 69 ; tcx 9la\xm,pl. e,* 75 
Plate, s. bet &ettet, pL -, 74 
Play, v. fpteten, 55 
Pleasant, a. angenefym, 65 
Please, v. gcfallen, 64 
Pleasingly, ad. gefatligft, 64 
Pleasure, s. tat 23etgnugen, pi -,50 
Pocket, s. bte &afcf)e,_pZ. n, 54 
Pocket-book, s. $>a$ gafefyenbudf), 

pi. et,* 58 
Pocket-handkerchief, s. ta$ £as 

fefyentuerr, ta$ ^cfynupftuci), pi. 

et/ 54 
Poem, s. ta$ ©ebtcf)t, $>Z. e, 68 
Polite, a. rjofltd), 4 
Poor, a. arm, 2 
Possess, v. beftgen, 70 
Possibility, s. bte 5$cgltdf)!ett, pL 

en, 69 
Possible, a. mogftd), 69 
Pot, s. bct£epf,pL e,*74 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



419 



Potato, s. tie £artoffc(, pi. ti, 74 
Pound, s. tag $>funt, pi. e, 37 
Pour, v. gtegen, [d)utten, 74 
Practice, s. tie ilc(utng,£>Z. en, 73 
Practise, v. uken, 73 
Praise, «. toben, 74 
Prefer, i;. corbie foen, 74 
Present, s. tag ©cfdH'tit^Z. e,69 
Present (at), ad. jegt, 32 
Preserve, t\ kroafyren, 75 
Press, v. triicfen, 75 
Pretty, a. bu&fd), 6; a<i. $icmttd), 65 
Prevent, v. r-ermcitcn, 73 
Price, s. t>er g)rcip,_pZ. e, 40 
Prince, s. tcr # ur ft/ ^ cr ^trin^ jpL 

en, 14 
Princess, s. tic gurftintt, tic spriru 

$cfftnn,_pZ. en, 41 
Probably, ad. roafyrfcfyciniid), 58 
Procure, u. ccrfdjaffen, 73 
Profit, s. tcr D?ugen, 68 
Progress, s. tcr §ertfct)fttt y pi. e, 64 
Prohibit, v. acrbieten, 72 
Promise, v. t>crfpred)en, 56 
Promise, 5. tas &>erfpred)cn, 56 
Proof, s. tcr 33crt>eu>,_pZ. c, 73 
Proposition, 5. tcr "£>erfd)ta$, pi. 

t,f 66 
Proud, a. flefe, 61 
Prove, ^. beroeifen, 73 
Proverb, 5. tag <Sprud)tt>ort, ]pl. it,* 

72 
Prudence, s. tic JUuaJ&cit, 75 
Prudent, a. Hug, 72 
Pull out, au^ief)cn, 53 
Punish, v. kftrafen, 72 
Punishment, s. tic Strafe, _pZ.it, 72 
Pupil, s. tcr ©After, pi. -, 62 
Purse, s. tic 25orfe,_pZ. n, 20 
Put, v. fatten, 38; fcgen, 40 j to 

put on arytefjcn, 58 

q. 

Quarter, s. tag 23icrte(, p?. -, 34 
Queen, s. tic ^eniginn, _pZ. en, 58 
Question, s. tic grage, j;Z. c, 65 
Quick, a. fcfynell, 49 
Quiet, a. rufug, 68 
Quit, v. r-erlafjen, 63 



K. 

Rain, v. regncn, 60 

Rain, 5. tcr 9?egen, 60 

Ram, s. tcr £amme(, pi. -, * 20 

Rare, a. feltcn, 68 

Rather, ad. gtcmttd), 65 ; (ieber, 68 

Reach, v. reiefcen, 73 

Read, t;. (efen, 31 

Ready, ad. bcreir, fertig, 5 1 ; ready 

money, beared ©elt, 50 
Rear, v. er^icfjen, 75 
Reason, 5. tie Urfad)C, pi. n, 65 
Receive, v. befommen, erfjattcn, 50; 

empfangen, 72 
Recognise, v. crfenncn, roieterer? 

fennen, 71. 
Recollect, v. fief) erinncrn, 65 
Recommend, v. empferjtcn, 72 
Recommendation, s. tie (Smpferjs 

lung, _pZ. en, 72 
Red, a. rctb, 54 
Reddish, a. rotbticb, 75 
Rejoice, v. fid) freuen, 65 
Relate, v. cr^af/len, 75 
Related, a. r-emxmtt, 64 
Relation, s. tcr $erroantte,pZ.tt, 64 
Reluctantly, ad. ungern, 71 
Rely, v. fid) ttertaffen, 67 
Remain, v. bteiben, 30 
Remedy, s. tag 93?ittei, pi. -, 74 
Remember, fid) erinncrn, 65 
Rent, v. mietrjen, 67 
Repeat, v. roieterfyofen, 62 
Repose, 5. tie 9?uf)e, 68 
Request, v. ausbitten, 74' 
Require, v. fcrtcm, erfortem, 75 
Rescue, v. rettcn, 73 
Resemble, v. fjlcid)cn, 74 
Reside, v. roofynen, 39 
Respect, v. ratfjen, 72 
Respectful, a. acfytung^ofl, 72 
Rest, s. tie 9*ur)e, 68 
Restless, a. tmrubig, 68 
Retain, v. befjalten, 31 
Return, v. ^urucfr'crjren, ^uruefgeben, 

47 
Return, s. tic Surucffunft, pi. e, 60 
Reward, v. bdebnen, 73 
Ribbon, s. tag 93ant, pi. ex,* 5 
Rice, s. tcr 9icip, 19 



420 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



Rich, a. retd), 2 

Riches, s. \ ber SKetcfytljum, pi. 

Richness, s. J cr,* 68 

Ride (in a carriage), v. fasten, 83 

Ride (on horseback), v. retten, 63 

Riddle, s. tat Mtfftd, pi- 69 

Right, a. red)t, 16; ad. red)tg, 74 

Right, 5. bag 9tcd)t,jrf. e, 16 

Ring, s. ber SKtng, pi. e, 25 

Rise, ?;. aufftefyen, 47; aufgefjen,68 

River, s. t>cr gfop,p7. c,* 33 

Road, s. fcer SBeg, pZ. e, 36 

Roast, v. braten, 52 

Roast-beef, s. t>et SKtnberbraten,52 

Roast-meat, s. ber $3raten, pZ. -, 52 

Roast-mutton, s. ber £ammelbra; 

ten, 52 
Roof, s. bag £>ad), 53 
Room, s. ber SRaum, pi. t,* 75 
Room, s. bag Simmer, 3; bte <Stu- 

be, 41 ; back-room, £tnter|!ube ; 

front-room, $3orberftube, 41 
Rule, 5. bte $KegcI, pi. n, 75 
Run, v. faufen, 70 



S. 



Sad, a. traurtg, 56 

Sailor, s. ber 9}?atrote, pi. n, 23 

Sake (for the), pp. tyatbm, fyalber, 

69; um — rotften, 70 
Saloon, s. bet (gaal, pi e, 41 
Salt, s. bag ©afo, 6 
Same, ^>ron. berfelbe, 19 
Satisfied, a. $ufrteben, 51 
Saturday, s. ber (Sonnabenb, ber 

(Samftag, 46 
Save, v. retten, 72 ; fparen, 73 
Savor, v. fcfymecfen, 57 
Say, u. fagen, 32 
Scarcely, ~ad. faum, 63 
Scotland, s. @d)0tt(ant>, 45 
Scholar, s. ber ©clefjrte, 64 
School, s. bte <Sd)u(e, pZ. n, 30 
Scissors, s. bte (Severe, pi. n, 55 
Scold, v. fcfyelten, 74 
Scream, v. fcfereten, 75 
Season, s. bte 3af)re%ut, pi en, 48 
See, v. fefyett, 28 ; to go to see, be? 

fucfyen, 40 
Seek, v. fucfyen, 28 



Seem, v. fefyetnen, 68 

Several, a. t>erfcl)tebene, mefyrere, 34 

Seize, v. ergretfen, 75 

Seldom, a. fcltert, 67 

Self, pron. felbft, 75 

Sell, v. r-erfcmfen, 31 

Send, v. fenben, fefyief en, 29 ; to send 

for, f)o(en laffen, 63 
Sense, s. ber SScrjWb, 72 
Sentence, s. i^ag, pi e,* 62 
Servant, s. ber SBebtcnte, pi n, 14; 
ber Dtener, pi -, 70 ; maid-ser- 
vant, bte $Jlaofi,pl e,* 15 
Serve, v. btenen, 70 
Service, s. ber £)tenfr, pi e, 70 
Set ; v. fegen, 67 ; untergefyen, 68 
Shake, v. fd)Utte(n, 75 
Shall (to be obliged), v. fotten, 50 
Shame, v. fid) febamen, 75 
Share, v. tl)et(en, 70 
Share, s. ber 2fntf)etl, 70 
Shawl, s. ber (Sd)al)(, pi e, 45 
Shed, v. Kronen, 74 
Sheep, s. bat> (Sd)af, pZ.e, 23 
Sheet, s. ber 23cgen, pi - 37 
Shine, v. fd)ctnen, 68 
Ship, s. bag(£tf)tff,_pZ. e, 17 
Shirt, s. t>a^> £cmb, pi en, 34 
Shoe, s. ber (Scfyuf), j?Z. e, 1 1 
Shoemaker, s. ber S'cfyufymadjer, 

pi. -, 23 
Shop, s. ber £aben, pi -,* 33 
Short, a. fur*, 32 
Show, v. gctgen, 29 ; roetfen, 73 
Shudder, v. fefcaubern, 62 
Shut, -y.$umad)en, 37; fd)Ue^en, 71 
Shutter, s. ber £aben,;?Z.-, 39 
Sick, a. franf, 3 

Sickness, s. bte Jtranf l)eit, pZ. en, 66 
Side, s. bte (Sette,pZ. n, 3 
Side (on this), pp. btesfcttg, 66 ; 
on that side, jenfeitg, 66; at the 
side of, neben, 66 
Signification, s» bte SBcbeutung, pi 

en, 75 
Silent (to be), v. fcftroetgen, 75 ; to 
remain silent, fttUfcfyroeto/n, 75 
Silk, s. bte (Seibe, 42 • 
Silk, or silken, a. fetben, 42 
Silver, s. t>a$ (gtlber, 12 
Silver, a. fttbern, 12 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



421 



Since, pp. fcit, 60 ; ad. t>a, 67 

Sing, v. fingcn, 53 

Singular, a. fenberbar, 43 

Sir, s. ber £err, pi. en, 11 

Sister, s. Me @d)tt>cftcr, pi. n, 3; 

sister-in-law, ©cfyroagertnn, pZ. 

en, 41 
Sit, y. ftgen, 62; sit down, fid) 

fegen, 68 
Switzerland, s. bte <Sd)tt>ei$, 61 
Sky, s. ber £tmme(, pZ. -, 68 
Slaughter, t;. fc^tacbtcn, 34 
Sleep, v. fctyafen, 53 
Sleepy, a. fd)(ctfrtg, 3 
Slippery, a. fdrffipfrig, glatt, 65 
Slow, a. langfam, 49 
Small, a. Hem, 1 
Snatch, v. rctgen, 70 
Snow, v. fd>neten, 60 
Snow, s. tier (Scfynee, 60 
So, ad. fo, 6 

Society, s. bte ©efetlfcfyaft, pi. en, 59 
Solve, v. (ofen, 69 
Somebody, pron. {emanb, 15 
Something, ad. etroas, 20 
Somewhere, ad. irgenbroo, 63 
Son, s. ber ©efyn, pi. c,* 31 
Soon, ad. ball), 32 ; as soon, as, fo 

bait) rote, 61 
Sore, a. bofe, fdbltmm, 56 
Sorrow, s. bte <Sorgc, pL n, 66 
Sound, s. bet £aut,_pZ. e, 70 
Soup, s. tie (Suppe, 19 
Space, s. bet *fcaum*jp£ e,* 71 
Spain, s. ©pamen, 45 
Spaniard, s. bet (Spcmter, pi. -, 25 
Spanish, a. fpamfd), 35 
Spare, v. fparen,,73 
Speak, v. jpred)en, 36 
Spell, v. bud)pabtren, 51 
Spend, v. auSgeben, 70 ) $ubringen, 

71 
Spill, v. t>ergtcfien, 74 
Spite, s. bet Srog, 71 
Spite (in — of), pp. tre$, 7' 
Splendor, s. ber ®(an$, 75 
Spoil, v. r-erberben, wrrcofynen 71 
Spoon, s. ber Scffct/joZ. -, 18 
Spot, s. bte (Stclle, pi. n, 69 
Spring, v. fprtngen, 59 
Spring, s. bet grilling, pi- c, 48 
36 



Square, s. ber $>kf, yJ. e,* 30 
Stairs, staircase, s. bte &reppe,£>Z. 
n,59; up stairs, ad. eben; down 
stairs, ad. unten, 67 
Stand, v. ftchen, 33 
Star, s. bet ©tern, pi. e, 68 
State, s. ber <&taat, ph en, 61 
State-house, s. ba$ SRatfyrjauS, ^Z. 

er,* 69 
Stay, v. bletben, 30 
Steam, s. bet £)ampf,pZ. e,* 75 
Steamboat, s. l>a§ £>ampfboct, pi. 

e, 75 
Steeple, s. bet £bvixm,pl. e,* 55 
Stick, s. bet ©tocf/y*.. e,* 29 
Still, a. jlttt ; ad. nod), 5 
Stocking, s. bcr ©trumpf, pi. t,* 40 
Stone, s. ber <§ttix\, pi. e, 11 
Stone, a. pctnern, 12 
Stop, v. pehen bletben, 53 
Store, s. ber Sabcn, pi. -,* 33 
Story, s. ba$ ©tcctrocrf, pi. e ; bte 

(Stage, pi. n, 67 
Strange, a. fremb, fenberbar, 43 
Stranger, s. ber grcmbe, pi. n, 43 
Street, s. bte ©trajk, pZ. n, 36 
Strike, v. fd)(agen, 60 
Strong, a. ftatf, 60 
Student, s. ber ©tubent, pL en, 14; 

fellow-student, l)cr SOfjitfd^fllcr, 75 
Study, v. pubiren, 51 
Succeed, v. gettngen, 62 
Such, pron. fold), 69 
Sudden, a. plogltd), 70 
Suffer, v. (etben, 69 
Sufferings, s. bte Setben, 69 
Sugar, s. ber Sucfer, 6 
Summer, s. ber ©ommer, j?Z. -, 68 
Sunday, s. ber ©onntag, 46 
Sup, v. $u 2£benbeffen, 2(bcnbbrob 

ejfen, 52 
Supper,s.ba^2(benbeffen,ba^2(benb5 

brob, 52 
Surmount, v. ubcrpetgen, 75 
Surprise, v. uberrafefyen, 66 
Sweet, ja. fuj}, 57 

T. 

Table, s. bcr £tfd),jpl. c, 3 [54 
Table-cloth, s.ba^Stfct)tud),^. cr * 



422 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



Tale, s/bte (3:r$al)lung, pl.cn, 75 
Tailor, s. t>cr (Scfynetber, pi. -, 13 
Take,?;. nef)men,31 ; to take away, 

rcegnefymen, 33 ; to take off, ate 

nefymcn, 48 
Tall, a. gro£, 1 

Task, s. fote 2Crt>ett, pi. en, 47 
Taste, v. foftcn, fcfymecfen, 57 
Taste, s. ter ($5efcf)macf, 57 
Tea, s. t)cr £f)ee, 24 
Teach, v. (efytcn, 51 
Teacher, s. bet Center, 51 
Tear, v. $ettet6en, 70 
Tell, v. fagen, 32 
Than, c. cilS, 8 
Thank, -u. bcmfen, 46 
That, j9ron. jcncr, 5 ; beqentge, 19 
That, c. ta$, 55 
The, art. tcr, bte, t>a6, 2 
The — the, c. [c — befto, 66 
Theatre, s. ba$ &f)eatet, pi. -, 30 
Then, c. benn ; ad. bann, 62 
There, ad. t>a, bott, 30 
Therefore, ad. besfyatb, 65 
Thief, s. bet £)iet>, ^/. e, 70 
Thimble, s. t>et $tngetf)ut,;?Z. e,* 19 
Thine, pm. t)cr £)etntge, 26 
Thing, s. ba^ Quia,, pi. e; bte ©as 

d)e,^Z. n, 62 
Think, v. benfen, 49 
This, pron. btefet, 3 
Thirsty, a. butfttg, 4 
Thither, ad. baf)tn, 33 
Though, c. obfcfyon, cbgtettf), 62 
Thaw, v. tfyauen, 60 
Throat, s. ber $al$, pi. e,* 53 
Through, pp. butd), 49 
Throw, -y. roetfen, 70 
Thunder, v. bonnetn, 60 
Thunder, s. bet Conner, 60 
Thursday, s. bet £)onnetftag, 46 
Thus, ad. fo, 67 
Thy, pron. betn, 26 
Ticket, s. t)at <8tllet,pZ. c, 61 
Tie, v. btnben, 67 
Till, ad. bi$, 35 
Time, 5. tie 3ctt, pi. en, 27 ) t>a$ 

9M, 43 
Tired, a. nuibe, 3 
To, #p. $u, 27 
Toe, s. bet 3$, pi e, 65 



Together, ad. ^ufammen, 72 
Tolerably, ad. ^tem(tcl), 65 
Tooth, s. bet 3afyn, pi. e,* 53 
Toothache, s. ba53at)nroef) or 3aljns 

fcfymeqen, 53 
Top, s. bet ©tpfe(, pZ. -, 73 
Towards, pp. gegen, 64 
Towel, s. ba$ £anbtud), pi. er,* 54 
Tower, s. ticx Sfyutm, pZ. e,* 55 
Town, s. bte @tabt,pZ. e/ 2 
Trade, s. bet ^anbei,^/. -,* 63 
Tranquil, tufytg, 68 
Tranquillity, s. bte $uf)e, 68 
Translate, v. ubetfe£en, 75 
Translation, s. bte Ueberfe£ung,pZ. 

en, 72 
Travel, v. tetfen, 45 
Travel, s. bte $etfe, pi. n, 60 
Tree, s. btt 23aum, ^/. e,* 25 
Trim, -y. befefynetben, 65 
Trouble, v. bemufyen, 67 
Trouble, s. bte 9J<uf)e, pZ. n, 67; 

bte Untune, 68 
True, a. roafyr, 60 
Trunk, s. lev £cffet, 19 
Trust, v. ttauen, 72 
Truth, s. bte SBaMett, 60 
Try, v. tetfudjen, 50 
Tender, arf. ^ott, 75 
Tuesday, s. bet 3)tenftag, 46 
Turn, v. wenben, 74 

U. 

Ugly, a. Fjagttcf), 6 

Umbrella, s. bet ^egcnfcfyttm, pi. e, 

16 
Unavoidable, a. un$etmctbftd), 75 
Uncle, s. t>cv Dbetm, pi. e, 13 
Under, pp. unter, 58 
Understand, v. oerfteljen, 49 
Understanding, s. bet $crftanb,72 
Undress, v. au6f!(etben, 66 
Uneasy, a. tmrufytg ; to make one's 

self uneasy, ftd) beunru(}tgen, 68 
Uneasiness, s. bte Untu^, 68 
Unhappy, a. ung(uc!ltcb/ 4 
United States, s. bte ^Setetntgten 

(Staaren, 61 
Universe, s. %a$ £Mtatt, 75 
Unlock, v. auffc^ticpen, 71 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



423 



Until, ad. bU, 31 
Unwillingly, ad. undent, 71 
Up, pp. cm£, 59 
Use, v. gcbraudbcn, 50 ; to be of 

use, taugcn, 68 
Use, s. bet ©cbtaud), pi. t,* 50 * bet 

9iii6cn, 68 ; to make use, (^c- 

braud) macben, 50 
Useful, a. nu^ltd), 68 
Useless, a. unnu(5, nu$(og, 68 
Usually, ad. gcroofynttd), 50 



V. 

Valet, s. bcr Wiener, pi. -, 70 

Value, s. bcr SBcttr), 75 

Veal, s. t>a$ £al6ftet|cb, 74 

Vegetable, 5. bag ©emufc, pi.-. 74 

Very, a J. fcfjr, 2 

Vice, s. bag Rafter, 73 

Village, s. Das £)ovf, pZ. Ciy* 45 

Violent, a. beftta,, 53 

Virtue, s. Die £ua,enb, pi. en, 73 

Virtuous, a. tugenbrjaft, 73 

Visit, v. tvfucben, 40 

Voice, s. bte <gt\mnK,pl. n, 59 

Volume, s. bcr <8anb, pi. c,* 38 

Voyage, s. bic 3?etfe,pZ. n, 75 



w. 

Waistcoat, s. Die 2£efte,pZ. n, 66 
Wait, v. roatten, 35 
Wake, v. rcccfen, aufroccfen, 71 
Walk, v. fpau\'ren geben, 53, 65 
Wall,s. Dte2BanD,pZ. e,* 33 
Want, v. 6raud)en / 46; to be in 

want, netfjtg fyaben, 71 
War, s. bet .krieg, pZ. e, 68 
Warm, a. warm, 3 
Wardrobe, s. bee ^d)tanf, pi. e,* 

57 
Ware, s. btc SBaatc, pi. n, 42 
Warehouse, s. Dag SBaatentagct, 

pi. -, 33 
Wash, v. nxifcbcn, 34 
Watch, s. Die Ubt, pZ. en, 6 
Water, s. Dag Staffer, 7 • 
Way, s. bet 2£cg,^Z.e, 36 



Wealth, s. bag aSermogen, 67 

Wear, v. ttagen, 48 

Weather, s. tat SBetter, 4 

Wednesday, s. t>cx 9J2tttroocb, 46 

Week, s. Die SBecbe, ^Z. n, 43 

Weep, v. rcctnen, 71 

Well, ad. tcoH, gut, 49 

Wet, a. nap, 58 

Wide, a. brett, 39 

With, pp. nut, 36 

Within, pp. tnnctbatfc, 68 

What, pron. mag, 1 1 ; what kind 

of, rt>as fur ein, 1 1 
When, c. roenn, 55; roann, ati, 57; 

ad. roann, 32 
Whence, ad. rceber, 44 
Where, ad. roo, 30; nowhere, rut? 

genbg, 63 ; where from, rocfyet, 

47 
Whether, c. eb, 65 
Which, pron. roelcbet, 12 
While, c.inbcm,71; while, whilst, 

pp. roafytcnb, 65 
White, a. ructp, 7 
Whither, ad. n>cf)tn, 33; no whither, 

nttgcnDrcebtn, 63; somewhither, 

ttgenbtuebtn, 63 
Who, pron. tvex, 5, 29; nxkfyer, 

54 
Whole, a. gan$, 35 
Why, ad. tuarum, 42 
Wife, s. btc gtau,_pZ. en, 3 
Will, to be willing, roeflen, 28 
Will, s. t>ct mile, pi. n, 64 
Willingly, ad. getn, 49 
Wind, s. t)a SS*inb, pi. c, 65 
Window, s. Dag genftet, pi. -, 33 
Winter, s. Det &Btntet,_pZ. -, 48 
Wish, v. rcmnfeben, 46 
Wise, a. flu*}, tuetfe, 72 
Wood, s. Dag £el$, 12 ; Det 2Mb, 

pi. er,* 30 
Wooden, a. rjofycrn, 12 
Wool, s. Die SG&eflc, 42 
Woolen, a. tucllen, 42 
Woman, s. Die #tau,^>Z. en, 3 
Wonder, v. ftcb rounDetn, 66 
Word, 5. t>a^> &£ott, pi. e ani er,* 

60 
Work, s. bag 2Bcrf, pi. e, 38 ; bte 

2Mtit, pi. en, 47 



424 



THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 



Work, v. arbetten, 27 
Workman, s. ter #rbciter, pi. -, 

73 
World, s. tic 85Mt, jpZ. en, 67 
Worth, a. nxrtf), 51 ; to be worth 

while, ter 9)lur;e nxrtf) fctn, 

Wound, v. r>errounten, 65 
Wound, s. tie SBunte, pZ. n, 65 
Write, v. fcfyretben, 27 
Wrong, a. unred)t, 16 
Wrong, s. tag Unrecfyr, 16 



Yard, s. tie (Stte, ^>Z. n, 89 ; ter 

£of,;?Z. e,*59 
Year, s. tag 3abr, pZ. c, 26 
Yellow, a. getb, 56 
Yes, ad. [a, 11 
Yesterday, ad. geftern, 37 
Yet, ad. nod), 6; c. feed)/ 74 
Young, a. jung, 1 
Your, pron. Sfyr, 5 
Yours, pron. ter Sfyrigc. 



CONTENTS OF THE LESSONS. 



FIRST SECTION. 



WSSON PAGB 

1. Invariable form of adjectives 9 

2. Nominative singular of nouns 10 

3. The demonstrative pronoun this 11 

4. The indefinite article a ) an, and the conjunctive possessive 

pronouns, my and his 13 

5. The conjunctive possessive pronouns our, her } your, and 

the demonstrative pronoun that 14 

6. Nominative singular of adjectives preceded by the definite 

article . . . 15 

7. The absolute possessive pronouns mine, his own, hers, yours, 

ours 17 

8. Comparative of adjectives — Nominative of adjectives pre- 

ceded by conjunctive possessive pronouns . . .19 

9. The present tense of the verbs to have and to be — Accu- 

sative of feminine and neuter nouns . . . . 21 

10. Accusative of masculine nouns — Of the indefinite article, 

and of the conjunctive possessive pronouns before a mas- 
culine noun . . 23 

1 1. Accusative of adjectives standing before a masculine noun, 

and preceded by the definite or indefinite article or a 
pronoun . 26 

12. The interrogative pronoun which — Accusative of the per- 

sonal pronouns he, she ) it 28 

13. Genitive (possessive) case of masculine and neuter nouns 

of the first declension 30 

14. Genitive of nouns of the second declension — The demon- 

strative pronoun that 33 

36 * (425) 



426 



CONTENTS. 



15. Genitive of the feminine gender — Genitive of adjectives 

preceded by the articles or a pronoun . . . .36 

16. The indefinite pronoun no, none 39 

17. Dative of the masculine and neuter genders . . .42 

18. Dative of the feminine gender — Dative of adjectives pre- 

ceded by the articles or a pronoun . . . .44 

19. The relative pronouns which and who, and the determina- 

tive pronoun that, or the one and the same . . .47 

20. Declension of adjectives before a substantive, and not pre- 

ceded by the article or a pronoun . . . .49 

21. Plural of the article and pronouns, and of substantives of 

the first declension . . 52 

22. Plural of nouns of the second declension and of feminines, 

and the plural of adjectives preceded by the article or a 
pronoun . .56 

23. Plural of adjectives not preceded by the article or a pronoun 59 

24. Continuation of the plural — Plural of the determinative 

and relative pronouns 62 

25. Cardinal numbers 65 

26. Second person singular of verbs 68 



SECOND SECTION. 

27. Infinitive of simple verbs 72 

28. The auxiliary verb of mood to be willing (will), tt> often . 76 

29. The auxiliary verb of mood to be able (can), f cntic n — Da- 

tive and accusative of personal pronouns . .80 

30. The prepositions in, into, in, and on, upon, auf, when go- 

verning the dative . . 84 

31. The auxiliary verb of mood to be obliged (must), muffen — 

Inseparable compound verbs . . . . 88 

32. The preposition to, in 92 

33. Separable compound verbs — The prepositions in, into, 

and on, upon, when governing the accusative . . 96 

34. The auxiliary verb of mood to let, to leave, (affen — Posi- 

tion of verbs in sentences 101 

35. The prepositions auf and an, when governing the accusa- 

tive — Adjectives of nations 105 

36. Comparative and superlative of adjectives . . .110 

37. Past participle of the verb to have — Construction after 

nouns of measure, weight ; or number . . . .116 



CONTENTS. 427 

LESSON PAGE 

38. Perfect tense — Past participle of regular simple verbs and 

its position — Ordinal numbers 120 

39. Past participle of regular compound verbs — Compound 

adverbs formed of there, ba, and a preposition . . 126 

40. Difference between the verbs fteUen and Ugen . . 131 

41. Past participle of the verb to be — Formation of feminine 

substantives by adding inn to masculine appellatives . 135 

42. Past participle of irregular verbs 139 

43. 44. Continuation of Lesson 42 143, 148 

45. Explanation of the preposition n a $), after . . . 152 

THIRD SECTION. 

46. Present tense of regular verbs . . . . . . 156 

47. Present tense of separable compound verbs . . .161 

48. Present tense of irregular verbs 166 

49. Adverbs and their formation — Contraction of the definite 

article with prepositions before nouns . . . .170 

50. The auxiliary verb of mood to be obliged (shall) fcUen .175 

51. The use of the genitive case as denoting indefinite 

time . . . 181 

52. The auxiliary verb of mood to be permitted , to be at liberty 

(may), mogen — Adverb willingly, gem — Diminutives 185 

53. Perfect tense of the auxiliary verbs of mood . . . 191 

54. Construction of principal and subordinate sentences — In- 

version of the copula in subordinate sentences — The 
indefinite and definite relative pronouns . . . 197 

55. Interrogative compound adverbs formed of where, xvc, and 

a preposition 203 

56. Infinitive of verbs used" as nouns — Interrogative compound 

adverbs used as relative adverbs — Second person plural 

of the imperative . . . . . . . 208 

57. Imperfect tense of regular verbs 215 

58. Imperfect tense of irregular verbs — Explanation of the 

particles fjtn and fyet 221 

59. Imperfect tense of irregular verbs, continued . . . 229 

60. Imperfect tense of irregular verbs, cont.— Impersonal verbs 236 

61. Imperfect tense of irregular verbs, concluded — Pluperfect 

tense — The indefinite pronouns e$ and man . . 243 

62. First future tense — Impersonal verbs . . . .251 



428 CONTENTS. 

LESSON PAGK 

63. Second future tense — Inversion of the subject in principal 

sentences 259 

64. The verb to become, roctfcen — Adjectives as nouns — Se- 
cond person plural of verbs, — ye, xt)t .... 267 

FOURTH SECTION. 

65. Reflective verbs . 278 

66. Reflective verbs, continued 287 

67. Subjunctive mood 296 

68. Imperative mood 305 

69. Conditional mood 315 

70. Conditional mood, continued — The auxiliary verb of mood 

to dare, to be allowed, fcutfen .".... 326 

71. Present participle 336 

72. Past participle '.,..-• 347 

73. Passive voice 356 

74. Passive voice, continued 366 

75. Conclusion . 377 

APPENDIX. 

The genders \ 385 

Declension of substantives 387 

Numerals 391 

Declension of the personal pronouns 392 

Conjugation of verbs . 392 

A complete list of the irregular verbs 398 

Intransitive and neuter verbs, which take the auxiliary verb 

to be, fctn, for the formation of their compound tenses . 402 
Compound inseparable and separable verbs .... 403 
A list of verbs, reflective in German and not in English . . 407 

An alphabetical list of all prepositions 407 

Conjunctions and conjunctive adverbs 408 



THE END. 



% 



A* 






^ ,^ 



*" * • \>. 





















<> 


t, 


vv 




^ 










Deacidified using the Bookkeeper proces 
V * ^V ^, Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 



.4 -7-, 



' 



Treatment Date: Nov. 2006 



PreservationTechnologie 

A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATlC 

1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive 
Cranberry Township, PA 16066 
(724)779-2111 



>»*%. 





















^ V 

^ 




o o 






' ° 



<k** 



„**' *' 




^ 







,0^ 






mm 



i 



p 



.':' ''.\y 



1 

iJfiti 




■L 

MBa 



liiiiffii 



im 



mmuuummim 



